Google
This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at |http: //books .google .com/I
I
1 ■
*'"S''
J, Google
Di.itradb, Google
THE BOOK OF ENOCH
R. H. CHARLES
Di.itradb, Google
Bonbon
HENRY FROWDE
UACKtLLAN k CO., Ill FOUBTU AVBHUC
Digitized by GtXlglc
THE
BOOK OF ENOCH
TRANSLATSD FROM , ,* ' ■ -
PROFESSOR DILLMANN'S ETHIOPIC TEXT
EMENDED AND REVISED IN ACCORDANCE WITH HITHERTO
UNCOLLATED ETHIOPIC MSS. AND WITH THE GKEH
AND OTHER GREEK AND LATIN FRAGMENTS
WHICH ARE HERE PUBLISHED IN FULL
fV/T/f INTRODUCTION, NOTES, APPENDICES, AND INDICES
R. H. CHARLES, M.A.
Ojtfot6
AT THE CLARENDON PRESS
1893
Di.itradb, Google
RIMTEC AT THE CLARENDOK ]
■T BOIUCB HAIT. fUKTHR TO THH
Di.itradb, Google
IN MUCH GRATITUDE
TO
THE REV. T. K. CHEYNE, D. D.
ORIEL PROFESSOR OF INTERPRETATION
CANON OF ROCHESTER
AND TO
THE REV. W. SANDAY, D.D.
IRELAND PROFESSOR OF EXEGESIS
425949
Dninadb, Google
J, Google
PREFACE
It ifl tinnecessary to apologize for the sppe&ranca of this
book, as Bome each work has long been a desideratam to
ficbolan. A knowledge of £noch is iodiapensable to New
Teetament stndente.
It would be beet perhapa, at the onteet, to mention
briefiy the features in which this edition diifers from
previooa editions of EuooL
I. First, the Translation is made, in the main, from a
British Mnseum MS. which is incomparably better than
those on whieh Professor Dillmann's Ethioplo text is based.
Bat as this MS., which I designate Q, is still unpublished,
I have followed Dillmaim'B text, and, in every instance in
whieh I have deviated from it in deference to or other
British Maseum MSS., I have given in my Critical Notes
the Ethiopic reading adopted, and Uiat as a rule as it
stands in the MS. followed, though it may be vieione
alike in orthography and syntax. These instances are in
all about six hundred. It will be remarked tiiat on p. 4
they are said to be three hundred and twenty-two. The
explanation of this disorepanoy is to be found in the fact
that the bulk of this book was already in type when the
Qizeh MS. was published by M. Bouriant, and that I have
allowed the Introduction to remain as it already stood
before the publication of this Greek fragment. But as the
examination of this fragment speedily made it olear that
I had nndovestimated the value of these new Ethiopic
;d by Google
viii The Book of Enoch.
USS., I waa obliged to follow their aathority in three
hundred additional inatancea against DiUmann's text.
However, as I could introduce only a limited number of
these new readings into the Critical Notes already in type,
the reader will not unfrequently have to consult Ap-
pendix C for the text followed in the Translation in the
earlier chapters. In addition to the new readings incor-
poiwted in the Translation, a number of others are proposed
in Appendices C, D, and £. These are preceded by the
readings they are intended to displace, and are always
printed in italics. I might add that the Oizeh fragment,
which, through the kindness of the Delegates of the Press,
is added on pp. 32(5-370, will bo found to be firee from the
serious blemishes of M. Booriant's edition.
To the kindness of the Kev. M. R. James, King's Coll^,
Cambridge, I owe the Latin fragment in Appendix E.
This fragment was lately discovered by Mr. James in the
British Museum. It will be seen that it helps to emend
the Ethiopic test in a few points.
n. Of late years the criticism of Enoch has reached
certiun assured results. From these duly given and sub-
stantiated a fresh departure in criticism is made. The
so-called Grundschrifi is shown to proceed from at least
four different autdiors. The book thus becomes intelligible,
(md much light is thereby thrown on the internal his-
tory, and thought-developement of the Jews in the two
centuries preceding Hie Christian era. The present writer
is convinced that until this plurality of authorship is
recognized, no true or adequate interpretation of Enoch
is possible. In the book of Enoch we have a typical
example of the Oriental method of editing. Lees important
books were constantiy rescued from oblivion by incorpora-
tion in larger books. Plagiarism and literaiy property
were ideas alike foreign to the Palestinian consciousness
of the time. As the name of David attracted diOerent col-
lections of the Psalms, and the name of Solomon successive
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Preface, ix
collections of proverbB, bo the name of Enoch atiracted
varions treatments of celeetial and terreatrial phenomena
as well OS of the prohlem of the suffering righteous.
m. The history of important conceptions which appear
frequently in Euodi, such as that of Hades, the Resurrection,
tjie Messiah, fto., is traced hut briefly, as the present writer
hopes to issue later an independest work on the Eschatology
of pre-Christian Apocryphal and Apocalyptic literature.
IV. An attempt is made to give some account of the
influence of Enoch <m subsequent literatore, especially that
of l^e New Testament.
The Slavonic Enoch, which is mentioned occasionally in
the following pages, I hope to publish shortly. This
Apocryph, which is critically revised and translated by
my friend Mr. Morfill, the Reader in Russian and the other
Slavonic Languages, will be furnished with an Introduction
and Notes.
The many changes introduced into the text when already
in type, as well as the incorporation of much fresh material,
have made, I fear, the presence of occasional errors inevit-
able. I shall be grateful for any oorreotions.
My best thanks are due to Dr. Sanday, to whom I am under
manifold obligations, and in connexion with whose Seminar
this work was primarily undertaken ; to Dr. Neuhauer,
whom I have consulted witii advantage in season and out
of season : to Professor Margoliouth, for his courteous and
ever-ready help in questions affecting the Ethiopic text:
and finally and chiefly to my wife, whose constant sympathy
and unwearied labour in the verificotJon of references and the
formation of indices have materially lightened the burthen
of my work.
R. H: CHARLES.
Ann., 1S93
Digitized by Google
J, Google
CONTENTS
Oknkkai. iMTEOBDOnOir
i i. SlwTt Aooonnt of the Book (pp. t, »). f 3. Tha Ethic^ic
MS8. (pp. l-f). f 3. OnA VerdoD (p. 5). f 4. Emend*-
tiont(pp.5, 6). {5. £<UtioiuoftliBGtlilopicTexl — laaxtace,
Dillmum (p. 6). | 6. lYuialkliDii* — iMoeaaa, HoAoann,
IMlIiiiaim,8cho<lde(i^. 6-9). 1 7. CriUoftl InqDiriee—Lttoke,
HofiDBnii, Dillnuui, Jelliuek, Gildemdat«r, Evkld, Weisw,
KoMUd, HilgBiife1d,ydlkiiitf , Geiger, I^ugen, Sieffert, Eoltc-
manii, HkllJTi, Fhllippi, Wittiohen, Q«blurdt, Aj^er, Venee,
Euenen, lldemui, Dnmuncmd, Haontti, Upanx, Weitoott,
Sehodde, WiegaJer, Sohiirer, Stenton, Beiui, Holtmnum,
PfleideniT, Baldeiupeiger, Salmon, Peter, Deane, llioDuon,
dMrfne, De Faje (pp. 9-11). f B. From a BsImw Origliial
through (he Hediium ot a Greek TruiilaUoii (pp. ai, ai).
I 9. The Objeot of Apocalyptia Utemtnre (pp. 11-14).
I 10. The diffennt Elemeiiti in the Book of Enoeh, with
thHT reipeotire (SkarMteriatica and Datei. Thia book a
fragmentarj iorviTal of an Enoohio literature witll large
additiona tram an ApooaljpM of Noah, deriTed tttoD at UMt
b[z aathon. Fart I (pp. 15, »S), t-xxxvi, before 170 B.C.,
mainly from the prophetic itandpoint of aneh ohaptera at
la. IzT, IxTJ, bat irith a more developed eaohatolngy. Part II
(pp. a6-i8),Iii»iii-io, written between 166-1618.0., mainly
from the lama atuidpoint a> Daniel. An immsnae advance
oo the naive andaeninons oonoeptioni of i-ixxvi. The king-
dom to be intnidnoed by the warlike efforta of Jndaa Uaooa-
baena and to laat for ever on earth. Part in (pp. aS, 19),
in-dv, written betweeo 134-94 >.ci., introdueea a worid of
new conoepttooa in which the oentre of intcnreat haa pMied
from the material world to the ituritaal ; the MnMianifT king-
dom haa beoomo merely of temporary duration, and heaven
itaeUI not the Mewianio kingdun, haa beoome the goal of the
hopea of the righteoiia. Part IV (pp. ig, 30], die Similitadea
xxivii-lzz, written between 94-79 B.o. or 70-64 B.o. The
varying relationa in whkJitlmMaacabeea itood to theOhaaid
iiized by Google - —
The Book of Enoch.
party raflwted In (he booki of Enoch (p. 30). The TmtTing
oomx^oDi of the Meadah in Uiea« IkwIib aorreipondtug to the
hiitmical gventa of the timea (pp. 30, 31). The teaohing of
th« Siiulitudea atanda in diear conbut with xd-cdv (p. 31).
Part V (p. 31). Um Bode of CeUttial Ph;tiot baU-Uxriu,
Ixxzil, Iziix; date nnoertain. Part VI (pp. 31, 33),
Noaohiao and olhar inteipohttions ; incorporated in the
main bef«re the CbriBUM era. f 11. The Influvnoe of
Kuwh on Jewiih Uterature — ^the Svtk oj Jubiltet, the
Jpoealjip»e ^ Baruck, IV.Ssra, Ttttameutt o/the TWIva
Pa<n'areA« (pp. 33-38). The Influmoeof EnochonPatiutio
liitentnre — the SpittU of Samabat, Jii»ti» Martj/r, It«-
MMtti, AlkoMogoTOM, TertulUoik, CUmuM AUa^ Origtn,
AmaMimt, SHary, CJtry^Mloa, JeroBU, Atiguiiiat, Apot-
iolie Coiutituiitnu, Sywcelliu (pp. 38-41). Inflneuce of
Enoch cm the New Testatneot — tiia Qeneral EpirtUe, Book
of BmtlaUotk, Pauline EpittUt, S^IU to Ua Hdirewt,
AaU of tie Apottla, Gotpeb (pp. 41-49]. On Sew
Teatament doctrine of tha Ueadania Kingdom, the Ueaaiah,
Shed and the BesDirection, Demonology (pp. 50-53).
Thb Book or Ehocb. — Spbciai' Intboddctjohs,
TSAHaLATIOlT, CBTnCAI. Alls JElZBOBnCAL
Notes 55-3o8
81011O8 I (chtqitera i-ixxvi) SS'iOf
iKTBODiTonos. — A. CrtOtal Strvotura. B. JUIoMon qf
tkU Saettoit to (o) IzziUzxiii; (b) Ixiziii-ic; (0) ^-
ciT. C. lU Date. D. The Problem aai tfi Solutioit . 55-57
Tkanblatios and CtitiiM, amd Exmitioal Notm , 57-105
SMTIOtr IL— Thb BuuUTums (chattel* lurii-lni) 106-1 S6
iRTBODUOnoa.— A. CHtieal Btruetnre. B. Btlation of
nzvii-lixi to fla ra«f 0/ <ia book. C. Bale. D. The
Problain a»d itt Sobuio» 106-109
Tbuislatioh AMU Cbithux akd Euoitioal Notm . 110-186
Sboiioh m. — Teb Book or Cslbstiai, Pstbiob (cluf)terB
liiU-lzizii) 137-119
iHTsODDonoH. — A. lu Crilieal atrvetitre and Ohjetl.
B. It* IttfU^aadmew of I-xxxtL C. iia Calatdar and
tie KmmUdfft tierein implied 187-191
Tkahblatioii avd OBmoAi. AHD ExaomoAi, Nona igi-119
SiOTiON IV.— Tei Dbum-Tuioxs (ohapten Izxsiii-xc) )io-35!>
IvnosuonoN. — A. CritietU Siruehtre. B. £alatJa» qf
tUiSeetion to (a) 1-xxzvi; (b) xd-dr. C. Tie BaU.
D. Tha PriAUm and iU SoMio» .... lao-iij
TuvSLAiiOK AMD Camau. axd BitaxncAL Noru 133-159
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
SvmOM T (ohftptan sd-^r) i60'3oS
IxTBODnonoa. — A. Critieal Strueitrt. B. MAaUoti of
id-dv U (o) t-mri ; (6) Ixzxiii-zo. C. AaOtorAip
and Zinfc. D. Tke ProNem and (b ^oIuMon . 160-165
Tkuiblitioh AMD CBincu um BiiamoAi Nons . 165-308
Afpbhdix a, — Additionitl Biblit^frephy — Bonriant,
Migne, Ooldachinidt, Loda, BiaaeU, Sohwftlly,
Zockler, Battiffol, DiUmann, Chorlea
Afpeitdix B. — 'The Son of Man'
Apfekdix C. — The Qizeh Greek Fragment (i— xzxii]
with Introduction and I^'otee
Afpeksix D. — Additional Notes on xxxrii-cviii
Appbnbiz £. — The New Latin Fragment, cvi. 1-18,
with Introdaction and Kotee
309-311
312-317
37a-37S
Zhdbx I. — PassogeB from the Bcriptoree and other
ancient hooka 377-383
Ihvbx H. — Names and Subjects .... 385-391
Digitized by GtXlglC
CONTRACTIONS
Din. B DOlmtnn.
A,B,C,Aw. refer to Ethiopia MSS. Seep. l.
Sjn. Gk. — the Greek Eragmenta preHtrred In Sjnoellui
Oil. Ok. - the GKzeb Greek tngmeat.
The matiaing oontraotioni ire for the moit part bmiliar.
Di.itradb, Google
ERRATA
Pig* g, lino lo from t<^ /or b.o. rtad A.D.
•• S^t •> '3 » />r (hrae timet Bad twice read twioa uid ohm
.. 38, „ 17. iS „ erow Ep. Bam, «vi. 6. Cf . En. id. i j.
„ 66, „ 8 „ for ejebrowi read ejelidi
„ «6, „ ai „ /or Qk. ri arlxe*!!' rtad Gil. Qk. 9tW"
„ 70, „ 16 „ fbr which read of thon who
« T'. .. H .. /or fll^'rt' "od ftl¥At
„ 73, eratt CriL Note on i. 7.
.. 74. .> «S .. /bf hJhW Mai IHMO*
» 76, .. 4 fron bottoD, /or Pspiu> raod PqoM
„ 80, » $ bom top, fwmoM eontnui o^er forth
„ 81, „ 6 „ /ar th« walU of the home mad Its walli
» 81, „ )3 „ /or therecm read (thflreon)
„ 64, Ust line, /or Ok. rrad Bjb. Gk.
„ 93, line ai from top, J^ (0}L read IDA.
„ 98, „ 16 „ />r Ik (*«*!«) read H" (hptm)
„ 98, „ 18 „ fi>r „ „ rtad „ „
» 99i » 17 » /o** ^'"s ''^O'' there
„ 101, „ 14 „ for then read ftnd thenoe
,, loi, „ 13 „ /itr then rtad thare
„ 104, „ 16 „ /or one of then blowi read they blow
.. '05. .. '5 « /or In read H"
„ 116, „ 11 „ btfore The arigin»l odd Afe beantUtallT' n
■plenddUt.
„ lao, „ 19 „ /or Vuiael read Bnfkel
„ IM, „ 19 „ /orkMAread^^Kii. (^ thii futuoe U
reading of GU is oorrnpt.)
„ HI, „ »t „ /orGMreodQ
„ 114, „ 19-30 „ for Tftkm over into the Intarpolatiotu reo
from whenoa it waa boirowed : of. alia
.. >8o, „ »9 n /orlttO-readtnO-
„ 348, oroM ategetical not« on so. 3.
„ 1S6, liat line, for land reiui Uw
Digitized by GtXlglC
Di.itradb, Google
GENERAL INTRODUCTION
§ I. Shobt Account of the Book.
In Gen. t. 24 it is said of EoocIl that he walked wiUt Qoi.
This eipreeBion was taken in later times to mean not only
that he led a godjy life, hat also that he was the recipient oE
saperhnman knowled^ It was not onnataisl, th^efore,
that an Apocalyptic literature b^an to circulate under his
nune in the centories when sntdi literature was rife. Id the
|ffesfflit hook, translated from the Ethiopic, we have large
fra^^eots of such a literature, proceeding from a rariety
of aatliors. Additional portions of this literature may be
diflcoTered in the coming years. Only recently two Slavonic
MSS., which belong to this literature, bat are qaite inde-
pendent of the preeeot book, have been printed in Rossia.
The present book from the Ethiopic belongn to the second
»id fiiBt centuries b.c. All the writers of the New Testa-
ment were familiar with it, and were more or less influenced
by it in thought and diction^. It is quoted as a genuine
production of Enoch by S. Jude, and as Scripture by
S. Barnabas. The authors of the Book of Jabileee, the
Apocalypse of Bamcb and IV Ezra, laid it andw con-
tribation. With the earlier Fathers and Apologists it had
all the weight of a canonical book, bat towards the close
of the third and the b^^inning of the fourth centuries it
b^an to be discredited, and finally fell under the ban of the
■ For > fall uoonDt of iti influanoe tur«, lee the doaiiig Cluq>t«r of tUa
fin mller Jcwbb uid Chrntlaa lileni- iDtrodaotiun.
Di.itradb, Google
2 The Book of Enoch,
Churcb. Almost the latest reference to it in the Early
Church is made by George Syncdlus in his Chronography
about 800 A. D., who has preserved for as some long passages
in Greek. The book was then lost sight of till 1775, when
an Ethiopic version of it was found in Abyssinia by Bruce.
This traveller brought home three copies of it, two old MSS.
and a transcript from one of them. From one of these
Laurence made the first modem translation of Enoch in 1821.
§ a. The Ethiopic MSS.
There are seventeen MSS. of this book in Europe. Of
these one is in Paris, a transcript of B in the Bodleian.
Another is in the Vatican Library, but of this MS. I know
nothing further. The remaining fifteen are designated by
the letters A B C D, &c. Of these Laurence based his text
on A, and Din. on A B C D E. For a description of these five
MSS. see Dln.'s Liher Henoch, Aeihiopke, Annotal. pp. 1,3.
Of the remaining MSS., all of which are in the British
Museum, two were obtained by purchase, F, L in 1861 and
1862, and the rest fell into the hands of the expedition
against King Theodore at Magdala,
These MSS. with their Nos. in the British Museum Cata*
logue are as follows:
F. Add. 24185 J9th cent. Divided into 106 cbs.
G. Orient. 485 Beginning of i6th cent. Without usual division
and nambering of cbs.
G*. „ „ Consiatsonlyof xcvii.e"^
cviii. 10.
See Crit. Note on xci. 6.
t8tb cent. Divided into 108 chs.
„ Chs. i-lx. la* wanting.
„ Divided into 107 cbs.
„ Witbontusoal numbering
and division into cbs.
„ Divided into 87 chs.
„ Divided into 106 chs.
H.
Orient. 484
I.
., 486
K.
,. 490
L.
Add. 94990
M. Orient. 491
N.
.. 49"
0.
•> 499
Di.itradb, Google
General IniroduciioH. 3
I collated these MSS. with DId/b Ethiopic text on more
than three hundred paeea^. The result of this test was
so favourable to G and G' that I made a complete collation
of these MSS. and have given the hulk of their variants in
my critdcsl notes.
The superiority of G to all other MSS. will be evident
from the following seventeen passages. Id these I have adopted
a different text from Din. in accordance with the Ethiopic
MSS. which were supported by the independent testimony of
the Greek of S. Jude 15, of the Greek fragments of Enoch
in G. Syncellus, andof theGreekfr^mentof Enoch published
by Mai in Patrum Nova Bibliotheca, vol. ii. These passages
and the MSS. that support the reading adopted are —
Bnoch i 9 GM Eupportedby S. Jade 15.
vi. 3
GM
Greek of Syncellus.
5
OM
» .1
viiL 3
GKM
ix. 4
GM
8
GM
„
^ 3
GM
„
10
GM
GKM
FGHL
"
XV. 8
G
„
13
G
M
xvi. I
EN
AEFGHKLMNO
uiz. 43
G
„ fragment of Mai
H5
D
„
For the evidence of the above MSS. on these passages see
Crit. Notes in loc. It will be remarked that G agrees four-
teoi times oat of the seventeen with the Gk., and M eleven
times, E three times, E F H L N twice, and ADO once
each. Hence it would appear that the five MSS. ABODE
ou which DId/b t«xt is founded aud in a somewhat less degree
F H I K. L N O rest on a recension which did not affect G
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
4 The Book of Enoch.
at all and was probably sabseqoeat to it and only partiaUy
affected M. Tbia probable conolosioQ becomes a ceitainty
when we examine the i«at of the book. The following list
of paseagos in which we have departed from Dln.'s text, in
deference to the better readings of the British Mosenm MSS.,
shows that G- represents an qnciatt nnievised text, and that
6' M are nearly related to G ; bat that all the rest belong
more or less closely to another type of text, of which we may
r^ard Dln.'s text aa a partially adequate representation.
This latter type of text ^ves an inferior meaning, frequently
when opposed to G alone, and nearly always when opposed
to GM, G G', or G G*M, or these supported by one, two, or
more of the other MSS. Thus I have followed against Din,
G ftlone 103 time^
G withoneormore of CDEFHKLNO .
GM 13
G M with une or more of ABCDEFHIK.LNO 3
GO' I
GG^withENandlLO
GG'M I
G'M
H alone or with Greek or with other MSS. i
D with Greek
EN with Greek
FI .
Thns in 522 instances I have followed the above MSS.
against Din. In every instance, however, I have also given
Dln.'s text with its translation that the reader may form his
own judgment.
Before passing from this subject I will give a few passages
to show how weakly at times Dln.'s text is supported even by
inferior MSS. See Crit. Notes on xxxix, 7 where G K and
seven other MSS. are against him; liii, 7 where G M and
nine other MSS. ; Ixvii. 3 where G M and eight other MSS. ;
Ixvii. 13 where G M and all MSS. but B C; xc. lil where
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
General Introdttction. 5
O M Euid nine MSS. ; zo. 19 where G M and eight MSS. ;
xciii. 10 where G M and seven MSS,
I wiU adduce one more point under this head. On xcriii. 2
alt MSS. bat G G' M agrree in giving a vox nnUa. The
agreement of these later MSS. in presenting a coimterfeit
word points either to a recension or to the same ancestrf .
§ 3. Gbeik Tebsion.
Only fragments of this version have come down to as pre-
served in the chronograph^ of Geoige Syncellus (about
800 B.C.). These are vi-ix. 4; viii. 4-x. 14; iv. 8-ivi. 1 j
and in a Vatican MS. (Cod. Gr. 1809) published by Mai in
the Patrum Nova Bibliotheca, vol. iL Only Ixxxix. 42—49
is found in this MS. I have printed these fragments in
parallel colnmuB with the translation from the Ethiopic,
The Greek version has, no doubt, undergone corruption in
the process of transmission ; yet in many respects it presents
a more faithful text than the Ethiopic. This we might infer
to some extent from what has gone before, and the following
instances where it undoubtedly preserves the truer reading
will more than confirm this view: — vi. iS; viii. i ; ix. 6, 10;
X. 14; XV. 11; Izxxix. 45, 48. In these instancee we have
followed the Greek version against all the Ethiopic MSS.
The Greek version is by no means free from corruptions.
As the Greek fragment which has lately been discovered at
Cairo has not yet been published^ I have not been able to
avail myself of it.
§ 4. Eheiojatiohs.
The text presented by the best MSS, is still far from
perfect, and contains muiy primitive errors. Some of these
have been emended successfully by Din. and Hatl^vi. I have
introduced into the text emendations of Dlu. in the following
pasB^es : — Ivi. 7 ; Ixii. 2 ; xc. 38 ; and emendations of Hall^vl
in Ixvii. 13; Ixxvii 1-3; ci. 4, 9; and emendations of my
own in xvL i ; lU. 9 ; xlvi a ; Ix. (S, 1 9, 24 ; Ixiii. 7 ;
Digitized by GOOC^IC
6 The Book of Enoch.
Ixxvi. 6, lo; xc. ao, ai. For the reaeouB Bee Crit. Notes
in loe.
There are still manj passages which are undoubtedly
corrupt. On many of them I have given sn^esttons of
Hallgvi and of my own. See Crit. Notes on Ixv. lo ; Iziz.
I, 13, fcc.
$ 5. Editions of the Ethiopig Text.
L&CKENCE, lAhri Enoch Vertio Aethiopica, Oxoniae, 1838.
DiLLftUHN, Liber Henoch, Aetkiopice, ad guinqve codieum fdem
editttt, cum vanii lectionibut, Lipsiae, 1S51. For an account ■
of the MSS. see pp. 2-5.
$ 6. Tbanslations.
Four translations with introductions and commentary have
already appeared. The latter two of them we shall criticise
shortly.
Ladkemce, The Sook <^ Enoch, an apocri/phal production, now
first Iratulafed from an Ethiopie MS. iW the BodUioJi Library,
Oxford, i8ai.
HoFTMANN (A. G.), Bai Buck Henoch in volUidndiger Vber-
xeizung mil fortlavfendem Commeniar, auifUhrUcher Einleitung
vnd eridvtemdeti Excurien, 3 vols. Jenaj 1833-38.
DiLiUANN, Das Buch Henoch vbersetzt vnd erklSrt, Leipzig,
1853. This splendid edition at once displaced the two that
preceded it, corrected their many ungrammatical renderings^
and furnished an almost perfect translation of a text based on
live MSS. So much however has been done in the criticism
of Enoch since 1853 that the need of a new edition is im-
perative alike in respect of the text, translation, interpretation,
and criticism of the book. For a criticism of the Ethiopie
text of Din. see pp. 3-4. As for the translation some of the
renderings are grammatically impossible. See, for instance,
^ Crit. Notes on xv. 11 ; lii. 10; Ixxxis. 7; xcii. 16; cvi. 13.
Many other inaccuracies in the trartslatioD are silently corrected
in his Lexicon. For some of these see Crit. Notes on viii, i ;
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
General Introduction. 7
xxxvii. a, 5; xxxviii. 2; xli. 5; Ixxxiii. 5; Ixxxv. %; xeii. 5.
Further he h&s omitted to translate the opening words of
xzzrii. I and a clause in xci. 6. As for the interpretation of
the book, this has been pressed and stnuned in order to sup-
port the critical views which Dhi. then held but which he has
long since abandoned. His critical views indeed have undeigone
many changes, but these undoubtedly are in the right direction.
In his edition of 1 853 Din. insisted that the book proceeded
from one author with the exception of certain historical addi-
tions, vi-xvi; xci. la-i? ; xciiij cvi-vii, and of certain
Noachic interpolations, liv. 7-Iv. 2 ; Ix ; Ixv-lxix. 25 ; and
also cf . XX ; Ixx ; Ixxv. 5 ; Itttii 9-20 ; cviii.
In i860 in Heizog's U.E., Ed. i, vol. xii. 308-310, and in
1871 in Scbenkel's {Bihel-Lex^ iii. 10-13, ^^ rec<^nised the
separate authorship of xxxvii-lxxi and a6Bert«d with Ewald
its priority to the rest of the boot.
In 1883 in Herzog's R. E., Ed. 2, vol. xii. 350-353 he
abandons his original standpoint so far as to describe the book
of Enoch as a mere 'combination of the Enoch and Koah
writings,' and concedes that xxxvii-lxxi are later than the rest
of the book. His final analysis is as follows. (1) i-xxxvi ;
Ixxii-cv, with the exception of certain interpolations, form the
ground-work and were composed in the time of J. Hyrcanus.
{2) xxxvii-lxxi together probably with xvii-xix were written
at latest before 64 b. c. (3) The Noachic fragments vi. 3-8 ;
viii. 1-3 ; ix. 7 ; x, 1, 1 1 ; xx ; xxxix. i, a * ; liv. 7-lv. 2 ; Ix ;
Ixv-lxix. 25 ; cvi-cvii, (4) cviii.
Yet despite every defect, Dln.'s edition will always maintain
a unique position in the Enoch literature.
ScHODDB. The Book of Enoch trandated with Introdueiion
and Note*, Andover, 1882. The introduction is interesting and
the account of the bibliography though incomplete is helpful,
hut the arrangement of the text and notes in this edition
is most inconvenient. The translation is made from Dbt's
Ethiopic text. But the work as a whole is unsatisfactoty.
All Dln.'s slips and inaccuracies, with one 01 two exceptions,
ilizedbyGoOglt.
8 The Book of Enoch.
are perpetastedj even Uiose which have been corrected in his
Leiicoii, and to these Br. Schodde has added a good]y
niunber of his own. At times he transIateB directly from the
Gterman instead of the Ethiopic As for ingtance in xxxvi.
3 he translates 9*^Ml wrongly 'every evening' instead of
'to the west.' The ezphination of this strange mistake ie
fonnd in Dln.'s rendering 'gegen Abend,' which may be
translated either way. Again in Ixii. 4 he gives the extra-
ordinary rendering ' when tlifl son enters the month of the
mother,' instead of the obvioos translation ' enters the month
of the womb.' Here again Dln.'B * Wann sein Sohn in den
Mnttermnnd tritt,' explains Dr. Sohodde'a error. It is pos-
sible that t^ error ehoold be set down to an imperfect know*
ledge of English, such as he displays in xxi. 3 where the
words ' tied together to it ' represent some stars as tied to a
void I whereas the literal translation is ' bonnd together in
it*; or in xxv. 5 where he renders *it will be planted
towards the north ' instead of ' it will be transplanted to the
north,'
At other times Dr. Schodde confounds words that in the
Ethiopic closely resemble each other, as in ixvii. 2 'here
will be their judgment ' instead of ' here will be the place
of their punishment ' ; in szxii. 3 * of attractive beanty '
instead of 'of goodly fiagnmce'i in Ixxxix. 18 'abode'
instead of 'assembly,' Again in Izxiii. 8 he commaits
rightly in the notes on the waxing moon, but his translation
wrongly refers to the waning moon. On the other hand the
notes on the astronomical Chs. are often misleading and
uuintdligible : cf. Izxii. 3, 35: Ixxiv. 6; Ixxv. i. A more
thorough study of Dln.'s conomentary would have saved him
from such misconceptione.
It will be sufficient to point to one or two more mistransla-
tions in this book.
xix. I ' On the day whrai the great judgment . . . shall be
consnounated,' instead of ' on the day of the great jndgmoit
... till they are consummated.'
Digitized by GtXlglC
General fntrodttctton. 9
Ixxir. 14 * To l^e sum of these are added sixty-two days'
instead of ' an addition is made to the sixty-two days.'
Ixzvi. 10 ' After these northerly winds From the seventh
portal,' instead of 'Aft» these are tiie north winds: from the
sereith portal,' &&
In the face of such a listas the above, and it is by no means
ezhaugtive, it is hard to congratolate Dr. Schodde, and yet
we are g^teful to him for the good service he has rendered
in introducing the knowledge of Enoch to the Western world.
I ehonld add that Dr. Sohodde's analysis of Enoch is : —
i. The groundwork i-zxzvi ; Ixzii-cv, before the death of
Jodas Maccahee.
ii The Similitades xxxvii-lzxi, between 37-4 b. c.
iii, Noachic interpolations liv. 7-lr. a ; Iz ; Izv-lziz. 25 ;
evi-cvii.
He thinks it probable that xz ; Ixx ; Ixxv. 5 ; Ixxxii. 9-
20; zciii. 1 1-14 are also interpolations.
§ 7. CSITICAL InQCIBIEB.
I had intended to give a critical histoiy of all the work
done on Enoch since 1850, and had collected almost sufficient
mat^ials for that purpose, when I found that my space
would not pennit of such a large addition to the book. I shall
therefore content myself with enumerating these inquiries and
adding occasional notes.
Lttcxi, EinleUung m die Ofenianmg det Jokanneg (3nd
^Ed. iSja), pp. 89-144: 1071-1073. Liicke regards the
book as consistiag of two parts; the first embiaces i-xxxt ;
)xxi-cT, written at the bcfpinning of t^ Maccabaean revolt
(p. 142), or according to his- later view in the reign of J.
HyrcanuB (p. 1072); the second consiBtA of the Similitudes
and was written in the early years of Herod the Great (p. 142).
lix. 7—14 and Iziv-lxvii. i are interpolations of an uncertain
date. In his fint edition Liicke maintained the Christian
authorship of tfae whole book.
HoFHANir (J. Chr. E.), ■ Ueber die Entstehungszeit dee
Digitized by GOOC^IC
lo The Book of Enoch.
Buch Henoch (^^aaff. L.M. G.vi. 1852, pp. 87-91) ; Scirijf-
heweu (and Ed.), i. 430-43; IHe heil. Sckrift N.T.'i zu»am-
mmhangmd untertueht, vii. z, p. 205 sqq. Hofmann regards
Enoch as the work of a Christian writer of the eecond century
A. D. His chief contribution to the understanding of Enoch is
his correct interpretation of the seven tj shepherds in lxxxiz~xc.
DiLLUAjnt. See above under editions ; also ZeiUckr.
D.M.G., 1 861, pp. 126-13], This is a criticism of Volkmar's
theory.
Jellinek, Zeitichr. 2). M. G., 1853, p. 249.
GiLDEHEiSTER, Zeittcir. J). M. 0,, 1855, pp. 621-624, gives
the Greek fragment of Enoch from the Codex Vaticanus
(Cod. Gr. 1809) and discusses the relative merits of the
Greek and Ethiopic versions.
EwALD, Abhandlung iber det aihiopitcheit Bnchet Henokh
Enistehung, Sinn und Zutammemetzung, 1855; Hittory of
Israel, v. 345-349 (transl. from the Germ.). It was the merit
of Ewald first to discern that Enoch was composed of several
originally independent books. It is, in fact, as he declares,
' the precipitate of a literature once very active which revolved
. . . round Enoch ' Hitt. (v. 349). Though this view was at
once assailed by Kostlin and nearly every other critic since,
its truth can do longer be denied, and Holtzmann's declara-
tion that 'the so-called groundwork (i. e. i-zzzvii ; Ixxii-cv)
is composed of a ^riiole series of sections, some of Pharisaic
and others of Essene origin' [Theol. Ziteraturzeitung, 1890,
p. 497), is a notable sign of the return to Ewald's view. Bat
though future criticism must confirm Ewald's general judg-
ment of the hook, it will just as surely reject his detailed
analysis of its parts. His scheme is —
(i) Book I, xxzvii-lxxi (with the exception of certain in-
terpolations), circ, 144 B. c.
{2) Bookllji-xvijlixxi. i-4;liniv; xei-cv, circ 135 b.c.
{3) Book III, xx-xxxvi ; Ixxii-xc ; cvi-cvii, circ. 1 28 B. c.j
cviii later,
jdbyGooc^lc
General Introduction. 1 1
(4) Book IV, the Noah book. vi. 3-8 ; viii. 1-3 ; ix. 7 ;
I. 1-3, II, 32 '; xrii-iii; liv. 7-lv. a; Ix. i-io, 24, 25;
Ixiv-Ixiz. 16. Somewhat later than the former.
(5) Finally the editing, compressiiig, and enlarging of the
former books into one vol.
Weisse, Hie 'Evangelie^-Wrage, 1856, pp. 314-334. Weisse
agrees with Hofmann and Fhilippi in maintaining a Christian
authorship of the book, but his advocacy of this view sprbgs
from the dogmatic principle that the entire idea of Christianity
was in its pure originality derived from the self-consciousness
of Christ.
KoBTLiH, ' TJeber die Entstehung des Buchs Henoch ' {Theot.
Jakrb., 1856, pp. 340-279; 370-386). KSatlin, as we have
already remarked, contended against Ewald that the book of
Enoch did not arise through the editing of independent works,
but that by far the larger part of Enoch was the work of one
author which through subsequent accretions became the
present book. Though this view must be speedily abandoned,
it must be confessed that the Articles in which it is advocated
are masterly performances, and possess a permanent value for
the student of Enoch.
HiLOENFELD, Die jMUche Apokalyptik, 1857, pp. 91-
1 84. This work like that of Kostlin is of lasting worth and
indispensable in the study of Enoch. We cannot, however,
say so much for the conclusions arrived at. Many of these
are, in fact, demonstrably wrong. According to Hilgenfeld,
the groundwork consists of i-ivi; xx-xxxvi; Ixsii-cv written
not later than 98 B. c. The later additions, i e. zvii—
xix; zzzvii-lxxi ; evi-cviii are the work of a Christian
Gnostic about the time between Satuminos and Marcion.
There are no Noachic interpolations.
There is no occasion to enter on the, for the most part,
barren polemic between Hilgenfeld and Volkmar on the inter-
pretation and date of Enoch, to which we owe the following
writings of Hilgenfdd : — ' Die jiidische Apokalyptik und die
Digitized byCoOglc
12 The Book of Enoch.
Qeaeeten Forschungen ' {ZeittcAr. /. wiaieiuciaflL TAeoL, iii.
iStio, pp. 319-334 : ' Die Entatehungszeit des urBpriinglichen
Bucha Heaoch' {Z. f. «. TAeol., iv. 1861, pp. 212-122):
' Noch ein Wort ttb^ dae Buoh Henoch.* {Z.f. w. TAeol., v.
i86a, pp. 216-221). In Z.f. to. TAeol., it. 1871, pp. 584-587,
tiiere is a rqoinder to Ctebhardt (see below).
VoLKUAB, ' Beitr&ge zur Erk^rong des Buches Henocli.'
{ZsiUeAr. D. M, 0., xiv. 1 860, pp. 87-134, 296}: 'Einige Bemer-
knngea liber Apokalyptik' (ZeiiicAr. Jl w. TAeol., iv. 1861,
pp. Ill— 136 : ' Ueber die katholisdiai Briefe tmd Henocb,'
iv. 1861, pp. 421-436; v. 1863, pp. 46-75. As HUgenfeld
reckoned the periods of the seveDty shepherds at seven years
eaeh, starting from 588 b. 0., and thus arrived at 98B.C.,
Volkmar started from the same anterior limit and reckoned
each p»iod at ten years. He thus found the entire mie of
the shepherds to last 700 years or, through certain refine-
mratfl, peculiarly Yolkmarian, 720 years, and so arrived at
the year of Baicochab's rebellion 133 a. d, — a year which has
exercised a sttange fascination over him and has been fatal to
bis reputation as a critic. Thus Enoch was written 132 b. c.
It was the work of a disciple of Akiba, and was designed to
announce the final victoiy of Barcochab. Yolkmar restated
his theory in an essay : Eine Neutestamentliche Entdeckung,
Zurich, 1863. His views have received more attention thwa
they deserved through the rejoinders of Hilgenfeld, Dillmann,
Langen, SiefEert, Gebhardt, Drummond, and Stanton.
Gbiobk, JaditcAe ZeittcAr,/. WutetucA. mtd Leben, 1864-
65, pp. 196-204. This article deals mainly with the calendar
in Enoch. I have adopted one of his suggestions in x, 4.
liANeEN, Dot JudentAurn in Paldatina, 1866, pp. 35-64.
Langen regards Enoch as an early but highly composite work
put together in its present form about 160 b. 0. (pp. 56, 64),
and emanating from orthodox and patriotic Judaism as a
protest against heathen religion and philosophy.
SlBr?EBT, Be apoerypAi lilri HettoeAi origine ei argumeiUo,
ilizedbyGoOglt.
General Introduction. 13
R^imonti, 1867. Bieffert (p. 3) takes the groundwork to be
i-ivi ; xx-nivi ; Ixxii-lxxxii ; lei-cT, written by a Chasid
in the age of Simon the Maccabee (p. 11-13): Ixxxiii-zc is a
later addition aboat the year 108 b, c., and xrii-zix ; xxxvii-
iiii; cvi-cviii are of Essene ori^ and composed before 64
B. c. (pp. 27-39).
HoLTZMANN, Getehtckte det Voliea Iwael, 1867, vol. ii, pp.
201, 202.
Hall^i, ' Becherohee ear U langue de la redaction primitive
da livre d'£noch' {Journal Anaiique, 1867, pp. 352—39 j).
Thiij most interesting essay proves beyond doubt that Enoch
was ori^nally written in Hebrew. Unhappily the writer has
lost much time over passages wbicb better MSS, show to be
mere corruptions of the text. There axe many errors in the
Ethiopic part of this essay, but these are most likely due
to the press. I have given the most probable of Hall^vi's
Bu^eatioBs in my Critical Notes, and have adopted several of
them in my translation.
Philippi, Das Buck Henoch, tein ZeitalUr und lein Ver-
iallnitt zwm Juda^ri^e, Stuttg. 1868. This writer ^rees
with HoFmann, Weisse and Volkmar, in r^arding the book
as post-Christian. He thinks it was written in Greek by one
author, a Christian, about 100 a. d. It is notable that all the
four writers, who assign a post-Christian origin to the book,
have done for dogmatic reasons.
WiTTiCHiH, Die Idee de» MengeAen, 1868, pp. 63-71 ; Die
Idee de» Seieket Goiiet, 1872, pp. 118-133, 145-150.
These books I have not been able to see.
Gbbhasdt, 'Die 70 Hirten des Buches Henoch und ihro
Deutongen mit besonderer Btioksicht auf die Barkochba-
Hypotheee' (Men' ArcAivfUr loiitentchifti. Erfor»ehnng det
.i4.2'.i872,vol.ii.HeftiL pp. 163-246). In this most trenchant
crittcism of the different explanations of cbs. Ixxzix-ze the
writer carefully refraina from advancing any theory of his
own. Nay more, be holds it impossibie with our present
Digitized byCoOglc
14 The Book of Enoch.
text to arrive at a troe interpretation of the author's
meaning. But this writer's despair of a true interpretation
is orerhasty and his condemnation of the text is unwar-
rantable.
Angee, Yorlesungea Hher die Geichichtt der Me»siani»che»
Idee, 1873, pp. 83-84.
Veenes, ffiitoW de* Idett Megtianiquei, 1874, pp. 66-117;
264—271. These sections are composed mainly of a French
translation of Dln.'s German version. Vemes thinks that the
earliest part of Enoch was written ia Aramaic by a con-
temporary of J. Hyrcanus ; and that the Similitudes spring
from a Christian and Gnostic circle about the dose of the
first cAituiy A. D. (pp. 264 sqq.).
'K.wsss, Religion of Itrael, 1874-1875, iii. 265, 266 (trans-
lated frtan the Dutch Edition of 1869-70).
TiDBKAH, ' De Apocalypee van Henoch et het Eeeenisme/
[TAeol, Tijdtchrifl, 1875, pp. i6i~%<j6). Tideman regards the
book as proceeding from different authors living at different
periods. His analysis is as follows : —
(i) The oldest book: i-xvi ; n-xixvi; Ltxii-lEmi; xciii;
zci. 12-19 '> ^<^ i xeiv-cv from the band of a Pharisee in the
early times of the Maccabees 153-135 b. c.
(2) The second book : Ixzxiii-zci. 10 from an Eesene wtit&c
who added it to the older book 134-106 b. c.
(3) The Apocalypse of Noah : xvii-xii ; xli. 3-9 ; xUii, 1,
2; xliv; liv. 7-lv. 2; lii-li ; liv-lxix. 25; Ixi; evi-evii,
from an author versed in Jewish QnoBttcism 80 a. d.
(4) The Similitudes (with the exception of the Noachic in-
terpolations) written by a Christian in the days of Domitiao
or Trajan when the Christiana were persecuted and the Romans
were at war with the Farthians 90—100 a. d.
(5) Ch. cviii by the final editor of the book, a Christian
Gnostic of the type of Satnminus, 125 a. d.
Christian interpolations are found in zc. 38; cv.
Tidemui thinks that we have in the Similitudes a comhina-
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
General Introduction. 15
tion of the fihought that the Meseiali is to be a man m the
cloodB (Daniel), and of the doctrine that he was to proceed
from the commaoitf . En. xc. 37, 38.
DauHHOND, The Jevnth MemaA, 1877, pp. 17-73. I*niin-
mond givee a conciBe and able review of the work of former
critics on £noch. He rightly approves and farther enforces
Hofmann's interpretation of the seventy shepherds as angels.
He agrees with the limits assigned by Tideman to the oldest
book in Enoch ; but eoncludes, against Hilgenfeld and Tide-
man, that the Similitudes conld not entirely be the work of a
Christian ; for if they were such, there wonld undoubtedly
have been some reference to the crucified and risen Christ such
sa we find in Test. xii. Patriarch. Levi, 4. The di£Seulties of
the case are met, he believes, by supposing that a Christian
Apocalypse has been worked into the tissue of an earlier
Jewish production, and that all the Messiah passages are due
to the former. His chief arguments are : (i) the title ' son of
a woman ' conld not have been applied by a pre-Christian Jew
to a snpematural Messi^ ; (ii) a consistent text is possible by
an omission of the Messiah passages, a teztalso which answers -
to the title placed at the beginning of eaoh Similitude ; (iii)
the closing ch. Ixzi confirms this view where in the descrip-
tion of a Theopbany there is no mention of the Messiah and
the title ' Son of Man' is applied to Enoch ; (iv) the Book
of Jubilees though using Enoch extensively does not cite the
Messiah passages.
This theory is as untenable as that of Hilgenfeld and
Tideman. As for (i) the title in question is not found in the
oldest MS. ; (ii) in itself will have no weight if we bear in
mind the want of logical sequence and the frequent re-
dundancy characteristic of Semitic writings generally and of
Jewish apocalypses in particular. Moreover in no instance
that I am aware of does any superscription in Enoch give
an exact account of the Chs. it introduces, (iii) This argument
not only fails to testify against the genuineness of the
Messiah passages but also famishes one of the strongest
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
i6 The Book of Enoch.
proofs of their being original constituentB of the text. It Ja
first to be obeeired that Izxi must be te^^arded as ui int«r-
poktion CD quite other groonds (see notes in loe.). la the next
place what sigikificanee are we to attach to the ajqiearanee of
the title 'The Son of Man' ia the interpolations and as
api^ied there to Enoch, Ix. 10 ; Ixxi. 14? We owi only ander-
stand this by studying the method of the interpolator. In
the Noachic interpolations we find that the interpolator seeks
to adapt his additions to their new contexts by incorpoiating
technical terms from these contexts. Thus the following
technical terms and phrases among otheis are taken over into
his inta^lations ; ' Lord of Spirits,' see xxxviL 2 (note) ;
' Head of Days/ xlvi. 1 (note) ; ' Angels of Punishm^t,'
Ivi. I (note); "Those who dwell on the Earth,^ xxxvii. 5
(note); but either through ignorance or of set purpose the
technical phrases are misused. At the same time the pre-
sence of many such misused technical terms in the inter-
polation over against the technical terms in their adjoining
eontezte is demonstrative evidence ss to the genuineness of
the latter. Srery copy or caricature preeapposes an originaL
And this is exactly what we find in connexion with the title,
' The Son of Man.* It is found repeatedly thronghoat the
Similitudes in the technical sense of a supernatural Messiah
and Judge of the World, and accordingly it would be sur-
prising in the extreme if it escaped the &te of the other
technical designations. But the interpolator has not dis-
appointed ns; the inevitable 'caricature' appears in Ix, 10
and Ixxi. 14, and therein we have the best evidence we could
desire for the genuineness of the technical designation in the
Similitodes.
The Similitudes, therefore, are neither of ChrigtiaD author-
ship as Hilgenfeld supposes nor of Jewish authorship worked
over by a Christian, All evidence internal and external will,
as we shall see presently, prove not only that they are Jewish
but also pre^hristian. (iv) It would be most unreasonable
to expect the Book of Jobilees to quote or refer to the Messiah
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
General Introduction. 1 7
passages, seeing that tbroughout it tKere is not even the
Eaintest allusioD to a Messiah.
Hauseath, Neulettamentlieie Zeifgttehichte, Erster Theil,
3td ed., 1879, pp. 185-189; 191-193. The oldest book,
i-xxxvi J Ixxii-CT, is referred to the time of J. Hyrcanus.
The Similitndes, with the exception of the Noachic inter-
polations, were probahly composed in the reign of Herod the
Great. Hausrath thinks that the Messiah-passages may have
won somewhat of a Christian colooring in the process of
transhition from Hebrew to Greek and Greek to Ethiopic
by Christian hands.
Lipsics, art. 'Enoch' in Smith and Wace's Dictionary of
CAriitian Bioffrapiy,\o\.u. 1880, pp. 124-128. (i)The oldest
book dealt with celestial physics, xvii-xiz ; xxi-xxxvi ; Ixxii-
Ixxiz; Ixxxii, in which Enoch appears as a teacher of such
higher wisdom. This however is an unhappy synthesis; forthe
demonic doctrine of xvii— xix connects it peculiarly with the
Noachic interpolations, while its Greek colouring as strongly
disconnects itwiUi the nltra-Jewish Ixxii— Ixxix; Ixxxii. (2}
In the second book i-xvi; Ixxx—lxxxi; Ixxxiii-cr which
never existed independently but only as an expansion of the
former, Enoch is represented as a preacher o£ righteousness.
This book belongs to the reign of J. Hyrcanus. (3) The
Similitndes written nnder the later Maccabeans or the Herods.
(4) Noachic interpolations liv. 7-lv. a; Ix. 7-35; Ixv-lxviii.
I and probably x. 1-3; 22''; xli. 2-9; xliii-xliv; lixj liix.
2, 3 ; cn-cvii. Other interpolations and additions xx ; cviii.
This article forms a valuable contribution to the criticism
of Enoch, and I welcome it all the more gladly as I arrived
at many of its results before I was acquainted with it.
WxSTCOTT, Iniroduelion to tie Study of ike GotpeU, 1881,
6th ed., pp. 99-109; Gotpel of St, Join, 1882, p. 34. In
the former work this writer recognises the probability of the
different sections of the book as proceeding from different
authors, yet he essays the impossible task of moulding their
Digitized by GOOC^IC —
iS The Book of Enoch.
conflicting features into one coneiatent whole. In the latter
work Dr. Westcott asserts tliat the title in Enoch is ' A Son
of Man'; bnt wrongly; for it is as definitely 'The Son of
Man ' as the language and sense can make it. The being so
named, further, is gnperhuman, and not merely human as
Dr. Westcott states.
ScHODDE. See above (pp. 7-8).
■WiESELBB, 'Ueber die Form dee judischen Jabres um die
Zeit Jesu ' {Beitrage zur riehiigen WUrdigung der SmHgelieH,
1869). We hare here an interesting and valuable discaseion
of the Calendar in Enoch.
' Znr Abfassnngszeit des Budis Henoch' (Zeiitcir. S.M.Q.,
i88a, pp. 185-193). Wieseler sssigns the Similitudes no less
than the rest of the book to the reign of J. Hyrcanus.
ScHUBBK, A Biitoty of the Jeioitk People in the Time of
Jetu* Ckritt (traDslated from the second and Revised Ed. of
the German), vol. iii. div. ii. pp. 54-73, 1886. This is a
most judicious statement of the results already attained by
criticism. In accordance with these Schiirer divides the
book into three parts: (i) 'the original writing' i-xxzvi;
!xxii-cv, written in the reign of J. Hyrcanus; (3) the Simi-
litudes written in the time of Herod the Great ; (3) the
Noacbian Fragments, liv. 7-lv. 2; Iz; Izr-lxix. 25, and
probably cvi-cvii. cviii is a later addition. He is careful,
however, to remind us that the ' original writing is composed
of very heterogeneous elements.' While he rightly dismisses
as idle all attempts to introduce chronological exactness into
the interpretation of the sevenfy Shepherds, he thinks there
can be no doubt as to where the different periods are intended
to begin and end. It was Schurer who was the first to
recognise the validity of Hoffmann's interpretatdon of the
Shepherds and to give it currency. This article oonclndes
with a very full list of patristic passages referring to Enoch
and with an excellent bibliography of the literature.
Stanton, The Jewiih and the Chrittian Meitiah, 1886, pp.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
General Introduction, 19
44-64, 139-140, 142, 153. ^70-i75» 286, 305, 311-315, 33a,
The analyBiB of the book given in Schiirer is adopted also
here. Dr. Stanton agrees likewise with the generality of
criticfl in assigning the first part, i. e. i-sxsTi ; Ixxii-cVj to
the reign of J. Hyrcanus. The Similitadee must, he thinks,
be ascribed to a Jewish Christian or to a Jew influenced by
Christian ideas. The fntgments of a lost Apocalypse of Noah
are probably xxxix. i, a' ; liv. 7-lv. 2 ; Ix ; Ixv-lxix. 25, It
is to be hoped that the aathor of this admirable book will
add to onr indebtedness, and give to the book o£ Enoch the
fuller luid profonnder treatment it deserves.
Riuss, GtKh. der heil. Sciriffen A. T'» §5 498-500.
HoLTZMANir, EiiUeitung i»dat N. T., 1886, 109, no.
P7i:.BiDEBEB, i>fl* Urciritlentiim, 1887, pp. 310-318. This
writer accepts the traditional view with regard to the ground-
work, and approves of Crommond's theory as to the origin of
the Messiah-passages in the Similitudes. This theory he
seeks further to substantiate, but without success.
Bau>ensfkeqeb,, Btu SelbttbetoiMttteiu Jaii, 1888, pp. 7-16.
This writer assents to the traditional view and date of the
ground-work. The Similitude* he assigns to the years im-
mediately following on the death of Herod the Great. He
believes there are many references to the Romans in the
' Similitudes, and that Augustas and Herod are designed
under the phrase ' the kings and the mighty.'
Salhon, Introdvction io the N. T,, 4th ed., 1889, m*. 537,
FxTXB, Le Livre ^Henoch. Set Id4ea Memaniquet et ton
Euhatologie, Geneve, 1890. This is an interesting little
treatise, but by no means free from blemishes. The Simili'
tudes are pre-Christian, and the traditional view and date of
the ground-work are here reproduced.
DbanBj The Ptendeptgrapka, 1891, pp. 49-94- This is a
c z
Digitized by GOOC^IC
20 . The Book of Enoch,
praiseworthy attempt to populariee a knowledge of these
works. The writer assigns the traditional ground-work to
the years 153-130 B.C.]Biid r^ards the Similitudes as written
a few years later. Many of thb writer's statements on the
theology and influence of Enoch are to be taken with extreme
caution.
Thohsok, Booh thai influenced our Lord and Ria Apoillet,
1891, pp. 95, 103, 108, 125-348, 389-411. Mr, Thomson's
analysis is as follows ; —
(i) Book of the Similitudes and the Book of the Weeks,
xzzvii-lxxi; xci. 12-xcix, written about the year 2io B.C.
(2) Noachic Fragments, Ix; Ixv-lxix. 24.
(3) Book of the Fall of the Angels and of the Luminaries,
i-xxxvi; Ixxii-xci. 1 1 ; c-cvii, written not later than 160 B.C.
(4) cviii. Mr. Thomson's chief ground for r^arding
xsxvii-lxxi as the oldest section is derived from the presence
of the Noachic interpolations. As he believes that these
interpolations are confined to this section, be infers that
xxxvii-lxxi is therefore the oldest and that i-xsivi ; Ixxii-xci
were not yet in existence. Even if Mr. Thomson were right
in his facts, quite another conclusion would be possible. But
this writer's premises are without foundation. Interpolations
are found in every section in Enoch and numerously in the
sections which Mr. ThomBon regards as free from them. It
cannot be said that this book contributes much to the better .
interpretation of Enoch, luid this is all the more to be deplored
as Its author obviously possesses abundant ability for the task .
Chktne, Origin of the Ptalter, 1891, pp. 22, 375, 412-
414, 423-434, 448-449, and about fifty references besides.
'Possible Zoroastrian Influences on the Religion of Israel,"^
Eiepoiitory Timet, 1891, p. 207. Dr. Cheyne accf^ts pro-
visionally the traditional division of Enoch into the ground-
work, Sinuhtudes and Noachic fragments, and r^ards the
Similitudes as pre-Christian. He deals mainly with the
dogmatic teaching of the book and its place in the devel(^-
ilizedbyGoOglc
General Inirodttciion. 2 1
•taeot of Jewish religious thought, and points to the Essene
and Zoroastrian elements which have found a place io it.
Db Fayb, Let apocalypaet juivei, Paris, 189a, pp. 38-315,
3o5-ai6.
§ 8. Feou a Hebkew OfiiaiNAL through thb Medium
OF A Gbeek Translation.
Lanrence and Hoffmann believed on various grounds that
the original was written in Hehrew. Jelliaelc (ZeiUcir.
JJM.G., 1853, p. 249) argues for the same conclusion from
Hebrew fragments of Enoch which are preserved in various
Jewish writings. Din. {BvcA HenocA, Einleit. li-liii) holds the
same view and urges in suppori; of it the accurate knowledge
shown by the book of the localities round Jcmsalem, the
intimate acqnaintance of its writers with the Old Testament,
and tJiat not through the medium of the LXX but directly
with the Hebrew, the frequent etymologies resting only on a
Hebrew basis and the Hebraistic style, which is so all per-
vading that there is not a single expression in the book which
does not readily admit of retranslation into Hebrew.
The evidence furnished by Din. is quit« sufficient to esta-
blish a Hebrew original. And his conclusion has been further
and finally confirmed by Hall^vi. This scholar has retrans-
lated the entire book into Hebrew, and in the Journal Aiiatigue,
Avril-Mai, 1867, pp. 552-395, has proved his thesis to demon-
stration. There is much that is far-fetched and more
ingenious than true in this able article, yet none the less
its author has established his contention. As proofs of a
Hebrew original he adduces (i) frequent paronomastic expres-
sions possible only in Hebrew (see Crit. Note on vi. 6); (2)
Hebrew etymolc^es of proper names ; (3) unintelligible
expressions rendered clear by reproduction in Hebrew.
This Hebrew original was first translated into Greek.
Portions of this translation still exist (see pp. 62-y^ 83—85).
It was from this Greek translation that the Ethiopic version
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
22 The Book of Enoch.
was made. Ethiopic did not exist as a literary language beCore
350 (see Noldeke ' Semitic Languages,' Encye. BriU, 9tli ed.,
vol. xxi. 654). The translatioD of the Bible into Ethi(^ic
was made between 350 and 600, and it ie probable that the
book of Enoch was not made much earlier than the later
date.
The Place of Composition. — There is no room for doubt
as to the Palestinian origin of the book. The various authors
are at home in Palestine and accurately acquainted with the
varbus localities close to Jerusdem, the valleys, brooks, and
other natural features in its immediate neighbourhood. To
them further Jerusalem is the city of the elect, the centre of
the coming Messianic kingdom, and Gehenna is the destined
habitation of the apostate. Greek elements have no doubt
found an entrance iA certain fragments of the book, but as a
rule there is a deliberate and sustained opposition rendered
to all Hellenistic ideas and influences. The whole tone and
exegesis of the book are Palestinian in character.
\ 9. The Object of Afocaliftic Liteaatube.
The object of Apocalyptic literature in general was to solve
the difficulties connected with the righteonsness of Ood and
the suffering condition of his righteous servants on earth.
The righteousness of God postulated according to the Law
the temporal prosperity of the righteous, and postulated this
temporal prosperity of necessity; for as yet there was no
promise of life or recompense beyond the grave. But in the
experience of Qod's servants this connexion of righteonsness
and temporal reward was so often found to fail that the
Psalmists at times go so far as to complain that the best
things of this life are bestowed on the wicked. The difficul-
ties thus arising from this conflict between promise and
experience might be shortly resolved into two, which deal
respectively with the position of the righteous as a com-
munity, and the position of t^e righteous man as an in-
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
General Introduction, 23
dividnal. The Old Teatsment prophets had concerned them-
selves chiefly with the fonner and pointed in the main to the
restoration of Israel as a nation and to lerael's ultimate
possession of the earth as a reward of their righteousness.
But later with the growing claime of the individual, and the
acknowledgment of these in the religions and intellectual life,
the latter problem pressed itself irresistibly on the notice of
religious thinkers, and made it impossible for any conception
of the divine rule and righteousness to gain acceptance, which
did not render adequate satisfaction to the claims of the
righteous individoal. It was to this difficulty in particular
that Apocalyptic addressed itself, though it did not ignore
the fonner. It strove to show that tJike in respect of the
nation and of the individoal the righteousness of God would
be fully vindicated. In order to justify tbeir contention
Apocalyptic writers sketched in outline the history of the
world and of mankind, the origin of evil and its course, and
the final consnmmation of all thipgs, and thus in fact
presented a Semitic philosophy of religion. The righteous
as a nation should yet possess the earth : even in this world
the faithful community should attain to all its rights either
in an eternal or in a temporary Messianic kingdom. So Apoca-
lyptic taught universally and thus enforced the teaching of
prophecy. As for the destiny of the individual, and here lay
the chief interest and service of Apocalyptic, this was finally
to be determined according to his works. For though tiie
righteous individual might perish amid the disorders of the
world, his death oonld not fall out without God's knowledge,
and though cat ofF here apparently as a sinner, he would not
feul to attain through the resurrection the recompense that
was his due in the Messianic kingdom or in heaven itself.
The conceptions as to this risen life, its duration and character,
vary with each writer.
With this short introduction we will now proceed to con-
sider the different writings in this book, their respective
chaiacteristicB and dates, and the various accounts they offer
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
24 Tlie Book of Enoch.
of tbe future lot of the righteous community and of the
righteous individnal.
\ 10. Thb dif?beiint Elements in the Book of Enoch,
WITH THEia EE8FECTITX C HAKACTEBISTICS AlfD DaTBS.
The book of Enoch is a fragmentaiy ettrvivsl of an entire
literature that once circulated under his name. To this fact
the plurality of books assigned to Enoch from the first may
in some degree point : as for instance the expression ' books '
in civ. 13 : Book of Jnbileea iv; vii ; Test. XII. Fatriarcb. Jud.
1 8 ; Origcn c, Celmm v. 54 ; in Num. Homtl. zxviii. 2 (Ed.
LommatEch) ; Aug. He Ctv. Dei xt. 23 ; and Q-. Syncellus,
p. 20 (Ed. Uindorf.) 'the first book.'
This presumption becomes, a matter of demonstration on
the following grounds. The referendes to Enoch's writings in
tbe Book of Jubilees anjl in the Test. XII. Patriarch, cannot
in many instances be traced to the existing book of Enoch.
The last passage attributed by Syncellus to Enoch has no
corresponding part in the Ethiopic. Portions of tbe Ethiopic
version are manifestly lost, as, for instance, the close of the
first Similitude. And finally two Slavonic MSS. have been
recoitly published, in Russia which belong to this literature
and yet differ from the Ethiopic Enoch throughout in diction
and matter.
This preliminary conclusion is finally confirmed on internal
grounds. All critics are agreed in ascribing the Similitudes
ixxvii-lxxi to a different authorship from the rest For the
main grounds for this conclasi<ni see pp. 106-107. Criticism
is further agreed as to the presence of a large body of inter-
polations. But the interpolations are far more numerous than
has hitherto been observed, and the discrimination and due
appreciation of these are indispensable to the understanding
of the book. They are found throughout the book, and are
as follows: —
Digitized by GtXlglC
General JntroducHon. 25
vi. 3-8; viii. 1-3; ix. 7; X. 1-3, 11; svii-xx. See notes
in I0C.
xszix. I, 2»; ill. 3-8; xliii-xliv; liv. 7-lv. a ; Ivi. 5-lTii. 3';
lix-Ix; IxT-lxix. 35. See notes on liv. 7.
1. See notes in loc.
Ixxi. See notes in loc.
Ixsx-Ixxxi. See not«9 is loc.
xc 15; xcL 11; xciii. 11-14; xct!. a; cr-crii. See notes
in loc.
The bulk ol tteee belong to a lost Apocalypse of Noali
(mentioned in the Book of Jubilees x; zxi), i.e. vi. 3-8; viii.
1—3; ix. 7; X. 1-3, llj xvii-zx; xxxix. i, 4'; ili. 3-8;
xliii-xliv; liv. 7-lv, 2; lix-lk; Ixv-Ixix. 35; cvi-cvii. We
might refer 1, Ivi. 5-lvii. 3'; Ixxi j Ixxx-lixii ; xciii. 11-14
to the same source, but only indirectly in their present form,
as they appear to be of the nature of a mosaic. We can
hardly be wrong in ascribing them largely to the authorship
of the editor who brought all the writings into one whole,
cv may be due to the same editor, cviii is undoubtedly a
later addition.
Disr^arding the closing chapter we find that there are
thus three distinct elements in the book : —
(a) The so-called ground-work i-xxxvi ; lzxii-<nv.
ifi) The Similitudes xxxvii — ^Ixx.
(y) The Noachian and other interpolations, as given above.
The question now arises : are we justified in regarding
i-ixxvi, Ixxii-civ aa proceeding from the same author? This
question is discussed at length in the Special Introductions
to sections i-xxzvi; Ixxii-lxxxii ; Ixxxiii-zc; and xci-civ,
and it is there shown that these four sections are distinct
writings as to authorship, system of thought, and date. We
will not resume here the gronnde for this eonclusion, but will
sketch briefly the various independent writings contained in
the book of Enoch, with their respective characteristics and
dates.
Fart I, consisting of chs. i-xxxvi, written at latest before
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
26 The Book of Enoch.
170 B.C. and miunly from tbe prophetic standpoint of such
chs. as Is. Ixv-lxvi. This is, undoubtedly, tbe oldest part of
the book, being anterior to Ixxii-lxxziij lnxiii-xc;andxci-ciT
(see Special Introductions). It is laid under eontributioa by
the authors of these sections. As Ixxziii-xc was written not
later than 161 B.C. i— xxxvi must be some years earlier, and
further, as there is not the &intest alluaion to the persecutions
and massacres of Antiocbus Epiphanes, we are probably safe
in fixing on 170 b. c. as the latest limit possible for its com-
positioD. This hook i.e. i-xxxvi is noteworthy as being most
probably the first to mention the resurrection of the righteous
and the wicked : to describe Sheol according to the concep-
tion accepted later in tbe New Testament as opposed to that
of tbe Old Testunent : and to represent Gehenna as a final
place of punishment. In other respects the writer of i-xxxri
has not advanced much beyond the Old Testament prophetic
view of tbe Messianic kingdom. This kingdom, he holds, is
to be ushered in by tbe resurrection of the righteous and tbe
wicked (with the exception of one class of the latter) followed
immediately by the final judgment. The wicked angels,
demons, and men were to be punished according to their
deserts, and the righteous to become members of the eternal
Messianic kingdom. The scene of tbe kingdom was to be
the earth purged from all violence and sin. Peace, and hap-
piness, and prosperity were to prevail everywhere. Sin should
never again appear on the earth, and after a life crowned with
all good things, and blessed with patriarchal years and num-
berless offspring, tbe righteous w^% at length to die in peace>
as in Is. Ixv-lxvi.
It is manifest here that the writer apprehended neither the
thought of the immortality of the soul, which was pressing
itself on the notice of Judaism from the side of the Greek,
nor the doctrine of the resurrection of the righteous to an
eternal blessedness which was seeking recognition from tbe
side <A Zoroaetrianism.
Part n, contdflting of Ixxxiii-xc, written between 166-161
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
General Introduction. 27
B c, aoA mainly from the same standpoiat as Daniel. The
grounds for discriminatiiig this section from the rest are g^ven
at length in the Special Introductions to those sections.
We find there that the writer of Ixxxiii-sc has made
use of i-xxxvL He is moreover of an ascetic turn of
mind. These visions came to him before he was married,
the implication being that he has no such superaatoral ex-
periences after marriage. But as visions are inferior to actual
waking intercourse with the angels, such as Enoch enjoyed
in i-xxxvi, it is clear even on this single ground that these
two parts are from different aathors.
The writer of Ixxxiii-M has advanced oonsiderably beyond
the naive and sensuons views of the kingdom presented in
i-zxxvi His conceptions are more spiritual. He writes a few
years later thui the last chapters of Daniel, and like the latter
has risen to the conception of an everlasting blessedness. He
may be indebted to this writer for the fourfold division of
the seventy angel reigns among the four great world powers
to which, in succession, Israel was subject, and the phrase
'glorions limd' (Ixzxix. 40, cf. Dan. xi. 16, 41) may be
dmwn from the same source. His eachatoli^cal views are
developed at greater length than those of Daniel, but he
follows in some respects prophetic rather than apocalyptic
ideas. In Daniel the final crisis is sudden and nnnLediated,
but in Izxziii-xo it is ushered in through the warlike efforts
of the Chaeids led by Judas Maccabaens. In this strife the
heathen enemies of Israel are destroyed. Then ensue the
judgment and condenmation of the fallen watchers, the faith-
less angel shepherds, and the apostate Jews.
The judgment appears to be followed by the resurrection of
righteous Israelites only: if this is bo, then this book diverges
from the teaching of Daniel xii. i, 2 and the earlier book of
Enoch i-xxxvi. The righteous Jews are all assranbled in the
New Jerusalem established by Qod Himself, and their ranks
are swelled by those Gentiles who had hitherto been neutral,
but are now converted to the worship of Israel's Ood. At
Digitized by GOOC^IC
aS The Book of Enoch.
the close of all appears tlie Meesiah. This is the earliest
reference to the Messiah in non-canonical liteisture. Bat he
has no idle to play : he has not as yet vindicated for himself
a real place in the Apocalyptic doctrine of the last things.
This Mesdanic kin^om lasts on eulh for ever, and its
members enjoy everlasting blessedness.
Part III, consisting of ici-civ, and written between 134-
94 B. c, or possibly 1 04-94 b. c. For a detailed criticism of this
writing and its relations see Special Introduotion to this part.
As we pass from Ixxxiii-xc to xci-civ we feel we are
entering into a worid of new conceptions. In all previous
Apocalyptic writings, the resurrection and the final judgment
have been the prelude to an everlasting Messianic kingdom ;
but here we encounter quite a new schema of the last things.
These great events are relegated to the close of the Messianic
kingdom, and not till then in &ct do the righteous enter
on their reward. In this writer we have a fosion of pro-
phetic and apocalyptic ideas, but a fusion which, without
doing actual violence to either, gives expression to both in a
profonnder and more comprehensive system. As we see in
such Apocalyptic writings as the Apocalypse of Bamch,
iv Ezra and Bevektion, that an adequate fulfilment is given
to the promise that the righteoos should inherit the earth
through the establishment of a temporary Messianic kingdom:
so in xci-civ the Messianic kingdom, in which the righteous
possess the earth in peace, lasts from the eighth to the close
of the tenth week. In this kingdom no place is found for a
personal Messiah : the righteous, with God's help, vindicate
their just cause and destroy their oppressors. On the close
of this kingdom follow the final judgment and the risen
spiritual life of blessedness in a new heaven. From such a
view of the future it is obvious tJbat for the writer the centre
of interest has passed from the material world to the spiritual,
and the Messianic kingdom is no longer the goal of the hopes
of the righteous. Their faith finds its satisfaction only in a
blessed immortality in heaven itself. The righteous, it is
ilizedbyGoOglc
General Introduction. 29
true, wlio are living on the advent of the Meesiaoic kingdom
will indeed be recompensed witli alt good things, but the
departed righteous will not rise thereto, but will find their
reward in the everlasting spiritual bliss that is the inheritance
of all Ijie faithful after the final Judgment. In the meantime
they are at rest, guarded as the apple of an eye by the angels
of God, and will in due time, on the close of the Messianic
kingdom, attain to the reenrrection. ThiB resurrection of the
righteous appears not to be of the body but of the soul only,
as we find in a later hook, the Psalms of Solomon, or in the
still later Book of Jubilees. As for the wicked they wOl
descend into the pain of Sheol and abide there everlastingly.
Here Sheol appears as Hell for possibly the first time.
The writer of this section lived towards the close of the
second century b. c. He was a Pharisee strongly opposed
to all hellenizing tendencies, but apparently influenced by
kindred Zoroastnan ideas. His chief denunciations are
directed against the Sadducees, These oppress the righteous,
and the rulers who are in league with them connive at their
oppression. The persecution which the righteous undergo is
severe, but far removed from the murderous oppression of
which they were the victims from 95 b. c. onwards. We
may therefore regard this book as written before that date,
and aft«r the breach between J. Hyrcanus and the Pharisees,
i.e. between 134 and 95 b. c. ; or if we may take c 2 to be
an aUnsion to Aristobolxts' murder of his brother, between
104-95 B. c.
Part rV. — The Similitudes, consisting of xxxvii-lii* and
written between 94-79 b. c. or 70-64 b. c. For full account
see pp. 106-109.
The Similitudes introduce us to the events and aspirations
of a time not &r removed in years from the period we have
just been considering but very remote in character. The
sufFerings of the righteous mourned over in xci-civ are of
shght consequence compared with their afflictions of this
later date. Their plaint 'ib no longer now of the greed and
Digitized byCoOC^Ic
3© The Book of Enoch.
avarice of the rich; of their enperetitioDS and idolatries, their
heUenistic tendencies and apostasies. For their grief they
have now g^raver and more abundant reason. Their hlood is
now crying to heaven for vengeance. Their foea, moreover,
are not as in xci-eiv the Sadducees secretly hacked by the
rulers of the nation, but the rulers themselves are now their
foremost and declared oppressors, and take the chief part in
their destruction. These rolers are liie Maccabean princes,
and not the Uerods ; for as yet there is no reference to Kome,
though we know that Rome interposed authoritatively in tli6
afCairs of Palestine about 64 b. c. The widespread influence
of the book on the writers of the New Testament (see pp.
41—53) witnesses in the same direction, and is innplicable on
any date subsequent to the time of the Maccabees. The date
of the Similitudes therefore must be lat«r than 95 and before
64 B. c, or more precisely between 95-80 b. c. or 70-64 b. c.
For the fuller treatment of this subject see pp. 107—108, and
the notes referred to there.
The varying relations in which the Maccabees stand to the
Chasid or Pharisaic party are faithfully reflected in the books
of Enoch. In Izxziii-xc the Maccabees are the leaders of the
righteous, and their efforts form the prelude to the Messianic
kingdom. In xci-civ they are no longer regarded as the
chiefs and friends of the Chaside, and yet they have not
become their open foes. Th^ are, however, the secret
abettors of their Sadducean oppressors. But when we turn
to the Similitudes the scene is wholly changed. The Mac-
cabeans are now the open and declared enemies of the
Pharisees and add to their other guilt the slaying of the
righteous.
It is still more instructive to observe the concepticms
r^arding the Messiah to which the writers of these hooks
were led by the events of their times. In Ixxxiii-xe we have
the Messiah coming forth from the bosom of the community.
He is a man only, but yet a glorified man and superior to the
community from which he springs. So iax as he is a man
ilizedbyGoOC^It,
General Introdtulion. 3 1
only, he may be regarded as the prophetic Meesiah as opposed
to the Apocalyptic Messiah of the Similitudes: and yet he is not
truly tJie prophetic Messiah ; for he has absolutely do function
to perform, and he does not appear till the world's history is
finally closed. Accordingly his presence here most be ac-
counted for purely through literajy reminiscence, and the hope
of the Messiah must be r^arded as practically dead at this
period. The vriter felt no need of such a personality so
long as the nation had such a chief as Judas Maccabaeus.
It was very different fifty years or more later, when the
fondest enthusiasts could no longer look to the Asmonaeans
for any help or stay in the time of their distress. Accord-
ingly the writer of xci-cir refers only once to the recreant
chiefs of the nation as secret upholders of the enemies of the
righteous, and dii^ts the thoughts of his readers no longer
to a religious monarchy but to a religious commonwealth or
restored theocracy established by the righteous themselves,
and owning no head but Ood alone. This Messianic kingdom,
further, which was without a Messiah, was to have only a
temporary continuance, and heaven was to be the true and
final abode of the righteous. Once more, as we turn to a
somewhat later book, we find in the Similitudes that the
ixremediable degradation and open hostility of the Maccabees
have caused the hopes and aspirations of religious thinkers to
take various directions. Of these some retiuned to a fresh
study of the Old Testament, and revived, as io the Psalms of
Solomon, the expectation of a prophetic Messiah, sprang from
the hoose and lineage of David. Others followed the bold
and oiigiRal thinker of this period, who, starting from a
su^estive phrase in Daniel, conceived the Messiah as the
supematonl Son of Man, who, possessing divine preroga-
tives, sboold destroy the wicked, and justify the righteous,
and vindicate a transformed heaven and earth as their habita-
tion for everlasting. For a full account of the Messiah of the
Similitudes we must refer the reader to the notes on xlvi. 3,
and xxxviii. 2.
Digitized by GtXlglC
32 The Book of Enoch.
The teaching of the Similitudes Btaads throughout in clear
contrast to that of xci-civ. Whilst in the latter there is no
Messinh, in the former the conception of the Messiah plays a
more important role than had ever yet been assigned to him.
In the former, again, there seems to be only a resurrection of
the righteous; in the latter a reenrrectioD of all Israelites.
In the former the Messianic kingdom was only temporary ;
in the latter it was of everlasting continuance. In the former
the final judgment was held at the close of the Messianic
kingdom; in the latter at its banning. In the former
there was a resurrection of the spirit only, in the latter of the
body also.
Part V, — Tbe Book of Celestial Physics consisting of
Ixxii-lxzviii ; Ixxxii ; Ixxix. There are no materials at hand
for fixing the date of this section. In the Special Intro-
duction to this part we have shown at some length that it is
an independent writing, and distinct originally from all the
other constituents of the book. A close examination of this
section leads manifestly to the excision of kxx-lxxxi, and to
tbe restoration of Ixxxii to its original position before Ixxix.
The object of the writer is a quasi-scientific one. His aim b
to justify the Hebrew calendar against the heathen calendan,
and particularly tbe Greek, and to insist on the value of the
moon as an infallible divider of time till the new Creation.
The only blessing pronounced by him is for those who sin not
as the sinners in the reckoning of their days (Ixxxii. 4). The
interpolator of Ixxx-lxxxi was a man of quite a different
type. His sympathies were wholly moral and religious.
There is an order of nature, it is true, but this order is con-
tinually thrown into disorder by the sin of men, and the
moon thus becomes a mieleader of men (Ixxx. 4). Accord-
ingly we are not surprised to find that the blessing pronounced
by this writer is on the man against whom there is no
record of unrighteousness (Ixzxi. 4).
Part. VI. — The Noachiau and other interpolations. These
have been enumerated above (p. 15). So far as we may
ilizedbyGoOglc
General Introduction. 33
tniBt to internal erideace, it would appear that nearly all
these interpolations were added by tbe editor who put the
different books together, and sought by means of his additions
from an existing Apocalypse of Noah, and possibly from
elsewhere, to give a complete account of the different great
world judgments. When this editing took place we cannot
determine definitely, but we may with safety conclude that
it waa before the beginning of the Christian era. The con-
tents of these interpolations — which deal with a vast variety
of sabjects, such as the books «f Noah, the deluge, the evil
wrought by the Satans and t^e fallen angels, the secrete of
celestial phenomena, and other cabbalistic lore — do not admit
of being shortly summarised.
§ XI. The IsFLrENCB of Enoch on Jewish and Patbistic
LlTEBATDBB AND ON THE NbW TbSTAHXNT IK FUKASEO-
LooT, Ideas, and Doctbinb.
The book of Enoch exercised a very important influence on
the Christian and Jewish literature of the first three centuries
A. D. The first notice of a book of Enoch appears to be due
to a Jewish or Samaritan Hellenist (bo Schiirer). This notice,
which hae come down to us successively through Alexander
Polyhistor and Eusebius, asserts that Enoch was the fomider of
Astrology : cf. Euseb. Praep. Evang. ix. 17.8 (Gaisford) twtqv
fiipt\Kipat vp&Tov Tiiv iarpokoylav.
The Impltjekce op Enoch on Jewish Literatoee.
Excluding for the present the coosideration of the New
Testament and of Christian testimonies generally, the book
of Enoch was probably used by the author of the Assumption
of Moses written about the Christian Era. Cp. iv. 8 — Tristes
et gementes quia non poterint referre immolationes Domino
patrum suorum with En. Ixxzix. 73 : and x. 3, 4—£xiet de
habitatione sancta sua with Enoch i. 4, ' will come forth from
itodbyGoOC^IC
34
Tlu Book of Enoch.
His dwelling': and x. 4 — Tremebit terra, vMque ad finet tuat
coQCutietaTj et alti montcs humiliabantor et concntirator with
En. i. 5, 6, ' onto the ends of the earth — the high monutoins
will be shaken and — made low.'
In the Book of JubUeet, written before 70 A. D., £noch is
largely drawn upon : cp. Book of Jubilees —
CH. I. ' I have foriaken them because of all the evil they have
wrought — in foriaking the covenant ' with En. Itttjit.
6i> 54-
' Until I descend and dwell witii tbem ' with En. xxv. 3 ;
Ixxni. I.
'From the day of the new creation,' ftc. with En. Irxii. t.
II. In this chapter the ideas of En. Ix. i6-ai are further
developed and a presiding spirit is assigned to every
natural phenomenon,
m. In this chapter there is the first mention of tiie ' heavenly
tables ' — a phraee borrowed from Enoch. See for lull
treatment of this phiase zlvii. 3 (note).
IV. ' Jared ; for in his days the angels of the Lord descended
on the earth.' Of. £u. vi. 6 ; cvi. 13.
' He took himself a wife and her name was Edna.' Cf.
En. IxxxT. 3.
' He was with the angels of God six years of tide jubilee.'
CI En. xii. i. This refers to Enoch's temporary
sojourning with the angels.
' They (i. e. the angels) showed him (i. e, Enoch) every-
thiog in earth and heaven — and he wrote it all down.'
Cf. En. xzi— xxxvi; Ixzii— Ixxzii.
' He testified to the watchers,' ftc, En. xii-xiv. 7.
'We conducted him (i.e. Enoch) into the Garden of
Eden.' This refers to Enoch's final translation. Cf
En.lxx.
' There he writes down,' En, ziL 4. ' The Scribe.' Cf.
XV. I ; xcii. i.
V. ' He (i. e. Qod) bade us bind them (i. e. the fidlen
watchers) in the depths of the earth.' Cf. Ed.
X. 4-ta.
The account as to the destruction of the children of the
watchers depends directly on En. x. 12 ; xii. 6.
ilizedbyGcXlglC
General Introduction. 35
The accoont of the heavenlf ' Beren water torrenti ' nnd
'the fonntaini »f the great deep' are derived from
Bn. iTTiri-r. 2—7,
Ti. Conqwre the aocoont of the year of 364 days with its
implicit polemic sgainat En. Ixziv. 10, la; Ixxv. a;
Ixxxii. 4, 6, II.
Tn. Compare the three cluHes of grants here described with
En. vii; lixxix. 6 : the coiutaat prohibitions agunet
the eating of blood (cf. also zxi) with En. vii. 5 ;
xcviii. It: 'Enoch, the eeventh in bis generation'
with Ed. zciii. 3.
vin. ' Mount Zion, the centre of the navel of the earth ' with
Z. Compare the doctrine of tiiiB chapter and of xxl regarding
the demons, the children of the watchers with En. zv.
la-xvi tnotee).
These demons are subject to Satan. Cf. En. lir. 6.
zi. The worship of idols and of demons (aleo in i and xzii).
Cf. En. xtz. I ; zciz. 7.
ZTi. ' Plant of righteouBuess ' (alio in xzi), a phrase used of
Israel. Cf. En. z. 16 (note).
XXt. Compare the list of evergreen trees given here with En. iii.
xnij The life of the righteous though it eztend to a thousand
years is still finite. Cf. En. t. 7 (note). 'Hiere is no
resurrection of the body — apparently the teaching of
En. zci-civ.
The Apocalgpte of Baruck, written not long after 70 a. d.,
bas many aflSaities with Enoch both in diction and in tbooght,
and is manifestly dq>eDdent on it.
^jioc.far.xiii. 8, 'Judicium enim En. Iziii. 8, 'His judgments have
eet ezcelsi qui non respicit no respect of persons.'
personas.'
zxiv. I, ' Aperientnr libri in En. xc. ao, ' He took the sealed
quibus scripta sunt peccata books and opened them.'
omnium qui peccaverunt.'
xxiz. 4, A later form of the En. Iz. 7-9.
myth of Behemoth and Le-
viathan which is found
first in En. Ix. 7-9.
Digitized by GtXlglc
The Book of Enoch.
xsix. 5, ' Terra dabit frnctna
BuoB UDnm in decern millia.'
XXXV. a, 'O ocnli mei eetote
Bcatebrae et palpebne oou-
lorum meoriun foDs lacri-
maram.'
li. 3, 'Qni plantavernnt in
corde buo radicem sapien-
tiae' (cf. lii. 7).
li. lo, 'Assimilabuntor angelis
et aeqnabnntur stellis.'
lir. 3, 'Cni nihil difficile est.'
Ivi. 6, 'Cum (Adam) trana-
greEBns eaaet, morB, quae
noD erat tempore ejna, fait.'
Ivi. 10-3, 'Etiam angelis fuit
periculum. Adhnc enim
illo tempore, qno creatas
fuit, erat eiB liberias; et
descend erunt ex iia et
oommiati sunt cuft muli-
eriboB. Et tanc illi qui
BIO operati sunt, in vinculia
crnciati sunt.'
lix. 2, ' Lex aetema.'
En. X. 19, 'Each measure will
bear ten thousaud.'
En. xcv. I, 'Oh that mine e7es
were a cloud of water tbat I
m!ght weep oyer you and shed
my tears as a water cloud.'
En. X. 16, 'The plant of
rigbteonsneBS.'
Ed. civ. 6, 4, ' Haye great joy as
the angels — shine aa the stars.'
Of. Ixix J I.
En. Ixxxiv. 3, 'Nothing is too
hard for thee.'
En. Ixix. II, 'Uan was created
exactly like the angels — and
death could not have taken
hold of him.'
En. Ti-x.
En. xdx. 3, ' The eternal law.'
The dependence of this book on Enoch is still more evident
if we may regard it as proceeding firom one author ; for it re-
produces in the main the conceptions of En. xci-eiv save that
it expects a Messiah. Thus in this Apocalypse of Baruch the
Messianic Kingdom is only of temporary duration. The
Messiah reigns till sin is at an end Ixxiv. 2, 3. During his
reign the earth yields 10,000 fold, and there are no pre-
mature deaths. At the close of this period the Messiah
returns to heaven and the resurrection ensues I-li. 6, The
righteous are then transformed and made like the angels
li. 5» 10-
Digitized by GtXlglC
General Introduction.
37
The aathor of 17. Ezra, vriting between 81-9^ a. d., has
made a not iiifreqaent use of Enoch, and this mainly of the
Similitudes.
4 Ezra vi. 49-53 takes up and
develops further the myth
found in En. Ix. 7-9.
vii, 33, 33, 'Et terra reddet
qui in ea dormiunt, et
pulvlB qui in eo silentio
habitant, et promptoaria
reddent quae eis commen-
datae sunt animoe. Et re-
velabitur AltieeimnB super
sedem jndicii,'
4 Ezra [vi. 3] 'Et dicet tunc
Altiasimns contra iUoe
populoB resuBcitataB : re-
Bpicite et rideto quern ab-
negastis, aut quern non
coluistis aut cujus praa-
cepta rojecistiB.'
In, Ix. 7-9.
En. li. I, 3, 'And the earth will
give back those that are
treasured up within it, and
Sheol also will give back that
which it has received, and
hell will give back that which
it owes . . . And the Elect
One will sit on My throne.'
En, Ixii. I, ' Thus the Lord com-
manded . . . those who dwelt
on the earth and said : " Open
yonr eyes and lift up your
boms if ye are able to recog-
nise the Elect One." '
En. Ix. 6, ' Who have not served
the righteouB law and who
deny the righteous judgment
and who take His name in
[vi. i] 'Bevelabitor fumos En. xlviii. 9, 10; xxvii. 3.
gehennae, et ex adverso
ejus itemm paradisos ju-
cnnditatum.*
[vi. 49] 'TJt renoves crea- En. Ixxii. i.
tnnun tuam.'
[vi. tio, 68] A development of En. c. 5.
vii. 55 ' Super etellaa fulge- En. civ, 3, ' Ye will shino as the
bunt facies eorum.' stars of heaven,'
'. . . nostrae autem facies En, IxiL 10, 'Darkness will be
super teuebras nigrae.' piled upon their feces.'
In the TettamenU of the Twelve Patriardt there are nine
direct references to Enoch. Of these Lev. 10, 14 are prob-
ably references to En. Ixxxix. 50 j xci. 6, 7 ; Dan. 5 to Ed,
ilizedbyGoOglc
38 The Book of Enoch.
Ixii, 15 whereas Sim. 5 ; Lev. 16; Jud. 18; Zeb. 3; Napht.
4 ; Benj. 9 cannot be traced directly to any paesa^ in the
Ethiopic Enoch. Keub. v and Napht. 3, though Enoch is
not directly mentioned, may be referred to En. vi-ix. a,
From the second century onwards all knowledge of the
book of Enoch Tanishes from Jewish literature with the
exception of a few references that are given by Jellindi in
the ZeiUehT. D. M. 0., 1853, p, 249.
The Infloehcb as Enoch oh Patsibtio Litbkatitre.
Still adjourning the consideration of the New Testament
we find a lat^ body of Christian testimonies. The Eput/e
of £arnabat, written not many years after 70 A. D., cit«s Enoch
three times and twice as Scripture : iv. 3 — fb riktiov sKiiAdkov
f}Yyu:fv w«pi o5 yiypavrai, its 'E;rix A^yei : ivL 4 — \iyti yelp
il ypaip-^' Koi lirrai l-n i<TX<irow t&v fifj.tp&v KoX TopoSuffft kIj/moi
r4 itpS^ara. t^s vop.^s ital rqv {iAvbpav jtai rbv i^ipyov aimiv fU
KaTa^0op6.v. Cf. En. liiiii. 56, 66. Ep. Bam. xvi. 6. Cf.
En. xci. 13.
In the second century JuHin Martyr, Apol. ii. 5 (quoted in
note on iz. 8, 9) ; cp. also i. 5. Enoch is not mentioned in
these passages but is ased.
Irenaeui, iv. 16. 2 (quoted in note on xiv. 7).
AtienoffOTM (about 170 a. d.) in his ■npto-^fla x regards
Enoch, though he does not name him, as a true prophet : tart
8e fi,T]iiv i/MS iit&pTvpov XiyfW, & ii rot; vpotfi^aii tKVf<p<ivriTai,
p^Tjiriftv. iKttvoi fiiv, els iTnOvfiiaii iSfa6iTes, tiapOiuaiv . . . ix /ici>
ovv Tuv vtpl rat ttapQivmis i}(6vTiov oX KoXovficvoi iy(vv^6i}aa.v
yiydiTTfs k.tA.
Teriullian, writing between 197 and 223, regards Enoch as
Scripture, Apol. zxii (quoted in note on xv. 8, 9); De Culiu
Feminarum, i. 2 (qnoted on viii. l).
I. 3 : Scio ecripturam Enoch, quae hunc ordinem angelis
dedit, non recipi a quibusdam, quia nee in armariam Judaicum
admittitor. Opinor, non putavenmt illam ante cataclysmum
editam poet enm casum orbis omnium rerum aboliiorem salvam
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
General Introduction. 39
esse potuiBBe. But Tertnllran proceeds to show that this was
possible : cum Enoch filio sno Matusalae nihil altud mandaverit
guam ut notitiam eomm posteris sois traderet. He then
pronounces the singular critical canon : Cum Enoch eadem
Bcriptnra etiam de domino praedicarit, a nobis quidem nihil
omnino rejiciendnm est, quod pertineat ad nos ... A Judaeb
potest jam videri propterea rejecta, sicut et cetera fere quae
Christum sonant ... £0 accedit quod Enoch apud Judam
apostolum teetimonium possidet. IL 10 (quoted on viiL i).
Se Idol, XV (quoted on ziz. i). Cf. also De Idol, ix ; De
Virg. Vetand. vii : Si enim propter angelos, scilicet quos
legimns a deo ei caelo excidisee ob concupiscentiam feminamm,
&c. De Idol. XT: Haec igitui ah initio [OBeTidens spiritus
sanctus etiam oatta ia superstitionem ventura praececinit per
antiqnissimum prophetea Enoch.
Clement Alex. Eclcgae PropAet. Ed. Dindorf, iii. 456 (quoted
on xix. 5) ; iii 474 (quoted on viii. 2. 3) ; Sirom. iii. 9 (quoted
on ivi. 3).
Origen (18^—354) does not r^ard Enoch as inspired, and
yet he does not wholly reject it. Cf. Contra Celeum, v. 53.
Celsus argues that other iyyfXoi descended to the earth before
Christ : iK6fii> yap koI AAAotw \iyovai itoXK&KK Kol ifum yt
i^Kovra $ i^bofJfKovTa' ots S^ y€viaB(u KOicoW Kol ttoKiifffQai
bttrixdis vnofiXtiBivras iv yrj' S6(v Koi Tas Btpiih^ mryhs flvat
ra iKfCvav iJuipva. In a lengthy rejoinder Origen remarks, v.
54 : ip TOAs iKKXtfirlms oi vaw tpiptrai its Ofia rh i-ntytypOfiLiUva
ToS 'Eca>x fii^>^(a. That Ongen was undecided as to the
value to be attached to Enoch is clearer from the following
passages, /m Joannem, vi. 2$ (Lommatsch. i. 241) : Us iv r^
'Evu;^ yiypa-Brai, el T<f <f>tkov vapa^)(€(r6ai as Aytov rb 0tff\(oti,
In Num. Homil. xxviii. 2 (Lommatsch. x. 366): De quibus quidem
nominibuB plurima in libellis, qui appellantur Enoch, secreta
continentur, et arcana : sed quialibelli ipsi non videntur apud
Hebiaeos in auctoritate haberi, interim nunc ea, quae ibi
nomijiautur ad exemplum vocare differamns. De Princip, i.
3. 5 (Lommatsch. xxi. 73) : Sed et in Enoch libro his similia
ilizedbyGoOglc
40 The Book of Enoch.
describiintar ; ir. 35 (Lommfltsoh. xxL 47'5) (qaoted on
rix.3).
AfuUoliui appointed Siehop of Laodicea in 269. Quoted
iQ Eoseb. Hitt, Mccl, viL 32. 19 : roS Ki r6v Trpurov ■nap'
'E^paiats p,^va tttpl Imffuplati tlva^, TropatrrariKti koI rh iv
Thenceforward the book fails to secore a single faroaiable
notice. Hilary, who died 568 a. d., writes in his Comment, in
Pt. cxzxii. 3 : Fertur id de quo etiam nescio cuius liber extat,
quod angeli concupiscentee filiaa hominum, cum de caelo
deBcenderent, in huno montem Hermon maxime convenerant
excelsom. Chrysostom (346-407) does not indeed mention
Enoch, but declares that the stoij of the angels and the
daughters of men r«ste on a fitke exegesis, U&mil. in Gen.
vi. I and is a blasphemous fable,
Jerome (346-420) r^ards Enoch as apocryphal. De Vim
Jllutir. iv : Judas frater Jacobi parram, quae de eeptem
catholicis est, epistolam reliquit. £t quia de libro Enoch, qui
apociyphuB est, in ea assumit testimonia a plerisque rejicitur :
tamen auctoritatem vetuetate jam et usu meruit et inter sanctas
oomputatur. Comment, on Pt. cxzxii. 3 : Legimos in qnodam
libro apocrypho, eo tempore, quo descendebant filii dei od
filias hominum, desceodisse illos in montem Hermon, et ibi
iniisse pactum qnomodo venire&t ad filias hominum et sibi eas
sociarent. Manifeetissimtis liber est et inter apociyphos com-
putatur. Comment, on Epiat. ad Titum, i. 1 2 : Qui autem
putant totum librum debere sequi eum, qui libri parte usus
sit, Tidentar mihi et apocryphum Enochi, de quo Apostolos
Judas in Epistola sua testimonium posuit, inter ecclesiae
Ecriptoras recipere.
Anguttive (354~429) pronounces strongly against Enoch.
Be Civ. Dei, xv. 23, 4: Scripsisse quidem nonnuUa divina
Enoch ilium septimnm ab Adam, negare non possumus, cum
hoc in Epistola canonica Judas Apostolus dicat. Sed non
frustra non sunt in eo canone Scriptnrarum . . . Unde ilia
quae sub cgus nomine proferuutur et continent istae de
Digitized by GOOC^IC
General Introduction. 41
gigantibas fabnlas, quod Don liabuerint homines patrea, recte
a pradentiboB jodicantnr noD ipsios esse credenda. Cp. also
De Civ. Dei, xviii. 38.
Enoch is finally condemned in explicit tenns in QmtfU.
' Apotiol. vi. 16 : KOt iv rois itaKaiaXi hi ru/e r mv^pw^av ^t0\la
i-noKfiV^ Mwircu; Kal 'Evitx koI 'Aiifi, 'Hirafov re Kal AajSiS
Kal 'HA fa koI t&v rpi&v trarpuip^ui', tf>$opoiroM Kat r^f
StafiiXXovTd ijifuov/yybw, yipav, vpSvoiav, TfKVoyovlav, v6}U)V,
irpo^^as.
Under the ban of ench authorities the book of Enoch
gradually passed out of circulation and knowledge in the
Western Church, and with the exception of vi-ix. 4 ; viii. 4-
X. 14; XT. 8-xvi. I and another fragment which are preserved
by Sfncellu* in his Ckronographg, pp. ao-23; 42-47 (Ed.
Dind. 1829) it was lost to western CbriBteudom till the pre-
sent century. Syncellus adds that the book of Enoch runs
counter in some respects to the tradition of the Church, and is
untrustworthy through the interpolations of Jews and heretics :
Kol ravra fiiv Jx roS Vfxirou ^i^kiov 'Bv^x '^^P^ ^**^ iypf\y6pto»,
(I itaift.^ TtXfuoS)^ vpoffixfoi ivoKpwpois ii^urraTiAii hvttmxT-
ripovs, iid Tf T& trfpiTTi riva xal irpifii} Ttjs. iKKXiftriacrriK^t
irapai^atms i\tti/ koI bia rd if(ifo6fii<r0ai airi xmi 'lovbaCtov Kat
olpfTiKW, (Ed. Dindorf, pp. 47, 48.)
Thb Implcbkcb oj Enoch on the New Testament.
The influence of Enoch on the New Testament has been
greater than that of all the other apocryphal and pseud-
epigraphal books taken together. The evidence for this
conclusion may for the sake of convenience be arranged under
two heads. (A) A series of passages of the New Testament
which either in phraseology or idea directly depend on or are
illustrative of passages in Enoch. (B) Doctrines in Enoch
which had an undoubted share in moulding the corresponding
New Testament doctrines.
ilizedbyGoOC^lc
42 The Book of Enoch.
(A) We will be^ with the Qeneral Epistles. I quote irom tbe
IteTised Veraion when a more accurate readering is desirable.
(a) S. Jvde 4. Denying onr only
Muter Bud Lord.
). 'The angels which kept
not,' Ac.
13. ' Wandering etars.'
14. 'The seventh from Adam.'
En. xlviii. 10. ' Denied the Lord
of spirita and His anointed.'
Cf. ixxTiii. 3; xli. 2 i Wii. 8. '
En. X. 5, 6, la, 13.
En. Iz. 8.
En. i. 9 ; T
The seventh from
14, 15. A direct qnotaUon
from
I S. Ptter iii. 19, 30.
iv.17. 'Judgment to begin at
the faonse of Ood.'
3 S. Peter ii. 4. (Observe how En. x. 4-6,
appropriately rapTapivas ia
used in connection with the
fallen angels : Tartamawas
originally the place of
punishment of the Titans,
iii. 13. 'A new heaven and a
new earth.'
I S. John ii. I . ' JeauB Christ the
righteous.'
ii. 8. 'The darkness is past
and the true light,' &o.
En. X. 4. 5, 13. 13.
En. i. 7. 'Judgment .
tbe righteous.'
3-
En. xlv. 4, 5 ; Ixzii. i ; xci. 16.
i. 7. ' Walk in the light'
En. xxxviii. 3. ' The Righteous
One.'
En.Iviii.S- 'Itbasbecomebright
as tbe Bun upon earth, and the
darkness is past.'
En. Tcii. 4. ' The righteous . . .
will walk in eternal light.'
[The eontmt between light and dmrknenin S. John's Efnitlei lepeatedlj'
enfaroed in Enoeh. Bee xxxvilL 4 (note).]
iii. 3. ' We sball be like Him.' En. xc. 37, 38.
S. James i. 8. 'Double-minded £n.xcL4. 'A doable heart.' See
man.' note.
V. 1-6. Woes against the rich. En. xciv. 8-1 1 with paraUel
passages.
(6) Book of Revelation. — The writer or writers of this book
are steeped in Jewish apocalyptic literature.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
General Introduction.
Rev. i. 4- ' Seven spirits which
are before His throne,' Cf.
ir, 5; viii. 2, .
ii.7. 'Tohimthat OTercometh
will I ^ve to eat of the
tree of life'; also xzii. a,
14, 1 9 ' the right to the tree
of life.'
iii. 5. ' Clothed in white rai-
10. 'Them that dwell upon
the earth.'
En. xc. 21. 'Seven first white
ones.' Cf. Tobit xii. 15.
En. xxT. 4, 5. Oulj tbe elect in
the MesBionic kingdom are
allowed to eat of the tree of
life.
En. xc. 31. 'Gbthed in white.'
En. xxxvii. 5. ' Those that dwell
on tbe earth.'
[Thii pliTua hai alwayi m bkd senae in Bevelation with tlie eiceptlos of
xiv. 6. Cf.vLio; Tiii. 13; li. 10 ; ziii.S, 14; iril. S, uid Uu>t in Uiii
TMpect RtTeUtion (ollawi the ow of this phrase in the NoncUo inter-
polationi, lee En. xxiTii. 5 (note).]
iii. 13. 'The New Jerusalem.'
20. 'I willcometmtobimand
sup with him.'
21. 'Sit with Ue on Uy
throne.' Cf. xz. 4.
iv. 6. ' Bound about the
throne were four living
creatures.'
v. II.
vi. 10. ' How long, Master,
the holj and trae, dost
thon not judge and avenge
our blood on them that
dwell on the earth t '
vi. 15, iti. Compare tbe fear
of ' the kinge of the earth,
En. xc. 39.
En. IxiL 1 4. ' (The righteous) will
eat, and lie down, and rise up
with that Son of man.'
En. Gviii. 13. 'I will seat each
on the throne of bis honour.'
En. xl. 3. ' On the four sides of
tbe Lord of Spirits I saw four
presences.'
Ed. xiv. 23 ; xl. I ; Ixxi. 8.
En. xlvii. 3. 'The prayer of the
righteous that it (i.e. the
shedding of their blood) may
not be in vain before the
Lord of Si^ritB, that judgment
may be done unto them, and
that they may not have to
Eufier for ever.' Cf. icvii.
3-5; xcix. 3, 16; civ. 3:
also xxii. 5-7 where tie souls
of the righteous in Hades pray
for vengeance.
En. Ixii. 3, 5. 'Tbe kings, and
the mighty, and the exalted
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
The Book of Enoch.
and the princes, and the
chief captuDB, and the rich,
and the strong' when they
see 'the face of him that
eittetb on tlie throne.'
?«. vii. I. The four angela of
the winds.
15. 'He that sitteth on the
throne shall dwell amoi^
17. 'Shall guide them unto
fountains of waters of life.'
Tiii. 3, 4. Angel with golden
censer of incense offers it
with the prayers of the
saintB before God. In v. 8
the elders do bo also.
ix. I. 'I saw a star from
heaven &llen unto the
earth.'
20. 'Hepentedaotof tbeworlcB
of their hands that they
should not worship demons,
and tlie idols of gold, and
of silver, and of brass, and
of stone, and of wood.'
xii. 10. 'The accuser of our
brethren is cast down.'
xiiL 14. ' Deceiveth them that
dwell on the earth.'
xiv. 9, 10. The worshippers
of the beast are to be ' tor-
mented with fire and brim-
stone in the presence of the
holy angels, and in the
presence of the lamb.'
10. ' Holy angels.'
20. ' Blood came out of the
winepress even unto the
horses' bridles.'
. . . will be terrified . . . and
pain will seise them when
they see that Son of Man
dtting on the throne of Hia
glory.'
En. Ixix. 33. ' The spirits of the
winds.'
En. xIy. 4. 'I will caote Thine
Elect to dwell among them.'
En. xlviiL i.
This intercession of the angels
is found frequently in Enoch,
ix. 1-3, 10, 1 1 ; XV. 3 ; xl. 7 ;
zlviL 3 ; xcix. 3.
En. liiiTi. I. 'And I saw . . .
and behold a star fell from
heaven.'
En. xcix. ?. ' Others will make
graven images of gold, and
silver, and wood, and clay,
and others will worship im-
pure spirits and demons.'
En. il. 7.
Eo.Uv. 6. 'Leading astray those
that dwell on tbe earth.' Cf.
Ixvii. 7.
En. xlviii. 8, 9. The unrigfateons
bum ' in the presence of the
righteous.'
En. passim.
En. c. 3. ' The horses will walk
up to the breast in the blood
of sinners.'
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Htv. xvi. 5
xs. 1 2. ' And the books were
opened ' and ' another book
was opened which is the
book of life.'
13. "The sea gave up the dead
which were in it, and death
and Hades gave up the dead
which were in them.'
General Introduction.
Angel of the Ea. Ix, 16. ' Spirit of the »
En. xc. 30. 'The books were
opened.'
En. xWii. 3. "The books of the
liTing.'
En. li. I. 'The earth also will
give back those that are
treaenred up within it, and
Sheol also will give back that
which it has received, and
hell will give beck that which
it owes.' Cf. Ixi. 5.
II. 11-15. ^B '**^ JD^gmanl Is held sft«r the temporuy Ifetaiuiic
kingdom <zx. 4, 5), joM M in En. zci-dT. Then ii however no reanr-
reo^n in the tamporuj Mesiinnic kingdom of Enoch u there ii in
EeveUtion.
15. 'Cast into the lake of En.zcalS. ' Cast into that fierj-
fire,' abysB,'
III. I, 3, 'We have here a new heftven and a new earth, and a new Jeru-
nlem oomin^f down from heaven : yet in zxii. 14, IJ all olaHe* of
dnnen ara aaid to be without the gatee of the dty. Bat if then were
a new earth, tbia woold be impoedble. Thii ooob«diotion nuij have
ariaen bom combining the divergent Mesiianie oonoeptioni which
appear in Enoch. Cf. xlv. 4, 5 ; zo. 19.
(c) We shall next deal with the EpxsUet of 8. Paul. This
Apostle, as we know, borrowed both phraseology and ideas
from many quarters : from the Greek poet« j from the
apocryphal writings, as the Book of Wisdom; from the lost
Revelation of Elias — i Cor. ii. 9 according to Origen, and
Eph. V. 14 accoiding to Epiphanins. We shall find that he
was well acquainted with and used the Book of Enoch.
Jiom. ym. 38. 'Neither angels, En. IxL 10. 'Angels of power
nor principalities, nor and angels of principalities.'
powers.'
ix. 5. 'God blessed forever.' En.lxxvii. i. 'He that is blessed
for ever.'
I Cor. vi. II. 'Justified in the En. xlviii. 7. 'Saved in his (i.e.
name of the Lord Jesos.' the Meseiah'u) name.'
iiized by Google
46
The Book of Enoch.
xi. lo. TertnUian, C. Mara. t. 8 ; de Tirg. Ttlaad. J, expltdm this Teim
through a refetanoti to the bod uigeli spoken of in Enodi vho would be
Indited to wantonnen by ouTeiled women.
3 Cor. iv. 6. ' To give the light
of the knowledge of the
glory of God im the lace of
Jesos Christ.'
xi. 31. ' He who is blessed for
ever,'
Gal. L 4. 'This preeent evU
world.'
Bph. i. 21. 'Above all prinoi-
pality and power.'
9. 'Aocording to Hia good
pleasure.'
V. 8. ' Cfaildien of light.'
Phil. ii. 10. 'At the name of Jeens
every knee should bow.'
Cot. i. 16. 'Principalities and
powers.'
11,3. 'In whom are hid all the
treasures of wisdom and
knowledge.'
I Thest. V. 3. ■ Then sadden
destruction cometh upon
them as upon a woman
with child.'
En. xxxviii. 4. ' The light of the
Lord of Spirits is seen on the
face of the holy.'
En.lxxvii.i. 'He who is blessed
for ever.'
En. zlviii. 7. ' This world of un-
rigfateoQBuesB.'
En.lzi. 10. 'Theangelsofpower
and the ai^^ls of principali-
ties.'
En. xlix. 4. ' According to Hie
good pleasure.'
En. cviiL 11.' The generation of
light'
En. xlviii. 5. ' Will fall down and
bow the knee before Him' (i.e.
the Messiab).
En. Ixi. 10. "The angels of power
and the angels of principali-
ties.'
En. xlvi. 3. 'The Son of man . . .
who reveals all the treasures
of that which b hidden.'
En. Mi. 4. 'Then shall pun come
upon them as on a woman in
Both thaie pawagei refer to the endden appearing of the Meniah.
V. 5. ' Sons of light.' En. cviii. 11. ' The generation of
light.'
2 Theu. i. ?. ' The angels of His En. Ixi. 10. ' The angels of
power.' power,'
I Tim. i. 9. ' Law is not made En. xciii. 4. ' He will make a
for a rigbteoua man but for law for sinners.'
the lawless,' &c.
Digitized by GtXlglc
General Introduction.
47
I Tim. i. 15. ' Worthy of all bc- En. xoiv. i, ' Wortliy of occepta-
ceptatioD ' (cf. vi. 9). tion.'
T. 31. ' Th« elect angels.' En. zxxix. i. 'Elect and holy
children of the high heaven,'
vi. 15. 'King of Kings and En. vs.. 4. 'Lord of Lords . . .
Lord of Lords.' King of Kings.'
16. Dwelling in, the light En. xiv. ai. 'None of the angels
which DO man can approach conld enter (there) and no
nnto, whom no man hath man could behold the form of
seen.' the face of the Honoured and
Gloriona One.'
(rf) EpUtle to tie HebreKt. This Epistle was probably written
by Bamabaa. Aa we have seen above (p. 38) this writer cites
Enoch as Scriptnte in the Epistle which goes by bis name.
Htbreux iv, 13. 'There is no
creatnre that ia not mani-
fest in His sight : bat all
things' are naked and laid
open before the eyes of Him
with whom we have to do.'
xi. 5. ' Enoch was translated
. . . for before hie transla-
tion be bad this testimony
that be pleased Qod.'
xL 10. ' The city wluch hath
foundations whose builder
and maker is God ' (cf. ziii.
.*)■
xii. 9. *Fatber of spirits.'
En. ix. 5. ' All things are naked
and open in Thy sight, and
Thoa seeat all things and
nothing can hide itself from
Thee.'
The parallel passage must, it
seems, depend on the Enoch
book where Enoch is always
accounted an example of
righteousness and therefore
translated. Cf. xv. i ; Ixxi.
14, &C. In Ecdui. xliv. 16
Enoch is translated indeed,
bttt is cited aa an example of
repentance. Fhilo, De Abra-
Ttamo, speaks of the former
evil life of Enoch.
En.xc. 39. 'WfaereGod Himself
builds the New Jerusalem.'
'Lord of spirits,' passim in
Similitudes.
33. 'TheheavenlyJerasalem.* En. i
Digitized by GtXlglc
The Book of Enoch.
(e) AcU af the Apottki.
iii. 1 4. ' The Righteoua One,'
i.e. Christ. Cf. alsovii. 51;
xxii. 14.
iv. 13. "There ie none other
name under heaven . . .
whereby we must be saved.'
X. 4. "Thy prayers ... are
gone up for a memorial
before God.'
Kvii. 31. 'He will jndge the
world in rigbteouBnesE by
the man whom He hath
ordained.'
(/) The Goipeh.
S. John ii. 16. The temple ia
called ' God's house,' but
owing to sin of Israel ' your
house,' i. e. merely house of
Israel. Cf. 8. Luke xiii. 35
and parallels.
v.a2. 'He hath committed all
judgment unto the Son.'
3 7 . ' He gave bim authority to
execute judgment because
he is the Son of Man.'
xii. 36. ' Sons of light.'
xiv. 3. ' Many
En. xxxviii. 2. 'The Righteous
One ' (i. e. the Messiah).
En. xlviii 7. 'Saved in His (i. e.
the Messiah's) name.'
En. xoix. 3. ' Baise your prayers
as a memorial . . . before the
Most High.'
En. xli. 9. 'He will appoint a
judge for them all, and He
will jndge them all before
Him.'
Ed. Ixxxix. 54. Temp]e=honse
of the Loi-d of the sheep.
En. Ixxxix. 56. But owing to
sin of Israel it is said 'He
forsook that their house.'
n. Ixix. 37. 'The sum of
judgment was committed
uuto Him, the Sou of Man.'
fn. oviii. ti. 'The generation of
light.'
So. xxxix. 4. ' Mansions of the
righteous.' Cf. xxxix. 7 ;
xlviii. I, &c.
.S'.Z«iei.53. 'HeliatbputdowD
En. xlvi. 5. ' He will put down
princes from their thrones.'
the kings from their thrones.'
ix. 35. 'This is My Son, the
En. xl. 5. ' The Elect One,' i. e.
Elect One.' So Greek 6
the Messiah. Cf. xly. 3-5;
/«X,XcT,..'«>..
xUi. 2, 4, &c.
xiii. 35. See on S. John ii. 16.
xvi. 8. < Sons of the Ught.'
En.cviii.ii. ' The generation of
light.'
jdbyGooc^lc
General Introduction.
49
S. Luix X7i. 9. ' UiMnmun of
imrighteoiiBiieai.'
zviii. 7. ' Shall not Oad
avenge His Elect wliicb cry
to Pim day and night, and
He is loug-sofEering over
them.' Cf. 3 Pet. iii. 9;
EccIuS. •'"^Tii, 18.
xxi. 28. ' Your redemption
draweth nigh.'
xxiii. 35. * The Christ of God,
the Elect One,' 6 iAta6,.
S. MaOhmo t. za, 29, 30; x. aS
where Gehenna is the place
of final punishment,
xix. 38. 'When the Son of
Kan shall eit on the throne
of His glory.'
' Ye also shall sit on twelve
thrones.'
six. 29. 'Inherit eternal life.'
xxi.13; xxiii. 38. SeeS.Jolin
u. 16.
XXV. 41. 'Prepared for the
devil and Ma angels.'
xxvi. 34. 'It had been good
for that man if he had not
been bom.'
nviii 18. 'All authority hath
been given to Me in heaven
and on earth.'
S.Murksi.i'j, SeeS.Johnii.6.
En. Ixiii. 10. 'Mammon of nn-
ri^teousneie.'
£0. zlviL I, 2. See Trauslation.
This veree of S. Luke eoggests
another rendering of Enoch.
' The prayer of the righteous
. . . that judgment may be
executed on them and that
He may be no more long'
Buffering over them.'
En. li. 2. 'The day of their
redemption has drawn nigh.'
En. xl. 5. ' The Elect One.'
En. xxvii. 2 ; xc. 26, 27 where
Gehenna first definitely ap-
pears as hell.
En. Ixii. 5. 'When they see that
Son of Man sitting on the
throne of His glory.'
En. cviii. 12, ' I will seat each
on the throne of his honour.'
En. xl. 9.
En. Ixxxix. 56.
En. Ixxxix. 64.
En. liv. 5. ' Chuns . . . prepared
for the hosts of AzaseL'
En.xxxviiLa. 'Ithadbeengood
for them if they had not been
bom.'
En. Ixii. 6. ' (The Son of man)
who rules over all.'
En. Ixxxix, 54.
Digitized by Google
50 The Book of Enoch.
(B) Doctrines in Enoch which had an undoubted share in
moulding the corresponding New Testament doctrines, or are
at all events necessaiy to the comprehension of the latter.
(a) The nature of the Messianic Itingdom and of the future
life.
{h) The Messiah.
(c) Sheol and the Resurrection.
{d") Demonology.
(a) The Kingdom. We shall only deal with one incident
coming under this headj it is found in the three Synoptists:
S. Matt xxii. 23-53 ; S. Mark xii. 18-37 J S. Luke xx. 27-36.
This incident can only be rightly understood from Enoch.
When the Sadducees said, ' Whose wife shall she be of them ?
for the seven had her to wife,' they are arguing from the sen-
suous conception of the Messianic kingdom — and this was no
doubt the popular one— given in £d. i-xzxvi, according to
which its merabere, including the risen righteous, were to enjoy
every good thing of earth and have each a thousand children.
The Sadducees thought thereby to place this young prophet
on the horns of a dilemma, and oblige Him to confess either
that there was no resurrection of the dead, or else that
polygamy or polyandry would be practised in the coming
kingdom. But the dilemma proves invalid: and the con-
ception of the future life portrayed in our Lord's reply tallies
almost exactly in thought, and partially in word, with that
described in En. zci-civ, according to which there is t« be a
resurrection indeed, but a resurrection of the spirit, and the
risen righteous are to r^oice 'as the angels of heaven'
(En, civ. 4j S. Matt. xxii. 30J S. Mark xii. 35), 'being
companions of the heavenly hosts ' (En. civ. 6).
{b) The Messiah. The Messiah is referred to in xc. 37, 38.
He is represented as Uie head of the Messianic community
out of which He proceeds, but He has no special rdle to fnlfil
and His presence in that description seems due merely to
literary reminiscence. This Messiah-reference exercised no
influence on New Testament conceptions. But with regard
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
General Introduction. 51
to the Messiah described in the Similitudes the case is very
different. Four titles applied for the first time in Uterature
to the personal Messiah in the Similitudes aie afterrrards
reproduced in the New Testament, These are 'Christ' or
' the Anointed One/ ' the Righteous One,' ' the Elect One,' and
' the Son of Man.'
' Ckriti ' OT 'tie Anointed One.' This title, found repeatedly
in earlier writings but always in reference to actual con-
temponuy kings or priests, is now for the first time — see
xlviii 10 ; lii. 4 — applied to the ideal Messianic king that is
to come. It is associated here with supernatural attributes.
A few years later in another writingj the Psalms of Solomon
(xvii. 56; xviii. 6, 8), it possesses quite a different connota-
tion. In those Psalms the Messiah, though endowed with
divine gifts, is a man and nothing more, and springs from
the house of David.
' Tie Righteout One.' This title, which occurs in Acts iii.
14; vii. 52j xxii. 14 (cp. 1 S. John ii 1), first appears in
Enoch as a Messianic designation ; see En. xxxviii. 2 ; liii, 6.
Righteousness is one of the leading characteristics of the
Messiah, zlvi. 3.
*Tie Elect One' This title likewise appearing first in
Enoch, xl. 5 ; xlv. 3-4 ; xlix. », 4 j U. 3, 5, &c., passes over
into the New Testament, S. Luke is. 35 ; xxiii. 35, ' The
Christ, the Elect One.' In the Old Testament we find 'Mine
Elect,' Is. xlii. i, but not 'the Elect One.'
'The Son cf Man' This definite title {see notes on xlvi.
2, 3) is found in the Book of Enoch for the first time in
Jewish litorature, and is, historically, the source of the New
Testament designation, imd contributes to it some of its most
characteristic contents. For an account of the relations
between the Enochic and New Testament uses of this title,
we must refer to the Appendix on ' The Son of Man ' at the
close of tiie book.
(e) Shxol, If we except the Psalms we have in £noch the
first instances in which this word is found in its New Testa-
Digilized by Google
52 The Book of Enoch.
inent signification. For the history of thia word and its
meanings, see note on Ixii. lo.
It is further interesting to note that the writer of xci-civ
delivers himself of a sustained polemic in cil 4-Giv. 9 against
the Old Testament doctrine of Sheol, and the faot that this
writer in xci. 4 borrows Ecdus. l 25 makes it probable that
the immediate book he had in view is Ecclesiaeticus, which
enforces dogmatically and repeatedly the Old Testament
doctrine of Sheol.
The BESUBKSCTioir. 1^ doctrine, which is first taught
beyond possibility of doabt in Dan. xii, though a true
ez^fesis will find many intimations of the doctrine in earlier
books, was made a common-place of Jewish theology by the
book of Enoch. For the various forms this doctrine assumed,
see note on IL i.
{A') The Deuonology of Enoch reappears Cor the most part
in the New TesWuent.
(a) The angels which kept not their first estate, S. Jnde 6 ;
2 S. Pet, ii. 4, are the angelic watchers who fell from
lusting after the daughters of men, and whose £aU and
punishment are recounted in En. vi-xvi. They have always
been imprisoned in darkness from the time of their falL
(^) Demons. These are, according to Enoch xvi, i, the
spirits which went forth from the souls of the giants who
were the children of the &llen angels and the daughters of
men. These demons were to work moral ruin on the earth
without hindrance till the final judgment as disembodied
spirits,
80 in the New Testament. The demons are dis^abodied
spirite, S. Matt. xii. 43-45 ; S. Luke xi 24-26. They are
not punished till the final jndgment : S. Matt. viii. 29, 'Art
Thou come hither to torment us i^w-e the time ? ' They are
subject to Satan, S. Matt xii 34-28.
(y) Satan appears in Enoch as the ruler of a conntor king-
dom of evil, yet a kingdom subject to the Lord of Spirits. He
led astray the angels and made them his subjects, liv. 6; Ixix. 5.
ilizedbyGoOgll,
General Introduction. 53
A Satan aleo led astray £ve, Ixix. 6. The Satana (as in Job)
can still appear in heaven, zl. 7. The fuDctions of the Satans
are threefold : they tempted to evil, Ixix. 4, 6 ; they accused
the fallen, xl, 7 ; they poniehed the condemned as angels of
pnnishmeat, liii. 3; Ivi. i.
So in the New Testament there is the counter-kingdom of
sin, S. Matt. xii. 26; S. Luke xi. 18; 'if Satan cast out
Satan, how shall his kingdom stand ? ' Satan led astray the
angels. Rev. xiL 4, and led astray nmn, 2 Cor. xi. 3. The
demons are subjects of Satan, S. Matt. xii. 24-28. The
functions of Satan are tempting, S. Matt iv. i-ia; S. Luke
xxii. 31 ; accusing, Kev. xii. jo ; punishing, i Cor, v. 5, where
impotent sinners are delivered over to Satan for punishment.
Digitized by GtXlglc
Di.itradb, Google
THE BOOK OF ENOCH
SECTION I.
(CHAPTEKS I — SXXVl.)
INTBODtJCTION.
A. Critical Structvre. B. Relation of IhU Section to (a) Ixxti-
kxxii; (6) Ixiriii-xc ; (e) xei-civ. C. lU Dale. D. TJie
Problem and it* Solution.
A. Critioal Stmotore. For tbe relation of this Section to tlie
rest of his book, see Oeuentl Introdaction (p. 26). This Section in
at once incomplete and composite. To determine its origiiial form
is perfectly bopelees ; it has enffered &om all the evile incident to
tradition and unscrupulous interpolation. It ia impossible to
regard it aa a complete work in itself, and its leading ideas
preclude our finding its original complement in the other Sections
of the book. It is composite in character, not to apeak of exten-
tdre interpolations (i.e. xrii-xix). There are two distinct world-
conceptions present. In xii-xvi the transcendence of Ood is
pictured in an extreme degree. He dwells in heaven in a crystal
palace of fire, into which not even an angel may enter, xiv. 9-23 ;
whereas in i-xi, xx-xxxvi, the old Ud>rew ttandpoint ia fftirly
preserved. Ood will come down to judge on Sinai, i. 4 ; the
Messianic kingdom will be established on earth, and all ain will
vanish, x. 17-23 ; the chambers of blessing in heaven will be
opened, xi. i ; Jerusalem will be the centre of the Messianic king-
dom, xxT. g ; and Ood Himself will come down to visit the earth with
blessing, and will sit on His throne on earth, xxt. 3 ; men will enjoy
patriarchal lives, and die in happy old age, v. 9; x. 17; xxt. 6.
There are many interpolations: vi. 3-8; viii. 1-3; ix. 7; x. 1-3;
xvii— xix. The peculiarity attaching to these interpolations is
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic"
56 The Book of Enoch. [Sect, r.
that no attempt is made to aesimilate tbem to tlieir new CQnt«xtB.
Geaerally they stand in glaring contradiction with them.
B. (a) B«l«tlon of i-xxxvi to IzxU-Izxzfl. TheM two sections
come from different aathors ; see Special Tntrod. to Ixxii-lxxzii.
(6) Bslatlon of i-xzxrl to IxzxUl-xo. These two Seotione
are of distinct aathorship. The former ie the older, and was
known to the author of the latter; see Special Introd. to
Ixxxiii-xo. (c) Belatlon of l-xzxri to xol-oiT. TTiese two
Sections are likewise independent; bat the author of the latter
was acquainted with i— xszvi or some form of it; see Special
Introd. to xci-ciT.
O. Its Date. As i-xxxvi is anterior to Uzxiii-xo, the oldest
of the remaining Sections of the book, and aa that Section mnst
haTe been writton before )6t b. c. we have thus the latest
possible date of the composition of i-xxxvi. But it is hi^y
probable, that it was writton much earlier, earlier in bot than the
persecution under Antiochus ; for to the horrors of that persecn-
tion, which impressed themBelves so strongly on the author of
Daniel, and of En. hoodii-xc there is not the bintest allusion
in i-xxxvi.
D. The Problem and itc SolntioiL The author essaya to
justify the ways of God. The righteous will not always suffer,
and the wicked will not always proBi>er, i. i. The limits thereto
ure set by death, xxii, and by great world judgments. But the
cure of the world's corruption can only be understood by appre-
hending its cause, and this cause is to be traced to the lust of the
fallen Watchers for the daughters of men. Original sin stands not
in the following of Adam — whose sin seems limited in its effects to
himself, xxxii. 6 — ^hnt in the evil engendered through the Watchers,
ix. fi, 9, 10; X. 8. Hence the Watchers, their companions and
children were destroyed, x. 4-10, la ; and their condemnation and
confinement form the prelude to the first world judgment, of
which the Deluge forms the completion, x. 1-3. But though only
the righteous survived the Delnge, sin still prevailed in the world
through the demons — the spirits which had gone forth &om the
slaughtered children of the Watchers and the daughters of men,
and all manner of corruption was wrought through them, xvi. i, as
they escape punishment till the final judgment. But the recom-
pense of character is not withheld till the last judgment ; there is
a foretaeto of the final doom immediatoly after death, xxii. In tiie
second and last judgment on Sinai, i. 4, the Watchers, the demons,
ilizedbyGoOC^It,
Sect. I.] Chapter I. \-2. 57
and godless, x. la; xvi. 1, aud all classes of Israel, with one excep-
tion, receive their final award, i. 9. To make this possible, this
judgment is preceded by a General Iteaurrection of Israel, zxii.
A final end is now made of sin on the earth, and the earth cleansed,
X. 15, 16, 30-33 ; the wicked are cart into Gehenna, and their
punishment is a apectacle for the ri<;hteou8 to behold, xxvii. 3 ; the
Messianic kingdom is established, with Jerusalem and Palestine as
its cmtre, xxr. 5 — there is no Messiah, and Ood abides with men,
zzT. 3 ; all the Oentilee will become righteous and worship Ood,
X, a I ; the righteous are allowed to eat of the tree of life, xxr. 4-6,
and thereby enjoy patriarchal lives, v. 9 ; xiv. 6, begetting 1000
children, x. 17, and enjoying unlimited material bleaaings, v. 7,
X. 18, 19; xi. 3.
As to what becomes of the righteous, after the second death,
there is no hint in this fragmentary Section, lliere is much
celestial, terrestrial, and eubterrestrial geography in xvii-xix, xxi-
TRASSLATION.
I. I. The words of the blessings of Enoch, wherewttii he
blessed the eleot and righteous, who will be living in the day
of tribolation, when all the wicked and godless are to be
lemoTed. 3. And Enoch answwed and ^>ake — (Enoch) a
righteons man, whose eyes were opened by God, that be mi^t
see a vision of the H0I7 One in tiiie heavens, which the angels
showed mcj and &om then I heard everything and I undei^
stood what I saw, but not for this generation, but for the
remote generations which are for to come. 3. Concerning
I. 3. Ood. I hare rendered XTHJMftbC by 'Ood,' and XTliX
by ' Lord.' The former word is at times a rendering of i aipun,
and at times of 6 0(rfc in the LXX. It occurs ten times in Enoch.
]i^*'lll=4 6t&i it) found nine times. TUon of the H0I7 One.
80 BG ^JUI and the Giz. Gk. Other M8S. 'holy vision.'
L 1. Tlio elKit and rlshteoiu. nmilu' dedgnstimu of Ood ms t. 3.
This deaigiution ii fbanil kbo in The change from the thfid to ths Grat
xxxriii. 3, 3, 4; xxiii.6, 7; ilviii.!; peiiaa In this t«tm, ii of fraqoent
Iviii. 1, 1 ; Ui. 13; liii. 11,13.15 ; lix. oomircnoa In this book: of. siL i~3 ;
3. a. The Half One. ForUuiud uivii. i, ]; Izx. i-3ilxxL 5; xcii. 1.
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
58 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. I.
the elect I spake, &nd uttered a parable concenimg them :
the Holy and Great One will come forth from Hie dwelliDg,
the God of the world. 4. And going from thence He
will tread on Mount Sinai and appear with His hoBte, and in
the strength of Hie might appear from heaven. 5. And
everyone will be smitten with fear, and the watchers will
quake, and great fear and trembling will seize them unto the
ends of the earth. 6. And the high mountains will be
shaken, and the high hills will be made low, and will melt
like wax before the flame. 7. And the earth will be
rent and all that is upon the earth will perishj and there will
be a judgment upon everything and upon all the righteous.
8. But to the righteous He will give peace and will protect
3. Uttered a parabla oonoemliiK tham : th« Holy One. 80 Q
omitting the H in Die's text, and the Oiz. Gk. owXqSoi' rqv
vapaffoKliw ftmi. Din., misled by the H and taking yM as a
[ireposition, translates : ' conversed concerning them with the
Koly One.' 7. The earth will be rent. So G ^hMfllT
iind the Gtz. Gk. liaiTxia6^<rtTai. Other MSS. 'tvmf ' will sink
In xd-clv (lie«e obangM are oonfas- hare wid in z. g, ij ; zii. 1, 4 ; xiU.
ing. 9. The elect. Thin demgna- 10 ; iit. 1,3; ly. 1 ; xtI. i, 1 ; xa. 1 j.
liunbelongi iiuiu)l)> to the SitniliCudca. Iniz. 1 1 mix. u. 13 ; xt. 3 ; Ixi. 11 ;
' It is iband in f. S; v. 7; iit. 5: zl. IxiL 7 it daugnsta the arahangek.
S; ill 1; xlTJii. I, 9; li. 5; iTi. 6, It iBfint found in Dbu-It. 13, 17, 13.
tj; Iviii. 3; Ixi. 4, l); Izii. 7, 8, 11; 6. Cf. Judgea v. 5 ; Pi. xcrii. 5: Is.
xciiL 1. H0I7 and Great One. Mv. I, 3; Mic L 4; Juditil xvi. ij
TliU title !• found elsewhere in i. i ; (Din.) Acsumpt. Maj'seoa x. 4. 7.
xiv. 1; IZV.3; Ixiiiv. II loii. 1; icvii. Din. thinki that we bave in jH) a
6; KCTiiL6; dv.g. God ii deaignated description combining the two great
Hiinplj as ' the Hoi j One,' xdii. 1 1 , and judgments ; bat everything from vene
IIS ' the Great One/ liv. a ; oiii. 4 ; 4 to and is perfectly appiioable to the
civ. t (twice). Dome forth fiwm Hla Hnal Judgment. ?et cT. Izxziu. 7.
dwelling. Cf. Mic.i. 3ils. xxvi. It. 8. Will glra pMoe. See v. 4 note.
.\Mum|jtio Hoyeece x. 3. Ood of The rUhteotu. This designation is
the world. Cf. Iviii. 41 Ixzii. 10; found in all parts of the book ; i.7,8;
Ixzxii. 7 ; Ixiii*. 3 ; also zii. 3; Ixxii. y. 6 i zxt. 4 ; zzzii. 4 ; zliii. 4 ; zlvil.
3. 4. Sinai, whanee t^e Law I, i, 4{ xlviil. i, 7, 9 ; L a ; liii. 7;
was given, will likewise be the place Ivl. 7; Iviil. 3. g i Iz. 1; IzL 3; Ixii. 3;
of future JDc^ent. Cf. Dent. xxxiiL lixxii. 4; xdv. 3,11; xcv.3,7; zovi.
3; Fb. liviii. 17. S. Watohen. 1, S; xcvil. i, 3, j; xcviii. 11-14; xdx.
This name belongs to the UImi angels 3; o. j, 7, lo; ciL 4, 10; dii. i; oiv.
jdbyGoOC^Ic
Seel. I.]
Chapter I. ^—III.
59
the elect, and grace will be upon them, and they will all belong
to God, and it will be well with them, and they will be bleesed
and the light of Ood will shine upon them. 9. And lo !
He comes with ten thousands of (His) holy ones to execute
judgment upon them, and He will destroy the ungodly, and
will convict all Hesh of all that the sinners and ungodly have
wrought and ungodly committed against Him.
II. 1. 1 observed everything that took place in the heaven,
how the luminaries which are in the heaven do not deviate
bata. their orbits, how they all rise and set in order each in
its season, and transgress not against their appointed order.
2. Behold ye the earth, and give heed to the things which
take place upon it from first to last, how unvaryingly every
work of God appears. 5. Behold the summer and the
winter, how (in the winter season) the whole earth is full of
water, and clouds uid dew and rain lie upon it.
III. I observed and Baw how (in the winter) all the trees
dowa.' 9. WiU oonvlot aU flesh. .^H&^ So Q M. Jude
15 A^f<u. The Qiz. Gk. tKiy^u. Other MSS. .fc^T«*ft= ' will
plead with all flesh.' See Appendix on thia verse.
m. I. QU read IHh O0a>i ^e instead of hovi h4h (HeoH XC
as Din.
. I, 6, 13, 13. Tlis Uffht of Qod
will iliiiie upon them. Cf. xiiTiii.
4. e. Qaotod bjr St Jade 14,
15, who Id the ume paoage drftwa
iipoD T. 4 ; nvil. a ; li. 8. Cf. oi. 3.
Ten thoonuidB of Hli holy onea.
CC DkD. Tii. 10. The angela ue to
called In xii. 1 ; dv. 13 ; xnix. 5 ;
ilvii. 1 ; Ivii. 1 ; li. 4 ; IxL 8, 10, i a ;
IxT. \t; Iziz. 131 IzxkL s; dii. 1;
cn.lQiMaltsadyin Jobv. l; it.ij;
Zech. xiv. s; Dan. W. 13; rlii. 13.
They are called 'holjr uigela ' in xx.
1-71 X
iT. 6; 3
; iizii. 6; Izzi. 8; xdii. j. 'Holy
onM of heaTen : ' iz. 3. Far other
deeignatiou aee vi. i (oole).
n. The aothoi in U-v. 3 empha-
ii«a the order that prevaila in the
world of nature ai a ountraat to the
diaorder that pMvaill in the WDi4d of
man. In Teat. Naphth. 3 men are
bidden to obaerre the law of Ood as
the mil, moon, nnd gtan obtwrre the
order appconted to them, and the
Watchera, wba were cuned of Ood for
foraalciiig their natural order and
eitate, are held np as a vaming. C£.
aIaaEoclDB.xyi.a6-l8; Pss. Sol. KviU.
11-14. 9. The Hebrews divided
the -jtMi Into two seasons, J*^ embrac-
ing Exiling and 3mnmer, and ((iH em-
btwnng Autumn and Winter. Qen.
Tiii. 13; Is.iTiii. 6; Zech. zi;. 8. Cf.
Heme's £,£. vi. 497 ■ Jar.'
ilizedbyGcXlglc
6o The Book of Enoch. [gect. I.
seem as though they had withered and shed all their leavee,
except fourteen trees, which do not lose their foliage but retain
the old folia|^ from two to three years till the new comee.
IV. And again I observed the days of Eummer how the
son ie above the earth over against it. And you seek shade
and shelter against the heat of the mm, and the earth also
bums with glowing heat, and . so yon cannot tread on the
earth, or on a rock by reason of ite heat.
Y. I. I observed how the trees eover themselves, with
green leaves and bear fruit : wherefore give ye heed to every-
thing, and recognise how He who liveth for ever hath made
all this for you. x. How His works are before Him in
each succeeding year, and all His wor^ serve Him and alter
not but everything is done as God hath ordained. 5. And
behold how the seas and the rivers together accomplish their
task. 4. But as for yon, ye have not continued steadfast,
and the law of the Lord have ye not fulfilled bnt have
transgressed it, and have slanderoosly spoken proud and
hard words with your impure months against His greatness —
O ye hard hearted ye will find no peace. 5. And therefore
will ye execrate your days and be bereft of the years of
your life: but the years of your destruction will be mul-
V. 5. Be bereft of the ymn of toot lib. tffNtr may be either
2nd Pers. PI. Fntnre I. i='ye will lose, bo bereft of'=afro-
TTtp^iriirSt, or 3rd Pers. PI. PrCBeiit III. j=' They are periahing.'
Din. takes it to be the latter. But the preseot tense is out of
ptaee between two futures. The Tears of your deatruotloii.
The wwds are drawn from the Oiz. Gk,, having dropped out of the
Ethiopic M8S., but the text of G implies them, giving Q.C7ilv'ir
m. On tile fonrtAail erargrsea ipokan. The ohtrgv of blatphem; ia
treN et Din. tR Ion. Arequent in loi-civ. Cf. id. 7, 11;
V. 4. The UkW of Uxe Ziord. Cf. idv. 9 ; lori. 7 ; 0. 9. HHd bouted.
adz. 1. 'The eteniat l>w.' Proud Cf. xorlii.ll; o.B 'obttlnMeofkawt.'
Mtd bard word*. Ct ixrU. a ; cJ. 3. Te will find no pesos. Thi( phtaaa
Vrtna t^CM punge* the don of oocnri in Seote. i-xxxri Mid xd-dr
"" --- onlj: i. 8; ». 4; lii. Si xHi- '; >".
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
Sect. I.] Chapters IV— V. 6i
tiplied in etonal execnitioQ and ye will find do mercy.
6. In those days ye ahall give your name for an eternal
execration onto all the righteous, and they will evermore exe-
crate you as sinners — you together with (all other) sinnArs.
7. But for the elect there will be light and joy and peace, and
they will inherit the earth : hut apon you, ye ungodly,
there will be execration. 8. Then too will wisdom be
bestowed on the elect, and they will all live and never
again sin, either through heedlessness or through pride,
but they who are wise will be humble nor fall again into
sin. 9. And they will not be punished all the days of their
life, nor will they die of plagues or visitationB of wrath, but
. they will complete the full number of the days of their life,
and their lives will grow old in peace, and the years of their
joy will be many, in eternal happiness and peace all the days
of- their life. ^
'will be multiplied in eternal execration.' Later Bcribes, findiog
no subject for the verb iu this clause, omitted the preposition and
read auCt^ ; hence Dln.'s text, ' eternal execration will be mnl~
tiplied upon 70a.' 6. Te shall giTe your name for an eternal
axaoratlon unto all the righteous, reading tW with G instead of
A^pv with bU other MBS. but M. If we accept the other reading,
we are to translate : ' Ye shall give up your peace to become au
eternal execration.' The phrase appears to be drawn from Isaiah
Ixv. 15, 'Te shall leave your name for a curse unto My choseu,'
1'rob n^^ DDD^ DFinjrn, The Giz. Gk. supports G.
d. 3; di. 3; dH. 8. 7-ThBtan- 351) hw Urady mod, vL 3-8i viU.
p<a»I bleidiig* prnniwd in the O.T. t-3 ; iz. 7; i. it belmig; to > Sem-
an here leaewod, bat on tha qowtaon jam cjds ormjtha; for in tbew pM-
of Sbaol ud the Besuireotion the skgM Scaqjua i« nprsMuted ■■ daet
writer baa fbnakoi O.T. gioand. kud Asueel tenth in command ; >• >Lki
8. Willwladom be bestowed on th« inlxii. i. Elaewherein Enodi Au-
•iMlt: He xliL t, 1. 0. Cd Is. lel ia chief and 9emjaz» ia not man-
IzT. 30, il; Zedi. Tiii. 4; Eo, xzt. 4, tJoned. Again x. 1-3 belonga to an
g (note). ApooalypM of No>h, man; &agmanta
VX-XI. The abrnptuew with which of which are fonnd In Enoch. An-
vi-xi are IntrDdiiotsd, is quite in oUier fragment of thii ApooaljpM ia
kee^ng with the fngmentair and preflerred b; Sjucellai in the Oraeii ;
oMnpoaile nature of the reat of ths bnt to (hii thac U m
Sectioo. Aa Din. (H«»% lt.£iii text in the Bthlopic
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
62
VI. 1. And it came to page
when the children of men
had multiplied in those days
that heantiful and comely
daoghters were bom nnto
them. 2. And the angele,
the Bons of the heavens, saw
and lueted after them, and
spake to one another, ' Come,
now let ns choose as wives
from among the children of
men and heget children.' [3.
And Semj&z& who was their
leader sp^e unto them : ' I
ieta ye will not indeed agree
to do this deed and then I
alone shall have to pay the
penalty of a great sin.' 4.
Then answered they all unto
TA£ Book of Enoch.
[Sect.!.
Fragments of the Cireek
Version of Enoch preserved
in the Chronography of G.
Syneellufl. Ed. by Dindorf,
T829.
'Ek jm TrfxoTov pipXloo 'Eiwx
■nepl Tuv kypt\y6paiV'
G. Syncellns, S. 20-25.
Hen. 6, 1-9, 4.
Kai iyivtTo, qt( iicXijffvv-
6y)<riut ol vtot rSv &v$piiimv,
iytiniri6T]<iav avrots Ovyartpti
upaiat, Kol iT!(&v^i\aav avras
o( iypriyopoi, koI lnt€itti.(ie^&t\-
<r(u> dtciiriii avr&v, Koi ftvov
vph% eUAif Aovf, ^icXcfcfrMda .
favToit jwvoiKas duo ruv Ovya-
WpMP tUv AvOpdirav Tijs yiji.
Kal ttitt £(^aCar 6 Hpxaiv
airr&v vpos avrois, ^ojSotifuK
fiTi oil 6t\'q<rrjT€ vot^irat rd
■npayfui rofiro, ical Itropiai iya
(i6vas i^fikirqi hfiaprlas lityi-
Aijr. Koi iviKplBifiraii aimf
VI. 3. Par the penalty of a great aln. So Q T& iAKs A^MOJi^;
Qfl^ and the Oie. and Syn. Ok. S^Afrrit AiAopriat fuyaXiis, Other
VI. 9. Bona of Uw hmvena. Cf.
xiii.S; Kiv.3; xxiii. I. Seezv. 1-7.
CF. 'Sotu of th« holy augdB,' Ixii. i ;
T. 6 ' DeBcended in the daji of
Jand.' Sea Crit. Note. The entire
m;th of Ota uigeli and the daagbten
of men in Unoob iprings originitll;
(h>mO«n.TL i-4,Thereit ianidthat
' Uie Bou of God cum ia to the
d»agfat«n of men.' These wwda ve
not to be taken Moipnaiiigkllluicei
betwMD the SethHe* and tlie CUnitea,
bnt aa belonging to a verj eari; myth
of Feraiiui origin to the effaot that
demoD* had corrupted the earth before
the oiKning of Zoroaatar and had allied
thmnaelTM with women. SoDclitnoh,
iftuer ComtMittar titer d. Oenaie,
18S7, pp. 146-8. The LXX originally
TOtdered the words ' whi« of Ood ' by
tyyiXei roS Bau, and this rendering
ia foand in Philo, if* Olganliinu, Enie-
tiiua, Augustine, and AmbiOMu lliii
Tiaw of Gen. vi 1-4 waa held b;
moat of the early &th«ia. On the
mytha regarding the intenMnne of
angela with the daughtera of men, aee
Grflnbaam b ZDMQ. rod. 115 If.
(BeferredtobyDelitnch.) Foratate-
menta of later writers either depend*
ing direotly on tUs aooonnt In Buoch
or harmonizing whh it, of. Joaeph.
J»t. i. 3. i; Philo, ds Oigantibia;
Teat. Reuben j; Napth. Jj Juitin
Martyr, ^pol. 1.5; Fi. Clement, £oin.
TiiL 13; Clem. Alei-Slrom. v. 1. 10;
Tert. De 7irg. VeUatd. vil; Ade.
Jforv. T. 18; D»Idol.\x; Lact./iufif.
ilizedbyGoOglc
Chapter VI. i-6.
Sect. L]
him and spabe : ' Let ue all
swear an oath, and bind oor-
eelvee b; matual imprecations
not to abandon this plan but
to carry it into execution.'
5. Then aware they all to-
gether and bound themeelvea
by mntnal imprecations to its
fnlfilment ; and they were in
all two hundred. 6. And
they descended in the days
of Jared on the summit of
63
&isain€s 5pK<f koI ivaSefiaTiffoi-
fj.(v AXA^Aouf row ^^ iiroorpt-
ifrai TTiv yviifitfe ravrrfv, fx^xP'^
ot ivonKimoiuv ainju. rort
■ndvTfs &ixoiTap 6fi.(ni koi iitOf-
fiArurav AW'^Kovs- *H(rav ii
oStoi SuXK^fftot ot KarafidvTtt
if Tats ^[lipats 'Ici/xS tls r^v
KOpw^v Tov ^EpfiovtfliJ, Spovs
Kol JKdAfo-oi' t6 Spoi 'Eppd/i,
MSS. 'Pay the penalty of this great sin.' 5. Bound thvm-
Mlvea hy mutual Imprecatlona.' So M and the Qiz. and Syn.
Ok. Other MSS. insert 'all.' 'They all bound themselveB,' &c.
6. Deaceudad In th* dart of Jand. I have here followed the
Greek text ol naraflimt ir roTi iiixipoK 'laptS tU rifii Kopv^ij* rnC
'Efifiowflft Spmt. The Ethiopio text reads: 'descended on Ardis
which ie the summit of Mt. Hermou.' The name Ardie, otherwise
unknown, is to be expltuned with Din. as a coropression of 'id/Md nV,
the translator not having found iv rou imipatt in his text. Hall^n
in the Journal Anaiigtte, Avril-Mai 1867, pp. 356-357, reproduces
this verse in Hebrew, whereby we see at a glance, why the angels
descended in tiie days of Jared — from TP to descend, and why it
was that they bound themselves by mutual oaths on Hermon —
&om Byj a curse.
Cf, Book of Jubilees iv : ' Jared ; for in his days the angels of the
il. 15; ComniadiaiL intlnurf. i. 3. In
the De Civ, Dei xr. 33, AugniUiw
somlwto this view, tod dsDiei U» in-
■ptntioDof Enoch, which ii uphdd bj
TvtoUiM]. a. SflMended In tha
days of Jued. 8m Crit. Note ; al»
ovi.13. Dtn.rafenabotoOrig. Com-
ment, in Joatn. torn. viii. p. 131, ed.
Hurt; Epiph. ade, Satr. i. 4, ed.
FctAv, tiilli. i p. 4. The reuoni for
the deeoent of the ftn^le is tlie Book
of JnUleee differ ttvm those given in
thii chi^ter. In iv uid v of that book
it it ttated th»t the watchan were tent
to the auth by God ■ to instrDot the
children of men to do Judgment
ftnd nprightneiB,' >nd that when bo
doing they began to luit after the
daoghten of men. Hii* fonn of the
mjib teem* to be Mowed in Teat.
ilizedbyGoOglv
64
The Book of Enoch.
[Sect. I.
Mount HeimoD, and they
called it Mount Hermon, be^
oause they had ewom and
bound themBelves by mutual
imprecatbns upon it. 7.
And these are the names of their
leaden : Semj&z&, their leader,
UrftktbarfLmggl, Kdkab!61, T&-
mi^l, R&mug], D&ngl, Zaqild,
Sar^nj&l, AbSuI, ArmarSs,
Batraal, An&ni, Zaqfibe, Sam-
fftveSl, Sula^l, Turel, Jom jael,
Ar&zjiL 8. These are their
chiefs of tens, and all the
others were with them.]
VII; I. And they took unto
themselves wives, and each
chose for himself one, imd
they b^ao to go in unto them
and they mixed with them,
koSSti upxraf Koi iufSffidTKraii
iXk^Kovs iv airrif. Kal ravra
ra dvcfftara rui' ip\6imoii airuti"
a' Stftta^oE i &pxa>v airStv.
j9' 'ArapKoij^. y' 'ApaKitjk. 6'
Xm^apiJJK. (' 'Opafj^n'^. e
6' BoAiM^X. t' 'AfoXf^A. lo'
^apitap6s. ij3' 'A/«j^i^\. ly
' Kvayi\yAs. tS' 0av(iaijX. ic'
cij' Trpi^X. (tf* 'lotifii^A. k'
£ap(qA. OJ!roi Kal ol Aotirot
■a&vrti Iv Ty xiXio<rT<f iKoroirr^
iKafiov iavTois jnivoiKat koI
iipiamo iua(tttr$ai iv aSmui
Lord descended on the earth.' 8. Those are theic ohleb of
teoB. 80 G OaE'-h IwCfi VUarg^ and M, but that for the tint
word it reads thttMvo^ So also the Qiz. Gk. oSroi cim* lipxni
airm' ol tiica, which, ss IS. BouriaDt proposes, should be emended
into oSro/ tbrm ol ttKopxpi aSrrar. The Syn. Gk. omits. These
twenty dekarchs are over the 300 angels mentioned in verse 5. On
the other band the Qiz. Gk. omits the rest of this verse, but the
Syn. Gk. gives it. Thus G U point to a text anterior to that of
either Greek iVagmeat. All other M^. but G M give a corrupt
reading 'chiefs of the two hundred angels.'
Keiiben t. Id Enooh the uigeU ue
wd to hkve doecended through their
Init for (ha duightera of mao, uid the
MOUtaMCuUgifeniD JaUtiU Bchitn.
Berenh. 44. Bm Websr, Lthrtn d.
Ttdnutd 344. Agaiiut Ihia ani! other
■tatementa of Enooh there ii an im-
plicit palcmiain the Book oF Jubiloea.
In later tiaditfoii (Eiaenmenjiar Ent-
deckl. Jud. ii. 387) tha reaion that
Asaiel oould doI ntnni to haaTSD
waa that h« hnd outatayed the limit
of tima aadgnad to angeiio virilaoti
to earth — asTen dajn. 7. Thia liat
oontMns eightsen namei; liix. 1
twenty-one j the Greek givei twenty.
They diSsr oonndeiBbly from aaob
other. IMti. makea an elaborate at-
tempt at hannoniiing them, pp. 1)3, 94.
TU. The EthloFUO uid Greek Tai7
eonuderably In thU and (he fullowing
chatter. The notea of time given in
,tradb,G0()gll
Sect. I.]
Chapters VI.
and taught them charms and
enchaatmente, and made them
aoquainted with the catting
of roots and of woods. a.
And they became pregnant,
uid thejr bare great gianta,
whose height was three tbon-
sand e]]s. 3. And these
consumed all the acquisitions
of men tfll men could no
longer sustain them. 4. Then
tlie giants tomedthem against
mankind in order to devour
them. 5. And they began
to sin sgainHt birds, and beasts,
and reptiles, and fish, and
to devour one another's flesh,
and drink the blood there-
of. 6. Then the earth com-
plained of Uie muigbteooB
ones.
VIII. [i. And Ak&z«] taught
T — VIILl. 6s
leas rou KarocXt'ErjMNi. Kolfrccov
ovrois; yivr\ Tpla' irpwTOv yiyav-
TUi pKytUoiiE. oJ 8i yiyavrts
iTiKmtKTiui Na^Aeffi, koI rots
Ka<f>i]ktlfi iytvrrjOrjtrav 'EXtovfi.
Kol ^TOF ai^6tx(iioi Kara ri)ir
fKyoXcufnira air&v, Kal ibHa-
^01) kmiTohi Ktti riti yvvaUas
JatTwv ifMpfiaKfias xaX ivaot-
SlaS' Tlp&Tos 'A^a^K 6 iiKaros
run ip)(6mwp ^SiSafc ■noitai
fiaj(a(pas koI BtipoKas nal vSui
VKtvosvo^ffUKovKoiraiiAraXXa
the 0>«ek »rt no doaU doe to lat«r
luuida. 1. Oh*n>u and enolmtt-
msnta. Cf. JoMph. Aat. mi. t, 5.
a, Bara groat KUnt*. ¥<a fartlier
tefcranoe* to thne of. Wild. liv. 6 ;
Tob.Ti. 14; EooIdi. iTi.7; Bar. iiLi<S;
3 MaiM. ii. 4; Jubilee* t. WIiom
haight w>B three Uionaand elU.
The mutiber tfare« thoniuid li found in
tbe Giz. Gk. but It it wutiiig in the
SfiuOk. The three oluw* of giaoU
mentioned in the Greek — the Qreat
Giaoti, the Nephalim, aodtheEllnd—
««M, -we mnit inppcae, origlnaUy
givMt in tbii obspter ai they are pre-
■oppoeedinluiTi. 4; Ixxzriii. s, and
pawed fram ^ooh into JaUl««« vii,
when the; are called Giaota, Naphll,
and Elje. S-a. TbcM Tom oooar
In a different order in tiie Greek — at
the end of rili. 3 and in • very ihort-
ened fonn. The Greek order eeema
preferable. D. Blood. The eating
of blood with (he Jswi wu a great
otilne. Gen. ii. 4; Acta xv. 10 1 Book
of Jnbilera Tii, xxi ; En. icTiii. 11.
One anotber** fleali. Thia niay refw
to the dcBtrncUon of one olan of giania
by another. Cf. Book of Jabilees tJI.
The text— ct the Oil. Ok. iU^Xm
ria s&piau—iiKt not admit of IHu-'a
interpretation.
Vm. 1-3. An interpolation. See
p. 61, Aiaiel in riii. I ia only tlie
tenth in oommand, but fint In
the genuine part*. 1- AsaaaL
Cf. HoaanmiUler'a Scholia on Lev.
ztI. S; Henng'i S. £. U. tZ-'S-
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
66
The Book of Enoch.
[S«!t. I.
men to make swords and
knives and shields, and coate
of mail, and made known to
them metals and the art of
working them, bracelets, and
ornaments, and the nse of anti-
mony, and the beautifying of
the eyebrows, and the most
costly and choicest stones and
all coloariDg tinctures, so that
the world was changed. 2.
And there arose great godless-
nees and much fornication, and
they sinned, and all their ways
T^r yr\i Kol ri y^pmaUiV it&s
airiL nivfua raXs yvvtu.^ xaX
rbv Hfyyvpov. Hfi^t hi airrois
Koi rb arlXpdP icai rd koXAw-
vCCt^v Koi rois iK\fKToi>s Aidovc
tavroLi ol viol rHv ivSpuTiwv
Kai Tois Ovyarpiaiv a.iir&v, Kot
hylovs, Kal iyivtro iadpua
■noXXri lirl ttjs yffs. koX ^^ivi-
aav ras oSoiis air&v. 'Ert bi
Kal 6 upi&Tapjfps aiirtiii Stfua^as
itCba^tv flvai ipyas (cari tov
vo6s, kqI pi'fas ^oTQcuv T^ff yrji.
6 bi ii'biKaros ^apftapis ib(ba(f
tfiapfuiKflas, iitaoibiai, aotfiCat,
Vin. I. Uetala and the art of workliig them. So Oiz. Qk.
rd fMToXXa ml r^i- ipyairiar avrir. The Etbiopio MSS. give ' what
is after (or ' behind ') them and the art of working them.' Hence
the translator fonnd or mletook p*t tmrd for /vroXXa. Th« um
of antimony. Dhi. tranelates 'the use of rouge.' But h*rfiA never
means to put on rouge, but to use antimony for the eyes. See
Lex. Gol. 823. Ok. ri frriXiSfw. Tta« world wu changed.
So G "taiAi*. Din. gives "tiD^irt and translates 'the metals of
the earth.'
JUflM. Cf.TwtalBan, Dt CoUh Fern.
i. a : HeUlloTTun oparm nndaTsnint.
Antimoiv. SeeCrit.Kote. Tartalliui
borrow* from tUa and tbe preoediiig
chapter In Dt Ctlla Fern. i. 2 : Her-
bmm bgcnift tntdaxeruit et incuit^
tionnm tItm provulgkvenuit et omnem
otuiosiMtein ntqus >d ctelluniiii inter-
pretadonem dedgiuiTemit, pn^rie at
qoMi pecnlUiitar feminu initnunen-
tnm istud muliebrit glorisa contale-
runt.lununa lapiUorumquibuii monlliB
TiiuntuT et eireoloa ei auro quibiM
biaoUa krtMttnr-<-et iUam ipnm ui-
gnuD palvareni quo oduIotdid eiotdia
piodnaaiitiir : and in Dt Culls Fmt.
ii. 10 : Quodal iidem angeli qnl et
nuteriaa ejnamodi at illecebraa dete-
xanrot, aori dioo at lafddoiu illos-
triam, et operai eonun tndideroni,
et jam ipnun calliblepbanim — tlno.
ton*— dooaeruat, — nt Enooli lefert
.... Cf. Tart. BeabeD 6> whieb
also dependi on these ohapten in
Bnoeb. S, S. IRie variationa be-
tween tiie Bihlopic and tbe Bya. Oh.
aie hare nmneioui. Astoologeia. Cf.
Clem. Alex. Eehg. Propk. Dind. tlL
ilizedbyGoOglc
LI]
Chapters VIII. l-IX. 2.
67
became corrupt. 3. Ame-
zfir&k taught all the en-
chanters and root-cuttera,
Anu&rfiB the resolving of en-
chantmentsj Baraq'&I (taught)
the astrologers, K6kabe] the
signs, BJid Temel taught
astrology, and Aarftdel the
course of the moon.] 4. And
as men perished, they cried,
and their voice went up to
heaven.
IX. I. Then Michael, Ga-
briel, Surjan vaA Urjan, looked
down from heaven and saw
the great quantity of blood
that had been shed upon the
earth, and all the wrong that
had been wrought upon the
earth. 2. And they spake
to one another 'The earth
made without inhabitant
echoes the voice of their cry-
ing up to the gate of heaven.
Kal i-naoih&vXvrfipia. 6 tvvaros
iilba^tv iirrpoa-KOTtUur. 6 M
rirapTos IbCba^tv iirrpoKoyCav.
6 SJ Syboos iHSa^tv &fpo<rKo-
•eiav. & hi Tplroi itlbix^t rh
tntfjifia r^s y^s. 6 bi f^bofios
ttlia^e ra tnifxeta roC f/Kiov.
6 hi (Inocrrds iiCSa^t toL mjntta
TIJS irtk^VTIi. n&VTfS OVTOi
ijp^trro ivaKoXiTiTftv ra p.v<rr^
pM rats yviiM^lv avrQv xol
roiv riKvois ovruv. Mcr<i hi
raCro jjp^irro ol ylyavra kqt-
t<r6Uw ras v&pKai rmv bvOpi-
itatv Kal ijp^avTo ol &vQpaiitOi
iXoTToCerflai kir\ ttjs y^s. ol hi
XoVKoX i^Ar^av cit t^v ovpavbv
tttpX T^f KaKiiaeoM avr&v kiyov-
Tfs el<rtvexj^f}vai rb lurqfioavvov
aiftAv iviimov KvpCov. Kal
dKOijtravrcs ol Tiffirapes /xfydAot
ip\Ayy€\oi Mtxa^A. Kal Oupi^\
Kal 'Pa<t>ai)\ koI rafiptijK iiapi-
Kwfrcur M ttJd yijv is t&v byttov
roO oipcuiov' Kal dtaadfitvoi
atjia voKv iKKf)(yfiiiioii itci Tijs
yfjt Kol irao-oji dtri^^iav Ktd
avoiilaii y€vop.i>rnv i-n' air^s,
fla(\$iiiTts flisov Tipbs AAA^
Kmis Sti Th nvtviiara nal al
yj/vxal Tuv bjtSpi-niav tTTfv&Cov
3. Tbe reaolvliig of enohantmenta. So Q K U /.trfi : all other
M3S. give i^dt, which is bad in sense and grammar. The Greek
ivaoibSiv XvT^pui confirms the reading i.tih. Din. gives i.'VA in his
text, but his German translation is a rendering oi i^dk.
ierpon/iian koI fiwrud^r «al t(U SAAot
, IX. SnrjaDsnd Urjan uevuUnU
of Sdiiel ftnd Uriel. Suriel u not
mentiotied agun in tbu book, but ia
known in Ulet JuiUlgm ia Talmud
Bowdiotli, M. 51. ii, M Din. punb
ont. It ii probable, bowever, tlut
io>(«ad of Snijan we ihould read
Baphaal in aooordanoe witb UieGreek.
Bee xl. 9 (note). Midual, Gabriel,
Uriel, and Raphael were generallj
Tegaided ae (he fotur arahangalt. 2.
Tbii vene is not found In the Greek.
Uade without liib»bltant : of. Ixrii.
3 ; Luii*. S ; "^ ^mL Napth. 3
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
The Book of Enoch. [Sect I.
9a> ivTvyxp^ovra ical Xiyovra,
an flaayaytii r^f Kpitrw Jifi&v
vpis rbv {hjtujTop, Kal ■n}p
AittiXttfa' ^fiSv tv^Ttiop Tijs
lo^t r^s firYokayriivtfs, imtjiiov
Tov Kvplov ran KupCatv ■aivrtiv
Tp fifyaKdxrvvv. Kal ft-nop ry
Kvplif T&v al^vwv, in/ ft 6 6fds
T&V $(&P Koi KiplOS T&P KVfiimv
Kot 6 Boo'iXniE Tuv BairiXtv6v-
TiOP Kill 6fi)S T&V ol<aV<iAV, KoX
i Bpopoi Tijs Wf^r (TOW tls
vAiras r^f ytptils t&p aliiptop,
Koi rh Svofti <rov iytov Kal
ti\oy<i}fi4pov «r ttAvtos tous
al&vas, Kal tA ifis- rtfre 6
^t<rros iKi\tv<rf rats byCois
i^ip\ovs air&p Kal t^aXov
airols tls r^ii &^v<rirop, ?ias
•njs Kpdrtias, Kal t^ i^s. Kal
Tavra fikp & 'Ei/ux tMprvptl.
'E(t TOV koym 'EufSx-
Tct \ovn& tifpl iypriyopoip.
{G. Syncellua. S. 43-47.)
Hen. 8, 4-10, 14.
Tore ifi^irap ol &.v6pmii(n
tls rbp ovpavbv Kiyomts, tX(r-
ay6ytTt r^v Kpiirtp fjiiStp vpbs
riv fii^urrov, Kal rijp StTi4\fuiv
iffjMV ivtiviov r^s' b6^s rijs
fxeyiXifs, tmiirtop roC Kvpiov
T&V KVpioip vipToip nj pitya-
KmirCirp. Rot h.Ka6aavrti o\
riaaapfS y^&Xoi iLp)(6Lyytkoi
Mtxa^A Kal Ovpii\\ koI 'Pa^a^A
Kot Ta^pirik vapinnlrap inl ttjp
yijp Ik t&p byliav rem oiparov.
Kal Btaa^fpoi aliia tfoXir
iKKfxvpfPop iwl r^i T^S Koi
natrap Avoniav koI Atrifftiav
yipopAviiv iv <arri)i, fitrt\$6v-
Tts et-KOv vpds iXXrfXovs, Sri rci
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect I.]
ChapUr IX. 3-6.
69
3, And now to youj ye holy
ones of heaven, complain the
Bouls of men, saying, "procure
OS justice with the Most
High." ' 4. And they spake
to their Lord the King: ' Lord
of Lords, God of Gods, King
of Kings, the throne of Thy
glory (standeth) onto all the
genemtions of the ages, and
Thy name holy and glorions
onto all the ages : blessed and
glorious art Thou I 5. Thou
hast made all things and over
all things hast Tbou dominion :
and all things are naked and
open in Thy eight, and
Thon eeeat all things and
nothing can hide itself from
Thee. 6. See then what
A2&zti hath done, how he hath
taught all unrighteouBuesB on
earth and revealed the secret
things of the world which
were wrought in the heavens.
iwBp^tup iimyxdvowrt <mi>i-
(ovra Kol kiyovTO, fltraydytrt
rijv biift^iv Tiftioi; upds fdv (i^i-
trrov. Kai vpoa(X$6vTti oi
riaffopts &p)(ayyfXoi ftvov Ti^
KvpC<f, trv fl 0(hs T&v G<av Kol
K^ptOC T&v KVpCtOV Kol ffoTlXtitt
run ^atTtKevotmov Kal 6tds tuv
StpOptiTtiiiv, Kol 6 6p6iios rfjs
Jo'ftjr ffov (Is Ttdirai ras yewaj
tUp al<iva>i), xal rd Svoftd <rov
Hyiov Kai (iKayrifUmv tls -niv
rac rovE aiuvat' oi ydip tX 6
TTOiiJirar ra itdvra km ndvTmv
■n\y i^oviriav ^xa>v, Koi vivra
ivuTitdv <Tw tfKtvtpii Koi Ako-
AuiTTo, Kai -navra ip^s, Kol ovk
(imv S Kpv^^val fft bivarat.
ip^i Stxa ivoCitatv 'A^aqK, koX
iaa (Itr^vtyKtv, &ra itlAa^tv,
^ikIols Kai hfiapTlas ivX r^c
y^i, Kfu tt&vTa i6kov ivX r^s
f tjpaf, iilba^f yap r^ ftvtrr^pia
Koi &«fK6}w\(rf rtji alUpi rh iv
ovpavcp. lirirtjifvovai hi ra
iviTTiheifiara avrov, tlb^pM ra
IX. 4. Their lK>rd the King: so all MSS. but OK, which give
< the Lord of Kings.' Unto all the twos. So GM omitting ^0<IlI£
and Qreek tit itairat roit atarat. All other MSS. ' unto all the genera-
tions of the world.* 6. Bevealed the woiet thlnsa of the worlcl
T<({u r1)i' yvr iokirru-. 3- Holr onrl^iMoiuiieH on emrlb ; <£. Tii.
DOM : wtalg (note). Mort HIA : i. Th* MOMt thing*, Jw. Wbtt
•M idx. 3 (noto). 4. Tha pimjra theM u« ii not told. 7. Ad in-
<rfUieuig«UiifDl]eTiDUieS7ii.Gk., tarpdatioa from tha lame MwrM a>
•od > itai mm rbetorioal form of it vL 3-8; tUI. 1-3 ; m« p. 61. Tba
i« foimd in Izzzlv. 1, 3. 6. All Sjra. Gk. aeemj to be defeotive here.
ilizedbyGoOC^lc
70
The Book of Enoch,
[Sect. I.
[7. And Seinj&z& to whom
Thou hast given authority to
hear mle over his associates has
mada known enchantments.]
B. And they hare gone to the
daughters of men upon the
earth,andhaveBlept with them,
with those women, and deBled
themselves, and revealed these
sins unto them. 9, And the
women have home giants, and
the whole earth has thereby
been filled with blood and
unrighteoosness. 10. And
now behold, the spirits of the
souls which have died, are
crying and complaining to the
gate of heaven, and their
lamentations are ascending :
Kas tx^iv T&v aiv airt^ ilfui
Svrmv, Kol inopfiSjjffov irpdt
r^S Ovyaripas r&v iv0p^ito)i>
rijs yijs, Kai tniMKOi^ifdijinu'
fur' air&p, xal fv TOis $TiKtl<ui
THIS iriaas t&s l^iaprlas, ko!
ihiha^an avras filinjTpa vouw,
Kot uvv tioii al 6vyar4p(S tui>
&ii0piiis(i)v irtKov i( avT&v vloiis
yCyavTas. K{^&TtX.a ^wi rijs yHs
tUv ivSptiitdtv JKK«xtrrat, ical
oKrj ii y^ ivK^Oj) dStK^ac. Kai
fOv I6oi' r^ ■ai'tvfiara ruf ^ru>
X&p TWP ivo^atxiVTaiv ipOpti-
r&v miKSp ToS avpajmS hvi^r\ 6
trrfvayiids airap, rxtl oi i^parai
which wen wrought in tlie hoavena. 80 all MSB. and the Oiz. Ok.
bat the Syn. Ok. liirii^v^ rf oiun ri iv avpmi^ gives a better sense,
tt. Upon tha earth. O M give d'CQi MA. This, as the reading
of the Oiz. add S^n. Ok. r^t y^r ehowa, is a corruption of MMt Hlb.
Hence my trauelation. All other Ethiopic MSS. give wrongly
'tft'(!= together. 10. The spirits of the souls which have dtod.
Hpre I have followed the Syn. Ok. ra vwtCfutra run ^x*' ^'' <nn>A>-
8, 9. Cf. JiutiD, Apol. a. 5 01 SI
SrfyKm — yiiraiKiy /li^mr ifrHifriaui
■al roiSai irirrturiai, «I tWir ol \rfi-
lityoi Boi/iDVfr — iro^ tU Av0pidiraut ^6-
nvi, wt\inovt, fuHXi'm — Kol wSffar
icuW Imipar. 10. Tha Bpliita
of tho sonla, Ao. See CriL Note.
They oumot Moape from, fto. The
EtMopic ii hare lopeTiorto the Greek.
The interceulon of the ugeli on
inKD'i behalf which appean in thii
ohftpteruul ii found ■Luin it. a; xl.
6; ilvii. i; xiix, 3, 16; dv. t, k kd
O.T. doctrine ; c£ Job t. i ; xxiiii.
13 ; Zech. i. II. It WM eridenUj •
popular doctrine. Ct. Tobit xii. 11
wpovmxvf ifiAr iriwMr tow irr^o
(eoalnat Acta x. 4); alio xii. 15 iyA
iliu 'fa^a^K th Ik tSt tirri iylmr
irrfiKmr 0! rpacaru^iprnvi tit wfoatv-
xii Tir kyUtr : Kev. Tiii. 3 ; Teit.
Levi 3: (Iso 5 iyi tlfU t tyyiKn i
xafmrei/itrct ri yim 'Iffpo^^.
,tradb,G0()glc
Sect I.] Chapters IX. 7 — X.2. 71
and they cannot escape from jfcA.tftii' h.Tsh ■apoa-^'nov t»v ivl
the unrigliteoiiBnefls which is ^j- y^^ y,yt,^i^^^ iSi^j^Twr.
wrought on the earth. 11, , ^ , , ,. , . , ^
. , „ , , „ ., . Kai on avra oioos ttdo tup aw&
Ana thou knowest all thiDgs
before they come to pass, and X*"^*^"' ««' ^P»« o^oi-s «<»1
Thou knowest this thing and iqs airrvis, koI o^iv \4y(ii.
every thing afEecting them, tC M noiiiffai ovrois wepl tot'-
and yet Thou didst not speak
to us. What are we therefore
todoinregaidtothis?' ^<*" ^ H^ittos tZitt koI 6
X, I, [Then spake the Moat &yios i }Uyas iX6XtiiT(, koI
High, the Great and Holy lirffi^Pt Tte CWpt^\ jrpij rdii
One, and sent Arsjal&ljflr to ,, . r . > / .
' ' vlov AAftfx Myaiv, vopcvou irpos
the son of Liunech and said
to him: a.'TeUhiminMy '*" N«. «ai .Ixi,- a^V ^¥
name "tide thyself!", and *A"P iv^iMTi, Kpv^ov trtavrov,
reveal to him the end tiiat is koI d^Awiroi' a^u rihos http-
appioKhiig: for the whole ^i^„,, j,, . ^ aWU.r..
earth will be destroyed, and a , - ,
,, .„ ,, ira<fa. Koi elirdv avra on Kara-
deluge will presently come *
upon the whole earth, and "A''<'**^s f^^^e' yivtv^ai nUrjs
all that is on it will be de- rijs yijs, &itoiU<rai nAirra inth
Hun-wv. The Ethiopic text i^iWt: Mi f*F='the soula which have
died ' must therefore be emended into oof^fl^ AiVAfi XAi f*F.
We find, moreover, tltia ezpreeaion in the correct text of xxii. 3
ttO^VAtt Alf^^oo*; AyiD-?'} and a similar expression in the
correct text of xvi. i flOffW^i XT^WT, and the Syn. Gk. ri
tntlifuira t& iKKopivSfuva oiro T^r ^"jcis avrmr. In ix. 3 read the
e^lrlta of the souls instead of the souls. The Qiz. Gk. sapporte
in xvi. I and xxii. 3 the readings adopted but agrees with the
Ethiopic text in ix. 3, lo.
Z. 1-8. Tbete varMg belong to *d text U jirofakbly a oi»TiiptioD, 80a
ApocalTpM of Noah. 1. The of Iiameoh, i.e. Noah. If x. 1-3
MoatHish; weicix.3(note). The belonged origiiUkUy lo tliia tection,
Oceat Hid Holjr: iee i. 3 (note], the writer moit have fblhnred the
AnJaltUOr. For thii (he Syn. Samaritan reckoning. Hlda thyself t
Ok. has limplj Uriel, and the Gii. i. e. in order ta reeeive furthra' dii-
Gk. hai Iltiael. The name in the doearea from the angel: cf. xii. i.
D,tradb,G0()glc
72
The Book of Enoch.
[Sect. I.
etroyed. 3. And now ia-
stract him that he may escape
aad his seed may he preserved
for all ^eneratioDs.] 4. And
again the Lord spake to
Ra£ael: 'Bind Az&zgl hand
and foot, and place him in the
darkness: make an opening
in the desert, which is in Da-
d&SI, and place him therein.
5. And place open him rongh
and ja^ed rocks, Mid cover
him with darkness, and let
him ahide there for ever, and
cover his face that he may
not see the light, 6. And
on the great day of judgment
he shall he cast into the fire.
riv fiiKcuoi' rf iroc^o-ci, rhv vXhv
A(l|ue)(, kqI T~qi> ^x^" ovroS fli
6(' aiuFoE Kai ^f ahrtm ifttrrtv-
SijirrTai ipirevfia Kai araOi^fffTai
Tidvas Ttis yfvtas Tov aiuvof.
Kai rip 'Po^o^A eiwe, nopfuov
'Pn^oijA, Kai B^o-oii rflj-'AfoijA,
Xtpo'i Kai ttoaX m/ftirSBtaoii a&-
rdv, Kai tixfiaXt avriiv th rd
VKOTos, Kai Jifoifbi' TTji; Ipufuw
rryti oZirav hi rp Ip'^fitf AouSa^A,
Kai ^K(( vopivOfii /3(iXe aiT6v
Kol iTi66fs avT^ Afdovs i^ts
Kai Kirovs TpaxfiSf Kai ivi-
KeiAv^v avry ffKoros, Kai oIki}*
(r<ira> jkci <{; rdv al&va, koI
r^v Syffiv ainim "nijiavov, xal
<^E H^ SdOjxirm. Kai Jif r^
}|^iip<^ T^s Kplffftui &va)(9^<Tt7ai
fls riv iftnpurfi^ roS mipis'
X. 3. Tot aU gvneratlons. So O M reading tW^n"^, ^a>Aj&.
Din. and other MSS. except N give 'for all the earth': cf. the Qk.
8. lie S;n. Qk. li tnueh faUer. 4-6.
The Usk d^uted to Kaful or Ba-
jdiael. 4. AzBisl ai the obisf
affuder and leader i* finrt poniihed.
TIm pnlimiiufj panithmeiit of Aaaiel
is deuribed in vr. 4, 5 : the final one
in V. 6. AhubI vae oonoeiTed ■■
obiuned in the irilderuMe into whioh
die eoape-goat mt led. The Jenua-
lem Targiun (Fa. Jonathan} on Levi-
tioni laji that ' the goat wai nut to
die in a hard and roogh plaoe in the
wililerntai of jagged rooks, i.e. Beth
Chaduda.' This Beth Chadoda was
three uUm, or aoouding to aDotber
•aoootit, twelve tnilea from Jcnu^em.
This i« daariy lh« Dodael mentioned
in Mm vme, and it is thus • dtflnite
looallty in th« nelgbboturfaood of Jeru-
salem. See Juditcke ZtUtekr^ f.
IFuHMcin/t mul iiebni I S64, pp. 1 96-
304. Cf. Lot. xri. 10, 11. e.
Plaoe ivon Um. The Greek glvM
ihrMo afrry, but this is probably a
■lip for twlttt atrrf. Vot ev«r. like
cb -rhr aUm, of ithieh the Ethioplc
text is an eiaot rendering, this phraae
has no definite meaning in itself.
It ma; denote aooording to the oon-
tait an unending pailod ; or a period
cf eevraitj generations, as here ; of,
T. II ; or a period of five hundred
yean, aa In t. 10. 8. Great day
of jodcment: seexlv. I (note). Hkis
judgmentinaugurala the final punish-
uent of the angels, Th* tu*: eee
Digitized byCoOglc
Swd.!.]
Chapter
•}. And heal the e&rtli which
the angele have defiled, and
proclaim the healing of the
earth, that I will heal the
earth, and that all the children
of men shall not perish throng^h
all tiie secret things that the
watchers have disclosed and
have tanght their sons. 8.
And the whole earth has beat
defiled through the teaching of
the works of Azftzgl : to him
ascribe all the sin.' 9. And
to Gabriel said God ; ' Pro-
ceed against the baatards and
the reprobates, and against
the children of fornication :
and destroy the children of
fornication, and the children
^- 3-9- 73
Kol larroi r^v y^ir ip) ij^dftirai'
a\ iyfy^yopoi, uol tt)v tatriv rijs
vKifyrjs S^Xaxroii, Zva Idatovrai
r^v vXi)y^v, Kat fiT) iv6\»PTcu
vAfTts «[ viol Tuv iiv6piitmp,
iv r^ fiViTTTjplif t (litoi; ol kypri-
yopoi Koi. ihHa^v rov; vloiis
airuv, koI ^pTjutiOrj ttaira $ y^
iv rots tpyoK t^s MatrKoXlas
'Afa^\* Ktti Iv ovTp ypi^op
iiiffas riis hiu^trCas. koI rip
TappiiiK tt-Ttt, itopviov VafipiifK
M Tcin yiyairras tvl rois k(J9-
l^Kovs, Ivl roiic vlovs r^c vop-
vfias, Kol &if6KfiTov Toiis vltAs
T&v iyprjy6p^i> &vb t&v vl&v
trdvat rdc ytvtit rev alntut. 7. Froolatm the hsallng of the earth,
that I wUl heal the earth. The Syn. Gk. givea rqp Wv t^c irXi^y^t
d^^Mvor, Ua Imrmrrai rift sXi7yi)v. lliug, as the word rendered ' earth '
in the Ethiopic appears as rXt^^ in the Gk., it is most probable that
the Hetffew word was bsn which means ' earth ' when punctuated
i^, a 'pollution' when punctuated ^3rt. doalOMd. All MSS.
read ^A* 'have slain'; the translator found htin^ar as in the
Qiz. Gk. which is a corniption of ArfVaoav. The Sjn. Gk. gives
<&r». 8. To him. So the Giz. Gk. The Syn. Gk. gives • to it.'
9, Baatards. So also the Ois. Gk. which gives a corrupt trans-
zTtiL 11; ziz; ziL 7~io. 7. Th* bythe Book of JubileM v. TbegtmnU
comnuDd given to Baphkel ia lueh ilnj oach othv In the pretenM of
as hu nuns toggmta from Kfit 'to their pkrents: cf. iit. 6. The Utter
beftL' CX Tob. iiL 1 7 ; xii. 14. 8. ure then bound in the kb;nei of the
ObMTT* bow kll dn ii uoribed to th« earth, and their power of hintJog the
fallen u^t. 8, 10. The deetrno- earth is at an end : ot ztr. 5, fint
ti<m of the panti throng Gabriel, tbii U not id with the spiriti of the
^M account here ii followed cloadj giaDtn. They enjoy an Impunity in
itradb, Google
74
The Book
of the watdiers £rom amongBt
men : lead them oat and
send them one against the
other that they may destroy
each other in battle : for
length of days they shall
not have. lo. And do re-
quest that they (i. e. their
fathers) make of thee will
be granted nnto their fathers
OB their behalf although they
hope to live an eternal life,
and that each one of them
will live five hundred years,
[ii. And the Lord eaid nnto
Michael : ' Go, announce to
Semj&z& and his associates who
have united themselves with
women so as to have defiled
themselves with them in all
their uDcleanness.] i2,'When
all their sons have stain one an-
of Enoch. [Sect. I.
ruf it/Opdvatv. ir4)i^lrov ainiis
fU iXX^Xovs, i^ air&v tls av-
roifS, iv vokifUf Kal Iv latw\t(q,
Koi iiaKpirrfs ^ftcpuv ovk lorai
airols, koI va<ra ipiiTJ}ins ovk
Itti Tois ■noTpJuTiv a^uv, 3ri
Inf irtPTaKoina. Kai ry Mt-
XaifK «Iir<, -KopeSov iAi\a^K,
iijiTov ^fniaCav xal toUis flXAovf
iriip tarrtf, tiAs mjfifttY^inas TOis
6vyaTpii7i tup ivfl/wiiraiv roS
jxiajrd^vai tv avrais iv t^ &xa6-
apaitf avT&v. Kal Stov kotb-
v^ay&tyai oX v\o\ airuv, km
literationofthe Hebrew word, i,«.iAaCiptovt. lO. No request tbat
ther make of thee will be granted unto their ftithen. So GM
reading INC, instaadofIli-A!Vi>'u Din. SotheSyn,Gk.:)ra<ra/poMT)iTit
oiK i<rrt Tois varpimv lArity, but M by a slip XflfO: hS-\VO''i instead
of a>K^iuD-X or iOKf-tA with 0. Although they hope to Uve
an eternal life. 80 G K M : Xnov; f'tUJO.i f-Mttli ib^Ofln
HflMy". SotbeGk.: A^ .'ibw. {?<"« f"'*'"J»>'"»'. Other MSS. and
Din. omit the MfXfD. ' Tbongh they hope for an eternal life.'
II. And the Ijord said unto Mlohaal: 'Oo, announce.' So
O F H L : fiMr. hVtOii tb-Ci AAC-O. Other MSS. and Din. omit
rfhC, but wrongly ; cf. the Greek voptvm. Instead of announce the
wrongddng till tbs final jadgment : angds, oC xii. 6 ; xiii. 4-6 ; liv. }.
Me XT. I i-iri. An etMiMl life, U. Thia vetM ia an intarpoUUon :
i. 8. flva buDilred jrean: na t, 5 Mep.611 tv. 9-16 deacribe tbe task
(note). Totichiiig tba prayer of (he aaaigned to 0»bri«l. U. SUin
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect I.]
Chapter
other, and they have seen the
destmctioii of their beloved
ooes, bind them East under
the liillB of the earth for
seventy generations till the
day of their judgment and of
their confimnmation, till the
judgment which ie for ever
and ever is coneummated.
13. In those days they will
he led off to the abyss of
fire : in torment and in prison
will they be confined for ever
and ever, 14. And whoso-
ever shall be condemned and
from thenceforward be de-
stroyed with them, will be
bound together with tbam to
the end of all generations.
X. 10-14. 75
fB(o<ri T^y h.-ni\(ia.v r&v iyowif-
T&i) aWSv, ifjaov avTOvs iitl
i^bon^Koirra ytvtis els toj
KpCtTfois avT&v, fUxpi ^fi^pas
Tfkeuifffat TeXeo-jioC, lots ffvp~
Tt\f<T9^ Kplfta Tov alavos t&v
(If TO xilos roC iTvpii koI tli
riipiov T^f iTvyitX((<rfaiS TOV
alavos- Ka\ bs &v KaroKpiB^
Kal &<Pam<r$^ ind roG vSv fur'
aJrrSn, tt6-^tT€TM l^xpt TtXeiei-
atati yfpfas avrwi'.
Syn. Ok. gives Sfjiror, bat this is an error for dqXutroi'. See the Giz. Qk.
14. And whosoever atull be oondenmed and firomthenoefbrward
be destroyed with them, will be bound together (with them) to
the end of all genara.tianfl. I have followed the Syn, Qk. The
Ethiopic rona : ' And forthwith he will bum and thenceforward
suffer destruction with them : they will be bound together to the
end of all generations.' The singular in ' he will bum ' is mean-
ingless, as we have here only to do with the entire body of watchers.
The Syn. Ok. gives at once excellent sense and explains the oiigin of
the Ethiopic corruption : &t hi naraxpiSg xal o^avto-d^ otrA tou ruv /irr'
avTmi', A(0q<r<rai ptXP^ rtXtuxrtas ytvtat alrrar, KaTaiipi6g ^ ' be Con-
demned,' in connexion with the fiery abyss in the preceding line.
ni. 6 ; xiv. 6 ; BocJc Apoc of weeks. Sea Spec Introd, of
of Jubileea v. The Innding of the xoi-oiv. 'WiUi vr. 5, 11 et, JDde
ugeli under the luUa WBttot to be an 6. IS. AbjM of fire, t. e. the
iileft derived from the Greek mytha ume m thM mentioned in t. 6 ;
of (lie TituiH. BeTeotygenerntlona. zviit. 11; liz; zii. 7~io; ic. 14.
Thii period has no connexion with the 14. See Crit. Kote : cF. xiz. i.
ilizedbyGoOglc
76 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. I.
15. And destroy all the lustful bouIs, and the children of the
watchers, because they have oppressed mankind. 16. De-
stroy all oppression from the face of the earth and let every
evil work come to an end : and the plant of righteousness
and uprightness will appear, labour will prove a blessing:
righteousness and uprightness will be established in joy for
evermore. 17. And then will all the righteons escape
and will live till they beget a thousand childreiij and
^t the days of their youth and their old age (lit. sabbath)
will they complete in peace. 18. And in those days
will the whole earth be tilled in righteousness and will
all be plimted with trees and be full of blessing. 19. And
all desirable trees will be planted on it, and vines will be
planted on it : the vine which is planted thereon will yield
wine in abundance, and of all the seed which is sown
thereon will each measure bear ten thousand, and each
measure of olives will yield ten presses of oil. 20. And
cleanse thou the earth from all oppression, and from all
uurigbteousDees, and from all sin, and from aU godlessness,
and from all uncleanness which 19 wrought upon the earth :
could easily be taken by the translator for Karoiav^^be burned,
and BO give rise to the present Etbiopic text. Rightly tisnelated
then, the verse refers to the women who are to be destroyed with the
fallen watchers. Cf. xix. 3. tuawun^ ie the reading of the Qiz. Ok.
16. Deatror, fto. The writer ii itill hM hire gone over wholl; to ft deKtlp-
deacribing tbe duties of Oabriel, i.e. tion of the Meoiuiio Umea. He
the dtatnoUon of the giiuiti and tbe piotnra U a very kimuoub one. Th«lT
impriaoimient of tlie CaUen watchen. old at^ '■ ct zit. 3, 4 (note). 18,
16. Flaat of rishteooBiuaa, i.e. 19. The fatura !« depicted after O. T.
ImeL Ivael qiringi from a aeed propheaj. C£ Anun li- 13, 14; Hoa.
that 'iiaown' by Qod, liii. 3; heaoe ii. 31, 33; Jer. ixxL 5; la. zzt. 6 ;
it ii establiibed as ' a plant of the Enk. xzriii. 16 ; xiziT. 16, 17. Will
■ead for ever,' liixiT. 6, I* called ' tbo eaoh meaaniw bear, *a. : dL Ii. r.
plant of npri^lnet^' xdii. 1, 'the 10, and the chilitatlc eipeotalion
plant of righteouinnt,' xciii. 5, ' the Papini in lien. adv. Sam. t. 33.
eternal plant of righteooancM,' idii. 80. Thii twm oould be interpreted
10, and finally ' the plant of rig1it«aiu of the deluge, but it aeema batter to
jadgnoat,' xdii. J. 17.nwwiit«r nhr it, aa the vemabefbraatid after.
iiized by Google
Seet. I.] Chapters X. i<, — XII. 4. 77
destroy them from off the earth, 31. And all the children
of men shall become righteous, and all nations shall offer
Me adoration and praise, and all will worship Me. 32.
And the earth will be cleansed from all corruption, and from
all sin, and from all punishment and torment, and I will
never again send (them) upon it, from genwation to genra-a-
tion, for ever.
XI. I. And in those days I will open the store chambers of
blessing which are in the heaven, so as to send them down
upon the e^ih over the w<»k uid labour of the children of
men. 2. Peace and jnetice will be wedded throoghoat
all the days of the world and throughout all the generations
of the world.
XII. T . And before all thrae things fell out Enoch was hidden,
and no one of the children of men knew where he was hidden,
and where he abode, and what had become of him. 2. And
all his activities had to do with the holy ones and with the
watchers in his days, 5. And I Enoch was blessing the
great Lord and the king of the world, when lo I the watchers
called me — Enoch the scribe— and spake to me. 4. ' Enoch
thou scribe of righteonsness, go, announce to the watchers of
the heaven who have abandoned the high heaven and the
holy eternal place, and have defiled themselves with women.
toUteHeaalajiIobiDgdam. 21. He ileep uidii traniported In ipitit unto
oonwnoi of the CrSntilei : of. zc. 30 heaven, zit. a : ipeakl with • tongae
(note). as. In dorrapt HS8. there of Beah, xiv. a : and ii terrified, like k
ia k referenoe to the delnga here. mortal man, ftt the prewnoe of God,
ZI. 1. Thii dupter oondndee ui zir. 34. 'Wme hidden, ii the Bthiopic
McaantofdieUe«I*niektngdoni. Cf. InndatioQ of tip? and ^in-ihiHv : of.
Dent. zzviiL 11. a. Cf. Izzxt. I o ; Izzi. 1, 5, S. E0I7 onee : see L 9
le. xxziL 1 7. (note). Wktohen : eee i. 5 (note).
Xn-ZTI. On these cbkptars, (ee 8. Kingoftlieworld: M«i.3(Dote).
Speo. Inbod. p. 55. L Wmi hidden, The laribe: cf. zdL i. Enoch U
L e. in order to reouTO the fbUoving farther oalled 'the scribe ofrigfateoiu-
re*el»tion : of. i. 1, Guooh ii alill new,' xii. 4 ; iv. i, becaiue be i* htm-
living: hia final tranilatlon ficm lelf a righteoni man, zt. 1 ; Izzi. 14-
•aith bag not yet fallen oat; for m 16, and declaree tbe righteoni jndg-
a man he write» the petjtioo for the ment that ii ooming, siiL 10; zIt. i,
angele, ziii. 6; receive* a TtHon in ;; lizxi. 6; Ixixii. i, Ao. 4. Cf.
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
78 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. i.
and have done as the children of men do, and have taken
unto themselTes wives, and have grossly defiled themselves
on the earth. 5. They -will have no peace on the earth
nor forgivenesB of sin : and inasmuch as they delight them-
selves in their children, 6. the murder of their beloved
ones th^ shall see, uid over the destruction of their children
will they lam^t, and will make supplication unto eternity,
but mercy and peace will they not attain/
XIII. I. And Enoch went and said: 'Az&zSl: thou shalt
find no peace : a severe sentence has gone forth against thee
— (Rufael) shall put thee in bonds : 3. And alleviation,
intercession, and mercy will not be accorded to thee, because
of the oppreeeion which thou hast taught, and because of all
the works of blasphemy, oppression, and sin which thou hast
shown to the children of men.' 3. Then proceeding &rt^er,
I spoke to them all t<^ether and they were all afraid and
were seized with fear and trembling. 4. And they besought
me to draw up a petition for them that they might find
forgiveness, and to take their petition into the presence of
God in heaven. 5. For from thenceforward they could not
speak (witii Him) nor lift up their eyes to heaven for shame
of their sins for which they were punished. 6. Then I
composed their petition and the prayer on behalf of their spirit,
and for their individual deeds for which they besought for-
giveness and forbearance. 7. And I went off and sat down
at the waters of Dan, in Dan, to the right (i. e. the south)
XII. 5. Inaamuoh m tbey. &«. So : (oXflOOi f-^tj^itf,
ahttPao': •H'A: ^^^ITavi f-CtX", but with the iiiBertioii of A
before at-ttt^tf with nine other USS. Cf. the Qiz. Qk. irtpi L,
jfalpoBai ruv vU>v abraw,
Jnie6. 6. HopaMB: cf. *. 4. Ing with Enooli'i literu; «liH«ot«
e. Cf. X. 10, t], that lis dniwi np thur petition in
Xm. 1. Aiuel addisMed In oon- writing, uid doea not praent it hy
fbnnl^ with z. 4. ITo p«aa« : cf. word of tnoatb. 7. 'Watan of
r. 4. 4, 6. &B the angdi oonld Dan. Thii river, railed alw> the
not addroMOod nor lift op their ejea little Jordan, Joeeph. A%t, I. xil. i,
to heaTBD, Enooh !■ beiooght to be- it a tribatai; of the Jordan. HiIb
, It ii in keep- plaoe, fnm T^ to jndge, U ohoiM
itradb, Google
Sect. I.] Chapters XII. 5 — XIV. 4. 79
of the west of Hermon, and I read their petition till I fell
asleep. 8. And behold a dream visited me and visions fell
down upon me, vnA. I saw the vision of a chastisement to the
intent that I should recount it to the sons of the heaven
and reprimand them. 9. And when I awaked, I came to
tiiem, wtd they were all sitting together weeping with their
&ces covered at UblesjEl^, which is between Lebanon and
S4nes^. 10. And I recounted to them all the visions which
I had seen in my sleep, and I b^^ to recount those words
of rightcooaness, and to reprimand the heavenly watchers.
XIY. I. This book is the word of righteousness and
the reprimand of the eternal watchers in accordance with
the commandment of the Holy and Great One in that
vision. 2. I saw in my sleep what I will now recount
with a tongue of flesh and with my breath which the
Great One has put into the mouth of men, that they
might converse with it, and understand in their heart
3. As He has created man and given to him the power of
understanding the word of wisdom, bo hath He created me
also and given me the poww of reprimanding the watchers,
the sons of heaven. 4. ' 1 wrote out your petition, and in
XIIL 9. Thar wera aU dning. So all USS. but O. Q reads
^tOft* 'were talking.'
XIV. 4. inserts after v. 4 mk9'f'>Stii M^tX*', il»Ati I^ft'
ovfAAi 9A0»i iDimi ^fty^ AOAAa>»^ isA.^haMliaD' 'And
from henceforth their friendBliip is at &□ end unto all the days of
eternity : and jadgraent has been finally passed upon yon and no
beCkOM ill iuin« ii ligiiificant of the la oftaa lued in Enoob. Seax. j (note).
tnbjeot the writw !• dMHng witli, HoIraadOrsat One: M«L3(nM«j.
i.e. Ae judgment of tte si^el*. 8. 9, a. Ab luiely •■ Qod hu cm*ted
Bom of tbe heaTOn : lea tL i man «id given bim t, (ongne for
(note). 9. UbleeJUl and Senaiir ipaeeh and a Jaoalty for ondemtaud-
aremtknownplaoe*. 10. He«T«nl7 iog, bo juit aa oertainly baa He ap-
watobNa: aee i. 5 (note). Tbe viiioD pointed Bnooh to r^irimand tbe
ii deacribed in ziv-XTL eternal vatohen. Tangne of fleah :
"XXV. 1. VtenMl watohara, lit. of. Izzzir. i. Tbe Oraat One : ef.
watoben who aie from eternity, L e. oiii. 4 ; cit. i . Bona of hMiTOn :
in tbe looae aenae in whioh that word m* tL 1 (note). 4~7. The repri-
ilizedbyGoOglc
8o The Book of Enoch. [Soot. i.
my vision it appeared thus, that yoor petition will not be
granted throughoat all the dayg.of eternity, and that judg-
ment has been finally passed npon yon, and no iadulgeoce will
be granted to yon, 5, And from henceforth yon will
never again ascend into heaven to all eternity, and on the
earth the decree hath gone forth, they shall bind yoa for all
the days of eternity. 6. But pTOvioosly yon will see the
destraotion of your beloved sons and yoa will not have them
in your keeping, bat they will fall b^ore yoa by the swoid.
7. Yoor petition on their behalf will not be granted, nor that
on yoor own : likewise despite your tears and prayers yon will
receive nothing whatever contained in the writing which
I have written.' 8. And the vision appeared to me thus :
behold in tlie vision clouds invited me and a mist invited me :
the course of tiie stare and t^ lightnings drove and im-
pelled me, and the winds in the vision gave me wings and
drove me. 9. And they lifted me up into heaven and I
came till I drew nigh to a wall which is built of crystalB
and surrounded by a fiery fiame : and it began to affright me.
10. Asd I went into the fiery flame and drew nigh to a
indolgence will be granted unto you.' 7, Ton will ro-
oelva notblng whatever. The Ethiopic, which is a literal
rendering of the Oiz. Qk. fui XaXovn-ii nor pi)/ia, gives so in-
telligible Bense. Hence I have supposed XoXoCirfi to be a cor-
ruption of Xdx^ff. and bo translated. Bat the corrupticm may
have originated in the Hebrew through the oon&sion of K^ and
■■np. 8. Instead erf .fftdfc, GM read f JHI*t='incited.'
mand which Enoch adminiiterad to eat et coniarvatnr oique dkdo Mtie
the wtttohari. B. Cf. xiii. 5 ; also jndioii Dw, qnoniam luigeli quidam
the^polo^of Atheiugonu : oCroi «/ tmiiigTSHi deoidemnt in temun in
irfi*\anA iKw*a&rT»inv ^fvmr... jndidum. S. Olonda Invited
<Aittt\ lit Tik ^m^nfiaia. far(piciS<^i me. Thii 11 a pecallar exprelrian
iiai^rtu. 6. Ct x. 9. ?■ See and m»y he due to »n error. We
I'rit. Note. Irenaeni IV. zvL 3. should expect eome Rich idea M ii
(Stitren'fl «d.) refen to (hii pHWge : Aiund in Pa. iriii. 10, 11; dr. 3.
Bnoeh. ..anm enet homo, legatdone fl-lS. Enoch U caniad ap Into heaven
ad angeloa Amgebatur et translatiii and pasiea within the enter wall that
,tradb,G0()glc
Sect. I.] Chapter XIV. 5-21. Si
Wge toDse wliicli waa built of crygtals ; and the walls of that
houee were like a moeaiu ctyetal floor, and its groundwork
was of crygtaL 11. Its ceiling was like the path of the
stars and lightnings, with fiery chembiin between in a
transparent heaven (lit. 'and their heavea was wat«r'). 1 2.
A flaming fire surrounded the walls of the house, and its
portal blazed with fire. 13, And I entered into that
bouse, and it was hot as fire and cold as ice : there were no
delights of life therein : fear covered me and trembling gat
hold upon me. 14. And as I quaked and trembled, I fell
upon mj face and beheld in a vision. 15. And lo ! there
was a second house, greater than the former, all the portals
of which stood open before me, and it was built of flames of
fire. 16. And in every respect it so excelled in splendour
and magnificence and extent that I cannot describe to you
its splendour and its extent. 17. And its floor was fire,
and above it were lightnings and the path of the stars,
and its ceiling also was flaming fire. 18. And I looked
and saw therein a lofty throne; its appearance was as
hoarfrost, its circuit was as a shining sun and the voices
of cherubim. 19. And from undemeaUi the great throne
came streams of flaming fire so that it was impossible to look
thereon. 30. And the Great Glory sat thereon and His
raiment shone more brightly than the sun and was whiter
than any snow. 21. None of the angels could ent«r
i3.Thereww«noaeUghtaof Ufothareln. SoOM li^O; Ai^Of^:
also the Qiz. Ok. Din. and FHLO read <^: D^i^Olt 'there
were no delights and no life thereia.' 20. TIlb Great Olory.
So G and the Qiz. Ok. Din. gives ' He that is great in glory.'
■mrounds the rpiraat or foreooLirt of apon Ii. vi ; Exak. i, i ; Dan. vii. 9,
the jwlace of God. 14. CI li. 3 ; 10. Thia puug« (tt. 18-11) ii uud
Ixzl. 11; Eiek. i. iS; Dul viii. 17, bj the aatbor of liii. 5-^. A loftr
l3, Ac is. Enoch approachea throne : of. Ezsk. i. 1 ; Dnn. tU. 9.
the palaoa of God bat doe* not enter, Aa hoarfrost, i.e. dazzliiig and
•■ DU mortal Diay behold God. Aa bright a* boiT^iwt : cf. Dan. vii. 9
tlie dooia are open, he can dewiiibe ■ whits nimaw.' 18. Cf. Dan. vii.
what is within. 18. In thl« and 10. 30. The Great Qlory : ef.
the follonlDK veraei, tlie writer draw* oil 3, Whiter than, &c. : cf. Dait
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
82 The Book of Enoch. [Sect, I.
ftud could behold the f&ce of the Honoured and Olorioos One
and no fleeh could behold Him. 22. A flaming fire was
round about Him, and a great fire stood before Him, and
none of those who were around Him oould draw nigh Him :
ten thousand times Usa. thonsand were before Him, but He
stood in no need of counsel. 33. And the holiness of the
holy ones, who were ni^h to Him, did not leave by night nor
depart from Him. 24. And until then I had had a veil on
my face, and I was trembling : then the Lord called me with
His own mouth and spake to me: 'Come hitiier, Enoch, and
hear My holy word/ 35. And He made me rise op and
approach the door : bnt I turned my face downwards.
XV. I. And He answered and spake to me with His
voice: *I have heard, fear not, Enoch, thou righteous man
and scribe of righteousness : approach and hear my voiee.
3. And go, say to the watchers of heaven, who have sent thee
to intercede for them : you should intercede for men, and not
men for you : 3. Wherefore have ye left the high, holy,
eternal heaven, and lain with women, and defiled yourselves
with the daughters of men and taken unto youreelvee wives,
and done like to the childrai of earth, and begotten giants
33. A flaming fire. So A O E M and the 0!e. Ok.: Din. and
F H L O ' Fire of flaming fire.' 33. And the hollnan of th«
holy onsc, irbo were nigh to Him, did not leave by night nor
depart flrom Him. So G lASSt^. ^<ill: XA; ^Clh "iOlh
A.M14>; AAti ortX)^, Xy^U-. Also the Oiz. Ok. 94. Bear.
80 the Oiz. Ok., but wanting in the Etbiopic MSS.
XV. I. 1 have heard. SoGMfl^Wl-. Other MSS. ft^TO ^
Tii. 9. SI. Tlie Honoured and omm and-'wtad' or'Tolce.' Inzd.
Glorloiu One : of. oiii. i. 39. i we ^oolil probnbly tiuolat* * the
Oonlddrawnisli: cf.niMaoc.it. 15: Ttnoe ealU me.' ntber (ban 'the
iTlm.Ti.itf. Ten thouaand time*, word' ha. SO. Eiuxih ii bidden
Ao. Dan. vii. 10. 33. Contraat to drav near tiie docs' bat not to
Ixd. 8. 34. M7 holr word ; tee enter.
CrlVNote. In iv. 1 , 1 have rendered XV. 1. Boribe of ligbtaonaneaa :
■ bear m; voice ' ai in the Oiz. Ok. see zii. 3 (note). %. Zntaroeda :
ThaSthit^wordiitlieiuieialMth lee iz. 10 (note). 8. ClxU. 4;
Digitized by GOOC^IC
Sect 1.] Chapters XIV. 22 — XV. 9. 83
(as your) eons. 4. Whilst you were Btill spiritoal, holy,
in the enjoyment of etemal life, you have defiled youraelves
with women, have b^otten (children) with the blood of flesh,
and have lusted after the blood of men, and prodoced
flesh and blood, as those produce them who are mortal
and shortlived. 5. Therefore have I given them wives
also that they might impr^nate them, and children be
borne by them, that thus nothing might be wanting t«
them on earth. 6. But you were formerly spiritual,
in the enjoyment of eternal immortal life, for all genera-
tions of the world, 7. Therefore I have not appointed
wives for you ; for the spiritual have their dwelling in heaven.
8. And now, the giants, who jjg^ j_ g_jg ,
ate produced from the spirits Rai jmA' frtpa- koI vvv oi
and flesh, will be called evil ylyturrti cA yfvvij$ivT(i &-na
spirits upon the earth, and on '"^'W™". ««' '^"P""* ^^-^^Ta
the earth will be their dwell- „^o^j_ g^^ « Karolia,<riS o^»v
ing. 9. Evil ^irits proceed l(rrai ivl Ttjs yifs, mfei/^wcro
■hear.' 5. Tliat thus, Ac So O : }un>: h'Tlh A.^1^: 7'OCi
DAiUSJm. Bui the last word 'throu^ them' (fern.) I have
rendered to them (maso.) as in the Gliz. Ok. wa n)/ iiikthtt aunui.
Din. and FHKNO read honj W^0-. M^ftCi 7-QC = wie solche
Dinge zu geschehen pfl^;en (Din.). 8. From tbe qpirits.
So G ii0»W^. So the Ok.: «r^ mrv^drmr. Other MSS.
and Din. X^l^^ = ' from the body,' but Ihia is clearly
Jodafi. 4-7. Far mkn m niortBl that theerilkctiTitiMof theaedamoM
uid dwdling upon the euth iredlock are not restnined or farbjddei) H
I« Appointed tlukt •■> tbe nwe may thoM of tbur pnient^ for the latter
oontinue to eiUt : bat for the angeU were throim into cbalm Immediately
who are immortal anil dwell in the on the death of the giaota, tbdr
heaTen inch oommingling ia oontni? obildien. S, 0. Tram the iplrlta
to their natora and invoWsi pollution MUl llwh : cee Crit. Note. On theae
and gnilt. B, 8. The anion of Tenei of. JoHtin. vlpoJ.uii, qaoted in
angelj and the daughters of men will the note on ii.8,91 Tertnll. Jpol.izii:
give birth to ■ new order of bcdngi, Qtiomodo de angelis qoibnedam sua
. giauta, and from theie giant* aponte oorruptlB con u p ti og gem dae-
when they die will pcooeedevil ipirita, mobmneTaierit-.^ndlitlaraau
I «, denona, and t^ieae will have the ordo oognaadtm. In I«et. JiutU- IL
earth lor their habitation. Obwrre ij, (he demoni are regarded pnrd^u
G 2
Digitized byCoOglt,
84
The Book
from their bodies; because
they are created from above,
(and) from the holy vatchers
is their begioniiig and primal
origin; they will be evil spirits
on earth, and evil spirits will
they be named, lo. And
the spirits of heaven have
their dwelling in heaven, but
the spirits of the earth which
were bom npon the earth have
on the earth their dwelling.
II. And the spirits of the
giants will devour, oppress,
destroy, attaek, do battle, and
cause destruction on the earth,
and work affliction : they will
take no kind of food, nor will
they thirst, and they will be
of Enoch. [Sect. r.
i^(Kijkv8iha &iri tov adjiaTos
TTfS <TapKdt airr&ti, bioTi &v6
TUf hyliitv T&V iyptfyop^v q
ip^ Ttjs KTtffeais air&v koI
ipX^I tfe^Xfbv. Tcvevnara tco-
ifijpi iwi T^s y^s iiTovTm, tA
vvcvfiara (al.: irp&ra) r&v yi-
ykvrtav vfp.6p.iva, dSiKwira,
&if>aviCovTa, ipitC-nTovra tcai
iTvtx-nahaloin-a koI ^ntTovvra inX
T^S yr\s Kol hp6pavi iroioCvra,
Ktti pii&v iadlovra, iAA' A<ri-
Tovvra Koi ipifrpara woiovi^o
Koi St^wvra koX tspoffK6irrovTa~
wrong. II. Will derour, oppran, dsstror, attack. So
the Syn. Gk. : vifUium, aJtucoumi, aipatlCovra, iptrlvTorra. Dln.'s Ethi-
opic text runs An»¥t: XAi t-l^O-. fif^t04 <D£a>j&*, and ia
thus translated by him: Wekhe auf die Wolken aich stttrzen,
werden verderben nnd herabstiirzen, but this is not poaaible gram-
matically. Before we compare tbe two versions we moat chnnge
fi^lli- into £"91^ in accordance with Q and the Ok. a<t>avlCovTa.
We find there, that f-l^O" is the exact equivalent of iSirinivTa,
ff At- the equivalent of o^un'^uin-u, and fiotjit a bad rendering of
iiiirivTorTa. We now come to the main difficulty, ^IiD^i XA as an
equivalent of rfiiAptm, Dr. N^eubauer has suggested to me that
the Hebrew may have been 13U i-e- *l!?='they oppressed,' of
which pffiufUM might stand as a free rendering, and that this UP
may have been confuted with |3ff 'a cloud' by the Qreek translator,
whom the Ethiopic followed. The Qiz. Gk, supports the corrupt
Ethiopic text, and reads vt<pAar. Nor will thejr thlrat. The Ok.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
8«t.l.] Ckapters Xy.io—XVJ.i. 85
invisible. 12. And these Kaii$avaaT^<rovTiuTa.-sv€6fiaTa
spirits will rise up against the iisX row vKovs rHv &»Op<iTiaip
children of men and against mt r&v yvvatKun, 5ti i$ airSiv
the women, hecau^e they have ^feAijAiJtfaa-f teal A-nb fjixipas
proceeded from them. xaipov fftpayfj^ km iv^tias
XVI. I. Inthedajsof mnrder icot ^aviirov t&u ytyivriav No-
uid of destruction and of the ^qAc^/i, oi Itrxtipot r^r ^t, oi
death of the giants when the fifyttAot ^vOfuurroC, rh mrriftara
spiritshaTegoneforthfromthe ri ^KwopfiioVtva awi t^s^^X^*
Boulsof theirfleeh,inordertode- air&v, its iK r^r aapKis i<rovTai,
Btroy without incurring judg- iufuarCiovTa \a3pU Kpltrtan, oi-
taeat — thus will they destroy r««s &(l>avia-oviri fUxp^s ^fUpai
until the day when the great tjjs r€\€t^<Tei>s, ius t^s KpCa-ton
consummation of the great tjjs ^iryA}ir)s, Iv ^ 6 alav 6 it4yas
world be consummated over nktvB^vtTai, i<l>' &iraf ifiov
the watchers and &o godless. Ttktir0^<rfTai.
18 wroag iu omitting the negative Jk^urra. H is likewise wrong,
1 3. Will rise up agaiust. So M. All other HS8. add a nega-
tive : the Ok. Gonfirms M.
XVI. I. Correct Xy"lW|- in Dln.'a text into X^fSW witli
E and N and the Ok. ini t^c imjfit, and Iftt into tV<<7^ with A £
y a H K L M N O and the Gk. rAuatrtwr. The text is atiU very
corrupt ; but it ie not difficult to restore the original with tlie help
of the Book of Jubilees and the Syn. Gk. which runs : ra itwu/uith
ri tKtroptti6iitra mii t^c 'f'vx^c ovTur, o>r ix rqi trapxic (itoitoi, at^afifovrn
X"?'" Kpltrttn, o&rut atfiaiiltroviri ftixp^i ^ftipas ti/r TtXiiaxriaiv. In the
Book of Jubilees, cb. x, it is said that the purpose of the demons
is AA'TK?: a)AAftA-h ^Ao"; IHi='to destroy and lead asti-ay
until the judgment.' This gives the sense of the Gk. and what
should be the seuEe of the Ethiopic. The text then should
read: Alt; fd: fD$^i omiltj X^^Mts J"P Vaa«, tlfilhh
Hfoyflh HXiaAi hJii h"™- t^tli-i Xfth; Ortt: f ¥Jl"Xt: OOfi.
This is the text which 'we have translated above. For this use
of A in (ifiM- as an inseparable conjunction of purpose, see Dln.'s
XVX 1. Set Crit Note. The appeui in tb« Book of Jnbileei x,
Jemona will not be ponidied till the nd In tbe N.T. Cf. Matt. vili. 19,
final jadgment. This deatriae likewise 'Art Thoa oome Uther W toiment
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
86 The Book of Enoch. [S«rt. i.
The following Fragment is not foniul in the Ethioptc
Version. It probably belongs to tbe lost Apocalypse of Noab
which is interwoven with the book of Enoch.
Kat oStftr' Ttafiii 8! row Spovs Ip ^ £fxo(rav koI iifSffiArurav
Tfpds t6v uKrfalov airr&», Jrt tU thv oluva oi }ir) iitoirTrj &ir'
airov ^)(_os koI x**^" '^"■^ nAxpti koI bpoaoi oi fit) Karaj9^ fis
airro, cI /jt) ct; Karipav Karo^^erat in' aM, fW^ptf iifiipas
Kplirtms Ttis ixryiXijs. iv ry Kttip^ htCvif KoraKavS'^iTfTtu koI
raimvwdqVerat koI tarat KaTaKai6fi€iiov koI vr\K6p.evov Sts Kijpos
airb mphi, otfrats KaTaxa^afrai irtpl irAirruv rSv Ipymv avrou.
Kol mv iyii A^yoi jfiLP uloi; dvdpc^wi', ^py^ fuyiiXff ko^* vptuv,
Karti rwv ulwc iiiQi', koI ov Tair<rcTai ^ ■)/>y^ aUnf A^' ipMP,
fi^XP^ KOtpoO <r<f>ayrjs t&v vl&v vn&v, koi iTiokovvrat ol iya-
ffrrrol I'jt^i' Kal &vo6avovvTtu ol timp.01 vpMv &ird tt6<n}S t^e T^fi
on irao'at al ^fUpai rfjs C'l'^f alrr&v Avi roG i>Cv oi fi^ tvovrai
iskfim T&v tKoriv tlKo<rtv iriiv. kqI p,if Btf^rc 4ti ^trai iiii
■jtktlova hi}' oi yhp iarw itr' aWois irtura iths Ixific^^tios ivi
TOV vvv bii r^v ipY^>'i ^^ upyfadij ifiXv 6 ^atrtXriw vivrav t&v
al^wav fuj VQfd<n)Tt Stt iK^ru^taOf rowro.
Kal Tovra piv ix tov vp^rao jSt^Uov 'Ei«!>x "^pl ™*' ^CI*
ydfM)!).
3. And now as to the watchers who have sent thee to
intercede for them, who had been aforetime in heaven, (say to
them,) 3. "Yon have been in heaven, and though the
hidden things had not yet been revealed to you, you knew
worthless mysteries, and tiieee in the hardness of your hearts
Lex. Col. 34. The Giz. Ok. supports tlie view taken above: U r^t
^X7' r^c vap*it avrAv 7<rrai, though it wroiigly omits the it. Dln.'s
test is very corrupt and misleadiDg. Over the watobers and
the godlma. Not in either Greek fragment. 3. Worthless.
See Appendix. Cf. the Oiz. Gk. rb <V tov 6tou ytytvrnuiMi*.
yuhiforetiietimtV Oonanminktloa: SfroM. ed. DinUoif. iii. g ; JtyyiMt
■M xIt. a (not«). S. Thii ttate- imaoi ol rkr Sw KK^r *hqx^(t,
■sent b ths buii of Clem. Al«z. K«ttKir9iirwmt tit lilcwdt, <E«(m» ri
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
8«t I.] Chapters XVI. ■i — X VII. 4.
87
you have recoanted to the women, and thiougli these mysteries
women and mrai work mnch evil on earth." 4. Say to
them therefore : " You have no peace." '
[XVII. I. And they took me away to a place where there
were forms like flamingo fire, and when they wished they
appeared as men. 3. And they conducted me to the place
of the whirlwind and to a mountain, the point <A whose
summit reached to heaven. 3. And I saw the places of
the luminaries and of the thunder at the ends thereof ; in the
depths thereof, a fiery bow and arrows and their qaiver,
and a fiery sword and all the lightnings. 4. And they
took me to the water of life, and to the fire of the west.
XVII. 9. O r«ads 0)AJU=the7 oondnotwd ma. Cf. i/'M in
TV. I, 4. Other MS8. give OiAjU, ' one conducted me.' The Qis.
Qk. BupportB O. 3. Tha plaoas of tb« lomlnarles. 80 M O—
«»»l9t: flCVrt-, aho G an^-flCt: -acyfl-. 80 alao the Qiz. Gk.
Din, and F H L N : ' brightly shining places.' After tlia plaoes
of the lumlnarleB the Giz. Gk. adds uil nAt Btjmnipoit ru*
doTipiw. At the ends tlLsreof. See Appendix. And
hifp^rm rmt yvraiHr tra rt «If
Yrwrv atrw ifSmi. 4. Ho p9«oo :
■ae r. 4 (note).
XVU-XIZ. Then chftpters an
etrtMialj roreign to ths mt of tliis
MctioD. The; us full of Greek ele-
ment*. We bare nferenoM in zvii.
5, G to the pTtiphlegeChoD, Stjx,
AoheronuidCaejtai; inzTiLj, 7, S;
iviil. 10, to the Ommi Strewa : in
itU. 6, to Hadea in the wot. Again,
xviii. 6-^ it t, AafikUia aooonnt of
Tiix, 1-3; xriiL 13-16 a dopliOBte
Bcoonnt of ui. 1-6, and xii of zd.
7-10, tbongh in the lait eaaa there
are important diTergeiicief. AgiJn,
lie I oontradiotazT. 4-1 a ; for, whetaM
we have in sz demcnio beingi before
tlie tUI of the angeli, in tlie Nat of
i-iizvl the demon! are dewiribed ai
the ehildrcD of the fidlen angd*.
XTH. 1. Ponna like "^"'"t
firs, Su). Tittme are lome kind of
angela; cf. xii. i. S. Flaoa of
the whirlwind : of. Job xniii, 9.
A monntaln. It ii impossible to
dstermine aujtliiiig about this monn-
tnia. S. Flaoaa of the Inmin-
arlB*. These niay be the ' ohamben
of the luminaries': of. ili.s. Of the
thnnder : of. xli. 3; zliv; lii; Ix.
13-15 and note*. In the depth*
liumot, i. e. of the places of the
thnnder. Tleir "bow — (be bow with
which the li^tnlngs are shot : cf. Ps.
Tii.ii;H*b.iiL9;LMQ.ii.4iiii. II.
Arrows, i. e. the lightninga : ef. Ps.
zriti. 14; Izxvli. 17, 18. Their
anlTor: of. Lam. lii. 13. Sword:
cf. P«. tIL la; Dent, zzzii. 41.
4. The water of Ufo: see Crit.
Note. Cf. 'tlie fountun of lite,' in
Digitized byCoOglc
88 The Book of Enoch. [Soct. I.
which receives every eettmg of the san. 5- -^^ ^ came to
a river of fire, the fire of which fiowB like water and discharges
itself into the great aea towards the west. 5. .And I eaw
all the great rivers and came to a great darkness, and went to
the place where i^ flesh wanders. 7. And I saw the
mountains of the darkness of winter and the place whence the
waters of the entire deep flow, 8. And I saw the mouths
of all the rivers of the earth and Uie mouth of the deep.
XVIII. 1. And I saw the chambers of all the winds, and I
saw how He had furnished with them the whole creation and
the firm foundations of the earth. 2. And I saw the corner-
stone of the earthy I saw the four winds which bear the earth
and the firmament of tlie heaven. 3. And I saw bow the
winds stretch out the vaults of heaven and have their station
between heaven and earth : these are the pillars of the heaven.
a Aeiy sword. Not ia the Giz. Ok. 4. Th« wator of li£e.
80 the Giz. Gk. All Ethiopic MSS. insert the epithet ' so-calW '
before water, bnt snch a description would be incompatible with
the prophetic role of the author. 6. After cams the Giz. Gk.
inserts ' to the great river and.' All fleah. The Giz. Gk. states
exactly the opposite itrav irami irftf({ oi vtpanati. If the Greek is
right, we may find a parallel to this statement in xii. 3. If tiie
Ethiopic is right, the place is to be taken as Hades, as in the
note. 7. The mountaliia of tbe darkness of winter. The Giz.
Gk. gives ' the wintry winds of the darkness.' We have no means
of determining which is light. Tlie plaoa wbenoe, not ' den
Ort wohin ' as Din. Cf, the Qiz. Gk. n}* i<qiy<r».
Pi. xiivi. g; ProT. i. tl ; xiii. 14; *«., i. b. Ooaaniu.
ziT. 37 ; xri. 3] ; Iter. uU. 17, 'miter XVIH. 1. Ohamben of all the
of life.' Fire of tlu w<at : am xiiii wlndi : sea xli. 4 (note) ; Ix. 1 1, 13 ;
(notes). 6. BlTerofflre: the »Im> xxxiv-ixxTi. Poimd>tioiu of
Hupi^ry^far. Orsat aaa : 'OmavJj the oavth. & frequent phraae in the
or tbe Qreat Ocean Stream. 6. O.T. Cf. nSam.xiil. 16; Jobixxriii.
All the srest rlvera : Styx, 4; Pa. xdii. 15; liixii. 5, fto. S.
AcberoiL and Coojliu. The place OomeratODo: Job.xzzviif. 6. The
where, An., L e. Hadei. 7. The four winds. Thia (heor; hw no
mauntaic*, Ao.: lee Crit. Note. rootinllieO.T. S. PtUaraoftlia
S. The mouttu of all tlia rlvsra, heaven: theexpreidon ia from Job
ilizedbyGoOglc
Sert.I.] Chapters XVII. 5 — XVIII. it. 89
4. And I saw the winds which turn the heaven, which brin^
the circumference of the sun and aJl the stars to their setting.
5. And I saw the winds on the earth, which cany the clouds;
and I saw the paths of the angels : I saw at the end of the
earth the firmament of the heaven above, 6. And I pro-
ceeded towards the south, and there it bums day and night,
where there are seven mountains of magnificent stones, three
towards the east, and three towards the south ; 7. and
indeed of those towards the east, one was of coloured stone,
and one of peark, and one of antimony, uid those towards the
sooth of red stone. 8. But the middle one reached to
heaven, like the throne of Qod, of alabaster, and the summit
of the throne was of sapphire. 9. And I saw a flaming
fire, which was in all the mountains. 10. And I saw there
a place, over against the great earth : there the heavens were
gathered together. 11, And I saw a deep abyss, with
pilkrs of heavenly fire and among them I saw pillara of
heavenly fire fall which were in number beyond count alike
towards the height and towards the depth. 12. And over
XVUI. 4. Instead of f OCIh AbflO, G has the Btraoge reading
tOCth lOAl MHI. 10. Heavsns. So OM tm^ aod the
0i2.Gk. Later MSS.'^.r^' waters.' ii. I saw a deep abyM.
So OM. DId. and FHELNO add 'in the earth.' But this
abyss is beyond the earth. The Gii. Ok. supports G M.
zxri. II. A. Tom thahesvui, and Uiim In the South and the uTanth
Ae: of. Izzii. g', lixiiL i. S. •tth^pointofoontwt l^odMorip-
OuiT tbe oloada. An «xpluuttion ti™ here nriea lomBwhat from tlut
of the dJScultiM (qggerted in Job in izIt. 1-3. ThsM moontadiw Me
xxtTi. 19; xxitU, 16, At the end mentionedintheBookot JnUUeeviji.
of the earth the flnnunent, Ao. S. Of lappUt* : et Eiek. i. a6.
The end> of the firmameitt of heaTcn 10. The nme idea aa in zviii. £;
iMt on the endi of th« earth: cf. xrxiii. a. 11. Thii ma^r be the tnal
nxiiJ. 1 ; the nralt of heaven ii lap- place of paniahment fbi the Mien
ported by the wlndl, ztiil i, 3. angel*. If wi, of. x. 6, 13 ; lii; xxi.
Q'0. Thi« t« another Terdoo of what 7-10 ; ic 14. Of heavenlj fire : cf.
ii reooanted In zzIt. 1-3. TheM Gen. lii. 34,' Pi. xL6; Euk. uzriii.
■eren moaatiJiu lie three in the East n. 19-16. Tliii plaoe of pnniih-
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
90
The Book of Enoch.
[Sect. T.
that xbyss I saw a place whi«h had ao finnameiit of the
heaven above and no foundation of earth bmeath it : there
was no water npon it and no birds, bat it was a waste place.
13. And what I saw tiiere was horrible — seven stars like
great burning monntaine, and like spirits, which besought me.
14. The angel said ; ' This is the place where heaven and
earth terminate, it serves for a prison for the Btars of heaven
and the boat of heaven. ij. And the stars which roll
over the fire are they which have trausgresBed the command-
ment of Grod before their rising because they did not come
forth at the appointed time. t6. And He was wroth with
them and bound them till the time when their gpilt should be
consummated in the year of the mystery.'
XIX. I. And Uriel said to me 'Here will stand the
angels who have connected themselves with women, and thdr
XIX. I. DId.'s t«xt is very corrupt. Hence I have transferred
the from -flHC^ \a the word before it, in accordance with the
Qiz. Qk. Again I have read XMl for XIh» with BCHMNO,
and Mt, for OOAI* with C Q L K N 0. Thus we have a literal
ment for tlie disobedient aUn ii tiffia
deecribed in zii 1-6. It \a ftli«>d;
oecupiad. 13. Seven; >naied
number in tbie book. HotmUlJlUL
The«tan ■» larger thiin they i^tpeKr.
Iiike epliits whioh beaonglit me.
The Stan kre r^krded u oomdoai
being! and aooordinglj punished for
their diaobedienoe. Cf. the l^Wptt
T\arqT<u in Jnde 13. 16. The
angdkaowa not when the pnniihment
of theee itan will be over, and de-
clarae tliia to be > myiteiy; jet in
xiL 6 Ail myateiy ia diaekaed.
XZX. Thii chftpter hai been misia-
teipreted bj Din. We hkTe already
leen (p. S7] that zvii-xix are an
intradiiti in the preaent t«it, tad tbe
ziz. I tbe angela are aaid to aednoe
mankind into laoriSoiiigtotbe demoni
aa godi ; bnt acaoiding to z-ivi thia
IB impoaaible ; for tha deman* are the
spiiitc which have gone forth from
tbe ohildren of these angela, and aa
the impriaonmoiit of the angelA and
the deatmoUon of their ohildren were
in effect Doutemponneoaa (x. 11), it
waa impoaaible for the former to teaoh
men to aaorifice to demoiu. Aooord-
ing to IV. ii-xri an end wni aet to
the daatamctive tigendee of the fallen
angel* by their impriaonment, whereaa
unlimited tioeme waa aooorded to the
demona till the Sual Judgment. We
have ha«, therefore, a different view
oF the origifn of the demon-world.
ThedemDni,aooDrdingto tbiaohapter, )
•re in eiiitenoe beibre the fidl of the
D,;,t.z.dDy Google
SMti.] Chapters XVI 11. 13 — A'A". 4. 91
spirits assuming many difFerent fomu hare defiled mankind
and will lead them astray into sacrificing to demons as gods,
(here will they stand,) till the day of the great judgment on
which they ehal! t>e judged till they are consanunated. 2.
And with their women also who led astray the angels of
heaven it will fare in like manner as with their friends/ 5.
And I, Enoch, alone saw the vision, the ends of all things :
and DO man will see what I have seen as I have seen.]
XX. I. And these are the names of the holy angels who
watch. X. Uriel, one of the holy angels, the angel over
the world and over Tartarus. 3. Rofael, one of the holy
angels, the angel of the spirits of men. 4. Bagnel, one of
translation of the Giz. Qk. 3. The Qiz. Gk. differs greatly : «ai
□I yvntaiat atrr&ir rw ynpuffair m ' AyytX-mir dt mifi^nit yarrivoiTai. 3.
WIU MS. So O M, and the Qiz. Ok. Din. and F H ' has seen.'
XX. 3. The angel over the woild. 80 G HAM^, and the
Giz. Ok. M rev k6vimv. Din. gives 'over thunder.* Over
Tartarus. So the Oiz. Gk., but all Ethiopic M8S. give ' over
uigeU.
M soda: ot D«Qt. uxii. 171 Pi.
cvi. 37 ; Bar. It. 7. Thii pMMge imd
zoii. 7 are probablj the >oiin)e of
Tertalliui, Dt Mot. It : Hnooh pime-
di««M onuda elamentft, omuem moudi
canium, qnM omIo, q<ue man, quae
term oontineatur. In idoliitruaii ver-
■aroe daemoiui et ■[uiitui deMrtoram
Kogelonun, nt pro Deo mItosui Deuin
coaBwTarentur. D^ of the sraat
Jodamant : ace ilr. I (note). Are
oonraiiiinated, or 'are dertrojed.'
9. The wt>iaen will be mtbjeoted (o
the latiie poniidunsnt ai the fUlen
»pgeU : t£. I. 13. 8. The anda
of all thinca. Qaotwl by Clemena
Alex. Edog. Pnp\. (Dind. ii!. 456) :
* AanJ)X X^i liuSafih rf "E^x rf
*lfnriTi"KaitlS9i'TistKia'*dffai,"»ai
by Otigen, D* Frine. iv. 35: aoriptniii
namqoe eat hi eodem libello dioente
Buodi ' amrenaa material per-
XZ. In mj Gen. lolrod. I have
b«atad thia ohnpler a* an interpola-
tion. The oompariioD, however, of
tli« Oil. Qk. ihowa that nuuiy of the
■tatamenta diacordant with the reat of
the aection are foreign to the tnia text.
This ohapt^, therefore, waa probably
an ori^nat part of thia Motion. 1.
'Who watoh : aee lii. 3 (nol«}. S.
The provinoe aaaigned to Uriel eerrea
to explain aueh paangea a* xxi. 5, g ;
xxrii. 1 ; xixill. 3, 4. Ct hit rAle in
rv Exra iv. I. 8. Bu&el : aaa i.
4, 7. The definiUon hen giraa ia
vague, but Huita admirably in ixiL 3,
6. In ixxii 6, howarer, Rufaal dia-
chargaa dutiea whioh aoooi^ng to xi.
7 (hoald belong to GabrieL 4.
Basnel (&tnn VJ^ ' to ohaatiae ' or
'terrify') ia the olianiuir of the la-
itradb, Google
92 The Book of Enoch. [Secti.
the holy angels, who takes vengeance on the world and on the
luminaries. 5. Michael, one of the holy angels, to wit, he
that is set over the best part of mankind, over the people.
6. Saraq&^, one of the holy angels, who is set over the spirits
of tiie children of men, whose spirits have sinned. 7.
Gabriel, one of the holy angels, who is over I^radise and the
serpoito and the Cbembin.
XXI. I ■ And I went round to the place of cbaos (lit. ' where
nothing was made'). %. And I saw there something
horrible, I saw neither a heaven above nor a firmly founded
earth, but a place chaotic and horrible. 3. And here I
saw seven stars of the heaven bound t(^fether in it, like great
mountains and flaming as with fire. 4. On this occasion I
said ' For what sin are they bound, and on what account have
they been cast in hither P ' 5. Then spake Uriel, one of the
holy angels, who was with me and was chief over them, and
qaaHng,' The Greek is right; cf. xxi; xzvii. 3. 6. See
Appendix. 7. FaradiM and the Hrpenta. So Q and the Qiz.
Ok. DId. inverta this order. The aerpentfi may be Seraphim.
See Appendix.
XXI. 2. I saw neither a haavan above. So G CUk (DlL/l<^i
AM: and tbe Git. Gk. ki>p<aa oSn ohpan^ i-nava. DIq. givea ' no
high heaven.' A plaoe obaotio. So G flolils HM: J&Ao^ but
that it wrongly omits the negative : cf. the Giz. Gk. tinior axata-
oKtiaaTov. Later MSS. add 'empty ' after 'place' sgainst G and
the Giz. Gk. 5. And was ohiaf over tbem. So the Oiz.
Ok., jcol aiT^c aiiTa,¥ jf/flro. Uriel is over Tartarus, xx. 3. Cf. for
miiuriei and leenu la be rightly bo the ipekber in zxxii fMscocding to
mentioiled in xxiii. 4, aooording to the thii Tone.
moat protMibla text. See Appendix. XZZ. 1-6. T^ plus of pnnidi-
6. Michael i* the gaardiui uigel at ment of the dinbedient ttut haa
bnel: to In Dan. i. 13, ii; xii. I, been al read; dsmibed in iTiii. 6-1 a.
andlikewiae nniTcnatly : ue W«ber, Thateilnomaterialdiffarencebetween
L. d. T, i6s ; aooording to thi« vone the two aoconnta. 1. Origan
Michael it poaribly the right speaker (C« PHne. it. 35) hw dted thii
in zziT-xxTi. fl. SaraqUL Not vene: Ambulari uique ad imperfee-
foand elaewhere. 7. Gabriel thonld turn. 2. Ofaaotio : see Crii. Note.
,l,zedbyG00gl>,
Sect. I.] Chapters XX. i — XXII. i. 93
said : ' Whei'efore dogt thon ask, and why dost thou enquire
and art curious P 5. These are the stare which have trans-
gressed the commandment of God, and are bound here till ten
thousand ages, the number of the days of their guilt, are con-
summated.' 7. And from ^ence I went to another place, '
which was still more horrible than the former, and I saw
a horrible thing : a great fire was there which flamed and
blazed, and the place was cleft as far as the abyss, being
full of great descending columns of fire : its extent and
size I could not see, nor was I able to see its origin.
8. Then I spoke ' How horrible is this place and how hideous
to look upon I ' 9. Then Uriel answered me, one of the holy
angels who was with tne : he answered and spake to me ' Why
do you entertain such fear and alarm at this horrible place
and in the presence of this pain ? ' jo. And be spake to
me ' This place is the prison of the angels, and bere they will
be imprisoned for ever.'
XXII. I. And then I went to another place, and he sbowed
phrase, xxiv. 6. Ethiopio MSS. wrongly 'and was my chief or
' guide.' Wh7 dost thou enquire and art eurloua P So O M.
Din. and F H L N O iuBert ' why doat thou ask J ' after why dost
thou enquire P ti. Ctod. So G and tbe Giz. Qk. Din. gives
' Host High Qod.' 7. The place waa oleft. 80 G, reading
0Bl||, instead of Dln.'s corrupt oAl^ and the Giz. Gk. duunr^*
tXxa i timot. 8. Hideous to look upon. So G r&tM-^.
Other MSS. !bfiH9^ 'painful to look upon.'
6. God. Late MSa read ' Mort High detailed d«Krip(ioii of Shsol or Hade*.
God,' bat WTODgljF — ne Crit. Note. Aocording to tbii writer Sheol U
riua title ii not (band in Enoch sitiiated in the fur weit accDidiiig to
tboii^ ' Mort High' ie fonnd in Greek and EgTptian ideas, and in
all the taatiDwi i Bee idz. 3 (note), thig respect the writer mna counter
7-10. In these venes we have a full to the Tiews of the Hebrews who
dewsriptioooftheGiial plane of punish- placed Sheol in the underworld. In
mant for the angels. See ivUi. 11 ; all the other seoUonsof (be book Um
xix. Hebrew oonoeptdon prevsils. This is
XXZI.'Fhii chapter contains a TS17 the matt andeub aocoimt of the
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
94
The Book of Enoch.
[Sect. I.
me in the west a great high mountain and hard rocks luid
fonr beautiful phuses. z. And there were there deep
and wide (places) perfectly emooth, as smooth as something
which rolls, and deep and black to look at. 3. And this
time Bnfael answered me, one of the holy angels who was
with me, and spake to me: 'These hollow places whereon
- Hhe spirits of the sonls of the dead are assembled, have
been created to this very end, that all the souls of the
children of men should assemble here. 4. These places
are appointed as their habitation till the day of their judg-
ment and till their appointed period, and this appointed
period is long, till the great judgment comes upon them.'
5. And I saw the spirits of the children of men who were
XXII. a. The Ethiopic here is defective snd misleading. See
Appendix. 3. Tbe spirits of the soula of tba dead. 80 0,
reading Al¥^^av* instead of Bln.'s l^/^aix. H gives the some
doctrine of Sheol from the Fhariwie
or Chuld standpoint, but dewl; thU
doclrioe OMinot luve leaped .into life
fullgiown u it ^ipean here, but
mnjst klreodf tuva pwied tluoogli
WTenl Rtagee of derdopment. Hades
is DO longer here, h in tlie O.T., ft
place mainly of ■ Beniicatudoiu nm-
monl Btate of sxiitanos where the
only diitinoUone that prevailed were
TCoial and not mnnl ; bat hai already
become essentially a place of conauious
eiiatcnoe, where cTerything ii deter-
mined by moral distinctions and moral
diatinotions alone. See Idii. lo for
the hidory of this dootrine. So tax
as we may infer from i-izzvl, the doc-
trin* of this ehaptw most be limited
to IsiaelitM and thsir progenitMS
from Adam, jost as only Isntdites are
taken aooomit of in Dan. liL ],
Tonr. There are fbnr dmnooa in
Hades: twofiff therig^teons, vt. g-9.
and two for tbe wicked, tt. 10-13.
BeantifUL His epithet haa 00 right
here. ItiepresentatcaXaf.aoorraptian
of KoiXoi, and tbli latter beldngsd to
the neit reise, See Appeudiz. 3.
TUf vene must rafer to the places of
ponishmeiit — ' deep and black to look
at.' See vr. 10-13. B- BnflMl.
As Schodde remarki, Bufad has the
Bsme lAle In ToUt. Bpirlta of the
Bonis of the dead : see Crit. Note.
8, 4. The ot^eot with which HadM
was oraatad. 6-7. The lint di*MaD
of Sheol contains those ri^teona aaols
which in thcdr life met with peneca-
don and suffered a riolant and an-
Jseut' II ed death, lleee ory continually
to Qod fbr Tengeanee on those who
wrongad them. In the time of the
author many of the Chaddim mnit
have perished in this way. This idea
of the righteoos or of the angels
vying ^at Tengeaace en the wicked
is In swne fctm common to all the
srctions of this book. CC iz. 1-3, 10,
It; zxU. 5-S; xlviL i, 3; luxii. 76;
xcviL 3, 5 ; xdi. 3, iS ; eiv, 3. Cf.
ilizedbyGoOC^It,
Sect I.] Chapter XXII. 2-12. 95
dead and their voice penetrated to the heaven and compUined.
6. This time I aeked the angel EaEael who was with me and
spake to him ; ' Whose spirit is that one yonder whose voice
thoB penetrates (to heaven) and complains?' 7. And he
answered me and spake thus to me saying : ' This is the spirit
which went forth from Abel, whom his brother Cain slew,
and he keeps complaining of him till his seed is destroyed
from the face of the earth, and his seed disappears from
amongst the seed of men.' 8. And therefore at that time I
asked r^arding faim, and regarding the judgment of all,
' Why is one separated from the other ? ' 9. And he
answered me and spake to me : ' These three divisions are made
to separate the spirits of the dead. And the souls of the'
righteous are thus separated (fi'om the rest) .- there is a
spring of water and light above it. 10. Such a (division}
likewise has been made for sinners when they die and are
buried in the earth without incurring judgment in their
lifetime. Ii. Here their souls are placed apart in this
great pain, till the great day of judgment and punish- '
ment and torture of the revilers for ever, and vengeance
for their souls, there will they be bound for ever. 12.
meaning ovf^^Atl If^^cn*'. Bin. and FELMN give 'the spirits,
the souls of the dead.' The Oiz. Qk. supports Q. See Crit. Note
alMiBev.Ti. lo; IT Em iv. 35; ffeber, in life. Mid SiuJly attained to bonour-
h.d.T. 314. 9, 7. Abcl't Hial able biiri»L According to Hebrew
criei for the defltruoticsL of the (eed &nd Greek ideal the privation of
of Cain; o£ Gen. ir. 10. S. Ttin fnnenl litea «■■ a great oalamity,
Tens UTvei to introduoe an acoonnt and involTed, at leait acoording to
of the three remaining diTlBl(ni8 of Greek ideas, ineTitabU ■nffeTing br
Bhe<J. S. The •eoond dividun the departed aouL 11. Great
li Cut Uie lonli of the righteooi who pain : of. diL 7, 8 1 Lake xvi. 13-3J.
have not aa thoee in the fint divliion Oraat day of jndgment. See zov.
mat with a violent and nndBurred 3 (note). Of ttaa ravllen. This
death. These have a ipring of water oonld also be tranilated ' of the ao-
and light. G may be right here :' a coned' (lit. on thoee whom one
^iringof thewaterofUfo:' af.x?ii.4, conei). For Avar. Thlimeantonly
Crit. Note. 10, U. Tba tliird to theSsal jodgment. U. 19. He
divi^on ii for thole nnnen who lived fborth dlvlakm la for the unnen who
pToapetDuily and eacaped punlahment aaffered In tbwr life and tiierefore
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
96
The Book of Enoch.
[Sect.!.
And Buch a division has been made for the souk of those
who complain and make known their deetmction when they
were slain in the days of the stoners. 13, Thus it has
been made for the souls of men who were not righteous
bnt sinn^fi, complete in their crimes : they will be with
oriminals like themselves; bnt their souls will not be slain
on the day of judgment nor will they he raised from thence.'
14. Then I bleraed the Lord of glory and said : ' Blessed be
my Lord, the Lord of righteousness, who ruleth for ever.'
XXin. X. From tlience I went to another place towards
the west, unto the ends of the earth. 2. And I saw a
burning fire which ran without resting and paused not from
its course day or night but (ran) r^ularly. 3, And I
on ix. 10. 14. The Iiord of rlghtaoumuB, who mleth for
over. So Q M. Dk. and F H L N O give ' The Lord of glory and
righteousnesH who ruleth all things for evermore.'
XXUI, 1. And pauMd not. 80 Din. and F H E L M N and
the Giz. Gk. G omits.
inoor % Ian penaltj in Sheol. 18.
Booh a divldoa hu been made.
Thii ii the reading of the Gii. Gk.
»nd hu good psraUeU in Tenei 9, 10.
See Appendix. The Ethlopio USS.
inatrt sguiut Uie Greek the words
' if it «>■ before eteniitj.' Bnt
thin addition <■ meauinglen, and
mint be ooiTupt. Oomplaia, Ao.
Tlieae linnen demand vengeance on
Umm thkt did violence to them
in life, jnit aa the righteoiu in
the Grat diviaion demanded juatice
Bgainet thoie that bad dertroyed
them. In the day* of the ala-
nen: probablf thedmeeof Antiochua
Epijdianus. IS. Their aonla will
not b« alaln. Tbere are degreei of
auSerlng in Sheol. The wont peoaltj
^ipeantobe ' thealajliigof theaonl,'
but even this did not imply annibiU-
tion. Be* oviii. 3 (note); alao xcix.
II. Hor wtU tlwr be railed. The
ainnsn in the tUcd diriiiati will riae
in order to be delivered over to a
aeverer condemnation. The resllrTee-
tion here implied 1* of IumI only:
•0 the entire aeotion i-xizvi would lead
ni to Infer. Othenriae tliia declaratian
of a Qenend Keeurrectinn ia aalilary
and unique in pre-Chriatian Jewiah
Apocrypha. 14. After each fresh
revelation Enoch generally bunts
forth into a doiology. Cf. uv. 7 ;
uvli. jiziivi. 4;iiiii, g-li;ilviii.
10 ; Izizi. 3 ; Izixiii. 1 1 ; Ixxiiv \ xc.
40. These doiologies have aa » rale
% eloM oennexioD in thought with
their reapeoUve oontenta. Iiord of
Klory: see xxv. 3 (note). X>ord of
: cf. s
'■3-
TrTTTTt 1, s, Enooh atill remains
in the Weat, hot pioceeda to another
quarter of the Weat where there ia
a restless river of fire. ivii. 4 ap-
pean to deal with the same sabject.
,tradb,G0()glc
Sect. I.] Chapter XXII. 13 — XXIV. 5. 97
asked, sayiDg : 'What ie ihie whicli rests notP' 4. This time
Rag^elj oae of the holy angels who was with me, answered me
and spake to me : ' This burning fire in the direction of the
west, the coarse of which yoa have seen (is the Sre of) all the
luminaries of heaven.'
XXIY. I. From thence I went to another place of the earth,
and he showed me a mountain range of fire which fiamed day
and night. a. And I approached it and saw seven mag-
nificent mountains each different from the other, and magni-
ficent beautiful stones, magnificent as a whole, of glorious
appeamnce and fair ^terior; three towatds l^e east, one
founded on the other, and tiiree towards the south, one upon
the other, and deep winding ravines, no one of which joined
vrith any other. 3. And the seventh mountain was between
these, and in their elevation tiiey all resemble the seata of
a throne ; and the throne was encircled with fragrajit trees.
4. And amongst them was a tree such as I had Dever yet
smelt : neither was any amongst them nor were others like it ;
it had a fragrance beyond all fragrance : its leaves and blooms
and wood wither not for ever : and its fruit is beautiful, and
it resembles the dates of a palm. 5. And on this occasion
I said : ' Behold this beautiful tree, beautiful to look upon,
and its leaves are fair uid its fruit very delightful to the eye.'
XXIV. 2. One founded on the othar. Bo Din. and FHKLMO.
For 9M\ ON read )tiKl='nioaiited or reatiiig upon.' Ona
upon the other. So DEFGHKLMN. Din. with ABCO
inserts tOM-fi 'one founded on the other.' The Gia. Gk. sapporU G.
4. Thel<l(«,uIHii.>iigguti,naiuto Enoch Snd* H to ootuiat of Beren
be that the lomiiuuieg rtoniit their iammiti, the middle »nd higheat of
WMtad firee by pasting through thii vhich ii tha tlirone of God. llieie
mtlan atreani of fire In the Wait, moontalni were oompoaed of predoiu
The text Kenui oormpt 8ae Ap- Monea, each of a different one. Hie
peodii. throne wai girt with fngrant trees,
ZXIV. 1-S. Thii mountain nuige, the moat denrable of troM. 4. The
Booording to iviii. 6-g, li in ths tree here described, eo notable for ita
Smtli. On nearer acqn^tonce fragranoa (of. zzr. 6], ia the tree of
,tradb,G0()glc
The Book of Enoch,
[Sect.]
6. Then BJiswered Michael, one v/t the holy and honoured
angeb who was with me, and was in charge thereof :
XXY. J. And he spake to me, 'Enoch what dost thon aek
as touching the fragrance of this tree and what dost thon seek
to know ? ' 2. Then I, Enoch, answered him and smd :
' I ehonld like to know about everything, but especially about
this tree.' 3. And he answered me and said : ' This high
mountain which thon hast seen, whose summit is like the
throne of the Lord, is His throne, where the Holy and G-reat
One, the Lord of Glory, the Eternal King, will sit, when He
shall come down to visit the earth with goodness. 4. And
no mortal is permitted to touch this tree of delicious fragrance
XXY. 4. Till tbe great Aks ot Judgment, when He sliall
aveoBe and bring everything to its conaummatlmi for ersr;
thii tree, I say, will (then) be given, fto. So O : hlOu OOfit
OAlri XH^ IMk AoBi ^atlii iKfh wfi/^ttF^. Xlttu ATAy":
'Hh....^(DD>fl. Din., supported in the main by the other MSS.,
readu: XAtu lua>i OiLfit l^Ai AoBi ^tO^As ll>#: atfifTiJ^t
XAh; AMy": Hh- . . . filrmtM; which he translates tlios: 'Bis
Qm die Zeit des grossea Oerichts : wann Allea gesUbnt und vol-
lendet werden wird filr die Ewigkeit, wird dieaer — 'llbergeben
lira, ur. 4-6 (uoCea). 6. MlahAel,
the pfttron angel oC Imd, It in ohvge
of theM ipeaikl ii«uana of the Hei-
nuiio kingdom.
XX7. S. Thii high moimtAin,
L e. tba middle one of tbe seven.
Hill moontwD, detcribed in iiiil 6-
9, zzIt. 1-3, it not to be identified
with Knai, i. 4, for there Cioddanenda
to judgment. Thl« mount^n ii God't
thione on euth when bs ooinee down
to bleM the eMth. Cf. liiriL i.
Holy and Orekt One: ■eei3(MteJ.
Irt)rd «f OI0V7: of. uiL 14; u*.
7 ; xzfif. 3, 5 : zzxri. 4 ; xL 3 ; IxiiL
a ; IxxiiiL S. ntamal Xinc : of.
TV. 5, 7 ; xxvil. 3 ; onlj found in i-
TEXn, 4, B. Thli tree ii the tree
of life. By the efitdng of this tme
after the final jndgment men nre en-
dowed with long life — not eternal
life: of. T. 9; I. 17; nv. 6. Cf.
Apoc. Bar. IziUL 3, 3, 6, 7. The
writer of i-xzivi hai not riien to the
ooooeption of an eternal Ufu of bleaaed-
Den for the tighteoni, and ao hai not
adTKDced a tingle step beymd the
conoeptiona foand in la. liv, Izvl.
Thii materi&liitiu oonooptian of the
tree of llfo bawd on Qen. il. 9, ill n,
and here pnbliahed afresh, gained
aFCerwarde a wide emreno; in Jewiib
and Chriatian litei>tnre : d. Ber. iL
7; zxii. a, 14; ivEsraviii. 5). Why
thin tree ihoold be amongat the
in the Sonth doet not
,l,zedbyG00C^I>,
Sect. I.] Chapter XXIV. 6 — XX VI. 2. 99
till the great day of jadgment, when He efaall avenge and
bring everything to its coneominatioE for ever; this tree, I say,
will (then) he given to the righteoue and humble. 5, By
ito fruit life will be given to the elect : it will be transplanted
to the north, to the holy place, to the temple of the Lord, the
Eternal King. 6. Then wUl they rejoice with joy and be
glad: they will enter the holy habitation : the fragrance thereof
will be in their limbs, and they will live a long life on earth,
such as thy &,thers have lived : and in their days no sorrow or
pain or troable or calamity will affect them.' 7, Then
blessed I the Lord of Glory, the Eternal King, because that
He bath prepared such (recompense) for the righteous, and
hath created it and promised to give it to them.
XXVI. X. And I went from thence to the middle of the earth,
and I saw a blessed and fruitful place, and there were branches
there which had taken root and grew out of a dismembered
tree. %. And then I saw a holy mountain, and underneath
werden.' 6. WUI enter th« holy habitation. So O : iD^'h
^^; "H^itJC, bat defectively, omitting ^(la^A. which later M8S.
cormpt«d into f fliD-A-. Cf. the Oiz. Gk. t\s ri Srfw t}aiKtiiaotnu.
For V*^ G reads 40C.
XXVI. I. G omits Xy"Od: but F H L M N support Din.
■ppesr. 4. Great day of jodgment : 30. 7. For the doiology, cf.
•ee iIt. 1 (note). Arenss and bring ziu. 14.
•VMTthlns to Its oonatuumatioii : XXTX Enoch TimlHjeruuleniwid
ne Crit. Note. Blghteona : lee i. iti vicinit;. 1. The midtUe of
8 (note), qmnble: of. oriiL 7. B. the earth. The writer r^arcU Jem-
Sleot : *ea i. 3 (note). To Qi» holy MUem m the centre of the earth : of.
pUtoe, i.e. Jeruulem. Wecannottell Ezek. xziviii. 1 1 ; t. 5. In tlie Book
whether the tutlior intended heie the of J ubiteea, viif , it i« oalled the navel
New Jernnlein, wliioh aooording to of hiu^tt,ii of the earth, jut •■
Izzzix. 18, 39 wai to be let Dp by Delphi wm r^iirded amongst the
Qod Hinuelf. It Is, at aU eveoti, areelu. Id En. xc aS Qehetma ie in
a Jenualem cleansed &om all im- the middle of the earth. Blonad
pmitj, and that ii ^obably all and frnltftil plaoe : of. xzriL i ;
that the aethor meant. fl. The lxx:dx. 40; Dan. li. 16, 41, 45. A
holy habitation: lee CriL Note, diamambered tree, 1. e. IiraeL The
The fraccanoe thereof, Le. of the bnnoheearetherighteoiudetcendaiits
tne of life. Cf. izit. 4. Ho aoi^ who are to participate in the Mea-
low or pain, fto.: cf. Ii. IzT. 19, lianic lungdom. S.Aholfmonn-
H 2
Digitized byCoOglc
loo The Book of Enoch. [Sect.!.
the moimtain to tbe east of it a stream which flowed towards
the south. 3. And I eaw towards the east another nioun<
tain of the same height, and between them a deep and narrow
ravine : in it also ran a stream skirting the mountain. 4.
And to the west thereof there was another monntain, lower
than the former and of small elevation, and underneath it and
between than both was a ravine : and other deep and sterile
ravines were at the extremities of all three. 5. And all the
ravines were deep and narrow (and formed) of hard rock, and
trees were planted upon them. 6. And I marvelled at the •
rocks, and I marvelled at the ravine, yea, I marvelled very
much.
XXVII. I. Then said I : 'For what object is this blessed
land, which is entirely filled with trees, and this accursed
valley between?' x. Then Uriel, one of the holy angels who
was with me, answered me and spake : ' This accursed valley
taJn, i. e. Zion. A, atream, i. e. the
brook of Silodi. 8. Another
monat, i.e. the Hoant of Olives.
BkTlii*. i.e. the v^ej of tlie Eedron
OT of J«hiMh>ph>t. A itream, i. e.
the brook Eedron. 4. Another
moontaln, L t. the Mount of O^noa.
A ravine. \. e. tlie tkUsj of Elnnom.
5. Hie Mvonnt u to be relied on.
6. The valle; of Hinnom.
ZXVII. 1. Thlt blMMd luid:
■ee iKTi. I, note 1. Thlj 1
Talle J. QeheoDB ma earl; ■
with the wonhlp of Moloch, to whom
the Ixnelitei okiued their children
to paM throDgh tbe fire. For tbe re-
presioll of their abomiuAtioni Joilfth
took the wrereat mumrae, II Kingi
siiil. 10 ; n Cbron. xiriii. 3, but not
with any permanent effect ; (or we
find Jeremiah prouannoing the valley
aoouned, and declaring that it ahould
henoeforth be known aj tbe valley
of ilaaghter: Jer. Til. 31, 33 ; xii. a,
6; xxziL 35. Again, In Ib. Ixvi, 34
there b a dear reference to tlie vallej
of Binnom ae tlie ptaoe where the
(lain enemiei of the Henianic kingdon
ihould luffer by fire, and that in the
preeoioe of the righteani. From this
point It ii not a far cry to the definite
oonoeptica of Qebenna a* it appears
In Enoch. Gehenna i> in Snoob the
place of punishment of the ^ioabit«
DT UthlsM Jem who ■nffu' in tbe
pro— nee of the righteooa ; cf. xxvIL
i, 3; xlviii. 9; liv. 1,3; Iiil. 11, 13;
so. 16, VI. Obierve that tiiere ii a
alight modification of the conception
in the Similitude*, ilviii. g (note).
Tn the N. T. (Matt. t. ig, 30 ; z. iS ;
iviii. 9; xziii. 15, &c.) and in iv Bm
[vi. 1-3] Gehenna ii no longer the
place of paniihment of unrighteooa
Jewi hut of tbe wioked generally.
In later Judaiim the conoeptica
underwent a further change. G«benn»
wai regarded as the Purgator? of
futhloe Jewa who were afterwards
to be admitted into Paradise, bat Uie
place of eternal perdidon for the
Gentiles; <£ Weber. L. d. T. 316, 7.
ilizedbyGoOglc
Sect. I.] Chapter XX VI. 3 — XXIX. 2. lof
is for those who are accmsed for ever : here will all those be
gathered together who atter nnseemly words with their lips
agunst God, and speak hard things of His Gloiy; here will
they be gathered together, and here is the place of their pun-
ishment. 3. And in the last days there will he the spectacle
of a righteous judgment apon them, in the presence of the
righteons continually for ever ; here will those who have
found mercy bless the Lord of glory, the Eternal King.
4. And in the days of judgment over the former, they will
bless Him for the mercy in accordance with which He has
assigned them ftheir lot).' 5. At that time I also blessed
the Lord of Olory and q)ake to Him and remembered His
greatness, as was befitting.
XXVIII. I. Then I went towards the east, into the midst
of the mountain range of the desert, and I saw here nothing
save a plain. 2. Nevertheless it was filled with trees of
this seed, and water streamed down from above over tt. 3.
It was manifest that there were many watercourses which
flowed as well towards the north as to the west, and here
also as everywhere water and dew ascended.
XXIX. I. And I went to another place, away from the desert,
drawing nigh to the east of the mountain range. %. And
then I saw the trees of judgment^ particularly such as give
XXyn. 3. ThoM who have found m«ray. The text gives
tmnCS^ = ' the merciful ' ; bat the seme requires the meaning given
above. The text may be a comiptioa of ^Ih£>1='thoM who have
found mercy.' The Gia. Ok, gives iat^ls, a corruption of ttiat^'it.
S. Utt«r nnMMaly word* : Me v. which npKrntei thb plun tnan Jeni-
4 (note). 8. SpMitttoto : cf. zlviil. nltm. Aoconling to Eiek. zlrii. 8,
9}lz]j.i).'Whoh«T0foimditiMnnr: tUi dcaart should one dky b* well
■M Crit. Not«. Ziord of KI017 : lee wktarad and ooTorad with tnea.
ziT. 3. SteniAl "Ttng : Ke izt. 3 X3EJX. 1- Enoch goa itill fnrtLer
(note} . But ind conun to ths ngicw of h*-
XXVni. 1. Din. lakei the plain grant tT«a. S. Treei of JndsniMit,
hen referred to to be that of the i. e. tree* whioh will be given to the
JotdAn, and the mouatain range of righteooi after the judgment : a£ x.
the deMTt to be the rock; r^os 19; Ii. Ix. 6; Fi. IzziL 10. 80
ilizedbyGoOglc
I02 The Book of Enoch. [Seoti.
forth the fragrance of frankmceDse loid myrrhj iiad the trees
also were BuniUr.
XXX. I. And above that (even) above thesej above the
Eastern Motmtam and not far digtant, I saw another plaee,
v^leya (fed) with onfuling streams. 2, And I saw a
beautiful tree, which reaembles a fragrant tree such as tiie
mastic. 3. And on the eides of those valleys I saw sweet-
smelling cinnamon. And paseing over these I drew nigh to
the east.
XXXI. I. And I saw other monnt^uns on which there were
trees, and there flowed forth from them ae it were nectar, and
it is named Sarira and Galbanum. 1. And over that
mountain I saw another mountain whereon were aloe-trees
and those trees were full of a hard substance like almonds.
3. And the taste of that fruit (lit. 'when one took of that
fruit ') was better thui all &agnuit odours.
XXXII. I. And after these fragrant odours, as I looked to-
wards the north, over the mountains, I saw seven mountains
full of choice nard and aromatic trees and cinnamon and
pepper. 2. And thence I went over the summits of those
XXIX. 2. Tlie trees also were aimllar. So Q M : tt9tD-ti
jB^h»yflA. Add 'to walnut-trees' from the Giz. Ok. Din. and
F H K L N give d8a>l: A^'T'Tftft', which Din. tranHlates 'waren
nicht gleich (gewobnlichen) Kumen.'
XXX. 2. WMoh reHmbles a fragrant tree mioh aa tlie maatio.
SoQM: ltBaPMi;Oe: tfoWi htfo; X>h Hfth.?^. Thiereading
supports the reading of Q M in zxix. 2. Cf. zxxii. 4. Din.
find F H L N give ' the fragrance of which is like the fragrance
of mastic.'
XXXL I. There flowed forth, firom them, as it were neotar.
Ho 0: a>jC0dIk: 3l?"fcU": hin>! WTC. Din. and FHKLNO
insert "H-t (Dfi^otX 'and there flowed forth water, and there
flowed forth from them as it were nectar.' M points to the text
of G. The Giz. Gk. sappoi-ts G.
Jfln., but (fail interpreUtiott nema tr»« he mwui* U nncerUin.
forced. XXXL 1. 8«e Crit. Note.
XXX.a.AbeaatifaltrM. What
iiized by Google
Sect. I.] Chapter XXX. i — XXXIII. i.
103
mountains, far towards the east, and passed above tlie Ery-
thraean sea and went far from it and passed over the angel
ZutSl 3. And I came into the garden o£ righteousness tuid
saw beyond those trees many large trees growing there, of
goodly firagmnce, large, very beantifol and glorious, and
the tree of wisdom which imparts great wisdom to those who
eat of it. 4. And it is like the Carob tree : its fruit is
like the clusters of the vine, very beantifnl : t^e fragrance
of the tree goes forth and penetrates afar. 5. And I said :
' This tree is beantiful, and how beaatiful and attractive
is its look I ' 6, And t^e holy angel Knfael, who was with
me, answffl^ me and said : ' This is the tree of wisdom, of
which tJity old father and thy aged mother, who were before
thee, have eaten, and they leamt wisdom and their eyes were
(^>ened, and they recognised that they w^« naked, and they
were driven ont of the garden.'
XXXIII. I. From thence I went to the ends of the earth
and saw there great beasts, and each difiered from the otlier,
and (I saw) birds also differing in appearance and beauty and
XXTETT. a. Bi7ti>neM ■•«■ Tha
Psniao and Indiui oceans : of. Ixxni.
6, 7. ZxMA. Thu •MDu U> be (li«
angel who guarded the entrance la
Paiadiie. S. Oardan of rishte-
onaneia : oC IxinL 3 ; alw Ix. 8,
13; IxL II, with nolM. In IxxTii. 3
the garden ii in ths N.B., and the
description hen would admit of the
same localit?; In \xx. 3, on ths other
hand, it is in the N.W. Again, in
xxiTii-lzx, as well as in the Koachio
fragmeote, tbi* garden !• tbe abad«
of tike departed i^htaons ; bat in i-
xxsvi this is trot so ; to a special
dinsion in Sheol Is assigned to the
souls of the righteooa. It would seem
therefiiM that tbe Garden or Pantdiae
spckoi of In zizTii-liz is not the
esrthl; Paradise, bat the heavenly
one, and that it is in fiwt identiosl
wilh the dirisioD set ^lart in Bheol
for righteoiu saub. This Tle«r is
farther oonfirmed by the &ot that
this Faradiae of the righteons is said
to lie in the N.W. in lix. 3, 4-~a
■talement that baimoidies peifeotlj
with the looaU^ asdgned to Sbeol
inxxii.l, i.e. the Wert. The earthly
Garden of Bdea tkerefbre appears to
have no further ctmnezion with the
destinies of manldad according to the
Ethiopie Gnocb. 6. Adam and
Eve are hare snpposed to be still
living. Henoe, if x. 1 belongs to this
■ection originally, the writer adopted
the Samaritan chronology, bat if, as
we mnit rather believe, z. 1-3 is
an intrnpolatfon, then the Hebrew
reckoning is here possible. Bee Iiv.
a (note). Observe that Adam's ain is <
not regarded a* the oaosa of man's
fin and deatniotion in the deluge.
DMzcdDyGoOC^lL
104 "^^ ^^^ °f -^WiwA. [Sect. I:
voice, and they all diffned the one from the other. 3. And
to the east of these beasts I saw the ends of l^e earth whereon
the heaven rests, and the portals of the heaven were open.
3, And I saw how the stars of heaven come forth, and I
counted the portals out of which they proceed, and wrote
down all their outlets; of each individual star by itself,
according to their number, their luunea, their connexions, their
positions, their times and their montiis, as the holy angel
Uriel who was with me showed me. 4. He showed all
things to me and wrote than down for me : aJso their names
he wrote for me, and their laws and their companies.
XXXIV. I. From thence I went towards the north to the
ends of the earth, and there I saw a great and glorious wonder
at the ends of the whole earth. z. Here I saw three open
portals of heaven in the heaven : from each of them proceed
north winds: when one of these blows there is cold, hail,
frost, snow, dew, and rain. 3. And out of one portal it
blows for good : but when they blow through the two other
portals, it is with violence, and it brings misfortune on the
earth, and they blow (at such times) violently.
XXXV. From thence I went towards the west to the
ends of the earth, and saw there three open portals such as I
saw (afterwards) in the east, the like portals and the like
outlets.
XXXYI. I. From thence I went to the south to the ends
XXXm. 4. Thelp oompanlas. So M '^■JflfrtlPtfO'. Din.
gives y^fW-Wtf*" ' their fanotlonB.'
XXXIV. I. A great and glorious woniter. So Din. and ail
MSB. but G, which reada .?Tu;=' device.'
XXTTTT. a. WhMAontliabAwrMa mod moon, IzziL 3.
tHte: Me zTiii. 5 (nota). 8. The XXXIV. In thii eb»pt«r EdooIi
poittll of the Itan ben numlioned daBQiib(athep<nieJsoftlieiiarthwJDd'
■MduaribadatlengUiiiilizU-lxizii. m well m the lutiire of theie irladi.
If we are to regud tlis two moooomta Cf. Ixzvi.
M In the nudn OMiiiitetit, tike poitali XXXT. Poiiidi of the welt wind*,
of th« itan ue kbo thoae of the lan XXXVL L Pottali of the loitUi
ilizedbyGoOglc
g*ct.r.] Chapter XXXIII. 2 — XXX VI. ^. 105
of the earth, and eaw there three open portals of the heaven :
thence come the eouthwind, dew, rain, and wind. a. From
thence I went to the eaat to the ends of the heaven, and saw
here the three eastern portals of heaven open and small portals
above them. 3. Throogh each of these small portals pass
the stars of heaven and ran thar course to the west on the
path which is shown to than. 4. And when I saw it I
blessed (Him) and thus each time I blessed the Lord of Glory
who had made the great and glorious wonders, to show the
greatness of His work to the angels and the souls of men,
that they might praise His work and all His creation : that
they might see the work of His might and praise the great
work of His hands and bless Him for ever.
XXXVI. 4. Hlght pralM Hla work and all Hlx oreatioii :
tbot the; might mo. So G H : iKAr: tVOC. Other MSS. and
Dla. give 'Might pnuse His work and that all His creatures
might see.'
windi. 3. Enoeh Ntonu to llie tho winds and the portals for tbe etan
Eiut, and here he wee the portalg fw above them.
jdbyGooc^lc
SECTION II.
(chapters xxxvn — lkxi.)
THE SIMIUTDDSS. INTRODUCTION.
A. Critieal Strueture. B. Sdaiion of xxxvii-lxxl to th» reH of
the ho^ C. DaU. D. The Probhm and iu Sotutum.
A. CSritioal Stmatnre, This Section gives on the whole
a coneisteiit apocalyptic u distinguished from a prophetic picture
of the future, and may be regarded, as coming from one and the
same hand. It contains, however, numeraiia and extenaive inter-
poktions, i.e. xxxix. i, 2»; sli. 3-8; xliii ; xliv; 1; liv. 7-lv, 2;
Ivi. S-lvii. 3*; liz; Iz; Ixv-lxix. 35; Ixzi. These interpoktions,
with the exception possifaty of 1 ; Iti. 5-lvii. 3'; Uxi, are drawn
from an already eziBting Apocalypse of I^oah and adapted by their
editor to their adjoining contests in Enoch. This he does by
borrowing characteristic terms, euoh as ' Lord of Spirits,' ' Head of
Days,' ' Son of Man,' to which, however, either through ignorance
or of set intention he generally gives a new connotation : see Notea
for details. 1; Ivi. s-lvii. 3* may be from the same hand, bnt
belong rather to the prophetic than to the Apocalyptic school of
thought. Ixxi ie of the nature of a mosaic and is modelled, as
Kostlin saw (Tiuol. Jahr. 1856, p. 378), on ch. xiv, and on
various sections of the Similitndea, of which it appears to ^ye
a deliberate perversion. See Notes.
B. Belatlon of xzxvU-lzxi to the rest of the book. As all
critics are now agreed that the Similitudes are distinct in origin
from the rest of the book, there is no occasion ibr treating ex-
haustively the grounds for this conclusion. Accordingly, we shall
give here only a few of the chief characteristics whioh differentiate
this Section from sU the other Sections of the book. (a) Ifamea
of Ood flsund (miy In xxxvli-txxl, ' Lord of Spirits ' (passim);
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Introduction. . 1 07
'Head of Days' (zlvi. 2); 'Lord of the Highty' (Ixiii. a); 'Lord
of the Ralers'(lxiii. 3); 'Lord of Wisdom '(Ixiii. a). (6) Ai>s«l-
olog7. The four chief angela in xxxni-lxzi are Michael, Bniael,
Gabriel, and Fannel. Fanael is not mentioned elsewhere in the
book, whicb gives Uriel instead. In xiv. il Gbd is surronnded
by Cherubim: but in Ixi. 10; Ixxi. 6, by Cherubim, Serft-
pbim, and Ophaoim, angels of power, and angels of dominions.
The angel of peace (xL 8) is also peculiar to the Similitudes,
(c) Domoiiologjr. In the other Sections of the book the mns of
the angels consisted in their lusting after the daughters of men
(vi-viii), bat in liv. 6 in their becoming subjecta of Satan. In xxirii-
Isx an evil spirit-world is presupposed ftwa tbe beginning, but not
in the reet of the book. Satan and the Satane, xl. 7; lili. 3; liv. 6,
are not even mentioned in the other Sections. These have access
to heaven, il. 7, whereas in the other Sections only good angels have
access there. Tbe angels of punishment also are found for the first
time in xxxvii-lxxL (if) The Heaalanio doctrine in xxxvii-lxx
is unique, not only as r^ards the other Sections of Enoch, bub
also in Jewish literatnre as a whole. The Messiah pre-exists
xlviii. a (note) &om the beginning : be aits on the throne of Ood,
xlvii. 3, and possesses universal dominion, Ixii. ti ; all judgment is
committed unto bim, Ixix^ 37, and he slays the wicked by the word
of his month, Ixii. a. Taming to the other Sections we find tbat
there is no Messiah in i— xxxvi and in xci-civ, while in Ixxxiii-xc
the Messiah b evidently human and possesses none of the great
attributes belonging to the Messiah of the Similitudes. (s) The
^cffiff of tlie TlfniinlaTilfi kdngdom in i--xxxvi is Jerusalem and the
earth purified from sin ; in ixxxiii-xc, a heavenly Jerusalem set
up by Ood Himself; in xci-civ, Jerusalem and the earth as
they are ; but in xxxvii-lxz, a new heaven and a new earth,
zlv. 4, 6 (note). Again, the duration lA the H eeaianio Ungdom
in i-zxxvi is eternal, but the life of its members limited. The
duration of the Mesmanic kingdom in Izxziil-xo is eternal, and
the life of its members eternal (!). The daration of the Uesuanic
kingdom in xci-dv is limited, and the life of its members limited.
(In xci-civ the real interest centres, not in the Messianic kiQg-
dom, but in the future spiritual life of the righteous.) But
tbe duration of the Messianic kingdom in xxxvii-lxx is eternal,
and the life of its members eternal.
C. Date. From a full review of the evidence, which is given
and discussed in the notes on xxxvili. 5, it appears that the kings
ilizedbyGoOglc
io8 The Book of Enoch. [Sect.li.
and the mighty so often denounced in the Similitudes are the later
Maccabean princeB and their Sadducean sopporters — the later
Maccabean princes, on the one hand, and not the earlier ; for the
blood of the righteous waa not shed as the writer complains (zlvii.
I, z, 4) before 95 B.C.: the later Uaccabean princes, on the other
hand, and not the Herodiaos; for (i) the Saddnceea were not
supporters of the latter, and (3) Rome was not as yet known to
the writer as one of the great world-powen — a &ct which neces-
sitatee an earlier date than 64 B.c^ when Borne interposed
authoritatively in the afbirs of Judaea. Thus the date of tlie
Similitudes conld not have been earlier than 94 b. c. or later than
64 B. c. But it is possible to define the date more precisely.
Ab the Pharisees enjoyed unbroken power and prosperity under
Alexandra T9-70 b.c., the Similitudes most be assigned either
to the years 94-79 or 70-64. Finally, if we consider that Ivi. 5-
IviL 3" is an interpolation, and that this passage most have been
written and interpolated before 64 B.C., the Similitudes might reason-
ably be referred to the years 94-79. See also Qen. Introd., p. 30.
D. The Froblem and ita SolntioiL Seeing that Ood ia a
just Ood, how comes it that wickedness is throned in high places
and that righteousness is oppressed 1 Is there no end to the
prosperity and power of unbelieving rulers, and no recompense
of reward for the suffering righteous % The author (in the geouine
portions) finds the answer in a oomprehenBive view of the world's
history : only by tracing evil to its source can the present wrong-
nesa of things be undwstood, and only by parsaing the world's
history to its final issnes can it« present inequalities be justified.
The author haa no interest save for the moral and spiritual worlds,
and this is manifeBt even in the divine names ' Lord of Spirits,'
' Head of Days,' ' Most High.' Whole hierarchies of angelic beings
appear in Ixi. lo-iz. His view is strongly apocalyptic, and
follows closely in the wake of Daniel. The origin of Sin is traced
one stage Jtirther back than in i-xxzvi. The first authors of sin
were the Satans, the advemries of man, xl. 7. The Watchers fell
through becoDUBg Bubject to these, and leading mankind astray,
liv. 6. Punishment was at once meted out \a the Watchers, and
they were confined in a deep abyss, liv. 5, to await the final jndg*
ment, liv. ti ; Iv. 4 ; Ixiv. In the meantime sin flourishee in the
world : sinners deny the name of the Lord of Spirits, xxxviii. a ;
xli. 3, and of His Anointed, xlviii. 10; the kings and the mighty
of the earth trust in their sceptre and glory, Ixiii. 7, and
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect, n.] Introduction. 109
oppress the elect of the children of God, Irii. r i. But the prayer
of tha righteoQB BBceudB, and their blood goes np before the Lord
of Spiritfl crying for vengeance, xlvii, i ; and the angels unite
in the prayer of the righteous, xlrii. a. But the oppresmon of
the kings and the mighty will not cootinne for ever : suddenly
the Head of Days will appeu and with Him the Son of Man,
xIti. a, 3, 4 ; zlyiii. a, to execute judgment npon all alike — on the
HghteouB and wicked, on angel and on man. And to this end
there will be a Reanrrection irf all Israel, 11. i ; Izi 5 ; the books
of the living will be opened, xlvii. 3 : all judgment will be com-
mitted nnto the Son of Man, zli. 9; Utx. 37; the Son of Uan
will poBsesa univerBoI dominion, Ixii. 6, and sit on the throne <si
his glory, IziL 3, 5 ; Ixix. 27, 29, which is likewise Qod's throne,
xlvii. 3 ; li. 3. He will judge the holy angels, Ixi. 8, and the
fallen angels, Iv. 4, the righteous upon earth, IxiL 3, and the
sinners, bdi. a ; bnt particularly those who oppress his saints,
the kings and the mighty and th(»e who poasesB the earth, xlyiii.
4-7 ; liii. 3 ,* hdi. 3, 1 1. All are judged according to their deeds,
for their deeds are weighed in the balance, xli. i. The fallen
angels ore cast into a fieiy furnace, liv. 6 ; the kings aiMl the
mighty confess their aina, and pray for forgiveness, but in vain,
Ixiii; and are given into the hands of the righteous, xxxviii. g;
and their destruction wiU famish a spectacle to the righteous as
they bom and vauieh for ever out of sight, xlviii. 9, 10 ; Ixii. la ;
to be tortured in Gehenna by the angela of punishment, liii. 3-5 ;
liv. I, 2. The remaining sinners and godless will be driven from
v& the &ce of the earth, xxzviii. 3 ; xli 2 ; xlv. 6. The Son of
Man will slay them with the word of his mouth, Ixii. a. Sin and
wrongdoing will he banished from the earth, xlix. a ; and heaven and
earth will be transformed, xlv. 4, 5 ; and the righteous and elect
will have their mansiona therein, xxxix. 6 ; xli. a. And the light
of the Lord of Spirits will ahine upon them, xxxviii. 4 ; xlriil 9 ;
they will live in the light of eternal life, IriiL 3. The Elect One
will dwell amongst them, xlv. 4 ; and they will eat and lie down
and rise up with liim for ever and ever, bdi. 14. They will be
dad in garments of life, Ixii. 15, iti; and shine as fiery lights,
xxxix. 7 ; and become angels in heaven, li. 4. And they will
seek after light and find righteouBness and peace with the Lord of
Spirits, Iviii. 3, 4 ; and grow in knowledge and righteousness,
Iviii. 5.
Digitized by GtXlglc
The Book of Enoch.
[Sect. II.
TEANSLATION-
XXXVII. I. Tbe vision whicli he saw, the eecood visioB of
wisdom — which Enoch the son of Jared, the son of Mahslalel,
the son of Cainan, the son of Enoa, the son of Seth, the
son of Adam saw. 2. And this is the b^finning of the
words of wisdom which I lifted np my voice to declare and
reconnt to those which dwell on earth : hear, ye men of
old time, and see, ye that come after, the holy words which I
will speak before the Lord of Spirits. 3. It were better
XXXVII. I. Tb« vUdon whlob lie saw: £AA HCXt- Ihese
words are omitted in Dhi.'s irtmBlation. 3. Iiiftod up my voloe
to declare. Al^XlH k^fVC- Bhi. givee wrongly 'anhab zu
reden,' but tbe phrase is rightly translated in his Lexicon. ^A
is to be nnderstood after Al^A. The same idiom oconrs in
zxTvii. g: Izxxiii. 5: Ixzxv. 3. When tbe writers of Enoch
wish to express the idea of beginning to do an action, tbey
use XtHi XIH followed by tbe indicative, as in Ixxrvi. 5;
Ixzzviii. 1, or A'fH followed immediately by the sal^Dnctive,
Iviii. I. (DOIf is also used In this sense in this book followed
XXZTXI. 1. The genMlogy with
whioh this •ecticm begini agrees with
toMiy other ehaiaoterutioi of the
Sunilitndei in nurking It ont u tux
independent work. 9. ICan of old
time. Tbcae would EmbrMe Cmdau,
Mkhabled, uid iitA, aooording to
the LXX. chronology, which ii ful-
lowed in the ffimllitudea. See liv. 7
(note); Izz. 4 (note). ZiOrd <d
Spltita. Tht«
oontemporary or earlira wriUngi that
I mm ftwue <J. It it fbnnd in ixxvii.
4 (twice); ravlii. 1 (twice), 4, S;
xuli. 3, 7 (twice), 8, g (twice), i» ;
xL I, 1, 4, g, 6, 7, \a\ lU. 3 (twice),
6, 7 ; iliii. 4 (twice); iIt. i, 3 ; xlvi.
3 (twice), 6, 7, S ; iItII. i, 3 (twioe),
4: zlTiii.3,3,5, 7(twice), 10 (twice);
xliz.3,4; L 1,3 (twice), s; li.3;Ui.
5,9; liii.6; liv. 5,7; 1t,3,4; l»it. 3;
lvlii.4,6(twioe); liz. I, 1; 11.6,8,14,
isCtwice); ID.3, s,B,9 (thrioo), II, 13
(twice); liii. 1, 10, 11, 14, 16 (twice);
Ixiii. I, 3 (twioe), 7, 19 (twice); liT.
9, II ; Izvl. 1 ; livii. 8, 9 ; liTiii. 4
(twice) ; Iiii. 34 (twioe), 39 ; Ixz. i ;
lui. a, 17. Id the text (f G, whtoh
I hkve followed, this title ooonn in
zl. 10 And Izi. g, where it doe* act
ftppeu in DIn.'i text. In Din. 'a enn-
ioD of the pnnegei in which it
ooccra, he omits Mven by ovenlght.
We find it in ell 104 timee, and 18 lA
(heie at least in the Interpdatioaa.
Iq the genuine portiMU It atand* in
the cloeertaonnazioD with the charac-
ter of its context: of. iixii. tl; xl.
i-io; xlri. 3-8, .4c.: but in the In-
trapolntioni t)jti appropriateneai li
wanting : et ili. 6, 7 ; lii. i, 3, where
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
tei.ll.] Chapter XXXVII. \— XXXVIII. I. iii
to declare (tiiem) to those men of old time, but even from
those that come after we will not withhold the beginning of
wisdom. 4. Till the present day the Lord of Spirits has
never given snch wisdom as I have received according to
my insight, according to the good pleasure of the Lord of
Spirits by whom the lot of eternal life baa been given to me,
5. Three Similitudes were imparted to me, and I lifted up my
voice and recounted them to those that dwell on the earth.
XXXVIII. I. First SimiKtude. When the congregation of
the righteous will appear and sinners are judged for their sins
immediately by the subjunctive, XlH with the indicative, <
and a finite verb. 5. Zilfted up m; voice : see note on v.
only tbingi of tiia D»tiinl world ue
- in queation : cf. «Ibo the other pai-
Bkge*. This loBjli to the coDjecture
Uut thii ^tle wu iDtrodaoed into
these InterpoktioOB when they were
inoorpoTkted in the SimOitiide*, with
a view to kdspting them to their new
conteiti. 4, ThA lot of at«Rl«l
Ufa : cf. iL g ; Uiii. 3 ; liii 14. In
i-mri the life of tlie member of the
Meaduue kin^om i* at the be*t
limited in dsnti(Hi,T. 9; z,l7;zxT.6,
In xzirii-lzlz it ii etemU : in the
Heavanic kingdom of the Dream
Viiions, lixziii-lizzii, its doration ia
uncertain. The kingdom itMlf li
teoipnru; in xd-^v and the real re-
oompenae of the fighteona ii the eter-
nal life whioh folioin on the dote of
the Meaiianio kingdom and the Sua)
jadgment. 5. SimlUtode*. The
Ethiopio word here repreientt im-
mediately vapa^aAoi and mediately
Q'pl^, 7^ is u«ed pretty mnah
in the came aenae here m in Nnm.
"•"' 7,lS en' JobzzTii, 1, and means
merely an.eUboratediaoouTM, whether
in the Ibrm of a viaion, a propheoy,
er a poem, Itt objaot ii genentlly
parenetic. ^nioMtlMt dwell on the
earth. This phraae (except in xlvi.
7 and Izz. 1, whero it is merely geo-
graphical) ia need ia a good ethical
•ensa in tbe gannine portiona of thia
aection. CCixxvii. j; x1.6,7i xlTiii.j.
80 Bev. xIt. 6. Bat b the Interpo-
lations it calls ap different aaaoclv
tiona : these are bad in liv. g ; It. I ;
Ix. S; IxT. 6, 11; liTi. i; Ixvil. 8 ;
und either doubtful or mere]; geo-
graphical in iliiL 4 ; liii. I ; 1!t. 6 ; Iv.
1; Ixvii. 7; lxix.1. We ihoold obaerre
that thia phraae haa an evil aignifi-
canoe in Berelation, except in xiv. 8.
Cf. iii. 10; Ti. 101 Tiii. 13; li 10
(twice); liii. 8, 14; xvil. 8.
Z XXV 111. Hie time of requital
ia coming. When the Meanah a^
pean and the light of the Lord of
Bpirits ahinee on the face of the light-
eoOH and eleot, where will be tbe
future hatutntion of the ilnnera and
godless T !> Tlio ooDSragatioiiof
ttia riglit«oaa. Thia phraae, whi<di
ia peculiar to the parahlaa, ii explained
by a oimipariaoii of xxxrlil. 3 ; liii, 6 ;
Ixii.S. CtPB.oilii.1, 'In tbeoongie-
gation of the aainta ' ; Faa. Sol. xtU. 18.
DrivDU from ths fMe of the earth.
Thia form of pniuahmant ia &eqoantly
itradb, Google
1 1 2 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. ii.
and driven from the face of the earth : a. And when the
RighteonB One shall appear before the eyes of the elect right-
eous whose works are wrought in dependence on the Lord of
Spirits, and light will appear to the righteoos and the elect
who dwell on the earth — where then will be the dwelling of
the sinners, and whae the resting plaee of those who have
denied the Lord of Spirits ? It had beoi good for them if
they had not been bom. 3. And when the secrets of the
righteous shall be revealed, then will the sinners be judged
and the godless driven from the presence of the righteoue and
elect. 4. And from that time those who possess the earth
XXXYIII. a. WhoM worfca are wrought In dependenoe on
tlie Iiont of Spirit* : lit. ' hang upon.' The same meaning is to
he given to the word IlMi in zl. 5 and xlvi. 8. In these three
instances Dln-'s translation gives to this word the meaning of ' gewo-
gen," weighed': 'whoee works are wei|^ed by the Lord of Spirits,'
hut in his Lexicon he has tacitly withdrawn thk interpretation.
(bond. Cf. Li; xxxvifi. 3 ; ill. t ; bMTenly wcrld, zIt. i ; the Hesdah,
ilv.1,6; ilri.8; ilvHi.9,io;IiiL]; zlviii. 10; the ipirit of God, IziiL 10 ;
Iziz. 17. 2. ThsBishtooiu One. Uw righteoiu jndgmait, li. 6. The
The Hemkh will not appear tOl the righteoiu on the other hand beUere
final judgment. TheMeanah ii Tari- in the name of the Lord, zliiL 4.
only named : ' The BIgbteoni and Obeerre that thig i^raw U taken orer
Elect One,' llii. 6 ; ■ The Eleot One of into the Interpolationa, IitU. 8, 10.
right«Diume(B and of buth,' mli . 6 ; It had been good for them, Ae.
■ Tbe Elect One,' zl. 5 ; iIt. 3 ; lUz. CI Bt. Matt, xivi 14. Edcnfaeim,
1. 4;U-3, 5; lii.6, 9; lit;. 6; It. 4; UfaimATiimt»>ffJt»mti*Uu*(iA,
lii.5,8, loj bcti. l; 'TheUonah,' 11. 1 ao, ptdnla out that this wai a well*
xlriii. 10 ; lii. 4. For other dengna- known rabbinic eipresdon. fl.When
tianJ^ tee note on ilvl. i. Obeerre the aaoreta of tbe rlchteona ahall
that ai the memben of the kingdom be revealed. The hieeiingi In itore
are ' the righteoiu,' wo the Mnwiiih ia for the rightemu, die heritage of faith,
■theRighlMoaOne'; cf. ' The Elect,' are iUll hidden, IviiL 5; bnt the; wHl
'HieBleotOne.' Xleot rlsbtooiu. one day be revealed. He Meadah
Hwe only tn Enoch. Denied the hlm—lf ii hidden with the Lord tA
ItOld of Spirit*. TUl charge ii fre- Bplrite, liii. 7. 4. Hie eapremacy
qaeutly bmo^t againat the onnen : and oppreiaion d the earth'* mlere
It If In bot 'tte head and front of and great onee are gpeedUj drawing
their offending.' Cf. xU. a ; iIt. 3 ; to a ele«e. Ttd* ii the ooBrtant theme
slTi. 7 ; xlviii. 10 ; Iziii. 7. Cf. St. of the KmiUtndea, xlvi. 4-8 -, ilviiL
Jndc^ 4. Th^ denj llkewlM the S-iOilULsi Izii. i-ia; Uii, and
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
sect.n.] Chapter XXX Vm. 2-5. 113
will no longer be powerful and exalted, and they will not be
able to bdiold the i»xa of the holy, for the light of the Lord
o£ Spirits is seen on the face of the holy and righteous and
elect. 5. Then will the kings and the mighty perish and
5. Tha UngB and tbe mlgh^. So Q M.
hu been Uken over Into Uw Int«rpo-
latinu, liTii. 6-13; •nd thli ta odb
of the leading oharacteriitie* which
diitiaguiih zxxrii-Uii icasa zci-<iiT.
With the rolen of the euth m sDidL
the Ikttor HctioD hu pnotic^y no
eonoem. The holy uid riaht-
eotu and eleat. Thi* deaignktian ><
found ftUo in ilTiii. i. The light
of tHe Z.aTd of Spirits la Men on
the boe of the holy. Thii light ii
>t oDoe iplritiul knd phyuokl : the
neunen of God'i pneenoa tranafigurea
the coantenaooe and penon of His
akinta. Light in &11 its fomu ia the
ble«a!Dg of the kingdom. The right-
eona will have lights Ukd jo;, and
peace, v. 7, and the light of Ood
■billing upon thnn, i. 8. In th«
Similitudea the heaven will be trana-
fonned into an eternal light, iIt. 4;
and light will appear onto the right-
eona, xixviii. 3 ; and the light of daj^a
will abide upon them, 1. i ; tbej will
abide in the light of the ana and in
the light of eternal life, Iviii. 3 ; their
faces will be illuminated with the
light of the Lord of %irita, xxxviii. 4;
and the; will aeek after light and find
righteouaneaa, and the light of truth
will be mlghtj for eTenuore, Iviii.
3-4. The Idea ta atill further de-
vdoped in xd-oviiL The lighteoua
belong to the geneiation of ligh^
eviii. II ; and will be olad in light,
eviii. Ill and will walk in eternal
light, iidi. 4 ; and will be raaplendent
and ahine aa the light* of heaven for
eTBnn<H«,cTiii. 131 dT. )■ S. Tha
Unca and Uie michty 1 cf. IziL i,
3,6,9; Iziii. I, ), ij; Iivii. 8, 11.
Thaae deaignationa ate ptMtioaUy
«7non7moaa in the Similitudea. The
phiaae ' nu^t/ kinga,' which appears
cAen in Din.'s text, ia without the
•opport of the beat HSS. eioept in
It. 4, and there I feel we maet regard
the text aa oorrupt, and read ' the
kinga and the mighty.' Ilia better
teit removea,a» we ahall find, atleaat
one foRDidabls difficulty in the Inter-
pretation. Who then are thsM kinga
and might; one*! Hie facta taken
together point deddedlj to nnbelier-
ing native rulere and Saddnoeea. Thej
have denied the Lord and HU Aiunnt-
edL ilviii. 10 ; and a heavenly world,
xlv. I ; the; belong to the hooaai of
Hia eongregaliona — to the Theocratic
conununity, ilvi. 8 ; but they are an
offence thereto, an offaove on the
removal of which the Theocratic ideal
will be realiaed, liiL 6 ( they do not
acknowledge from whom their powa
la derived, ilvi. 5 ; bat tniat in their
lichee, ilvi. f ; and place thelt hope
in their aceptre and gloiy, IziiL 7 ;
tUey have made the righteoua thtir
aervanti, itvi. 7 ; and outraged God'a
children, IziL 1 1 ; and ahed their
blood, ilviL I, i. Accordingly they
will have to stand before the Meaaiah
whom they have denied, when He
jndgea the angeli, Ixi. 8 ; Iv. 4; and
the tightaoui, liil. 3 ; and the ainneri,
. Izii. 1 ; and they will be terrified,
IxiL s i and fall down and wonhip
theMeanah, Izii.9 ; and acknowledge
the righteouaneaa of their judgment,
IziU. 9 i and pray (or a rea[dte in oidec
,tradb,G0()glc
114
The Book of Enoch.
[Sect. II.
be g^veD into the band of the righteous and boly. 6. And
thenceforward none will seek for mercy for them with the Lord
of Spirits, for their life is at an end.
to rspeut, liiU. i ; and eipre« tbdi
thank B£[iviiig of faith, IziU. 8 ; bat
tboir prayar will not b* heard, and the
Lord of Spirits, Ixii. ii, and the
lightaont, xlviil.g, wJU eieoate judg-
ment npon tbem, and their dettruc-
tiou will form k Bpeotaole over which
the lighteoiu wiU rqtricc^ bcii. I a ;
and thej will be delivered over to the
will deeoend into the tortme* of hell,
liiii. lo. Only one atatement aeenu
to point to heathen rulen : i. e. ' their
f^th ii in the godi which they have
made with their handji,' ilvi. 7. But
n (br
the heathen or Saddnoean attitude
of the Uaccabean princee and their
Bnpporten, and with it we might aptly
oompare Fn. Sol. I, 8 ; viii 14 ; xvii.
17, wherein the lame personi are
charged with snrpaaring the heathen
in idtdatriea. There I> a like exag-
geration of the wtckedneea of the Sad-
daoeea in xciz. 7 ; civ. g. Hie king*
and the mighty In the text^ therefore,
are native nilen and Saddnceea. We
thai agree with KSaUin. Thtol. Jahrb.
1856, 368 iqq., and Din., Hazog,B.E.
Kii. 351, in iilenti^ing tfaese piiuoee
withtheUatofthed ecsy ing Aemonean
dynaity. The Herodion dynasty waa
not aupportad by the Sadduceea, and
thni may be loft ont of oonaidavtion.
Further, M there are no references
to Borne in the ^militudea, it can-
not as yet have made Its power to be
feltinPaleatine; and the Similitudes,
therefore, mast have been written be--
fore 64 B. a, when Borne in(«rpo«ed in
fiivour of Aristobului IL Baldeniper-
gei,DatStlbf&ttt>UMtt«inJ»*u(;p.\i\
Indeed, triea t« ibow tlwl there «re
the Roman power; but
hii main oantention, that the falling
A smoneans could htrdl; be designated
M ' mighty kings,' it already uuwered
□n critical gronnds: the phrase' mighty
kings,' does not belong to the tme
text. Hie lower limit is thoe €48.0.,
and the higher may be reasonably
fixed at 94. His dlfferenoee between
the Macoabaes and the Pluuiseec,
vhioh had already grown important
under John Eyrcanus with his Sad-
duoean policy, were further developed
under Arlatobnliu I> and In the early
yean of Alex. Jannasus were intena-
fied into an irrecondUble antagonism.
This antagoniBmJtrtt Issoed in Uood-
shed about 95 B. 0. , when 6000 Pbari-
Bees were pot to death becaiue they
insulted Alex. Jannaena for (ailing to
comply with their views on ritual.
TbbfaotexpUina the writer's demand
fbr vengeance for the murder of the
righteous, xlvii. i, 1, 4- Subseqaeut
jean only embittered tliB strife be-
tween the Pharisee! ard the Asmo-
neaa head of the Sadducees, and
provoked a dvil war in which 50,000
Jews felL Weary of the straggle,
Jannaeu* aaked the Pharisees to
name their conditions of peace : their
anawer was laconic ondirrecondlable,
'Thy death'; but in the subsequent
strife they were for the time crushed
into impotence. Owing to the molti-
tndes of Pbariaees slain byJaunaeu*,
he oame lo be called 'the slayer of
the pious.' With the aooession of
Alexandra 79, howevra, the Pharisees
became master* of the nation, and
peace prevailed Ull 70, when again
(he nation vras rent in twain and
plunged into deraitatlDg and Uoody
,l,zedbyG00gl>,
Sect, n.] Chapters XXX VIII. 6— XXXIX. 4. 115
XXXIX. [i. And it -will come to pass in those days that elect
and holy children of the high heaven mil descend, and their
Beed will become one with the children of men. 2. In
those days Enoch received books of zeal and wrath, and books
of disqniet and expulsion] and ' mercy will not be accorded to
them ' saith the Lord of Spirits. 3. And in those days
a cloud and a whirlwind carried me off from the earth, and
set me down at the end of the heavens. 4. And here I saw
another vision, the mansions of the holy and the resting-places
wan, through the fratemftl atrife of
HjrcanDi II and AHatobnliu II.
To a devout Phuiwe, the Uaoeabeee
with their SMiduoeui mnd Hellanio
piincipl«« might waQ t^pear m eii»-
min of the Theocratic oomniaiiily
during the yean 94-79 or 70-64. To
one or other of theea periods, therefisre,
we aeeign the eompoution tA the
Sinulitnde*. Will be giveD into
thB hand of the ligbieoiu. Thi«
phnoe wodM ■eom to indicate the
period of the iword, when the right-
sona were themaelve* to llaj the
wioked. fiat thia woold be uunit.
able hem : the jndgmeitt ii cataatro-
phio and fbrenmc The Sou of Man
OBted by the angeli of puoishment,
ill. 3 ; IxIL II. Thii phrue recuia
in xlviii. g ; hat tbsre thu context
nqoire* nt to nndentand the caaCing
rf tb hingi into Gehenna. In L 1,
where we again find this idea anmie.
takeably, the dtfficolt; U obriated by
the faot that 1 ia moat probably an
interpolation. Sither, then, we have
here an inoonniCent featoro introduced
by tlie original writer, or elie the
phnae la only to be taken in a gen-
eral eeDta, aa eiprewing the triumph
of the righteoui. Blshteoiu and
bolr- This de>ignaDon of the mem-
ben of the kingdom ia fonnd abo in
xlriU. i,4,7;li. J (liT.ia). 6.
Nona wHl aeok for meroj. The
aeaaon for mercy ig paat, L 5. Thaiz
lift Is at an end : i.e. their tenipraxl
•. Tlua ia nndanbt-
edly an interpolation : Din. tried in
hia commentary to take thia a* an
account of the deacent of the unTollen
angels to lire with the righteoni, but
he haa dnoe (Henog, B. E.) come to
tee that it can only refer to the de-
Kent of the watcherB to unite them-
eelvei with the daughters of men, and
must therefore be an intmiion here.
By omitting it we get a amooth text.
SIsot and holy ohUdrMl of tJM
hiflh heaven : ot cvi. 13, ' Some
from the height! of hearao.' For
the epithet 'elect,' cfi I Tim. t. 31 'the
elect angeU.' Sehodde eomparea Tob.
Till. ij. XniMh rsoelved taooka of
leal, to. Aa we ahall find later,
Kanetimes an angel dictates to Enoch,
at othen the angel himself write*
the boolc and oommits it to Enoch,
a. Carried me olE TiOM leems tn
be reoonnted u a real translation of
Enoch, at in lii. I ; af.ii£ingiii. 11,
and not aaa mere incident in adream,at
iniiT.8,9. A.Kantloiu. Thiaoould
be rendered 'dwellings' or 'abiding-
placet': tee zxiix. 7, S; xli. 3. The
Tidon here(iizix. 4-1 >)eet forth ia pro-
phetic, but there are many diffiflultiet
in the inteapretation which we oan sor-
moont only by bearing in mind that
what we have here todeal with iaa vitf on
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
1 16 The Book of Enoch. [8«ct. n.
of the righteooB. 5. Here mine eyes saw their dwellings with
His rigbteotiB augela. And their reeting-placea with the holy,
and they petitioned, and interceded and prayed for the children
of men, and righteousness flowed before them as water, and
mercy like dew apon the earth : thus it is th^ Care for ever
and ever. 6, And in that place mine eyes saw the Elect
One of righteonaness and of faith, and how righteousness
shall prevail in his days, and the righteous uid elect sh^ be
without number before him for ever and ever. 7. And I
saw his dwelling-place under the wings of the Lord of Spirits,
and all the righteous and elect before him are beautifully
reeplendent as lights of fire, and their mouth is full of blessing,
and their lips extol the name of the Lord of Spirits, and
righteousness before Him never faileth, and uprightness never
XXXIX. 6. And In tliat place. So : VtSO-'UVx aoY^. Db.
reads na)X*ti OifOA 'in those daya.' The Elect One erf
rfcbtoouaneBS. So QM: ^tA\ AftJS^. Bin. and FHKLO
give 0Vf|l! "W^'. HX'J&^ = ' the pkce of the elect ones of right-
eouaneBS.' In his dt^s. So H. Din. and F H K L O (^ve
'in their days.' 7. His dweUloK-plaoe. So QM '^'tJUT.
DId. and FHKLNO ^^'t^A^P'oix = > their dwelling-places.'
The original reading of O is obliterated: a late band gives
fifflXtt. And uprightness never lUleth befbre Him.
of Aef^tim McwJanie kingdom, uid under the wli^ of th« Lord of Spbila;
that we mnit not pttm the deUiU; ;et this ii impoMible, a* the hutory
for in thii, M in vuunu frequently, of mankjud ii Bot yet oonminuuated,
there i» no ezaot obatuvuuie of the and tlie Uenah appeua only to oany
niutiai of time and pUce. No one out iu coniDnimatian. Tlie chief
individual period i< indicated ; for the iuference that wa can legitimately
&«t Uiat the Meieiah ii miTouaded drav U that the MsManio oommani^
t^ all Hii righteoua and elect me* vill one day be oompowd of both
•howi that the hiitory of the world ai^eli and tneu, under the rule of the
ia doaad, and the final judgment Meanah and the immediate proteo-
already paMed; yttthisiiimpowible, tion of tlie Lord of Spiriti, B. The
H the angela are atill praying on be- water and daw are her« gymbolioal
half of men. Nor from thii chapter, of abundance. C£ I*. Zl. 9 ; Amoa
taken by ilaelT, ean we argue ai to t. 14. See alw> ch. zlix. i ; xciii. 9.
the locality indioatsd by the virion, e. The Blaot One of rls^teouttMM
At fint dght it ■eMDt to be heaven, and of faith : lee note on inviii. 1.
a> theMwriah and the righteoniare 7. Baaplendant m Ushta of Are —
ilizedbyGoOglt.
S«ct. n.] Chapter XXXIX. 5-14. 1 17
failetli before Him. 8. Here I wished to dvell and my
§oul longed for that dwelling-place : here already heretofore
had heen my portion, for so has it been established concerning
me before the Lord of Spirits. 9. And in those days I
landed and extolled the name of the Lord of Spirits with
blessings and praises, because He hath destined for me
blessing and glory according to the good plesBnre of the Lord
of Spirits. 10. For a long time my eyes r^arded that
place and I blessed Him and extolled Him, saying: 'Blessed be
and may He be blessed from the beginning for evermore.
II. Before Him there is no ceasing. He knows what the
world is before it is created, and generation nnto generation
that shall arise : 12. Those who sleep not bless Thee :
they etimd before Thy glory and bless, land, and extol, saying :
" Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord <£ Spirits ; He fiUeth the earth
with spirits." ' 13. And here my eyes saw all those who
sleep not, how they stand before Him and bless, uid say :
' Blessed be Thon and blessed be the name of the Lord for
ev^ and ever.' 14. And my &ce was changed until I
could no longer sea
BoGEFaHLHNO. Dhi. omitB with A B D. 10. Blessed
Blm and ertolled. Bo CEGM. Dhi., with ABD, omita 'and
extolled Him ' iDttfillJaP. 1 4. TTntQ I ooold no lon^r see.
Instead of Mlh='anttl,' Q reads XIl('B=' for.'
'ihiiw M the itan.' S. Enoch pre- i. s I hkve tdantified thun with the
deatined to % pUoe in the kingdoni. ' W&tohan.' Holy, holTi holy,
Cf. brii. 14-17 ; to. 31. 9. !rhe la the Itord of Spirit*. The change
Bood pleuure of the Ziord. Ju in (ha trisagioD, Llt!. 3, iain keeping
ixxvii. 4, and hen. tiie free graoe with the character of the entire aec-
of God ia faronght £:7war(1, but not (Um. 18~XIi. Eoooh next aeea all
exclnaiTely ; for, like a tme Phariiee, the chief angela and thoiuand* of
■nan'a put in aalTatkiu ii omphaaiaed thouaandt of angela who ttood before
in ixzrii. 4 ' acoonUng to my inaight.' the tbrooe of God, and reoonnti (hia,
U. Before Kim tlx«re ia no o«aa- not aa a pn^helio rldon, but at an
Injr- Paat, prceant, and fatnra are be* actual eiperienoe. 14. The change
fore Him. 13. Thoaa who aleep of face here ia not to be nndentood aa
not: cf. mil. 13 ; zl. 1 ; Izi. 11. Thia a tranafiguiatioQ, a« In Aaoeudo Itwae
deaignation ia taken OTer into \ha In- vii. ig ; Enoch ia ' iUxiad bj excela
terpoktiona, Ixzl. 7. In the note on of light.'
ilizedbyGcXlglC
The Book of Enoch.
[Sectn.
XL. I. And after that I saw thonsands of thooaaods and
tea thooeand times ten thonsand, a multitude beyond number
and reckoning, who stood before tbe Lord of Spirits. 2. I
looked and on tbe four sides of the Loid of Sjpirits I saw four
preseDces, difFerent from those that sleep not, and I learnt
their names : for the angel that came with me made known
to me their names, and showed me all the hidden things.
3. And I heard the voice of those four presences as they gare
XL. I. Bsfbre tbe Lord of Splrlta. SoADFOMO. Dhi.
and H L N ' Before the glory of the Lord of Spirits.' 3. TboM
that Bl«ep not. So O hM(D^»'. This is better than Db.'s
(also FHLNO) f^fO^O' 'those that stand': cf. xxxir. 13; Ixi.
12. Dln.'s f4o>-0^ is probably an emendation of M's reading
XIi. 1. ThODMUida of thooauidi
and ton tbouMQd ttmss Mn thon-
sand. Tliu phraae U takm OTSr
axAotly into ths InterpoUtioni, li. I ;
liil. 8, tboogb tha phrase wo* of
coune a ouirent one, awing to Dan.
vii. 10. 9. Them are h^her angels
than tboH thai alaep not: Uieae
are the four angels of the prearaioe —
□<^ *3k!)9— so called from I>. Iiiii.
9. Thur names hers are Michael,
RnEwl, Qabriel, and Fanael ; and the
same list is oarried over into the Inter-
polations, lixL 9. In Inter Judaism
we Bnd Uriel instead of Panuel. In
ix. I the names of the four obiefs
are Miohaal, Gabriel, Suijan, and Ur-
}an (for Sarjan, the Qreek text givea
Bf^hael). In xi there are ^ chief
angda Minmeiated ; Uriel, Bahel,
Ragnel, Miehael, Saiaqael. and Oa-
briel. Thns, Hichsel, BuEmI, and
Qabrlsl belong in oommon to xi aad
il, but the fanoUotu reqiectivsly as-
signed them in these cbaptcn are
irreconcilable. Li ic 91 there is a
reference to tercn chief angels :
in IxxxL f ; xc. 31 three angels are
mentioned «rha were chuged with
the escort of Enoch : in IxxxTii.
3, 3 we find again fbnr. It would tw
a mere wnste of time to attempt to
reoondle the angelolcgj of th««e Titri-
ouB passage*. On Angelologj see
Ksenmanger, Enldeei^t* J%d. ii. 370-
468; HaRag,iJ.J?.iv.J30-]>7; bat
especiallj Hamborgei', R. E. i 305-
313: Weber, LAren d. Taltmid,
i6i-i6g, 141-ijD. The angel
that oams with me. This angel is
mentioned in the some vi^ne manner
in iliii. 3 ; ilri. i ; lii. 3,4; lii. i, 3 ;
IxiT. I, bat is named the ' angel of
pe««e' inxi. S; Vi. a liii. 4; Uv. 4;
Ivi a. nsTe is gansrall; a osriain
fltneae in the deeignatiou ' angel of
peace* in the oonteitt^ where It
oceora in contrast to the wicked angels
and the angels of punisiiment. This
designation has also been taken ov«r
into the Interpolations, Ix. 14 ; and
bono wed by the writer of Teet. Beig . 6.
The origin of the phnse is prottablj
to be traoed to Is. »^""" 7, as that
vsrw was, aooordiiig to Jerome, uuder-
■tood of the angels, and Xihf '3>tf>9
woald in that case — ' angels of peace.'
Cf. BosenmUller's Seiuiiia in loo.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect. II.]
Chapter XL. 1-7.
119
glory before the Lord of Glory. 4. The first voice blesses
the Lord of Spirits for ever and ever. 5. And the second
voice I heard blessing the Elect One and the elect ones who
cleave to the Lord of Spirits. 6. And the third voice I
heard piay and intercede for those who dwell on the earth and
Eupplicate in the name of the Lord of Spirits. 7. And I
heard the fourth voice fending oS the Satans and forbidding
them to appear before the Lord of Spirits to accuse them who
^}aMn>', which wanU the negative. 5. See note on xxxviii. 2.
4. The fint prsMiuw, MichMl, hu
for his talk the pnise of the Lord of
Spirita, M Ui nuae indiotea, i>K3^.
In Tene 9 he li 'the meraifnl uid
long •offiBridg.' B. The teoood
preeenoe ii Rabd, who prueee the
Elect end tbe elect isaat. Conronn-
ablj to hii name (from (ttn, to haal)
he ii appdnted to heiil the wounde
and lUt of men (tbibo 9) : of. Tobit
xii. 14 'Ood WD( me (Raphael) fa
tMlthee'i and Hi. 17 'Raphael wh
wut to haal them both.' In Rabbinic
writings he was the power that pre-
sided OTW medicine : cF. Eiseameng.
fa/d.J'iHl.ii. jSo. Seealw)!. 7;xz.3.
The meot On«. This designatioB
of tbe Mesdah oomca from Is. iliL i.
Its later nae seenu to be confined (o
tbe Similitudes (aee zzxriiL 3] end
St. Lake ix. 35, oErdi iimr J vUt
fwi' d lK\(\<7fU>'i>t— 'the Elect One'
(W and H). Tbis, the oarrect text,
has been preserred in the Ethiopia
N. T.: St. Lnke niii. J5 ' the Christ of
Ood the £lect One.' 6. The third
presence is Gabriel, whose task ii that
of intarcesdon on behalf of the ia-
habiters of the earth. Aa the hero or
atrong one of God (IX and ?et) he Is
natorall; set otct all the powers
(vene 9). Those who dwoU, Ao. ;
see invii. j. 7. The fourth is
Fanuel, who is set over the repen-
tance and hope of the inheritors of
eternal life (verse 9). He prevents
the Satans from i^pearing before the
Lord of S)Hrits to Boonse men. The
Satnns appear here for the first time
in Enoch, zl. 7. Thej seem to beloog
to a oonntar kingdom of evil, raled
bv a c^ef called Satan, liii. 3. Thej
existed aa evil agencies before the fall
of the watchan ; fbr the guilt of the
latter consisted in becoming sabjeot
to Satui, liv. 6. This view har-
moniaee exactly with that of Gen.
iii. I combined with vi. 1-4. Usee
Satans had the rigfat of access into
heaven, il. 7 (of. Job i. 6 ; Zech. iii)
— a jnivilege denied to the watchers,
ilii. 5 ; xir. 5. Thdr functions were
threefold : thej tonpted to evil, Ixti.
4, 6 i the; aoonsed the dwellers upon
earth, xl. 7 ; thej punished the oon-
demued. In this last character they
are technically called ' angels of pOD-
iiihment,' liii. j; Ivi. i; liil. 11;
Ixiii. I ; this designation has been
taken over into the Interpolationa :
cf. livi. I (note). The Tahnnd (cf.
Weber, i. i. T. 14»-»4S) *»• "o*
draw this dear Une of demarcation
between the Satans and tbe follen
angels, but rather confuses their attri-
bntes just aa in ch. Izix. For the
dose connexion between the De-
mondogy of Enoch and the N. T. see
itradb, Google
1 20 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. ir.
dwell on the earth. 8. After that I asked the angel of
peace who went with me, who showed me everything that
IB hidden, 'Who are these four presences which I have
seen and whose words I have heard and written downP'
9. And he sud to me : ' This first is Michael, the mercifnl
and long-suffering : and the second, who is set over all the
diseases and the wounds of the children of meu, is Rufael :
and the third, who is set over all the powersj is Gabriel : and
the fonrth, who is set over the repentance and hope of thoee
who inherit eternal life, is named FanueV 10. And these
are the four angels of the Lord of Spirits and the four voices
I heard in those days.
XLI. I , And after that I saw all the secrets of the heavens,
and how the kingdom is divided and how tiie actions of men
8. Wbo are, ftcP Before these words DId. inserts 'and I said
unto him' against GM. 9. Ttds first Is Hiobael. So OM.
Din. and F H K L N r«Bd ' this firat is the holy Michael.'
The third . . . OabrlaL So O U. Dlu. and F H K L N 'the
holy Gabriel.' Is named FanueL 80 GM: HDoP? 44AA.
Other M88. 'is FanueL' 10. Tb« iKird of SplrUa. So GM. .
Din., with other MSS., ' the Moat High Ood.'
GeD, Introd. (pp-sa-j). 8. Ancst with tbe diwtrliie of divine ^noe ;
of paaoa : tee note on vf ne 1. bat in the Tklmnd it is abaolulelj
XIiI. 1. The klnsdiini U divided. DutteriallBed, uid miin'B nlvktion de-
What 'tbe kingdam' meftna here it pencU on » literal prepondermnce of
donbtfnl. Din. tkkea it to mean the hit good deeds over his bkd one* : see
Meedudo kingdom; Sohodde, the Weber,!/. d.Z'. 169-373. This weigh-
kingdom of thi« world. Can it refer ing of man'g deedt goee on dail;
to tbs divlinon of heaven Into leven (idem 171]. Bat u the nenlta of toch
pMla t The motions of men at* judgment) were neoesmilj nnknown,
weighed! of. Izi. 8. The idea is there oonld not Ml to be muoh nneeai-
derived from the O.T., where Job nen, and to allay tbii the doctrine
(iixi. 6) pro;! to be weighed in an of Abrahiun'g meriturioui righteoiu-
even balance, and the ipirite of men oeai was in due time developed, in
ate weighed by Qod, Ptot. in. 1; virtue of which all natural deieen-
xxi. 3 ; uiv. II, and tbe wicked are danti of Abraham thioagh Jacob
foand wanting. Ph. liii. 9 ; Dan. v. a 7 ; became enUtled to aalvation (Weber,
Ph. Sd. V. 6. In Enoch, la in the 180-185). 1^'* doctrine, though aa
O. T., thii Idea ii not inoompntible yet unknown in Enooh, waa a popular
,tradb,G0()glc
Sect, n.] Chapters XL, 8 — XLI. 5.
are weig'hed upon the balance. 2. There saw I the i
of the elect and the mansione of the holy, and miae eyes saw
there all the eiuners being driven from thence which had
denied the name of the Lord of Spirits, and being dragged
off : and they could not abide there because of the punishment
which proceeds from the Lord of Spirits. [3, And there
mine eyes saw the secrets of the lightning and of the thunder,
and the secrets of the winds, how they are divided to blow over
the earth, and the secrets of the clouds and dew : and there I saw
from whence they proceed in that place and from whence they
saturate the dust of the earth. 4. And there I saw dosed
ehambers ont of which the winds are apportioned, and the
chamber of the hail and winds, and the chamber of the mist,
and tiie clond thereof hoTers over the earth from before
eternity. 5, And I saw the cluunbers of the sun and moon
XLI. 3. Instead of fJdStWO^ O reads fA<b(h. The senBe
practically comes to the same, but O gives a more nnlform text.
Cf. the co-ordinate verb in the previous line ^AjK. U ^AAifr
— an easy corraption of O. 3. The dust of the earth. Oreads
MM 'the dusty earth.' 4. The ohamber of the hail and
wlnda, and the chamber of the mlat So Q3I. Din. and
F H L N {^ve : ' The chamber of the hail and the chamber of the
mist and of the clonde.' O combinea both readings : ' The chamber
of the hail and winds, and the chamber of the mist and clouds.'
belief in N. T. tfniM : cf. Hfttt-Iii. 9. winds. On tlie muilfold funo^oiiB
3. Tha •fnnara being driven from of ibe winda in Eaooh we iviii. 1-5 ;
Uienoe: tee xnviij. i. Denied iiiiT-Tl; Ixiii. 4, The oliamben
the nuns of the Iiord of Splrlta: of the winds, miat, cloud, Ao. Thaie
see ixrviil. 3. , 3-8. Thcae veraes oouceptimu rtwt du the poetaol fan-
ue, it ii obvioo^ alien ia ipiiit and eiei of Job ixiviii. 33. The writer*
podtion to the oonteit. Tlisj belong in Enoch conceive all the natorsl
in chanuter and detail to zliii. 1,1; powera, ai thunder trad lightning,
iliv; lix; Ixix. 13-15: nailfii. Thej nin, hail, dew, essa. and moon, Ac,
may pcedbly, ai ndemu thinks, aa dwelling in their respective cham-
bdong to the Noab-Apocnljpee. 8. ben. The olond thereof. I.e. the
The lightning and thunder Me treated clond of mirt. DWb reading (ue
of repeatedly : see ivii. 3 ; zliii. 1-2 ; Crit. Note) is full of dlfBculty. Have
zliv ; liz; li. 13-15 : o£ Job mnii. we here a rsfsrenoe to Oen. i. a t
14> >£> 35' ^I^he wozeta of the S. For the teaching of Enoch on (he
Digitized by Google
122 Tiu Book of Enoch. [Sect. n.
whence they proceed and whither they come a^ain, and their
gloriooa return, and how one is saperior to the other, and
their stately orhit, and how they do not leave their orbit, and
they add nothing to their orbit and they take nothing from
it, and they keep faith with each other, abiding by the oath.
6. And first the Bun goee forth and traverses his path ac-
cording to the commandment of the Lord of Spirits, and
mighty is His name for ever and ever. 7. And after that
comes the hidden and the visible path of the moon traversing
the orbit of her path in that place by day and by night — the
one holding a position opposite to the other before the Lord
of Spirits. And they give thanks and praise and rest not ;
for to them their thanksgiving is rest. 8. For the sun
changes oft for a bleesing or a cnrse, and the course of the
path of the moon is light to the righteous and darkness to
the sinners in the name of the Iiord, who made a separation
between the light and the darkness, and divided the spirits of
5. Their stately orbit. Din. translates 'Ihren festbestimmteu
Lauf.' But this meaning of ■fllMk is not possible, and is tartly
withdrawn in his Lexicon. Abiding by the oath. £ G U give
Hf.£{< instead of HHlf>, bnt the seDse does not differ materially.
8. The vun. So O. All other MS8. read ' the Bhining san.'
suD and moon, see Ixxii. 5. Their cf. liii. 14. God call) tlu itwt by
Ktorlon* return, i, e. from veit to dmhc and thuy aiwwer, iliii. i ; thej
eut on (he other ode of the Snnk- keep &ith with eeoh other, iliii. 3 ;
ment,or,>oeardingt<iluii.5,roandby theyara veighed, u men, in a rif^t-
w«y of the uortb. Tlie perfect tngq,- eou bkUiioe, iliii. i i the diaobedlent
larily with whiDfa the nm uid moon iten ua poniahed, xriii. 13. In
IraTeras dieir orbiti i> hsra empha- luii-lxxix Tarioua funotioiu legard-
■i>ed, aa in Ixiir. 13 ii that of the ing the dlrigion of time an aadgned
moon. Tet in Ixzi. 4 it ii Mid that to them. In the Fenian religion
the noon will become inegolar. We the itan were regarded aa embodied
eball find, bowsrer, that Iziz ia an eiirtenoee £«ided into tm^ eftdi
interpdatlon. The oath. A ear- nndm it* own leader, Hcriog, R, E.
tain degree of Bonwioaineaa uema li. 335. Thii theory woold loit
to be attribated to the Ran, moon Imli. 9-10 .perfectly. It moat be
and itan. The aon and mora are oonfeaaed, however, that the conoqv.
lubjaot oidy to God, xlL 6 ; they give tion variM. 7. Hidden path of
thanlu and pruie, and reat aoti for the moon, le. when the moon i>
to them tLiDkigiTiiig ii rert, zli 7: lnTidbU:teelsuii-iT. 6.0i*id«d
ilizedbyGoOglc
Sect, n.] Chapters XLI.b — XLIL%. 123
men and Btrengtbeos the epiritB of the righteous in the name
of His righteoosneaa.] 9. For neither angel nor power is
able to hinder; for He appoints a judge for them all and
he judges them all before Him.
XLII. I. Wisdom found no place where she might dwell ;
then a dwelling-place was assigned her in the heavens. 3.
Wisdom came to make her dwelling among the children of
men and found no dwelling-place ; then Wisdom returned to
her place and took her seat among the angels. 3. And
9. For nrither sn^ nor power la atde to hinder ; Ibr He
appoints a Judge fbr thent all and bo, fto. This is the trans-
lation of O, out; that I have read oob-l? as ovlhli; for in this
MS. the nominative and accusative are constantly confused. This
text gives an excellent sense, and harmonises perfectly with the last
words of xli. i ' because of the punishment which proceeds from ^e
Lord of Spirits.' tv. 3-4 are an interpolation. O differs from tiie
other MSB. and I <1d in reading Kf^Pi. instead of JL^MlX, and
f^otL instead of MA. . The sense of Dln.'a text is poor : ' For an
angel hinders not and no power can hinder: but the Judge sees
them all and He judges them all before Him.' F U E L M O sap-
port Dh). If we do not change in>|i>11 into OOlbH, can be
translated 'For the judge ha8appoint«d them all.' N reads fCJL-
the Bptrit* of men. 'Dwe nami Job nviil. ia-14; 10-14; Banioh
to be an Mttul pndeninktioD hers tii. 19 ; Eccliu. xiiv. 4 ; and m oom-
ipoken of. Thii divisioD into ohil- ing (o eMth Mid dgeiring to make her
dnu of light and duknesi u ia the »bode with men, Prov. i. 10 iqq. ; viii
pMt: the ifdrit* at (be tighteooi era iqq.; ix. i-io; Eooliu. niv. 7: bnt
strengthened in the preaent. 8. M men refused to reodm hu', c£ zcut.
See Crit. Note. The jadge appointed £, ihe retomed to heaven. Bat in the
i« the Hetalfth. Thli vgne !■ to be Meaeiaoio Umee (he will retum, and
read directly after ili. 1 : of. Act* will be poured oat aa water in abnn-
«viL 31. dance, xUz. i ; and the tlunty will
XTiII. A« Din. and ottun liave drink to the fall of witdom, iWiii I ;
already reeogniied, iUs dutpter is a ihe will be beatowed on the elect,
iragment,and ont of coikBezion with fti t. S; xd. 10: cf. Apoc. Bar. iliv.
present ocat^ : where in the present 14 ; iv Ezra viii. Ji ; and tlie spirit
book of Enoch it shoold staud, I do of Wisdom will abide in the Messiah
not know. 1, 8. The praise of the Elect One, xliz. 3. We are re-
wisdom was a fiivonrite theme. Wis- minded in some toeaoure here of the
dom was regarded aa having her Pnilagne of SL John. 8. The
dwellJng-plaoe in heaTsn, Iziziv. 3; ditbrent welcome wliioh the wioked
;dbyGcH)c^[c
1 24 T)u Book of Enoch. [Swt. il.
unrighteousneBs came forth from her chambers : and she
found those whom she sought not, and dwelt with them
(being welcome if> them) as rain in a desert and dew on a
thirst; land.
[XLIII. !■ And again I saw lightning and the stars of
heaven, and I saw how Me called them all by their names and
they heard Him. z. And I saw how they are weighed in
a righteous balance according to their proportions of light, the
width of their spaces and the day of their appearing, and how
their revolution produces lightning ; and (I saw) their revolu-
tion according to the number of the angels, and how they
keep faith with each other, 3. And I asked the angel who
went with me and showed me what was hidden, ' What are
XLIII. 2. Tlie day of tlielT appearing, and how their ravo-
lotion produoM lightning. 80 Q, omitting the ONUt in Din.
U also omitfl it, but Taries otherwise. Other MSS. give ' The
day of their appearing and reyolution : bow one fiaah of lightning
gtva to miTlghtMtitneH Inleiuiflee
tbelT guilt In rapeot to irladoiii. Thej
modved not wiadom when she Dame
unto them ; but thaj took home unto
thenuelTea Dmighteominan though
■he lODght theiii not.
XUn, ZIiIT. Then ohapten
belong to the ume cImm of Interpola-
tion! ni xli. 3-S. The itudy of the
thinl Smilitude, wbara the Interptdk-
tioni oknnot be miMaken, end of the
Similitudes genenllj, ehows that the
original irritiir had no interat in
natural phenomena, but that all hii
attention wu diisctod Immediately
to the fi^Titnal world, and the great
■[riritual background and oriiU of the
woiid'i hiitwy. The laterpoUtioiu
ooms from mindi of a fiw inferior
type ; and though of an ethioal turn,
they are ai a rule fantaitic and frivo-
loBB, and their authon are oloiely
allied to the later Rabbinioal writen,
but have nothing In ocmmoo with
the great and imaginative thinker
who wrote the Siinilitudea. Hie
original ending of this Kinilicude ii
loet ; that of the other two t* pre-
■erred : we Irii 3 ; Ixix. 19.
ZI.III. 1. Callod them all by
their namee; of. Fi. cxlvii. 4; Ii.
zl. 16 ; Bar. iii. 34. 9. Weighed
In a rishteoQB balanoe. On the
oanKdou* eiigteDiie attributed to the
rtiui, (ee ih. 5. 8. Tha ansel
wlio want with me Mid ahowed me
what WM hidden :cf.xlTi. I. Taken
over into tiie Inlerpolatdone, li. II.
S, 4. Them i( lome myiteriou ooii'
neiion between the ttan and the
holy, whereby the itan lepreaent the
namei of the holy. Doei il mean
that the holy will be ai numwon* aa
the (tan 1 or ai bright ai (be itan !
of. cdv, 1 ; Dan. xU. 3 ; Hatt. siii. 43.
There waa a doae connexion between
the atan and the augdi in the O. T. :
of. Job xzzviii. 7, where the morning
,tradb,G0()glc
s«i.ii.] Chapters XLIJI.x — XLV.i. 125
these ? ' 4. And he said to me, ' the Lord of Spirits hath
showed thee their parabolic meaning (lit. 'their parable'): these
are the names of the holy who dwell on the earth and believe
in the name of the Iiord of Spirits for ever and ever.'
XLIY. Also other phenomena I saw in regard to the
lightnings : how some of the stare arise and become lightnings
and cannot part with their new fonn.]
XLY. I. And this is the second Similitude concerning
those who deny the name of the dwelling of the holy ones
and the Lord of Spirits. 2. They will not ascend into the
heaven, and on the earth they will not come : such will he
the lot of the sinners who deny the name of the Lord of
Spirits, who are thus preserved for the day of suffering and
produces another.' 4. Their parabollo meanlnff. Din. trans-
Utes ' ein Bild von ihnen.' The names of the holy. So G M
AtOil. Other MS8. ' The names of the righteous.'
XLIV. Hoir some of the ators arise and become llghtnlnga
and OKnnot part with their new fbrm. Dbi. translates: 'Wie
die (i.e. die Blltze) sub deu Sternen entstehen und z\x Blitzen
werden.' But Xy°hTll'fl^ is a familiar idiomatic espresaion for
■ aome of the Btars.' In the above translation we have token
yflAJTao* BH if it were f^^ltao'. Din. points out that it stands
for this form in Eiod. xzxiv. 13.
Btkn Aie Dndoabtedly nngeli : cf. ilio kcoimtt deaoriptjon of the coatente
Dent. IT. 19. 4. Bollere in tbs of tba Similitude from tha oponing
nune : ef. zzziz. 6 ' tha Eleot One . . . tstw or luperacriptiDn. We find none
of /olU'; Iviii. 5 'the inherituioe of aoch in xxxviii. 1,1; nor yet in iTiii.
f^ih ' ; liL 4 ' the meainres gi«6n to l, a. For a BanimaT; of the thought
/oiU'; Ixi. II ' in the spirit of /aiU.' of the SimititadeB, tee pp. 10S-109.
ContraM the ifenial of anneiB, Thoae who dsnr the dwelllna: : lee
zzxviii. I. iiiTiii.i(notfl]. 9. On the aarth
XIiJT. Tiie refereuoe here ia to they will not oome. The «uth will
■hooting (tan, daripit ttoBtorrn \ be tnuufbrroed (v. g) and be llienoe-
Axiit. Mtteor. i. 4. Lightning in forth the abode oF the righteooi only.
geuetal ii produced b; the quiok Deny tlie name of the Iiord of
morement of the itan, xliii. 3 ; but Bpiilta : lee zizvlii. ) (note). Day
■oroe of tlie ican at timei an tram- of mfferi&g and tribulation. The
funned wholly into lightning. final judgment ii vu^otial; named
XIiV. L It ia idle to eipeot an 'that greatdaj.'Uv. 6 ; 'dayof jadg-
ilizedbyGoOglt.
126
The Book of Enoch.
[Sect. II.
tribulation. 3. Oa that day Mine Elect One will sit on tbe
throne of g'lory and make choice amongst their (men's) deeds,
and their mansions will be innomerable, and their sools will
grow strong within them when they see Mine elect ones and
those who have called npon My glorious name. 4. And on
XLV. 3. Klne Elect One. So G 14sC?. FHLMN
and Din. give ' The Elect One,' as we find ia zl. 5 ; xlix. a, 4 ;
li. 3, S ; lii. 6, 9 ; Uii. 6. Bae Hine elect ooes. So Q L N :
dl^rcn^ tiVe^; HJtC. Din. and FHMO give 'See Mine
Elect One.^ Glorioua name. So OU. Other MSS. and
ucnt,' ixii. 4 ; 0.4; 'day of jodgnumt
and oonmrnmation,' x. ii; 'd*;
of tha gnat ooniummation,' zn. I ;
'Um gTa*t judgmsnt,' xiz. i ; zxii. 4;
' da; of the great jadgment,' lii. i ;
IxuiT. 4; lUT. 9; loriil. 10; ida.
15 ; Ay. 5 ; 'gnat day of judgment'
z. 6; ixH. 11 ; xxv. 4 ; 'judgment
vhioh ii for ever,' dv, 5 ; ' great
jodgment which ii for ever,' xci. \t, ;
'judgment which ii for evsr and
aver,' 1. 1 1 ; ' da; of tribulation,' f . i ;
zovL 3; 'day of tribnlatCoa *nd [mJd,'
Iv. 3 ; ■ day of tribnlntion and great
ihame,' zcriil. 10; 'day of anffering
Kud tribalktiDa,' zlv. 1 ; Iziii. S ; 'dny
of affliotion,' zlvili. 10; 1. 3 ; 'd»y of
angquili Bod kfflioUon,' zlviii. S ; ' day
of deatraotjon,' xcviiL 10; 'day of
■boghtcr,' zoiv. 9 ; ■ day of nnoeudng
bloodiliad,' idi. 6; 'dttyofdarkneM,'
xdv. 9; 'day of nnrlghteoiuueu,'
zcrli. I. Ab the umo phnue ii ap-
plied to qnite diSarant evsnti it ii
nee ei iary to obeerve tbat — (l) The
Deluge or Hnt world jodgment ti le-
fetred to in z. 4, 5, la"; liv. j, 7-10;
zd. 5; idii. 4. (3) Final win^d
judgment at (ta htgiiminq ofOa Ma-
«<aNti> JHn^om, x. 6, ll<; (vi. i;
xiz. 1 ; zzii. 4, 1 1 ; zxv. 4 ; zlv. 1 ;
liv, 6; Iv. 4; zo, 30-17. (3) J>«te-
ment of the iword ai lAe htguaang
of ikt Jfeotoiib hingiom, when the
rigbteoniilay tbe wicked, I. 3; zc 19:
Final world-judgment ai Hit doit of
theMtaiatiie kiiigdtiBt,xAt.9; zaviii.
10; 0. 4 ; cili. 8 ; civ. 5. In zlviii. 8-
10 there laems to be a oombinatioQ of
(3) and (3), and in zoii. 9, xcii. 15 of
(3) lud (4). 8. Mine EUeot One :
*ee xl. 5. On tha throne of glory.
The Elect One will tit on the throne
of hii gloiy, zlv. 3 ; Iv. 4 ; Ixil. 3, s :
M Son of Man, he will lit on tbe
throne of hti glory, Ijit 17, 39 ; being
plaoed tbereon by the Lord of Bplrite,
Ixi. S ; IzU. 1 ; and bii throne U like-
wiwi the throoe of the Head of Day*,
ilviL 3 ; li. 3. Hie Elect One lite on
hii throne to judge; for all judgment
hai been oommitted nato him, lili.
37. Uaka ohoioo amons their
deed*. Tbii eeems to mean ' to eepa-
rate their good deedi and thcdr evil
deedi in order to weigh them in the
balnaoa for parpoaea of jodgment.'
Hie itep Ii here distinctly taken
towarda the later groat oonoapUoni of
thaTalniDd: leezli. I (note). Han*
aioni. This ia not tbe nme word aa
!■ need In miz. 4 ; but may be nm-
dered ainularly. aa It is the Ethiopio
rrnderiog of manaio, fiorl). 4, 8.
After the judgment the Meadanio
kingdom la eatabliahed and tta ■oene
will be a tranaformed heaven, zlv. 4 ;
,tradb,G0()glc
Sect. II.] Chapters XL V. 3. — XL VL 2.
127
that day I will catute Mine Elect Oae to dwell among them,
and I will traneform the heaven and make it an eternal
blessing and light. 5. And I will transform the earth and
make it a blessing and cause Mine elect ones to dwell upon
it : but the sinners and eril-doere will not set foot thereon.
6. For I have seen and satisfied with peace My righteous ones,
and have caused them to dwell before Me : but for the sinners
there is judgment impending with Me so that I may destroy
them from the &ce of the earth.
XLYI. J. And there I saw One who had a head of days,
and His head was white like wool, and with Him was another
being whose countenance had the appearance of a man and
his face was full of graciousness, like one of the holy angels.
a. And I asked the angel who went with me and showed me
all the hidden things, concerning that Son of Man, who he
Din. give: 'Holy and glorions name.' 4. Cause Kino Eleot
One to dwoU among tbem. O r«ads KiOCl (HTXhA:; A'K^li
HJtt nhich is nntranalatasble. All other MSS. support the text.
XL VI. 3. The angel who went with me. The Ethiopic gives
U. 4 ; uid earth xlf. l ; iIt. 5 : its
memb«n«Illbe>iigel«,iiiii.4(nate),
and men ; and ths Elect One will
aUile amoDg»t them. Thla idea oT
the tnuuformation of the worid wm
derived directly bom Is. liv. 17 and
liTi. 3, and probably ortginall; ttttai
ZoToaitrianlam ; Bee Chejne'B Origin
0/ th« Ptdlttr, 404, 405. It ia foond
aliewhere in Bnooh in Ixzit. i ; toL
16. In laaiah thla idea li ontj
adopted eclectlcallj ; for It ll hicom-
paUble with other £icta in the ooiilezt ;
i.e. Ixv. 10, Ac,; but in JInoah it ii
•coepted in !t« enUn lignifiaaiwe aa
logicallj' involving the immortal bleaa-
•dncM of man : of. Apoo. Bar. szxii.
< ; IviL 3 ; iv Eir* [»i. 49].
XLTLl. InthiiandthaMoiring
ebqtlwiDMtiel vii has been laid nndn'
conbribntion, and fhm it have been
drawn direoUj the expreniom ' Hiad
of Da;*,' and 'Son of Man.* The
former means in Daniel the Everlaat-
ing. It is round in Enoch in ilvj. 3 ;
ilvU. 3; ilviii. i,and has heencairted
over into the Interpolatioos, Iv. I ;
lx.i;lxii. 10,1), 13,14. Theoriginal
writer naei this axpreadon of Daniel
with mnoh appropriateneaa In oon-
nezlon with the iiup«mataral Son of
Man and the qaeatiui of Goal judg-
ment ; in hoi the two expre«ion> are
correlative: obeerre the qoeation,
•V/hj h* went with the Head of
DayiT' bat this technical appropri-
ateneaa b wanting in the Interpola-
tiona. Another beinc - . . Uke one
of the hall' angela : cf. 1 8am. xiii.
9 ; A«ta vl. 15. 8. Bon of Kan.
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
1 28 The Book of Enoch, [Smi. n.
was, and whence he was, and why he weot with the Head of
Days ? 3. And he answered and said unto me ' This is the
'one of the angels who went with me.' But, ss Volkmar has
already recoguised, Enoch has only an Angel to guide him in the
Thera >re lome difficulUea conneoted
«ith lhi« eipreaioD In Eooch, u it
hu there thiea different EUiiopio
refideriugi, "filiui homiiiii, xlvi. 1,
3, 4; ilTJtL 1, filiot Till, libt. 19;
Ixn*. 14, Htd filial prolii mktiii vi-
veatium, Izii. 7, g, 14; Iziii. 11; Iiix.
16, 17 ; Ixz. I ; liii. 1 7 ; and theie
are the greMer a> the Ethiopio trvu-
'4mtor «aii only h&TS had oiia KrA the
Mme phnM before him, i. e. j iiloi
' Tou dpe^nw. Far the LXX. invui-
■bly luei ulii irBpirtoo aa a rendsring
of Ditrp «id e*Uir|3, ud euct
Greek equivalents of the Etbiopic
eipre«ians ore huxlly conoeivable.
Are Me tben to anppoae that theee
variationB exiited in the Hebrew,
Mid aooordingly poatolate on the part
of the Ethiopic tranfllAtora a direct
aoqaaintauce with an Hebrew MS.
(vmilarlf, M Niildeke, Enegc. Brit.
ixi. 654, in the CMe of the Ethiopia
Bible, poatulatea the pMeeiiae of
Aranmo teachov in order to ex-
plain the fact that certain religious
conceptioiu are tltere eipteaaed by
The** inppoailioaa
There i* no itrict
nnifonnitj of rendering in the Ethiopia
Btble- vlit irtpdiwou is rendered bj
prolea matrix riTentinm in Num. uiil.
19 [ P». TiiL 4 ; oiliT. 3 ; oil»i, 3 (in
the laat two iniitance^ two distinct
HArew nprenivai are and) : bat
by SUoM prolia matrls TiTentiam in
Pi. lux. If. Thii latter rendering is
practically the anthorised one in the
Ethiopio >i it ii found throughont
EwkUl, in Dan. vii. 13, and nni-
Tersally In the If.t. Agwn -(til/Li
vir is freqaentlj nsed where we shonld
expect IMlAichomo, and yice vena.
Hence filini viri and &lias hominis in
the Ethiopio text may be ayiuHiymoas
and the variation may be due to the
oareleamewof the tranalator. Of inch
carelenneii there are many instances
in Enoch. In Ixixii. i we find ttlA
where we ahould have 4lnlL ai it it
oorrectly in tv. 9 and 36. Again in
linii. 45 we have twice the render-
ing 'sheep' where according t« the
context and the Greek it should be
'lamb.' Aooordingly we hold that
these variatioas were coaSaed to the
Ethiopia veraioa, and this oonolmioD
is omGrnwd by the CuA that filiui
viri, hdx. 39, does not imply one
bnm of man without the mediation of
a mother as some have supposed ; for
tlte tatoe phrase ii applied to Enoch
In Ixxi, 14, and it therefore the eqaiva-
lent of filins honiinii in zlri. ), fto.
We have above remarked that the ex-
pression in the Greek verdon of Enoch
must have been i vlh rev irSfirmou,
and not lAbs ArSpiiwm, for in Enoch it
is the distinct designation of the pei^
Bonal Meaiah. In xlviii. lo; liL 4 be
is styled the ' Meniah.' For the rela-
tion between the titie ' Sod of Man ' In
Enodi and in the N.T., les Appendix
on 'the Son of Man.' S. The Met-
tilth is conceived in the Kmilitnde* a*
(0 the Judge of the worid, (9) the Be-
vealer of all things, (3) the Messianic
Chatninon and Euler of the righteons.
(i ) As judge, he poiienei {a) righteons-
neaa, (b) wisdom, and (o) power (Pm.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Seot. ir.]
Chapter XL VI. 3, 4.
129
Son of Man who hath righteouflness, with whom dwelleth
righteonfinesa, and who reve&lfi all the treasures of that which
is hidden, because the Lord of Spirits hath chosen hirh, and his
lot before the Lord of Spirits hath surpassed everything in
uprightness for' ever. ' 4. And this Son of Man whom thou
hast seen will arouse the kings and the mighty ones from
their couches and the strong from their thrones, and will
loosen the reins of the strong and grind to powder the teeth
SimilitudeB. Hence, as in lii. 3, we must read A(n>AJtt) instead of
A||X0B<tX)t^- The error probably arose through the occurrence
ilv. 4-8 ; Uxii ; I». xi, 3-5 ; Jm. siiii.
5, 6}. (a) He U (he RightmuB Ods
ia an extraordinary leiue, xnviii. 3
(aee note) 1 liii. 6 : be poEMuea right-
oouineM, and it dwell* with him,
xlvi. 3, and on the gronnd of hli
eesentinl rigbteousncBs, xlri. 3, hai he
been ehown no leu than according to
Ood'i good pleasure, xlix. 4. (b)
Wiadom, which could Bod no dwelling-
place on earth, xlii, dwella in him
and Uie spirit of Him who gireth
knowledge, xlix. 3 : and the secrets of
wisdom itream forth from hii mouth,
li. 3, and wisdom b poured oat like
wat«r before bam, ilii. i. (c) In him
liMta the ^>fait of power, xlix. 3, and
be poosesKS univenal dominion, Ixii.
6. (a) He is the revealer of all
thing*. His appearance will be the
signal for the revelation of good and
(he unniBiiking of evil : will bring to
light everjtluDg that is hidden, alike
the inTiaible world of rigbteousness
and the hiddrai world of sin, xItI, 3 ;
xlix. 1, 4 : and will racnll to life
those (hat hare pcriihed on land and
sea, and those that are in Sheol and
bell, li. 1 s IxL 5. EtO when once
onma'kcd will vanish from his pre-
tence, xlix. a. Hence all judgment
has been oummitted nnto him, Ixix.
1;, and he will alt on the throne of
his glory, ilv. 3 (see note), and all
men and angels will be j udged before
him,li.i; lv.4; I1L8; Irii. J,3, and
no lying ntterance will be potaible
before him, xlix. 4 ; liii. 3, and b; the
mere word of hll mouth will he slay
the ungodly, Ixii. 1. (3) He is the
Messianic champion and ruler of the
righteous. He is the stay of (he
righteous, xUiii. 4, and fau already
been revealed to them, liii. 7 : he is
the avenger of their life, xlviiL 7, (fas
preaerrer of their inheritance, xlviii.
7 : be will vindicato the earth as (hetr
poeeesnon for ever, li. 5, and establish
the community of the righteous in
unbindned prosperity, liii. 6 ; liii. S ;
their faces will shine with joy, H. j,
and they will be vestured with lifc^
liii. 1 5, and be resplendent with l{gh(,
xxiii. 7, and he will abide in closes(
commnnion with them for ever, liii.
14, in die immediate presence of the
Lord of Spirits, iixii. 7, and his glory
is for ever nnd ever, and bis might
unto all generations, ilii. i. Hath
ohoaen him. Hence he is called ' the
Elect One ' : see xxxviil 1 (note) ; il.
4 (note). HIa lot . . . hath anrpaued
araty thine in nprlKhtn«M:cr.Heb.
L 4. 4 B. Grind to powder.
ilizedbyGoOglc
1 30 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. n.
of the einners. 5. Aod he will pat down Uie kings from
their thrones and kingdoma because they do not extol and
praise him, nor thankfoUy acknowledge whence the kingdom
was bestowed upon them. 6. And he will put down the
countenance of the strong and shame will cover them : dark-
ness will be their dwelling and worms their bed, and they will
have no hope of rising from their beds because they do not
extol the name of tbe Lord of Spirits. 7. And these are
those who make themselves masters of the stars of heaven,
and raise their hands against the Most High, and tread down
the earth and dwell upon it, and all their deeds manifest
unrighteousness and all their deeds are unrighteonsness :
their power rests upon their riches, and their &uth is in the
gods which they have made with their bands, and the name
of the latter phrase in ibe preceding line. 5. Put down the
kings from their tfaronas and kiogdoma. 80 all M&S. but Q M,
which pve fi-li/irPao', A17/"Yi aoq^ictffaif. flJUli inK'-nCW**'
'Put down the kings, throne upon throne of them'(l) 7. All
their deeds m&nlAet unrlf^teouaness and all their deeda are nn-
riehteonaness : their power, fto. So U, omitting the a> before
.fCXf- with DEFHL, and inEerting lD»it after .PCXf-. Din.
and O give : ' All their deeds are nnri^^teouanesB and manifest
The phn«eolog7 of these vema ia tdien m a figurative ezpTeni<ni fi»
largely drawn from the O.T,: cf. w. the dertruoUon awwting tie mighty
4Bnd6 withli.xiv. 9, II ; Paa. iJi. 7; the oppreMon ofthe righteoiu : cf. II.
Iviii. 6; Lam. Hi. 16. We have here IztL 34: Jadith zvL 17 ; Eocliu. vil,
a highly figurative descriptioQ of Hie 17 ; Marit ii. 48, Worms their bed
HeMiauic judgment of the migh^ . . . beoanoe ther do not extol the
ones of the earth. B. Put down namo of the Itord : of. Acts lii. 13
the kings from their thrones : of. for a like coonexioD of thought. 7.
Lnke i. 51, which seemi to depend Hake themselvea mastera at tbo
directly on thii veiee in Enooh in itan. The stan by it txJd figure
phrasing and thooght. Ror aeknow- stand in Enoch for (l) the angeli;
ledse wbenoe the kingdom: cT. (a) the righteoui, as in tfali verrc ;
Wisdom ii. 3 1 Rom. xiiL I. 6. cf.xliil.4; Dan. viii. 10, 11, 13, 35.
Woniu their bed. Baldentperger Dwallnponlt (i.e. thecarth). When
(p. 14) thinks that thlH expression thispbraseocoarsbyitselfintheSimili-
refen to the disease of which Herod tndes it has a good ethical sense. See
died (B. o. 4). In II Maoo. ii. 5, g it mviii. » (note). Their powor re«t*
is said that Antiochus Epiphanes died upon their rlohes : of. Psa. xlii, 6 ;
of tbii dlseue. It ia rather to be lii. 7 ; En, ztav- S (note). Their
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect, n.] Chapters XL VI. i—XL VII . 3. 131
of the Lord of Spirits have they denied. 8. And they wUl
be driven forth from the houses of His congregations and of
the faithful who cleave to the name of the Lord of Spirits.'
XLVII. I. And in those days the prayer of the righteous
and the blood of the righteous will have ascended from the
earth before the Lord of Spirits. a. In those days will the
holy ones who dwell above in the heavens unite with one voice
and supplicate and intercede and laud and give thanks and
bless the name of the Lord of Spirits on account of the blood
of the righteous which has been shed, and the prayer of the
righteous that it may not be in vain before the Lord of
Spirits, that judgment may be done unto them, and that they
may not have to suffer for ever. 3. And in those days I
eaw the Head of Days when He had seated Himself on the
throne of His glory, and the books of the living were opened
nnrighteouaneea, and their power, ftc' The Iiord of Spirits
have they denied. So Q. FHLUNO and Din. read 'The
name of the Lord of Spirits have they denied.' 8. Will be
driven forth from the houses of Els oongree^atlons. OM
rea'I f-t\Jl:K^ Aflfi" ' The houseB of Hia congregations will drive
forth.' Cleave to the name : see xxxviii. 3 (note).
fkith ta in the godi wbloh tliay rigMeoia ons will arise from ileep
h&vemftde. .. and the name of the and wiidoin . . . will be given unto
Lord of Spirita have the; denied, ihtm.' Above all, In tli« n«it verge.
This b a itrong eipreEBion for the where the phrase occun Rgun, we
idolatroui tendenciei of the Sadduceon Bad ' the blood of the righteous one!.'
court. For ■ diacnnion of the verve, The fint of the Mnccsbeei to ahed the
tee XEXviii. 5 (mote). 6. Cf. liii. 6. blood of the righteoua wm Alex.
XIiVH. 1. Od the dethronement Jonniieiu, 95B.C. Seexixviii.g^note).
and destruction of the mighty follows 3. On the iatercesgion of the uigrls
» description of the jndgmeat. The see zv. i (note). The prayer of the
blood of the righteous. ' The righteous ; of. Bev. vi. 10 for exactly
righteous' is hem a colleotive in the the same Jadtustio sentinieDt. Bee
singnUr, though, in the preceding xcvil. j (aote). 9. Book^ofthe
phnse, ' the prayer of the righteous,' living. The idea underlying thii
it uintheplnral. Some have thought phreee in to be traced to the O.T.
the singular side by siils with the There the book of life (or itt equiva-
plural must be ngniGcant here, — in lents, Exod xiiii. 31 sq. 'God's
bet a Christian allusion : but this is book ' ; Ps. liix. 18 ' book of the liv-
not so; the name juxtaposition of oases ing') wan a rsgister of the oitiiena of
is found in xlvii 4; xci. to 'the the Theocratic community. To have
K %
ilizedbyGoOglc
132 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. II.
before Him, and His whole host which is in heaven ahove
»ne'B name vritt«ii in the book of life
implied the privilege of puticipoUng
in the Umfmal bleningi of the Theo-
CTMj, Is. IT. 3, while to be blotted
nut ufthiBbook.Exod.xxiii.aa; Fa,
liii. iS, meuit ezclmdaa thersFroni.
In the O.T. thii expTSRUon wu
nriglDkll; cnuBned to ttinpotaX blsM-
ing» only, but in Dun. xii. i it ii
transComied through the ioSuenoe of
the new conception of tlie kingdom,
■nd diitinotly refen to itn immortality
of bleesednen. It haa the Bamu mean,
ing in oar text. A fnrtlier rafereBoe
to it ii to be found in civ. t. Tlie
phnue again q>pean in the Book of
Jubilma izz in oontrut wiUi ' the
book of thoae thnt ihall be destroyed,'
but in tile O.T. tenie. Hie 'Books
of the Sainte'inoviii. 3 (dii. I T) has
practically the HHoe meaning. In the
N.T. the phntw a of frequent occui^
renoo, Phil. iv. 3 ; Hev. iii. j ; liii. 8 ;
'7i
i.19.
Hud the idea in Luke 1. 10 ; Heb. :
33 ' written in heftvan.' For later
instancee of its use sea Pastor Her-
niae, VU. L 3, 3 (gee Hamack in loc) ;
Sim. ii. 9 ; Mand. viii. 6 ; i Clem. xlv.
8. There is no idea of abaoliite pre-
destination involved in this conception.
The same thought, i. e. the inicriptEon
of the name in the book of life, under-
lies the words ' the memorial of the
riyhteoni will be before the Face of
the Great One unto all generationt,'
ciii. 4. Contraat Pas. Sol. liii. lo,
' the memorial of the wicked ahall no
more be foand.' (i) Booka of remem-
brance of good and evil deeds. For
tfaoae wherein good deeds were re-
cordeil, nee Ps. Ivi. 8 ; Mai. iii, 16 ;
Book of Jubileoa ui; wherein evil
deeds were recorded, Is. Ixv. 6; En.
Ixxd. 4; luxii. 61-64, ^^1 7°i 7'i
76,77; »C17,30i IOTiii.7,8; dT.7i
Apoc Bar. ixiv. I ; wherein good and
evil deeds were recorded, Dan. vii. 10 ;
Rev.ii,ii; AiicIs.ii.JO. (3) Tlie
heavenly tables -^ vXitmc vaii oiifmioa
in Test. >:ii. Patriarch. The concep-
tion anderlying this phrase is to be
traced partly to Ps. cuiiz. 16 ; Eiod.
iiv. 9, 40 ; iivi. 30, where we find
the Idea that there exist in heaven
divine atcbetypei of certain things on
earth : partly to Dan. z. ti, where a
book of God's plana is referred tor
but moat of all to the growing deter-
minism of thought, for which tliis
phrase stands as a concrete expression.
In Apocryphal literature hiBt<nic*J
events are not depicted acocsding to
the maniTold variety of life, but are
methodically arranged under artificial
cat^oriee of measnre, number, weight.
Wisdom li. 10 1 IT Ezra iv. 36, 37. The
conception is not a hard and Gied one :
in Enoch and Teat. iii. Patriarch, it
wavers between an absolute determin-
ism and predictioa pure and simple :
whereas In Jubilees, in addition to
these significationa it Implies at tJmes
little more than a oontemporsry
heavenly record of events. In Enoch
the idea is mainly predestinarian, the
■heavenly tabiea' recordall the deeds
of HI
3 the r.
Ixxxi. I, 3 ; and the entire iiietory of
tho earth, iciiL 1-3; and all the
unrighteous ness that will anae, cvi.
ig; Gvii. I ; aa wtU a< all the blesa-
ings in store for the righteous, dil. a,
3. They are likewise called the Book
of the Angels, ciii. 3 ; for they are
designed also for the pemsal of the
angels, cviii. 7. that they may know
the future reooropenseaof the righteous
andthewicked. In Twt. iii. Patriarch.
Levi 5 ; Aser 7, the idea is predictive
Levitical law. Id Jubileea the v
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect. 11.] Chapters XL VII. ^ — XL VIII. %. 133
and aroand Him stood before Him. 4. And the hearts of
the holy were filled with joy that the number of righteotisnesa
had drawn nigh, and the prayer of the ri{{bt«ouB was heard, and
the blood of the righteoos required before the Lord of Spirits.
XLVIII. I. And in that place I saw a fountain of right-
eousness which was inexhaustible : around it were many
fountains of wisdom, and all the thirsty drank of them
and were filled with wisdom, and had their dwellings with
the righteous and holy and elect 3. And at that hour that
XLTn. 4. Had drawn nigh. So GM tCO isalead of (l]l*ffi
of Din.
XLVIII. I. Wblob waa inexhaustible. It is not necessary- to
conjectnre with Din. tliat JL^4*)A^isa corruption of iL.^4~fAf ;
for the former is the natural rendering of ampldniror, which in
Hellflmstio Greek meant TariouBly ' great,' ' strong,' ' immense,'
; of tin He>-
; ofthereocTdini;
of the phrMs ii ver; loose ; the
beaveoly table* we the irtstale hook
of the Theocntc;, or k mere contem-
pomr; record, or else are prediotive or
deteimiiifttive. TheheareiiljtKbleara-
coid: (1) L&wi Levitiol Knd criminal.
In aotne iiuhuicee previuiuly obeerred
in heftveo, in otben, eitabllihcd tor
Ihefirittlmeoneulb: Peaet ofweeki,
vl; Tabenudet, ivi; Paiaovgr,
■tlie FeatiTal of the Lord,'
CaremonUl ulnannim. iii ; Ci'-cunici-
■ion, 1; the Sabbath, XT i Uthea, xzzii
uuriiatre of elder dftDghter, iivili
deetmction of him n-bo give* hit
daoghler to a Gentile, izi ; of the
moiderer, iv ; of the ioaeatnoat penon,
xniii (ordained because of Seuben) ;
of (he teed of Lots xvi ; of the Fhilis-
tinei, izir. (i) Merely ■ oontem-
porar; STent: the slangbter of the
Sbecbemites, ixz; the insUtntion of
the ■ FecUval of (he hori,' xviii i the
(bowing of the Seven Tables to Jaoob,
mil ; Isaac'* blessing of Levi and
Jnd«h,>xxi; the naming of Abraham,
liz ; and of Levi, iii, as (Henda of
God. (3) Piediotions : of the judg-
t ofal
Blatiie kingdon
of the faithful as Menda of God and
the transgressors a* liateis, iiz. HU
whole host. God, as the Jehovah
of Hosts, ill His manifei
general!; bo sooompanled :
Iz. I, 4; bed. 9-14. Aeoordlng to
the Similitudes It is the Messiah that
judges. 4. The nnmber of light-
eonsness. Din. takes thUtomean the
period determined beforehand for the
complete revelationof divinerighteonn-
neas, i.e. the year of the final judg-
ment. This interpretation ii pei^apa
favoaredbj ler. l. On the other hand,
would it not be better to take the
phiMe as meaning that iht nunib^ ••/
tketUctmxtalmoit/ntfititd^ cf.Bev.
vi. to, II.
XliVm. 1. Flaoa: see xlvi. i.
Foantaiua of wisdom: aee xHi.
I, 3 (note). Cf, Is. Iv. I sqq. 3.
At that hour, i. e. when Enoch was
beholding these visions. That Bon
of Man was named. The pre-
exiitenoe of the Son of Man is plainly
taught in the Similitudes. He (not
,tradb,G0()glc
134 ^^ Book of Enoch. [8«et. II.
Son of Man was named in the preeence of the Lord of
Spirits and his name before the Head of Days. 3. And
before the snn and the signs were created, before the Btars
of the heaven were made his name was named before the
Lord of Spirits. 4. He will be a staff to the righteous
on which they will support themselves and not fall, and he
will be the light of the Gentiles and the hope of those who
are troubled of heart. 5. All who dwell on earth wilt fall
down and bow the knee before him and will bless and laud
and celebrate with song the Lord of Spirits. 6. And for
tliie reason has he been chosen and hidden before Him before
the creation of the world and for evermore, 7. And the
wisdom of the Lord of Spirits hath revealed him to the holy
' innumenLble.' g-ThelKtrdof Splrlta. 80 G : ANTHJt; OD^ffl't*-
Din. gives ' the name of the Lord of Spirits.' 6. And for ever-
more. So E G H M N 0. L and Din. add (W-JS^D- ' And he
his name) hu been choam imd hidden
ID God's preunce &om before creation
and unta eternitj, ilvlii, 3, 6 ; the
Moat High liu preeerred him and
revealed him to the elect, ilri. I, Ij
l:tii. 7 ; hit glory ia Tor ever and over,
xlii. 3 1 >jid when Enoch was trana-
lated, the Son of Man WM already
abiding with the Lordaf SpiriCa, lii. i,
Tbii actual pre-existence if the Son of
Man i§ only in keeping with his other
■Dpematiual aCtiibates of QniverBol
do[ninion,lxii.6, and unlimited judidal
authority, liii. 17. That the eailier
Itabbi* taught only an ideal pre-
existence of the Meaaiah (Weber,
IaKt. a. Talmud, 339-41) doei not in
the leait make against the idea of an
actual pre-eiistence being found In
the Similitndes, as the whale con-
cuption of the San of Man there i«
uniqae in Jewiih literature. It is
moreover found in it Eira lii, 3a ;
xiii. ]6. Beaidea, Edetsheiu, L^t
and Timet of Jeiat, i. 174-6, main-
tain! that thii doctrine is taught in
the oldest Babbinio writings, and
Wsber (p. 340) conoedee its appeal^
ance in the Uter. Cf. SohUrsr, IXv.
ii. vol. ii. 159-16], who agreed with
the view above followed. 3. Tho
slKna. These are ths aigna of
the Zodiac ^^~^, Jab luviii. 31.
See alio viii. 3 ; Ixiii. 13, 19. 4.
Ths ligtit of the OeotUea. Is. ilii.
6 ; iLix, 6. The Mesaiah will become
the light of the Gentiles through hia
future coming and character being
made known unto them. Cf. liii. 7>
where he is already revealed to the
rightvoui. S. All will bow Ul«
knoa before him. Even those who
have denied him, Ldi. 6, 9, lO; liiii.
See also xc. 33-38. Cf. FhiL ii. 10.
e. Tar thia reaaoD, i.e. that given
in vv. 4, 5. Hidden: cf. it Ezra
xiii, $3. 7. BoTealfld bim to
th* holy and rigbteooa, i.e. throogh
ilizedbyGoOglc
Sect, n.] Chapler XL VIII. 3-10. 135
and righteous for he preserreth the lot of the righteous,
becaQBe they have hat«d and despised this Trorld of ud-
righteoosaess, and have hated all its works and ways in the
name of the Lord of Spirits : for they are saved in his name
and he is the avenger of their life. 8. And in those days
the kings of the earth, and the strong who possess the earth
will be of downcast countenance because of the works of their
hands, for on the day of their anguish and affliction their
souls will not be saved. 9. And I will give them over into
the hands of Mine elect : as straw in fire and as lead in water
they will bum before the face of the holy, and sink before
the face of the righteous and no trace of them will any more
be found. 10. And on the day of their affliction, there
will be before Eim for evermore.' 7. He la tli« avenger of
tbeir lifo. So all MSS. but O, which reads lU^A 'Accordiag
to His good pleasure is their life ordered': lit. 'it happens iu
regard to their life.' Q's reading preserves the paralleliEm in both
form and meaning. 9. Befiire the fiuM of the I10I7. So G.
Other MSS. except M read: 'before the face of the righteous.'
Befbre the fboe of the rlght«ous. So O M. Other MSS. and Din.
O.T. ptopheoy. Cf. lili. 7. Frs- Ibe huida, Ao, : ne uxviit 5 (note).
MTVBth the lot of the righteona. Ab atrkv i& Jlro. A omnmoD figure
Tha Mewah ii th« itkj of the right- in the O.T., Eiod. ir. 7 <» Ii. v. 14 ;
eoiu uld tbs gnardiui And ■oraty of Mai. iv. I : '*» lead in water,' Bzod.
the inhsritanoe that awaita them. i*. 10. Before the (aoe of the holf.
Hated aad deepind thli world of The nference here ii to Gehenna,
nnrlghteoasneaa : cf cviiL 8, 9, 10; Cf. xivii. a, y, id. a6, 17: but in the
Gal. L 4. Saved In hla name : ct SimUitudntheidraofGeheiuia under-
I Cor. Ti. II ' Juitified in tha name goea lome traniformntion. In izvil.
D^' &11. Avenger of their Ulb, ij 3 1 ic 16, 37, the sufferings of the
i. e. by reoompennng the rigbteaua wioked fonn an ever-preieiit ipcctMcle
and requiting their foea who ihoold to the rigbteoas. Cf IV Em [vi. i],
be handed over to the angeli of ' BevelaUtor fumui gehenoae, et ez
paniahineut, liii. 11. S. Day of adveno sjuiiteraia paradisuejaotnidi-
thelr uignlah: aee xIt. 1 (note), tatom*: but in the Siniilitudea, where
8-8. Aa the Metdah li the Saviour faeaven and earth are traniformed on
of the righteona, m ii ha the deitioyer the advent of the Mceriah, thie >pec-
of their oppreMon. The louU of the taole U only a temporary one, and
<^reaMn ' will not be aaved' : of. GehsDna and it* vlctimi vnniah for
ixiviiL 6. Olve them over Into ever &om tiie tight of the righteout,
;dbyGcH)c^[c
I3<S
Tke Book of Enoch.
[Sect. II.
will be reBt on the earth ; hefore them they will fall and Dot
rise a^in : and there will he no one to take them with his
haods and raise them : for they have denied the Lord of
Spirits and His Anointed. The name of the Lord of Spirits be
blessed.
XLIX. I. For wisdom is poored ont like water, and glory
faileth not before him for ever and ever. %. For he is
mighty in all the secrets of righteousness, and nnrigbteoufiness
will disappear as a shadow, and have no continuance, because
give : ' before the face of the holy.' lo. Before them. So O M
^SfWeO'. Other MSS. ' before him.' Hia Anolntsd. Tlie
name of the Iiord of Spirits be blessed. These words are
omitted by Q through homoioteleuton : found in all other U8S.
XLIX. I. Is poured oat. Q reads ^!^ (sic), which when
ilTiU.9;lxi!. 13, 13. CeiUv.zx.14.
10. B«M ; of. UU. 7. 'Wm &U and
not rise scsin : cf. var. 4 (or the op-
pontei cf. ilio P«. zixvi u. The
Lord Mid Hli Anointed : cf. Pi. ii
i. Ths term 'M«s>iab' or 'Anoiutod
One' wu Hppliciible to any one
(ipeciaUy oommiBEiooed by God to »
religious or Theocratic functioa: henoe
to David and bia aooceisora, ind even
to » Gentile piinoe — Cyras (la. xlv.
1}: to the Jewish h^^h-piieat — 'the
nnointed prieit,' Lev. iv. 3, 5, 16;
vi. II : to the Servimt of Jehovah,
\\. lii. I. In the Fsslms the title
geaanlly xt^er* to the Rdgning king
or to the Dftvidic king m looh : yet
iM ideal aspent is never lost sight of^
When the hi«toiioal kingship came to
an and, the idea atiU remained and
waa kept prominent tluoagh the
liturgical nee of the Pialms. Its
imperfect realisation in the Unga of
(he pMt made Israel look forward to
the true MeMauio king in wbooi it
should be perfectly embodied. But
the term is never used (echnioally in
thii senie in the O.T. In this technical
sense it is firet (bond in the KmOitndef,
xlviii. lo; lii. 4, and a decade or so
later in Psa. Sol. zviL 36 ; ivlii. 6, 8.
For its later oacairenoe see iv Eva
vii. 39; liL 311 Apoo. Bar. ziix.
3 ; zzx. 1 ; mix. 7 ; xl. i ; Ux. 9 \
lixiii.aiidN.T. passim. SeeOteyne^
OriQim oj" Ua FmUer, 338-39 : Art.
on the Messiah, ^lej/e. Brit. xvi. 33-
56. On (he qneation generally, cf.
Henog, B. E. ix. £41-73 : SchUnir,
JHv. ii. vol. ii. 110-87.
XTiTZ. That the UeaaiahwiUthiu
deal with ths migfaty ones of the
earth Is dear from bis nature and
attributes. 1. Wisdom 1« poured
oat like water : oL Is. xi. g. Wisdom
hare — the knowledge and fear of God.
Cf. xzziE.5. aiory feileth not, Ac.
The MeisiBL is the object of endlesa
glorificatiou. 3. HlslLtr In all
the aeoreta of risliteoaaness. On
the revealing and maaifeating power
of the Messiah see zlvi. 3 (note).
Disappear as a shadow, and liave
no oontlnnanoe. The pliraaealcgy
is borrowed from Jub ziv. 1. The
word translated ' continoauce ' i*
;dbyGcH)c^[c
Sect.!!.] Chapters XLIX. i — L.i. 137
the Elect One standeth before the Lord of Spirits, and his
glory is for ever aod ever, and his might nnto all generations.
3. And in him dwells the spirit of wisdom and the spirit of
Him who gives knowledge, and the spirit of understanding
and of might and the spirit of those who have &llen asleep in
righteoufiness. 4, And he will judge the secret things and
no one will be able to utter a lying word before him ; for be
is the Elect One before the Lord of Spirits according to His
good pleasure.
[L. I. And in those days a change will take place in the
taken intraneitively is equivalent to Dln.'e reading i%(i0. 3.
Vila spirit of Him irho gives knoirlsdgs. Instead of ovlAits
HfAA- O reads cnl^; Il^lUlr="The spirit which speaks to
him.' 4. He Is tbs Eleot One. Instead of ')4s)& O reads 't4<^
' He is consecrated.'
formed from the verb tnuulatad
' (tand^ ' : ' uuriglitMDaien will
hava no itaadiDg-ground bewnH the
BlMtOne*t*iideUi,'&a Qlorrlifor
•ver and. ever, Ao.: o£ Ib. Iz. 6, 7 ;
Hio. T. 1. 8. Farther emiow-
menta of the Meadah after I*. li. 1.
The apirit of wladoia: cf. li. 3.
The apiilt of Hhn who (jvea
knowledge. Thli may oarreapoed
to ' the spirit of oooiuel ' or to ' the
ipirit of knowledge' in Ie.zi.3. The
apizit of thoae who have fallen
aileep, Ao. Hie ri^teonimeai which
In Bome meaante belonged to all the
Uthfnl in the paat will tn him attain
perfect rcaUtation. 4. Jodge the
•eoret Ihlnca : eC t. ) and iMii. 3
(note). A Irlns word. Falwhood
will ba impMuble in hia pwaenoe.
Ot Izii. 3 ; and IxnL 9, where It ia
taken over in the Inteipolatloni.
The word tianilatad 'Ijing' denotea
■ emptineaa' : there ia no reality oor>
. Cf. li.6<takeHia
i.e. oommlt perjoiy.
Tor ha la the Bleot One, fto. For
these Teiy pnrpoaei haa he been
oboaea : of. iItIu. 6.
I.. Thii dtapter mnit, I think, be
regarded aa an interpolation : if it la
original, the writer waa inconaittMit
with himaelf, and the iucongrnoas
detail! were due to literary reminle-
oenoe. Theee dataila belong to the
aanie iphera of thonght aa Ixxiili-xo
and xci-^v, where the jadgmeot of
the Bword forma the prelude to the
Meananic kingdom which ia gradually
eltabliabad and attended by the e«n-
Tanion of the heathen, xc. 30, 33 :
zd. 14, and Dltimately followed by
the final jadgment. But izivli-lui
are etrongly apoealypUo in obaracter,
and the klngdem ia ndieied in by the
aedden ^ipearing of the Son of Han,
who inaaguratea hia retgn by the two
tremendona acta of the reaurreotiiMi
and the final jndgmant. Thie jodg-
ment i« (onuiiary and foreaaio, IxiL 1.
Hiere U no plaoa of repeetanoa : cf.
Izii 1 Iziii. Ged'a mercy ia ahown in
itradb, Google
138
The Book of Enoch.
[Sect. 11.
lot of the Koly and elect ones : and the light of days will
abide upon them and g^ory and honour vill tom to the holy.
2. And on the day of affliction, evil will gather over the
fiinners, bat the tighteous will be victorious in the name of
the Lord of Spirits : and He will cause the Gentiles (lit. 'the
others ') to witness (this judgment) that they may repeit and
forego the works of their hands. 3. They will have no
houonr through the name of the Lord of Spirits, yet through
His name will they be saved and the Lord of Spirits will have
compassion on them, for His compassion is great. 4. And
He is righteous in His judgment, and in the presence of
His glory and in His judgment do unrighteousness shall
maintain itself : whosoever repents not before Him will perish.
L. a. Bvil will gatbw orer tbe ■limer*. Instead of ^V7-fl:
Xh-t O reads Itttl?!!: XM and M H7>(Ui XM. Other MSS.
support Din. May repent. A(hl>>. G reads f^fh- 'tn&j
arise.' M N A^flrfti. 3. Throni^ the name of tlie Iiord of
Bpirlta. So O M. dtlao instead of A^J^-OD of other M8S. and
Hi* dealing! with llie righlootu, lii.
13. All nnnen ue furtliwitli driven
from off the otrth : heaven and ewth
»xe tranafonnsd and become tlia habi-
tation of the righteonl. Henoe Ihsre
ii DO room for the period of the
aword> or for the progieniTe con-
venion of the heathen. The writer
baa not, any mwe than Dauid, takes
into aooount the deitin; of the
latter, save indireatly in teaching a
geoeni judgment. TheH Tciaea, then,
are a later addition made with the
purpoae of fiillng up a gap in the
tUmilitodea, bnt in reality they eerve
only to tend the nfiBmlnw TeatDie of
their thoagbt nod qntem. 1. The
night of oppi^adon will give place
to thu iiinihine of glory and honour
for the rigbteona with the advent
of the MnMJanin kingdom : of. Iviji.
5,6. Ofaaarve that tilers is no meuticm
of the MeMiah in tt. t-4, nor yet of
the klngi and mighty onea, boUi of
whioh faots tend to eonfirm the oim-
cludon we have above arrived at.
H0I7 and slaot : cf. Izit. S. S.
The period of the iword, when the
rigfateoDi alay the wicked, ii here
refened to: cf. 10. 19-J4i ^- *'■
Day of aiSiotioli : cf.zlviii. 10; klv.
3 (note). Oaueo tbe Oentilea . . .
that they m*7 repeat: cf. xo. 30,
33> 34; loi- 14- 8- The Gentilet
who repent will be nved aa by fire.
They will not have the abnndMit
entering In of the Jews. 4, 6.
Whui the honr of the final jadgment
anivet, the Maaim of meroy for the
Gentilea ii paat for ever. Note the
afflniUea of Ihonght between 1, 3-5
and Ix. 5, 15. Ct IT Em vU. 33;
Apoo, Bar. Ixiiv. is. Obaarve tint
the final jadgment here la not at the
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect. II.]
Chapters L. i — LI. i.
139
5. And from heacef orth He will show no mercy to them, saith
the Lord of Spirits.]
LI. 1. And in those days will the earth also give back those
Din.: 'Before the Lord of Spirits.' 5. He wiU show no
meroy. This may equally well be translated ' I will show no
mercy.'
banning of the Meananic reign, aa
in the Similitades, but *piwroDtly ot
ita cloae, u In loi-ciT. In iv Exra and
the Apoc. Bar., when the Mearianlo
kingdom li of temporarj duration,
and brought to a close b; the Gnal
judgment, a period of npentatioe ii
rightly ipoken of. Cf. Apoo. Bar.
Ixxxv. 13 ; 17 Ezra vil. 34.
LL 1. The reeoireetdan here is a
retDrreodon of all Iirael, but not of
the Gentilea. IL I would indeed aeem
to point to the latter, and tbiB all the
nuH^ no a» rv Ena vii. 31 and [tL 1],
wbleh an evidently bated on it, and
on En. Iz. 6, aie applied to a general
iMunection. But the whole hiitory
of Jewish thoui^t poiote in an oppo-
■ite direction. At we ihall see below ,
no Jewiiih book except TV Ecra teachei
Indubitably the doctrine of a general
reaurrectlati; and this may be due to
Christian influence, aa iv Em cwinot
be eariier than So a. D. Individual
Talmud wiU be noticed below. On
the qneatian generally, ue Chejne,
Origin 0/ (4e fu^ter, 381-4SJ ; ' Po«-
uble Zoroaatrian InflaenceE on the
Religion of Iimel,' Ear^miary I'lnof,
1891, pp. 314-113 ; 148-153: Eiaen-
menger.^Mccjtffli ./wienUum, iL 8lg,
810-949 = Weber, Hit Lehrm d. Tul-
niu^,35l-4i37t-So;&chalE.XT.Ii<?Ae
Z^i>Io^,4>*AuB. 753-68: Hera^
B. E, Art. UniterbUohkeit, voL iri.
189-195: HambiiigM',A-£ii. (rSeqq.
(Art Belebnng der Todten) : Eden-
heim, £{/> and Tima <^ Jan, ii.
397-403: Kahle, Biiiisrfe Etchato-
loyie.ie^OiSttde.ffberd.A.T.liBhen
VortielUmgen von dem Zailandt nach
dem Tode, 1877: Caatelli, 'Future
Life in Babbinic Literatare,' Art. in
JeteUk Q;tiarterly RtmetB, July,l8S9,
pp. 314-51 : Montefiore, ' Doctrine of
Divine Betribution in 0. T.,' Oct.
1890,1-1 3. The varionefwDu in which
the Jewiih doctrine of the reaorrection
appeared are: (i) a returreetion of all
laraditea. Thiidoctriiieiafirettaught
in Dan. lit, 1 ; but, though ao power-
fully Btterted, It did not become the
prevailing belief. It i« the aoeepted
iaith in En. i-zuvi (with the eioep-
tion of one olaai of rinneie in ixiL 13) ;
zzzviJ-Uz;lxxxiii-zc; Pb. liv (title)
inSept.;nMBcc.vii. 9, 14, I3il9<3<i;
xii. 43, 44 compared with vi. 36 ; Apoc.
BaT.l--li.6. (3) A retarTectionoftha
rigbteouB laraelitei. In post-Giilic la.
XIV. 8;iivi. ]9:Fu.xvLl0,ll;KvIi.
l5:xlix.l5,l6;lxxiii.94-i7(cf.Cheyne,
Origin ofthg Pmltar, 406-408); Job
xiv. 13-15 ; lix. a6, aj ; En. xoi-oiv ;
I^SoUiii. i6;iiii. 9;xiv. 7; xt. 15;
Apoc. Bar. xix ; Joaephna, Ant. iviU.
I, 3 ; .Self. Jad. ii. 8, 14. That the
reaurrection waa the sole prerogative
of righteous Israelite* became the ac-
cepted doctrine in Talmudio the<dogy :
Weber, Die Leiritt d. Tahntd, 371-
3. Individual voices, however, are
not wanting who aaaerted the leaur-
reotion of pious Gentile*, Biaenmenger,
Eittd*etta»JadaUhitm,g08,9x Indeed
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
140
The Book of Enoch.
[Sect. II.
who are treasured up within it, and Sheol alao will give back
that which it has received, and hell will (^ve back that which
it owee. %. And he will choose the righteous and holy
from among them : for the day of their redemption has drawn
nigh. 3, And the Elect One will in those days eit on My
throne, and all the secrets of wisdom will stream forth from
the counsels of his month : for the Lord of Spirits hath given
LI. I. Those who are treasured up within It, and Sheol
also wlU give back that whloh It has received. So G : XAi
■HI7(h (DfltJ^ (DOMiL: Tl-Vdc Htimmarir. The text of G ia
manifestly better tb«n that of Dki., the parallelism of which is
destroyed apparently by the incorporation of marginal glosses.
IT Ezra vii. 32 which is evidently modelled on 11. i conRrmB text
of G. DIq. is supported by F H L N O and gives : ' That which is
entrusted to it, and Sheol wUl give back that which ia entrusted
to it, which it has received.' M agrees with Din. but that it
omits OT'101^ iu the first clause an<) ;f^-AX in the second. 3.
On Ky throne. SoGM. Other MSS. and Din. 'on His throne.'
tint of kU the GeDtllu, with aome few
moeptioiu, but only to die again,
EiMTunenger, 90S-10; Weber, 373.
We ihould obaerre tbat even imper-
fect lanelitee might atUln to the
Teaumetion of life nfCer purgation in
Gebenm, Webn, 371. [Obaarre that
la the Didachs it ii taogU ae »
Chiiatiiin doetiine thatonljthe right-
eon.«Bnu*d.»i.7.] (3) Areaar-
reetion of all mankind, n Ezra vii.
33; [»i. J;] Tert. lii. Patriaioh.
Jadae zxv ; Benjamin x. In both
came the doettine ia probaU; dne
to Chriatian inflaenoea. Coaourrait];
with th« above fotma of doeliine,
otho' Jewi believed onlj in llie im-
mortality of the aoul wiUkont a reaur-
reotion ; Wiidom of Sol. iii. i aqq. ;
IT. 7; V. 16; Till. 30, conpand with
ii. 15 ; XV. S ; Jnhileei izit. 1.
Bhaol. Thu word b here used in Ita
new Boiae of Hie Intermediate State.
For the hiitoiy of thia word and itn
varioDB meanings, aee IxiiL 10. Hell,
litenlly ' deatruction,' ixitKtta, ii the
aanw aa ' Abaddon,' Job ziTi. 6 : cf.
Rer.ii.ll. With the whole verae cf.
IV Eira vil. 31. The ranirmetlon ia
H reaurTseUon of the body : cF. Iiii. 14.
So alio in i-iiiTi ; liudii-ic ; In zoi-
oiv it Ii only a nianrrection of the
soul and apirit. Ia thii respect the
Pag. Sol. probably Kgree wiUi iri-oiT.
A reeorreotion of the body is taught
in It Uacc. ; Apoo. Bar. ; IV Eira.
3. The dar of thalT lodemption
has drawn nigh: of. Lake ixi. iS.
Ab the Meaaiah in hia judicial oapadty
diicriminatea between men'i deeda,
iIt. 3, ao he diacrimlnatea between
the righteoua and the wicked. 8.
Hie Maeeiah ia the eaibodiment of
wiadotn, ilii. 3 : and in tUa wiadom
■halt the members of hia kingdom
ahare, llviii. i; \A. 1, It. Cf. xlii.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect. II.]
Chapters LI. 2~LII. 2.
141
it to him and bath glorified him. 4. And in those days
will the mountains leap like rams and the hills will skip like
lambs satisfied with milk, and they will aJl become angels in
heaven. 5. Their faces will be lighted np with joy because
in those days the Elect One has appeared, and the earth will
rejoice and the righteous will dwell apon it, and the elect
will go to and fro upon it.
LII. I. And after those days, in that place where I had seen
all the visions of that which is hidden — for I had been carried
off in a whirlwind and borne towards the West— 2. There
mine eyes saw all the hidden things of heaven that shall be,
an iroD mountain, and one of copper, and one of silver, and
LII. 2. AH. tbe bidden thin^ of heaven that shall be. 80
GM, omitting the ilJEOt ^"^C of Din. and FHLNO. Dlu.
gives ' Tlie hidden tbiugs of tlie heaven, all things which shall be
3 (note). 4. Tlie monntaini will
IsftP, Ao., i.e. witli joy: tS. Pb. osiv.
4,6. All beooms ongela In heavsn.
This is not to b« weakened down into
m, mere likeueu (o the angels. At
the leut it denoted an equaUt; of the
rightcom with them. In an earlier
Motion, loi-dT, there is the same
idea. The rlghteonB will be com-
panimu of the heavenly linets, civ. 6,
and re}oice ru the luigela in heaven.
civ. 4. The idea ie further developed
In Apoe. Bar. ; the righteons will be
tratiBformed into the glory of the
nngela, li. 5, and be made like onto
them, li. lo, and their lurpasxing
■plendoar will exceed that of the
angelj, li. II. This too !■ the teaching
of the Talmad. 5. The ssrth r.'.
joicca, for it is tranaformed, xlv. 5,
and hai at last become the inheritance
of tlie righteooi as anciently promised :
cf. Ps. invii. 3, 9, 11. J9,34.
Iitl. This obsoare ohupter aeemi
to lymbolize the varioni fiitore king-
doms of the worLI, and to be founded
on Dan. ii. 31-45. These kingdom!!
of material force, symbolized by iron
and brass sod silver and gold and
clay, will be aa the chaff of summer
threshing-floors before the kingdom
of the Messiah, Dan. tl. 35 : tbey will
be broken to pieces and consumed,
Dan. ii. 44. So here the varions world
powers represeated by these moun-
tnins of iron and copper and silver
nod gold, Ac., will melt as wai before
the fire in the presence of the Mesuah,
Hi. 6, and be destroyed from off the
face of the earth, Iji. 9, and no earthly
might will avail in that day, lii. 7, 8.
Observe that the idea of aymboliiing
the world powers by mountains Is
dnwn from the same section of Daniel.
In ii. 35 the Meagianic kingdom is
symbolized by a mountain. 1. In
that plaoe, i. e. In heaven, where he
had seen all (he preceding viuons.
It is idle to attempt to get an eiavt
idea of Enoch's movements. In xxxix,
3 he was carried off by ■ whirlwind
to the enda of heaven : heie he is
,tradb,G0()glc
142 The Book of Enoch. [Soctli.
one o£ gold, aad one of soft metal, and one of lead, 3.
And I asked the angel who went with me, saying, 'What
things are these which I have seen in secret ?' 4, And he
eaid unto me, ' All these things which thon haat seen serve the
dominion of His Anointed that he may be potent and mighty
on the earth.' 5. And that angel of peace answered me
and said, ' Wait a little and there will be revealed to thee
everything that is hidden, which the Lord of Spirits has
established. 6. And those mountains which thine eyes
have seen, the mountain of iron, and of copper, and of silver,
and of gold, and of soft metal, and of lead, all those will
in the presence of the Elect One be as wax before the fire,
and li^e the water which streams down from above upon
those mountains and will become powerless before his feet.
7. And it will come to pass in those days that none shall
be saved either by gold or by silver, and none shall be able
to escape. 8. And there will be no iron for war nor
on the eartb.' 5. Wait a llttla and there will be revealed
to thee everything. So G M. Other MSS. and Din. after Walt
a little inBert 'and thou wilt see.' For ltttlA=' which he Las
established,' Q reads HhArt:='which encompaaaes the Lord of
Spirits.' 6. Whloh thine eyes have seen. So O M : HC^Lf i
JtO^Ttll. Other MSS. and Din. ' which thou haat seen.' 7.
ZTone shall be able to escape. So G M. Other MSS. and Din.
read ' None shall be able to save himself or escape.' 8. There
bame to the west. S. Soft metal. tiou of these venea eee introductory
The origiiul word denotes an esaily note to this obapter. The writer giveri
melted metal, kud may aliio stand a« a twofold ai^iifianoe to theae metali :
a general name for tin aad lead: cf. that given above and that developed
liL 6 ; Izv. 7, 8 ; livii. 4, 6. 4. in vv. 7, 8. 6. Aa wax before
Tbece vrorld powen will serve to show the flra : cf.i.6; Ps. icvii. j ; Micah
forth the might of the Mseaiah by i. 4. Iiike -water which atreama
being dertmyed liefore hii faoe. This, down from above : cf. Micah i, 4.
thongh not the natural sense of the Before hla feet: cf. Mioah i. 3. He
vene, \% the only one it can have in will tread down the moantains. 7.
this ouDnezion. The natural answer The pbraxeology Is derival from Zeph.
to the qneation in t. 3 appears in i. 18: cf. Is. ziii. 17. The more
V. 5, and this verse may be a later preoioaa metals will nt>( redeem from
6-8. For the interpreta- danger and death, S. The harder
ub, Google
SMt.n.] Chapters LI I. ■i, — LIII.^, 143
garment for a coat of mail. Bronze wUl be of no service,
and tin will be of do service and will not be esteemed, and
lead will not be desired. 9. And all these things will be
disowned and destroyed from the surface of the eartb when
the Elect One will appear before the &ce of the Lord of
Spirits.'
LIII. I. And there mine eyes saw a. valley with open and
deep months, and all who dwell on the earth and sea and
islands will bring to him gifts and presents and tokens of
homage, bnt that deep valley will not become full. 2. For
they commit crimes with their bands, and sinners as they are
they crimiaously devour all the acquisitions (of the righteous) :
accordingly as sinners they will perish before the face of the
Lord of Spirits and will be removed from off the face of His
earth, continually for ever and ever. 3. For I have seen
the angels of punishment abiding (there) and preparing all the
will be no Iron fbr w«r nor garment for a coat of mall.
This eeeme a better rendering than ' Es wird kein Eisen geben
fiir den Krieg noeh das Kleid eines Panzers.' — Din.
LIU. I. A valley with open and deep mouths. So G: 44:
C'tOi aiOflv^: iK^Vlf tfV. Din. gives ' a deep valley, the mouths of
which were open.' a. Sinners as tb«7 are tb^ orlmlnonaly
devotiT. So FHLMNO and Din. G reada (^>TA1: J&OAO*.
3. Abiding (tb«re) and preparing. So A E H M : XIH: V%S::^\
metaU will not prove a defenca but euth bringing gifts to the Mesn&h ii
will di>Bppe»r before him : cf. Hm. ii. n favoarite one in the TUmuil, Weber
18 J la. ii. 4; iz.5; Zecb. il.to; Ps. (368-g). Dln.'i interpreUtian of the
xlri. 9. moQutuDB tuid this valley is aniQ.
Iiin. L The deep valley hero is telligible. S. Bemoved Avm off
tbatof JehoBbsphKt,whero,Bccordiii2 the fooe of Hia earth: nee xiivHi.
to Joel iii. 1, la, Giod waa to BMamble 1 (note). 8. Angela of panlth-
aud judge the Gentile*. The Talmud ment: eee zl. 7 (note). These angela
teaohea the Mme view (Weber, Dit apparently propan the ohiinti and
LehTtm d. TalmiKf, J76). Alt thoae fettan for the kings and the mighty
who dwell upon earth will bring gidt in the valley of Jeboshaphat, whero
and preeenta to the Meisiah to win the kings an to be judged. The
a favourable judgment : but tbeie will chalna for the (alien angels are forged
be c^ no avail (cf. til. 7). The idea in Gehenna, liv. 3-5. The kings ue
of the nations and the rieh men of the then taken and cast into Gehenna,
ilizedbyGoOglc
144 "^^ Book of Enoch. [Sect. il.
ingtmments of Satan. 4. And I asked the angel of peace
who went with me, ' These instrunients, for whom are they
preparing them P ' 5- And he said nnto me 'They are for
the kings and the mighty of the earth, that they may thereby
be destroyed. 6. And after this tlie Righteous and Elect
One will cause the houBe of hia congr^ation to appear :
henceforth they will no more be hindered, in the name of the
Lord of Spirits, 7. And these mountains will not stand
fast as the earth before his righteousness, and the hills will
be as a fountain of water, and the righteous will have rest
from the oppression of sinners.'
LIY. I. And I looked and turned to another part of the
Ot.fftl'^jUIL. 80 also 0, but with verbs in sing. The reading of
BCD and also FLN adopted by Din. 'guing and pre|)ariii<{'
MH! f/faa)-4- seems to be an attempted emendation of the text.
5. Ther an for the kings. So OM. Olher MSS. and Dlu.
read 'They are preparing them for the kings.' The miffhty
of t*e earth. So G. Other MSS. give ' The mighty of this
earth.' 6. Eenoefbrtb. G omits; M supports. 7. And thaae
mountatna will not stand. So all MSS. but B C which omit the
negative. Din. follows B C. Before Hla rightaousnen. So
O X'J&t. Din. gives 1% ' Before His &ce.' M Ahooi ft^fi^.
liv. 3. 6. Hooaa of Ma oon- Bhallbe ua fount of water: cf.lii.6.
gresaticm: Beenxviii. I (note). The The earth's great onea will becrnne
phrue here <a in the aingiilsr: in liii. BtreDgthleuandvkDishatthepresence
6 it i» in the plural. There fa ap- of the Meniah.
pwenti; no aigniflcuioe in the dif- X>IV. In Uii the writer denribed
ferenca. The boulea of hU cangrega- the icene of the judgment and the
tioDt are (lia Bynsg^uee: cf. Pb. fatten that were being prepared to
Ixxir. 8. 7. The mountaliiB . . . biod the king) on their condemnation.
andbilU: see Crit. Note. There i> Here he speaks of Gehenna into which
a retam here hi tiie figurative Ian- the kings are cast ; thejare punislied
gnage of lii. The mountainB and the in the sight of the righteoas : cf. liii.
hills are syiiibols oF the world powen 13. The Wen angels are oaat into
ai personated in the kings and the a fai-nace of Are. The idea of the
Diight^T- Before the Meeeiah'a right- fallen angels and the kings bvng
eonsness, the moantains (i.e. t)ie judged tt^lber is to be traced to
kings) will not be like the parth which Is. iiIt. ai, ii. 1. To another
abidethfareTra,Ps.liiviiL6[); Eccles. part of the earth. Tlie writer now
i. 4 : and the hills (1. e. the mighty) tnina fiom the valley of Jehoihaphat
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
SMt.n.] Chapters LIII. \ — LIV.-j. 145
earth and saw there a deep valley with homing fire. 2.
And they brought the kings and the mighty and put them
into this deep valley. 5. And then mine eyea saw how
they made inBtraments for them, iron chains of immeaanrable
weight. 4. And I aeked the angel of peace who was with
me, saying : ' These chain instromente for whom are they
prepared ?' 5. And he said unto me : ' These are prepared
for the hosts of Azflz£I so that they may take them and oast
them into the abyss of complete condemnation, wd cover
their jaws with rongh stones as the Lord of iSpirite com-
manded. 6. Michael, Gabriel, Bnfael and Fanuel will take
hold of them on that great day and cast them on that day
into a baming furnace, that the Lord of Spirits may take
vengeance on them for their unrighteousness in becoming
enbject to Satan and leading astray those who dwell on the
earth. [7. And in those days will punishment come from
LIV. 2. Into thl» d»ep valley. So Q M Hh-. Din. 'Into the
d«ep valley.' 3. How tbey mads instrumftnts for them, iron
chains. For Hai)aO'V£lf<n»* Q reads HmMft'tD'cn*-. 5. Cover
their Jaws. So ^UM- in Bubj. as preceding verb. Other M8S.
and Din. read fhJMk 'they will cover.' 6. WUl take hold
of tham. on that great day and oast them on that day Into
a burning ftimaoe. For <Hf-, htti Hfi-iSiA O M read
64*1; nfi-iAJt and omit 'cast them/ but wrongly, u their
reading of OMDitY instead of OO'-IH' (Din.) implies a second verb.
For a like possible confaaion of A and <D see next verse (Grit.
on the north-BBBt of Jonualeni to tbe who execute the first judgment npon
vkLe; of Hinnom lying to the wnth them. 6. He Bokl judgment on
of it. A deep vklley : lee zlTiii. 9 the watohen. On that gt*tA duf :
(note). 8-6. The prs-Heedaiua see xlv. 1 (note). OUerre that in the
jndgmant of tbe intohers in ver. j Slmilitndee the gallt of the trateiien
u (hat deeoribed at length in i-zvi. originated in their becoming lubjecti
Hie BbTM of ootnplet* oondsmna- of Satan : eee zL 7 (note) ; Book of
lion la not Gehenna bat only tbe JabQeea x. Bnralnc fUnuaa: cf.
preliminary place of puniihrnait: of. z. 6', ivUL 11; ixL 7~'°> '<!■ '4i
X. 5, 1 3. We are net t«ld hj whom 15. Hie ii to be dietinguiRhed Cran
the ohaini are f<^(ed for the fillen Gehenna, 7-I>T. S. Thii digree-
■ogsU, DOT jet who are the egenti non on the Bret world-j adgmont ia
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
146
The Book of Enoch.
the Lord of Spirita, and all the chamben of waters whicli are
above the beav^e will be op«ied aod of the fountaiiu which
Note). On them. Q omits. 7. All the ohambeTB . . . will b«
opmed. Bo Din. and aU H&6. but G, which gives ittdbl tt4^
a*ll7'0t. And of the tbuntalna. For the impoBslble OhCA
I reed 0!kA. Cf. nest clause according to QM (DjkA: ftl^Ot:
oH'AI^ fAC Otherwise for UHCA read QCQ 'in addition to.'
»NoMUofr«gneat. ABookofKoah
ii maalioDcd in the Sook of Jabileei
x; uL TbsM ftagnMota, zxziz. i,
3*; Ut. 7>-1v. 3; Ix; IxT-liiz. 15,
daal nuinly with the Delnge. Iliey
an to be i^uded ai intarpolatloni
tn tha following gnxuida out of many :
(i) They alwaj) dktntb the ooDtaxt
in whiob they oooor. (a) Thsy pro-
be a terelatiiai of Noah, li.
t Ti ^y_U, )4, j; ; IxT-liTiiL J. (3)1*^
J^^,.^beloDg to a inoeh later dardopmant
of Jewiih gnods or kabbala: eC li*.
8 ; Iz. 7 aqq. ; Ut, 7, S ; liril 6,
(4) Such a defiiute dale ai ii gtren
in li. I ill nnknowniMthaSiiiulitBdca.
(£)TheMOcmdjiidgnicDtQrtheai^eli
ia dsolared an abaolute aaoret In IzviiL
3-5 in oontndiotian with liv. 4-6 ;
1*. 3, 4. (6) The demonolc^ ii dif-
wbo ara carafhlly dlatinguiihed In
the Smilitadee aia oDnfoaed in the
additions, liii. The obief, moreover,
of the Ulen angela in the Similitude*
1* Aiawl ; in the addition!, Samjaza.
(7) TIm interpoUtoT aaelu to adapt
hli addition! to their new oinitezia,
> >^ and Booordin)^; inooiponitea in tliem
many tennt and phraani from the
Similitade^ nd a> ' Angd of peace,'
' ^.Iz. 34, lea xl. * (note); *do lying
word can be ipokan before Him,'
zlix. 4 (tiote) ; 'denied the L<nd of
e^ti,' Izrii. 8, 10, aaa xxzvUi. 3
(note) ; ■ the angel who want with ma
and thowed dm what wm hidden,'
llrLi; Iz. II (note); hrfodnrM Oaf
in ntcA borr^wJn^ile mfnuM UdaAeal
Una* and jiiraMi, either throng
IgiuntBOftorof aetpnipoa*. Ot'Lord
of Spirit*,' lee * nxrii. 3 (note) ;
'Head of Sayi,' It. I, aae zItL I
(oota) i ' Angeb of pDnfthnant^' il.
7l IzTi. I (note); 'Sok of Man,' Ix.
10 (not*); 'thoae who dwell on tha
earUi,' Ut. 9 ; zxzrii. j (note}. (S)
The intopolator mitnndeiaUada the
Similitodea, and otmibinee abaoliitely
alien alemmta : cf. ' tha bnming
Talley in the metal moimt^nt tn the
wart '—an illegitimate eombinaUon of
UL I, 3 and liT. I. (9) Finally, the
KmiiitndM follow the T.YY . ahtnuo-
logy : tha Inteipolatibni follow the
Bamaritan. Tha* in bd. 11 Enooh
■paalu of the deot a* bung already in
Paiadiie, and in In. 4 whiatnuulation
he find* hi* fcardkthei* already thara.
Thi* ooaJd be tha ca*e only aooording
to tha LXX. raokoning; for aootnding
to the Samaritan all hi* fbceUliara
inniTed him, and, aooonHi^ to the
Hel»ew, all ezoept Adam. Hie Inl«-
polati<m* follow the Samaritan reokon-
ing : lae Izt. 3 (note). The object of
the interpolator li clear. Altbocgb
thafinalworld-jiidgmentistmtedat
loigtii, thna are only the biiafeit
W Wvw
tnif ly thfa datbct in the Simili-
tnde* that an eilatiiig Apocalypae
of Noah WH laid under oontribn-
;d by Google
8«ct.ll.] Chapters LIV. 8 — LV. 3. 147
are below the heavens and beneath the earth. 8. And all
the waten will be joined with the waters : that which is
iU>ove the heavens is the masculine and the water which is
beneath the earth is the feminine. 9. And all who dwell on
t^e earth will be destroyed and those who dwell nndw the
aids of the heaven. 10. And they will thereby recognise
their nnrighteousnese which they have committed on tiie earth,
and owing to this will they be destroyed.'
LV. I. And aft«r that the Head of Days repented and
said : ' In vain have I destroyed all who dwell on Uie earth.'
a. And He swore by His great' name : ' Hencrforth I will
not do so (again) to all who dwell on the earth, and I will
set a sign in the heavens : this will be a pledge of good &ith
between Me and them for ever, so long as heaven is above
the earth.] 3. And this will be according to My com-
mand: when I desire to take hold of them by the hand
of the angels on the day of tribulation and pain, before this
Din. emends by reading JEnH. 8. AU th* waters wUl Im
Joined with the waters : that whloh Is above the heaveng la
the masooliiLe. So O M, bat omitting with B fbe H which they
read before yWIA. Other M8S. and Din. give: 'And all the
waters will be joined with the waters which are above in the
heavens: the water indeed which ia ubove in the beaveD ib mas-
cnline.' 9. G omits ^vho direll on the earth, and. 10.
OwlnctotUswlUtherbedeetroyed. So M (LCAt and Q Mt.
Dbi.'B MSS. and KIiN O (DOXini— clearly an emendation.
LV. I. For lUi O reads ntiOB. %. wui not do ao. G M
omits ' BO.' 3. And thla wUl be. So M reading (0li
instead of aHiS^ = ' after this it will be.' For tt JtC G reads
8. The diitingoiihing of Iha wkton iUartntion of ths method by which
intoiiuaaiiluuimndfeimiiiDsIa qaitelD the interpoUtor leeka to ■trlniilitfi
keeping with the other lubbklUio hiiadditionibjliicorponiUiigteduiieal
ideM of theie Interpolationi : of. Iz, temu from the nuiu text. Bepsnted :
7, 8, tS. 8. AU who dweU on of. Qai. viiL ii. 3. Hare the
the earth: ne xxxvii. £ (note). original text of liv. 6 ii momed.
IiV. L The Hekd of Daye : ue Say of toibnlatlon and pala ! leu
iItL I (note). We h»ve hoM a good zIt. a (note). Before thia Hlne
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
148 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. II.
I will cause Mine aoger and M7 punishment, Mine anger and
Mj punieliment to abide apoD them, saith God, the Lord of
Spirits. 4. Ye mighty kinge who will dwell on the earth,
ye shall have to behold Mine Elect, how he sits on the throne
of glory and judges Az&z^l, and all his associates, and all his
hosts in the name of the Lord of Spirits.'
LVI. I . And I saw there the hosts of the angel of pnmsh-
meat going with sconrgee and chains of iroa and bronze.
2. And I asked the angel of peace who went with me, and
said : ' To whom are these angels with the scouiges going ? '
3, And he said unte me : ' Each one to his elect and beloved
ones that they may be caat into the chasm of the abyss of
the valley. 4. And then that valley will be filled with
their elect and beloved, and the days of their lives will be at
an end, and the days of their being led astray will from
that time on no longer be reckoned. [5. And in those
i^SSQ (sic), and this I liave followed above. 4. Kig^tf
kingfl. See xEtviii. 5 (note). Throne of ^017. 80 GM :
other MSS. and Dbi. ' Throne of Hy glory.' All hia hoaU. O
omits ' his hosts.'
LVI. I. Wltb sooorges and ohains fX Iron and bnmie.
So O (OfAAIh ai^v»<Pt\ a . . (uc). Other MS8. omit
'aconrges and.' 3. With the econrgeo. So O reading
ii«»*ivW after XA: ^A'lH'. Other MSS. omit * Bcomxea.' 5.
ftnger, I.e. 'befbra thiimanifeitBtioii The term 'beloved' is ipetiiJI; nied
cifMlne enger': of. a aimllu- aipree- of the demooe in ngird to their
lion is I. 4. 4. Tlie kingi hare pareDti in i-iiz*i : tee 1. 11 ; xl*. 6.
to wltncM the jnctginent pMaed on MoieoTer, it would be pomible to
the tngeiM : if Amcel »dA hi* hoeta tatmUte, ' the* days of their leading
nn judged and oondamned b; tlie Mtrajr.' 4. Noloogarbereakoned,
UewlBfa, how much more likely wUI i. e. be at an end. B-IiTIX. S*.
thejt The text ihould abnoat oer- We have hera anotber addition to
taini; be ' Ye kingi and mighty ' : see the text. It defriots the iMt atroggla
xxKviii. 5 (note) ; bdi. 6 (Ciit. Note), of the heathen poweri agunat the
LTX. 1-4. There i< here finally MeHianIc kingdom «atabliihed in
the judgment of the remaining theo- Jeraialam. Such a conception it quite
oiatio einneiB and thnr condemnation in place In Ixuili-xo, lol-civ, but Ii
to Gdenna. It U poarible, boverer, Irreconcileable with the ruling idea*
to interpret theievaeei of the watch- in xixni-lxi. A Mrerinh who ww
en and thsir children the demoni. only a m«n with his «eat at Jem»leni
itradb, Google
Sect. II.] Chapters LV.\ — LVI. 7.
149
days will tlte angels return and hurl themselves upon the
East, upon the Parthians and Medes, to stir up the Icings
and provoke in them a spirit of unrest, and rouse them from
their thrones, that they may break forth from their resting-
places as lions and as hungry wolves among their fiocks.
6. And they will march up to and tread under foot the land
of Hie elect ones, and the land of His elect ones will be
before them a threshing-floor and a path. 7. But the
wm return. 80 Q ^7>flAv for ^>0A> of DhL 'Will gather
together.' M supporta Din., bat is written over an eraeion.
Hurl tlienuelvea. This trauslfttion of ACMilPffV*, cf. cviii. lo,
uems better than DId.'b ' Ihre Haupter . . . richten.' For fiwJt^
a reads fitOj^. 6. Hia elect oiiea. So G tUU-. Other
might well be oouceiTed of u amiled
bj the G«nlile powen. But this U
impoMible in the oae of ft ■apei~
hnnuui Meiaith, who, paeuMing oni-
veiuJ damJniDn and ftttendod bj
legiom of angebi holds muTenol
aniie, and, ntpportad b; the aotoal
prtMiMe of the Almightj, derttoyi
all hii enemiea with the breatli of
hii month. Beddai, (t) thU aectiun
fonns a banh break in the oo&tazt.
(i) The Suiilitade* deal rail; In
tioned aa heie, nor is may definite
infonnation given M a neMU of
determining their date or the penoni
against whom they are direotvd. (3]
And finally the teat of the kingdom
on the Advent of Itie Meuiah will
not be JernMlem nimely aa is here
iupUed, bnt a tranafcnned haaTea
and earth. HiIb aeelion though into-
polated b itnpM'tant m fumiabing
a lower limit ibr the date of the
SmlUtndea. The doKription la pto-
phetioal, and i> menil; a rtfiroduetion
of the ooming itrife of Qog and
Uigog againat laiaeL Tfae latter
aame* are replaced by thoae of the
Uedee and Paithiani, who aie (be
only great worid powera ftrom whom
the interpolator believea great danger
Di»j be ^prebanded. Syria bad
ceased to be formidable frran 100 B.C.
onward, and liome wm practically
unknown till 64 B.C. The date then-
fore of thia aection miut be earlier
than 64 B. o. Furthv, ws fbnnd (pp.
107-8) on independent gma&di that
the Similitade* ihonld be referred
either lo 94-79 or 70-64. If,
then, thia addition ww written and
added before 64 B. o., the SimilitDdea
should probably be rafemd to 94-79
B.O. We ought to have remarked
above that Ivi. j-lvii. j* exhibits no
sign of having been an independent
writing before ita appearance in ite
present context. 6. lii Enk. xxxriii.
4-7 it is said that God wUl stir
Dp the Gentiles ; bnt here Id kecking
with Uie views of a later time thin
bosinssB is auignsd to the angels:
of. Dan. X. 13, 10, ai ; xii. i. The
:adM. These are
the leagne against
land. e. The land of Hla
elect onaa, i. e. Palestine. Threah-
Ins-floor: vt. Is. ixi. lo. 7. Bat
the attack on Jonsalem will fiul.
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic ^
1 50 The Book of Enoch, [Sect. ii.
city of My ri^teoas will be a hindruico io their horses, utd
they will begin to fight amongst themselves, and their right
hand will be strong against themselves, and a man will not
know his brother, nor a son his &ither or his motlier, till the
number o£ corpees through theii slanghterje b^ond count,
and their punishment be do idle one. 8. And in those days
Sheol will open its jaws, and they will be swallowed np
therein, and their deetmction will be at an end ; Sheol will
devour the sinners in the presence of the elect.'
LVII. I. And it came to pass after this jthat I saw again
a host of waggons, whereon men were riding, and they came
on the wings of the wind from the East, and from die West
to the South. 2. And the noise of their waggons was
IttSS. and Din. ' their elect ones.' 7. A man will not fenow
TdSa brother. 80 O M omitting the A^lAA^ (D of Din. Other
MSS. tuid Din. give : ' A man will not know hU neighbour or his
Irotfaer.' Through fhelr alauglitor. G omita: M Xf^flV*, a
corraption. Is berond oount. Following Dln.'a SDggeBtion
I iiave emended MlCD-'} into Kf^VO^. Their punishmsnt be no
Idle one. So G M reading A.tfrl: Ml:. Din. gives (DA.^UD-'};
flh which he tranalates ; 'Das Strefgericht Uber Bie — ea wird
iiicht vergebUch sein.' 8. Tbey will be swallowed op. O
reads ^iMmy. Thalr deatruotlon will ba at an end. So O
AT*iH>1 •M.W. M reads rfi^lPfl*; -IvTa*; OAJUi. Other
HSS. and Dhi. give : * Their destruction . . . Sheol will devour the
Binners, Ac' ' Their destruction ' in the text means ' the destruc-
tion wrought by tliem.'
LVII. 1. Whereon men were riding, and tbey oome on the
winga of the wind. So Din. and FHXO. For jUUPov^
mf^f!h\ HXa l<H) G reads m^^. iBXaogrkt JCOs f^'tt'. So
Zach. iti. a, 3; and civil itrife will Jawi : cf. Num. xtL 31-3; b.
break oat amongit ths invading v. 14. Seo Ixiil. lo (note).
Dktioni, Enk. xzxtiii. 11 ; Zech. liv. IiTIZ. On Uu deatraotdoii of Ui«
13 ; Hag. ii. 11, >nd thaj will Involve Gentile invkden, tha diiperaed of
•a^ other in common deitniation : Imel Tetom to Jerualem ftua tbe
cf. 10. 4 } 0. 1-3, to which notion Emit and from the Weet : of. Ib.
th«»e ideal rightlj belong. B. On xivii. 131 iliii. 5,6: xUx. i>, 3), 13.
thia and the prsoading venal, lae 1. Oame on tha wlnga of tha wind.
Grit. Kot«>. Bheol will open Ita A Bgure expranii^ the awiftncai of
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect n.] Chapters LVI.i — L VIII. 5. 151
heard, and when this tunnoil took place the holy ones from
the heaven remarked it, and the pillars of the earth were moved
from th^ place, and (the soond l^ereof) was heard from
the one extremity of heaven to the other in one day. 3.
And they will all fall down and worship the Lord of Spirits.]
And this is the end (^ the second similitade.
LYIII, I. And I b^an to speak the third similitude con-
cerning the righteons and the elect. 2. Blessed are ye, ye
righteoos and dect, for glorioos will be yonr lot. 3. And
the righteous will be in the light of the sun, and the elect in
the light of et«mal life : there will be no end to the days of
their life, and the days of the holy will be without nomber.
4, And they will seek the light and find righteousness with
the Lord of Spirits : there will be peace to the righteous in
the name of the Lord of the world. 5. And after that it
M but with the correction of K^/H* into It^H'. a. From tb«
one extramlty cX heaven to tbe other. So GM X^ftiK^
tPnf-: Xntu AJKV. Other U8S. ' inim the extramitj of earth
to the extremity of heaven.'
LVin. I. G omits this verse, bat leaves space for It. 4. In
the name of the lK>rd of the world. So G ClAov. Other MSS.
And Din. give (I'M ' with the Lord of the world.'
tfadr irtDTD. 2. The pillars of
tha earth were movsd : cf. H>g. iL
6, 1 ; Joel iH. 16.
IiTIII. Hera begim ths third
timUttude. It ii probable that >
large pui of it hu been kwt, beii^
diipUoad to make room for tbe
NoMihia fragment!. Ai it ebtudi. It
•mbiaeei Iviii ; lii-liiT ; Ixix. 16-ig.
ITba Introdaotory wordi, * CoDoeming
the rl^teooa and the daot,' in thi*
dmUitude, aa in the other two, are
but a very indiflbrent Index to Ita
ooatenta. 13» ^militnde »■ it hag
rMoIied n*. might reaionably be d»-
•oribed aa ' Concenilitg the final Jodg-
mant held by the 8<hi of Man over
all created bei&gi, bot aapedally over
the gTMt on«t of the earth and the
final bleawdneas of the rigbteon* and
eieat.' S. Qloriona will be yoar
lot. This lot ii prceerred for them
by tbe UoMiah, ilviii. 7. a. Iiistat
of tbe Bun: see xixviii. 4 (note).
Bternal lift : eee xxxril. 4 (note) :
of. Dan. lii. a; Pai. of 80L lii. lA.
4. They will throngh a natnntl af-
finity seek after light and righteoni-
nee*: <A. ixiviil. 4 (note). Ziord of
the world. Thii title U found again
in Iizxi. 10. For rimilai azprtedona
of. t. 3 ; xU. 3 ; IxzxI. 3 ; Ixxiii. 7 ;
Ixzxiv a. B. They will be triddea
to leek Mtd make thmr own the
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
/. t Tj-W
152 Th« Book of Enoch. [Sect. 11.
will be Baid to 'San holy tbat they should seek in heaven fihe
secrets of righteousness, the herita^ of faith ; for it has
become bright as the sun upon earth, and the darkness is
post. 6. And there will be unceasing light and on a
reckoning of the days they will not enter; for the former
darkness will be destroyed, and the light will be established
before the Lord of Spirits, and the li^t of uprightness will
be established for ever before the Lord of Spirits.
[LIX. I. And in those days mine eyes saw the secrets of
the lightnings, and of the luminaries, and the judgments
they execute (lit. 'their judgment'); and they lighten for a
blessing or a curse as the Lord of Spirits willeth. 2. And
then I saw the secrets of the thunder, and how when it re-
sounds above in the heaven, the peal thereof is heard; and
they caused me to see the dwelling-places of the earth, and
the pealing of the thunder how it ministers unto well-being
and blessing, or serves for a curse before the Lord of Spirits.
3. And after that all the secrete of the luminaries and
lightnings were shown to me, how they lighten to give
blessing and satisfy (the thirsty soil).]
[LX. 1. In the year five hundred, in the seventh month, on
LIX. 1 . Of tha ItuabuuioB. So O ■{kCI'Pt and rightly : cf. ver. 3 .
Din. gives this word io the ace and translates : ' die Lichtmassen.'
2. Bafbre. So Q a^,iew>. Other MSS. 'According tothe word of.'
bidden reocanpeiiae of rigbteousneM it&tcmenta ri. (Le writer nat on Job
(of. x»iTiii. 3), tha glorion* heritage xxxvi. 31 ; xxxvil. 5, 13; mriil. 14-
whli^ Iki be«n ordained for them 17. He wiahea to laing oat the
in hMTen and preaerved for them bj gthical end* of Uie thunder and the
tbs Maena h , xlviii. 7. mil will not lightnii^. Vor a bleMlng or a
be auhteved oDoe and for all ; bat thU oarae: oC Jobizzvl. 31 ; zxxriL 13.
will be a progr««i (rom light to light 9. CT. bt. 13-15- 'Lord of ipirita '
and from iighteoiimee« to righteooi- incorponted &om the adjidning oon-
ncaa. Herltace of fklth : cf, ixiii. teit. 8, Job iKirlii. ^4-17.
6 ; Izl. 4, II. BriKht •■ tbe aim. LX. Tbk ciiaptei li one of the
Ao. : ef. 1 John I. g. Noachie &agmcait4. For the ground*
UX. Thii oh^itar ii an intnufmi, cm wbioh tbcae are regarded ai Inter-
and balongi to the aame olaM aa ili. polattons, «ee liv. 7 (note) : aln the
3-S; zllli;zliT. It ii probaUj drawn following note* on Iz. i, 3, 6, 10, 11,
fhim a Noah-Apoi»l;p*e. 1. The Iw. 1. Tha reu Ave hundnd.
Digitized by Google
Sect, n.] Chapters LVIII. 6 — LX. 4. 155
the fourteeDth day of the month m the life of Eooch. In
that similitude I saw how the heaven of heavens quaked with
a mighty earthquake, and the host of the Most High, and
tlie angels, a thousand thousands and ten thousand times ten
thousand, were thrown into an exceeding great disquiet.
3. And the Head of Days sat on the throne of His glory
and the angels and the righteous stood around Him. 3.
And a great trembling seized me, and fear took hold of me :
my loins became relaxed and my whole being melted away,
and I fell upon my face. 4. Then Michael sent another
angel from among the holy ones and he raised me up (and)
LX. a. Tha Hand of Di^a sat. &o. So O M. Other MSS.
insert Mlf\ CUl- ' then I saw the Head of Days ait.' 3. IC7
loliui beoamQ relaxed. So O M. Din. reads ' my loine bent and
were relaxed.' For •hwfloJ ' melted away ' G reads Oijt^ '■ M
omits. 4. Then Hlobael sent another angel fix>m among the
h^ ones. So QM omitting ^fHi and reading iiS^Aiih in-
stead uf fJ(^|| Xjr^i OP^toti ^KKi in DId.'s text : ' then the
holy Michael sent another holy angel, one of the holy angels.'
And he ralaed me up. After these words all MSS. but G M
TUi date is dnws from Gen. t. 31,
and ii ■ date in the lifs of Noah and
not of Enoch aa it itaud* in our text.
For Bnoch we shonld read Noah.
In the aeTenth month, on ths
foorteentb day of th« month.
TU* aooordiDg to Leritioal law
wai the ere of the Feart of TUiar-
mwlei. In that almlUtada. Thii
fdkraae marki a oltmuy attempt to
oontait, but batoaya the hand of the
intcipolator. A nmHitade in Enoch'*
MMe i« an acooQnt of a Tirion ; bat
the text reqnirei here the word
' viiion ' ; for the writer eayi, ' I law
the hMTen quaking.' The hMtren
qnakod. Tbii «a> a token of the
manifcitation of dirine judgment :
ef, 1 6, 7. Hoot of the Uort HIch
... a thonaand Ihoiuanda : of. i. 9;
xl. I ; Ixii. B, 13. a. Head of
D^a ; aee xlri. I (note) ; Ut. 7
(note). The angela and the rlfht-
eona. Aocoidiag to this we are to
regard God ae accompanied by angels
and rainft. The lighteoiu here can
haTfl no other meonlng. Such a con-
oeption of the final Moarianic jndg
ment ia diffioolt thongh poMlble;
but in the OMe of the fint jadgment
(i. e. the Flood) it ia not poedble
except throngh miaoonceptloa. Here
again the hand of an ignorant inter-
polator ia diwiloaed. 8. Cf. xiv.
14,14. Loiiu beoame relaxed Pa.
Ixix. 13; I«. xIt. I. 4. Cf. Dan.
TiU. 17 1 X. g, 10. Klohael sent
amother augeL Miohael In the obief
aiohangel : of. xL 4, g. The other
angel ia appmntcd to a like dnly with
the angel of peace in the Smilitndei,
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
154 Tke Book of Enoch. [SMt.n.
my spirit returned; £or I had cot been able to endure the
look of this host, and the commotion and the quaking of the
heaven. 5. And Michael said unto me: 'What vision
has Eto disquieted thee ? Until tiiis day lasted the day of
His mercy; for He was mercifol and long-soffering towards
those who dwell on the earth. 6. But when the day, and
the power, and the punishment, and the judgment have
come which the Lord of Spirits haa prepared for those who
serve not the righteous law and for those who deny the
inaert ' and when he had raised me up.' 5. And KlohaeL
So GM. Other MSS. and Dlu. insert ^<A 'the holy Michael.'
For similar insertions of this epithet cf. xl. 9 (twice) and Ix. 4
(twice). For ftX>h ^"T+l tfAjt; HhiwTI: t1Ia»* What vialon
iLBS ao dlaquietad thee P Q reads r'YCx ^S.\ ltlvn>71: iHiD^L
6. Who serve not the Tighteoua law. I have here sup-
posed a loss of the negative before fitnUt. Such an omission
is of constant occurrence: cf. in MS. O alone v. 2; Ixvii. 8;
Ixxzix. 3; xcT. 4; c. II, &c. ; Book of Jubilees Dln.'s text
chs. xii (twice); xv ; xvi. This coi^ectore is further otmfirmed
by IT Ezra vL 3 : ' Behold and see him, (i) whom ye have denied ;
(3) whom ye have not served (so Ethiopic version) ; (3) whose
commands ye have demised.' Here daose (a) corresponds to clause
(i) in Enoch; clause (i) to clause (2) in Enoch; and clause (3)
vaguely to clanse (3) in Enoch. See General Introduction (p. 37),
where we have shown several points of connexion between Third
Vision of iv Ezra and Enoch. Dln.'s text gives ' Those who bow
to the righteous judgment '; but to class these with die sceptics
and peijurers as alike threatened by the coming judgment is
impossible. Eall^vi {^Jinvmal Aiiat. 367-9; 1867) fii^ pointed
out this difficulty and sought the explanation in the translator's
reading PJJ OB?*) "nsi)^ instead of "» "» la^Jfj*. Thus we should
have 'who have transgressed the righteous law.' In this verse
I have followed Hall^vi in translating Iftt first as ' law ' and then
xl. 1, a&d h aotumUy ao named in li. His Deloge « fint world-jadgniflnt
14. S. Ibrolftil and l«ng.niaBr- U bere cU*(g4b«d with featora belong-
ing : ot Ter. 15 ; 1. 3, 5 ; lii. 13. Cf. lug properij (0 Iba MMaiuiio jadg-
1 P«t. iiL 10 ; IT Esa [tj. 47;] tU. 33. niut of the Smilitudaa. Tho Lord
e. SMCrit.Nota: ct ivBn* [t1. a], of Bplrlta: aae xxxviil. i (note).
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect, n.}
Chapter LX. 5-10.
155
rigfateons judgment and for thoee who take Hia name in
vain — that day is prepared, for the elect a covenant, bat for
sinnen an inquisition. 7. And on that day will two
monsters be parted, a female monster named Leviathan,
to dwell in the depths of the ocean over the fountains of
the waters. 8. But the male is called Behemoth, who
occupies with his breast a waste wilderness named D6ndftin,
on the east of the garden where the elect and righteous dwdl,
/'where my g randfather was taken up, the seventh from Adam,
the first man whom the Lord of Spirits created.' ^ 9. And
I beeought that other angel that he should show me the
might of th(»e monsters, how they were parted on one day,
and the one was placed in the depth of the sea and the other
in the mainland of the wilderness, 10. And he spake to
ns 'judgment,' as 09^^ baa both meaninga. For XhP'K Q M read
f.if'K. 8. For AlS^e.! G reads AM^I.
7. Tbk stmtge fancy nbont Behemoth
Mkd Iiertatluii whiiA ue fint nien-
tbnud In Job xl, zli, is fonnd by
Jewish expounder* tHat) ia GeD. i. il ;
^ L 10; Ih. ixviL 1 (Din.)- I'or
later alluHioiui see iv £xr« vi. 49-51;
Apoc. Bar. «ii. 4. Here they are
represented aa hage monsters orented
on the fifth day of Creatioa to be the
food of the righteoiu in Measiania
tim««. This doctrine does not ^)peu
in Enoch. Fnr further infonnation
seeDraniinoDd.iraciaAJfeenai, 35a-
55', Weber, Lehren d. Talmud, 156,
195, 370, 384. The Talmndie view
Hgreea with that of sv Em and Apoc.
Bar. so Bir as to make Behemoth
food for (he rigfalvous. Tomitaiii*
of tb« wmten : of. Gen. vli. 1 1 ; Job
xxiviii. 16; En. linix. 7. 8.
Dendain front IH l**^) 'Q nnknown
locality. On Uie aaat of the sarden,
i.e. the garden of Eden. The locality
of Eden varies in tile different MCtiona:
ui xxxii. », 3 It lies In the Bast: in
lix. 1-4 between the Wart and North :
in Ixxvii. 3 in the Kortb. The ac-
count aa to those who dwell in it
varies also. It is apparently empty
in Enodi's time In xizii. 3-6, and
th« righteous dead are in the West,
xiii : it ii the abode of the righteoiu
and the elect in Enoch's and Noah's
times in bd, la ; li. S, 13 : the abode
of the earliest fathers in Enoch's
time. III. 1-4 : the abode of Enoch
and Elijah in Elijah's time, luxix.
51: BeeUv.i(iiote). This passage and
the USX. are the oldest tsatimonitti
for the tmnslatioit of Enoch nnto
Paradise : later this idea ntade its
waj into the Latin ver^on <^ Ecdus.
xliv. 16 and the Ethli^io vertlon of
Qen. V. 14 : eight others shared this
hononi with Boooh aooording to the
Talmud, Weber, 141. Bevantta from
Adam : of. loiii. 3 ; Jnde 14 ; Book
of Jobilees vii. 9. Tbat other
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
»56
The Book of Enoch.
[Sect. II.
me : ' Tboa eon of man, thou dost seek hero to know what
is hidden.' Ii. Then spake nnto me the other angel who
went with me and showed me what was hidden, what is first
and last, in the heaven in the height, and beneath the earth in
the depth, and at the ends of the heaven, and on the fonnda-
tion of the heaven, and in the chambers of the winds : 1 3.
And how the spirits are parted, and how the weighing is
done, and how the fountains of the spirits are reckoned
each accoiding to the power of the spirit, and the power of
the li^ts of the moon, and how it is a power of righteous-
ness ; and how the divisions of the stars according to their
II. Spaikaunto m«, O reads ^fUF 'spake unto him.'
theeartlL. So GM OjfAtt; t-OA. Other MSS. and Din. 'od earth.'
Chambers of tlMwinda. G gives a»H7>ftt: OvI^'H'. u. How
tlLO fountalna of the spirits ore reokoned eaab aeoordlng to
the power. Bo OM ^'^•K ftl^Ml tnl^ti OOfM:
DId.'b text runs : ' How the fountains and tJte winds are
reckoned according to the power.' I have taken ^^A^ above
WDgal: BM vv. 4, II. 10. Thou
■on of man. Thia om of tlis pbrwc
after the nuiitier of Ecekiel U found
again in Izii. 14. In botb initancea
it it boTTDWed nice olJier technical
phroiM (of. xizvii. 3 note; It. l,fto.)
itnna the Smilitudea and miBuaed oi
the; are. As Che main conoapUoD of
the Son of Man ia unmiatakeahle in
the Similitudn, ilvi. 1-3 (notei), thii
miBuse of Che plinoe ii due either
Co ignoranix or to a deliberate pei^
venioQ of ita loesiiing. The praience
of this phraoe in the tnterpolatioiia
thaoi7 that all lefereniee to the Sou
of Uon are Christian interpolaClonB.
Sea OeD. iDlroduolion, pp. 15, 16.
11. We ebcrald expecC the amww Co
the qnaation in ver. 9 (o follow here,
but iC ii not g^ven Cilt Ter. 14, and
a long aoconnt (ii.'ij) dealing with
phyaeol Ma«te ioterreiiM. 8u(^
oIonuineM iboald not caiua any lur-
prlie in InterpolatioDi like the preeenC.
The ousel who went with me and
allowed me, Ao. Borrowed from
ilvi. J ; ef. xliii. 3. Ohomben of the
wind* : cf. iviii. 11 zli. 4. 19.
Spirits or ongeU ore appointed to
contnd the various pheaomena of
natara. This ia pecaljor to Cheie
interpolHtioiu, ai in other porta of the
book Che powera of nature ore either
penonitipd w ore regarded a* coQ-
actoua intelligeuoea : of. iviii. 14-16.
The view taken b; the interpolator
ia followed b j the Book of Jnliileeaii,
where wa find ' ongela of the apint
of lit«,' 'angela of ha3,* ' angela of
boor-boat,' 'oi^ll of thnnder,' &c.,
Ber. Tii. 1, i % ijt. iB (angel of Gre)j
zix. 17 (angel of the anti); Jlm. Ia.
i*.i8. How the weigbins ie done;
of. ili. I ; xliii. a ; Job iiTiii. 35.
Light* of the moon. ICa vorion*
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect, ir.] Chapter LX. 11-17. '57
names, aod all the diviBioiu are divided. 13. And the
thuodeni according to the places where thej fall, aod all
the divisiong which are made among the lig'htningB that it
may lighten, and that their liostB may at once obey. 14.
For the thonda' has places of rest : there it most wait till it
may peal; and the thnnder and hghtning are inseparable,
and, although not one and nndivided, they both go together
throogh the spirit and separate not. 15. For when the
lightning lightens, the thnnder utters its voice, and the
spirit enforces a pause during the peal, and divides equally
between themj for the treasury of their peals is inexhaust-
ible (lit. ' hke the sand '), and each one of them as it peals
is held in with a bridle, and tamed back by the power of the
spirit, and pushed forward according to the number of the
quarters of the earth. 16. And the spirit of the sea is
nuuculine and strong, and according to the might of his
strength be draws it back with a rein, and in like manner it
is driven forward and dispersed amid all the mountains of the
earth. 17. And the spirit of the hoar-frost is his own
as UB«d impersonally. AU the divisions an divided. Q reada
H'A'i V^tn ^tl^A- 14. Dln.'a interpretatbn of the text is
here followed, bnt it does not seem ntiafiictory. Hallo's dis-
cnesioQ of this passage (Joum. Atiai. 369-79; 1867) is worth
consolting. He arriTes at the following tranelation : 'For the-
thunder has fixed laws in reference to the duration of its peal
which is assigned to it : the thunder and the lightniug are not
separated in a single instance : they both proceed with one accord
and separate not. For when the lightning lightens, the thnnder
utters its voice, and the spirit during ita peal makes its ammge-
ments, and divides the time equally between them.' ig. Baoh
one of tliem as it peals. Q M omit ' as it peals.' Aoooxdlng
to the nnzaber of tbe qnaitars. For •Olff O reads ^IIM.
phaMS. 18. Cf. Job zzxrii. 1-5. With th« flov of the im u oonnected
M. Sea Crit, Note. 16. Tha ebb iU robtetniMAn mItuim into ths
uid flow of the «e> explained. Dl«- monnluiui to noBruh the iprings. Bd
petMd unid all Qis moimtaina. Din. 17. Ib his own sns*!.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
1 58 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. II.
angelj aad the spirit of the hail is a good angel. iS. And
the spirit of the snow he has let go, on accoont of his
strength — it has a special spirit, and that which aaoenda from
it is like smoke, and ita name is frost. 19. And the spirit *
of the miet is not united with them in their chambers, but it
has a special chamber ; for its course is in cleameas and in
light, and in darkness, and in winter, and in summer, and ite
chamber is Ught, and it (i.e. the spirit) is its own ang^.
30. And the spirit of the dew has its dwelling at the ends of
the heaven uid is connected with the chambers of the rain,
and its course is in winter and summer ; and its clouds and
the clouds of tjie mist are connected, and the one passes over
into the other (lit. ' gives to the other '). 21. And when the
spirit of the rain goes forth from its chamber, the angels
come and open the chamber and lead it out, and (likewise)
when it is ditEomd over the whole earth, and as often as it
unites with ik»)i water on the earth. aa. For the waters
are for those who dwell on the earth ; for they are nourish-
ment for the earth from the Most High who is in heaven :
therefore there is a measure for the lain and the angels take
it in cha^^. 23. And all these things I saw towards the
garden of the righteous. 14. And the angel of peace who
was with me spake to me : ' These two monsters are pre-
19. Ita oliambsr Is Uglit and It Is Its own ang«L For -flCfli
tooo^j^ O M read OvMtli: 'its ciutmber is an angel.' 31. And
■■ oftan ■■ It imltas. Before these words OM make the following
addition to Dhi.'s text, f^T^^ y*AAi ^U HfO: t-Oft ' it unites
i.«. the liMtriVaet hu % qwdal m^I tlie hMvot ; tU« would agree with
ofitaown. I« ft good ali(eL Tlioagh iiziT-zzzTi and Izxr. 5. 91. As
faail ii often huitfol, tt la not in the rain u of nuh importanoe alike
ckarp of a danon bat of a good Cia the ethloal and material waU-b«JDg
angeL 18. The miit ii (o be db- of niao. Job zzzrii. 11, 13, it* iplrit
Usgidihed frwn the Ibregtring ph»- ii not Indepcndait but labotdbwted
ntmuna ; for it ^ipean in all •eatan* to the angeU : cf. Job xzriiL >6 ;
and by ni^t and daj. SO. The nxriii. 15-38. S8. The (anUn
dew "hai ilt dwelling at the endi of of tb» riilitooaa : Me ver. 8 (Bote).
jdbyGoOC^IC
Sect. 11.] Chapters LX. iZ~LXl. 2.
159
pand to be fed conformably to the greatness of Gxh], that the
ptuuBhineiit of the liord of Spirita may cause lamentation,
and slay the eons with their mothers, and the children with
their fathers. 25. When the ponishment of the Lord of
Spirits shall rest upon them, it will rest in order that the
punishment of the Lord of Spirits may not come in vain
npon them : afterwards the judgment will take place according
to His mercy and His patience.']
LXI. I. And I saw in those days how long cords were
given to those angels, and tiiey took to themselTes wings and
flew, and they went towards the North. 2. And I asked
the angel, saying : ' Why have these angels taken the cords
and gone oB?' And he said ante me : ' They have gone to
with the water on the enrth.' 34. Tbat the punishment of
ths Zrfwd of Spirits. 80 O M. Other MRS. give 'thst the
punishiaent of the Lord.' Kar oause lamentation and sliqr
the sons. This reodering rests on an emendation of O's text
tlfloj «iH»ip¥1H AXTlUi wlMft (sic) Ml: att^^tn At* into
hoB; ov^Vt: AXTHJti aarOA^i ^(Uu lOtttAi JSM>. Dk.
follows B C ia insertiog KfiM, which is wanting in all other M8S.
E hazards Kfi^^K, borrowing from ver. 35. Din. gives ' that the
punishment of the Lord may not be in vain and the sons will be
slain,' &c,
LXI. I. Took to thenxMlves wings. reads l)¥A iuBteed
of hli.. 3. Oords. So O M. Other M8S. and Din. give ' long
54. Ssa Grit. Nuts : eC w. 7 (Dote).
55. Vlien tlie ptmlshttMot . . . shall
rest upon ttaam : of. liii 1 1. After-
wsnii the Judsmenl will t>ke
plaoQ Booordlnc to Hli merey.
Gen. TiiL 31, »»; Zn. Ix. 5 (note).
Qoi'a nwroj wiU be isMuhated aft«r
the &nt jodgDnent, but not till (hm.
LXI. 1. Hsra (In bna tait of tb«
SiiiiUitadei ii lesomed, bat the opan<
ii^ rene* an very difficult. Those
angela. The sagsli hare refemtd to
DU7 bsve bwn dsBnitely luunsd in
aome pr«oedliig pwi now lost. Din.
take* it at menlj s gwienl referenoa
to the angeU tbM hxTe hithsito ap-
peared in the SitnOitadaa. WlnB*.
In the O.T. tlie angeU aia not i^r«-
BODted aa winged, nnlsM in ita lataat
bodra: at. I Ghron. sii.16. Towards
the Vorth, i. e. the North-Weat : ef.
Izz. 3. Faradiae ia the dcaUnatioD
of the u^eli : of. li. 8 (note). S.
The aorii wbioh the atif^ela t»ke
with thsm are fbr meaanring Paia-
diaa. See the referenoa to thia in
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
1 60 The Book of Enoch. [s«ct, n.
measure.' 3. And the angel who went with me said unto
me : ' These are bringing to the righteoue the measures of the
righteous, and the ropes of the righteouB, that thej may stay
themselves on the name of the Lord of Spirits for ever and ever.
4. The electwill begin to dwell with the elect, and those measures
wiU he givai to faith and will etrengthen righteousness.
5. And these measures will reveal ererything that is bidden
in the depths of the earth, and those who have been destroyed
by the desert, and those who hare been devoured hy the Gsh
of the sea and by the beasts, that they may retain, and stay
themselves on the day of the Elect One ; for no one will be
destroyed before the Lord of Spirits, and none can be destroyed.
6. And all the powers who dwell above in the heaven received
ccrds.' 3. To tho righteous. Bo ON A^L&Jl. Other
M8S. omit 4. Wm Btrengthen rlghteousneu. So OM
■PQIOTi MtS^. Other MSS. 'will strengthen the word of
righteonsnoBS.' 5. Those who havs been devoured "hj the
fish of the sea and by the beavts. GM read JtA: -tOAth
Ju»H7flt: (dXA: tOAIh Xy^"f: OAC 6. So M (rt/"fa
tXHH; XA: OantkOJ^-h tPHf^ tf-Ann^ "^f^x atftH 0: aHuyk
D: him: Xtt. Also O, bat that it inserts before ^fiti and
omits Q before tvf>: DhL with BC f^aiuBt ADEQM inserts
iwHO: flW*" after \/fy; and so we have 'and all who dwell
Ixi. 3. 8-B. The tneaaorei periihed; thsy are alire unto the
of Um iight«otM, ara aooordiiig Lord of Spirits, and will lotuni and
to Din. the meuurei wherawilh itaj thenuslvei on the daj at hii
the inlieiitaiice of the righteoiui i> Elect Ono ; tbsM meaanra an ^t«i
meamrad. But even though then to fiith and Mrengtiien the rightaoni.
m^ht be a itaff whereon tin tight- 4. Sinnen will be driven from off the
eou» might itay themtelve^ how ooold &oe of the earth : et ixzTiii. 1 (not*).
It he (aid of laoh * meuurea ' that S. Onlj (be reoDireetlun of the right-
tbej will reveal eveiything that it eone is hcse ipoken of. In 11. I, 1
hidden, and all that have peridiedt I thereiianacoomttof thsreaiirrsotdan
cannot gite a tatiahofoi; explanation, of all Israel : sea note. After the
In lome way, however, (hoM 'mea- reaniraotion tollowi the Judgment.
auree of the rightaoni ' are an ideal B. All who dvell abova In the
repreem tat ton of the oommnnit; of &aa7an,i.e. theangeli: otvr.io, 11;
the righteoni, living and departed, xlrii. 1. In ix. 3 the; are called ' tbe
and reveal eapedall]' the latter ; for holj ones of the heaven.' The angeli
It msttert not by what death theaa were oommanded to dng fTaliTa. and
itradb, Google
Sect II.] Chapter LX I. %-\o, i6i
a command, and one voice, and one liglit like unto fir& 7.
And that One above all they blessed, and extolled and landed
with wisdom, and showed themselves wise in attenmce and in
the spirit of life. 8. And the JJord of Spirits placed the
Elect One on the throne of glory, and he will jod^ all the
works of the holy in the heaven, and weigh their deeds in the
balance. 9. And when he shall lift his countenance to
judge their secret ways according to the word of the name of
the Lord of Spirits, and their path according to the way of
the T^hteouB judgment of the Lord of Siorits, then will they
all with one voice speak and bless, and glorify and extol and
land the name of the Lord of Spirits. 10, And He will
call on all the host of the heavens and all the holy ones above.
above in the heaven received a command, and one pover and one
voice and one light like unto fire were given onto them.' ' Power,'
' vtuce,' and ' light ' are in the nom. in Dln.'s text. 8. On the
throne of gloir. So U, Din. gives ' on the throne of His glory.'
9. The I.ord of Spirits. So O M. Other MSS. and Dlu. read
'Most EUgh Qod.' 10, 11. And He will oall on all the host of
tha heavana . . . and they will raiaa one voioa. Din. translates
' and all the hoet of heaven will ciy out,' &c. To arrive at this
translation he is obliged to alter tf-Af in his text twice into tt'A',
and to give an intraneitive meaning to %B>^, which it never seems
to have. The reason he gives for euch extreme meaHures is:
' There is no conceivable reason for Qod calling bother the hoet
of heaven, seeing they are already assembled around Him ' (p. 194).
foe tliat purpoce ona power ttiA ono Ditanuoe.' 8. Seo ilv. 3 (note) :
T<»oe ara given to them. 7. That of. Fa. ex. I, The holr In the
One, i.a. the Ueariali : op. ver. 5. 80 luavan, i.e. the ingeli: of. Ixi. 6
Din. Bat thi« is qneationable : the (note). Welsh their deeds : •••
pfononn may jiut w nawnably be xli. i (note). S. Aeooidlnc to
Teferred to the Lord of Spirit! belbre the word of the name of the Iionl
whom nothing can peiiiL, ver. j ; aod of Bpltit*. Thia oIkobo is oTidentl;
it ii veiy doubtAiI, if it Ii poeeible, panUel with the next, 'acoordfag to
to trsnilate maqedma qll, ' before all.' the way of the rigbteoni jadgmeat
We tbonld perlupe tender Ihem <the of the Lord of S[drita.' We might
Bnt or opening worda.' Hence, ■ And tfaaretOTe tranatate nagua ' oom-
tiw opening worda (of the aageli' (ong) mand': 'locordlng lo the oommandi
bleasad Him . . . and were wiie in of the name of the Lord of Spirit!.'
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
1 63
The Book of Enoch.
[Sectll.
and the host of God, tlie Clierabim, Senphim, and Ophanim,
and all the uigelfl of power, and all tlie angels of principalities,
and tiie Elect One, and the otiier powers on the earth, over
the water, tm. that day; ii. And tfaey will raiae one
voice and bless and glorify in the spirit of &ith, and in
the spirit of wisdom, and of patience, and in the spirit of
mercy, and in tlie spirit of judgment, and of peace, and in the
spirit of goodness, and will all say with one voice, " Blessed is
He and may tlie name of the Lord of Spirits be blessed for
ever and ever." IX And all who sleep not above in heaven
will bless Him : all tlie holy ones who are in heaven will
bless Him, and all the elect who dwell in the garden of life,
and every spirit of light who is able to blem, and glorify, and
extol, and hallow Thy blessed ntune, and all fiesh which will
beyond meaeoie glorify and bless Thy name for ever and ever.
But KoMI doea not metui ' convocare ' here, bat rather ' invitare ad
suscipiendnm aliqaid.' See hia Lexicon, col. 1301. 11. Otorl^.
So QU. Din. adds 'laud and extol.' 13. All the holy ones.
So O M. Din. ' aU His holy ones.' For f jfrM* Q raada ^JtAt.
Blessed nuie. Bo OM. Other MS8. and Din. give 'boly.'
10. Ohambim,B«iapUiii, and Oplu-
Dim: cfilv. II, 18; zz. 7; IzzL 7.
Hib CWuUm uid Scnpliitn iippMtr
is the O.T. but mre oanfukly dls-
tinpiuliad. Saholx, J.TIu!i& TAmL
p. 617, uji that in no iiutuice are
the CheruUm to be regarded aa
angeli, bat ai lymbolio figuiea : thaj
funn Ood'i ohariot, and are the meini
of rereaUag or oonoealmg HIi pre-
■asce. The Senphim are bein^
whan ipecial da^ wai to wtrve in
Qod'* immediate pretence. On the
nature of theaa *ee bIbo DetiUwh on Ii.
vL 1. TheOphaiifm(i.«.wheaI«)are
derived from Eiek. L 15. In the
TiJinnd a« hare the; are oUwed witli
the Cherubim and Ber^ihim, Weber,
^f. 163, 198, 159. On the angelology
of tiM O.T., ■•• Sohnli, A. TlMAe.
2%eoI. (606-611). Aniela of power
and anselj of prinabMUiUM. lleee
are ezaotl; St. Paul's * prindpalitiea
and powen ' : of. Bom. *ilL 38 ; £^
i. )i \ CoL 1. 16. Th« othar powen
on the earth, fto., i.e. the lower
aogel-powon over nature. 11. In
tbe q)liitoffUth,Aa. Theee Tordi
nrpree i the Tirtoee which -"'-■-*» the
augeli who give pralae. Thenrtneeare
■even in nomber ; d. zliz. j. Bleaaad
U He, Ao. ; ef. zxzix. 10. U. All
who Bleep not: tee L 5 (note).
Qarden of lifb : Bee li. S (note).
The LXX. ehronology I« foUowed hcse
•alntheSimilitudeigAiieTallj: atlir.
7 (note). Spirit of \i^%. A phraaa
nabradnggood ayiritSfhtimaii and an-
gelic. Thi«tiiaaght(e£.oTiii. II, 'genera-
tion of light ") ia nun bllr deralopod
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
86ct.ii.] Chapters LXI. w—LXIl, 2. 163
13. For ^reat ia the mercy of the Lord of Spirits, and He is
lon^-Bidfering, and aJl His work and i^l the extent of His
work He has revealed to the righteous imd elect in the name
of the Lord of Spirits.'
LXII. I, And thus the Lord commanded the kings and
the mighty and the exalted, and those who dwell on the
earUi, and said : ' Open yonr eyes tmd lift up your horns
if ye are able to reoognise l^e Elect One.' 2. And the
Lord of Spirits seated him (i. e. the Messiah) on the throne
of His glory and the spirit of righteousness was poured out
apoo him, and the word of his month slew all the sinners,
and all the unrighteous were destroyed before his fa«e.
13. .&U tlM extent of Hla work So M IHh X7°<nh 7-af< an<l
Q, but that it omits the pron. suffix. tf-A* mnst be changed into
U-Ar. Other U88. give, 'All Hie power in all that He has craated.'
LXn. 2. Tlw lATd of SplrltB seated him (L e. the Heaalab)
cm the throne of Hla glory. This translation rests on a ueceBsary
emendation of the text soggested by DIo. — a>JtinC instead ctf
aiHl£, For the following words 'the spirit of righteonBness was
poured out npon him' cannot be referred to Qud but only to the
Messiah (cf. Isaiah xi. 4), and in Terses 3 and 5 the Messiah
is represented as sitting on the throne. DId.'b text gives ' the
Lord of Spirits sat oa the throne,* &c. And all the unright-
eous were destzoTed. So 0, which for Yttt reads l^Avo*; and
In the N.T., 'ohildm of light,* Luke lot of tLe rlgbteoiu U then dwelt
iTi.B. IS. Hemr; •••lz.5 (note). apon in oontrut with the &te of the
LZIL Here we have a lei^faened wicked. 1. Tb« kl&s* and
acoDost of the jodgment, putioiilarly the mishtr: >ee xizriii. 5. Iilft
of th« kiagi aod of the migbtr. Tiiia up j-ooi horn* : cf. Pi. Ixxt. 4.
■QbJMt hai already been haodled Baoosniaa, L e. reeogniee him to be
■twirtly, xlri 4-8 ; xlviiL8-io; liii- what he ia— the Men!^. The word
Ut. 3; but hara the Mctiul Boene ii tranalftted 'recogniie' oould aim ba
portiBjed. The Idiiifi and the might; nmdeied'oomprehsnd,' 'oodentuid.'
will be aUad with uigolih when they 9. Seated bim. See Crit Note : d
behold the Monah, ud will &^ Is. xl 4. The word of Ma montb.
down and wonhip, and pray for He jndgmeut ia foremnn. AU the Kw I-C-m/ C
meny at hit handi. Snt their {naysn sinnarB, and all the unrlghtsoua.
will be of DO avail end they will Thoosb the writer ii chiefly con-
be carried off by the angel* of oerned with the Judgment of the
poniihment. The bUtKdneM of the kings, the ooDdemnation of the dnnera
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
1 64 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. ir.
3. And there will stand up in that day all the kings and the
mighty, and the exalted, and those who hold the earth, and
they will Bee and recognise him how he sits on the throne
of his glory, and righteousness is judged before him and no
lying word is spoken before him. 4. Then shall pain come
upon them as on a woman in travail, who finds it grievous
to bring forth whea her son enters the mouth of the womb
and she has pain in bringing forth. 5. And one portion of
them will look on the other, and they will be terrified, and
their countenance will fall, and pain will seize them when
they see that Son of Man sitting on the throne of his glory.
6. And the kings and the mighty and all who poseese the
for aiXy*7X. reads Xy°7X.. Dln.'s text gives 'and all the un-
righteons and they were destroyed.' M omits the (D bnt otherwise
agrees with Din. 3. XUgbtooiisaeaa Isjadgsd. SoGU. NO
give ' the rigbteouH sre judged.' AB CDEFHIL'the righteous
are judged in righteousness.' g. That 80a of Kan. Bo G : all
later MSB. read ' that Son of the Woman,' -OX/LY instead of -OXA..
Before I had consulted G, I felt convinced that the reading ' Son
of the Woman ' had arisen through the mistake of an Ethiopic scribe
infloenoed unconsciously through Christian doctrine and possibly
^^ '}^\ through the occurrence of the word a few lines before. For tlie
,^ ; I - same corruption see Iiix. 29 (Crit. Note), We should observe alao
, that there is only a difference of one letter between the two words.
The implication underlying the Similitudes is fJiat the Son of Man
-is not of human descent. It is otherwise with the Messiah of the
«wwo \' -"- Dream-vision. 6. And the kings and the mighty. 9o GM.
- ^ , t . I^is is the correct text, as we see by comparing Ixiii. 3,13; Ixvii. 8.
1 Other MSS. and Din. give 'the mighty kings'; but this phrase
' ' ' "^ '■^— does not occnr in Enoch except in Iv. 4, if the text there is right.
bud godlea and DDrighteous ii fre- 4. Cf. I«. liii. S ; xxl. 3 ; zivi. 17, tea.
queotlj reftmd to : of. eutUj. i, i, S. Ons portion of thom will look
3; xli. 1; xlv. a, 4, 5,6; [L 1;] liii. on the othM. This ahowa Uutt Ii.
). 71 IxB. 13; Ixix. 17. 9. The &ot liii. 8 wu in the mind of the writer.
Uut even the righteoui are judged Son of Man. See Crit. Note and
opens up a terrible proepeet for the ilri. 1 (note). 6. The king* are
luitgiuidtbeEaightjiaf. iPetiv. iB. now ready to ackaowledgs and wor-
TSa iTlng word: tee xliz. 4 (note), (hip the Son of Mu, but it it too
,- .iL
itradb, Google
Sect. ii.j Chapter LXII. 3-12. 165
earth will glorify and bless and extol him who rules over all,
who was hidden. 7. For the Son of Man was hidden ^AH
before Him and the Most High preserved him in the presence '
of His might and revealed him to the elect. 8. And the
coDgn^tion of the holy and elect will be sown, and all the
elect will stand before him on that day. 9. And all
the kings and the mighty and the exalted and those who rule
the earth will fall down on their faces before him aod worship
and set their hope upon that Son of Man, and will petition C . ^Z V/'
him and supplicate for mercy at his hands. 10. Neverthe- '
less that Lord of Spirits will (so) press them that they will
hastily go forth from His presence and their faces will be
filled with shame, and darkness will be piled upon their faces.
11, And the angels of punishment will take them in chai^
to execute vengeance on them because they have o^^ressed
His children and His elect. 12. And they will be a
spectacle for the righteoas and for His elect: they will
rejoice over them because the wrath of the Lord of Spirits
resteth upon them, and His sword is drunk with their blood
7. Before Him. So G )L?^J!'tf»". DId, gives ' formerly." 9.
The Idusa and the mlghtr. So G K M. FILO and Din.
give 'the mighty kiogs.' 10. NeTertheleBB that Xiord of
Spirits wiU (so) prase them. So OM. Dlii.'s text inserts Mh
'and accordingly that Lord of Spirits will press them.' 11.
The angels of pnnlshnient wUl take them In oharge. Bo all
MSS. but 0, which gives '^fiVD^ rt0v/)X||^, Oin)^^. 12.
His sword. So QU. FHIL.O and Din. give 'the sword of
ItUe. Bnle* over all : of. Dan. vii. mnnitir thnt ii ' lowii ' Ii oalled the
14. 7, 8. Hidden 1 of. zlviii. 0. 'plant of righteoamen'; of. s. 16
This word oobmIoiu a digrowioD and (note). OonKreKatlon : of. xxzTiii.
an eiptanatdoiL Befi«e he »ppear«d 1 (note). 6, 10. The deaoription
to judge he waa proanrred b; the of Uie jadgment of tbe kiagi re-
Iiord of Spitita and tevealed lo the aumed: they implore mercy, bat in
elaot through the ajdHt of propbacy, -wtin. Bliame and daikneaa : rf.
xlviiL 7. By tbia mcmna the com- ilri. 6; iv Eira vii. 55, 11.
miudt; of the elect -waa founded (lit. Angela of pnnlahment ; «ee xl. 7
'aown*), hat wai not to behold him (note). Cf. IliL 3-liT. 1. 13. Speo-
till tbe final judgment. The com- toole: aee ilvlii. 9 (note). Sword.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
1 66 The Book of Enoch. [3«ct.ii.
(lit, ' from them '). 1 3, And the righteoofi and elect will be
saved on that da^ and will never again from thenceforth see the
face of the sinners and nnrighteoas. 14. And the Lord of
Spirits wUl abide over them, and with that Son of Man will ^ '1 ^'
they eat and lie down and rise up for ever and ever. 15.
And the righteous and elect will have risen from the earth,
and ceased to be of downcast countenance, and will have
been clothed with garments of glory. 16. And these shall
be your garmentSj garments of life before die Lord of Spirits;
and your garments will not grow old, and yonr glory will
not pass away before the Lord of Spirits.
LXIII. I. In those days will the mighty and the kings
the Lord of Spirits.' 14. WUl tbay eat. BoQM. FHILO
and Din. read 'wiU they abide and eat,' alao N (sec. hand).
15, 16. Clothed with garmenta of glory. And these shall
be 70UT garments, garments of llfb. So Q M, which read A-flfh
tk-aJA: Aflifi^i: a»i>-X'F; ^fi-l: ti-al>tl(n>^ ^■nAi IbS-a^. So aUo
I N, bnt that they omit j^-aniltfV. K reads as Dln.'s text : the
other MSS. vary. The conclnding words of Ixii. 16, 'yonr gar-
ments ttiB net grow old, and your glory will not pass away,' con-
firm the readJDg of OM. The fi»ct that all these variations are
absent from DId.'s MSS. points to their beibg dae to a late
recension.
LXIII. I. The mighty and the Unga. So GM: c£ note on
Uaed flgontivel; here : ct Iziil. 11. 4^ ; Henn. Km. viJi. t. See alio En.
Drunkref.I*. zxTiv.6. IS.Bavedi oviU. 11. Will not btow old : cf.
of. xlviii. 7. 14. Tbe kingdom U Dent. rili. 4 ; izix. 5.
■t iMt eitafaliihed and God Oinuelf LXm. The writer agnin retanu
dwells unoiigit them: of. I1.I1. ig.io; to the king! snd the mighty In radcr
Zeph. in. ts-17 : utd the Menish to deeoribe their bittar and nnavail-
will dwell with them : of. ilv. 4 ; lag repeatanee. The dworiptioii is
zixviiL t. The kingdom lasts for not auamplifioatiDnof liii. 5-11, bnt
aver. IS. Tlus Tone does not refer takes ap the history at a Utcc stage
to (be resanection bui dgnifist that after that (he kings have appealed in
all the hnmiliations of tbe righteous Tun to the Meauh and are already
are at an sod. 16. Gajwtents at in the oustodj of (lie angds of
life : see Cri(. Notes on tt. 15, 16. puniihnient. A* (hdr Sftpeal to the
On tbe garments of the blessed, of. Messiah has fuled, duy Mitreat (he
nCor. T.J, 4; Itev.iii. 4, S, 18; iv. 4; angels of panishmmt, to whom thej
11. 11; Tii.9,13,14; ITBBaii.39, an delirered, (o grant them a raspits
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect-n.] Cfuipt^s LXU.ii—LXIII.Z. 167
vrho possess the earth implore His angels of paniahment to
whom they were delivered to graot th^n a little respite, that
they mig'ht fall down before the Lord of Spirits, and worship,
and confess their rans before Him. 3. And they will bless
and g;lorify tiie Lord of Spirits, and say : 'Blessed is the Lord
of Spirits, the Lord of kings, the Lord of the mighty and the
Lord of the nilers, the Lord, of glory and the Lord of wisdom,
(before whran) every secret is clear. 3. And Thy power is from
generation to generation and Thy glory for ever and ever :
deep aie all Thy secrete and innumerable, and Thy righteous-
ness ie beyond reckoning. 4. We have now learnt t^t we
should glorify and bless the Lord of kings and Him who is
King over all kings.' 5. And they will say : ' Wonld that
we had rest to glorify and thank Him uid confess oar fiuth
before His glory I 6. And now we long for a little rest
but find it not : we are driven away and obtain it not : light
has vanished from b^oie us, and darkness is our dwelling-
place for ever and ever; 7. For we have not believed
before Him nor glorified the name of the Lord of Spirits, nor
glorified our Lord, but our hope was in the sceptre of our
kingdom and in oar glory. 8. And in the day of our
sofEering and tribulation He saves as not, and we find no
IziL 6, F I L and Din, ' the mighty kings.' H K N omit ' the
migh^.' 3. (Befbrs whom] averr sMiTat la olaar. O points
to a different meaning MCV; dSttm "WX. M gives .^-ACtf;
AIHbl •VSektl ^.Mtl. 5. aioruy and tliank Him. So O M.
Other MSS. give, 'Qlorify, and thank, and blesa Him.' His
Slorr. O reads 'Tby gbry.' 7. l^oid of Spirits. So QF:
HILNO give 'Lord of kings': M ' Lord of Lords.' Qlorlfied
our iKird. So a M. Other MSS. ' glorified the Lord for all His
towDidilptheLixdafSpiritiuklaon- pMUga, at Wiadoni v. 3--S. 9.
faM their dm before Him. ^lii in "Yb/Ax oonfawipn aoknowladgee all
bet bmu ui indireot sod 1m( datpdr- tlut tbey thrmari; denied: of. xlvi.
ioKappsklto the LmxI of Spirit*. At 5. 8. Cf. xlix, «. 6. Dark-
tlie Mma time it ii k juitifliMt[on of mew U our dweUlnfl>pUiM : at iItL
God's jutica. ?[>TaaomewlutdmD>r 6. 8. ThtrebmplMaof Mpenu
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
i68
The Book of Enoch.
tSeot.n.
respite wherein to confess onr &!& that our Lord is tnie in
all Hie works and in His jndgmmts and His righteousness,
and His jndgmentA have no respect of persons. 9. And we
shall pass away from before His face on sccoimt of oar
works, and all oar sins are reckoned up in righteousness.'
10. Now they will say to Uiem : ' Oar souls are satisfied with
the mammon of uurighteoosness, but this does not prevent
us from descending into the flame of the pain of Sheol.'
works.' i
judgments.'
. In His JudEmsnta. So OM. Dhi. 'in all His
10. Into the flame. 80 all HKS. but 0, which
HUM wlieti the final judgmeot hH
oome. 10. Bicliei avaO not to
thalr nlralioD : ot. lU. 7; lUi ; Pl
zllz. 7-11. Xammon of nnriclit-
eoiuiMu: cr.LDkeiTi.i), 11; Eooliu.
*. 8. Sheol. Thii word bu bomo
difinnt mouungi kt diffarent perioda
snd aIm diffwent mA^niiigt during
th* ume period, owing to the 00-
estltmoe c^ different lUgei in Uib
deTBlopnunt of thooght. Ai then
diflteent meeningi kre to be bond
in Enoch, a shot hiitorj of the oon-
oaption win be the beet meene of
a^ilaiution. (i) Sbeol in the O.T.
ia the pboe uppointecl (or all llTing,
Job zix. t%: from it> gisBp than ie
nerar utj poaaildlitj of eaoape. Job
vii. 9. It i< dtnated baneatii the
earth. Num. zvi. 30 1 it la the land of
darkneM and confiulon, Job k. 31,
31 : of deetruirtion, (brgetfnlneae, and
ailoioe, Paa. IsutEU. 11; xAr, 17;
czT. 17. NeTarthelen the identity
of tlie individmd Ii in lome meainre
, 1%. ziv. 10; Eiek. ziiii.
I Bkm. zzriii. ij aqq. : but the
> li joflsia and liaa no potut
of oontaot with God or human in-
tereata. Pie. tL 5 ; zzz. g ; Ii. nxviii.
II, iS. In tlie e(*MeptioD of Sheol
there la no moral or religiooa elecoant
invidved: no monJ diitinction* an
obeerred In it : good and liad &re
•like. Bnt the family, national and
aoeial diatinetioni of the world above
are itlll reprodnoed, and men are
gktiiered to tiudr fathen or people.
Gen. zzT. 8, 9 ; zxxv. ig ; E(d(. xizii.
17-31 ; king! are aeated on their
throiLea even there, la. xiv. 9, 10;
Eiek. izziL it. 14. Thui the O.T.
Bheol does not differ eaeentially from
the Honiaric Hadea, Odjn. zi 488,
9. Thii view oF Sheol was the ortho-
dox and premiling one till the woand
century B. 0. ; of. Eoolui. xiv. 16 ; ivii.
31,331 iix. i;; Bar.iM. 11; Tob.Ui.
I o ; zvii. 3 ; Bnooh oii. 11 (I. e. where
Baddnoaaa are introduced aa apeak-
ing). Individual voioea indeed had
been r^ied againat it In Eavonr of
a religioQi conoeption uf Bheol, and
Snallj through thur advooaoy thie
higbn' oonoeptian gradually won ila
way into aooeptance. (>) fliia aecond
and hi^er onneeptiou of Sheol WM the
prodaet of the aame religion! thought
that gave birth to the dootrlne of the
ReauTTtetlon— the thought that iamA
the aniwv to lU difficultiea by carry-
ing the idea of retribntlon into the
lib beyond the grave. The old oon-
oaptloD thua underwent a double
change. Firetly, it became eeaentially
a place where men were treated ae-
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect, n.] Chapters LXIII. g — LX V. i.
169
II. And after th&t tiieir conntenance will be filled with
darkoees before tbat Son of Mao, and they will be banisbed
from bis presence and tlie sword will dwell among tbem
before h!a face. 13. And Hius spake tiie Lord of Spirits :
' Ttiis ie the ordinance and jadgment of tbe migbty and tbe
kings and the exalted and those who pmBese the earth before
the Lord of Spirits.'
LXIV. I. And other forms I saw in that place in secret.
2. I heard the voice of the angel saying: "These an the
angels who descended to the earth, and revealed what was
hidden to tiie children of men and seduced the children of
men into committing sin.'
[LXV. J. And in those days Noah saw the earth that
cording to their denrti vitb a diviiioQ
for ^ righteoo^ and a divuion tor the
wicked. And, uoDndlj, &cMn being
tile mitfidiiig abode of the departed, it
came to ba onlj an iatennediate itate:
cf. En. zzii : U. i ; oii. j (I) ; Lnke
xvi. il(t). (3) 'Die aoDoeption under-
went a farther change, and no longer
dgniSed the intermediate itate of the
right«Ou(Bnd of tbe wicked, bat rame
to be need of the abode of tbe wleked
ouIt, either a* thmr p^Hminarj
abode, ot Bey. i. 16; Ti. 8 ; xz. 13,
14, w M their final ou^ En. Ixiii. 10 \
xaii.ii;oiii.7. lUiwaapnibabljdne
to tlie EMJt that the Itentmotion wai
limited to Uie ri^teoni, and thm the
•oqIi of the wicked simplj remained
in Sheol, which thui practioaDj be-
oame hell or Oehenna : cCi Pn. Sol.
liv. 6 ; XV. II. That thii oonaqttieo
of Bbeol appeared In iaolated eaaea in
tbe Penian period, lee Cheyne, Orti^n
Cf. .
l.y
gives i^iA. II. Sarknaaa. So Q. Din. adds 'and fihame.'
12. For (Dhai>ll G reads hov.
LXIV. 2. Descended to the earth. So GM. Other MBS.
' descended from heaven to the earth.'
LXV. I. For XJHH* O reads AiHrt' with tbe same meaning.
0/ tU PiaUtr, 3S1-
thequeetioD ganerBlly, Oehler, X%eol.
det A. r. i. J53-M; SohnU, A.
TlieJke. Theol. 697-708 ; Sehenkd,
£iba;-Zm.ii.5G£-7i. IntheTalmud
Bheol haa beocme lynonymoaa with
Gehenna, Weber, L. d. T. 316, ;.
U. With dftrkueaa : of. xlvi. 6 ; liil.
la Bword. Used figuratively here :
cf. ku. 13.
IiZIV. A brief digreHDOn on the
fidlen ai^d* whoae judgment hai
already been deacribed in tbe •eoond
dmilitnde, liv. 3 aqq.; Ir. 3, 4.
IiXT-LXIX. 36. llieae chapters
profetHBdlj and in £tet belong to k
Noah Apocaljpie, and have no right
to foim a part of the text of Enoch.
Hie main reaiani ftir thia oondueion
are to be fbimd in the note on liv. 7.
Like tbe other Noachlc interpolation!,
thi« interpolation ii of a fragmentary
natare: It deals munlj with three
ilizedbyGoOglc
I70
The Book of Enoch.
[Sectn.
it was einkiDg down and its destruction wbb nig'h. a. And
t — " he aroBe from thence and went to the ends of the earth, and
rK^
'"^ ''cried aloud fo his gnndfather Enoch ; and Noah said Uiree
times with Tehement utterance, 'Hear me, hear me, hear me.'
3. And I said nnto him : ' Tell me what it is that ia filing
out on the- earth that the earth is so fatigued and shaken ?
May I not perish with it 1 ' 4. And thereupon there was a
great commotion on the earth and a voice was heard from
heaveDj and I fell on my faoe, 5, And Enoch my grand-
father came and stood by me and said onto me : ' Why hast
thon cried to me with a cry so vehement and sorrowful? 6.
A command has gone forth from the presence of the Lord con-
cerning those who dwell on the earth that their end should be
brought about because they know all the secreta of the angels
and all the violence of the Satans and all their hidden power
and all the power of those who piactise sorcery, and the power
of witchcraft, and the power of those who make molten images
3. I said nnto him. So GU MUT. Other MSS. 'he said unto
him.' 6. Tor tb* whola earth. These words are in the geni-
■nbjsoti: (i) Ixv. i~lzrii. 3, the
imponding Flood nod the tielivenuice
of Nnah; (l) Izvii. 4-lziz. t, the
poulahmeiit of the bllen uigsli, wiA
a di^endon on the kingi »nd the
might; ; (3) Ixii. a-15, the bU of
the Kigda and the Mcreta they di«-
LXV. 1. OUene th»t the *Moa
ii Nokh't. Hie TliioD opeiu hare
with k mbaidence of the earth, u In
li. I with a quaking of the heaveni.
S. The enda of the earth. He
eatranoe to heaven {> at the enda of
the earth. Enooh a (tdll inppoeed to
be alive and to be engaged with the
angda: compare tU**eteewitbliviii.
I. Thut it b Che Samaritan ohrondog;
wUoh ii followed hne ; for aaooidlng
to the T.TfTf, and Hebrew Teckonlngi
Eoooh waa tranilated manjt yean
before Noah wae bora, whoroai the Ir^JI r_ -L^
Samaritanmakeathemoonlemporariae (^ (L
for 140 yean. Una thie viaioo mnrt ''''^ i^ ^
be ngwded u Dot later than Oie vJ\ [^
140th year of Noah-, life. In li. 8, Z^A^f.^
33, on the other hand, a later date ia
■uppoaed, the 500th year of Noah'i
life (of. Iz. 1), and Paradlae ia oon-
ditently repnaented ai the abode of
Enooh and the elect, aa this date is
360 yean after Enooh's tnuuliitian Into
Paiadiae, OrandflttheF. In reality
great-grandfather: cf. Iz. 8. A. A
voloe. This is the oonunand in var. ti. |
Tell on mj fkoe. Aa in li. 3. 6. j
ThoM w^u> dwoU on the •arth.
This phnwe is bonowed from the
StmilitDdes: el zxxvili. 5 (note).
Baoanaa ther know all the seareta
of Qia ancela, fto.; of. vii; viii;lxii.
Thepoworof wttohonA: of.vii. t.
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
B«!tii.] Chapter LXV. 2-11. 171
for the wlude eftith ; 7. And how diver is piodaced from
the dost of theeaith, and how soft metal origiuatee on the
earth. 8. For lead and tia are not produced from the earth
like the first : it is a fountain which producei them, and an
angel standa therein, and that angel is an eminent one.'
9. And after that my grandfather took hold of me with hie
hand and raised me np, and said nnto me ; ' Qo, for I have
asked the Lord of Spirits ae touching' this commotion tm the
earth. 10. And He said onto me: "Because of their
nnrighteonsnesB their judgment has heen finally decided and
will be executed speedily (lit. ' it will no longer he reckoned
before me ') because of the months which they have searched
out, and through which they know that the earth and those
who dwell upon it will be destroyed.^' 11. And for these
tive ; but the context requires this rendering. 7. Xfifr wanting
iu Q. 8. An angel stands therein. So Q M, omitting H
before fitahy. Other MSS. and Din. ' There is an angel which
stands therein.' And that angel Is an eminent one, Hall^vi
{J<mm.Aiiat. 373; 1867) reprodnoes this in Hebrew lipn Kin DTp*l.
He Bupposes t was read by mifitake for T in Qlp". Hence we get
Q^IB^ Hiph. from "V with 3rd pi. maso. su£Gx. Then comparing
Jer. vL 7 he translates, ' the angel who stands therein and makes
them to cool is the chief Bat the Hiph. more likely means 'to
cause to spring up.' Hence 'the angel who. ..cansea them to spring
up is the chief.' 9. With his hand. Bo all MSS. but O, which
gives ' by my hand.' 10. Because of the months wbloh they
have searched out, and through 'whloh the^ knovr that, fro,
Hall^ (Journ. Aiiat. 374-5 ; 1867) objects that liat-£^ signifies
months, and never astrology, and that the knowledge of the future
could hardly be regarded as criminal by the writers of Enoch, and
that the Deloge waa generally regarded ae a secret : cf. x. 2 ;
Ixxxix. I. He thinks that the cormption arose through reading
O'enn (=Borcerie8, Is. iii. 3) as BVin=' months,' and *9 more-
over = ^i or yap. Henee be would translate, ' Because of the sor-
ceries which they have searched out and know; for the earth,' Ac
of tbe wrought tliroagli tlia aagela. 10.
the ootrnptimi See iiiH. Not*. 11. Enoch hen
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
172 The Book of Enoch. [Sect, II.
there will be no place of refn^ for ever because they h&ve
Bhown them what was hiddeo, and (none) for those who are
condemned; hut as for thee, my son, the Ijord of Spirits
knows that thon art pure and guiltlees of this reproach con-
cerning the secrete. 12. And He has destined thy name to
be among the holy, and will preserve thee from those who
dwell on the earth, and has destined thy seed in righteousness
to kingship and great hononrs, and from thy seed will proceed
» fountain of the rigitteous and holy without number for ever.'
LXVL I. And after that he showed me the angels of
pnniBhment who are prepared to come and let loose all the
powers of the waters which are beneath in the earth in order
to bring judgment and destruction on all who live and dwell
on the earth. a. And the Lord of Spirits gave command-
ment to the angels who went forth, that they should not
raise their hands but should wait; for those angels were
over the powers of the waters. 5. And I went away
from the presence of Enoch.
LXVII. I. And in those days the word of God came unto
me, and He said unto me: 'Noah, thy lot has come up
before Me, a lot without blame, a lot of love and uprightness.
2. And now the angels are making a wooden building, and
II. Tor tltose who. The syntax requires A to be supplied before
XA, as in tUkte in preceding line. Din. wrongly takes XA to be
XA*, and so trsnelates 'they.' Aa fbr thee. So Q. Din.
inserts a negative.
LXVIL I. IToah, U17 lot. So OM. Other M8S. and Din.
' Noah, behold thy lot.' A lot wltbout blame, Wanting in Q.
>ddr«MM Noah. 13. Noah U to a minxKioeptiDm ai tha t^gealm tit (be
be the fonnder of a naw and righteoua Deluge or fint Judgment, and aa
geneiatioD. Fountain : of. Deut. angels ovsr the waton : of. iL 7
nxiii. aS ; Pa. Ixviii. aii. (note) ; liv. 7. 3. Angela ovsr
IiXVI.l. He, Le. Enoch. Aosela ttaepowere of the watwa: cf. Rev.
of pnnlahment We have here an zvi. 5.
ill^timate oae of thii phtaae, Thsae IiXVU. 1. The eharaeter of Noah
angeli hare to do wlely with the har« ia baaed on Gen. vi. 9. 3.
Moood jndgmant in the Similitndn, Thia aoaoant diffen irotn lindx. i,
and are «aaployad kare onlj through trhae it ia aald that Noah Unuelf
ilizedbyGODglC
Sect. 11.] Chapters LXV.\% — LX VII. \. 173
when they huve completed that task, I will place My hand
upon it and preserve it, and there will come forth from it a
seed of life, and the earth will unde^^o a change so that it
will not remain without inhabitant. 3. And I will make
&8t thy seed b^re Me for ever and ever, and I will disperse
those whoJwelLw itfa-ibee over the face of the earth lest they
tempt (thy seed), and (thy seed) will be blessed and will
multiply on the earth in the name of the Lord.' 4. And
t tMk. So O mS:h. U mS^, which should
evidently be read tOSSh^ This is clearly tb« right text as agaioet
DIq.'s (O^A- 'have gone forth to this task.' This latter reading
is out of harmony both with the wordi before and after. For
AO^ G reads 0+0. 3. All the best M88. ACEFOHIEHN
read AAmllC after y^fth or f-Oft. We cannot, therefore,
simply omit it as Dki. As it Btands, it is unmeaning. It is
perhaps best to emend it into hovi Kt^Xk^ 'lest they should
tempt' or 'lead astray,' and render XHCJtfl" 'I will disjieree.'
Thus we should have a reference to the diapeniou of mankind :
cf. Oen. xi, Dln.'s text runs, 'and I will spread abroad those
sukn the aric Oomplated: hs
OriL Note. DIil'i oonnpt irniliiig
obligM him to make the angeli of
ponuhment build tbe tA snd than
go to tet tooaa the waton I It ii en-
detitly K olaw of good aageli we have
here. fl. CC Iit. la. A-ZiXIX.
I. nu nction deali with the pmilih-
ment of the talliii angeti and iti
■ignifieanoe tn regard to (3m king*
and the mighty. It ia very oanfoaed.
Part of (he oonrndon i* owing to lui
original confniioii of thooght on the
part of the writer, and maoh to the
ooTTnptnsu of (he text. The latter
i* laigel; obviated by the Mo<rtun-
ment of a better text: lee CriL If otea
on rr. 6, ii, 13. As for the funiMr,
it hai tieen caiued by the writer
deeeribiDg the Gi>( judgment in fea<
toree characteriiUo of the final, and
in identifying looalitiea Id the Simili-
todat whioh an abeolotaly distinct :
1, e. (he bnniing valley of Oehenoa
li placed among (be metal mountaini,
Izni. 4, though it 1* definKely said to
lie in another direotion, Uv. 1 , in the
Similitudee. It ii obvioni, tiwrefbre,
that no weight ii to be attached to
phrauadenotinglocalityinthieuotion.
4. After treating of (he judgment of
lYimUml throogh the Deluge, the
writer t^Meadi to deamibe (he judg-
ment of the angeli, who were the
nal oaiiie of man's oorraption. In
eontradiotion with z, the fallen angels
•re oait into a burning valley-^really
the Gehenna Tallay of lir. llien ii
a twofold oonforion here. It ii not
nld that the angeli in liv. were
cast into the Talley of Qehenna, bat
into a ' bortkiog fumaoe ' ; and, in
the aeoond plaoe, thia wni the final
plaoe of pnniihment, not the pre-
,tradb,G0()glc
174
The Book of Enoch.
[Sect. II.
He will imprison those angeb who have shown unrighteous-
ness in that burning valley which my grandfather Eooch had
formerly shown to me in the west among the monntains
of gold and silver and iron and soft metal and tin. 5.
And I saw that valley in which there was a great ooovnlsion
and a swelling of the waters. 6. And when all this took
place, tiiere was produced from that fiery molten metal and
from the convulsion wherewith they were convulsed in l^t
place, a smell of snlphar, and it was connected with liiose
waters, and that valley of the angels who had sedoced (man-
kind) bamed continually onder the earth there. 7. And
through the valleys of that land proceed streams of fire, where
those angels are punished who had led astray those who dwell
upon the earth. S. But these waters will in those days
serve for the kings and the mi^ty and the exalted and
those who dwell on the earth for the healing of the body, uid
who dwell with thee over the face of the earth.' 4. He wUl
tmprlaon. 80 FGM. Other MSS. 'tliey will imprison.' g.
For -tViPli G reada 7a>t< (aic) ; M Oo>4l. 6. Tor (DOid^UIB^
MOaktioB* O reads 0<ya>-ho>>' ; U mtv^: PiPtiflv. 8. For
the beaUns of the body. 80 Q : and this reading is obviously
it, agHia, the bnmiDg
vklley i< wd to be unongrt the metal
moantaini in the west. HiU, h ve
btve tfaown above, ii a mlaleading
oomlHiutiaQ of Dtterly die[iwmt« iilcM,
and (honld prore a warning againeC
Uling ioto the error of Hilgenfeld
and Dminmond, and badng oon-
oludoB* on naoh eqnivooal « lather
demoiuttiably grenndlcM ■tatamanti
ai appear fn thli vetM. lathoireM.
Bonowed from lii. i,h other phruoa
from the adjcdning oonteit, and with
jn»t w little real ugnifieanoe. The
phraie ii no real note tA looalitj bat
onlj another meanisglen plagiariHui
of (hie iBtcrpoUtur. For othcm aee
pp.15,16; kJo(nota). Hilgenfeld'i
to VaanTlna in Mardl <tf a
banlng Talle; (■ Ue wetf U a boatl«M
and anoBlled-Ear errand. 8, 6.
Allele Teraea oombine fbatnrca of the
Deluge and of Tolcaolo (lutnrbancei.
The latter are aoonaoted with Uie
pnniihment of the angaU. Bomed
nndar Xb» oartli tliere. Not meralj
the immediate neighbonrhood of the
Gehenna valley ii here deajgnated,
but, a« Bin. pianta out, the adjaoent
cwontiy down to and beyond the Dead
Sea. A Bubtananaan Bre wa> believed
to exin nndei tbe Qidienna valley)
ef. xifli I (note). B. In tbOM
dayi. Thoie of the writer, Thoaa
watera will aerve . . . tor tbe heal'
lug of the body. The hot ifitinge
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
8ect II.]
Chapter LXVII. 5-11.
»75
for the puaishment of the spirit, becanse their spirit is fall of
last, that they may be ponished in their body ; for they have
denied the Lord of Spirits and see their punishment daily,
and yet believe not in His nama 9. And in proportion as
the baming of their bodies becomes severe, a corresponding
change will take place in their spirit for ev^ and ever ; for
before the Lord of Spirits there will be none to utter a lying
word. 10. For the judgment will come upon them, because
they believe in the lust of their body and have denied the
Spirit of the Lord. 1 1 . And those same waters will undergo a
change in those days ; for when those angels are punished in
these waters, these water-springs will change their temperature.
right ; for the office of the eulphnr Bprings is medicinal in thia
world, but punitive in the uezt. Other USS. ' for the healing of
the Bonl and body.' Believe not. Q omits the oegative. 9. A
OOTveeponding dhange will take place. Q reoda hoD; Hpciv^
"twA/n. 1 1. Are pimlahed In tbeoe waters. So G M, read-
ing T-f^. Other M8S. ' in those days.' Tben water-sprlngi
will olLonge tbelr temperature ; lit. ' will be changed aa to their
temperature.' So OM, reading ^^^Am* instead of ^^AT
retoltod from the meeting of the
water vA fin nndei^groand by whioh
UMtMioe of tnoh t. hot sprii^ Din.
mentirau EaUirrhoe to the east of
the Dead Sea, to which Eerod the
Gnat reaorted. Job. A»t. ivii. 6. 5;
BcU. J»i. i. 33. 5. It bM b«en
objected that acoording to the Litter
pMiage theae water* wen aweet and
not BDlphuotlB. So &r aa thia objeo-
tJoB ia Talid, it eaaaot bold agaiort
the hot ipiiiigt of MaebaeniB, 'BM.
Jud, Tii. 6. 3, wbkh were bitter, and
1b the nrigbbourhood rf vhioh there
wen Bolphnr miDea. Holtamaioi
IJaitrh.f. D. T. ilL 391) nlan to the
Knptioiia of Uoimt Epomeo in bchia
in 46 and 35 B. 0. (qooted by Sobodde),
bat, >a we bare Mtn abovc^ there ii
no need to go to the we«t for an
eiplanatloD. 1*01 the pnnlabmsnt
of the eplrlt, i. e. in the flnal judg-
ment. Pnnlahed In their body.
In G«bcona the; will lufier in the
body a* w«ll M in the ^iiit. Beniad
the IiOtd of Splrlta : of. xxxvilL *
(note); liT. 7 (note). Bee thaltpim.
lahment dally. The hot spring! are
of the angeU : a teetimooj likewtae
to the powihment that will baEtll
the kingi and the mighty. 9. The
puoiahment will wocic repentance in
the kings, bat it will ba naavailing.
A lylBC word : of. zlli, 4 (note).
10. DoniMl tbe Spirit of th* Ziord.
Thia MpreMdon b unique in Enoch.
11. Hie nmoval irf the angels to
anothar plaoe of punishment is fbl-
,tradb,G0()glc
176
The Book of Enoch.
[Sect. II,
and wheo the angels aecend, this water of the springs will
change and become cold. \%. And I heard Michael answer-
ing and saying : "This jndgment wherewith the angels are
jndged is a testimony for the kings and the mighty and for
those who possess the earth. 13. Because these waters of
judgment minigter to the healing of tiie body of the longs
and to the lust of their body ; therefore they will not see and
will not beheve that those waters will chuige and become a
fire which bums for ever.'
LXVIII./"!. And after that my grandfather Enoch gave
and VMl^ iuHtead of ATkAVP. Otlier MBS. give 'the tempera-
ture of these water-Bprii^ will chon^.' 13. KiobaeL So OM,
Other MSS. read 'the holy Michael.' 13. Minister to ths
bealing of tbe body of the kdnga and to the luat of tbair body ;
therefbra tliey will not see, fto. So G M, reading tkLO^x
P'^ffao^, AoD/IXb^: atrt-fT^-h P'yVa^, save that I have auh-
stituted the word ' kings ' for ' aagels.* TMa change is absolutely
necessary, as Hall6vi (Jowm. jlrio*. 366-j; 186}) has pointed out;
for it wwld be absurd to suppose that the augels were healed by
the chemical action of tlie watei s. The mistake arose through the
confusion of D*3^pp ' aagels ' with D^?2^ ' kings.' Hallevi thinks
that ' angels ' in verse 1 1 should similarly be changed into ' kings,'
but wrongly. The reading of is evidently the right one ; it is
supported thronghont by 1£, and in the first clause ' to the healing
of the body ' by all MSS. bnt B G : the text of its second clause
' to the luat of their body ' could readily be contipted into the
unintelligible reading of the remaining MSS. ' to the death of their
body,' A+OMl" into rtf*!* through the influence of verses 9 and i o.
Dla.'e ' for the healing of the angels ' haa all MSS. but B C against
it : his readmg ' for the death of the body ' has the support of
F H I K L N. His text (^ves, ' For these waters of jndgment
minister to the healing of the angels and to the death of their
body ; but they will not see,' &c.
luv«d b; ■ cooling of th« wnters. Tens the Similltnilea tXretAj Oiitt aa
IS. See CriC Note. Dln.'s text » im- & oomplete work to tha huida of tlie
intelligible, but the text of 6 u ioterpoUtw. The meuiing of this
fidlowed above a quite olur. chapter ii dif&Dolt to determine. It
XiXVIU. 1. Aooording to thi* hni probablj to do nith the Bataui or
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
s«t.n.] ChapUfs LXVIL 12— LXVIII.^. \tj
the signs of oU the Becieta in % book and the Similitades
which had been given to him, and be put them together for
me in the words c^ the book of the Similitudes. ) 3. And
in those days Michael answered Rufael and said : ' The power
of the spirit transports and provokes me : yet as regards the
rigour of the judgment of the secrets, the judgment over the
angels, who can endure the rigorous judgment which is
passed, before which they melt away "}' 3. And Michael
answered again and spake to Bufael : 'Who is he whose heart
is not softened concerning it, and whose reins are not troubled
by this word of judgment that has been passed upon them —
upon those whom they have thus led out P ' 4. And it
came to pass when he stood before the Lord of Spirits,
Michael spake thus to Bufael : ' I will not take their part
under the eye of the Lord, for the Lord of Spirits ia angry
with them because they do as if they were like the Lord.
LXVIII. 3. XlohoAl. So GH. Din. 'the holy Michael.'
Tlie power of the oplrlt tnmaportB and provokes me. Can tiiis
mean 'the spirit of Qod provokes my wrath againBt the fallen
angels ' } It would perhaps be better to read f^A^ Aiml^t :
the f might have fallen oat before the initial ^ in ^^nflOUL We
should thns have: 'the vehemeuce of my feelings tranaporta
me ... for as regards,' &c. In passed. So Q M. Other MSS.
and Din. add 'and abides.' 3. KlobaeL So OM. Din. 'the
holy Micha«l.' So also in ver. 4 ; Ixix. 14, 15. Heart is not
softened. G M read A.f>£fl<h! Ml-. Word of Judgment. So O
reading M instead of 9^ aa in Din. : ' who is he . . . whose reins
are not tronbled by this word 1 A judgment has been passed
ohteft <i the uigels. 9, The dia- from tils prelimiiuiy to the final place
logne between MIchMl Mid Bobel of paniihmeni It might p^hkps be
ia dengned ta Ht ftsth the wTerity of better to tnoslkte ' jadgfinent whiah
the judgment over the &llen angels, baa been pasnad upon them becaiue of
Jndgment of the eeo w ta. Thia thoee whom they have thui led forth.'
may mean the judgment on account In thii oaw we should bare tbe
of the MOTsta divulged by the augeli. judgmant of the Satani who are
S. Upon thoaa whom they have rigorouily puouhed beeauae they ae-
Ihoa led ont. Din. thjjika thia may dnaed the angsla into afn. The words
msanthoae angela who are conducted 'They do aaiftheywers like the Lord'
Digitized by Google
1 78 The Book of Enoch. [Sect, n,
.5. Therefore all that is hidden will come apon them for erer
and ever ; for neither angel nor man will have his portion (in
it), bat alone they undergo their judgment for ever and ever/
LXIX. I. And after this judgment they will inspire fear
and anger in thean because tiiey have shown this to those who
dwell on the earth. a. And behold the names of those
angels I and these are their names : the first of them is Sem-
J&Z&, the second Areettqtf&, the third Arm^ the fourth
Kokab&^, the fifth TOrel, the sixth Bumj&l, the seventh
D4nel, the ^hth NQq^, the ninth Barftqel, tJie tenth
Az^l, the eleventh Armers, the twelfth Batarj&l, the thir-
temth Basas&el, the fourteenth An&nel, the fifteenth Tflij&l,
the eixteoith Sim&pisiSl, the seventeenth Jetarelj the eighteenth
Tftrnfi^I, the nineteenth Tarill, the twentieth Bfim&el, the
twenty-first IzezeSl. 3. And these are the chiefs of their
angels luad the names of their chief ones over a hundred and
over fifty and over ten. 4. The name of the firstj Jeqftn :
that is the one who led astray all the children of the angels,
npon them.' 5. All that la hidden. So GU. Other U8S.
and Din. ' the judgment that is hidden.'
LXIX. I. Inspire fear and anger. As Din. remarks, there
must be a corruption here. Hall^vi (J^oum. Anat. p. 3S3 ; 1S67)
tiiinka Xy"0O is a translation of the Hiphil Tj'jn which means
(i) to cause to tremble, (3) to irritate. The Qreek translator took .
the latter meaning, which is unsuitable to the context. Hence
trsnslate, 'inspire fear and trembling.' a. Q differs consider-
ably from Dln.'s text in the spelling of the angels' names, bnt
mainly in the matter of vowela 4. The ancels. So F H M.
£ivoiiitI>tiiutsriiretatioii:af.I«.iiT.ll- not m dewnb«d. 4. It u to b*
13. 6. Iq thii rigoroiiB pnoiiiuiieDt in obnrred tliat in (ho ^militndM llw
■tore for them niither u^sl nor nun Sktuig and the fkllen augali are oare-
nffen but llioHSataiu(T] only. Fully dlBtlngoIdied : the latter Gtll ia
IiXIX. 1. See Crit Note. 3. The the daye of Jared acaording to i-
lilt of nanua here la euentially the zxivi and xd-oiv. Id tMa chapter,
■ame u in vl 7, bet that the thirteenth howevt^, the fimctiona of theae two
name ia auperfluoua: aee Din. on yi. 7. nlarmni are oonfbsed. It ia Aiairi In
In Ti. 7 the namet are nid to be i-iiiTi who ia the oauie of all the
thoM of the ohieb, bat here Uisy are coiraption npon earth, and 8«mjaxa
,tradb,G0()glc
Sect, n.] Chapters LX VIII. 5 — LXIX. 12. 179
and bioii^t tbem down to the «artli and ]ed them astray
throQgli the daughters of men. 5. And the second is called
Asbe^l : he imparted to the children of the holy angels the
evil coonsel and led them aatray so that they defiled their
bodies witJi the daughters of men. 6. And the third is
called Gibdre^ : he it is who has taught the children of men
all t^e blows of death, and he led astray Eve, and showed to
the sons of men the weapons of death and the coat of mail,
and the shield, and the sword for battle, and all the weapons
of death to the children of men. 7. And from his hand
they have proceeded over those who dwdl on the earth from
that hour for evermore. S. And the fourth is called
P^em&e: he taught the children of men the bitter and the
sweet, and taught them all die secrets of their wisdom.
9. And he instructed mankind in writing with ink and paper, r.^ ^-^ v--f
and thereby many sinned from eternity to eternity and until '. < ^11 >^ V >' '
this day. 10. For it was not intended when man was ; 1.- .' m" •- ■>
created (lit. ' men are not created to l^e end ') that he should i- ^ 3^ - / . V %
give oonfirmation to his good &ith with pen and ink in suchu ^^^^- \i^ ,1. -
wise. IT. For man was created exactJy like the angda tQ I ,,.n
the intent that he should continoe righteous and pure, and
death which destroys everjrthing ooald not have taken hold of
him, but through this their knowledge they are perishing and
through this power (of knowledge) it (death) is consuming
me. 12. And the fifth is called Kasdej& : he has taught
Other MSS. 'the holy angels.' la. Por ft^T-Wl O reads alb'n,
in tha interpolated puMga tL 3. axBotir Uks Uie aiiiwIb. Man wu
JeqfUi— 'tile indler': Aibeil — 'tb« origiiulJy righteous nnd LmnuHial :
deieiter from Ood.' 6. GidreJl cf. Book of WiwlDia, i. 13, 14; ii 33.
la BTidentlj a SkUn as he led Htn; 34. TMi ia abo the docUine at Ibe
Eire. In viii. I the nuJung of weapons Talmud, Weber, L.d.T, )o8, 314,
of war ia aaoribed to Am^ 8, 339. Man loet hli ajaightneM Mkd
10. niongh the inTcmlion of the art immortalily through the eniy of the
of writing ii ascribed to an evil ipirit, devil, Wiadom il. 34, throu^ the vril
the writer doet not lecm to condemn knowledge introduoed by the Satani
it lave in eo &r ai it il niad ai a oE angeU, Bn. liii. 11, thioof^ hU
■afegnard againrt the bad fiiith of ovn evil aot, icriiL 4, U. Ct.r
men. U. Kan tna ozeated KoeeiimitUer'e Srlofio on Pi. xd. 5, 6.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
i8o The Book of Enoch. [s«t. ii.
the children of men all the wicked smitings of spirits aod
demoDB, and the smitings of the emhryo and the babe, that it
may.paas away, and the smitings of the sonl, the bites of the
serpent, and the smitinga which befall at noon, the son of the
serpent named Tabfi't. 13. And this is the number of
KeebeSl, who showed the head of the oath to the holy ones
when he dwelt high above in glory, and its name is Blqi.
14. And Uiis (angel) requested Michael to show him the
hidden name, that they might mention it in the oath, bo that
those who revealed all that was hidden to the children of
men might qnake before that name and oath. 15. And
this is the power of that oath, for it is powerful and strong,
and he placed this oath AkfLe in the hand of Michael. 16.
And these ore the secrets of this oath, and the heav^i was
made strong through the oath, and was suspended before
the world wa« created and for ever ; 1 7, And through it
the earth was founded upon the water, and from the secret
recesses of the mountains come beautiful waters from the
creation of the world unto eternity.' iS. And through that
and this I have followed. 13. Tha nombor of Keabe^ Hall^vi
{Joum. Atiat. p. 383 ; 1867) Bi^gests that for "Hit^ there stood
!T1^ which means either 'number' or 'charge.' Hence, 'this
is the charge of Kesbeil,' i. e. to remind the other angela of the
oath by which they were bound. 14. Sbow him tba hidden
name. So OU. Other MSS. give 'show them the hidden name.'
After these worda Dla. and all MSS. but GM insert 'that thus
they might aee that hidden name and.' I have followed Q. M has a
clause pecoliar to itself. 16. Was made atrong. So 3 014^. Din.
reads ftlO" ' they were strong . . . and the heaven was saspended.'
17. BeautUUl vratera. So AEFGHIN and practically M. Din.
which according to aucieut Jewiah Haaven wai inapeaded: eC Job
IntsTpretation treated of demonic dan- xiTi. 7 for a nmilar eipreuion regaid-
got. Tha aarpant nam«d Tabi't. ing (he wrth. 17- Earth wm
I know nothing about thi* name, fonndad uifon the water : of. Pn.
18. Sm Crit Not« ; of. zU. 5. I do iiIt. 1; oxxivi. 6. Prom the aaorBt
not pietend to interpret tbii and raoaaasa af tha mountalna ooma
vany of the following Teraea 16. baantltnl watara : at Pa. dr. 10, 13.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect. 11.] Chapter LXIX. 13-26. 181
oath the eea was created, and aa its foundation He laid for it
the Band against the time of (its) anger, and it dare not pass
beyond it from the creation of the world unto eteijiity.
19. And throogh that oath are the depths made fast, and
abide and stir not from their place from eternity to eternity.
20. And through that oath the sun and moon complete their
course, and deviate not from the path prescribed to them from
eternity to eternity. zi. And through that oath the stars
complete their coune, and He calls them by their names,
and they answer Him from eternity to eternity. ii. And
in like manner the spirits of the water, and of the winds, and
of all zephyrs, and the paths of all the bands of the spirits.
23. And in it are preserved the voices of the thunder and the
light of the lightnings ; and in it are preserved the chambers
of the hail and of the hoar-frost, and the chambers of the mist
and the chambers of the rain and the dew. 24. And all
these believe and give thanks before tlie Lord of Spirits and
glorify (Him) with all tbeir power, and their food is nothing
save thanksgiving: they thank and glorify and extol the
name of the Lord of Spirits for ever and ever. 25. And
this oath is mighty over them and through it they are pre-
served, and their paths are preserved, and their course ts not
destroyed.] 26. And there was great joy unongst them,
and they blessed and glorified and extolled because the name
gives 'beautiful waters for the living.' ao. To atemlty: wanting
in G. aa. For winds G gives wrongly ' souls,' by a change is one
letter. 23. Tbe voloes of tlLe thimder. So M. Otlier MS8.,
' tbe chambers of the voices of tbe thunder.' 36. And extolled :
18. Ai 111 fouDdatlon Ha Uid for Bimil&r thoagbb. 96-2B. Thew
it tlia BBnd, Ao. : cf. Jer. v. ii ; Job *et««a fcmi the conoliuioD of the
xxvi. 10 ; Pi. civ. 9, &o. 19. The third aimilltnde. Wa hkve *g^ re-
deptha mkda fut : of. Ptot. viii, 18. turned \a the chief thetne of tBe tliird
31. OaUi tb«m by tb»lr iuune> : ef. eimilitnde. It ii not improbftUe tiwt
xliii. I (note). 3S. CI Crit. Nets, the inteipolAtor omitted p*n of thli f"
Chambara of Uie hail, &0.: ot Ix. liniilitadB and replaced It witli bia
II, 19-JI. 34. Cf. xli. 7 fw a own addition*. 36. Beoamethe
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
1 82 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. II.
C-.*] VT of ttie Son of Man was revealed onto them: 27. And
* he sat on the throne of his glory, and the sum of judgment
^ -, (\ W was committed unto him, the Son of Man, and he caused the
< sinnera and those who have led the world astray to pass away
and he destroyed from off the face of the eartlL 28. With
chains shall tliey he bound, and in their assemhli^^place of
destruction shall tiiey be imprisoned, and all their wo^
vuiish from the face of the earth. 39. And from hence-
forth there will be nothing that is corruptible ; for the Son of
I Man has appeared and sits on the throne of bis glory, and all
_ evil will pass away before his face and depart ; bat the word
of the Son of Man will be strong before the Lord of Spirits.
This is the third Similitude of Enoch.
LXX. I. And it came to pass after this that his name was
C r, ^ carried aloft during hb lifetime to the Son of Man and to the
\ Loid of Spirits from amongst those who dwell on the earth.
2. And he was carried aloft on the chariots of the spirit and
Iv' J ',i
wanting in 0. aj. For f«¥ftl; ^VVk O wroi^[ly g^XSi. %%.
Imprisoned. Before ^^06ai< G M insert H. 39. The irord.
For 17*. F a I M and originaUy N read .BWt ; and for M10
reftd (D^ftlO. Far 'OXA. G reads •OlkA.^ 'Son of the Woman.'
LXX. I. And to the Lord. Bo G. Other MSS. omit 'and,'
name of the Bon of H«n wu re- laZZ. Thii ohaptor fbmu the «cin-
Te»led.'*~Thia ii obaonre. Cf. for a duiliiti u uitU Gwiub the introduc-
dtffareftt nw of the phna^ ilnii. 7; tion of the SimilitDdei. Hiere U
Itii. 7. 97. He, i. e. tbs MenUh. certunly aome evkwardnen in the
On the throne of hla glory: mviIt. anthor rnkkiug Enoch deeoribe hi* own
3 (note). Tlie enm of Jndgnumt, i. e. translation ; bat thii la itself fbnni
all jndgment: of. St. John t. 13, 17. no valid reaeon for obalidng the
The tiiUMn. Tloagh the ^militndai chapter, aa in vietj other raipeat it
are directed ohiefly againn the Idngi ii quite in keeping with the tliongfat
and the mighty onea, tbe aathor re- of the SinulltndM. 1. Ela iMine.
tain* repeatedly to the Jndgment of Hie name hwe itanda tor the pwion.
ijnnera in general : (£zxxTtii. !,>> 3; inie actual pie-exinenae of the Son of
zU. 1 ; xIt. a, 5, ti ; [La;] Uii. 1, 7 ; Man U here loppoeed : tX. zlTtii. 1
liu.(,i3. VromofTthalkoeof th« (note). Bon of Kan: c£ slri. a
eaMb : ef. xxxvili. i (note). 96. Cf. (&ote). Those who dwell on tlia
liil-vL as. Thii TMM •unmanai earth : of. xzxrii. g (note). S.
ihortly tttoh a chapter aa sUz. ffliarfota of the apixit : of. * King*
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
a«t. n.] ChapUrs LXIX. 2 7 — LXXI. 1
183
the name viuished amon^ men (lit. ' them '). 3. And from
that day I was no longer Qiimb»«d lunoi^t them, and he set
me hetween the two winds, between the North and the West,
where the angels took the cotds to measore for me the place
for the elect and righteons. 4. And there I saw the first
fathers and the righteous who from the beginning dwell in
that place.
[LXXI. I. And it came to pass after this that my spirit
3. Waa no Icoiger namlierecl amongst tbem. So Q ^thA^lll'
by a Blip for i'diMlK This is obnonsly the right reading, of
which 'fAill>ah'='I was drawn or dragged' (so Din.) is a cor-
ruption, lU giye the same text as Din., bat by a later hand.
ii. 1 1. Hiii ii an xnoimt of Eiuysh'i
tnuuiUtloii : of. Ixxxrii. 3, 4; Ixzzlz. 5 9.
S. Kninbarad : see CMt. Note. B«-
tw«Ml Ui* North mnd th« Vaat.
Aooonliag to xiilL 3-6 Pandiw Uj
In tbe Eut: mooonlliig to liznl. 3 In
the North: we Ix. 8 (note). Tha
OOTda: oC M. 4. PumdJK Ii
■Iready pat^led with hli tighteoni
((DVfMhen. Thii agnee perfBotlj
vith Ixi. II, which gpraka of the eleet
being klreadj in Pkndiie. Tbsa In
the Simflitudoi the ohronology of the
LXX. ti fi:liov»d,whcTeM in the Inter-
poUtiotw it 1* the Samuitan reekon-
Ing that i> adopted. (VUT.7(note^
LXXI. Thii chapter ia moat oer-
talnljr a later addition. It ii alien
alike in thought and phiaaealogy to
the SimiUtade*. Ontwardlj Indeed
thoe ii a raaambUiia* In phnaMlog;
bat It ii not real, lor the tachnioal
tenni of the amilitttdM which are
tnoroparated In thii chapter are
wimgly need in allOMt e*erj in-
Hbuml Thii diapter wai pmbablj
added \ij Um Bame hand that intMS
polaled tlM NoaoUo faignunti. Some
of the groondi for tlks abora oonoln-
don an: — (i) Hi* tianaoendKice dt
Ood, o( wbloh we baT* haidlj kkj
the Similitndia, i«
here portrayed In the serenat manner,
llie diitanoa between Qod wid even
the righteoDi Bnodh in tliii diapter
ia jmnmanraHfi. whareaa in the
Bimilitndoa earth and heaven are
made one eonmnnitj throogh the
Haniah, and God and the Son of
Man dwell with men. (i) Ilie deuiip-
tim of the oryilal palace of Are, Izii.
I, 6, il borrowed from il*. 9-17, bat
in the handi of the Interpdator tbia
aeooont of the theophany beeomee an
idle tiMurormation aoena^ a mere
taUean rirant — Qod atter* not a
woid, it la only an angel that ad-
dieMee Bnoah. (3] There u abw-
liilely no eTidenoe to ihow that the
writer of the Biwilitndea wu «o-
quunled with i-zzzrl, thoo^ Nn.
baa thrown ont thii lappodtioB,
Hemg, £. .B, ziL 3i|i, whereas the
dqwndenoB of the writer of tiiii
duqpter on i-xxxil 1* denunwtrable.
(4) Snoch'i goide ia no longer the
angd cd' peaoe ai tn the Bimilitndea,
bat Mlofaael, bod. 3. (g) The title
' Son of Han ' ia naed in an abulntely
different aenaa in thischapter — exactly
indeed aa It li In the Noachio fing-
mentt: ••• Ix. 10 (note). We may
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
184 The Book of Enoch. [6«t. n.
was hidd^ and it ascended into the heav^e : (there) I saw the
sons of the holy angels stepping on Sames of fire : their
garments were white and their raiment and their faces shone
like snow. 2. And I saw two streams of fire, and the light
of that fire shone like hyacinth, and I fell on my face before
the Lord of Spirit*. 3. And the angel Michael, one of the
archangels, seized me by my right huid and lifted me ap and
introduced me to all the Becret« of mercy and the secrets of
righteousness. 4. And he showed me all the secrets of
the ends of the heaven, and all the chambers of all tLe stars,
and of the luminaries, whence they proceed into the presence
of the holy ones. 5. And the spirit translated Enoch onto
LXXI. I. Sons of ate holy angels. So AEFQHIMN.
Other MSS. and Din. ' bodb of the aogels.' Thalr fiuMs slioiia
lik« snow. C a O and originttlly L 'WF\. Other MSS. and
Din. 'the light of their faces was like snow.' 5. For in>l^;
indeed h>Ta here k delibanite par-
verdon of thii phtMS ■■ it appean
in tile SinuUtudcB: lea zlvi. i, 3
(notaa), »nd tbi« ii ponible for the
following Tsuon. (6) lixi. 14, 'Thou
ait the Sou of Han vfao art Iram onto
righteounian and righteoiunen alnde*
ovei thee,' i* an applioadon to E^iooh
of the words tued of the Son of Man
ill lUi. 3. (7} The writer of the
SimiUtndee niea Daniel'i phiau,
' Bead of Baj*,' meet appodtety in
oonneiioii with the qaiation of jadg-
ment : of. xlvi. i (note). Not M the
Interpolator; he violate* the technical
•enae of the phraae, and intxnporatei
it merelj to give vsriomilitude to hii
additioua. (8) lixj. 17 betrayi the
hand of an interpolator who cdther
did not know or «I>e ignored dw fact
that eternal life was the lot of the
righteoue in the Similitadea 1 aee
zxiTli.4(Dcite}. Thii verw probably
■bowi the writer'i aoqaaintanoe wfth
i. S! <■ >7; "T. 6. (g) Finally, it
ii qnite DuStting Uwt Enoch iboold
hAve liilona raoh >■ are reoonnted in
thli ch^ter after his tranilation into
Faradiie. 1. The note of time
here i* meaningleM witb reganl to
the Similitadea. Bom of the holr
ansali. Thia i> practieallj the same
phnae ae in liix. 5 : of. liix. 4
' diildren of the angela,' and ori. 5
'childi^l of the angeU of heaven.'
The eipreenon ii to be referred to
&'>n'^ 73, where the Elohim are
interpreted aa angeli. S. 8ti«am*
of lire: cf. liv. 19; Dan. vii. 10;
alao ver. 6 of thii chapter. Thate
■treuni really proceed from beneath
the thruns. 8. Beozeta of moroy.
The mercy of Giod ii often referred
to in the addition! : of. 1. 3-5 ;
li. 5, If. 4. We have seen that
it wai neoeawy to regard the vanei
and alu^t«n dealing with nataral
phenoioena, mch aa xU. 3-8, xliii,
xllT, aa introaiona into the text The
refermoe here to pbydoal aecreta 000-
necta the writer of thia ohapternore or
IcM directly witb thoaejnat mentioned.
,tradb,G0()glc
Sect. 11.] Chapter LXXI. 2-14. 185
the heaven of heavena, and I saw there in the midBt of that
light a Btructure built of crystals, and between those crystals
flames of living fiie. 6. And my npirit saw how a fire girt
tiiat house around — on its four sides streams full of living
fite, and how they encircled that house. 7. And round
about were Seraphim, Cherubim, and Ophanim : these are
Uiey who sleep not and guatd the throne of His gloiy. 8.
And I saw angels who could not be counted, a thouBand
thousandB, and ten thooBand times ten thousand (and they)
encircled that house, and Michael and (jabriel and Rufael and
Fauuel and the holy angels who are above in the heavens go
in and out of that house. g. And there came forth from
that'house Michael and Gabriel, Kufael and Fanoel, and many
holy angels without number. 10. And with them the
Head of Days, His head white and pure as wool and His
raiment indescribable. 1 1 . And I fell on my face and my
whole body melted away, but my spirit was transfigured ;
and I cried with a loud voice with the spirit of power and
bleseed and glorified and extolled. 12. And these blessings
which wait forth out of my mouth were well pleasing before
that Head of Days. 13. And that Head of Days came
with Michael and Gabriel, Ru&el and Fauuel, and with
thoasaDdB and ten thousuid tiiousands — angels without
number. 14. And he came to me and greeted me with his
voice, and sud unto me : ' Thou art the son of man who art
Airm O reads ml^iK: aqrm. 14- He. SoGK. Other
M8S. and Din. read 'that angel.' Wbo art bom. Din. wrongly
S, e. Ct liv. 9-17. 7. Chara- two claatM are practioallj word for
bim. Seraphim, And Opluiiini : of. word the ranie u the last two daiuai
111. 10, 13; zxiix. 13; xL 1. S. oflx.3. Spirit w*a trenificured.
A thooMDd. thonaaudi^ Ao. : cf. liv. Digtingntih this from xnii. 14, and
ii; xl. I. Ooinandoat. Thii la at Ak. Is. vii. 15. Spirit of
not BO in ziv. 13. HiohMl, Oatniol, powsr : of. Ixi. ] 1 . 14, And he,
fto.: ueil. 4-7. 10. TheHoad Le. 'Hlohael'j lee Crit. Note. H
of Safs : aee (7) of tb« tntroduotoiy ii not God Himsalf who speaki : of.
uritidim on tUa chapter, ilao ilvl. I ver. 15. Thon art the aon of man 1
(note) ; Daa. tU. 9. 11. The fint Me ($) and (6) of the introdnetorj
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
^^\Vf
1 86 The Book of Enoch,
bom unto righteonanees, and righteoiiBQees abidee orer thee
and the righteoaBnees of the Head of Days fcn-sakes thee not.'
15. And he 8»id onto me : 'His word for thee ia (lit, 'He calls
unto thee ') peace in the name of the world to come ; for from
thence proceeds peace since the creation of the world, and so
will it be with thee for ever and ever and ever. iti. And
all who in the time to come walk in thy ways — tiion whom
righteousness never forsaketh — their dwelling-places will be
with thee and their heritage will be with thee, and they will
not be separated &om thee for ever and ever and ever.
17. And so there will be length of days with that Son of
Man aad the righteous will have peace, and the righteous
his path of uprightness in the name of the Lord of Spirits
for ever and ever/]
' der . . . geboren ist.' And ilj^toouuMM : wanting in O.
critlinBiu on this ohnpter Mid the nis world to oom», L e. ths 01am
raferenon there giTen. Ifi. He bftbba, (he Meiduuo kingdom. 17-
oalli onto thea peaoa. Quoted laaDgth of d&ya. See (B) of the
in Te«t. Dan. 5 6<A* t/A tlp/jrtjr. introductory oritidnn on thii alupter.
Di.itradb, Google
(CHAPTEES LSXll — LXXXII.)
THE BOOK OF CBLESTIAL PHYSICa INTBODUCTION.
A. Jit Critiedl Siruetttra and Object. R. Ift Independence of
i-xzzvL C. Ita Calendar and the knowledge therein implied.
A. Oritieal Stmotare and Object. Cbaptor Ixxii intro-
dnces us to ft scientifia treatise. In this, treatige the writer
attemplB to bring the many atterancee regarding phyBical pheno-
mens into one ByBtem, uid pats this forward as the genuine and
biblical one as opposed to all other Byttems. The parftmonnt,
and indeed the only aim of this book according to Ixzii. i, is
to give the laws of the heavenly bodies, and this olgect; it pnnmes
nndeviatingly from its beginning to Ixxix. i, vhere it is said that
the trefttise is finished and all the laws of the heavenly bodies
set forth. Through all these chsptere there u not a single ethical
reference. The author has no other interest save a soientific
one coloured by Jewish conceptions and beliefs. As a Jew he
upholds the accuracy of the moon as a divider of time, Isxiv. 1 1 :
■ The moon brings in all the years exactly, so that their position
is not prematurely advanced or delayed by a ungle day onto
eternity.' And this order is inflexible : there will be no change
in it till the new creation, Ixzii. i. So far, then, we have to
deal with a complete and purely scientific treatise, in which
there is no breach of uniformity till the new creation. But the
moment we have done with Izxix, we pats into a new atmo^here.
The whole interest is ethieal and nothing elie: there is, indeed,
such a thing as an order of natui-e, but, owing to the sin of men,
this order is more oonspicnons in its breach than in its observance,
Ixxx. 3-8, and even that in&Uible Inminary the moon (Ixxiv. 1 2)
becomes a Use guide and misleader of men, Ixxx. 4.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
1 88 The Book of Enoch, [Sect. III.
Chapter Ixxz, therefore, is numifestly tui addition, made to give
ua ethical tnrii to a purely scientific treatise, and so furnish it
with some fitness for its present collocation. Before passing on
. to Izxxi, we may remark that not only does the general t«ndency
of Ixxx. 1-6 conflict with the preceding chapters, but the only
exact specification ventured on by the interpolator in Im. 5
is in glaring contradiction with Ixxvi. 13. Yet see notes on
Nor, again, can Izxzi belong to this book. Before entering
on this question, however, let us consider Ixxxii. i-B, which forms,
according to most critics, the close of this treatise, tv. (>-30 being
regarded as a Noachic interpolation, but wrongly : see Ixxxii. 9
(note). These verses Ixxxii. 1-8 manifestly do belong to bczii—
Isxix. The same formula occurs in Ixxxii. i, 'my son Methuselah,
as in Ixxvi. 14 and in Ixxix. 1 (according to some M8S.). The
wisdom dealt with in Izxxii. 1-8 is the same scientific lore as in
Ixxii-lxxix. And the blessing of the author of Ixxzii. 1-8 is for
the man who sins not in calculating the seasons, Ixxxii. 4.
Ixxii-lxxix and Ixxxii constitute the original book of Celestial
Physics. But, whereas the bleadng of the author of Ixzii-lxxix,
Ixxxii is for the man who knows the right reckoning of the years,
the blessiug of Ixxxi. 4 is for the man ' who dies in righteousness,
concerning whom no book of unrighteousness is written.' These
two blessings, in fact, give the keynote of their respective contents
of the book of Celestial Physics and Ixxxi, and disclose the motives
of their respective authors. This chapter did not, any more than
Ixxx, belong to this treatise originally. In fact, we find on
examination that it is of the nature of a mosaic, and came prob-
ably irom the editor of the complete Euoch. The phiase 'Those
three angels,' in Ixxxi. 5, points to some previous statement
apiwrently ; but none such is to be found. The words are evi*
dently drawn from Ixxxvii. 3, where they occur exactly as here,
bvt mth an etplanation. The heavenly tables in Ixxxi. 1, a come
from xciii. 2, cili. 2. The expression ' Lord of the world ' may
be suggested by Ixxxii. }, ' Lord of the whole creation of the
world.' The 'books of judgment' in Ixxxi. 4 are drawn from
Ixxxix. 61, £4, Ac.
Again, we observe that Izxxi, 5, 6 are written with reference
to Ixxxii. I, a and xci. i. This latter verse introduces the section
beginning in tbe preamt form of Enoch with xci. We shall see
later that xci does not really form tbe beginning of the last book
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect. III.] Introduction. 189
of Enoch, but tbat it hae been dislocated from its right position
by tbe author of bixii to serve bis editorial purposes.
Finally, with regard to Ixxxii, it is evident that it does not
stand in its original position. Tbe Book of Celestial Physics
rightly concludes with Ixxlx, which closes thus: 'Tbie is tbe
picture and sketch of every luniinaiy as tbey were shown to me
by their leader, tbe great angel Uriel.' Ixxxii must have preceded
this chapter originaUy, and probably immediately. After the
long disquisition on the stars in Izxxii, the first words of Ixxix
wonid come in most appropriately: 'And now, my son, I have
shown thee everything, and the law of aU Ihs gtara of the heaven
U oon^leled' If Izxxii does not precede, these words have prac-
tically no justification in Ixxii-Uxviii. The final editor of the
whole book was fond of such dislocations. There hag been a like
rearrangement of xd— xciii.
B. Its Independence of i-xxxri. (i) In i. a the revela-
tion of Enoch is not for tbe present, but for remote generations :
in xciii. 10 it is to remain a secret till the seventh week of the
world: in civ. ii it is one d&j to be disclosed. But in Ixxxii. i
the revelations are entmsted to Methuselah to be transmitted
to the generatione of ihe world, (a) In xxxiii. 3 Uriel writes
down everything for Enoch, bat in Ixxii. i, Ixxiv. a, Ixsv. 3,
Ixxix. a-6 Uriel only shows tbe celestial phenomena to Enoch,
and Enoch himself writes them down, IxxxiL i. (3) The descrip-
tion of the winds coming from different quarters in xxxiv-xxxvi
differs from that in Ixxvi. (4) The heavenly bodies are partly
conscious in i-xxxvi: cf. xviii. ta-i6, xxi. 1-6; hat not so
in Ixxii-lxxxii, (5) The portals of the stars in xxxvi. a are
described as tmaU portals aiove the portals of the winds. As in
Ixxii-lxxxii these portals are also those of tbe sun and moon, they
can hardly be called ' small,' being each equal to thirty d^rees in
width. Besides, though described at great length in lxxii~lxxxii,
they are never said to be ' above ' those of tbe winds. (6) The
river of fire in xxiii, in which the luminaries set and recmit their
exhausted fires, has no point of connexion with Ixxii-lxxxii.
(}) In xxxii. a, 3 the Garden of Eden lies in the east : in
Ixxvii. 3 in the north. There is undoubtedly some relationship
between the later chapters of i-xxxvi and Ixxii-lxxxii ; but it is
not that of one and undivided authorship.
C. Its Calendar and the knowledge therein implied.
Tbe chronological system of this book is most perplexing. It
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic ,
I go The Book of Enoch. [Seci. ni.
does not in its prMent form preeeot k conaistCDt whole, and
probably never did. We are not to regard it aa anything more
th«u the attempt of an individual to eetabliah an eosentially
Hebrew c^adar over against the heathen calendars in vogue
aronnd. In itaetf this calendar cannot be aud to have any
value. It is usefijl, however, ae giving us some knowledge of
the chronological systems more or less known to the Falestinean
Jews. For (r) the writer is acquainted with tJie signs of the
zodiac, but carefully reirains &om mentioning them, replacing
them by hiB ayetem of portale. (a) He ie acquainted with the
spring and autumn equinoxes and the summer and winter
solstices. (3) He knows apparently the length of the synodic
months (ct Ixxviii 15, iti), which was not published till the time
of Gamaliel II, 60-1 15 A.S. (4) His attempt to reconcile the
lunar year and his peculiar year of 364 days by intercalations, in
the tMrd, fifth, and eighth years, fdrnishes strong presumption
that he had the Qreek eight-year cycle before him, and the pre-
sumption becomes a certunty when we consider that, whereas
every detul in the Greek cycle is absolutely necessary to the end
desired, in tbe Snochian system, on the other huid, though these
details are more or leas reproduced, they are absolutely idle, as
Enoch's system is really a one-year cycle, and tbe lunar year is
reconciled to bis solar year of 364 days by the addition of ten
days each year: cf. Ixxiv. 13-16. (5) He aUudes to the seventy-
six years' cycle of Calippos, Ixxix. 5 (note).
The writer puts forward a year of 364 days, but this he did
only through sheer incapacity for appreciating anything better;
for he must have been acquainted with the solar year of 365^
days. His acquaintance with tbe Greek cycles shows this. More-
over, in the Slavonic Enoch the year of 365} days is distinctly
taught. It is surprising also that any writer under cloak of
Enoch's name should fix upon a year of 364 days, as Enoch was
early regarded as the teacher of tbe solar year of 365 days, owing
to the significant duration of his life. And our surprise is not
lessened when we consider that all the surrounding nations and
peoples — tbe Egyptians, Persians, Arabs, Cappadoctans, Lyci&ns,
Bithynians, the inhabitants of Gaza and Ascalon— observed a year
of 365 days. But this year was generally a moveable year of
365 days exactly, and consequently one in which New Tear's day
ran through all tbe days of the year in the course of 1461 such
years, and the festivals continually changed their season, Mow
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sectm.] Chapter LXXII. i, 2. 191
Uie writ«r of Enoch recommeDdB hia year of 364 d&ys eepBcially
on the ground that the posiUon of the years ii not prematurely
advanced or delayed hy a sin^e day, Ixxiv. n. It was, therefore,
nothing bnt hie natitmal prejndicee, and posBibly his stupidity,
that prevented him, knowing as he did the Greek systems, from
seeing tliat only a year of 365^ days could efiect such a result.
As for Wieseler's theory that the writer held to a year of 364 days
with one intercalary day each year, and one erery fourth year,
there is no evidence for it in the text. The anthor's reckoning
of the year at 364 days may be partly due to his opposition \x>
heathen systems, and partly to the fact that 364 is divisihle by
seven, and amounte to fifty-two weeks exactly.
TBAKSLATIOH.
LXXn. I. The Book of the courses of the luminaries of
the heaven and the relations of each, according to their
classes, their dominion and their seasons, according to their
names and places of origin, and according to their months,
which the holy angel Uriel, who wm with me, who was their
leader, showed me; and he showed me all their laws exactly
as they are, and how it is with regard to all the years of the
world and unto eternity till the new creation is accomplished
which doreth till eternity. 2. And this is the first law of
the luminaries : the luminary tlie San has its rising in the
eastern portals of the heaven, and its setting in the western
IiZXU. L. Ai In the SimillCadai, (Uji Mid nighta tiisreby oocanoDed.
thB inpenciiptlon oF tills book ii hr Fortala. The lubjeot of tha portal*
frDm ■omifttaljdeiaribiiigita ooutant*. hu alrakdy to iodib citaat afipured
Dominion: cf. liiv. 3 ; Izzxii. S-10. Id zziUi-zziTi. But obwrve that,
Nama* ; eL lixiili. i, i. PImms of tboagh pc«Ml* of the winds and
origin. Probablj theii plaoas uf poitaUof thaitanmthendeMnibad,
lisiDg. Tb» new oreattoa : of. ilv. than i« do EOMidoii of portals of the
4: zoi. I J. 16; Is. llT. 17; Ixvi. 11 ; nui and moMi. According to Ixzil-
II Pet«r ili. 13 ; Rev. zii. i. All Ixxiii, the mm, moon, and stan pav
(he lawi of the heavral; bodies given through the sama portals ; can this
in this book are valid tQl the tw« hold tme oF izitii-ziLivi, when the
creation. S. This vena intndnoas portals of the «tan are »id to be
an aeoaont of tha son in its progroM anall and dtuated above the portals
thraogb the rignt of tha zodiac and of the wind 1 Horeover, in IzziL 6
the innrflaao and decrease of tha one ot the aoa's portal* is called
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
192
The Book of Enoch.
[S«ct. ni.
porttils of the heaven. 3. And I saw six portals ont of
which the Bun risesj and six portals in which the sun sets :
the moon also rises and sets through these portals, and the
leadetB of the stars and those led by them : six in the east
and six In the west following each other in accurately cor-
responding order : also many windows to the right and left of
these portals. 4. And first there goes forth the great
luminary, named the sun, and his circumference is like the
circumference of the heaven, and he is quite filled with illu-
minating and heating fire. 5. The chariots on which he
ascends are driven by the wind, and the son disappears from
the heaven as he sets and returns throiigh the north in order
to reach the east, and is so gutded that he comes to the
appropriate (lit. 'that') portal and shines in the &ce of the
heaven. 6. In this way he rises in the first month in
the great portal, and indeed rises through the fourth of those
six portals in the east. 7. And in that fourth portal
through which the sun rises in the first month are twelve
window-openings from "which proceeds a flame when they are
opened in their season. 8. When the sun rises in the
'gremt.' 8. Lesdera of tlie lUn ;
Bee IxxT. I (note). Wlndmra: cC
Ter. 7 ; Ixzt. 7, Bisht and left, i.«.
■oDtli and tiortli, aooording to the
bmilter Hetxew nie. 4. Cf. xU.
5-7, where the oonoeption wenu to
be differant. Hla atroiimflnttiioe.
The Bon u cileuly oiroolar : of, Izzfii
1 ; IxzviiL 3 ; ilio zviiL 4 ; lixvlii. 4.
It [b donbtfal whether he ib oonoeiTed
of ai ■ Bphere or merely u ■ dlso.
I h»ve tnuulated on the Utter tap-
pouliaii, 5. The inn, ■■ alBO the
other heKTenl; bodies, tr»TerMB the
heaven In a chariut, Izxiii. 3, Inr.
3, S, driven bj the wind, ZTiii. 1,
Ixxiii. 1. Thronxb the north : of.
xli. J. Ib golded, Foaubly b; an
angeL In the Slmvooio Enoch isTatTil
ietheii
a hiB
In i-zxxTl the heaTanly bodies have
a BanJ-eonBdinu exutance ; this ib not
■0 in Izzii-lzzxii. 6. In the
fiMt mouth. The writer begins hie
deeorlplian of lh« buu'i ooone with
the &Bt Hebrew month Abib (of.
Ezod. ziii. 4), the time of the qiring
equinox. Tliis month, oallad generallj
after the Captivity Niaan (cf. Nah.
iL l), wai the fint miHitb of the eoale-
■iutfoal year, and oorreaponds to onr
April. The mvil year began with
Tithri, <x October. The sraat
portal. Bo called in contradiBticctlon
from the 'window-opening*' in the
next vene. Yet these portals are
called 'small' in iixTJ. 1. 7.
Twelve window-openinca. There
are twdva nioh at every portal : cf.
Ixxil. 3 ; liiv. 7. The flame is the
■oarce of heat : of. Ixxv. 7. S. The
aatliot'i lystran, whereby he seeks to
itradb, Google
Sect. III.]
Chapter LXXII. 3-
193
heaven, he oomes forth through that fourth portal thirty
momuigs in succession and sets directly opposite in the
fourth portal in the west of the heaven. 9. Aiul during
this period day becomes longer than day and night shorter
than night to the thirtieth morning. 10. And on that day the
day is two parts longer than the night, and ,the day amotmts
exactly to ten parts and the night to ei^t parts. Ii. And
Lxxn. 1
Two parts longer than the night. adds
■: ' two ninth parts longer than the night.' The
rapUoe the hukthea oonoeptiDD of the
lan'i revolutiuD through the aiglu of
the zodiM by ft Kheme foaaded m
he belioTea on the O.T., u m followi.
Iliere *je six portftU in the eut
thmngh which the gun rises in the
oonrae of the year, >nd sii in the
weat in which he «eti. The fint
porUtl fonni the moat •onthern point
of the inn'i jornney, &nd the lizth
portal the mottnortben. During the
fint ui monthj, fnim the ihorteit
day to the longest, (he san advuiaea
ttaa the Bnt portal to the aiith, and
DOBTenely. from the longeet day to
th* ihortnt, be retnnu from the lixth
portal to the fint. In euih portal
tiie lan riaet and lets oike month In
hii jonmey northward*, and likewlee
riH« and >eta for one month is each
portal on hie retnio journey. Thna
arieea the division of the year into
twelve months. Horeover, daring
eaoh month on hji journey north-
wards, the day daily grows longer
and the night daily ihorter, and this
is owing to a dallj change of position
on the part of the sun within eaeh
g*t«. Of these diSerent poaiUoni or
ita^ik* of the sun there are ^64. In
this way the author seeks to dispense
with tha mgm of the sodiao. Jhe
sun's northward jonruej from the
fint to the sixth portal corresponds
with his oonrse through the signs
Caprlcomna, Aqnarius, Fisoes, Aries,
Taurus, and O^nini ; and (he sun's
return joornejr fiiMn tiie sixth to tbe
first portal eorresp<mds with his ooune
tbniugh Canoer, Leo, Virgo, libra,
Soorpio, and SagittMiiui. Though
psrfeotl][ .aoqnunted with a year uf
3651 days, as we shall see later, the
antbor reckoned it as consisting of
3&4 days, partly pnadbly on anti-
heathen grounds, and partly for the
attractive reason that thesum totalis
divisible by sevsn, and thus rei^esents
51 sabbaths of days. The author's
solar year of 364 days is made ap
of eight months of 30 dajrs each, and
four months of 31 dayi eaoh — theee
latter corresponding with tbe spring
and antamn equinoxes and the
Bummer and winter solstioea, or ac-
cording to tbe system of our author
with tha sun's pontion in the Erst,
third, fourth, and siitb portals. Tfaeee
foot Dumtbs have each 31 days 'on
aeoount of the sign,' i.e. tliat of tbe
eqaiooxes or the solstioea : of. Izxii.
13, 19. The author's division of tiie
day into eighteen parts ii possibly
his own devioe, yet it may rest on
tiaditioni derived froni northern Asia
of the latitude of 49°, as Krieger sup-
ilizedbyGoOglt.
194 "^^ Book of Enoch. [Eect.iii.
the euD risee from tliat foarth portal, and sets in the fourth,
and returns to the fifth portal of the eaet thirty momingB in
successioii, and rises from and sets in the fifth portal. 12.
Then the day becomes longer by two parts and amounts
to elev^i parts, and the night becomes shorter and amounts
to seven parts. 13. And the aun retoms to the east and
enters into the sixth portal, and rises and sets in the sixth
portal one and thirty mornings in saccession on accoimt of its
sign. 14. And on that day the day becomes longer than
the night, so that it amounts to double the night, i e. twelve
parts, and the night becomes shorter and amounts to six
parts. 15. And the sun mounts up to make the day
shorter and the night longer, and the sun returns to the east
and enters into the sixth portal, and rises from it and sets
thirty mornings. 16. And when thirty mornings have
elapsed, the day decreases by exactly one part, and amounts
to eleven parts, and the night to seven parts. 17. And the
snn goes forth from that sixth portal in the west, and goes to
the east and rises for thirty mornings in the fifth portal, and
seta in the west again in the fifth western portal. 18. On
that day the day decreases by two parts and amonnts to ten
parte and the night to eight parts. 19. And the sun rises
&om that fifth portal and sets in the fifth portal of the west,
and rises for one and thirty moruings in the fourth portal
on account of its sign and sets in the west. 20. On that
day the day is equalised to the night and becomes of equal
length, and the day amounts to nine parts and the uight to
nine parts. 21. And the sun rises from that portal and
night to eight parts. O adds 'exactly,' T14+. it. Fifth
portaL O repeats these words wrongly at beginning of next
verse. 13. For 0rttA Aft^A G reads fM<h. One and
thiitr- reads 'thirty.' 19. Blsea in the fourth portal on
aooount of its sign. O H read : ' rises in the fourth portal on
poMi, wboe the longgrt day ii twias oar kathor itfttet it ^Z. On ao-
M loDg u the thortaM ni^t, jolt u wnut of IM dgn, L e. tliM of the
Digitized byCoOglc
Swt. III.] Chapter LXXII. 12-30. 195
sets in the west, and retams to the east and rises thirty
mornings in the third portal and sets in the west in the third
portaL 22. And on that day the night becomes longer
than the day, and night becomes longer than night, and day
shorter than day till the thirtieth morning, and the night
amounts exactly to ten parts and the day to eight parts.
23. And the sun rises from that third portal and sets in the
third portaJ in the west and returns to the east, and for thirty
mornings rises in the second portal of the east, and in like
manner seU in the second portal in the west of the heaven.
24. And on that day the night amounts to eleven parts and
the day to seven parts. 25. And the sun rises on that day
from that second portsJ and sets in the west in the second
portal and returns to the east into the first portal for one and
thirty mornings, and sets in the west in the first portal.
it. And on that day the night becomes longer and amonntfi
to double the day: the night amounts exactly to twelve
parts and the day to six. 27. The sun has (therewith)
traversed the divisions of his orbit and turns again on that
his orbit and enters that portal thirty mornings and sets also
in the west opposite to it. 28. And on that day the night
decreases in length by one part, and it amounts to eleven
part£ and the day to seven parts. 39. And the sun returns
and entire into the second portal in the east and returns on
that his orbit for thirty mornings, rising and setting. 50.
And on that day the night decreases in length, and the night
tu'connt of its sign ... in the fourth portal in the east.' 22. And
night bAoomM longar tban night. So G : (DlWL't^ Xy"IM.t^
)1(D^. FHILNO and Din. give 'till the thirtieth mominK.'
TiU the thirtieth mominK. So G itOA. Dlu. ' till the thirtieth
day.' 25. In the wMt In the first portal. reads : ttS^it:
lUrfil:; OA)*! ay"d£4)! A^A M 'in the west in the dxth
portaL' 37. Bnt«n that portaL G Teada: 'enters all the
portals.' aS. On that dt^. F G read : ' on that night.' Br
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
196 T!u Book of Enoch. [S«ct.iii.
amounts to ten parts and thd day to eight. 31. And on
that day the sun rises from that second portal, and sets in the
west, and returns to the east, and rises in the third portal for
one and thirty moroiDgs, and sets in the west of the heaven.
32. On that day the night decreases and amounte to nine
parts, and the day to nine parts, and the night is equal to the
day, and the year amounts exactly to three hundred and sixty-
four daya 35. And the length of the day and of the
night, and the shortness of the day and of the nights-through
the course of the sun these distinctions arise (lit. ' they are
separated '). 34. On that account its course by day becomes
daily longer, and its course by night nightly shorter. 35.
And this is the law and the course of the sun, and his return
as often as he returns sixty times and rises, i.e. the great
luminary which is named the sun, for ever and ever. 36.
And that which thus rises is the great luminary, being so
named according to its appearance, according to the command
of the Lord. 37. As he rises so he set« and decreases not,
and rests not, but runs day and night, and his light is
sevenfold brighter than that of the moon ; but as r^ards
size they are both equal.
LXXIII. I. And after this law I saw another law dealing
with the smaller luminary, which is called the moon. 2.
on« part reads: ^ttflit: X^ 'HiD-X'P; h¥AlI. 31. Beoond
portaL ' Second ' wanting ia O. 35. Aa often iub he Tetnma
alxty ttmea. 80 0, omitting the ^7-aXi AXTt* of Dhi.'s text—
' As often as he returns : he returns sixty timee.' Tbe arraat
luminary. So Q M. Other MSS. and Din. ' the great eternal
luminary.' 37. Aa he rlaea, fto. Bo QU: nhm; .^oidXi
(Dhavlli Miv4. Nlfht. After this word I omit with QM the
phrase ' in the chariut' (Din.).
Note. 8S. BUtr tlmea. The bdng the extra dajr id the Gnt, tfainl,
■lu ii (ma month Id each parUl on fourUv and dxth portali. 87.
hiinorthwuil jnomey, kodona moDth Serenfold brighter; of. zoL \i;
in each portal on fail niuiliwBrd: Is. xxx. j6. Aa vecarda aiaa . . .
thareiore two nunthi in each portal, equal. So Lnonliui believed,
nie author ditregaida for the tlnia LXXIEL Tbi* and the fUlawing
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect in.] Chapters LXXII. ix—LXXIII. 5. 197
Her circumference ie like the circumference of the heaven,
and her chariot in which ehe rides is driven by the wind and
light is given to her in (definite) measure. 3. Her rising
and setting changes every month ; her days are like the days
of the sun, and when her light is unifonn (i.e. full) it amonnts
to the seventh part of the light of the sun. 4. And thus
she rises. And her first phaee in the east comes forth ou the
thirtieth morning : on that day she becomes visible, and con-
stitutes for you the first phase of the moon on the thirtieth
day together with the snn in the porLal where the sun rises.
5. And the one half of her projects by a seventh part, and
LXXin.
'portal.'
chapter t
. Thirtieth morning. O wrongly gives Vf^
TUrtietb d^. So O M. Other MS8. and Din.
t of the oouna of the
a. H«r rlalns and set-
tlDK, i. e. the place of her nring
uid setting. Berenth. put of
the light of the «ttii: of. Iiiii.
37 ; UxYiii. 4. 4. Her fint
pb«M, lit 'herbaginning.' The moon
on the fiiat daj of her raappearuice
IB here the new moon in the papalar
senile, not the nev mixiii ntnctly bo
called, which ie invieible. Thirtieth
worainK. i. e. of the lolar month.
Together with the nm. The aun
and moon are still in the same portal
on the fint day after oonjnnotion,
M each portal embraces an extent
of 30 d^rees, and the moon advanoea
<mlj 13 degrees dail;. B-8. The
anthor's aocomit of the phas« of the
moon is very hard to follow. His
scheme seems to he an follows. The
Innar month amoonls to 30 days
and ig days altenkately. It is divided
into two parts : daring the first part
the moon waxes from new moon to
fall moon in 1 4 days when the noolh
is 19 days, and in 1 5 when the month
is 30 days. Daring the ssoond part
the moon wanes from fall moon till
■he disappears, always, :
seem, in Ij days. Again, the author
(U*idee the moon into 14 parts, and
explains the waxing of ^e moon by
the saoceasire lighUng Dp of each
one of the 14 parte by the son, and
the waning by the sncoesrive with-
drawal of light from the 14 parto
till it all disappear*. Bat to proceed
more exactly, where there are 15
days from new moon to foil moon,
the aathor supposee an additional
tnenty^Igbtb part ; this part only is
lighted up on the fint day of iiich
a mouth, whereas one foorteenth part
is lighted ap each day of the re-
maining 14 days, till the mocn be-
comes fall. Ths waning which ap.
parently alwnjH takes 15 days is
the reverse of this process. Again,
where there are 14 days from new
moon to full moon, the moon has
at the end of the fint day <Hte four-
teenth part + one twenty-eighth part,
i.e. three twenty-eighths, and taliee
an additional fourteenth part of light
each of the remidning 13 days. Ac-
cording to the text above followed,
VT. j, 6 BQppoee the period from new to
ilizedbyGoOglc
igS The Book of Enoch, [Sect. ill.
her whole circumference is empty, withoat light, with the ex-
ception of one seventh part of her and the foorteenth part of
the half of her light. 6, And when she receives one seventh
part of the half of her light, her light amoonts to one seventh
' thirtieth morning.' 5. With the exoeption of one seventh
part of her and the fourteenth part of the half of her light.
In this translation we have adopted the reading of G with two verj
slight changes, tlie ineertion of the conjimctiou and the tranB-
position of the words m'\L^\ >Ji.. The t«zt of is: HXIAA:
frnWi XAU-: (hPCh MiOt; «»li+; XA -flCyi.. This trans-
poaition is supported by the fact that Dlo.'s M88. give XA
immediately after the words of number and by the true reading
ill the next verse — MHt; X.6; cdI^ 'seventh part of half.'
Thus, 4th of it, i.e. of the half moon = ^th of whole moon, and
^{th of half moon = j^th of whole moon: thus, ^tha of whole
moon are lighted on the first day of new moon, when there are
hut fourteen days to the full moon. Dln.'a translation of his own
text ia, ' bis anf einen Siebentheil von aeinen vierzehn Lioht-
theilen:' i.e. 'one aeventh part of bar fourteen parte of light.'
Din. aays thia ia a olumay expresaion, meaning ' one seventh of
the half moon, which haa seven parta, while the whole moon has
foui-teen parts.' Bnt it ia impossible to get aach a meaning out
of the German veraion, and, though the Ethiopic could also be
rendered ' amongst her fourteen parta that could he lighted there
is no light with the exception of its aeventh part,' even ao the
sense is not good. Din., which ia aupported by F H L 0, ia
appai'ently an emendation of M, % Ji^ X^IainVfi"! •flCTI, which
gives a wrong sense. 6. And when she reoeives one seventh
part of the half of her light, her light amounts to one seventh
part and the half thereof: So G : (oaOAt: )1^X: Ml9i^ X^i
fall moon to be 14 days, whereai tct, (oDrteanth part and one twentj-eigbth,
7 BiippiMet tliii period to b» 1 5 dn^. bat only tbe former 1 it seemt, therv-
5. See Crit. Nate. In tbie Tern Mid fore, that the moon is mppoaed to
th« next the fractions are fraetiotu have tbii one twenty-eigbth to begin
0/ half tA> mom. 6, ObHrre wiOi. It is different in the ease of
when the period from new moon to the i5-daj8' period. Ou the flnt day
foil moon la 14 dayg that it ii nut of inoh a period the moon receiTea
said that the moon receivea one one twenty-eighUi part of light : le*
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect.lii.] Chapters LX XIII. 6—LXXIV. i. 199
part and the lialf thereof. 7. She sets with the Bun, and
when the sun rises the moon rises with him and receives the
half of one part of light, and in that night in the b^^ning
of her morning [in the beginning of her day] seta with die
sun and is invisible that night with the entire fourteen parts
and the half of one of them. 8. And she rises on that
day with exactly a eeventii part and comes forth and recedes
from the rising of the sun, and in her remaining daye ehe
lightens np the (remaining) thirteen parts.
LXXIY. I. And I saw another course, and the law pre-
So also M, bat that it reads at before iinl£+. There are here
fourteen days to full moon. Other USS. and Din. give, ' and when
she receives one seventh port and the half of her light, her light
amounts to one fourteenth part and the half thereof.' It is to be
remarked here that in the first half of this sentence the parte are
fractious of the half moon, whereas in the second half the parts -
are treated as iractiona of the whole moon. But, granting this
poBsible, the sense is idle. If A is B, then A is B, is all it states.
7. In the twginnlng of her day. I have bracketed this as a
gloss. With the entire Csurtean parts. M reads, 'with the
entire thirteen parts.' 8. The (remaining) thlrtattu part*.
So G M N : ftJtftt: mMiVti Wg., but G omits the a). Id the
beginning of this verse it is said that the moon rises with exactly
a seventh part of half of her light : during the remainiag days
of her waxing, she lights up the remaining thirteen parts.
FHILO and Din. give 'the remaining fourteen parts,' hut
this gives a wrong sense.
ver. 7. 7, a. Half of one put of to be Inviaible. On the Mcond d>j
light, i. e. on* twenty-eighth. See ihe reoeiTGa one fonrtMintb pnrt of
prerJODC notea, and obaerve that ia light, and beoomei viuble to that
this Terse the frootjoiu are fraotionB extent. Thui the one twentj-eigfhth
of the whole moon. Theee v«nee part ii Ignored oa being fnctioallj
■Dj^was the cue when there are 15 invUble. During the lematning 13
dajB from new to Ml moon. On the dajB the moon Teoeivea daily one
flnt day the moon reeeiTes one fonrteenth part of light.
tweotyeighth part of light, and has IiXZIT. In this ahapcer the writer
advanced to eome ^ght degree ont deali ihmtly with the waxing and
of eonjnnation, but Itill practically waning of the moon, her monthly
■eta with the swi, aod may be aald ohnnjg'e of poeition with record to the
DiqilizedbyGoOC^Ic
200 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. m.
scribed to her u she performed her monthly rerolation accord-
ing to that law. 2. And Uriel, the holy angel who is the
leader of them all, showed everything to me, and I wrote
down their positions as he showed them to me, and I wrote
down their months (exactly) as they were and the appearance
of their lights till fifteen days are expired. 3. In single
seventh parts she waxes till her light is fall in the east (lit.
' completes her entire light') and wanes in single seventh parts
till she is completely invisible in the west (lit. 'completee her
entire darkness'). 4. And in certain months she alters her
settings, and in certain months she pursues her own peculiar
course. 5, And in two the moon sets with the sun, in those
two middle portals the third and the fourth, 6. (That is)
for seven days she goes forth and turns about and returns again
through the portal where the sun rises; and in that porta]
her light is full and she recedes from the sun and in eight
days enters the sixth portal from which the sun goes forth.
7. And when the sun goes forth from the fourth portal she
goes forth seven days, so that she goes forth from the fifth
and turns back again in seven days into the fourth portal and
her light becomes full, and she recedes and enters into the first
LXXIV. 3. G reads : fl A S frflWl XA f^9:9*i H-«^ -flCyft
(If Cfr; fl^oftMI. Wanea In single ooventh parts till ali«
■igDl ftnd the inn, and tha differsDoe forth u it wuei from the third portil
lietweeii Innmr uid solw ^euv. 3. throngh tha dgni to tha Gnt portkl
Of tbem mil, i. e. the vkriouB phura in wnen daji, tania abiTOt, and re-
of the moon. VUteen dira, i. e. from tnnu to ths portal where the odd
a ODDJanetiaii till Tnll mooa or from risea, 1. a. tha third, in leren or eight
full moon till a oonjonotion. 8. days, and theia beocmiM fall mooD,
Cf. lixiil and Izzviii. 4. Her and prooeeda thanoe thnragfa tha
own prnmliar oonrae, i. e. a conns tanrth and fifill to the alxtb portal,
independent of that of the Ban. 6, where ihe aniTea alter eight daji.
6. Dnriiig two montht tha moon Mta Thence the moon retanu to the third
nitb tile ian u new moon and aa portal in Hren dayt. 7, B. The
faU moon. When the lun ii in Jriaa icbana with ragaid to the fourth
and libn, the new moon and the foil portal and the new moon. Hie
moon are in the tiilid and fooith moon proeeedt to the lizth portal
poTtalt. Id verae 6 the moon goei and letniu to the Ibaith in 14 da;*.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Swt. m.]
Chapter LX XIV. 2-12.
portal in eight days. 8. And she retuniB again in seven .
days into the foarth portal from which the sun goes forth.
9. Thus I saw their positions, the smi rieisg and setting
according to the order of their months, 10. And in those
days the sun has an overplos of thirty days in five years
taken together, and all the days which belong to one of those
five fall years amomit to three hundred and sixty-four days.
1 1 . And the overplns of the sun and of the stars amounts to six
days : in five years, six days every year come to thirty days ;
and the moon falls behind the sun and stars to the number of
thirty days. 12. And the moon brings in all the years
exactly, so that their position is not prematurely advanced or
delayed by a single day unto eternity; but (the moons) com-
plete the changing years with perfect justice in three hundred
and sixty-four days. 13. In three years there are one
Is completely Inviaible. Wanting in O M. 9. The mn rlalng
and aetting aooordtng to the order of thalr moatlia. O M read :
attO": fi.V&: hiD-A^. aAHCti: Krti^. 11. In five years,
six d^^ every year. reads: A £ 'iao^^; titt. ia. For
■nd thence to the fiist port&I and
back in if dayi. 10, 11. The
(UBte«n«a betwoen the lonu and the
■alar year. Aoconling to liiviii. 15,
16, in a lanar year there are mx
monthi of 30 dajB, and aii monlha
of 39 dayi each — in all 354 dajm.
In a aolar year there are Ii
monthi of 30 daja each and four
intercalary dayi in the equinoxea and
■olitioea — in all 364 daji (ef. luiv.
10, 13 ; IxzT. 1]. Thai the diSerenoe
between the Inuar and the laUr jear
amonnta to ic dayi. But in ver. lo*
and 1 1 no aoooant ii taken of Uie
intercalary day* In the lolar year, k
that the uUr year ii leokoned at
360 dayi. Thai the difierenca in thii
ease ia di dayi. 13. There ii
manifMly a polemJoal tone in thii
Taraa> Hie wHler aawrtj the ac-
curacy of the moon ag a time-dirider
againit thoea who pnt forward the
■olar year only. TbsBook of Jubilee*
vi. proteati agahut the use of the
lunar year. 18-16. We hate h«re
clearly a reference to the right-year
cycle or DDtaetetis. In thia cycle an
intercalary month of 30 days wae
iossrtiKl in (he third, Sftb, and eighth
yean of the cycle in order to recon-
cile the lunar and aolar yean, which
were reckoned reipectively at 354 and
365I dayi. Ai our author, howeTcr,
does not reckon the loUr year at
365J daya, but at 364, he proceedi
to reconcile this lolar year of 364
dayi with the lonar year of 354.
Thai (rer. 13) In three anch uJar
ysata there are 1091 daya; in five,
i8jo dayi; in eight, igis daya;
whereai (ver. 14, 15) in three lunar
ilizedbyGoOglc
202 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. in.
thousand and ninety-two days, and in five years eighteen
hundred and twenty days, so that in eight years there are two
thousand nine hundred and twelve days. 14. In three
years there accrue to the mocm herself one thousand and
sixty-two days, and in five years she falls fifty days hdind :
i.e. at the close of these an addition is made to the (one
thousand and) sixty-two days. 15. And in five years there
are seventeen hondred and seventy days, so that the days
in eight Innar years amount to two thousuid eight hundred
and tihirty-two. 16. Thus in eight years she &ll8 behind
to the amount of eighty days, and the sum total of the days
she &ll8 behind in eight years is eighty, 17. And the
year is accurately completed in conformity with titeir stations
and the stations of the eon, as they (i. e. the sun and moon)
^J^ff- G gives wrongly ^'<*^ 1 4- Btxt7-two days. Q gives fi.
An addition ia made to the aixty-two days. Q reads 'sixty-
two daja are added,' omitting {(1. 15. Again here gives
unintelligible readings : for ao tbat the d^a amount to two
thouaand eight hundred and thirty-two, O reads A % OWDAi
X(DK0gfa7gaq[(nTOjk.
yean tliare kre 1061 days; in fife, msrel; My over mnd ovei again that
l77odajB; in eight, 1831 daji. Thui the differenoe between 364 and 354
there is a difference of 80 daji be- days ii 10 dayi. 14. In Dts
twe«n sight aolar yean of 364 daji yean ihe fUla flfly daya behind,
and eiijht limar yean. Aa all theae We ihoold, aa Wieader auggeati,
oalcnlatJona merely amount to aaying read hen : ' In thi«e yean she falla
that hia aolar year haa lo day> thirty dayi behind.' 'Diii wonld give
more than the lunar, the wHter had a good lenae to the tbllawing wordi :
obviously the eight-year cyole before 'at the cloae of theae (i.e. three yean)
him \ Ira only (lias ean we explain an addition (of 30 days) i« made to
the external resemblance orhitayitem the (one thousand and) sixty-two
to thsOrerli oyole: ef. Spedal Introd. days.' That ii, the addition of 30
(PP.1S9-9D). Unlasi theaatborhad daya to the snm of three Innar yean
the Qreek dght-yeai eyole before make* them •qnal to Uiree aolar
him and wbhed to give hia own work yean. Dln.'s rendering and eiplana-
■oms lemblanoe of likeneee ther«to, tJon of theae latt wordi are uniatj*-
there was 00 need to go throagh alt factory : ' NiLmlieh mit der Bumme
then perioda of three, Sre, and eight davoD addirt man lu iwei and aeehng
ysut ; tat they da not in Cut oon- Tagen.' 17. With their ataUona,
tribnte a ^le additional ftwt, but i. e. tiie ataUona of the moons.
;dbyGcH)c^[c
Swt.ni.] Chapters LXXIV, 14—LXXV. 4. 203
rise from tibe portals through which it (the eon) rises and sets
thirty days.
LXXY. 1. And the leaders of the heads of the thoosands,
who are placed over the whole creation and over all the Rtars,
hare also to do with the four intercaUry days, which cannot be
separated from their function, according to the reckoning of
the year, and those render Berrice on the four days which are
not reckoned in the reckoning of the year. 3. And owing
to them men go wrong therein, for those luminaries truly
render eerrice on the world-stationfi, one in the first, one in the
third, one in the fourth, and one in the sixth portal, and the
harmony of the coarse of the worid is brought about through
ite separate three hundred and sixty-four world-stations.
3. For the signs and the times and the years and the days
were shown to me by the angel Uriel, whom the eternal
Lord of glory sets over all the luminaries of the heaven,
in the heaven and in the world, that tbey should rule on the
surface of the heaven and be seen on the earth, and be leaden
for the day and the night, i.e. the sun, moon, and stars,
and all the ministering creatures which make their revolu-
tion in all the chariots of the heaven. 4. In like manner
LXXV. I. From their ftmoWon. So M: Xy"!: y^OCflO".
Also Q, but with sinff. suffix. Other MSB. 'from their place.'
Beokonlng. 80 Q M. Other MSS. and Dhi. ' entire reckoning.'
IiXXV. Thii chapter ds*l> with daji: of. lixxii. 5. 3. Hsn do
the intarcaUry dajl, (he itan, and not kuoir of thew hitarotiarj inyt,
the gim. 1. The four intercalar; nnr] w nokoD vroBgly: ef. Izixii.
dayi are nnder the charge of the 4-6. 8. Yat theee Intercakry
highest etai*, the leadar* of the headi daye are a reality ; for Uriel ihowed
of ten thooeanda. Theia are not the them to Enoch : of. Ixdi. i. Sl(lil,
chiliarche, u Din. nippoeei (p. 14S), i.e. of the sidliio: of. iTxii. 13, 19.
but the leaden of the ahilian)li«. Xt«nMl Xiord of glory. HeNonly:
For farther development of thii inb* aealiizlT. 1 (note). Ohariot* of tha
Ject MeUixIi. IT.I). Thee* leaden h»T«u : ef. liiii. 5. 4. The tbi1»-
are not angeli, m might be tnppneed, tion in the uaoaiit of heat given
but (imply ' Imnlnariei ' : of. ver. 2. by the inn 1< eiplained by tmlve
Al« not rookoned In the laokon- opening! in the diik of the aun
tng of tbo year- Apparently the throngb irhich heat i« given forth In
year wai popaUrly reckoned at 360 proportion to the unmber of windowi
ilizedbyGoOglc
204 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. ill.
Uriel showed me in the circumfereDce of the ean's chariot in
ilie heaven twelve door-openings thiongh which the rays of
the sun break forth ; and from them is warmth diffosed over
the earth, when thej are op«ied at appointed aeasons. ,5.
[There are also snch openings for the winds and the spirit
of the dew when they are opened, standing open in the
heavens at the ends (thereof).] 6. Twelve portals I saw in
the heaven, at the ends of the earth, out of which go forth
the sun, moon, and stars, and all the works of heaven in the
east and in the west. 7. And many window-openings are
to the left and right of them, and one window at it« (ap-
pointed) season produces warmth, corresponding (as these do)
to those doors from which the stars come forth according as
He has commanded them, and wherein they set, corresponding
to thfflr numher. 8. And I saw chariots in the heaven,
running in the world, above those portals, in which revolve the
stars that never set. 9. And one is larger than all the
rest and makes its course through the entire world.
LXXVI. ). And at the ends of the earth I saw twelve
portals opened for all the winds, from which the winds
4. tTriei ab*w»d me. Wanting in Q. Through whioh the
rays of the aun break forth and. Wanting in 0. g. When
they are opened, standing open. So Q M N. Other IISS. add
' in their BeaaoiiB.' repeats ' when they are opened ' at the end
of this verse. 8. Above thoee portalik So A K O U I M N. Cf. xiv.
17. Other MSS. and Din. give : ' above and below those portals.'
LXXVI. I. Opened for all the wlnde. HallM thinks that we
opened. D. TUe porteU of the at ft time, uid all difieiing in ilegree of
windl: of. zuiii-Ti; Izivi. Din. hudng power. 9. OneisUrger.
think* thii T«ne k ui interpoliition This may be the Great Bear,
on the ground of it« inappropriateneu IiXXVI. This ohapter givn a
tier^ and of (he phraae, ' spirit of the detulad aceonnt of the twelve portals
dew,* which oimneeta it with li. ao. of the winds and the natore of the
0, 7. A4j<Hning each one of theae windnwlilahiniietherelroin. Theshnrt
twelve portals of ths sun are twelve aoounnt in xziiii-zxivi agrees with
wlDdow-iq«ningi to the left and right it. This disquisition on (be nature
oflhem: cf. liiii. 3, 7. These diffuse of the winds has ta much relation
warmth over (h« earth, one being i^n to realitv as that on the year of 364
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect, ni.] Chapters LXXV. ^—LXXVI. 9. 205
proceed and blow over the earth. 2. Tliree of them are
opened on the face (i.e. the east) of the heavens, and three
in the west, and three on t^e right (i.e. the aonth) of the
heaven, and three on the left (1. e. the north). 3, And the
first three are those towards the east, and three toirards
the north, and after those on the left three towards the
south, and three in the west. 4. Throngh four of these
come winds of blessing and prosperity, and from those eight
come hurtful winds : when they are sent, they bring destruc-
tion on all the earth and on the water upon it, and on all
who dwell thereon, and on everything which is in the water
and on the land. 5. And the first wind from those
portals, called the east wind, comes forth through the first
portal in the east, which inclines towards the south : from it
come forth destruction, drought, beat, and rain. 6. And
through the second portal in the middle comes a favourable
(wind), and from it there come rain and fruitfulness and pros-
perity and dew; and throngh the third portal which lies
toward the north come cold and drought. 7. And after
these come forth the south winds through three port»ls : in
the first place through the first portal of those inclining to
the east comes forth a hot wind. 8. And through the
middle portal lying next to it there come forth fragrant
smells and dew and rain and prosperity and health. 9.
And through the third portal lying to the west come forth dew
should here render ' open to all the quarters,' see Isxvii. i, Crlt. Note.
3. After thoM, &o. So Q : (UiM: Xft-, for which Dln.'a MSS. give
QJMCiXA. IshiBreaderingpwsihle: Zur Linken entgegengesetzt 1
6. Cornea s A.vourable (wind). I have emended C^Oi ADft'X in
. Dln,'s text into C^Hftl ^4Dft'X, as this phrase occurs in Ijtxvi. 1 1 .
We might also translate ' comes in a direct direction,' as in Ixxvi. 1 1.
Jbji. 2. Tliii method of dedgmt- ths middle wind of the three in eftoh
ing the four quuten of the earth qnmrtar : the rMt are hnrtfiiL E.
waa nanal among the Hebrewi : cf. The E.S.K wind. 6. lite E. and
Ixzii. 3. 4. ThTODghfoorofUMW EJ4.G. wind*. 7. The 3.K&.
portaU come beoefidal winda. 1, e. wind. B. The S. wind. 9. The
ilizedbyGoOC^Ii
2o6 The Book of Enoch. [Secu in.
and mn, locaste and destroction. lo. And i^ter these the
north winds : from the seventh portal towards the east come
dew and rain, locusts and destruction. 1 1 . And from the
middle portal come in a direct direction min and dew, and
health and prosperity; and through the third portal towards
the west come clond and hoar-frost, and snow and rain, and dew
and locuBts. 1 2. And after these the west winds : through
the first portal adjoining the north oome forth dew and rain,
and hoar-frost and cold, and snow and frost. 13, And
from the middle portal come forth dew and rain, prosperity
and blessing ; and through the last portal which adjoins the
south come forth drought and destruction, conflagnttion and
death. 14. The twelve portals of the four quarters of the
heaven are (therewith) completed, and all their l&wa and all
thar ph^ee and all their benefactions have I shown to thee,
my son Methuselah.
G I omit thia pbroee. 10. XTorth winds. I have followed Din.
in omitting the words HAcn^ OAC as a gloss. From th«
seventli ]7ortal towards the eaat. After these words the MSS. give
the following phrase, H:f1l'Ili a»l7A: AIM, which I have omitted
on the folloviog grounds. Xli^ JUll means 'inclining to' or
'adjoining,' not 'opposite to.' In Ixz. 5 the RS.E. wind is de-
scribed as the eaat wind, XT+: ^"KVk; AJtlM, ' which adjoins the
south.' In Ixxvi. 7 the S.E.8. wind is described as the south
wind, XTil tJrtl! AimnA: 9°fi^, ' which adjoins the east.'
In Ixxvi. 12 the W.N.W. wind is descriiied as the west wind,
Mti JUll; fl<n»17rti eoht, 'which adjoins the north.' Hence in
Ixivi. 10 H:^Jl'nJ (WlVAi ftiWl when spoken of a north wind
is absurd. For the same reason we have omitted in our transla-
tion the phraee XHl f^^Tihi Acvftd in Imti. ii, as it would
be no lees absurd in this context to speak of a north wind as
adjoining the north. By the removal of these misapplied phrases
the text becomee clear. 11. Prosperity. Wanting in Q.
13. Bain. Wanting in 0. 14. AH their bene&otlonB. FI.
S.W.S. wind. 10. SMCrit.Note. W.N.W. wind. 13. The W. uid
The N.B.N. wind. U. See Crit. W.3.W. winda. 14. Mr mb
Note on praoadiDg tstm. The N. HethtiiMlah : ef. IxxziL i.
■nd N.W.N, windi. IS. The
ilizedbyGcXlglC
Sert.Iii.] Chapters LXXVL lO—LXXVII. 4. 207
LXXVII, I. And the first quarter is called the east, because
it is the first : and the second, the south, becaase the Most
High descends there, and there in quite a special sense He
who IB blessed for ever comes down. z. And the west is
named the waning qnaiterj because there all the luminaries
of the heaven wane and go down. 3. And the fomth
quarter, called the north, is divided into three pajis : the first
of them is for the dwelling of men : the second for the seas of
water, with the valleys and forests and rivers, and darkness and
clouds ; and the third part with the garden of righteonsness.
4. I saw seven high monotains, higher than all the mountains
GM give 'all beaefactions,' At\a"i U-fl*. Other MSS. and Din.
' their benefactiooB.'
LXXVII. 1-3. As HaUAvi {Jauim. Asial. 384-5 ; 1867) remarks,
the Greek traualator erred in rendeiing nn in these verseB by
' wind' instead of by ' quarter.' In Ezek. xlii. ao the LXX. rightly
i-euders it by 'liipai.' The writer bad no intention of teachiog
the names of the winds. This is dear from bis geographical
division of ibe north, and also from his explanation of the Hebrew
word O'rn, which denotes the southern r^on, and not the south
wind. I have therefore traustated in ver. i ' and the first quarter
is called the east, and tbe second the south ' ; and in ver. 2 ' and the
west is named the waning quarter'; and in ver. 3 ' and the fourth
quarter, called the north.' This rendering is absolutely necessary
for the sense. 3. The tblrd part. G gives, by a slip, 'the
IiZZTlX 1-8. Th««e TBise* deal pnrti: one for men, the ucond for
not with tha ten winda but with the wfttoni, of. nCX-ui overfluiriDg : for
fbm qoarten: me Crlt. No(«. Tha darkneu and olond, from JLX, to
fint qB*it«r !■ the eait, i. e. Q'lp, reader iunnble. The third enolovM
beaanw it ii in front or the fint, Faradiie, from fDX, to reserve. Pan-
'jtoip. The (eoo&d the toDtb, DS'Vt^ dise is the recumpcoue reitTved for
'becatiM the Moat High deacendi therighteoui,Fa.iiii.i9:of.HaUdvi,
there' from Cr\ T1*, or became the Journal Aiiat. 1667. The Barden of
Moat High abide* there, Q^ "n riahteoumeH : see Li. 8 (note); In.
CDln.) : of, xxT. 3. The wert Ii called 3 (note). 1. The nomber mien
the waning quarter, for which pro- playa a great rAle in this book, and
babl; there itood in the Hebrew generally in Jewish writen : ef.ivUl.
jVirmt, which the Greek tranilator 6; x^t. a ; zxiii. 1 ; Ixi. 11; IziiL
rendered by irartpHr. 80 Din. The 3; ; id. 16^ xciii. 10. Beran tigh
north fItX ia divided into three monatalna. These have nothing to
ilizedbyGoOglc
208
The Book of Enoch.
[SmI. III.
wbicli are on the earth : liieiice comes forth hoar-frost, and
dayE, seasons, and years pass away and vanish. 5. I saw
seven rivers on the earth larger than all the otb^rs : one of
them eomiog from the west ponrs its waters into the Great
Sea. 6. And two of them come from the north to the sea
and pour their waters into the Erythraean Sea in the east.
7. And the remaining four come forth on the side of the north
to their own sea, (two of them) to the Erythraean Sea, and two
flow into the Great Sea there, [according to others into the
desert]. 8. Seven great islands I saw in the sea and on the
mainland : two on the mainland and five in the Great Sea.
LXXVIII. I. The names of the sun are the following: the
firet Orj&r^B, the second Tdmas. 3. And the moon has four
names : the first Asdnjfl, the second Ehlft, the third BenElse,
second part,' 5. Sevra rivers. ' Seven ' wanting in G M.
7. Two flow Into the Or«at Sea. So HMNO and Din. O reads
' four flow into the Great Sea.' 8. Tvro on the mainland and
five in the Great Sea. So F I L M and Din. G reads : MO-i
aAAA.: (tOAC: hCfti-.
do with tbote of uriii. 6; xxiv. 3;
xxiiL I. B. Ons oomina from
the wen. Thi* mutt be tbe Nile u
Din. take* it, baC the deMriptiou
'Troin tbe veM' irgenuiDsIa diffloult.
The Qreat Be>, I.e. the Mediter-
raneui: of. Nam. iniv. 6, 7. 8.
Th« Buphntae uid Tigru. The
EirthTBeui Sea. A geoenl luma
for the Armbisn, Fernan, knd Indun
seM (Bin.). 7. The remalntna
four, i. e, the Indue, Gangei, Oids,
and Jazortea (Din.). Aooordlac to
othen Into the desert. Hue ii
nuoifatly a gloee. Such ■ Hooiid
view ii impouibla in a viiioD.
LXXTHI, T.TTTTt The rel*-
tioiu of ^le Bun and moon are again
deecribed, ai well ae the waxing and
the waning of (he moon. 1. HaU«vi
punte DDt that the two nainea of
(he eon gl*ea here eorreepoDd to the
two eeaaoni of tbe year in Pttleatlne :
ef. tli; iv; IxTiii. 15. OijfcrAi from
D^n ^^ fa the eon whan hi> power
la diminiahed in the winter Maaou ;
for D^n or bnn — * potsherd ' aa well
aa 'euD.' The •eooDd name non in
onr text altered into Tomaa by change
of nl and T denotaa tiia aan when
the heat I) powerfiil Id the inmmer,
from OOn. 2. Tbe four namea
of tb« tnoon are, aa Qall^ri ihowa,
oonneoted with ita variooi phsaea.
AaAnjft from vf I^B'^K where fiC^'K
il a diminatlTe of B*^ and IT merely
an intanmre termination. Thia ia the
name of die moon in connexion with
ill likaneaa to the faumnn bee : of.
Ter. 17. Eblk, altered from njs!)-
tha paJe atar, denotes the moon in
her waning period. BontaS, &om
noa-r? (i. e. nD3 10 oovar), ia an ap-
prt^tiate nime of the moon in the
itradb, Google
Sect, mo Chapters LXKVII.^—LXX VI 11. %. 209
and the fourth Erile. 3. These are the two large luminaries :
their ciicumfereDce is like the citcumference of the heftven,
and in size they are both alike. 4. And in the circumfer-
ence of the Bon there is a seventh portion of light wherewith
additions are made to the moon, and definite measures are
transferred till the seventh portion of the sun is exhausted.
5. And they set and enter the portals of the west, and make
their revolution hy the north, and eome forth through the
eastern portals on the fiice of the heaven. 6. And when
the mooQ rises she is seen in the heaven with the fourteenth
part of the light ; and in fourteen days she becomes full moon.
7. Also fifteen parts of light are added to her so that on the
fifteenth day her light is full, according to the sign of the
year, and there arise fifteen parts, and the moon originates in
the addition of fourteenth parts (lit, ' through the half of a
seventh part'). 8. And in her waning the moon decreases
on the first day to fourteen parts of her light, on the second
to thirteen, on the third to twelve, on the fourth to eleven,
on the fifth to tai, on the sixth to nine, on the seventh to
eight, on the eighth to seven, on the ninth to six, on the
LXXVIII. 3. In Biae tbey are botta alike. O M read : A^<qf:
llAPa^i h0i>: nnA: tPH^x AbM-lPan-i 04'f, but this addition
is only a repetition of the precediog line. 4. Definite mesanieo.
p«riod of eonjanotion when ihe I> 6. Bjt&e north; of. lixii. 5. S-17.
iiiTiiibls. lErle from rn^ (i. e. &oin Theee Tsna give > debailsd daeerip-
rrV to cast, dui) ia aiiit»bla u > Ijon of Uw waxing and waning of
detignatin) of the waiing or full the moun, of the Isngtli of the
moon. 8. Cf. lixii. 4, 37 ; lixiil. montlii, Jtc. 6. Tbli oau when
a. 4. fVran luii. 37 and liziii. 3 then ai« fotuteen daya &Dia new
we have atnadj learnt that the light moon to full moon Iwa already been
of the iDD li leTenibld that of the treated of in Iiuii. ;, 6 (notee). 7.
■noon ; from Izxiii. a that light U Hue e«ae where there an fifteen
added to the moon in due meaaute. dayi from new moon to full moon
Here we are farther infbnned t^iat haiakeady beendiicuued: ieelzzili.
one uTenth of the light of tiia ion 7, 8 (note). 8. Ai tlie mooa wanea,
ii gradnally tranefeired to the moon, her light decreaeea each day by one
and that thii eerenth part ia wholly fonrtaenth part ; on the fifteenth day
traniferred when the moon ia fnll. theTemainder,i.e. onetwenCy-aighth,
itradb, Google
2 lo The Book of Enoch. [Sect. HI.
tenth to five, on 1^ eleveutb to four, on the twelEtli to thr«e,
OQ the thirteenih to two, on the fonrteenth to the half of a
seventh of oil her %ht, and all her remaming (light) disappears
on the fifteenth. 9. And in certain months the month has
twenty-nine days, and once twenty-eight. 10. And Uriel
showed me another regulation (which determines) when light is
added to the moon on which side it is added to her by &e sun.
II. During all the period in which the moon is growing in
her light, she is opposite to the sun as she waxes (lit. ' she
waxes opposite the sun') till the fourteenth day her light
becomes 'full' in the heaven, and when she is illumined
throughout, her light is 'full ' in the heaven. 12. And on
the first day she is called the new moon, for on that day the
light rises upon her. 13. And she becomes full moon
exactly on the day wh^ the sun sets in the west, and die
rises at night from the east, and shines the whole night
through till the sun rises over against her and she is seen
over againet the sun. 14. On the side whence the light of
the moon comes forth, there again she wanes till all her lig^t
vanishes and the days of- the month are at an end, and her
circumference is empty, void of light. 15. And three
So Q M. Other IISS., ' in defuiit« measures it ia added.' 8. Hal^
bo. So : oDl^^i (DS3US: l±te\ ^i^%., bat that I omit 0. 9.
Onoo twenty-elgbL Qreade 008400; a>g, and M (DP: Oinfh (DJ.
vuiiihea. 9. Twenty-nine dayi: tcentb, nineteenUi, and thtu the dif-
af.lzziT, 10-17; lizTiii. 15-17. Onoe fersmoe between the ooUr uid Innw
twentj'-elght. Aa ire leuiLt from ;eui »t the <md of thii cycle wu
IzxiT. 13-16 th&t the Kutbor WM ftbont 7} hourt. Calippiu, reoogni*-
■oqn^nted with the eight-yeu: cycle ing tbia diffsrence, qoadrapled the
of the Oreek*. >o bare, m Wimlsr Metonio eyde and dedacted one day
hM already pointed ODt, we find a from the laat month of tliic period
rtf erenoe to the eerenty-nz year cycle of lerenty-iix yean, and thu thii
of Cali}ipDi. The cycle of Calii^oi month had only twenty-ei^t day> a*
is renUy an emended Mstouie eycle. in our text. 11. The moon waxei
Aoooidiiig to the oyole of Meton, to over againit the lun on the aide
which there ii no alliiiion in Enoch, tamed to the sun, i. e. the weetem
■even lunar monthi were intercalated ddo. IS. This remaA ii quite
in lunateen lunar yean, in the third, troa. ID. Eaoh balf-y«ai ha»
fifth, wghth, eterenth, thirteenth, nz- three uuinthB of thirty dayi and three
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
s«ct.in.] Chapters LXXVIII.^-LXXIX. I. 211
months sbe makes of thirty days at her appointed time, and
three months she makes of twenty-nine days each, in wbit'h
she accomphsbee her waning in the first period of time, and
in the. first portal in one hundred and seventy-seven days.
16. And in the time of her going out she appears for three
months (of) thirty days each, and she appears for three
months (of) twenty-nine each. 17. At night she appears
like a man for twenty days each time, and by day like
the heaven, for there is nothing whatever in her save her
light.
LXXIX. I. And now, my son, I have shown thee every-
thing, and tlie law of all the stars of the heaven is completed.
X. And be showed me all their laws for every day, for every
season of bearing rule, for every year, and for its going
forth and for the law prescribed in every month and every
week : 3. And the waning of the moon which takes
place in the sixth portal : i.e. in this sixth portal her light
comes to an end, and after that there is the beginning of the
IS- Of thlr^ dATB at her appolntad time. Q reads : noBTOft:
aXUnfTh HJt7i ^Q: i^%'9kX\ HJtD-: ^7>aC. U reBembles Q
with variations. All other MSS. support Din, Twentr-niiie
dars each. Q inserta flhm before these words.
LXXIX. I. Hr son. So O M. Other MS3. and Din., ' my
son Methuselah.' The law of oU the stara. So O V. Other
USS. and Din., ' all the law of the stars.' 3. Of benrinc rule.
So O: HO: ^ftinl. Din. reads HaifA". '^j^'nl, which he
tranBlates '^ jede Herrachaft.' Tor the law preaorlbed
In. G reads (I^XHIM; 0. 3. CkoDiM to an end. The
translator uses this verb ^JlOD in Ixzviii. ti, 13 in ^e opposite
sense, 'to become fall moon.' Beginning <rf the month.
of tirantj-luiiB. In tba first period i. a. in the Moond ludf of the yeu.
0f time, i. e. In the first hKl^JU^. 17. CI ver. t (note).
The anthor leoogiuBei only two (BMoni LXXIX. 3. Irsrr teaaon of
in (he year: of. iii, iv, Izxriii. 1 bearing rule : lee Ciit. ITote. S,
(note). So olteD aa the moon ii id 4. ABiuliiTiiL if the writer ihowed
(he fint portal daring the firA half- that ta the tint portal during the
jeer, ibe ii waning : of. Izzii. 3, 4. firat half cX the year the moon alwaya
16. In Um time of her KOina out, waned, m now he ihowi that in tJie
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
2 1 2 The Book of Enoch. [Sect, ill.
montli : 4. And the wamn^ which tabes place in the first
portal, in its season till one hundred and seventy-seven days
have elapsed : reckoned according to weeks, twenty-five weeks
and two days. 5. She falls behind the sun and in accord-
ance with the order of the stars exactly five days in the course
of one period, and when this place which thou seest has been
traversed. 6. This is the picture and sketch of every
luminary, as they were shown to me by their leader, the great
angel Uriel.
[LXXX. 1. And in those days the angel Uriel answered
and said to me : ' Behold I have shown thee everything, Enoch,
and I have revealed everything to thee that thou shouldest
see this son and this moon, and the leaders of the stars of the
heaven and all those who tnm them, their tasks and times
and departures. %. And in the days of the sinners the
years will be shortened, and their deed will be tardy on their
lands and fields, and all Uiings on the earth will alter and not
appear in their seaeon: the rain will be kept back and the
heaven wilt withhold it. 3. And in those tim«s the fruits
GMN omit 'month' and read CX/li :^<1rlXX>^■ 5. She
fiOls behind. So GM. N 'and ehe falls behind.' Other MSS.
' and how she falls behind.'
LXXX. I, The angel Uriel, So Q M. Other MSS. 'Uriel.'
I have shown thae. Q reads ftChth. 2. Will alter.
G M read f-mjWV^. Wm withliold. G reads '^m-T'.
ttecond half of ths ye&r the moon muked, th&t the moment we have
alwBf« wkiai in the Snt portal, done witli Iziu we pau into a wiTld
6. Elzaotir flra d^B. Thii, tiocord- ofnewc<nicai^i>iui,tliewhale interest
ing to liziv. 10-17, oQghl to be idi of which u ethical and nothing elie.
da;i. Wieaeler ma; be right in Tfaera iaabwlutely no fixity in natural
Gnduig liere anothsr raferenoe to the phenDmeoa : their lawi and unifbrm.
thortenlng of the lut month in tlie ities are always dependent on tha
Beventj-jii year period by one day : moral action of men : of. iv Eira v.
■ee IsiviiL 9 (note). 1-13 (quoted by Schodde). Thi» line '
ZiXXX. For the reaaons for re- of thought is quite alien to Izzii-
garding thii chapter aa an interpola- liiix. 1. Zie«deta of the etan ; cf.
lion, tea Jnlrod. to thia Book of lizii. 3; Ixiv. a.3. Thosswhotum
CeleMial Phyiioi (pp. 1S7, 188). In them. Then an probably the winds:
that Introduction we h&ve alrewly re- ef. liiii. 5 ; Ixxiii, 1. S. Cf. Jer.
itradb, Google
Bert, ni.] Chapters LXXIX. ^—LXXXI. i. 213
of the earth will be backward aad cot grow in their season,
and the ftuito of tbe trees will be withheld in their season.
4. And the moon will alter her order and not appear at her
(appointed) time. 5. And in those days there will be seen
in the heaven a great unfmitf ulness coming on the outermost
chariot to the west, and she (i.e. the moon) will shine more
brightly than accords with (her) order of light. 6. And
many chiefs of the superior stars will err, and these will alter
their orbits uid tasks, and will not appear at the seasons pre-
scribed to them. 7. And the whole order of tiie stars will
be concealed from the sinners, and the thoughts of those who
dwell on the eEuth will err concerning them, and they will be
estranged from all their ways, and will err and take them to
be gods. 8. And evil will be multiplied upon them and
punishment will come upon them to destroy everything.']
[LXXXI. I. And he said unto me : ' O Enoch, observe the
writing of the heavenly tablets, and read what le written
5. For tV^f- G reads (itif^f- over an erosion, and tor liy"Otf>a GM
read AyOMI; both of wbiqh readings I have accepted. Hallivi
tries to show that the text is corrupt here, and tliat the original
reference was to the sun. 8. To de«tr(^ everything. Bo OM.
Other MSS. ' to destroy them all.'
LXXXI. I. Writing of. O omits; but MN, though also
iii. 3 ; T. 15. 4. Ct for limiltu' uitently with the kUlhoc's aoheme.
ideu Joel ii. to; Amoa vlil. 9; iv 6. Ohlaft of tho •npeiior (Um;
Ezra T. 4. 8. If the ^eaant text of. tot. i (note). 7. Will ba dod-
Ib oorreot, «re nutjt t»fe[y regard the oemled firom tha alimsra : cf. Ixit.
wradi And in those days ... on j ; Ixxiii. 4-6. Tliaae who dwell
th* oatarmott oharlot to the weat on the earth. Thia phnaa ia need
M an inteipol&tiDii in tbU intei^ here aiaotl; in the aenae in which
[Mlated ohapter. If we omit tiieee It appeara Id the ioterpolatioiia in
worda the text runa nnoothlj and the aiinilituilei : tee ntvli. g (note).
IntelUgJblj: 'The moon will alter b«r Take them to be gods: cf. Acta
order and not »|ipear at ber (ap- vii. 41.
pointed) time, and will ahlne more IiXXXI. For the reaions for re-
brightly than aceordi with (her) garding thii chapter ai an inteipota-
order of light' The worda were tion, aee Intnd. to thia Book of
pnibablj added to the text in eon- CelesUal Phytita (p. iSS). 1. The
uexion with iome recent eTcnt. It hearenlr tablata. For a complete
is Dot poaaible to explain them coo- acooont of tbia and kindred exprea-
,tradb,G0()glc
214 "^^ ^<x^^ ^/ Enoch. [Sect. m.
thereon, and mark every individu^ £act.' 3. And I obBerred
everything on the heavenly tablets, and read everything which
was written (thereon), and understood everything, and read
the book of all the deeds of men and of all the children of
flesh that will be upon the eartJi to the remotest generations.
3. And forthwith after that I blessed the Lord, the King of
the glory of the world, in that He has made all the works of
the world, and I extolled the Lord because of His patience
and blessed Him because of the children of men. 4. And
after that I spake : ' Blessed is the man who diee in righteous-
ness and goodness, concerning whom there is no book of
unrighteousnesB written, and (against whom) no day of judg-
ment is found.' j. And those seven holy ones brought me
umitting, imply its presence, and all other MSS. give it. a, Tlie
book of aU the deeds of man. So M : aoftOi&Ji ^ff. OBflCoo^
A/HlX. So G, with one necessary grammatical change. Other
MSS. 1 ' ihe book and everything which was written therein and
all the deeds of men.' Of aU the ohlldron of flaah. So G M,
reading H'A' instead of tfAr. 3. The King of the glory of the
world. So a M : Th»»: fMMit: A«ly". Other MSS. and Din,
HA4A^ ' the eternal King of glory.' But some reference to the
world in the divine title seems to be reqtiired ; for God's relation
to the world is dwelt on in this verse; 'He has made all the
things of the world.' At the close of this chapter He is called
' the Lord of the world.' Children of men. So F G I L M :
ai-ttA\ My. This phrase occurs in Dent, xxxii. S, and in the
Book of Jubilees. Dla.: 'children of the world.' 4,
After that. So GM (DXyfcU-. Other MSS. 'at that hour.'
(Against whom) no di^ of judgment la found. So Q M ; Ottti
ttH- Other MSS.: ' against whom no sin is found.' 5. Beven.
So M. Din. gives ' three.' Brought me. G M read JLt^lH.
siona, tee ilvii. 3 (Di>t«). S. Cf. 3 (note). Ho d^ of Jndsment la
uli. 14 for ■ liiiiikr eiprefdoD of fonnd: •wCrit.Note. If tliil oUuM
praiae: we Crit Note. 4, See be taken itrlcti;, U !■ here taoght tint
Introd. (p. 188) on ttia oo&tnrt be- there ia no jndgmeDl Tor tbe riglit«oil«.
tween ttiia blswing and that pn>. S. Thoae aeven holy onaa. TlieBe
noonced by the writa of IxxU-luix. wonli have been taken by the IntM-
Bookof narlchtatnuneaa: aeeilvU. pclator from xe, ai, ta wix. Later
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect, nr.] Chapters LXXXI. 2—LXXXII. i . 215
and placed me on the earth before the door of my house and
spake unto me : ' Declare everything to thy son Methuselah,
and show to all thy children that no flesh is righteous in the
sight of the Lord, for He is their Creator. 6. One year we
will leave thee with thy children, till again a command
(comes), that thou mayest teach thy children and record (it)
for them, and testify to them {even) to all thy children ; and
in the second year they will withdraw thee from their midst.
7, Let thy heart he strong, for the good will announce
righteousness to the good : with the righteous will they
rejoice, and they will offer mutoal congratulation. 8. But
the sinners will die with the sinners, and the apostate go
down with the apostate. 9. And those also who practise
nghteousness will die on account of the deeds of men, and be 5
gathered together on account of the doings of the godless.' f
10. And in those days they ceased to speak to me, and
I came to my people, blessing the Lord of the world.]
LXXXII. I . And now, my son Methuselah, all these things
ITo flesh. O M omit the negative. 6. Till again a nommand
(oomu). So O: Xflti: *|0& ^XHU. Other MSS.: Mill; llDdi
^ini ' till thou art strong again.' 7. With, the righteous
wlU they redoloe. Bo O M. Other MSS.: 'the righteous will
rejoice with the righteous.' 10. Iiord of the world. So M.
Din. gives, ' Lord of the worlds.'
MSS. n»A 'ihreB'— ft cbuLgs whloh becftoMof UieevU,'!)^] n^n ^ilBD
iiii>7^d'><'*>lxTii.i,3. Nofleah p'^fltn : ef. u Ktsgi ziiJ. 10 ; Book
la rlshteoiu, Ao.: cj. JubU. »; Ps. ofmBdnDi<T.7~i4. The Hebrew verb
xiv. 1 . OreBtoi : ct xdv. 10, 6. ia lued of being ' gfttheied to one'ii
TlUasftln»ooiiimMid(omiiea) : see fathen,' Nam.iz. 36. Id Ps. oiv. 19
Crit.Note. ThnetwoverMi.w. 5,6, God it nJd to 'gkthei' the qtiritof
Me inimtad tu texye t an introdau- '■"'■"itN when they die. \0. Ziord
titm to xd'ciT. B. The apootftte oflhsworld: of. i.j ; zii.3 ; lTiii.4;
will zo down, i.e. into Oehennft. lixii. 3; Iniii. 7 ; lixiiv. 1, 3.
8. The rif^teouB die indeed, yet are t.tttttt The oondnaioQ of the
they 'gftthered' onto the ftbodee of Book ofCelsBtiitl Fb;Bio». 1. In
the bleated. The phntae la borrowed xuiii 4 Criel write* down erery-
cUrectly frran la. Irii. i, where the thing for Enoch ; bnt in thia book,
litCTftl (ranalation rnna, ' the righteona o£, Izxii. I ; lixiv. 1 ; Ixxv. 3 ; Izzii.
ia gftthwed out of the way of or a-6; Ixxiii 1, Uriel only ahowa the
Digitized byCoOglc
2i6 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. III.
I am recoimting and writing down, and I have revealed to thee
ererything, and given thee books coaceming all of them : (so)
preserve, my son Methaselah, the books £rom thy father's
hand and commit them to the generations of the world. 3.
I have given wisdom to thee, and wisdom to thy son, and
to thy children that are yet to be, that they may give it to
their children, generation onto generation for evffl-, this
wisdom (namely) that paseeth their thought. 3. And
those who undentand it will not sleep, bat will listen with
the ear that they may learn this wisdom and it will please
those that eat (thereof) better than good food. 4. Blessed
are all the righteous, blessed are all those who walk in the
way of righteonsnees uid sin not, as the sinners, in the
reckoning of all their days in which the sun traverses the
heaven, entering into and departing from the portals for
thirty days at a time, together with the heads of thousands
of this order of the stars, together with the four which are
added and divided amongst the four portions of the year,
LXXXII. I. Writlag down. So GM. Other MSS. and Din.
add ' for thee.' Gfineratlons of tlie world. G reads : tthfeS^
qfty ' children of the world.' 3. Wisdom to thy aoa. So G :
T(1A: idAjMi ; but A must be read before (DJUCIt. Bin. gives ' to
thy children.' Tor «v«r. Wanting in G M. 4. Blessed ar« all
those. Wanting in G. Divided. So GMO .^.^ft^t. Other
hidden thing* (o Enooh, uid Enoch theae rsrelfttioni ii > &eqaent thema
writea them down. Commit tham with the Enoch writan : cf. zzzrii.
to the Keneratlona of (ha world. 4; icii. 1 ; iciii 10-14. ^^ ^I***
Hmw rereUtloni of Enooh ua for and ... to thr aon : cf. Fs. Ixiviii.
•11 CheiraildlhjmlhesuliMtganwa- 5,6. Aa we unit infer liom thcee
tioni: those tn i-izzTi are only for woidi th&t T^manli u alrMdy bom,
the tar distant geuentioM : of. L l. the wriler hu followed the SanuritMi
See Speoinl Intiod. (p. I8g), It ii or Maaoretjo reckoning: the former
evidently this pawage that Tntallian would allow of Noah being present,
refers to in I}» Cultn T'mt, i. 3 : Cum 8. Batter Uun (nod food : cf. Ps.
Enoch Gilo Buo Matoaalae nihil aliod lix. 10. 4. He fiinr intwcalai;
mandaverit qnam nt notitiam coram daji introdaoed by four leadMi : cf.
poaterii laisbaderit. 3. Wiadom. tot. 11 ; Ixzt.i, 1. Heada of thou-
The luipaMing wisdom convejed In a«ndi, L e. the chlliarcli* which lead
ilizedbyGoOglc
Sect, m.] Chapter LXXX II. i-\\. 217
which lead them in and enter with them four days. 5.
And owing to them men will be at fault and will not reckon
them in the reckoning of the whole course of the world : yea,
men will be at fault, and not recognise them accmntely. 6,
For they belong to the reckoning of the year and are tmly
recorded (thereon) for ever, one in the first portal and one in
the third, and one in the fourth, and one in the sixth, and the
year is completed in three hundred and sixty-four days. 7.
And the account thereof is accurate and the recorded reckon-
ing thereof exact ; for the luminaries, and months, and festivals,
and years, and days, have been shown and revealed to me by
Uriel, to whom in my behoof the Lord of the whole creation
of the world has given command over the host of heaven.
8. And he has power over night and day in the heaven to
cause the light to give light to men — sun, moon, and stars,
and all the powers of the heaven which revolve in tiieir
circular chariots. 9. And these are Uie orders of the stars,
which set in their places and in their seasons and festivals
and months. jo. And these are the names of those which
lead them, who watch that they enter at their appointed
seasons, who lead them in their places, in their orders, times,
months, periods of dominion, and in their positions. 11,
Their four leaders who divide the four parts of the year enter
MSS. and Din. ' divide.' 8. He haa power over night and
d«r. G reads ; /"Afllli Pl^! AA^! Q<n»9At. To canoe ... to
give light. Q reads JPCJkfL. lo. Who lead them In their
plooes. So G M : Mi ^aoCSrao". im'nfttffea'. Other MSS.
tlisBedayi. 6. CCIxxt. «. 6. Ontha Fhyika. Moreover, Izxii I prombn
four ioterakUry dayi imd the porUU an aooomil of the itan, uid Ixiix. I
to whicb (hej belong, see Ixxv. 7. ileoluea that the fuQ aooonDt faM
Irind of tlie wliole CTemtlon of the now been given. ThU wonld be Im.
world. Here only: of. lixxiv. i. possible without Izuii. g-io. U.
0-90. Din. r^anli these venae as m See Ciit Note. Dln.'s teit of thi«
Uto' addition to the book, bat with- vena, even in the Crit. ' Note, ia
e«t adequate reaaon. Thejareqnite practiimllj unintelligible. There ii no
In barmoBj with all that rightly difionlty in tlie text of OM whidi
btlonga to the Book of Celeatial we have ftdlowed here. The twelve
ilizedbyGoOglc
2i8 The Book of Enoch. [Sectni.
firet; and after them the twelve leaders of the orders who
divide the montha ; and for the three hundred and sixty days
there are the heads over thousands who divide the days ; and for
t^e four intercalary days there are the leaders which sunder
the four parts of the year. 12. And of those heads over
thousands one is added between leader and leader, behind the
position, but their leaders make the division. 13, And these
are the names of the leaders who divide the four parts of the
year which are ordained : Melkegl, and HelemmSlek, and
Melejal, and N&rgl. 14. And the names of those which
they lead: AdnfirgI, and Ijaslis&el, and Ijelumiel — these
three follow the leaders of the orders and one follows the
three leaders of the orders which follow those leaders of
positions that divide the four parts of the year. 15. In
the beginning of the year Melkejil rises first and rules,
who is named Tamafini and sun, and all the days of bis
dominion whilst he bears rule are ninety-one days. 16.
And these are the signs of the days which are to be seen on
earth in the days of his dominion : sweat, and heat, and
anxiety ; all the trees hear fruit, and leaves are produced on
omit. II. Divids tbe mouUiB; and for the three hundred
and sixty doya there are the heada over thouaands who divide
the days. So O M : .HlA^ov; AAio^-^i (DA£{a)g: ACMtt; I{.
I have here emended I in O into tS, in conformity with M. M,
by a slip, gives 300 instead of 360. This text is superior to Din. 's
ID seuBe euid clearness. Dhi. gives : .KlUi^^in**: AAlD'tf^
(DA9<Hri WO^iOW^ta ftCkftt: n-welche die Monate u. das
Jabr in 364 Tage trennen nebst den Hauptern Uber Tansend.
13. Between leader and leader. So G M. Other USB., 'be-
tween the leader and the led.' 15. In the beginning of the
lekden of the mantha diviiJs ths u Ealldvi hu ahown. MalSjal uid
niDiilIi* : tlie cliiliarctia divide tho 36a NirAl ue truuliteraldoiu of Hebrew
d»j>, kud the foat leaden which cames. 14. This verae aeenu
divide the year into four parU have □ninteiligibla. US-I7. "Hie period
charge of.the iotercatarf days. 13. ^m spiing to ■nmmei'— 91 dayi
I do not nndentuid thie vene. 18. uodei the dominfoD of Melkejil or
Helkedl from 7K*app !■ nmply an Melke«l, 'who ia named . . . aim.'
invenionof HeleDunelMifroni^?D*bN Hotr (hla leader b naued 'the ana'
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
SMt.ni.] Chapter LXXXII. 12-20. 219
alt the trees, and the harvest of wheat, and the rose flowers,
and all the flowers bloom in the field, but the trees of the
winter season become withered. 17. And these are the
names of the leaders subordinated to them : Berkeel, Zalbesfl^,
and another who is added a head, of a thonsand called H€l6jft'
seph : and the days of the dominion of this (leader) are at an
end. 18. The other leader who is after them is Helem-
mSlSk, named the shining sun, and all the days of his light are
ninety-one days. 19. And these are the si^s of the days
on the earth : glowing heat and dryness, and the trees bring
their fruits to ripeness and ripen and mature all their fruits,
and the sheep pair and become pr^nant, and all the fruits of
the earth are gathered in, and everything that is in the fields,
and the wine-press : these things take place in the days of his
dominion. 30. These are the names, and the orders, and the
leaders of those heads of thousands : G^dftM, and KM, and
H^el, and the name of the head of a thousand which is added
to them, As&61 ; and the days of his dominion are at an end.
year. 'Year' wanting in O, 16. AH the flowers bloom.
U reads H^^lDdX 'all the flowers which come forth.' M omits
'bloom.' 17. Head of a thousand. O reads CXAi II.
19. Sigiu of the txs^. QM read 'days of his sigp.' Ripen
and mature aU tlielr flruits. So G M. Other HSS. g^ve, 'to
maturity and cause their fniite to become dry.' 20. The
leaders. So G. Other MSS. ' the nibordinate leaders.'
doM not k|>pev. 16. Bose floiren. Thu tmw te oonfUted. The thrae
Not known in the O.T., thongh the nuns* are thoee of the leaden of
word ii found in the E. venitni in tbe three mouthi. Tbe foardi —
la. xixT. I ; Song of Solonion ii. i . AsftSl from TMfiDf^ ' God aide,' which
The rose ii mantianed in Eodiu. ixiv. \t merely an inTersloD of HSUjlatph
14 i zxzix. 13; Book of Wiadom ii. (ram IP^fW — ia the chiliuch who
8. fiat in the fint two pauagea it ii has to do with the intenmlat; d*y
probably tha cdeMidw that Is rftft-rred Dnder one of the fouF diiaf le»den.
to. 17. The leadera anbordi. There ia no aooouut of the ramaining
Dated to them, i.e. the leaders of aii moaths. Thii may have been
the three monthi. 18-30. The omitted by the final redactor.
period from aammer to kntnun. 20.
Digitized by GtXlglC
SECTION IV.
(chapters lxxxiii-xc.)
the deeam-vi3ion3. introduction.
A. Critteal StruetuTe. B. RtHation of tltii Seelion io (a) i-xxxvi ;
(6) xci-civ. C. The PaU. D. The Problem and ite Solvtioa.
A. Critiosl Stmotnre. There is no diJBcult; about the
critical structare of this Bection. It is the most complete and
self-consi stent of all the eectiona, and has suffered least from the
hand of the interpolator. There seems to be only one iaterpola-
tion, i.e. xc. 15. Of dislocatious of the t«zt there are two:
Ixxxiz. 48l> should be read after Ixxsix. 49: see Ixxsix. 48
Grit. Note; and xc. 19 should be read before xc. 16 : see xc. 15
(note).
B. (a) Belatlon of thla Ssotlon to i-xzzrl This question can
only be determined by giving the points of likeness as well as of
divergence. The points of likeness or identity in (i) phraseology,
and (a) in ideas, are : —
(1) 'Tongue of flesh,' Ixxxiv. 1 ; xiv. 3 : ' make the earth with-
out inhabitant,' Ixxxir. 5 ; ix. a : ' Holy and Great One,' Ixxxir. i ;
X. i: 'glorious land' (i.e. Jemsalem or Palestine), Izxxiz, 40,
compared with ' blessed land,' xzvii. i : ' Ood of the whole world,'
Ixxxiv. 2, compared with 'Glod of the world,' i. 3. The doxology
iu Ixzxiv. a appears to be a more rhetorical form of that in ix. 4.
(3) There is, in the main, the same doctrine of the fallen
angels : the judgment in both is at the beginning of the Messianic
kingdom : Gehenna is fonnd in both, xc. z6 ; xxrii. i : the abyss
of fire for the fallen angela, xc. 34 ; xxi. 7-10 ; the conversion of
the Gentiles, xc. 30; x. 21.
There is, practically, nothing that is distinctiTe in (2) — certainly
nothing more than would refer the two sections to the same school
of thought. But the evidence of (i) is of a different nature, and
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Introduction. 2 2 1
points, wben CMnbined vith the evidence of (z), to a close
connexion between the two sections either in identity of author-
ship, or in the BOqoaintance of one of the authors with the work
of the other. That the latter altemative is the true one, we shall
find on the following grounds: — (i) In Ixxxiii. 11 the sun comes
forth from the ' windows of the east ' ; this term is never used of
the son in i-xxxvi, nor in Ixsii-lxxxii : see bcxxiil. 1 1 (note).
' Windows ' baa a different reference altogether : see Ixxii. 3 (note).
(2) In Ixxzir. 4 'day of the great judgment'=DeIuge; in i— xzxvi
and xci-cir alway8=6nal judgment: eee Ixxxir. 4 (note). (3)
The account of the descent of the watchers in Ixxxvi. 1-3 differs
from that in vi. (4) In xc. ai, sa seven archangels are men-
tioned; inix.four — yet see xx. 7, Giz. Ok. (5) In xu. 19 the period
of the Sword is an important feature ; yet it is not alluded to in
i-xixvi. (6) The throne of judgment is in Palestine in xc.
ao-36 ; on Sinai in i. 4 : whereas the throne on which God will
sit when He comes to bless His people ia xxv. 3 corresponds
in locality to the throne of judgment in xc. ao. (7) Appearance
of the Messiah emphasised in xc 3}, 38; not alluded to in
i-xxxvi. (8) The scene of the kingdom in Ixxxiii-xc is the Kew
Jerusalem set up by Ood Himself; in i-xxxvi it is Jerusalem and
the entire earth uiyehangti though purified, x. 18, ao. (9) life
of the members of the Mesuanic kingdom apparently unending
ia xc. 33-39; but only liuite in v. 9; x. 17 ; xxv. 6. Life is
transfigured by the presence of the Messiah in xc. 38 in the New
Jerusalem ; but in xxv. 5 by the external eating of the tree of
life. (10) The picture on Ixxxiii-xc. is developed and spiritual ;
that in i-xxxvi is naive, primitive, and sensuona. (11) Ixxxiii-xc
are only visions assigned to Enoch's earlier and unwedded life ;
i-xxsvi ore accounts of attoul bodily trauslationa and are assigned
to his later life. If these two sections were from the same author
and that an ascetic, exactly the converse would have been the case.
On these grounds, therefore, identity of authorship is impossible ;
but the similiarities in phraseology and idea prove that one of
the aurora bad the work of the other before him. Of the two
sections there is no room for doubt that Ixxxiii-xc is the later.
(6) Belation of Ixxxlil-xo to xo1-o1t. See Special latrod.
to xoi-civ (pp. 262, 263).
C. The Date. The fourth period began about 100 & 0. (see
note on xc. 6—17, p. 249), and mai^ the transiti<Hi of supremacy
over Israel from the Graeco-SgypUiiiu to the Graeco-Syrians, as
jdbyGoOC^IC
222 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. iv.
well aa the rise of the C^asids. The Chaaida, Bymbolieed by the
lambs that are bora to the white sheep, xc. 6, are already an
orgsuised party is the Maccabean revolt, xc. 6 (note). The lambs
that become horned are the Maccabean family, and the great
horn is Judae Uaccabaens, xc. 9 (note). As thig great horn
ia still warring at the close of the rule of the twelve shepherds,
xc. iti, thia section mast have been written before the death
of Judas, 161 B.C., posdbly before his puriGcatton of the Temple.
As the fonrth period began about aoo B.C., the author of
Ixxxiii-'xc, writing in the lifetime of Jadoa Maccabaeus, most have
expected its close between 140 and 130 b.c.; for, on the ana1<^
of the third period, each shepherd would rule between five and
aix years. Thia expectation in connexion with Judaa Maccabaeus
was not unnatural, as his eldest brother, Simon, did not die
till 135 B.C.
D. The Froblem and its Solution. This section forms in
short compass a philosophy of religion from the Jewish standpoint.
It is divided into two visions, the former of wbii^ deals with the
first world-judgment of the Delnge, and the latter with the entire
history of the world till the final judgment The writer doea not
attempt to account for the ain that showed itself in the first
generation. In his view, it was not the sin of man, but the sin
of the angels who fell (in the days of Jared), that corrupted the
earth, Ixxxiv. 4, Isxxvi-lxxxviii, and brought upon it the first
world'judgment.
In the second vision the interest centres mainly on the calamities
that befall Israel from the exile onwards. Why has Israel become
a by-word among the nations, and the servant of one gentile
power after another 1 Is there no recompense for the righteous
nation and the righteous individual 1 That Israel, indeed, has
sinned grievously and deeei-ves to be punished, the author amply
acknowledges, but not a punishment ao unmeasurably transcending
its gnilt. But these undue severities have not come upon Tamel
from Qod's hand; they are the doing of the seventy shepherds
into whose care God committed larael, Ixxxix. 59. These shep-
herds or angels have proved faithless to their trust, and treach-
erously destroyed those whom God willed not to destroy; but
they have not therein done so with impunity. An account has
been taken of all their deeds and of all whom they have wickedly
destroyed, Iittjt. 61-64, <^nd for all their victims there is laid up
a recompense of reward, xc. 33. Moreover, when the ontlook
;dbyGcH)c^[c
SactlV.] Chapter LXXXIII. i, 2. 223
is darkest, and the oppreeaiDn at ita vont, & righteom league
will be eatablialied in Israel, xc. 6 ; and in it there will be a
family from which will come forth the deliverer of Israel, i-e.
Judaa Maccab&ene, zc. 9—16. The Syrians and other enemies
of Israel will put forth every effort to destroy him, bat In vain ;
■ for a great sword will be given to him wherewith to destroy
his enemies, xc. 19. Then all the hostile Gentiles will assemble
for their final struggle agunst Israel, still led by Judaa Uaccabaeus,
xc 16; but thia, their crowning act of wickedness, will alao be
the final act in their history and serve aa the signal for their
imme<liate judgment, 6od will appear in person, and the earth
open ita mouth and swallow them u^, xc 18. The wicked shep-
herds Hud the fallen watchers will then be judged, and cast into
an abyffi of fire, xc. 30-35. ^ith tlie condemnation of the
apostates to Gehenna the great assize will close. Then the New
Jerusalem will be aet np by Ood Himself, xc. aS, 29; and the
surviving Qentilea will be converted and serve Israel, xc. 30; and
all the Jews diapersed abroad will be gathered together, and
all the righteous desJ will be raised to take part in the kingdom.
Then the Messiah will appear amongst tbem, xc. 37; and all the
righteous will be gloriously transformed after hie likeness, xc. 38 ; .
and God will rejoice over them.
Ixxxiii-xc were written by a Chasid in support of the Hacca-
bean movement.
TRANSLATION.
LXXXIII. T. 'And now, my son Methoselah, I will show
thee all my Tisions which I have seen, recotinting (them) before
thee. 2. Two visions I saw before I took a wife, and the
LXXXin. I. Hy vialona. 80 G M. Other MSS. and Dhi.
Tbe fint Dreuo-TiiioD, Izzziii, ooone with tlie angeli, md is touis-
lixiiv, dsala with the Delu^ or fint Uted bodily and Oiereiu admitted
warid-jadgment. to higher priillegw thmn in mere
T.TTTTTTT 8. BaEoro Z took a visioiu. Yet if Ixiiiii-XD tnme ^m
wUi», i. e. belbre I irai Eixty-five : tbe ume hand an tbe other uotioiu,
eC Geo. v. 31. The name of thia wife the cxniTene ihould have been thecaae
I Edua, Izuv. 3 : of. Book of on aKClie gmnndti, and Enoch ihanld
Jntriieee iv. We abould obaerve that have had his bodily t
Ixzziii-ie are onl; di«ami or dream- heaven and hia interooone with the
vinons ; whereas in the other aactioiu angel* daring faia anmairled yean, and
of the bodt Bnooh baa open inter- hiadream-Tiaioiiaikfterhe badtakena
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
224 The Book of Enoch. [Beet. IV.
one was quite unlike the otlier : on the first occasion when I
was leamiDg to write, on the second, before I took thy
mother, I saw a terrible vision, and conoeming them I prayed
to the Lord. 5. I had laid me down in the house of my
grandfather Mal^l^l, when I saw in a vision how the heaven
collapsed and was borne off and fell to the earth. 4. And
when it fell to the earth I saw how the earth was swallowed
up in a great abyss, and mountains hang suspended on moun-
tains, and hills sank down on hills, and high trees were rent
from their stems and hurled down and sunk in the abyss.
5. And thereupon utt«rance came into my mouth, and I lifted
up my voice to cry aloud, and said : " The earth is destroyed."
6. And my grandfather MalfUel waked me as I lay near him,
and said unto me : " Why dost thou cry aloud, my son, and
why dost thou thus make lamentation ? " 7. Then I
recounted to him the whole vision which I had seen, and
he said unto me : " What thou hast seen, my son, is terrible,
and thy dream-vision is of grave moment as to the sin of all
sin of the earth : it must sink into the abyss and be destroyed
with a great destruction. 8, And now, my son, arise and
make petition to the Iiord of glory, since thou art a believer,
that a remnant may remain on the earth. 9. My son, all
this will come from heaven upon the earth, and there will be
violent destruction upon earth." 10. After that I arose and
'the visiuDS.' 5. Iilft«d up my voloe to ory aloud. See
Crit. Note, xxxviii. 9. O reads "MTJlfr ' I arose to cry aloud.'
7. Is of crave moment as to. 80 "HA not = 'betriffb' as in
Dln.'s tranBlaUon; see Lexicon, col. 607, Q reads ^f-^. Bin
oC So a ^mjtt, and virtually M. Other MSS. 'secrets
of.' 8. Bamaln on the earth. So G U. Other MSS.
and Dtn, add ' and thnt He m&y not destroy tbe whole earth.'
wife. S. Ouna Into my month, lit. of kIoit. lliHtitleiifDtindiDixv. 3,
' fell into iny month.' Tha phnu de- 7 ; ixTii. 3, 5 ; zzxTi. 4 ; xl. 3 ; Iziii. a ;
note* the ipoDtaBeoiu ehuMter of the and 'Eternal LordofGlnrT'inhxT.s.
CTf. 7. S«e Ciit. Note. B. Iiord e.FromhekTen.i.e.ordnmedorQod.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
86ct.iv.] Chapters LXXXIILi—LXXXIV. i. 225
prayed and implored, and wrote down my prayer for the
^aerations of the world, and I will show everything to
thee, my son MethoeeUh. 11. And when I bad gone
down and forth and saw the heavesi, and saw the sua rising
in the east, and the moon setting in Uie west, and a few stars,
and the whole earth, and everything as He had known it in
the bc^inningf, then I blessed the Lord of judgment and
extolled Him because He made the sun to go forth from the
windows of the east, so that he ascends and rises on the face
of the heaven, and sets oat and traverses the path shown unto
bim.
LXXXIV. I. And I uplifted my bands in righteousoess
and blessed the Holy and Great One, and spoke with the
breath of my mouth, and with the tongue of flesh, which
God has made for the cbildreu of the fiesh of men, that
they should speak therewith, and He gave them breath
and a tongue and a mouth that they should speak therewith :
10. Hy prayer, G reads instead: cdAMlIk (Dftd&lK 0. M:
(DAMJk (DHHt. II. And the whole earth. SoCDFGILMO.
N and Din. omit. And everything aa He had known it in the
beginning. Din. has rec<%msed the ineptness of this reading but
has not Buggeited an emendation. Either, then, read HAXiR>£|l>
instead of HAXfOil 'and everything as I bad known it afore-
time;' or, the reading of the MSS. may have been owing, as
Professor Margolionth Los suggested to me, to the Greek translator
confosing r?0 and T??- In that case we should tmnalate 'and
everything u He had established it in the beginning.' Bets ooL
SoABCEFGHM XI^A : see Lexicon, col. 637. Other MSS.
1T^/l='Bicherhob.'
LXXXIV. I. The ohlldren of ths flash of men. So ABCFG
HIMN: IP4-J& ^:>\ ftON. LO and Din. 'children of men.'
10. Ky titifvt. Voond in bccxlv. word invariably lued in oonnazica
U. 8m Crii Note. Ifovd of Jndc- «lti> tbe lan. For the w«cd ' win-
ment. Han only. Windows. Hiii dowi,' ms Izzii 3 (note),
lann naT« u*ad In i-ixxtI >o> in IiXZXIT. 1. The Holy and
IzxU-lxncii of til* nu. Fvrtaliitlw OTMtOn*:M«L3(nota}. Tencns
Digitized byCoOC^IC
S26 The Book of EttOck. [Sect. IT.
3. " Blessed be Thou, O Lord, King both great and mighty in
Thy greatness, Lord of the whole creation of the heaven. King
of Kings and Qod of the whole world,and Thy power and king-
ship and greatness abide for ever and for ever and ever, and
Thy dominion thronghout all generations, and all the heavens
are Thy throne for ever, and the whole earth Thy Eootetool for
ever and for ever and ever. 5. For Thou hast created
, and rolest all things, and hast made all things fast aud no
manner of wisdom escapes Thee; she departs not from her
^ throne — ^Thy throne, nor from Thy presence; and Thoa
knowest and seest and hearest everything, and there is
I nothing which is hidden from Thee for Thou seest everything.
4. And now the angels of Thy heavens trespass (s^ainst
Thee) and Thy wrath abideth upon the flesh of mesi until the
day of the great judgment. 5. And now, O Ood and Lord
and Great King, I implore and pisy Thee that Thou mayest
fulfil my prayer, to leave me a posterity on earth, and not to
destroy all the flesh of man and make the earth without in-
habitant, BO that there should be an eternal destruction. 6.
And now, my Lord, destroy from the earth the flesh which
3. Hast made aU tliliiga fiuft. So G : AXIOh; IHT, which should
bo correct«d into ftfKDh; M*. Dhi. gives, ' nothing is too hard
for Thee.' Departs not. O reada li^aopMA ■ does not torn
lliee away'; and If X.Y^ai4/T4l.
of flMh : BM liT. 1. 9. Cf. Ix. In both then pMUgw m the •wnko-
4 iqq. I.OFd of tho wbole oi«ation or vdpcSfiot ofOod. The idM ii to ba
of the heaTsn. Here ddIj: cf. traoed to Ptot. Tiii. 30 in the T.TfTf ,
lixiii. 7; ilao ItUL 4 (note). King venlon, 4><>r>' 'V^: cf.Eodo*.!.!,
ot Klngi. Abo in li. 4. Ood of /ht' tdiiov iirra tU tin oJAra. 4.
the wlioltt world. Here onlj : of. Upoa the fleah of nun : of. tt. i, 5 ;
■Qodot the world,' i. 3 (note). All Jobxii.10. Dv of the great Jndj;-
the lM»Teas are Thy tbrone, An. ment : lee iIt. 3 (noto). Tbii phnae
EVom Ii. Ixvi. t. 8. She de- cnn refer here ml; to the Deloge.
parta not from hei throne — Thr In zli. i It tefen to the final jndg-
throns : of. Book of Wkdom iz. 4, ment, and lo alwayt in zd-dT : of.
'WUdom that utteth by Thee on zdv. 9; xorlit. 10; 1011,15; ci*. 5.
Thjthione.' Wiad<«i ii Tepreientad 6. Great King. AltolnzcLij. 6.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect. IVO Chapters LXXXIV, 2—LKXXV. 3. 227
haa aromscd Thy wrath, but the fleah of righteousness and up-
righfnees establish ae a plant of the seed for ever and hide not
Thy face from the prayer of Thy servant, Lord,"
LXXXV. I. And after this I saw another dream, and I will
show all the vision to thee, my son.' 2. And Enoch lifted
ap his voice and spake unto his son Methuselah : 'To thee,
my son, will I speak : hear my words— incline thine ear to
the dream-visicoi of thy father. 3. Before I took thy
mother £dna, I saw in a vision of my bed, and behold a bull
came forth from the earth, and that bull waa white ; and
aft«r it came forth a heifer, and along with t^is (latt«r) came
forth two young bulls, one of them black and the other red.
LXXXY. I. After Wf O adds AtuiP. ^. Zdftect up bta
Toloe. See Grit, Note on xxxviii. 2. 3. In a vlaioa of my
bed. So QM. Other MSS. <in a viEion on mj bed.' Came
forUi two young buUn. So ON : <D^h\ bMLt. Olher MSS. give
A plant of the acwd for stbt : lee
X, 16 (notfi). Tlii* ide» wu ■ very
TaToarite ana: cf. liii. 8; zoili. i, j,
IiXXXV'ZO. The Mooiul Dnwn-
vidoD. Jn thii lecond viiioD t)ie
■wni/a i^fm * oomplete hUtoiy of
the world from AdMn dons to tbe
final jadgment and the establilhment
of the Heodasio kingdom. After the
aiample of Daniel men are ■Tmboliied
byabimftla. Tlieleadratof theohoiea
raoe aie repreaented bj domeetfo
animals, the patriaroha \ij boUt, and
the Mthfiil of latei tim«a bj theep.
Thif difference b Intended to mark
the later deolennon of Inael in faith
and righteonsueu. The Gentilea are
■jmboUied by wild bearti and birds
of prej ; tiie Mien watohen by ffatn ;
nnfiillen angds by men. At iJmts
the ftnthor ia obliged to abandon his
*;mb(Jism. and he is not always con-
sistent in his use of it, as the same
symbol varies in meaning. Even the
divine nams is adapted to the pre-
vailing lymboliim. In the main the
narrative Is based on the O.T., bat
at thnee mythioal elements from later
Jewish eiegeeis are inaorporated.
IiXXXV. a. Cf. Prov. V. I. 8.
Bdna: of. lixziii. 1. BnlL The
Ethiopia •marA. ia lihm. Thit word
has varioDi meanings in the fbUowing
chapters. In the sing. it«>Inill or
heifer; in the plur, it-holli, or
cattle, or cows. Hie context nniut
determine the lense. The authpr uses
also the nneqaivoeal word sAr, which
alwBTS means a boll. Ta'wa-Titolas
or vitola in these ohapters. Eve is so
deugnated in this verse, L e. a heifer,
to denote her M a virgin. In yet, 6
she is called ' a oow.' Wliite is the
colonr that symbolizes righteooaness
throagbout this viajon : c£ lizxv. 8 ;
bcxiTii, >, &e. Cf.Is.i, 18; P«.li. 7;
Bev.vii.14. Tw-oyonnsbnllB: see
CrikNote. CaiQisUaak,u(hisoalDur
sjDibaliias his sin : Abel ia red — the
Di.itradb, Google
228 - The Book of Enoch. [Sect IV.
4. And that black young ball gored the red one and poisoed bim
over the eartb, and thereupon I could no longer see that red
young bull. 5. But that black young bull grew and a heifer
joined him, and I saw that many oxen proceeded from him
which resembled and followed him. 6. And that cow, that
first one, went from the presence of that firet bull in order to
seek that red young ball, but found him not, and thereupon
raised a great lamentation and (still) kept seeking him. 7.
And I looked till that first bull cam« to her and quieted her,
and from that hour onward she cried no more. 8. Aft«r
that she bore another white bull, and after him she bare many
bulls and black cows. 9. And in my sleep I saw that
white bull likewise grow and become a great white bull, and
from him proceeded many white oxen which resembled him>
10. And they began to beget many wbit« oxen which re-
sembled them, one following the other (in due succession).
LXXXVI. I. And again I saw with mine eyes as I slept,
and I saw the heaven above, and behold a star fell from
heaven, and it arose and ate and pastured amongst those oxen.
2. And after that I saw the large and black oxen, and behold
iDX'Ai llftX ' came forth other young bnllH.* 5. But that black.
O omits * but that.' Followed Mm. Q M read ' fallowed them.'
6. For ^AY ' thereupon ' Q reads ^IW. 8. Another white
bulL For 'another' O reads MlA 'a pair of white oxen': i.e.
iSeth and a sister to be his wife.
LXXXVI. T. Pastured amonsot thoaa oxan. a. And after
oolour •mblenuktio of hii mwCyrdoiD. to tha 'bulk' ftbo. 9. Boll.
4. Toong boU. Bo I render ta'*a Bendering of lAr ; ue ver. 3. Tlili
when H-Titnlni, u in vr. 4, 5, 6. buUisSvtIi. Xbe dMcandanti of Seth
B. A hsifer. The uma word >■ used are likawiaa rjglitaon* tike thsr pro-
of Eto iu TOT. 3. Thi* li«iar u C^n'i genitn.
wife, and Kooording to the Book of IjXXZVI. I. A star, i. e. Amel
Julrileesiv.hiiiiiter.bjDMDe Avail, or Samjua; for we oannot be luie
Oxen, l^ii ia the rendering of (he wkioh of the two fonui of the m^th
plmal of Uhm, and iixJiidea bnlli ia followed here, aa it differ* from
and oowa. 6. Eve ae^* Abil. tll* aooonnt giisn In ri, where all
B. Asothor irtitta bnll, i a. Setb, dcMended together. In the Talmud
bat lea Crit Not*. Blaok oowa. (Weber, L, d. T. 344} th«ae angeti
Thaadjaotiv«'bUok'beloi^pMbabl7 dMoend (ogether. S. The roaolt
ilizedbyGoOgll,
Sect IV.] Chapters LXXX V. 4 -LXXX VII. 2. 2 29
they all changed their stalls and pastures and their cattle, and
began to live witli each other. 3. And again I saw in the
vision, and looked towards the heaven, and behold I saw
many stare descend and oast themselves down from heaven to
that Bret star, and they became bulls amongst those cattle and
(remained) witli them, pasturing amongst them. 4. And I
looked at them and saw, and behold they all let out their
privy members, like horses, and began to cover the cows of
the oxen, and they all became pregnant and bare elepbants,
camels, and asses. 5. And all the oxen feared them and
were affrighted at them, and they began to bit« with their
teeth and to devour, and to gore with their horns. 6. And
they b^an then to devour those oxen ; and behold all tbe
children of the earth began to tremble and to quake before
them and to flee.
LXXXVIL I. And again I saw how they began to gore
each other and to devour each other, and the earth began to
cry aloud. 2. And I again raised mine eyes to heaven, and
I saw in the vision, and behold there came forth from heaven
tbat I saw ths large and black oxen. For this Q reads shortly,
' pastured amongst those large black oxen.' a. For (OXy^;
CAit- M gives mAoixl-F: CMh; XAtrF. Bagan to Uve with aaoh
othsr. So a : KiVr. frfiAlL: HfHAi *tM: This alludes to tbe
alliances between the Sethitea and Cainites. Other MSS. 'began
to lament one with another.' But the time for this had not yet
come: it has come in verse 6. 3. Beoame bulls amongst
those oatUe and (remained) with them. So Q M : <^XhAi XAlM
mOf! liMT^i ^>-: a)y°AA>lf<n>*. Other MSS.: 'were amoi^st
those cattle and oxen. There they were with them.' 6. To
See. After these words OM add Xy^Ufo*'.
' of thefitUof tbeangabwM theintor- oameU; and asseB. STmbiJidng tbe
mingUng of tha SathitM andCunitw. three kindiof giiuits: Merii. » (note).
The ■ lerge ' oxen are probably the 6. Tb* ehlldran of the earth, i. e. *
SeUiitce, end the ' bleok ' the Ceinitea. tboae «f pmely henuut deacent as
Becan to live with eaoh other: oppoaad to the watehw* and their
iee Crit. Note. 3. Fall i^ tbe children.
net of the angela. A. niephanta, IiXXZVU. L The conflict of tlie
jdbyGoOgIc
230 The Book of Enoch. [Sect, i v.
beingtj who were like white mea : one of them came forth
from that place uid three with him. 3. And those three
who had hist come forth grasped me ky my hand and took me
up, away from the ^neratione o£ the earth, and brought me
up to a lofty pUce, and showed me a tower raised high above
the earth, and all the hills were lower. 4. And they said
nnto me : " Bemain here till thou seest eveiything that befalls
those elephants and camels and asses, and the stars and the
oxen, and all of them."
LXXXVIII. I. And I saw one of those four who had
come forth before, and he seized that first star which had
fallen from the heaven and bound it hand and foot and laid it
in an abyss; now that abyss was narrow and deep, and
horrible and dark. 2. And one of them drew his eword
and gave it to those elephants and camels and assee : then
they b^fan to smite each other, and the whole earth quaked
because of them. 5. And as I was beholding in the vision,
lo then one of those four who had come forth cast (them)
LXXXyn. 3. All the blUB were lower. Q reads : AlUti U-A-:
tmC. U: AM: If-ftn hiD-'3C. Other MSS. support Din.
4. And the oxen and aU of tham. So Q U. Other MSS. ' and
all the oxen.'
LXXXVIII. a. Camala and. Wanting in Q. 3. One . . .
bulU uid giuiU. 3. BolnK* who UmeB Enoch wu tr»niktad thither,
wera Uk* whit« men, i.e. anMlm we b*ve in txuiii-xo k conocptioa
Kugeh. Aa men are repreaeoted \ij of its localit; uid InhabituiU di^r-
«"■■"«<■, the unfollen uigeli Mrs ostur- ing from an j tluit hai premded : mw
atlj re^«aeiited b; men. White : li. S Cuoto).
«f, lzxzT.3. Ona. ..and three with tiXXXViXl. There is* very doae
him. The ' one ' ia probably Michael, connexion between this chapter and i.
Thii U the fint real Dooarrenoe of 4-14, bat the lariationa are nnmerouB
the 'three ongeli' in Enoch. It ia enough to preclude any neceecity for
fnoDd mown in id. 31. It ii from auppodng the lame authorship. 1. '
the proent pasaags tliat the inter- Cf. i. 4-8,wbtte Uuiaelbinda Anusel.
polator of lixzi boirawtd UuaphrMe: 3. In x. g, 10 Gabriel eieoate* thia
cf. Ixxxi. J. 8, 4. If we an (o tatk. 8. In x. ia-14 it ia really
ragard thia high tower aa Paladiae, Giabriel who bindi and Impriaona the
and it aeenu we mnit, aa aooording EUlen watohera, for x. 1 1 wliioh apeaka
(0 the unireraal tradition dl later of Miohael ia an interpt^tion. Iha
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect.tvo Chaps. LXX XVII. %— LX XXIX. s. 231
down from heaven, and they gathered and took all the great
fltars whose privy membera were like those of horses, and
bound them all band and foot, and laid them in an abyss of
the earth.
LXXXIX. 1. And one of those four went to that white boll
and instructed him in a secret, as he trembled: he Wsa bom a
boll and became a man, and boilt for himself a great vessel
and dwelt thereon ; and three bulls dwelt with him in that
vessel and they were covered in. 2. And again I raised mine
eyes toward heaven and saw a lofty roof, with seven water
torrents thereon, and those torrents poured much water into
an enclosure. 5. And I saw again and behold foantains
were opened on Uie earth in that great enclosure, and that
water began to swell and riae upon the earth, and it hid
that enclosure from view till the whole surface of it was
covered with water. , 4. And the water, the darkness, and
mist increased upon it ; and as I looked at the height of that
flood it rose above the height of that enclosure, and streamed
over that enclosure, and remained on the earth. 5, And
all the cattle of that enclosure were gathered together until
Z saw how they sank and were swallowed up and perished in
OMt (tbem) down from hsaTsm, and they gatherod. So O M.
Other MSS.: < One ... caat (them) down from heaven and gathered.'
LXXXIX. I. To that whlt« tniU. So M. All other MSS.
' to those wUte bulla' As lie tmubled. O iuserta a negative
here: 'fearleBS as be was.' a. Fourod muob vr»\ot. O reads
f^D•!tXt 'flowed with much water.' 3. Hid that enoloaora
from view. a:XCXriAa>A*ri01Le'. U : A-CXf*: Aai-Xl:: ARj&.
ImpUoation heie, hovBrerj ia that it see Crit. Nnte. In ordsT to bidid the
u not Qabriel but anottMr of ths fiva Ark, IfMh U npnsented m beootninjf
wbo u the agent of Judgmsat. In a dud. Three biiUa. Noab'atlirae
an abyai of th« aarth. Id z. 1 1 Mmi. OaytmA In : oC Qen. vii t(S ;
'under the hill*.' Ed. IxriL a. _ 9. Ab men are
ZiXXXEZ. 1-e. The Deli^ and ijmbdiied b? animals, Uunr plaoe of
tlM Deliverance of Noah. L Ot habitation U naturally called a pen,
X. 1-], where Urlsl Tliita Noah for fbld, or enoloeure. B«Ten: cf.lzzvii.
thenmeend. To that whlt« ball ; 4 (note). S, 4. The Delate.
ilizedbyGoOglc
S3S Tke Book of Enoch. [Sectiv.
that flood. 6. Bat that resael floated on the vaixst, while
all the oxen and elephants and camek and asses sank to the
bottom together with all the animals, so that I could no
longer eee them, and they were not able to come oat, bat
perifihed and sank into tiie depths. 7. And again I saw
in the vision till those water torrents were removed from that
high roof, and the chasms of the earth were levelled np and
other abysses were opened. 8. Then the water b^aa to
run down into these, tilt the earth became visible ; but that
vessel settled on the earth and the darkness retired and light
appeared. 9. Bnt that white hull which had become a
man came oat of that vessel, and the three bulls with him,
and one of the three was white like to that ball, and one of
them was red as blood, and one block ; and that white boll
6. Amos unk to tbe bottom. We have in tftTov^ iPAtl T'JbC
an idiomatic ase of 9*AC. See Lexicon, col. 217 : practically
the same expregaion recurs in this verse, ' sank iuto the depths,'
tATfB^ to-tttl t^lfi. ' Bottom of the sea ' may be espremed either
by y^it lyhC or +'Ki nibC. Dlii.'s rendering 'the uneB on
the earth sank,' thon^ admiastble grammatically, can hardly be
right here. 7. The ohaams of tbe saztb war* levelled up :
VfOti y"JS-Ci 0£X. Din. renders: 'Die Quellen der Erde ver-
. degten,' 'the fountains of the earth dried ap,' mistaking by a
strange oversight ^^0)* for h^09^ of verae 3. This mistake
led him to a forced and unreal rendering of 0£t. Tbe writer
conceives the flood as having been caused by a cleaving of the
depths of the earth. Cf Oeii. vii. 1 1 tvt: IfA^ M^, and the
staying of the flood as having been due to a closing or levelling
up of these clefts or chasms. For this use of 0£X, cf, Bamoh v. 7,
'the valleys shall be filled up,' tOfiCi: 9'AC=iU dpiXur^ t^c 7^1.
This idea of closing the abysses was a familiar one : of. Prayer of
Manasses 3, i nXfunii r4* ilffvawr; and Book of Jubilees vi, 'the
moatb of tlie depth of the abyss was closed.' 9. And one
e. Sank to tha bottom: im Crit. of the Mtrth. Ac: we Crifc Ni>t«.
Noie. Wltb aU tha aaimalB, i. a. 9. Nokh ud Ui three kou. That
tli« real Mlinsl*. - 7. Tba ohMms white ball departed £Mm tbem.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect IV.] Chapter LXXXIX. 6-14. 233
departed from them. 10. And they began to bring forth
beasta of the field and birds, bo that there aroee oat of them
all together a mnltitnde of kinds : lions, ti^re, dogs, wolves,
hyenas, wild boars, foxes, squirrels, swine, falcons, vnltures,
kites, eagles, and ravens ; and among them was bom a white
hnlL 1 1 . And they b^an to bite one another ; bat that
white boll whioh was bom amongst them b^at » wild aes
and a white boll with it, and the wild aas multiplied. 12.
Bat that bull which was bom &om him b^at a black wild
boar and a white sheep ; and that wild boar begat many
boars, but that sheep b^at twelve sheep. 13. And when
those twelve sheep had grown, tbey gave up one of them to
the asses, and these asses again gave up that sheep to the
wolves, and that sheep grew up among the wolves. I4.
And the Lord brought the eleven sheep to live with it and to
blMk. 'WantiQg Id G M. io. Tigers. Q reads ft'MC^ =
' sea monsters,' but this word is frequently confused in MSB.
with Affy"C* =' tigers.' For ftX^Mlt G reada JfOOt ; but no
such word exists. For Ao'-m' 'vultures' G reads AlACt*.
which can have the same meaning, ii. For ^^Ath, 'bite
each other,' G reads f^lStfh. Hub ftnm is not found elsewhere.
13. And that wild boar b^at manr boars. Wanting in GL
i. a. Noali died. 10. The iMonai- whli tlie nams of tha anliiul it de-
tiea of hii inbjeot oUige tha anthn' ttatad mot : cT. tt. 41, 43, 49, 66.
to mar the nktnnlnen of hU 17m- In tot. 7a itii uwdof the SunaritUM.
bolitm. Hit cattla prDdnoa all manner A white thaep, i. e. Jacob. Iraael
of IbuT-fboted beaete and birdi of ie tpedaHj in tha rpnholio language
pnj. Nearly all thew ■ppear Inter of theO.T. tbeaheapof Qod'^pafture,
M tbe enemim of IsneL A whita Pit. Ixiiv. 1 ; IexIz. 13 ; o. 3 ; Jer.
bun, i. e. Abraham. 11. The wild xiiii. I, and hence there ii a peculiar
an Ii Iihmael, the piwenitor of the fitnea in repneentlng tba intUTtdn^
Aiab* or HidlanKM, who in TT. 13, t6 who fint bore the uama at a white
an oalled tlia ' wild mm.' which it ebeep. The Idea, of denleniion in
nn Hie whcde an apt detigna^on : faith [aee p. iij) can hardly attach
ol Qm. x*i. 17. Tha 'white boll' to thiiinitaDoaofitautA IS. One
ialnae. U. A black wild boat, of tliam. La, Joieph. The aaaaa,
L e. Emu. later Jawiih hatMd thoi the Hidlaaitei : at *v. ii, 16. The
m wolTw, Le.
ilizedbyGoOglc
234 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. IV.
pasture with it among the wolves ; and they maltiplied luid
became many flocks of sheep. i j. And the wolves began
to fear them, and they oppressed them till they destroyed
their (the sheep's) young, and they cast their young into
a river of much water ; but those sheep began to ciy alond
on aoconnt of their young, and to complain unto their Lord.
id. And a sheep which had been saved from the wolves fled
and escaped to the wild asses ; and I saw the sheep how they
lamented and cried and besought their Lord with all their
might till that Lord of the sheep descended at the voice
of the sheep from a lofty abode, and came to them and
pastured them. 17. And He called that sheep which had
escaped the wolves, and spake with it concerning the wolves
that it should admonish them not to touch the sheep. 18.
And the sheep went to the wolves according to the word of
the Lord, and another sheep met it and went with it, and the
two went and entered together into the assembly of those
wolves, and spake with them and admonished tbem not to
touch the sheep from henceforth. 19. Thereupon I saw
the wolves and how they oppressed the sheep exceedingly
with all their power ; and the sheep cried aloud. 30. And
their Lord came to the sheep and b^an to smite those
wolves: then the wolves began to make lamentation; bnt
the sheep became quiet and forthwith ceased to cry out.
21. And I saw the sheep till they departed from amongst the
wolves ; but the eyes of the wolves were blinded, and those
i6.Faaturedttaeni. Cf.ver.a8. Dln.'oacliihnensah.' r8. Xat
it and wMit wltlt It, and the two went and entered. So Q, snd
virtually M. Other M8S. ' met that sheep and went with it and
the two entered.' 30. And their !Lord aanaa . . . and began.
G reads ' and their Lord came . , . and thej began,' X^th fitmTPao:
tdrOi ibtir (UnilJiig d«(tgii»tion in one in Uiii and the foUowliig oh^iten,
thii TlBiim. 16. A ahaep whioh and ocean about twentj-aght times,
had b«0ii uiTed, i. e. Moao. Iiord 18. Anotlur tbaejt, I. e. Aaron,
of the ahees. Thia title U the naoal 20. The plagaea of Egjft, XL-
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect. IV.] Chapter LXXXIX.\%-%o. 235
wolTes departed in parsnit of the sheep with all their
power. 11. And the Lord of the sheep went with them,
as their leader, and all His sheep followed Him : His foce
was dazzling and glorious and terrible to behold. 23. Bat
the wolves began to pursue those sheep till tbej foimd thnn
by a sea of water. 34. And this sea was divided, and the
water stood on this side and on that before their face, and
their Lord who led them placed Himself between tbem and
the wolvra. 35. And as those wolves did not yet see the
sheep, they proceeded into tiie midst of that sea, and the
wolves pnisned the sheep, and those wolves ran after them
into that sea. 36. And when they saw the Lord of the
sheep, they tamed to flee before His &ce, but that eea gathered
itself together, and resumed its own natore suddenly, and the
water swelled and rose till it covered thoae wolves. a?.
And I saw till all the wolves which pursoed those sheep
perished and were drowned. 38. But the sheep escaped
from that water and went forth into a wilderness, where there
was no water and no grass ; and they began to open their
eyes and to see ; and I saw the Lord of the sheep pasturing
them and giving them water and grass, and tiiat sheep going
and leading them. 39. And that sheep ascended to the
summit of that lofty rock, and the Lord of the sheep sent it
to diem, 30. And after that I saw the Lord of the sheep
standing before them, and His appearance was great and
33. aiorlons and terrible to behold. So QM; MKl 07<^i
AdlA Dlu. gives, ' His nppearaiice was terrible and glorious.'
34. And on that. Wanting in Q. a8. Began to open their eyas
and to see, G reads f-^^!^ : ' began to opes their eyes and
they saw.' 30. Ozeat and terribla. So OM : OILA (Dff^.
37- The Esodoi from EgTpt. S8- to ncovet (hrit apiritnal Tidon ud
40. Joumeyiiigi through the wilder- Tstnin to Qod : oC Izxziz. 31, 33, 41,
D«H, the giving of the Uw on Sinai. 44, 54 ; zc 6, <>, 10, 16, 35. 90.
and the noaapatian of PkleMine. Move*' Mcent of Knki and Tetom to
98. Began to open their ejw, i^e. Israel at God'a oomnund, Bzod. xii.
Digitized byCoOC^Ic
236 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. IV.
terrible and majestie, and all those sheep saw Him and were
afraid before His face. 31. And they all feared and
trembled becanse of Him, and they cried to that eheep which
was with them, which was amonget them : " We are not able
to endure the presence of our Lord or to behold Him." 32.
And that eheep which led them again ascended to the eammit
of that rock, bnt the sheep began to be blinded and to wander
from the way which be had showed them, but that sheep wot
not thereof. 33. And the Lord of the sheep was wrathful
exceedingly against them and that sheep discovered it, and
went down from the sunimit of tlie rock, and came to the
sheep, and found the greatest part of them blinded and fallen
away. 34, And when they saw it, they feared and trembled
at its presence, and desired to return to their folds. 35.
And that sheep took other sheep with it, and came to those
sheep which bad fallen away, and thereupon began to slay
them ; and the sheep feared its presence, and (thus) that sheep
brought back those sheep that had fallen away, and they
returned to their folds. 36. And I saw in this vision till
that sheep became a man and built a house for tlie Lord of
the sheep, and placed all the sheep in Uiat house. 37. And
Dln.'s HBS. omit 'great and.' 3t. Din. ^ves ' after ^aaX sheep
that was with Him to the other sheep which was amongst than.'
G reads: ATllK 070; ^AAJPoo^ HOft^ '^Miftvo-, and this we
have followed ; for Dln.'B MSS. and others give a wroDg Beose :
MoGes was not with Qod when the people appealed to him, Ezod.
xz. 18 ff.; Dent. v. I9ff.; but amongst them, and so appeal
whatever was made to Aaron, 33. Ajcaln ascended. (D7>(Ut
. . . atOCn : or simply ' returned and ascended.' 33. Fallen
avray. So SM. Other MSS. and Db. add 'from His path.'
35. Thereupon. Q reads XIH. 36. In tbls vlaion. So
3L That shMp whloh was with 85. d Bsod. zxiii. ifr-19. 38.
them, i.e. Aaron; bm Oni, Note. Tlut aheep, i.e. Hoee* beeoDiee «
S9. Cf. Ezod. niv, it aqq.; zzzii. nun to build the Ubenuolei of. tt.
34. It, i.e. Hoiet. Betium to thalr 1, 9. Flaoad all the sheep Is that
foLdi, L«b to abandon thdr tmn, honae, Le, made the tabemade the
ilizedbyGoOglt.
Sect. IV.] Chapter LXXX IX. %i~^i. 237
I saw till thia sheep which had met that sheep which led the
sheep fell asleep ; and I saw till all the great sheep perished
and little ones arose in their place, and they came to a
pasture, and approached a stream o£ water. 3}^. Then that
sheep which led them and became a man withdrew from
them and fell asleep, and all the sheep sought it and
lamented over it with a great lamentation. 39. And
I saw till they left off crying for that sheep and crossed
that stream of water, and there always arose other sheep
as leaders in the place of those which had led them and
fallen asleep (lit. ' had &I]ett asleep and led them '). 40.
And I saw till the sheep came to a goodly place and a
pleasant and glorious land, and I saw till those sheep were
satisfied ; and that house stood amongst them in the pleasant
land. 41. And sometimes their eyes were opened, and
sometimes blinded, till another sheep arose and ted them
and brought them all back, and their eyes were opened.
GU an^JiC Other MSS. and Din., < there tlie vision.'
37. loBtead of AVlK 07d gives the ooainsed text Wk
An70. 'WMcb led tbe sbMp. QM read 'which led them.'
41. And sometimea their •ye« ware opvned. Wanting in Q.
ceotre of their vronliip. B7. Death JVovaBAIioUtca, t.ii. HuTegiven
of Aaron uul of all tbe gensretioa thii fragrosnt for pmpoaaa of oom-
(hathadgoneoatofEgypt. PMtnrs. paiiion with th« Buj^liih venlon of
The land to the eaat of Jordan. A tbe Ethiopia. The )f Qs whiob ooann
•teekm. The Jordau. 88. Death between two vene* belimgiDg int-
of HoMi : ef. Dent, iiziv, 88. mediately to each other, L & 46, 47,
Othar aheep aa leaden. The and thefirefrlmertedinver. 47piova
Jndgei, including Joabua. 40. that tbe ooUector of theae Orsek
Palcatioe : of. zivi. i. Obeerve that excerpts had not tlie complete Enoeb
the epithet 'glorioae' it nsed in the before Uu, tot drew them from an
■ame connexion bf Dan. xi. 16, 41, aatbor wlio bad brought together
U-IIO. Hiatorjr of the timca of the paaiagee from Bnoch and annotated
Jndgei to tbe boilding of the Temple, tbem. So GUdemcdMer, ZdUdir^t
Of VT, 43-49 there ii preetrred a D.M. O., 1855, pp. 6ji equ. «.
valuable bagment of the Oreaii Perioda of religions adTUkoe and da-
vetiloB. nil waa pnUiahed by Mu cleuaicaL : wozk of SamneL
itradb, Google
=38
The Book of Etiock,
[Sect IV.
43. And the dogs and the
foxes tuid the wild boars began
to deToor those sheep till the
Lord of the sheep raised ap
another sheep, a ram from
their midst, which led them.
43. And that ram b^an to
butt on either side those dogs,
foxes, and wild boars till he
had destroyed them alL 44.
And the eyes of that sheep
were opened and it saw that
ram, which was amon^^t the
sheep, foi^tting its digoity
and b^innin^ to bntt those
Greek fragment from Vati-
can MS., published by Mai,
Patrum Nova SibliolAeea, t. ii,
deciphered by Gildemeister in
the^7?3fe,i855,pp.6ai,6a2.
'Ek toS row 'Efux fiiPKiov
Kai ol Kvvtt ^p^avTo Kortv-
9Uip Ttt vpo^ara koI ol ies Koi
oE iXiiirtKfs KorqirBioti avri,
fi^i oS T^fipfo 6 loapias ran
•ttpo^6.Tav Kptip Iva tx tup
vpo^irap. Kal i xpihs oStos
np^aro KfparCCfw koX iiriiid-
Kftv iv Tois KfpaiTiv jral htrt-
vfurafp fit rovs iXiivfKiM koI
f(cr' o^oiiE fU roitr &it koI
attiktatp Has voWovt Kal ficr'
avTVVT . . .rd Toiis Kvvar. Kal
ra ■npA^ara &v ol i^$aX)io\
^iiolyriaav iBtdtrapro rdp Kpidp
43. Till the Iiord of th« sheep ralssd up anotber sheep. So 0,
against all other HSS.: tJltit KifK. HAX; 076: XTHJt: A070.
The slight error here of liftAi Q70 for 1|A0: 070 explains the origin
of the later and corrupt reading H/"Jt for m^ in an attempt to
emend the text. O is coafirnted by the Ok. fitxp' oS Ifyttpt* 6 ripat
T&r wpofiinn' xpiir ha. Other MSS. give 'till another sheep, the Lord
of the sheep, arose.' Din. in his translation leaves ont the words
' Lord of the sheep ' as a gloss. The words ' another sheep ' are,
I beliere, a gloss, and we should render ' raised up a ram from
49. !n>e doga and tha fozea and tha
wild boan. The ' dogi ' are, Moord-
ing toTT.46, 47,tliaPIiili«tiiMi. "Dm
' foiM ' are taken by Din. to be the
Amaleldtea, bat thii inhnprelatian
will not nit T«r. 55 where th« tbua
turn atill notable fbei of larael dose
on tlie tbne of the Exile, whereaii tlie
Anulekilea piasUcatlj disappear from
hiatorj with the reign of David.
We ahalt roo»t probably be right in
taking the ' foiea ' to mean the Am-
monites. From the earlieit tamea
down to the wan ot the MaoeibM*
the Ammmite* were alwayl tlta nn-
relentii^ foea of Lnel. This in the
view a1»o of tite glDH«r on the Greek
Pr*groen^ tv. 41-49. The 'wild
boan' an the Edranitea: cf.TT. 11,
43. 49. 66. TUl the Iiord of tbs
ahaep raiaed, iko.: see Crit. Note.
43. SeatroredthemalL TheOredc
text (Awiikiatr nXXaift) U hen
deddedly better. BauL by no meani
deatzqysd tliem ilL 44. The
eyM of that Bli«ep were oponvd.
,l,zedbyG00gl>,
Sect IV.] Chapter LXXXIX. 42-47.
sheep and trampling upon
them and behaving itself un-
seemly. 45. And the Lord
of the eheep sent the lamb to
another Iamb and raised it to
being a ram and leader of the
sheep instead of that ram
which had been forgetful of
its dignity. 46. And it
went to it and spake with it
alonej and raised it to being
ram, and made it the prince
and leader of the sheep ; but
daring all these things those
dogs oppressed the sheep> 47.
And the first ram pursued
that second ram, and that
second ram arose and fled be-
fore it ; and I saw till those
dogs pulled down the first
239
rhv ip Tois vpofiirois, tus oD
iiftiJKtP t^v 6ibv alrroS Kal fjp-
faro Tfopf6(a$ai di>oS^f. Kal 6
Kvpioi rmvvpo^&imv hniimiXtv
rhp &pva toUtov M ipva htpov
Tov (nijaai airrbv tk Kpiiv tv
ApXji ''Mv upo^&Tinv ivrX tov
Kpiou ToG hi^ivTQi 7T)v itov ah-
ToS, Kal iitopfiBri irpds avriv koI
^XftAijo-fv airrif aiytj Kara ^lovas
KalijyfiptvairrdvftsKpidv Kolfh
&p\ovTa Kat ({; ifya6p.€vov ruv
•npo^irtov Kal ol leivfs i-nl irdtri
TCTfroir f6\i^ov ri vp^^ara.
'E^S ti Totfrotr yiypaTrrai (trt
i Kptos 6 ■np&roi rhv Kpidv rbv
ie^rrtpov imblaiKtv Kal ^<f>v-
■ytv ijrfl TspixTiiTcov airoC" ftr
iSfapow, ^alv, rbv Kptov tov
iTp»rov ta>s oS Ivttrtv tpitpoa-
amongst them.' 9o Ok. 45. The lunb to anothar lamb.
80 Gk. All Ethiopic USS. give ' the sheep to another sheep.'
C£ ver. 48, Grit. Note. Inotead of that ram. SaD,<hn:A?0;
aiid Ok. ^1 roS KpuA. Other M8S. ' instead of that sheep.'
Thii phrue u kppUad to Sunael
here oftnnot be lued In the wnw of
ipiritiul kwKkemng And ratum to
God whjoh It hki eUewhora in this
tI^dd ; of. TOT. jS (note). Hera it
mnit mokn the prophetic gift of in-
light >i in i. 1. Tha Greek venion
certainly empea thii difficmltj bj
applytng the phraae in ita uaoal genae
to the iheep, Mid li probably (he
true tait. 46, 46. David anointed
king. OfaaOTTe that in ver. 45 the
Greelc wed Afna and not npifiwrov for
Samnel knd for JJavid lo long •■ the
latter ia not yet king, when the
Ethiopia employ! the more general
term '(faeep.' Obaerre fiuther that
Solomon previoas to ]ii« ooninatioD,
ver, 49, ii called ' a little abeep,' i. e.
k Iamb, 1 have roUowed the Greek ;
ilizedbyGoOglc
240 The Book of Enoch. [Sect rv.
ram. 48. And that second tfev ruv kviwv. Kal h np^^ 6
ram arose and led the sheep,
and that ram begat many ^^tf»,si»ain,^<rasi,f^yJiffaTo
sheep and feU asleep; and a ^^„ ^^^^^^^^ Kal ri ^p^.
little sheep became ram in its
Etead and became prince and para rji^rjeiiiTaii koI iit\ri9vv-
leader of those sheep. 49.
And those sheep grew and ^f''""" "'^ ''^" "* "*'"" "'
multipUedj and aU the dogs „i ax<i7r«« ti>VYo,> ii:' oiroC
and foses and wild boars
feared and fled before it, "ol J^o^oCwo aiT6v.
and that ram butted and killed all the wild beasts, and those
wild beaste had no longer any power among the sheep and
robbed them no more of ought. 50. And that house
4S. Atom. O reads f^A for l^/'A, and M iJ^hao; i«d
thfl aheep. So Ok. Etbiopic MSS. give ' led the little sheep.'
Bui the word ' little ' should be omitted, aa it is wsntiog in the
Ok., and the expression 'little sheep' is pointless here, and
found hut once before in ver. 37. It crept into the text from the
next line. The rest of the verse is also wantiag in the Gk.,
but this ia so, only because the fragment ends with ver. 49,
at the close of which these words origttially stood. Thus they
form a natural transitioo to the account of the temple. A further
and stronger reason for their genuineneES is the phrase ' a little
sheep ' applied to Solomon, previous to his becoming king. This
phrase baa nothing derogatory in It, but can only be a loose
rendering of (vuMt ' lamb,' applied also to David previoos to his
being appointed king, see ver. 45. Kvidently the Ethiopic trans-
lator did not feel the technical use of the word, as be has
obliterated it altogether in ver. 45. Thus, aa the technical term
is not found in the Ethiopic in this cuunexion, an Ethiopic inter-
polator could not have produced this manifest, though imperfect
9eeCrit,NotfaraiTsr.45. 4S. Tba aheep, i.s. lamb: sea w. 4c, 46
Greak text givm tbt trae wdar here : (note). 49. Thu ii > daacription
we Crit. Nota. The wcordi 'And of tbe rdgn of David. SO. That
that ram begat . . . princa and leader hotua. Aa Din. ihom by a com-
of thoH aheep,' (hoald be placed pariaonofTV. 56, 66«i., 73 M].alidUie
aft«rver.4gi tee Crit. Note. Altttle paMage in Test. Leri x, i jip fSnt,
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect. IV.] Chapter LXXXIX. 48-54. 241
became great and broad, and a lofty and great tower was
built for those sbeep : it was built on the bonse for tbe Lord
of tbe sheep, and that house was low, bot the tower was
elevated and lofty, and the Lord of the sheep stood on that
tower and a full table was placed before Him. 51. And
again I saw those sheep that they again CTred and went
many ways, and forsook that their boose, and the Lord of
the sbeep called some from amongst tbem and sent tbem
to the sheep, but the sheep began to Blay tbem. 52. And
one of them was saved and was not elain, and it sped away
and cried aload over the sheep; and they wanted to slay
it, but the Lord of the sheep saved it from the sbeep,
and brought it up to me, and caused it to dwell (there).
53. And many other sheep He sent to those sheep to
testify and lament over them. 54. And after that I
saw that when they forsook tbe house fA the Lord and
His tower they fell away entirely, and their eyes were
blinded ; and I saw the Lord of tbe sheep how He wrought
form of it. 50. A loftf and great tower was built for those
aheep : It woa built on the house for the Lord of tbe eheep.
80 Q, inserting (DOOA trhlR after iT-t and omitting lib-.
I M N give, ' a lofty tower was built £3r those sheep on that house
and a tower lofty and great was built on that house for the Lord
of the sheep.' So also L 0, but that they give ' on ti« house for
the Lord of the sheep.' F H and Din., ' a lofty tower was built
for those sheep on that house for the Lord of the sheep.' We
might also translate ' was built hy those sheep for the Lord of
the sheep.' 53. From the sheep. So QM. Other MSS. aud
Din. 'from the hands of the sheep.' 54. Tbe boose (tf tbe
Lord. So QM. Other MSS. and Din. 'the house of the Lord
tr Ir iKkil^Tot nipuH, 'IfpoiwoX^;! of the Temple. SI. Called some
uK^aiTOi, maSin wtfiix't fiiB*-at . . . and lent thsm, i. e. thepmpheti.
"Enbx ToB turafov, thii hoiua ii 02. Ew»p« and tiwuladam of Elijah ;
JeniMleni and the tower U the cf. zdli. 8. SS, M. The Miitlea
temple. A foil table, i. e. offeringi wtdritj of the [ovipheti, and the
■od ncrifioee. Sl-67. Oradaal eomplsf* lfioatM7 of the nation owing
deoleiwion of Inael till the deitraotion (o (heir abaadonineiit of the Temple.
ilizedbyGoOglc
242 The Book of Enoch. [Sect iv.
mucli slaugliter amongBt than in their individual herds Tintil
those sheep invited such shmghter and betrayed His place.
55. And He gave them over into the hands of the lions and
tigers and wolves and hyenas, and into the hand of the foxes
and to all the wild beasta, and those wild beasts began to
tear in pieces those sheep. 56. And I saw that He for-
sook that their house and their towerj and gave them alt into
the hand of the lions to tear and devour them, into the band
of all the wild beasts. 57. And I began to cry aloud with
all my power and to appeal to the Lord of the sheep, and to
represent to Him in r^ard to the sheep that they were being
devoured by all the wild beasts. 58, But He remained
unmoved, as Ha saw it, and rejoiced that they were devoured
and swallowed and robbed, and left them to be devoured in
the hand of all the beasts. 59- -^^^^ ^^^ called seventy
shepherds and put away those sheep that they might pasture
of the sheep.' In their Indlvidiial herds. For Ofl O U
read fl 'in their hei-ds.' fi6. For f^ik'^^OV G reads
f^yvfoygo.^ 57. Lord irf the sheep. GM have the strange
reading NTHJb JtV-OM* ' Lord of the lions.' AU the wUd
beasts. G reads ' all of them.' 58. Far lUSi IfA-OP* G reads
Vttti \A. 59. Seventy. Q M read A-flOi*, a miBtake for tWi-
InrlMd moh BlaoKhter and be- figore and phnueology in <*ef{ard ta
trared Hfa plaos, i.e. oiled in the degtmctiun of lanel by the
hMlhen uiCioiu to help them and healhea: cf. Jer. xii. 9; Is. Ivl. 9 ;
ao betnjBd Jenualeni. CS. The Bi«k. ihit. 5, 8. Buiubaa ivi. 4
flokl fortunes of tbe two Idngdomi rafen to thii vene, see qaotation
and the nuuei of thdr Ofpnma*. (p. 38). SB. The aavtaiy ehep-
IilotusadtiBBri, i.e. the AnjruDt herds. Tlu« U the moct rezed
and Chddeea. In tv. jti, 65 (?) where qnaiUon is Enoeh. The earliest in-
the liana alone are taentioued, the terpreten took the flnt thirty-seTen
Chaldee* are meant. The ' wolvee ' ihepherda to mean th« natiTe kings
an the Bgyptiana ; o£ ver. 13. The of Israel and Judah. ItwasEwald'a
'hyenas' may be die £thio;daiii. merit to point on( that this was a
Be. mi Tene dworibee hoir Ood oonoeption imposiible for a Jew, and
gradually withdrew&omthedegraded that the seventy ihepheida mnst
^eooiacy and gavo Israel defeneeleM rqtresant so many heathen oppreasors
Into the hands of its enemies. To of IiraeL Thii interpretation hai
davonr. Die proptieta dm the same nndergone many fonus, but all alike
Digitized by GOOC^IC
Sect. IV.] Chapter LXXXIX. 55-59. 243
them, and He spake to the shepherds and their comptmionB :
"Let each indi-ridiial of you pasture the sheep henceforward, and
IuT« proved imntii&ctiM; : of. Geb-
bantt's 'Die 70 Hiiten dea Buehei
Henoch n. ibra DeDtnngeo' in Merx*>
Arthivf. WUtaueiiafa. ErforMiinng,
1S71, pp. 163-346. To Hofibiuui,
SnhriflbeiBtu, L 41], it doc the credit
of giving the onlj poulble mod latig-
fiotoiy explanation. Thii ex[duuitioik,
which hu been accepted by Sohftrer,
Dnunmond, WieMler, Sobodd^ Thoio-
■cm, and Deane, interprets the ibep-
heida «• angdi and not >■ men ; and
that bii interpretation b the true
one, there i» no farther room lor
doabt. For (i] the ■evantyihepherdi
^>t RmlmtpormMMuIy, and are imn-
moned tegeliar before the Lord of
the ibeep to receive their oommivlon,
Ixixiz. J9. Thii oonld not be leid
of either native or GenUie mien.
(1) The ghepherdi are appointed to
protect the iheep, Izixiz, 75, and to
allow only ■ limited portion ot them
to be deetioyed bj tb« Qen^M.
nil could not be nid of heathen
rulort. (3) Jew! and Gentilei and
their kingi aleo are alike aynibDllied
cannot iTmbalite men. If not men,
tbey are angeli. (4) In the earlier
Idatoiy God vai the tnie ehepberd
tt Inael, bot on it« ap«ba^ He
withdreir &om it and committed i(a
paaturing to ieventy of Hie angsli.
With the groining tranecendeoee of
God, Hie place wai naturally taken
by angell. (5) The angel who
record* the dinngi of the seventy
diepherdi ie dmply nuned ' another,'
Izziix. 61, in eoonexion with them,
aed to naturally beloi^ to the Mine
oategmy, (6) In the lait judgment
they are claMed with the fidl«n
angell, xe. 31-15. (7) Qod ipeekt
directly to the ihepberdi and not
through the medium of angels aa
diewhere in the book. The idea of
the aerenty ahepberda ii oied by the
anthai to eipli^n aome preaaing dilH-
cultiea in Istael'a history. So long
aa Qod wai the immediate Bhepberd
of Israel, it waa not pucHble fur
aucb calamitiea to be&ll it aa it
experienced from the captivity on-
waida. Israel, therefor^ dnring the
Utter period wai not ihepherded by
God bat by angels oomniianoned by
Him. But again, thongh Ood rightly
forsook larael and committed it to
the care of angela, thou)^, further,
Israal wM rightly pnni^ied for ita
mna, yet the author and the Jews
generally believed that they were
poolshed with nodne severity, indeed,
twofold mora gKevonsly than they
deaarved (Is. zl. 1). How waa this to
be accounted for? The answer waa
not ttr to seek. It was owing to the
fitithleosneaa with whieh the angels
diadkarged their trnaL Had they
only fulfilled their oommission, the
GentJlee could not have made havoc
of Israel and apoalate Jews only
could have been out off. Tlere may
be aome distant connezlan between
the seventy angels iiere and the
seventy guardian angela of the Oendle
nations : at. Wsber, 1G5. The theory
of the seventy ahepberda is a develop-
ment ofthe aeventy years of Jeremiah,
just as the writer of Daniel bad seeD
in Jeremiah'a aeventy yean seventy
periods, and the tbnr diviaions intu
which the aeventy she^erd) fUl coi>
raapoud to the four world empirM
in Daniel. It is idle, however, to
seek fur chronologicitl ^uctiiesa in
the fonr perioda Into which the writer
of Enoch divides all history between
the (all of Jarusalem and the Mes-
itradb, Google
244 '^^ B^^ of Enoch. [Sect. IV.
eTerytluQg Uiat I shall commiuid yon that do ye. 60. And
I will deliver them over unto you duly numbered (lit. 'by
number') and will tell you which of them are to be de-
stroyed — and those destroy ye." And He gave over unto
them those sheep. 61, And He called another and spake
unto him: "Observe and mark everything which the shep-
herds will do to those sheep ; for they will destroy more of
them than I have commanded them, 62. And every excess
and the deetruotioD which will be wrought through the shep-
herds, record, (namely,) how many they destroy according to
My command, and how m&ny according to their own caprice,
and record against every individual shepherd all the destruc-
tion he effects. 63. And read out before Me Jby number
how manyi^ey destroy, and how many they deliver over for
destruction, that I may have this as a testimony against
them, and know every deed of the shepherds, so that when
I give over to them the sheep I may see what they do.
62. For flTA^fJO- a reada S^thte. 63. How many thsy
dMtroy. So A D G L M 0. Other MSS. and Din. add ' accordiog
to their owD caprice.' They delivor over. So GM ^"STOL.
Din. ^i^T^ffO" ' are delivered unto them ' (lit. they deliver to
them). That when I give over to them the shaep I may aee.
G reftds XiDT5'a«>'. M IwoT^ffo^ fioXimffflw. The original
reading, therefore, was probably A(R'T?<'<*' 'that I may comprehend
siania kingdoro. ThsM foar periodi endi mtli the return
■re thm divided: 19 -<- 13 + ij-t- 11. tiyity under Cyrai.
No ayrtwn wliethm of Hilgenfeld, eit«nds &om Cyras to
VidknuiriOrWieaeler, which attribntea of AJeiander, 331 B, 0. The third
% like anmber of jean to each shop- extends fimn this date to the tiaiu-
h^ can airive at any bat a fiuced lerence of the inpremaoy over Iirael
«i[d>nation of theie nnmben; Aa from the Graeco - Egyptian to the
fiohOrer Temarke, ihie diviilon ia Otaeoo-Sjnrian pover. llie fonrth ex-
merely Intended to denote two ionger teDdifrDmthi*ilate,abantaooB,a.,to
period! ooming between two ihorter, the ettabliehment of the Mewiaoia
The limits of theee periodi are on kingdom. 60. Dnlj niimb«r«d.
the whole not dtEBcnlt t« determine. The nainbo' in each instanoe to be
Hie fint period begina with the destrojad was a definite one. 01.
Attacks of the heathen powera, and Another. Aixtording to zc 14, 31
ffnt that of Asi^rria on Inael, and this 'anothn' is an tvcbangel and
ilizedbyGoOglc
Sect. IV.] Chapter LXXXIX. 60-69. 245
whether or not they abide by My command which I have
commanded them. * 64. But they shall not know it, and
thou Bhalt not declare it to them, nor admonish them, but
only record against each individual in each case all the
deetniotion which the shepherds effect and lay it all before
Me." 65. And I saw till those shepherds pastured in their
season, and they b^an to slay and to destroy more than they
were bidden, and tbey delivered those sheep into the hand of
the lions, 66. And the Uons and tigers ate and devoored
the greater part of those sheep, and the wild boars ate along
with them ; and they burned that tower and demolished that
boose. 67. And I became exceedingly sorrowful over that
tower because that bouse of the sheep was demolished, and
afterwards I was osable to see if those sheep ''utered that
house. 6fi. And the shepherds and their associates de-
livered over those sheep to all the wild beasts, to devour
them, and each one of them received in his time a definite
number, and the other wrote of each one of them in a
book how many each of them destroyed. 69. And each
one slew and destroyed many more than was prescribed;
and I began to weep and lament on accoont of those sheep.
and see.' 64. Thou shalt . . . deolare. O reads rMTtCXf dv.
68. Tile other. All M88. read AhAA-. Either expange A as above,
or render ' how many each of them destroyed in a difTerent way.'
Cf. A in Asc. Is. V. 14 ; Hark xv. 38. Or take A as a corruption
of A. 69. Iiameat. 80 O M. Other M8S. add ' exceedingly.'
the ^nwdlaii angel of Isnel, and or poaiibly with a aomewhat Utw
haiMW, piobably, MichaeL 64. date, a« ths former niaj oome under
No TsmonitTance againit or loteT- tlie Kooont given in tt. 5j, 56.
fenraoe with the iheplierda was to be 66. Tbe accannt in general terma
made dnringtheirperiod of dominioD, of the deetnietioD of the northern
bat all their deeds vere to be re- and Kinthem klngdoon by tbe liona
oorded againtt the final judgment. and tigen, ie. the Aaeyriana and
etf. Into tha hand of the Uone. Cheldeuia. The wild boan: tee
The linni ajqwar to be the AuTiiani, ver. 13 (note). Cf. Obad. to-ii;
and the r^gn of the iheplierda to Eiek. xzr. la; xzxv. 5 iqi].; I*.
bc^oonteroporBneonily with the final Iziii. 1-4; Pi- csziviL ;. That
(tmggle* of the northern kingdom ; towar, and that bonae : >ee rer. 50
Digitized byCoOglc
246
■ The Book of Enoch.
[Sect. IV.
70, And thus in the vkion I eitw that scribe how he wrote down
every one thai was destroyed by those shepherds, day by day,
and carried this same entire book up to the liord of the sheep
and laid it down and showed (to Him) everything that they
had done, and all that each one of th^n had made away with,
and all that they bad given over to destruction, 71. And
the book wa£ read before the Lord of the sheep, and He took
the book from hb hand aod read it and sealed it and laid it
down. 72. And forthwith I saw how the shepherds
pastored for twelve hours, and behold three of those sheep
turned back and came and entered and began to build up all
the ruins of the house ; but the wild boars tried to hinder
them, but they were not able> 75* ^^ ^^^y began again
to build as before, and they reared up that tower, and it was
named the high tower; and they b^an again to place a
table before the tower, but all the bread on it was polluted
71. Tb» book waa read. G reads onftAkLi ^Mfl. From his
hand. SoQM. Other MSS. 'into His hand.' 72. Tunwd
back. G reads 7-fl{-. 73. Began to plaoe a table. Q reads
(note). 70. With the nuling of
the book which reoorded all the doiiiga
of th«M ghepherdi it ia implied th&t
dia fint period hai oome to > oloae.
73. At the close of tfas dwniptioD
of tbii period, the writer deBues iba
doistioD exiictly m twelve hours
long, ju>t M nt Uie cloee of the third
period deeoribed in xc 3-4 he deiiiiea
tta donkUoa in.xo. 5. Further, we
are to obHrre thU the term 'hour'
ii to be tftken in the same eeiiBe m
' time' in in. s, alnce in the iiflj-
eight timet there mentioned, the
twelve hoan are ttvated wMotij •■
' timei.' In &ct we ma; feel oertatu
that the *ariadon of eiprewion 'honr*
and ' time ' originated with tha Ethi-
i^ic tranilatoT ai rendering* of the
■ame word Sifo, Three of thoie
■beep. Twoofth«MW«reZerQbbabel
and Jodiua. If the text be coiTaot,
I see no objection to finding the thiid
in Ezra or Nehemiah, notwithstand-
ing the interval that aeparatei theie
from the farmer. The aoconnt of tJie
attempt oF the tjamaritani to prevent
the rebuilding of the temple ii as
tme of the latter a« the former, Em
Iv-t; Neh. iv-vi. In later timee
one of the two wai at time* mentioned
without the other, EooIdi. zlii. 1 1-13 J
u Haoo. ii. 13. 73, 74. The
bread waa pollnted, i.e. the offer-
ingi were uncleas: of. Ual. L 7,
' Ye offer pollnted bread Dpou mine
altar.' Theie wordi famish no ground
fur Buppocing an Baaeae antiiar of the
Dream-vision* : they are not stronger
tluu Mai. i, ii, and wonld only ez-
pt««* the Drdinar; judgment of »
fanatioal Fharisee soeh as the writer
itradb, Google
3ect.iV.] Chapters LXXXIX. ']0 — XC. i. 247
and not pare. 74. And besides all (thU) the eyes o£
these sheep were blinded so that they saw Dot, and the eyes
of their shepherds likewise ; and they were delivered in large
nnmb^s to their shepherds for destructioa, and they trampled
the sheep with their (eet and devoured them. 75. And the
Lord of the sheep remained unmoved till all the sheep were
dispersed over the field and mingled with them (i. e. ^or beaete),
and they (i.e. the ehepherds) did not save them out of the
hand of the beasts. 76. And he who WTot« tiie book
brought it up, and showed it and read it before the Lord
of the sheep, and implored Him on their account, and be-
sought Him, as he showed Him all the doings of those
shepherds, and gave testimony before Him agaiikst all the
shepherds. 77. And he took this book and laid it down
beside Him and departed.
XC. I. And I saw until that in this mutner thirty-six
KVSr. MH: ^MC: ■ . . "TXJ^. 76. Before the l^rd. So O,
OfAi A7HA. iDBtead of 010 Din. gives 10: X^LTt, which against
the order of the words he is obliged to connect with an earlier
verb : ' brought it np to the habitation of the I<ord of the sheep.'
M MLfl*. Implored Him on their aoOount, and beaou|^t
Him. Repeated in G with a slight variation. Other variationB
in M. aave testtmany. G M read ^tPH^.
XC. t. Thlrty-alx. According to MSB. it b doabtful whether
ofthii leotion on the Peniui period — thip ma condocted bj >n uAWnthj
k jadgmcnt oerfatinly jniUfiad bj ths and heitbeitiaed bienUrolij. 75.
few detul* that lorvlTa of that Inul dnued Mill farther in miaglhig
period: aae Ewald'aSutory^-'ciuI, among the heathen nittioiii. Thit !>
'.104^106. TheauthorctftheAMtunp. the beginning oT the 'diipArrioa.'
tion of Moiae— a Zealot writing aboot 77. Hen the leoond poind dawk
the beginning of the ChriiUan era — with the hll of the F«ni>n power.
Mji that the two tribe* grieved on XO. 1, Thirty-aiz. Thii muet be
their retom ' benaoae they oonld not an error of the 1133. for Ihirty-fiTe.
offer ncriBoei to the God of their The Ethiopia ie far &om bedng above
fkUMn,' It. S — the knthor therein reproach in thin roepaot. The tbiitj-
fanplfing that Uie laorifioea of the five giTee the >am of the two perioda
•eoond temple were no true nariflce* already dealt with-, i.e. 11 + 13, j<>*t
beosaee the afttioa wm nnder the an- aa In zo. 5 at the sloee of the third
premaoy of the heathet, and ita wor- period the three period* are anmnied
,tradb,G0()glc
248
The Book of Enoch.
[Sort. IV.
shepbetds audertook the pastnring oE the sheep, and they
severaUy completed their periods as did the first; and
others received them into their hand, to pasture them for
their period, each shepherd for his own period. a. And
after that I saw in the vision all the birds of heaven coming,
the eagles, the vultures, the kites, the ravens ; but the eagles
led all the birds ; and they began to devour those sheep and
to pick out thmr eyes and to devour their flesh. 3. And
the sheep cried out because their flesh was devoured by the
birds, and as I looked I lamented in my sleep over that
shepherd who pastured the sheep. 4. And Z saw until
those sheep were devoured by the dogs and eagles and kites,
and they left neitiier flesh not skin nor sinew remaining on
them till only their skeletons stood there ; their skeletons too
thirty-six or thirty-seven. 3. I looked. So G IRCfr. M gives
togetbar, I) f 13 + iJ-sS. A« fb*
flrst. Aj the twalrs had duly oom-
plfltad thrir timet, w UkewlaB did
ttw rait of tlie thirty-five. OUiera
vsoairsd them. Thete words lovk
the tnulUoii to the Gieek penod.
ThU period eitenda from tlie time
of Alexander, 333, to the establiah-
ment of the MewiBnio kingdom. It
falli into two dinatont — (lie fiiM
ccmitituted by tlie G-raaoo-Egyptian
domination otsf Palestine, 333-100,
daring which twenty-three ibepbeidi
hold Bwftjr ; and the aeoond comti-
tnted by the Gnwo-Syrian domioa-
tion over Falettine from aoo IdU the
eatablighment of the HeaiiitDic king-
dom. During the fourth divliion
twelve ihepherdi bear away. S.
The new world-power — that of the
Qreda, La. QrMCo-Egyptian and
Giatwo-Syrian — ia fltUi^y repce-
■entad by » different order of the
animal kingdom, namely, by birds of
prey. The ' eagle* ' are the Qreeki
or Mncedoniana. The ' nveni,' aa we
aea from w. 8, 9, la, are (be Syriana
under the itoleuoidae. ^e'vuldirea'
■□d ' kilei ' mua( itand for (ha
Egyptians □nderthePhdemiee. Trasea
1-4 deal with the Graeoo-Ggyptian
domination. Yet (he 'ravoia,' Le.
the Syriana, are men(ii»ied onee, and
the leaaon i» obvjoai, for Syriana
frequendy oonteated (he Egyptian
niprenuw^ over Paleitins, and In all
theae a(raggle« pBle«tJne laffovd
nverely. It waa ai Joaephna Miya,
' Uka (o ft ihip in a atoim whioh i»
tc«Md by (ha waves an both rides,'
.^nf. ziL 3. 3. S. That ahepherd.
Powbly Flolemaena J^agi who oap-
(nied Jamaalem by daoait and
traacheiy 00 a sabbath day, A.'Kt. zii.
I. I. 4, The doga. AooDrding
to Izzxii. 41, 46, 4^, theaa are the
FliiUs(ine«;cf.Eoclus.l.i6. Haither
fleeh nor akin. Front Mio. iii. a, 3.
ilizedbyGoOglt.
Sect. IV.]
ter XC. 2-6.
249
fell to the eartli and the sheep became few. 5. Aitd I saw
until that twenty-three undertook the pasturing, and they
completed in their sev»al periods fifty-eight times. 6. But
CXJk Other MSa 'I cried.' 5. Twantr-tfaree. 80 QU.
Other MSS. odd 'shepherds.' Undertook the pasturing. Oreads
S. Sm Ter. I (notfl). 6-17. The
foortil and list period of tha hekthcm
lapremacy. He beginning of (liii
)>raiDd lynchionuet with the truu-
ferenoe of (he ■nfamjuuiy over Imwl
from the OtaeoD-EgijrptiAn to the
Oiaeoo^STrimn power dboat qoo B.C.
Thoagb tbU U not itated in m iDHt;
woidi, it ii tlia odI; legitimate in-
tupreUtioD. Pot (i) tbe MuJt^ of
the three preoeding p«Hodt pointi
to this ooncliuion, ■■ each ii marked
by a like trMsftavDoe of tfae
to another. (1) Not only doe* the
uulag7 of the other p«>iod* lead to
thii oondoaion, but also every rabw-
qnent ttatement in the teit, and with
its aeoeptanee tha bvdiUonal diQ-
oultiea of interpretaiioD Taniih. (3)
Irhu period I* marked by the riie
ofthaChanil». Ae theee were alreacly
an OTganiied party (aee ver. Q note)
baftm the Maonabean riiiDg, their
fiiM ^ipearauoe mnct have been mooh
earlier and poenbly lyndironiaee with
tbe beginning of this period. (4)
There ia abeolotely no groood in the
text for making thJi period be^pq
with the reign of Antioohne ^uphanee,
ai all oritiei have done hitherto.
Tbia miaooneeption baa naturally
made a right inteipretaUon of the
■nbaeqaent detail! impoemble, and no
two critjo have been able to agree
on tiieii ezegeaia. 6. The beginning
of thii period i> marked by tbe ap-
pearanoe of a new olan or party in
IiraaL Theae were the Chaddi or
Aiideam who ezkted ai a party for
■ome time before the Maccabean
rising. Some have identified the
Cbaddi with the followen of Jndaa
Uacoabaeoe, and have traced t^nt
origin to the efbrti of that leader.
Bnt tbe eeparate mention of the
Chaaida ai diitinguislied itoxa the
immediate foUawera of Jadu, I Maoo.
iii. 13, their liiagDed organieation
already eziiting before the Maooabean
ODtbreak, al is clear from I Hace. ii.
4], iii 13, and their action generally
in lapport of Judaa, bnt at t^ea
aotnally aotagonietio to blm, t Maoc.
vil. 13, make it quite manifsat that
thie theoiy ia without fonndallon.
In faet 10 far ^m ite being tme
that Jndaa foandad this party, the
only available evidenoe goee to prove
that he wae ori^nally merely a
member of i^ a* we aball ne preaently.
Tiie Chaeidi while Brat appearing
aa the ohamfuonB of the law againat
the Hellenizing Sadduoeea ware really
the repreaentativM of advanced fonnt
of doctrine on the Haananic kingdom
and the Beaorrection. The Chadda
pceaeaned all the enthniiaam and re*
ligioni Utb of the nation, and thongb
•iMtoal children of the Scribea,
they drew wttUn thdr memberahip
the moat lealoQa of the priestly aa
well aa the non-priesUy fomilies.
Hence our author rqtrsKnta (xc 9)
the Maocabean family aa belonging
to tha Cfaaaidi aa well aa the High-
priert Oniaa III. Within thii party,
though a divenity of eaohatologioal
vlewa waa tolerated, the matt ttriot
of the law waa enfonsed,
,tradb,G0()glc
250 The Book of Enoch. [e«:t. IV.
behold lambs woe bome by those white sheep, sad they
f-€JlKf 6. Bebold. 60 QM ir. Other MSS. 1M1A 'simU.'
uid wlUi it* raqnirwiumta no political
aim wu alloweil to interfere. On
the other hftnd, any movement that
came forward u the ohampion of the
Uw natnnll; cominaiided ths >dhesioiL
of the Chadds, and so thay cast in
their lot with the Maocabeao party
— hit that only afUr much indedaion
(t Hmo. TiL 13), beoaoBO the Maoca-
bean movement put them in itrifig
with tlie high-prieit of (he time, the
legitdmata and religioae head of the
nation. By a member of thie party
the prennt Droun-vifioni vera writ-
toD. Thii ii obvloui from the doc-
trines of the Remrraotjon, the Bnal
jadgmsnt, and the kingdom of the
MeMah whioh he teach ea, but
eapedally from hii severe oriticiim
on tlie moral and ceremonial iiregn-
lariliea in the eervioeii of the uooud
temple (Izixix. 73). To remedy these
abiuea and defeat tbe schemee of
Antioohna the Chaaide were ready to
eacriBoe their lives, but all their
effiirtt ivere directed to one md only
— the re-establiihment of the Tlieo-
eraoy and the preparation for the
Uestiaido kingdom. To the writer
of the Dream-vision* all these hopes
are bound up together with the ino-
oesi of the Maooabein leader. 80
long than •■ tlie Maooabesin family
fought for these objects, so long they
carried witli tltsm tlie snpp^ of the
Chauds; but tlie moment tbey laid
hands on the high-prietthood, from
that momsut begun the alienation of
the Chaslds, whioh afterwards do-
vel<^)ed into a deadly hostility. Thia
bostilitj of tile Phwisess to H^^nnus
i« attested bj their demand that the
ktter sbonld redgn the higb-priest-
bood (Jnt. till. 10. 5), and the same
demand i* praotioally made in the
Fss. Sol. ivii. The writer who so
■evereiycritidsed the temple wonhip
under tbe UgHimalt line of high-
priests could not regard an iiUgiii-
mate holder of that oSce as the
champion of tbe Tbeocraey. On this
ground, therefore, we hold that
chapters Imiii-xc most have been
written before Jonathan*! assomption
ofthehigh-priestliaod, 153 S.O. Tliis
in itself nutke* it imposdble to
identify the ' great horn ' wiUi Byr-
canos — so Din., SohDrtf, and others,
or with Alei. Jannaeus — bo Hilgen-
feld, and we shall find that the
natoral and nnforoed interpretation
of the tait will confirm the oonoludaQ
we have thns arrived aL 6, T.
Lambs wars borne hj thos« whlt«
■heep. The ' white sheep ' are tbe
fkithfnl adherents of the Theocsaoy :
the ' lambs ' are the Chadds, a new
and diitinot party amongst the Jews,
as we have above seen. BchOrer
thinks that it is only 'stnbbwn
prejudice whicb oan prevent any one
from seeing Hiat by the symbolism
of the lambs the Maooabee* ate to
be nnderstood.' It aeem^ on the
other hand, to be only ' stabbom
prejudioe' that can hold to such a
viaw if the text is interpreted
natarally. Bj taking the lambs in
TOT. 6 to symbolise the Ghasids, every
diffleulty is removed. In w, 6, 7 we
have the unavailing appeals of the
Cha^ds to the nation at large : in
ver. 8 the dettnotion of one of thani,
Onlas III, by the Syrians; and in
v«r. g the rise of t^a Uaooabees —
the honied or powerful Lunha. IF
with Schflrer the lambs in ver. 6
rbat Is to be
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
Sect. IV.]
'.er XC. 7-9.
251
b^an to open their eyes and to see, and to cry to the Bheep.
7. But the sheep did not cry to them and did not hear what
they said to them, bat were exceedingly deaf, and their eyes
were exceedingly and forcibly blinded. 8. And I saw in
the vision how the ravens flew upon those lambs and took
one of those lambs, and dashed the sheep in pieces and
devoured them. 9. And I saw till horns grew upon those
lambs, and the ravens cast down their horns ; and I saw till
a great horn of one of those sheep branched forth, and their
7. Forcibly. GMttA-. 8- One of those. Q reads XyMt^i
AHfr and dnplicHtes this clanse. 9. Of oit». So O A D- ^^■
Iliads of the homed Umb* in var. 9 1
Moreover, tboogh the lamb* or
Chuida did 'ppeeJ in yain to the
tution, the Hacobeei did not. 8.
The SjTiNiB mttuk bnel »nd pot
OqIm m iA death, 171 B.a.: «ee
n Maoo. ii. 33-35. We are rtUl in
the pre - Muokheka parjod. We
■hoold, p«rhap», have eipeoted Onlu
in to be (jmboliiad b; a white
■lleep rather than by a luab. The
writer m»j have ^ne back for a
moment to the tjnibolio ineaning of
thi« tern in liziiz. 45 ; bat it Ii
more Ifkely that it ii mod looaelj ai
indading Oniae amonf[ the Charidt.
In any oaae It cannot be interpreted
of Jonatlian who was chief of the
naUnn, and would have been iTmbol.
lied by a honed Iamb or a ram ;
nor oould it pouibly be uid, at In
ver. g, that the lamba did not beoonw
homed ^1 after the death of Jonatliaa.
e. The homed tamba, aa we hnve
Men, mart be the Maoeabaea, and in
(he 'great hi«n' it a impoadble to
find any other than Jndaa Maoc*-
baens. So LUcke and Sohodda; but
tbrir interpretation oonld not be up-
hald against the objeotiou tliat the
period Arom Antiochna Bpiphanes to
Jndaa Maoaabaent ia far too abort
for the rale of the twelve laat (hep-
hccdi. Sohodde indeed triea to ahow
that the 'great horn' oomae early
in thia period, and that it ia not
tbe ■ great hom ' bot the Heaeianio
kingdom whioh forma the fanmnvf
ad quem. Bnt the text ia againat
him. The 'great hom' ia atill war-
ring in ver. 16, and the period of the
twelve ahepherdi' mie ia doaed in
Tor. 17. But thia objectioii doaa not
hold Bgainat the tme oonoeption of
the period, which datea ita beginniog
abont 900 B.C. Thoa nearly Ibrty
yean of thia period would have
elapaed before ihe writing of thaae
chapter! Ixxxiii-io; for thife aeotjoa
miut have been written beibi« the
death of Jnda^ 160 B. 0. The aothor,
therefore, mnat have expaoted the
Heaaianic kingdom to appear within
twenty yean or more. Thia would
allow anffloient time for the mle of
tha twelve abepherda, and alao admit
of the ' great hom ' being repreaented
■a warring UU Qod Interpoaee in
parson and establiahea the kingdom.
The interpretation of Din., Kiiatlin,
Sohfirar, and othen, which takea the
' great horn ' to lymboliie John Hyr-
eanua, doaa violsnoa to the text, and
nuNtta with Ute inanperable objection
,tradb,G0()glc
252
The Book of Enoch.
[Swt. IV.
eyes were opened. 10. And it looked at them and their
eyes opened, and it cried to the sheep and the rams saw it
and all ran to it. 1 1, And notwithstanding all this, those
eagles and vnltures and rav^s and kites still kept tearing the
sheep and swooping down upon them and devonring them :
still the sheep took no action, but the rams lamented and
cried out. 12. And those ravens fought and battled with
it and sought to destroy his horn, but they had no power
over it. 13. And I saw them till the shepherds and eagles
and those vultures and kites came, and they cried to the
ravens that they shotdd break the horn of that ram, and
they battled and fought with it, and it battled with them
omits A. QH ELdd (DCXf; AO/YttPov. 10. It looked at
them. Better take CXC as Cfy\, and translate ' it pastured with
them ' or 'pastured them.' It cried. G I N ' they cried,' 11.
notwithBtaxLding aU this. Better than Dln.'s 'wahreod alle
dem.' Kites. Wanting in G. 13. rought. Q reads ^^JS^A^
thftt Umi there would not ba even
the fkinteat refersnoe to Jnda^ the
gre>ta«t of all the MumbM*. 10.
The ejM of the iheep are opeoed
through the eSbrti of Jadaa Maoon-
b«a>. Banu. 80 I have rBUdersd
dlMUt here and in the next vene
in aooordanee with Dln.'B latest
Tiewi : lee Lex. ool. i loi. The word
rendond 'nun* in Ixzxix. 41-44 1*
qmte % different one, and haa a
teohnieal meaning not found in thit
word. 11, la. BaglM Kid vql-
tnre* and . . . Utaa, In the Sjiian
ancie* mercenariea were enrolled
from the Greek and oth«t nntioni:
ef. t Haoo. t. 39 ; ti, 19. Syria umi
evei7 effiirt agahut Joilaa but in run.
la. It would leem that (he nw of
■ome of the lymbola ii not ataadj.
The 'mlturea' and the 'kitea* in rer.
a ouut mean the Gmeoc^Egyptiaiis;
bat In tMa vmm and ia ver. 11 it it
doDbtfol who are to be nndentood
by thew. We hare already obearved
that the writer oaea the lame bnite
Bymbol for different nationi, i. e. the
wild boan tepteient the Edomtte*
in lixxii. 66, bnt the Samaritana dx
venea later: see ^lo ver. 16 (note).
There may be a freah ohaoge of
■ymboU here, and the Taltoree and
kitea may atand for Amman and
Bdom : ol i Mtwo. v. The atioggle
here di;{»cted ia a lifo and death one,
and neither of HTtoaniu' wan agiinrt
Antioohua Kdetiaand Antiochaa Cyzl-
I can fikirly be deecribed a* laoh.
Tlie latter, mtireover, waa conducted
by Hjroanni' aons while Hyrcamia
himaelf wu qaietiy diaoharging hia
prieatly datiea In Jenualem ; while
the former oooairing daring the fint
year of Hyrcanna could not be re-
ferred to la Yr. II, 13, as rer. II
deaOt with the fint attaokii of the
n,:i,izo..,'CoOc^lc
Sect IV.]
Chapter XC. 10-17.
253
and cried tiiat his encconr should come unto him. 14. And
I saw till that man who wrote down the names of the shep-
herds and oarried (them) up mito the presence of the Lord of
the sheep came, and he helped that ram and showed it every-
thing, that be bad come down to help it. [15. And I saw
till that Lord of the sheep came to them in wrath, and all
who saw Him fled, and all caet themselves into the darkness
from before His face.] ilS. All the eagles and vultures and
ravens and kit«s assembled together and brought with them
all the sheep of the field, and they all came together, and
helped each other to break that horn of the ram. 1 7. And
I saw that man who wrote the book according to the com-
Wltb It. G reads 'with them.' 14. Helpod. G adds
lDh£r^ 'helped and saved.' H» bad coma down to help It.
So G, reading MJl:M?. Din. 'that his help had come." 15.
Cast tbeniBelvea Into tli« darkneaa from befbia Hla fitca. Din.,
' fielen in Eeinem Scbatten vor selnem Angesicht.' 16. BrouglLt
witb them aU the aheep at the field. G reads aafiJ^ . . . \ttln
A070 'a!I the eheep . . . went with them.' 17. Who wrote.
Q reads tl(n>: f-^ib^. According to the oommand of the
heKthen on the ■ gnat hum.' Oriad
that hla auoooni •boold oodm
unto him: of. i Maoo. Tii. 41, 41 ;
llMaoc. zv.Saqq. U. Bam. The
wune vord that is naed in tt. 10, 1 1.
U. I feel ooDvinoed Ukat thii tbtim
is an inttfpalation, and that ver. ig
■hodid be jnierted before v«r. 16, as
the dcatniation of the Oentile* in ver.
19 IkM alr«ad; be«D oooiammatsd in
Ter. 18. Vm.tf leema to be modelled
OD y«i, 18. This twofold apifsaranoe
of God ii nncallad for, and only the
•eoond appeaianoe Is ofiiyctiiaL The
help that ia pnymiaed in ver. 14 ia
deaoribed in tst. 19 as the sword,
which is givm to Iinwl fiir the
destraetionoftheOentilBS. Weshould
omit vsr. ij and insert tot. 19 before
Ter. 16 in onr interpralation. 18.
^le period of the awurd hsre has a
natvmal rigniflouioe : Tsnwl aveoget
itself on its boathen opfffeasora. In
loi. 19, on tlie other hand, the period
of the Sword haa an tthieal and Tin-
diotive lignifioince: Israd dettr^
the anrighteoos and those who have
oppressed it. In thia Terse we pass
oTsr Into the fature. IS. The fint
great Mesifaiua Tictories of Israel are
the signal for the final Msanlt of
all tlie 0«ntiles combined with the
apostate Jews (I. e. the shesp of the
Gsld) against Lrael. Israel is slill
led by Jadas, the great horn. Here,
agun, there is a loose as* of symbols :
the eaglos, raTcnn, vultares, and kites
represent all the hostile heathen
nations In their Uwt Gog and Magog
stru^le against Israd. 17. Th«
Ibotth period of twelTC shsphtrds is
now at an end, aad the period of
Digitized by GOO^^IC
25+ The Book of Eitock. [Swt. iv.
mand of the Lord, till he opened that book coDcerning the
deetniction which thoee twelve last shepherds had wroa^t
and showed, that they had destroyed much more than their
predecesBors, before the Lord of the sheep. i8. And I saw
till the Lord o£ the sheep came onto tbem and took the staff
of His wrath into His hand and smote the earth so that it
was rent asunder, and all the beasts and the birds of the heaven
fell away from the sheep, and sank in the earth and it closed
over them. 19. And I eaw till a great sword was given to
the sheep and the sheep proceeded against all the beasts of
the field \a slay them, and all the beasts and the birds of the
heaven fled before their face. 20. And I saw till a throne
was erected in the pleasant land and the Lord of the sheep
sat Himself thereon, and that other took the sealed books and
Iiord, till he opened tbat book ooneeraing tlie destruotlon.
reads: 0^^ XTtU-OrfbCi ^fl(n>: t^trfii t&tix X7liX: Om-Xl^i
A{H^. Deatroyad much mora than their predeosssora,
before the Iiord of the sheep. And I saw till the Iiord of the
sheep aam.e unto them. Q makes ' before * an adverb, and reads
(D iminedistely after it, omitting the tD before CJUh ^ua making
'the Lord of the eheep' subject of the next sentence. Next, for
flWffB'i h7)LA: Aa70 it raads Iturin^: AX(170. Thos it gives,
'destroyed much more than their predeceeeors formerly. And
1 saw nntil the Lord of the sheep came to the sheep.' 18. Of
Hiswrath. 80 BCDFGH ILH NO. A E, which Din. follows,
give 'of wrath.' It olosad over them. Q reads lt,fi?aB^
JEfUPtnx. It,. All the beasts. So AEFQHILMNO. Din.
' those beastB.' 20. I aaw. Wanting in G. Thereon. reads
^tmPdD*, That other took the sealed books. I have emended
the text here, readiog 1|AX instead of \ttt. This teems necessary,
as otherwise the writer would say— ' the Lord of the sheep opened
judgment hu arrived. IS. God land: cf. Itt«It. ^o, !. c Palaatine.
Himself (leBtTOTS the lut eaeniiM of C£ Dan. xi l6, 41, 45. Ood'i -Uirona
Inrnd ti^Bt the mBiiner of Koi*h ud ii set np in the iounediftte uvighboor-
Iiii fotlawen, Num.zvi. 31 iqi). Tbii hood of Jaraulam (of. ver. 16), tbe
ia the fint act of the GukI jadgment ; boolu ire opened u in Dan. vii, 10 ;
bat the rem&iniiig acta ue of » «ee ilvii. 3 (note). The Moaikli doee
foToniic naturi). 20. The pleaunt not appear Ull sfter the judgnuot
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect. IV.] Chapter XC. \S-2^. 255
opened them before the Lord of the sheep. 21. And the
Lord called those aeven first white ones and commaDded that
they should bring before HldIj be^nning with the first star
which led the way, all the stars whose privy members were like
those of horses, and they brought them all before Him. 32.
And He spake to that man who wrote before Him who was
one of the seven white ones, and said unto him : " Take those
seventy shepherds to whom I delivered the sheep, and who
taking them on their own aathority slew more than I com-
manded them." 23. And behold they were all bonnd, I
saw, and they all stood before Hiql 24. And the jndg-
the sealed books before tlie Lord of the sheep.' Further, the
Lord of the sheep does uot Himself read the books. Cf. Ixxsix.
71, 72, 76, 77 ; zc. 14, 17. Din. ' He took a]l the sealed books.'
21. Seven. O MIk. U has a conflate reading, but supports
the test. This verse is most corrupt, and requires emendutioii.
First of all I have accepted Dln.'s correction of Xy"li Mlfr into
AH'ft'. Next, from G we see that confusion is introduced
through the repetition of a clause. This repetition is concealed
through variations in the later MSS., but it is clear m O. Thus
the clause ' the fin,t star which led the way ' appears the secoud
time in later MSS. as ' the first star which fell first,' bnt iu Q
as 'the first star which went before,' i. e. led the way, HiDAfti
f JSm instead of Hai:^^ ^£:o^. I have accordingly omitted
this clause on its secood occurrence as an interpolation. In the
earlier part of the verse I have followed Uln., t9^Ki ^JS^^O-i
Xy"Wlfa against Q f^TtA-i AMl-fl. as. Beron vrtiite ones.
'Seven' wanting in Q. Doubtful whether 'six' or 'seven' in M.
Beven^. Wanting in 0. On tbelr own authority sleiv more than
I commanded them. G gives unintelligibly +t'(h fllW! W'rt:
httimtimao: M ^ft-j -nH^fc Xo^TF: HAHHin*'. 23. CA.tK
totO'*' aud the second H-AW are wanting in O, which therefore
in Ixziiii-ia. 31. SovMi fltat Oe PraJter, pp. )8i, 38), 313-327,
whlM onM. Thii ordn of aer^n 334-337; 8cb«nXel's£ib«2.X«i.imd«t
arcbasgeli is derived from the ZoroM- Ekokl. Star: tea Iiiivi-lxiiviii.
tri>n Aimhaipanda. They ire ipokea 33. The leTenty anjielB who had
of in Tobil liL i; : of. Rev. i. 4; iv. ehaige of Imel are judged along
Giviii. 1,6. 8e« Cheyne, Or4<" V* *■*!■ I'lo ^'^d watchen. M.
ilizedbyGoOC^Ic
256 The Book of Enoch. [s«t. rv.
ment was held first over the stats, and they were judged and
found guilty and went to the place of coDdemnation, and they
were cast into an abyes, full of fire and flaming, and full
of pillars of fire. 25. And those serenty shepherds were
judged and found guilty, and likewise cast into that fiery
abyss. 36. And I saw at that time how a like abyss was
opened in the midst of the earth, fall of fire, and those
blinded sheep were hrong-ht, and they were all judged and
found guilty and cast into that fiery abyss, and they bonied :
now this abyss was to the right of that house. 27. And
I saw those sheep burning and their bones burning. 38.
And I stood up to see till He folded up that old house ; and
all the pillars were taken away, and all the beams and
omamente of the house were folded up with it, and it was
taken off and laid in a jJace in the south of the land, 29.
And I saw the Lord of the sheep till he brought a new bouse
greater and loftier than that first, and set it up in the place
of the first which had been folded up : all its pillars were new,
and its ornaments were new and larger than those of the first
one which He had taken away, and the Lord of the sheep was
runs, 'and behold they were all bound before Him.' 34. Flaming,
and full of pillarB of fire. Q omita ID^^X ' flaming with pillars
of fire.' 96- Seventr. GM MlX. 26. FoU of Are.
a reads \i9'S:t instead of HfM. Hary abyw. G L give
OffB^. 28. Folded up: reading («W" for tn^f according
to.Dhi.'s oonjeoture. M reads tATon, N mtoy. In a place.
G reads flffa^i flOvU. 29. The flrat one. So G. Other
USS. ' the first old one.' I'he Iiord of the sheep was within.
An abyia fuU or Are : cfxtiii.ii; 14; En. zlnli. 9 (note). SB,3e.
zii; TIL 7-10. SS. The Aepherdi T)ie removnl of the old Jeraulem
are out into the lune Rbfu : of. liv. and the Betting up of the Ksw Jern-
6 (note). SS. The apostatei ■!« wlem. Thii expectation Ii detlTed
cast into Gehenna. In tlie midat from O.T. prophecy : Eiek. zl-zlviii ;
of the earth: cf. zit]. i. To the Ii. Uv. 11, la ; Iz; Ua^- ii. 7-9 ;
lisht of that hmia*, Le. to the Zeeh. H. 6-13. The idea irf a new
Kiuth of Jemialem. S7. The Jernialem ooming down turn heaven
apoetatei were pnnjahed in view of wai a *»"'*'"' one in Jewish Apo-
the bleMed in JenualMn: of. le.lzvL oaljpeea: of. ivEaavU. aC; iiU.3$;
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect. IV.] Chapter XC. 25-34. 257
within it. 50. And I saw all the sheep which had beem
left, Mid sU the beasts on the earth, and all the hiids of the
heavra, falling down and doing homage to tlioee sheep and
making petition to and obeying them in eveiy word. 31.
And thereafter those three who were clothed in white, who
bad taken me up before, seized me hj my hand, and the hand
of that tarn seizing hold of me, they took me np and set me
down in the midst of those sheep before the judgment took
place. 33. And those sheep were all white and their wool
was abundant and clean. 33. And all that had been
destroyed and dispersed and all the beasts of the field and all
the birds of the heaven asaembled in that house, and the Lord
of the sheep rejoiced with great joy because they were all
good and had returned to His honse. 34. And I saw till
they laid down that sword which had been given to the sheep,
and they Inoaght it bai^ into His house, and it was sealed
SoBEFHMN. GILO and Din. ' all the sheep were within.'
30. Uaklng petition to and oberlng tham. O omits 'and
obeying them.' 31. And thereaftar those three. O reads
(DX^^nfm-. For MtM. 6 reads ^HL, and for MCM. O reads
X0C7. 33- AH that had been. 'That' wonting in Q. 34.
Apoc. Bar. xuii. 3; S«v. ui. i, 10. jndgioaiit took piMM. Ttieme woidi
30. The ooDvenion of the Gontilai — ore moet oonfiudiig. If the; an
of thou who took DO part in the op- genniae, it ii hard to rettora them
pnaaloD of laiael ; tar the ra*t were to their pUoe wtiitnoUirily. 83.
d«etovjed in Ter. iS — and their spon- The righteoumen of the memben of
tuieooi sebmiuion to Icnal : of. Ii. tiie kingdom ii expreawd \>j tlie
itv. 1 ; ixvi II, 19-11, and parallel whitenaw and eleanlineea of Uie too!
paMagea. later Judaism almost imi- of the ihaep ; and the large meainre
Temllj denied even this hope to the of thur righteouBuen bj the abund-
GttllUea: of. Weber, L. d. T. 364- aaoeof the wool: of. le. i. 16; iv, 3;
3^> 376. 31. ThOM three who Ix. ii. SS. The righteooi dead
were olothed In white : eee Ixxxvii. will riae to ibaTe in the kingdun :
1,3. Thetrtus. Same word a* need of 11 i (note). Likewiee the die-
hi VT. 10, II. Thie ram ia the iheep praied of Imel will be gathered
•aved in Izziix. ji from id enetniea into it: of, Mio. ir. 6, 7. Bejoioed:
and Iwon^t np to live with Enoch, ef. Ii. Izii. 3-5 ; Izv. 19. 84. The
Fanuhae la onl; the temporary abode iword wherewith Israel had eruihed
of Enodi and Elijah. BeEote the itt enKoie* Maled and preaerved aa a
ilizedbyGoOglc
258
The Book of Enoch.
[Sect IT.
before the presence of the Lord, and all the Bheep were inTit«d
into that hooee, but it held them not. 35. And the eyes of
them all were opened to see the good, and there was not one
amongst them that did not see. 36. And I eaw that that
hoDse was hu^ and broad and very fall, 37. And I saw
that a whit« btdl was bom, with lai^ horns, and all the
beasts of the field and all the birds of the air feared him and
made petition to him all the time. 38. And I saw till all their .
(difierent) kinds were transformed, and they all became white
oxen ; and the first among them became the buffalo, and that
War* Invited. So O IIUiKh. Other U8S. tOXm, ' they were
enclosed.' 35. Q reads ts^KS-tAi OPHAittvo'. 38. Tbe fixat
amoDC them tMoame tlie bufblo: ^Xcra: W^iCt\tea»\ M; Ylt.
Here aa Din. soggeetB tbe Hebrew was Df!^. 'Goa the Qreek
translator transliterated ioto pi\^, which was in torn taken by the
Ethiopic tranelatoT for ^qpi. Hence the f7C of the text, and the
memorikl. It htfd tham not : of.
Ii. xlix. 19-11; Zeoh. ii 4; I. 10.
87. K whit« bull, i. e. the Hnnah.
We have here die Messiah coming
forth frrai the bewa of the com-
unnit;. He is a maa cmlj. bnt jet
n glorified man ; for he U described
MairhiteballtomaTk his superiority
to the rest of the eommnnity of the
righteou* who are symbolised b;
sheep. 6a &r as he i« ft man only,
he may be regarded aa the pro^etio
Messiah as opposed to the kpocalyplio
of the Similitodee i and jet he is not
really the prophelic Messiah ; &>r he
has abstJntelj no f anoUoo to perform,
M he does not ^>pear tiU the world's
bktoij Is finally doeed. Aooordingly
his preaenoe here most ba accounled
for tbroogh literacy reminisoenoe, and
the Measiah-hope mast be r^uded
as piaolioalty dead at this period.
Hie naUon, in fact, felt no need of
anch % penonalitj >o long as they
bad such • chief sa Judas. It was
very diffoent, however, ia the follow-
ing centnij, when the fondest en-
thosiast Dould no longer look to the
Asmonsans, and the hel|deis degrada-
tion of thU dynaatj loroed religions
thinlimi to give their hopes and
•epilations a different direation. Of
these, some letuined to a &eih study
of the O.T. and revived the hopea
of tbe Mensianie Son of David •■
in the Pis. of Salomon (70-40 B. o.) :
othcn Mlowed the bold and origiud
thinker who ooneeived tbe Mesdah
as Uie sapematural San of Man, who,
poasessiiig divine attribntee, should
give to every man his due and vindi-
cate the snUre earth for the pos-
session of the righteoiu : to in the
Similitodes (94-70 B. 0.}. a& All
the memben of the kingdom are
transformed ; tiie white bull ({. e.
the Messiah) into a great animal,
and the sheep, beaeta, and birds into
wlute oien. llius mankind is resUmd
to the primitive righteousness <rf
Eden, i. e. Adam was symbullied by
> white bull. The bnSklo: see
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
fi«t. IV.]
Chapter XC. 35-42.
259
bu&lo became a great animal, and had great black horns on its
head ; and the Lord of the sheep rejoiced over them and over all
the oxen. 39. And I slept in their midst : then I awoke and
saw ererything. 40. This is the vision which I saw while
I slept, and I awoke and blessed the Ix>nl of righteoasness
and gave Him glory. 41. Then I fell into a great fit of
weeping and my tears stayed not till I coald no longer en-
dare it: when I looked, they flowed on aocotmt of what
I saw ; for everything vill come and be fulfilled, and all the
deeds of men in their order were shown to me. 42. And
in that night I remembered my first dream : on its account
also I wept and was overcome, because I had seen that
misleadiDg tnuiBlatioii ' the first among them was the worJ.'
Some critics have imagined this to be a Chrietian interpolation
referring to the ti6yot, but it is ^A and never I7C which is used
to tnuislate the word \iyot. The LXX. renders Dtn by furiittpat
and Ethiopic hy Mt^ 4Ct^ The Iiord of the sheep. Q has
the pecnUar reading aop^H; AOfX ='the fatted sheep.' 41.
After when I looked G ioBerta Afloo; Xfr 'till I conld no longer
endure it, when I looked ; for they Sowed,' &c.
Crit. Nota. Hioajjh nothing ii aud
u to the dunttioD of the life of the
btdividoal inthii teolMO, the liii[)lio»-
tion ii Out it ii oteniaL If Enoch
and Elijah we truMferred to the
Heniamo Unploin from Paiadiie,
•nrely it is only rsMonaUe lo oon-
dude that the new form of GziBtenoe
ig BD eternal one j for thiB new form
that enjoyed by Enoch and Elijah
in Paradlie. In Paradiie Elijah vai
■jmbollzed I37 a rata, bnt in the
Meaianie blngdam by a bull. 40.
CC nil. 14. 41, 42. Enoch weept
becaiue of the voea that <hi«aten
mankind in hii two vinona.
D,tradb,G(10glc
SECTION V.
(CHATTKKS ZCI-CIV.)
INTRODUCTION.
A. Critiedt Structure. B. Stlativn of zci-ctr (o (a) i-xxxvi ;
(6) Ixxxiii-xc. C. Atithonhip atid Daie. D. Tke Problem
OTtd its Solvlitm.
A. Critioal Stmotnie. This eectian may be regarded as eom|dete
in the main and eelf-conaistent. It has in some degree suffered at
the hands of the final editor of the book, both in the way of direct
interpolation and of severe dislocationB of the text. The interpola-
tions are— zoi. ii ; xciii, 11—14; xctI. a. The dislocations of the
text are a more important featnre of the book. They are confined
(with the exception of cri. 17", which should be read immediately
after cvi. 14) to xci-xciii All critics are agreed as to the chief of
these, xci. iz-17 should undoubtedly be read directly after xciti.
In xciii we have an account of the fint seven weeks of the ten into
which the world's history is divided, and in xci. 13-17 "'* ^^
last three weeks. But this in far from a fiill acooimt of th«
matter. The remaining dislocations only need to be pointed out
in order to be acknowledged. On other grounds (pp. 360-363) *e
find that xci-civ is a book of different authorship to the rest
of the sections. Now this being so, this section obviously begins
with zcii — 'vritten by Enoch the scribe,' &c. On xcU follows
xci. i-io as a natoral seqnel, where Enoch sonunons his children
to receive his parting words. Then comes the Apocalypse of
Weeks, xciii. i-io; xci. 13-17. ^- '^i '9 f'^'*"^ ^ natural
transition from xci. 12-17 to xciv. The original order of the
text, therefore, was: xcii; xci. i-io; xdii. i-io; xci. 13-19;
xciv. These dislocations were the work of the editor, who put
the different books of Enoch tt^^ether and added Ixxx and Ixxxi.
B. (a) Belation of xo1-o1t to i-xzxvl. Do these sections
proceed firom the same author 1 or if not, of what natuie is the
ilizedbyGoOglt.
Introduction. 36j
manifeBt relaiioik between them 1 Let na proceed to weif^ the
evidenee od the former question. At first mght, the evidence
for unity of authorship seema overwhelming, (i) The phnse
'ye will have no peace' is found in xci-^iv and in i-zxsvi, and in
tbeae Bectioue only — xdv.6; xoviii. ii, t6; xcix.13; ci- 3; eii.3;
ciii. 8 ; i. 8 ; v. 4 ; xii. 5 ; xiii. i ; xvi. 4. ' Plant of righteouS'
nesB,' xciii. a, S, 10; x. 16. (3) Titles of Ood in common. 'The
Holy and Great Ooe,' xcil. 3 ; xcviL 6 ; xcviii. 6 ; civ, 9 ; x. i ;
xiv. I ; XXV. 3. ' The Great One,' ciii. 4 ; oiv. i ; xiv. 3. ' The
Great Glory,' cii. 3; xiv. 30. (3) References in each to the
Law, zcix. 3; V. 4: to the eating of blood, zcviii. 11; vii. 5:
to the regularity of nature, ci. 1-7 ; ii. i-v. 4 : to the hardhearted-
ne« of men, xoviiL 11; v. 4. (4) No hint of a Uesaiah in either.
(5) The division 1^ human history io the Apocalypse of Weeks into
ten weeks, each ai^wiently of seven generations, seems to agree
with X. 13, where a period of seventy generations is given. (6)
The dato of the final judgment over the Watchers in xci. 15
at the close of the tenth week seems to agree with the dato
assigned to it in x. is, i.e. at the end of seventy generations.
(7) In hoth the resurrection is taught, xci. 10; xcii,3; c.5; xxii.
(8) In both tlie scene of the Uessianio kingdom is the earth
OS it is.
There are thus many pointo of connexion, but as we proceed
we shall see that these are mainly extomal. The points of
divergence, on the other hand, are far more serious because
intomal. (i) In the first place, the last four points of agreenient
mentioned above are apparent, but not reaL The seventh day
of the tenth week in xci 15 m&rks tA« dow 0/ l&e MtadcMie
kingdom, which be£[&n in the eighth week: whereas the seventy
generations in x. 13 tenninato with the ulatli^uneiU of ttu
Mesnanie kingdom, "Sfsc do tiiese periods start irom the same
dato ; the Apocalypse of Weeks reokuus &oin the creation of
Adam : the seventy generations from the judgment of the angels.
(3) The final judgment in xci, ig is held at the close of the
UeBsianic kingdom, bnt in x. I3, zvL i, before its eetablishment.
(3) Whereas the reHorreotion implied in xxii is only a reeusdtation
to a tamporary blessedness, v. 9, x. 17, xxv. 6, the resurrection
in xci-oiv is not to the temporary Messianic kingdom spoken
of in xci. 13, 14, xcvi. 8, but to one of eternal blessedness sub-
sequent to the final judgment. For, from c. 4, g we see that the
righteous do not rise tUl God has judged sinners and an end has
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
262 The Book of Enoch. [Sect, v.
been made of ttU sin. Thus the resurrection of the righteous
in zci-civ follows the final judgment at the dose of the temporary
Meeuanic kingdom in xci-«iv. Farther evidence to this effect
ia to be found in xcii. 3, 4, where the rightecas are said to ' walk
in eternal light ' : in civ. 6, where they are to become ' companions
of the heavenly hosts': in civ. 2, where they are to 'shine as -
the stars,' and have 'the portals of heaven open to them.' These
statements could not possibly apply to the members of the tem-
porary Messianic kingdom. (4) There is only a resarreotion
of the righteons in xci-civ : cf. xci. i O ; xcii. 3 ; c. 5 : whereas in
xxii a general reenrreotlon with the exception of one class of
sinners is taoght. (5) There is no resurrection of the body in
xci-civ : there is a resurrection of the body in i-xxxvi. (6) Con-
trast the spiritual nature of the kingdom in xci-civ with the
crass materialism of i— xxxvi, where much of the bliss conusts
in good eating and drinking and the begetting of lai^ families,
and life itself depends on the external eating of the tree of life.
(7) Finally, contrast the answers given by i-xxxvi and xci-civ to the
question ' why do the righteous suffer )' See pP'5ti, 57; 364, 365.
The lines of thought, then, being so divergent in these two
sections, there is no conclusion open to ns other than tiiat they
proceed from different authors; whereas the obvious points of
agreement necessitate the assumption that one of the two authors
had the work of the other before him, and we need feel no hesita-
tion in concluding that the author of xci-«iv had i-xxxvi or some
form of this section before him — some form of this section we
repeat, for it is at the best fragmentary.
B. (&) BeUtion of xel-olT to IxxxlfJ-^o. There are some
points of resemblaace between these sections, (i) Elijah's trans-
lation referred to, xciii. 8; Ixxilx. 53. Qod rejoices over the
destruction of the wicked, xciv. lo; Ixxxix. 58. (3) Titles of
Ood in common : 'The Great King,' xci. 13, Ixxxiv. 5 ; 'the Holy
and Great One,' zcti. 3 (note), Ixxxiv. i.
But these and other superficial points of resemblance are far
outweighed by the divergent lines of thought porsaed in the two
sections, which render the theory of one and undivided authorship
impossible. We should observe then, that— (i) the Ueseianio
kingdom is finite in duration in xci-civ, i.e. from the eighth
to the tenth world-week inclusive ; wheraas in Ixxxiii— xc it ia
eternal. In xd-eiv the final judgment takes place at the close
of the Messianic kingdom: in Ixxxiii-xo it is consummated at
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect, v.] Introduction. . 263
the beginning of the Ueesumic kingdom, (a) There is a resur-
rection of the righteous only in xci-civ; hut in Ixxziii-xc a
resnrrection of apostate JewB also. (3) Ulie period of the sword
is differently dated and conceived in the two sections. lu xin-cir
it is separated from the final judgment by the whole period of
the MeBsianic kingdom, see zci. la : in Ixxziii-xc it immediately
precedes the final judgment, see xo. 19: in xci-civ it is ethical
and vindictive — the destruction of the wicked by the righteous ;
in Ixzxiii-xc it is national and vindictive — the destruction of the
hostile Gentiles by the Jews. (4) The building of the Temple
precedes the final judgment in xci-civ : in Ixxxiii-xc it is subse-
quent to the final judgment. (5) The scene of the Uetwianic
kingdom in xci— dv is apparently heaven; for in xci. 14—16 the
former heaven and earth are destroyed and a new heaven created,
but no new earth, and in civ. a heaven ia thrown open to the
righteous.
We must therefore conclude that xci-civ and Ixxxiii-xc proceed
from different authors, and this concluuon is confirmed when we
observe the forcible dislocations that zd-civ have undergone at the
hands of the final editor. This section taken in the following
order, xcii; xci. i-io; xdii. i~io; xci. ia-19; xciv (see
p. a6o) forms a complete book in itself and presents a worid-
view peculiarly its own. Why then was the original order de-
parted from, unless in order to adapt it to a new context 1 On all
sides, then, the condusion is irresistible that xci-civ once formed
an indepeiMlent writing : that it was afterwards incorporated into
a latter work, and underwent its present dersngements in the
process of incorporation.
O. Tbe Authorahip and Sate. The author belongs to a
clearly defined party. That this party is the FhariBees is obvious ;
for it is exdnsive in an extreme degree, xcvii. 4 ; it is an upholder
of die law .against an apostate hellenizing party, xcix. a, 14; it
looks forward to a temporal triumph over its opponents, zci. la,
&c.; it believes iu a final judgment and resurrection of the
righteous, xci. 10, xcii. 3, and in Sheol as the place of eternal
punishment for the wicked, xcix. 1 1, oiii. 7, 8.
The enemies of this party are rich and trust in their riches,
xovi 4, xcviL 8-10, zcviii. a: they oppress and rob the poor
of thdr wages, xcix. 13: they have forsaken the law, xcix. 2,
fitlsified the O.T. writings, and led men astray through their
heathen doctrines, xdv. 5, civ. 10: they are given up to super-
ilizedbyGoOglc
264 The Book of Enoch. [Sect v.
station and idoUUzy, xdx. 7-9: they hold that Qod does not
concern HimBsIf with the doingi of men, zcriiL 6, 1, oiv. 7, (uid
that life ceaeea with the grare, cii. 11. As the former part; are
dengnated aa the 'children of heaven,' ci. i, theBe are called the
' children of earth,' 0. 6, cit. 3.
The date of thia clearly defined and developed oppoeitioo of
the two partiea cannot have been pre-Maccabean, nor yet earlier
than the breach between John Hyrcanna and the Fhariseea. Bnt
a Btill later date most be assomed according to the literal inter-
pretation of ciii. 14, 15, where the mlera are said to uphold the
Sadducean oppressors and to share in the mnrder of the righteooB.
IhU charge ia not jnstified befinre 95 b.c. As for the later limit,
the Herodian princes cannot be the rulers here meutioned, fbr the
Saddacees were irreconoilably opposed to these, as aliens and
usurpers. It appears, therefore, that thia section' should be
aesi^ied either to the years 95-J9 b.c. or to 70-64 b.c, daring
which periods the Pharisees were crppreesed by both rulers and
Saddacees.
If, on the other hand, we might regard the word ' mnrder ' as
merely a stitmg expression fbr a severe persecution, and the mlence
elsewhere observed as to the rulers would pdut to this interpreta-
tion, then we should naturally refer this section to the years
134—95 B.C., i.e. after the breach between Hyrcanna and the
Pharisees and before the savage destraction of the Pharisees by
Jaapaeus in 95. If the date of the book is subsequent to 95,
the merely passing referenoe in ciiL 15 to the cruelties of Jannaeos
is hardly intelligible. We ahoold expect rather the fiwce indig-
nation {gainst ' the kings and the mighty,' which we actually do
find in xxxvii-lsz, and which fittingly expresses the feelings of
the Pharisees towards Jannaene, ' the dayer of the pious.' We
are Inclined therefore to place xci-civ before 95 b.o., and if we
may regard c. z as an historical reference, these chapters are to
be assigned to the years 104-95 B.o.
The author is thus a Pharisee, writing between the years 104
and 95 B. 0.
D. The Problem and its Bolation. The author of i-xxxvi
solves the problem of the righteons suffering by their resuscitation
to a temporary blessedness in the Messianic kingdom : the wicked
dead who »Meaped pvmuhmtnt in life, xxii. 10, 1 1, rise also to
receive requital for their sin. What becomes of the righteons
after their second death is not so much as hinted at in that section.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect. v.] Chapter XCI. I, 2. 265
"ntoa in tUa respect tbe solntioii of the problem here pregented has
not advanced a single step beyond that given in le. Ixv and Ixvi.
But this solution of the problem nmst have failed early to give
satisfaction. In Tci-Kiiv we find another attempt to grapple with
this difficulty, and in this an answer immeasumbly more profound
is acbieTed. The wicked are eeemingly sinning with impunity ;
yet their evil deeds are recorded every day, civ. 7 ; and forthege
they will suffer endless retribution in Sheol, xcix. \i; iac Sbeol
is not a place such as the O. T. writers conceived, but one in
which men are requited acoor^ng to their deserte, cii. 4-ciT. 5.
From this bell of d&rluiees and flame their souls will never escape,
xcviii. 3, 10; civ. 7, 8. But the time is coming when even on
earth the wicked will perish and the righteous triumph over them,
on the advent of the UeBsianic kingdom, at the beginning of the
eighth world-week, xci, 12 ; xcv. 7 ; icvi. r ; xcviii. la ; xcix. 4, 6.
This kingdom will last till the close of the tenth world-week, and
during it the righteouB will etyoy peace and well-being, and see
many good days on earth, xcL 13, 14; zcvi. 8. Then will ensue
the final judgment with the destruction of the former heaven and
earth, and the creation of a new heaven, xoi 14-16. And the
righteous dead, who have been specially guarded by angels all
the time hidierto, c. 5, will thereupon be raised, xci. lo, xciL 3,
as spirits only, cliL 3, 4, and the portals of the new heaven will
be c^ned to them, civ. a, and they shall joy as the angels, civ, 4,
and become compudons of the heavenly hosts, civ. 6, and shine as
the stars for ever, civ. a.
TEANSLATION.
XCI. I. 'And now, my sod Methuselah, call to me all thy
brothers and gather together to me all the sons of thy
mother ; for the word calls me and the ^irit is poured out
upon me that I should show you everything that will hefall
you for ever.' a. Thereupon Methu«ekh went and called
XCI. I. Q gives a different order of the words : ' call to me all
the nms of thy mother, and gather bother to me thy brothers.'
XOI. 1. EMoh oalk Ut sms to- S,6. All the sons of thr mother.
8«U>» Om of Uw edikci of thii The namai of thsM loiu is given in
book bM almdy pi^Med for tbe the ^Tonio Bnooh. The word oalla
iabodnetion of thi« eeotioa in bcxxL me. Thii eipreMlan must be takan
ilizedbyGoOglc
266 The Book of Enoch. [Beet. v.
to turn all his brothers and assembled his relatiTes. 5. And
he conversed with all Uie children of righteousness and spake :
' Hear, ye eons of Enoch, all the words of your father, and
hearken befittingly to the voice of my month; for I exhort
and say unto you, beloved, love uprightness and walk therein.
4. Ajid draw not nigh to uprightness with a double heart,
and associate not with those of a doable heart; but walk
in uprightness and righteooaness, and it will guide you on
good paths and righteousness will be your companion. 5.
For I know that a condition of oppression will increase on the
earth and a great chastisement will be executed on the earth,
and all nnrighteousness will be consummated and be cut off
from the roots, and its whole superstructure destroyed. 6.
And unrighteouBuess will again be consummated on the earth,
and all the deeds of nnrighteonsness and of violence and tnms-
3. With aU the children of rlglitoousneas. So G tD-CtSA KS^.
Din. reads a>ib^ ft-C^ ' with all hia cUldrcD concerning right-
eonsneBB.' T« bohb of Snoch. SoGM. OtherMSS. andDhi. 'my
Bons.' Beloved. SoGM. Other MSS. ' my beloved.' 4. And
awooiate not with those of a douhle hoart Wonting in G. ITp-
rlghtnesB and. So Q flC^lh (D. Other MSS. omit and read ' my
Bone' after 'righteonsneBe.' 6. AfterXOiyjS'irG inserts (D^Xmi,
and FHILMN lOWAjTI. The former is poasibly a corruption of
(D^1f1I(Beelxxxi. 6 Grit. Note) 'will grow atrong.' I have however
followed the reading of FHILMNO ' will prevail,' omitted in Din.
And tram g r o salon. From this point the order of G is coniuBed.
It omits for the present xci. 7— xovii. 6* and connects xcvii. 6l>-cTiii.
10 directly with xci. 6. Then it resumes with the last word
of xci. 6 and proceeds without break to xctIi. 6*. With the words
'the Great and Hol^ One' begins a fresh section, xcrii. 6^-cviii. 10,
but from a difierent MS. than G — a fact which will be con6rmed
u aquivilent to ' the Spitit u paored of. Pa. tii. 3, 371 3? ; Jw. i. 8, lfl(«X0T.
out upon me.' S. Ii«Te upright- Awooiata not, fto.: of. xdv. i, 3 ;
neis, *o. ! of. idT. I. 4. Draw oiv. 6. S. Tha Deluge. Out off
not nigh to nprlchtncn with « from the roota: cf. *t. S, ii. 6.
doable heart. This is oDdouUedly The growth of wiokednaa kfter tha
deTiTed&oiaBcaltii.<. jSj/i^rpor^Afpi Deluge. And traiugreulau : m*
B^y(i.e.^^mpl<iv)JrBv)ff!<i70$: Orit.Not& PteTaU: see Grit. Note.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect.v.] Chapter XCL 3-11. 267
gresBioD will again prevail. 7. And then when imnghteoiiB-
ness and ai& and blasphemy and violence in all kinds of deeds
will increaee, and apostasy and transgreesion and oncleanness
increase, a great chaatisement from heaven will come upon
th^m all, and the holy Lord will come forth with wrath and
chastisement to execute judgment on earth. 8. In those
days violence will be cut off from its roots and the roots
of unrighteoasneas, together with deceit, and they will be
destroyed from under heaven. 9. And all the idols of the
heathen will be abandoned : tiie temples will be bnmed with
fire and they will be removed from the whole earth, and they
(i.a the heathen) will be cast into the judgment of fire and
will perish in wrath and in grievous eternal judgment. 10.
And the righteous one will arise from sleep and wisdom will
arise and be given unto them. [11. And after that the
when we deal with that section. Thus, for chapters zcvii. 6l>-
cviij. 10 we pOBsesa two MSS. belonging to the beginning of the
uzteenth century. In that section we shall distingoieh the two
MSS. aa Q and 0'. 7. In aU Unda of deeds. So OM.
Other MSS. 'and all kinds of deeds.' And tranagresalon.
Wanting in G. From baaven. Wanting in G. The holy
lord. After these words adds JEfli r'AC 8. For a)A^£0i
Ooi^ G reads (DOodH and omita tOpt^btC against H and all
other MS8.: 'in those days violence will be cut off from ita roota
and uorigbteouBoeBB together with deceit from under heaven.'
9. For A^'^Al' G reads JB^'Nl ii. For ]t/"j«) G reads
T.S.ThiifrMlldeTelapmBiitofwiGked- when the oonvenloiL of the hutboi
nen wiUeill forth the SiuJ judgment. U ezpeotad. That Tcne, howsTer,
Boot! tS tmrlcliteaauieM : of. vr. belong! to the Apooaljpae of Week*
5, II. 8. The abeolate rajeetion which hu kit the appeannoe of mi
of the heathen weau to be taught esfller bagment iitoorporated in hk
faere. This ma a prevuling though work b; the original aoUrar of xd-dr.
not the imiveraal belief of later 10. Tha rightaona one. Uaed ool-
JutUam: tea Webar, L. d. T. 36S. leotiTelj aa in zoiL 3. In zei-dv
Idolatry la repnibated in zoiz. 7-9, only tbe lighteoaa attain to the Beaor-
10, M here. Ther will be oaM Into reetion : «ee li. i (note) for full dla-
ths Judgment of fire. TUt leproba- eaaiioD of the lubjeot. Wiadran :
tion of the heathen iltrai not appear see zUL I, » (note). 11. Aa we
to agree with the teaching irf Ter. 14, have lilTead; leen (p. 360), zm. 12-
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
36S
The Book of Enoch.
[Sect.V.
roots of aQri|*ht«oaBDefl8 will be cut ofE and the sinnars will
be destroyed by the sword (uid the roots) will be cut off from
blasphemetv in eTery pla<!e, and those who devise oppression
and those who commit blasphemy will perish by the ed^ of
the Bword.] i a. And after that tliere will be anoUier week,
the eighth, that of righteousness, and a sword will be given
to it that judgment and righteonratess may be ezecnted on
those who commit oppression, and sinners will be delivered
into the buids of the righteoos. 15. And at its close they
will aoqoire houses throng their li^teoosness, and the house
of the Great King will be built in glory for ever more. 14.
And after that in the ninth week the righteoos jadgment wUI
Xj'"'^Ca). In Bvary plaoe. ' Place ' wanting in Q. Tho8«
who devlatt oppression and those who oonunlt lilasphamy.
G reads 'those who devise and those who commit hlasphemy.'
13. The bouse of the Great King wUl be bttilt In glory. 80 M
nh-Orfi^. Other MBS. ' a honse will be built to the glory of the
17 ociginsUj (Cood sAer xatil. i-io.
As fcr this rone, «a ma«t regwd
it u an interpcJatioii added fa; the
final editor in order to introdcce
TT. la-ij) whioh ha had torn from
thdr original ooDtazt. Thla veraa Ii
wlu>ll7 out of plsM hare. Jodgment
baa alraady bam oonnmuaated, all
stU worki ileatrojed, and all the
winked handed OTer to a judgment of
fire (tt. 7-9). In tct. io the Reiar-
reoUon anaaea and jadgmsnt la noir
onr. Butinver. II allthuiat(fnond
Bod a Toaa^ ohao* li repiManted ai
jodgmont of tt. 7-;
the period of the Bword — man'i part
in the final judgment — praoadaa tha
BMOnection ; ef. so. 19 ; zai. 1 1. The
Beannevtion fbllowi upon Uie deitino-
tlon of all anl and the final judgment,
e. 4, 5. Finally, thia vena eeama
modelled psrtjj on tt. 7 and 8, and
partly on T«c. I i,tb« eipM^gw about
blaipbenun being drawn from tw. 7,
the phiaae ' roota of nnrighteonanees
will be (Hit off' &am Tcr. S, and tha
refwenoe to the Sword from Ter. 1 3.
la-lS. llgae Tenae ginng an aooonnt
of the fiMt three weelu of the world's
hiatory ihoald be read after loiii. i-
to (lee p. 160), the aoootmt of tha
fiirt irTun weeka. 19. The eighth
week Mas the eatablishment of tha
Hearianlo kingdom. It likewiae tbima
the flrvt aot of the Sua! judgment;
for it is the period of the Sword ; cf.
sa 19; and tha wicked ara giTeo
into the haada of the il^iteona ; cf.
SOT. 7; sari i; seviH. u; idi. 4,6;
alao zzzTlil. 5. IS. On the po^ml
of itrife will follow that of rest and
quiet poMoatloa of the earth ; of. Is.
Iz. 11, %i ; IzT. 10-33. The honae
of the Otm* Kins : see Crit. Note.
Thia mMOB first of all (he Temple, and
in the next plaoa Jarasalem. 14.
TUa i<cM is diffimlt. The ninth
week, aa Din. auppoaes, may maan
W
itradb, Google
Sect, v.] Chapter XCI. 12-17. 269
be reredied to the vhtJe world, and all the works of the g:od-
less will Taaieh from the whole earth, aiEd the world will be
written down for destmctioD, and all mankind will look to
the path of nprightnees. i5> And after this, in the tenth
week in the seventh part, there will be the great eternal
jadgment, in which He will execute Teogesnce amongst the
(mgels. 16. And the first heaven will depart and pass
away, and a new heaven will appear, and all the powers of
the heavens will diine sevenfold for ever. 17. And after
that there will be many weeks without number for ever in
goodness and righteouaness, and sin will no more be mentioned
Great King.' 14. WiU be revealed. G reads thtft (sic).
All tta« work! of tbe godleso. reade ' stl the godless.' The
world will be written down for deatruotlon. G reads ^Jt'rfi^S
A/b'Mli ?A^ ' one Bhall write dovn the destruction of the world.'
15. Seventb part. 'Seventh' wanting in O. The great
eternal Judgment, In wbioli He win oxecmte vangeaQce amongat
the angels. So U, and also G, but that it reads ^(It^ instead
of ^O^A as M. F U L and Din. ' the eternal judgment,
which is held over the watchers, and the great eternal heaven
which springs from amongst the angels': thns adding ofttlMii
Jl^^tT-y^i tobPHf-: HrtWy". This was probably a marginal
gloss. It appears in I N as ' which is held over the watchers of
the eternal heaven.' 1 6. WUl shine sevenfbld for aver.
G reads ^(ICtf- and omits MM". 17. In goodneaa. G inserts
the period in which true religion will >□<!■ with ths final judgment on th«
aprad OTBT Uie earth, and (h« judg- wsCohan. Aj there ii no mentioii of
ment deaoribad in rer. Ii, ud eze- the judgnuat of the wicked bj Gkkt
ented b; the righteoiu, will be made in person in thia vene, the preceding
known to tha neatnJ Ositile n&tioni vene may in ninia meunre refer to
witli ■ view to their oonTtosioii : of. it. The sreat eternal Judgnimit :
1, i-S; 10.30, 33, 3S. Wlththi»»iow "oa Grit Note; also ilv. a (note),
the oonclading wordi of thia verae 10. Obaarre thM thon^ then will
woQld hArmoniie well. Yet aea ver. be a new he»Ten, cC la. liv. 17;
15 (note). Tha works of the god- Ixvi. 11 ; Pi. oii. 36, there ia no men-
leaa will Tuilah ; cf. z. 16, 10, 31. tioo of » new euth, of. dv. 3 (note).
The world will be written down Tia the idra of > new onaitioii, cf.
for dartmotion. Thia daatlnntion slv. 4 ; Izzil. I (nota). Barenfold ;
will take effect towarda the oloae of the li. Is. xxx. 16; li. ig, lo. 17.
tenth week. IS. The tenth week Thia vene oltKe* the Apocalfpae of
Digitized byCoOglc
270 The Book of Enoch. [Sect.V.
for ever. 1 8. And now I tell you, my bodSj and I Bhow
yon the paths of rig'hteousness and the paths of violence, and
I will show them to you again that ye may know what will
happen. 19. And now, hearken, my sons, and walk in the
patiis of righteootmese and walk not in paths of violence ; for
all who walk in the paths of anrighteonsness will perish
for ever/
XCII. I. Written by Enoch the eoribe, t^s complete
doctrine of wisdom which deserves the praise of all men and
is a jndge of the whole earth, for all my children who will
dwell on the earth and the future generations who will
observe uprightnees and peace. 2. Let not your spirit be
troubled on account of the times ; for the Holy (and) Oreat
One has appointed days for all things. 3. And the
righteous one will arifie from sleep, will arise and walk in
the path of righteousnesB, and all his path and conversation
will be in eternal goodness and grace. 4. He will be
before these words aiIfA*(n>' ' and all of them in goodness.' 18.
The paths of rlghteonsnesa. G reads 'all the paths of righteons-
nesB.' Will ahow to yon. G reads ftC^^fbturB*. 19.
Bearkan and. Wanting in Q, repeated thrice in M.
XCU. I . The aorihe, this complete dootrine of wisdom. O
reads: 0^9!^^ Mti^t XTh; Sfffft; H»ln tSy"CTl iotJ»«Ch
T(HI. aMBb-*}}. O U omit the to. 2. On aooount of the
tlmea. O reads lUffl ' indeed,' ' tnily.' 3. For the righteous
one will arise from sleeqp, will arise O merelj gives fi^i'^^:
TfHI ' wisdom will arise.' M ' righteousness will arise from its
WmIu. 16, 18. TlioM form a Tbi* book ia munly pncUcal in cha-
moit anUabls tmudtion from th« nwter. A ladae of Iha whole
Apooalfpao of Weeks to xdT. earth. Wlidoiii u rspresenlad u the
XOU. Tbia chapter fbrma the real ■wiptipos or imcaaor oTGod in liziiv.
begiDning of the independent book 3 : tee note. a. The timea are
CDrnpoMd of aliKpten xO'dT. The evil ; bat the« too are the ordination
order of the cnginal text wai (>se of God. The Holr (and) Qreat
p. 160) zoii; xd. i-io; zdll. i-io; One: aeeL 3 (note). S.Theiitfit-
xoi. 11-19; imT. 1, The aorlbe: eona one. Uied ooUeetivel; aa in
cf. lU. 3, 4. Dootrine of wladom. xd. 10. In eternal soodneai Mid
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect. v.] Chapters XCI. 1& — XCIII. 2. 271
gracious to the righteous and will f^ve him eternal upright-
ness, and will give him power, and he will live in goodness
and righteoasneea, and will walk in eternal light. 5. And
sin will perish in darkness for ever, and will no more be seen
from that day for evermore.
XCIII. I. And after that Enoch b^an to recount from
the books. 2. And Enoch spake : ' ConcCTning the children
of righteonsneas and concerning the elect of the world and
the plant of uprightness — of these I will speak to 70U and
sleep, Trill arise.' 4. To Uie ligliteouB. O reads AX'Ji^ ' to
righteoueneaa.'
XCni. I. For M G reads OiDAl. a. Plant of tvrJghtnma.
gnoa. Then wot^ we fmrtli«r ax-
pikiaed in var. 4. 4. Power.
Uprightneaa Mid powsr will no longer
be diiHTered. In etomml llsht: «e
iiXTiij.4 (note). 5. Cf. i. 16, io.
XOm. 1-10. In ttose Terwi we
have an aooooot of tbe gieat events
of the worid daring the fit*l •evsni
weeki of ita history. Tbeae ■erm
belong to tbe paat, tba three lart
weeka deacribed in zed. 13-17 l>eloi>g
to the fatuie. Afl thia Apoealjpae
of Weaka oomaa from ■ difienot an-
thoc and date to the Dream-vinoiu,
Ixxzui-zo, we are relieved of the
tnak of hannonitiDg them, on whioh
many oritioa hare laboured and to no
poipoaa. We are not to ragaid the
ten weeka aa bong daRnite and equal
perioda of 700 yean aaoh, aa Wiaaeler,
HoStaiaun, and othen have done ; for,
not to preaa the fact that thU reckon-
ing would plaoa the book after Chitat,
the faota reooided aa oooatring in the
indiTidaal weeki wonld not till within
the limit* aaaigned tlmn by thia
theory. Dln.'a aoheme of aeven^
-genetationa of vaiying length, seven
geneialiona to eaoh wash, ia atill more
nnaatiahctary. In tt^Givt five weeks,
seren aotnsl generations ais taken
for eaoh week ; bnt in tbe tilth and
■eventii weeks fearteen or more gene-
latiooi are compreaed into the needfol
saven. Sather we are to r^aid the
ten weeka as perioda of varying
length, each one of wUoh ia marked,
eapeoially towards ita (dote, by a<ane
great event — the Gnt by the Inrth of
Enoch : the aeoond by the onmption
of primitiTs man and the Flood : tbe
third by the call of Abraham: the
fourth by tho revelation of Uie law
and the oocapation tt Paleatine : the
fifth by the building of the Tunple:
the nzth by the apoatasy of Ivad
and the dastmotion of the Tonple :
the aeveDth by the publication of
Enocb'a vrridnga. Cf. also L» Lttrt
(TSenovh, par T. Q. Peter, Qen^e,
1890. 1. Prom the book*, lliete
were eithw irritten by Enoch, ao-
cmding to acme aactiona ; or by the
angel that aooompanied him, aooonl.
ing to othen : of. iziiii. 3, 4 ; iL 8 ;
Ixxiv. a; Izzii. 1, a. In the next
Twse Eooeh appeala to viuona, angali,
and the heavenly tables, h the lource
of Us tevdationa. 9. Thes* dia-
eloanraa are for the children of light-
eonaneaa: of. idl. i. The eleot of
tiie world. Thia designation of the
elect ia not found elsewhere in Bnooh,
The plant of aprlshtn«ai : aea x.
itradb, Google
272 The Book of Enoch. [Seot. v.
announce to yoa, my sons, I Enoch, aooordin^ to that which
i^pearod to me in the heareoly vision, and know thron^h the
word of the holy angels, and have learnt from the heavenly
tables.' 3. And Enoch b^an to ncount from the books
and spake : ' I was bom the seventh in the first week, while
jodgment and rigbteoosnees still tarried. 4. And after me
there will arise in the second week great wickedness, uid
deceit wiU spring up ; and in it there will be the &iBt end and
in it a man will be saved ; and after it is ended onrig^teons-
ness will grow up and He will make a law for the Bianers.
5. And after that in the third week at its close a man
will be chosen as the plant of righteoas judgment^ and
after him will come for evermore the plant of righteousnees.
6. And after that in the fourth wed:, at its close, visions of
the holy and righteous will be seen, and a law for all future
generations and an enclosure will be made for them. 7.
And after that in the fifth week, at its close, will the house
So GM. Other MSS. 'plant of rif^teonBDees and uprightness.'
5. Plant of righteous Judgment. adds HA^Ay", and omlta
the rest of the verse. Before lllfl! 9fS^ M inserts rt. 6-
G reads 9:S^\ fi-'TiJifi- 'tLere will be vimons of the holy ones
16 (nota). EMvenlr tablaa: «es nant nude with NcMh: Q«tL viii. ai-
llvii. 3 (note) for a compUta mooouiit ii. 17. Tfaa dme order in the oIom
of thii and ■Imilai' expresdons. 8. of thii MntoDoe fi not otnerred. D.
Savonth In tha flxit weak. Enid Abnham aiid iu» »ed choaen ii the
and Din. find in this eipreagiaD tha noe in and tbrough which God would
faondatioD of their theory that the reToalHiirigiitHnu judgment*— 'the
CMkooing here ia aoocoding to genera- plant of rightaocu jadg^nent ' : of. tot.
tionj. Bnt thii la to preai tha wordi a ; i. 16 (note). 6. Vlaloiu of
too muoh. The; mean nothing mora tha holr, Aa. Tha divine nunifarta-
tlun'Hventh in biagenaratian,' Book tiona in favour of I*nel in EgjpU
at JubUeea vii, or 'aarantli &om A law, fto. The law f(iven on Sinai.
Adam,' Judo 14. Still tftrrisd. Tba Thii law ia of eternal obligation : of.
righteoDj judgment of the Ddoge had zoii. a. An enolotore. Din. thinka
not 7Bt come. 4. Oraat wioked* this ralen to the l^bemaole and the
naai. Aooording to vi. 6 and ovL 13 hedging in of the national life b; tlia
this growth of wickedneae should have law. It seami rather to refer to tha
bean aingned to Jared's dajs, when ooonpation of Paleetina j cf, Izxziz. ».
(befall of tbe angels look plaoe. This 7. The Temple. The Tonple wiU,
week includes the Deluge and Cove- Moardlng to this author, stand ' for
ilizedbyGoOglc
Swt.V.]
Chapter XCIII. 3-1 1.
273
of glory and domiuton be boilt for ever. 8. And after tliat
in the sixth week, oil those who live in it will be blinded,
and the hearts of all of them will be given over to a wicked
forgetfulnesB of wisdom, and in it a man will ascend; and at
its dose the house of dominion will be burnt with firej and
the whole race of the elect. root will be dispersed. 9. And
after that in the Berenth week will a generation arise and
many will be its deeds, and all its deeds will be apostate.
10. And at its close will the elect of righteousness of the
eternal plant of righteoosnees be elected to receive sevenfold
instruction oonceraing His whole creation. [11. For who
aod righteousness will appear.' 9. Oaneratloii. 8a Q M.
'Other M8S. 'apostate generatioo.' 10. The elect of rlghteona-
ne«a. SoDGLO. Q reads .M:;>i:^ 'Ksffs jf^. ABCFHI
give 'the elect, the righteous.' EN 'the elect aod righteous.'
Be elected. 80 A{C)EFGHIMN *t?«. Dhi. with
B D gives ' he recompensed.' Conoemlns Hfs whole
ertt',' (bough one tbnn of It ia>; giTO
pUoe to Miother. If thi* Apoa>l]rpM
of Weeks was originAlly nn int^nl
part of zci-dT, thU ' for ever ' mauu
onl; an bid«fiiiite1; long time; fbr
though there u an eternal law, there
appears to be no Temple after tlta
final Judgment, and the riees right-
eoai eqoj a purely spiritoal eiiitaDae
like the angela, u in the Book of
Jnbdleei, and poadbtf in the Fm. of
SdomoD. a The time of the
divided kingdom in Iirael, of gruwing
degenerai^ and darknew, A nuui,
I.e. ^jah: of. Ixxiix. ji. At the
doH of (his week the Tsmpie ii
dee(royed and, (he niUJOD owried into
aaptiTi(y. 9. This week eoibraon
the period &om tlM CaptiTitj to the
(iuie of (he author. It ia an apostate
period. The same judgment i> passed
upon it in luxiz. 73-75. 10. The
writer here refers to bis own dia-
do«UN« which will be made known
at the and of the aerenth week. It
mi^t seam that it would be im-
poeaible for any wri(er to make such
eitravagan( duini for hia productions.
Wefind •om* alight approach (o tbeaa
in Bcolns. ixl*. 18-31, and a perfeot
pHiallel in (he oase of 'Walking' 8(0 wart
of the early part oF (his oentuiy.
This writer, who was also the greatcat
traToUer of his age, styles one of his
prodDationa, ' this unparalleled wolk
of human energy,' and describes hiui-
self as possessing s ' unique mind,'
and ' onpaiallelsd energies of geoiua.'
Nay, more, he makes (he wa of
'lD(eUeo(ual Life or Uoral World'
to date tram the publication of hia
ehioF work, and, beliering chat only
future ages would appreciate him, pre-
vailed on his personal &iends to bury
bis books in seoure place* : see De
Qoinoey's Euagi, vol. vii. The eleol
of rlshtaoasneas. The revelation!
aN designed for these, for only (heae
ilizedbyGoOglc
474 ^^ ^^^ 9f Enoch. [6»ct. v.
is there of all the children of men that is able to heiur the
-voice of the Holy One and qoakes not (thereat) ? And who is
there that can Ihink His tbongbts? and who is there tliat
can eee all the works of heaven? 12. And how shonld
there be one who could behold the heaven and who ia there
who conld understand the things, of heaven and see a soul
or a spirit and tell thereof, of ascend and see all their ends and
conceive them or do like themP 13. And who is there of
all men that conld know what is the length and the breads
of the earth, and to whom has been shown the measure of all
of them? 14. Or is there any one who conld discern the
length of the heaven and how high it is, and npon what it is
founded, and how great is the number of the stars, and where
all the luminaries rest ?]
XCIY. I. And now I say onto yon, my sons, love right*
oreatlon. For ^f^l^ Q reads T^l* 'conceraing H!b whole
possessioDB.' 13. Wbo ooulcl bohold tbe beaven and wlio ia
there who oonld understand. So O M ; H^ftA; \flCt\ tt^fii
OMiih (D-Xt: tietlfl: AXfC. Other MS8. and Din. omit < behold
the heaven and who ia there who could.' A aoal or a spirit.
Bo BM : f¥A: iDhpot Ov aotiJi, and G gives l¥A and aotiM,
and therefore practically supports M. Other MSB. and Din.
give ' His breath or His Spirit.' TdlL O gives ItLC.
will race<Tf them 1 cf.o.6; oIt. 13, ziiviii. 33 i Fn. xl. 5 ; z(di.5; Boclca,
13. 11-14. Tken TSTHa nre oom- xi. 5. 13. A aonl cm ■ tpliit : mb
pletel; oat of plkca in their preteut Cr{t.Not«. Thia would r«f«r to Bnooh'a
■xmtext, u IdUirMiM, Hoflbium, uid joomey through bnTsn and Hadei.
Schodda have klraady ranutikwl. A«ouid: ct ProT. xn. 4. Tholr
Thef wonld belong nther to the andi, i. a. of the thing! of hekven.
Sook of CelettlU Phyrid, IxxU-lxiiz, 13. CC Job xixviii. 4, 5. Not given
Izzzii, bat are fordgn in chancto' in Enoch. U. The Isnath of the
to the whole tone of tbi* book, lol- heeven, &o. Jer. xxxl. 37 ; Job xi. 8.
dv, and do not u a matter of fact Not given in Enocdi. Foonded : ot
rightly deaoribe tinj one of the boolia zriiL 3, 3. Number of the atwa.
of Enoch, 11. The voioe of the Thia ia nowheie found in Bnoeb.
H0I7 One, i.e. the thunder: «f. Job XOIV. Thii ohapter fbUowed Im-
ztxrii. 4, £1 Pi. zxiz. Think HI* mediately on xd. ia-19 In the coital
ef. Job T. 9 ; ix, 10 ; tat. It introdeoe* the pmetioal pwt
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sfctv.] Chapters XCIII. 12—XCIV, 7. 275
eoosness and walk therein ; for the patlis of ri^hteousDeas are
worthy of acceptation, but the paths of nnrighteoasnese are
suddenly destroyed and vanish. 2. And to certain men of
a (fntnre) generation will the paths of violence and of death
be revealed, and they will hold themselves afar from them
and will not follow them. 3. And now I say onto you, the
righteous : Walk not in the path of wickedness, nor on the
paths of death, and draw not nigh unto them lest you be
destroyed. 4. But seek and choose for yourselves righteous-
ness and a holy life, and walk in the paths of peace that ye
may live and prosper. 5. And hold fast my words in the
thoughts of your hearts, and suffer them not to be effaced
from your hearts ; for I know that sinners will tempt men to
make wisdom wicked, and no place will be found for her and
no manner of temptation will minish. 6. Woe to thwe
who build unrighteousness and oppression and lay deceit as a
foundation ; for they wiU be suddenly overthrown and will
have no peace. 7. Woe to those that build their houses
with sin ; for they will be overthrown from their foundation
and will fall' by the sword ; and tiioee who aequire gold and
XCIV. I. W<»tby of aooeptation. Q reads f-Mr. atfi.'twfh^.
3. Fath fa wlokedneH. So O M . Other MSS. add ' and in
violence.' 4. But Mok. O reads ho"; XA: fi-i^Ki iJM, and
connects it with the preceding verse, ' as thoee who seek evil.' A
holr tifb. This Boits the context better than Dln.'s 'ein wohl-
falliges Leben.' That 70 may live and proeper. And hold
of thii Boctton. TboDgh wiittan for of. id. 41 oir. iS. E. We tuve
the rigbtaone, it devote* u mnoh kt- here ft wsmiog «^nit Snddno««i
lentioii to tbe iroee kwutiikg the or Qreek influenoaa. TSo plaoa will
snnen. 1. Iiove rlgbteoiunsu, be fOniLd for her: ct xlii. 8.
Ao.: af.xd. 3, Worthr of uoept*- Some of the forms that wlokednew
tion; cf. 1 Tim. i. 15. F»tha of will umme in thote dkys. Build:
muighleotuneH aia deatoored : cf. icL 5, Hav« no pMtoe, This
of. Fl. I. 6. 3. The TereUtiDiiB rtcan in icviii. ij, 16; zcix, 13; d.
through Motel tod the PiopheU. 3; cU. 3; eli!. 8. See aleo 1. 4
FaOu of dwth : ct Pror. ilv. ii ; (note). 7. Bnlld Utelr horuea
Jw. xii. 8. S. Dtsw not nigh; with ein: of. Jer. zxii. 13. Thar,
ilizedbyGoOglc
276 The Book of Enoch. . [Sect. v.
silver will pemh in judgment suddenly. 8. Woe to yon ye
rich, for ye have tniEted in your riches imd from your riches
ye shall depart, because ye have not remembered the Most
High in the days of your riches, 9. Te have committed
blasphemy and unrighteousness and have become ready for
the day of slaughter and the day of darkness and the day of
the great judgment. 10. Thus I speak and declare onto
you that He who has created you will oveiihrow you and for
your fall there will be no compassion, and your Creator will
rejoice at your destruction. 11. And yoar rigbteom ones
in those days will be a cause of shame to the sinners and the
godless.
XCY. I. Oh that mine eyes were a cloud of water that I
might weep over you, and shed my tears as a clond of water ;
that so I might rest from my trouble of heart ! 2. Who
has permitted you to practise hate and wickedness? May
judgment light upon you, sinners I 3. Fear not the sinners,
ye righteous ; for again will the Lord deliver them into your
hands that ye may execute judgment on them according to
ftat. G reads : orXHAOH (D^'JUtaK dtXHH-. 9. And ttaa day
of darknssB. Wanting in Q. 1 1. Tour righteons ones. H
reail ' Thy righteous ones.'
XCV. I . OIL that mlna ayea were a cloud of water. reads :
ODfj fis^&kx t^i AAD.fr'm ' Oh that I hod water for mine eyes
that they might become a cloud of water.' 2. "Who has por-
mlttad you to praotlee bate and wlokedneas P O omits tiovs
47af^ aad for ^Ctl-Otlim- reads ^dtlOtun**. 3. Tour hands.
i. e. the men who so bnilA 8. Pm. jS »iid xcHt. a, 11. Tour right-
ilii.6; lii. 7; Piov.xi.lS; Jer. iz. eotu ohm, i. e. the righteoui among
33. Ct ftUo En. ilvi. 7: Ixiii. loj hii children's deeoendjmta.
11CVL4; icTii. B-10. 9. lliroDgh XOV. 1. Oh that mine «7ea wero
th«r bIq Mkd blaiphemy they are oow % olond of water, *o. fVam Jer.
ripe for judgment. Sar otsUnshter, ii. I. Tlii* Teres wu probably before
fta. : eee iIt. ) (note). 10. Tonr the wHter of Banich nrav. 1 : O o«uU
Creator wiU rejoice at roar mei, ustote icat«brmn. 8. Yet let
destmotlon. Thii eentlment so op- not the righteoua fear ; for the period
[Hued to the O.T. (cf. Eiek. zviii. 93, of their BapreoiBa; ii at hand: of.
]i; iiiHi. II) hai paimUeliinliixIz. loi. ii. Again. The writer may
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect. v.] Chapters XCIV.Z — XCVI. 2. 277
your desires. 4. Woe to you who fulminate irreversible
anathemas: healing shall therefore be far from you because
of your sins. 5. Woe to you who requite your neighbour
with evil ; for ye will be requited according to your works.
6. Woe to you, lying witneesesj and to those who weigh out
injustice, for suddenly will ye perish. 7. Woe ta you sinners,
for ye persecute the righteous ; for ye will be delivered up
and persecuted, ye people of injustice, and heavy will their
yoke be upon yoo.
XCVX 1. Be hopeful, ye righteous ; for suddenly will the
sinners perish before you, and ye will have lordship over them
according to your desires. [2. And in the day of the tribu-
lation of sinners, your children will mount and rise ae eagles
itnd higher than the vultures will be your nest, and ye will
ascend ae squirrels and enter the crevices of the earth, and
Q reads ' their hands/ 4. IiTeversi1>te anatliemas : beaUng
ahaU tharefbra be br. G reads : THjH*: tld*: f-'fi.'VAf. OHjDtii
Te vrill be delivered up and penaauted, ye people of li\iaatloe.
G reads : *<T[TflI.i iDtlt&A: nOon^ ' ye deliver up and persecute
with injustice.' For XA: Of"^ M reads Xy^ffoR. For HJtlPirP'
G M read HJty ' its (i. e. iiyartioe) yoke.'
XCVL I. Te righteoTUi for raddenly will . . . perlsb.
Wanting in O. AllixP- waating iu G. i. And rise. G reads
rafer to the Maoskbeui Tictoriei ; for rinnan. 1. IionUlUp : ot xd.
thWB Ken viotoriaa ovet Sftddnoean ll(iiota}; xcT.3,7; zcriii. 11. 3.
biflnenoes. Though tha Uacokbewi Thii verw mtut be an interpoUtJoa ;
prinoeaan tuvSaddiiaeeathemaelvea, it ia aUly id itaelf aod interrapta the
the period oftha Sword, Che time of the santBit. It ia the wicked who will
vengeanoe of llie rightaoiu, ia ooiaing. flee to hiile 1
4. Magical pntotioea and iDoanta^oiu plaoea, xcviL 3 ; c. 4 ; cii. i, and ao(
are here referTed to. C. Begnited the nghteoua: the letter will not
■ooording to your worka : oF. c. 7. Lkve to coeoe*! thenuelTea on die
a. Veicli ODt injoatloe, i.e. ajre daj of juilgment, dr. 5. In th* dar
QDJuBl Jndgea. 7. See Crit. Note of the tribnlstion of abmen, i. e.
for a poatlbly better text. when the nnnen anffBr tribolatioii.
XOTT. The righteoua exhorted to Honnt and riae, fto. From Is. xl.
hope in the oomingMcwianloltliigdoio, 31. Higher tban the Tnltorea :
and fr«sh woei denoiuioed againat the tS. 3et. xlix. i€. Into Ute orevloeB
DigilizedbyGoOgl
278 The Book of Enoch, [Sect.V.
the clefts of tlie rock for ever before the unrighteous, and they
will sigh and weep becanse of yon as satyrs.] 3. Where-
fore fear not, ye that suffer ; for healing will be your portion,
and a bright light will enlighten yoa, and yon will hear the
voice of rest from heaven. 4. Woe unto yon, ye sinners, for
your riches make you appear like the righteous, but your
hearts convict you of being ainnersj and this word will be a
testimony agtunst you, for a memorial of (your) wickedn^s.
5. Woe to you who devour the finest of the wheat and drink
the power of the source of the fountain, and tread under foot
the lowly with your might. 6. Woe to you who drink
water at all times ; for snddenly will you he requited and will
dry up and wither, because ye have forsaken the fountain of
life. 7. Woe to yon who work unrighteousness and deceit
and blasphemy : it will he a memorial gainst you for evil.
H. Woe to you, ye mighty, who with might oppress Uie
righteous ; for the day of your defitraction will come. In
f^^tt^. Will algli and w«ep baoansa of you aa Batyrs.
G reads : ^\Ptk\ ♦.ft^XIPflO'! o^aiu )UZ9t. 4. Tour rlobes.
Before these words Q insei-ts Xv*. A memorial of (your)
wlck«dnes>. G reads : -MUlf:! XthjTI. 8. Oppr««L O reads
of tiie •arth, Ao. Thm words we l)i« O.T. ilootrine of ratribntion, pio«-
taken &om It. U. 10, 19, 11, knd are perity wu a mark of righteouaueii.
used there of thou who flaa through This word, i. e. that your riohsi
fear from the prewnce of tht Lord, jirove ;on to be righteoui. Tor %
Hwiae the; are moat inajqiropriate memoilaI,fta.: of. ver. ^. 5. The
in their preaoit oMuexioii. Before fliieat of the wheat : Pm. Ixid. 1 6 ;
ttie tmrlshteona. Theeewordi imply cxlrii.14. The power of the aoiiTOs
that the righteotu go into tlie elefta of the firaiitalii. Thii miut mean
of the rodca to enoape the nnrighteoni. the pureit water. fl. Drink water
Sigh and weep because of 700, at all tfmea. If the text Is right,
fto. The present text U very dotibt- this phraw deaoribea the self-indulgent
fill : see Crit. Note. 3. A bright life : the end of luoh a life will be
liflht : see xxivili, 4 (note). 4. painfii! want ; for they have fiinaken
Tour rlohea make ron appear Uka the fonnbdn of true liFe : of. Jer. li.
thsrlghteoiu. WealthydumBOonld 13; Ps.ixiTtg. 7. Cf. loi.S;
appeal to their liohee as a proof of xoiv. 6, g. Voi a memorial ; of.
thrir righteousneea ; for, according to *(e. 4. 6. Hany Mid food d^a.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect v.] Chapters XCVI. ^—XCVIf. 6. 279
those days many and good days will come to the righteous —
JD the day of your judgment.
XCVII. I. Believe, ye righteoue ; for the siimen will
come to shame and perish in the day of unrighteoosness.
2, It will become known to you that the Most High is mind-
ful of your deejjmctioa and the angels of heaven rejoice
over your destruction. 3. What will ye do, ye sinners, asd
whither will ye flee on that day of judgment when ye hear
the voice of the prayer of the righteous ? 4. And it will
not fare with you as with them, ye i^>ainst whom this word
will stand as a testimony: "Ye have been companions of
sinners." 5. In those days the prayer of the righteous will
reach unto the Lord, and the days of your judgment will
overtake yon. 6, And all the words of your unrighteoue-
neas will be read out before the Great (and) Holy One, and
your faces will be covered with shame, and every work which
XCVIL 2. The angals of heaven. So U N. Other MSS.
omit ' of heaven.' 5. G reads, ' will go forth (tvoft'X) and reach.'
6. AU the worda cS your imrlghteousneaa. G reads : ittn 90*4
liav*. The words Qisat (and) Holr One introduce the repeated
section zcvii. 6>M:viii. 10 in G. We shall distinguish the two texts
for this section as G and G'. It will be remarked that the readings
of O' stand almost midway between G and Dln.'a text (And)
Holjr. So G G' M. Din. gives 'and Holy.' Xveiy work whlob
Tha Tefsraace kere leem* (o be to i>w. 5. 4. TUa word , , , ' Te
tba tonpoiBi; Mewiaiiiti kingdoin in have tMm oompanioiia of atniwia.'
which tha lighteoni who are living xovi. 4 mm; be t&km in thli unie^
at the time will partidpata. The Phari«aio dutjr of aefmnHaa from
ZOVXE. This chapter malnl; oan< the aniightaoiii oould not b« mora
mete of (hraateaingi againit the ibosgly antiMMed. 6. Tha prayer
wicked. 1. In tha day of on* of the rfshteona : cf, ilvii. i ; xcrii.
rlchteottsnaaa. A paonllar expraa- 3 ; xdi. 3, 16 ; civ. 3. Ihii crj of
■ioD lor the da; appointed for tha the righteooi for vengeanoe on their
judgment of nnrighteoumeu ] aeezlr. peneenton n foand in Sav. vL 10.
1 (note). 9. Cf. xdv. 10 for a e. "WtU ba read out, i. e. from the
rimOar eipnaslon' of rallgioiu hata book* of lemambrance of btII dseda :
eontraited with Lake IV. lo, 8. nexlrii. 3(110(0). Great (and) HoIt
'Whithar wiU ye flee ; . of. eit. I. Ona : lee i. 3 (note) ; xoii. 1 (note).
The prayer of tba rishtoona ; of. Corerad with duune : of. xlvi. 6 ;
ilizedbyGoOC^IC —
28o The Book of Enoch. [Sect, v.
■is groaaded in nnrigliteousneBs will be rejected. 7. Woe to
you, ye sinners, on the mid ocean and the dry land, for their
remembmnce of yon is evil. 8. Woe to you who acquire
silver and ^Id in unrighteoasneflB, yet say : " We hare increased
in riches ; we have possessioDB ; uid we have aoqnired every-
thing we desire. 9, And now let us dg that which we
parpoee ; for we have gathered silver and oar granaries are
full, and plentiful as water are tiie hnsbandm^ in onr honaeG."
10. And like water yonr lies will flow away; for riches will
not abide with you but will ascend sudd^y from you ; for
ye have acquired it all in unrighteonsnew and ye will be
given over to a great condemnation.
XCVin. I. And now I swear to yon, to the wise and foolish,
for ye will experience much on the earth, 2. For ye men
will put on more adornments than a woman and coloured gar-
ments more than a virgin : in royalty, and in grandeur, and
in power, and in silver, and in gold, and in purple, and in
is grounded In TmrlghteoiumoM will b« r^sctMl, Q reads
tJjOTi +70^ 0«r»R, and Q' reads mA^ tJOi: HRlOi 0*n»<.
Text of DtHer MSS. and Din. is a free combination of the two,
bat leaves both in giving a pwsive ' will be rejected.' g. Are
full, and plentiful as watar ara the buabandmen. Q reads:
t|ii»I "TA OHllM. This gives a good tense : ' are full as water
and many are the husbandmen.' M: mtiovi "Hf-i •VOUT^^. MLrtSl
d\i£hi. All other MSS. support Din. 10. Acquired It aU.
a omits H-fr. a' and other USS. retain it.
XCYIII. I. To the wiw and fbollah. O and O' rrnd 0JUM
'A41. %■ In royaltr and In grandeur . . . th^ will be poured
liii. 10; UUL II. 7. On tha ZOVUI. Tbii idupter InbrodooM
mid ooaan uid the dry land, i. e. a fraUi diviiioii in id-dv. Thia
BTwjwhere. B«membtMio« : of. e. dirldon, loviii-dJ. 3, oonriaU nuunl;
10, II ; dv. S. 8. Cf. xdv, 7, 8 of h denunciMfon of tha dnnan, of
(noM) ; also Boolm. tL 17 ; Laka zii. thalr annri in Ufa and doctrine, and
19. 10. Thia Taraa ii a reldtidBr annoanoM their oomiog jndgmoiL
to the boaating of the dnneia, and 1. I nrear to von- Tbli fonnula
playa paiti; on their worda. Blohea oootara here for th« &rat time bat
will aaoaad anddenly : of. Pro*. TSonra bcquentlj : of. w. 4, 6 ; loi.
ixiii. 5. 6, fto. To the wise and fOoUah.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
S«i.T.] Chapters XCVII.T — XCVIU. 6. 281
Splendour, and in food they will be poured out as water.
3. Tfaa%fore they will be wanting in knowledge and wisdom,
and they will perish thereby together with their possessions
and with all their glory and their splendour, and in shame and
in slaughter aod in great destitution will their spirits be cast
into the furnace of &re. 4. I have sworn unto jran, ye
sinners, as a mountain does not become a slave and will not,
nor a hill the handmaid of a woman, even bo sin has not been
semt iqion the earth, but man of himself has created it, and into
great condemnation will those &11 who commit it. 5. And
barrenness has not been given to the woman, but on account
of the deeds of her own hands she dies without children.
6. I have sworn nnto you, ye nnners, by the Holy and Great
One that all your evil deeds are revealed in the heavens, and
that none of your deeds of oppresaion are covered or hidden.
out as water. But Q omits the (1 in every instance, and thus
we have, ' royully and grandeur and power and silver . . . will be
puured out as water,' i.e. as plentifully as water, cf. xcvii. 9. G' in-
serts the prepoaition before the first four, M before the first three,
noona, N ineertB it before all. Before ' in royalty ' aiQ MSS. except
Q Q' M read (Un>17JL, which ia not a possible word. This reading
is valuable in determining the various worth of the MSS. 4.
I liave awom. Wanting in Q'. For ailU07C Q reads atVC ' As
a mountain does not become a slave and a hill will not become
the handmaid of a woman.' O' H I L M N agree with Dlo. 6.
The fbolUb ttre addrewD J In zcriii-dL the iminontl view that lia U aoma-
3; the wiae in cii. 4-oiv. 3. 'WUI thing original and unavuidable. Sin
ba ponrad out aa water. Their wu of man'i own derising ; ■«« Ixix,
penonality giving iUelf wholly to 11 (note). S. And u a eonss-
■noh eztarnal pomMioni will at Uit quenoe of thwi m men an pnniahed
loee itoidr in than, u water ia kut in jiut beoaose aia !■ a TiAnaUrj thing,
the evth : cC Fi. izii. 14. 3. The inrtance in the text ■■ oboMn ta
In great daatltntion. Ia OMitraat an illartraUMi of Uui general law :
to their wealth in tbii world. Their of. Ho». ii. 14. 6-8. The writer
■ptrlta: at ver. 10; dii. 8. Ae in- next deale with the view that God
oofporaal epirite the wioked am oaat doe* not oaacem Hinuetf wilh the
into hdL This 'fomaoe of flie ' ii world or the deedi of men, oC Job
the final place of pimiibment. 4. xxii. 13, Pe. Ixxiiu 11, and denlare*
The writer now proceed! to attack that the deedl of men ar« reoorded
ilizedbyGoOglc
282 The Book of Enoch. [SectV.
7. And do not think in your spirit nor say in yoor heui that
yoa do not know and that yon do not see that eveiy sin is
every day recorded in the presence of the Most High. 8.
From henceforth ye know that all your oppression wherewith
ye oppressed is written down every day till the day of your
judgment. 9. Woo to you, ye fools, for through your folly
will ye perish ; ye have transgressed against l^e wise, and so
good hap will not be yoor portion. 10. And now, know ye
that ye are prepared for the day of destruction : wherefore do
not hope to live, ye sinners, but ye shall depart and die ; for
you know no ransom ; for ye are prepared for the day of the
great judgment anOor the day of tribulation and great shame
for your spirit. 11, Woe to you, ye obstinate of heart, who
work wickedness and eat blood : whence have ye good things
to eat and drink and to be filled ? From all the good things
which our Lord, the Most High, has placed in abundance on
the earth; and ye indeed shall have no peace. I3. Woe to
you who love tiie deeds of unrighteousness : wherefore do you
hope for good hap unto yourselves? know that ye shall be
delivered into the hands of the righteous, and they will cut
Dasds of oppreoslou. Q omits ' deeds.' 8. Is written down.
G reads ^JtfhV- Tour Judgmant. G 'jadgment.' 9.
Tranasresmd agaiiut th« wise. So and 0' ^^Onnx, H
MM'Creo'. Other MSS. A.^"fly"OW»* 'ye Lave not heaitened.'
10. Fordestruotloc. O reads AOA; rfi>Ata(lD<, 11. Wlio work.
every i».j in hatTen. 7. Baoorded : (note). Tor ronr aplrlt : Me ver. 3
of. zoriL 6 : zoriii. 8 ; a. 10 ; ot. 7, 8. (note). U, Tbe demind«lioa ot
8. rrom henoBfoitli je know, i. e. indindnil dnnen. Obatlnata of
from tha pablioatJoD of Enoidi'a book lieart : of. o. 8. Il>t blood : of. tU.
in tbeae Utw UmM. 9. Tliis Teraa 5. Not contant with enjoying tlie
introdooei > long anooeNioti of wom b««t tX •veiyUiing that Ood giTe%
direoted againil the dnnen. 10. theee tinnen ««t blood and break
PMpared: A sdr. 9. Dl«. lUi the dlrine law: otL Bo<Jc of Jabiieei
rebrt not only to the ^am of the Hb tU, xdi Aota xt. 99. Have no
temporal bnt «lao of the lib etenwL paaoo : lee r. 4 (note). IS. Do-
Ho lanaom : P*. zliz. 8, 9. Oar of Ilvered Into the handa of tha
(Mat JndgnwBt, fta; •«« ilv. 1 rlahtttona: leeioi. ii (note). 18,
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect, v.] Chapters XCVIII. 7 — XCIX. 3. 283
ofE your necks and Blay yon, and will have no pity apon yon.
13. Woe to yon who rejoice in the tribulatioD of thengbteous;
for no grave of youn will be seen. 14. Woe to yon who set
at noQght tiie words of the righteous ; for no hope of life will
be yooiB. 15. Woe to you who write down lying and god- ;
less words ; for they write down their lies that men may hear '
them and transgress against (their) neighbour, 16. There'
fore they will have no peace but will die a sudden death.
XCIX. I. Woe to them who act godleesly and glory in
lying words and extol them : ye will perish and no happy
life will be yours, 2. Woe to them who pervert the words
of nprightnees and tranegreas the eternal law, and transform
themselves into what they were not, i.e. into sinners: they
shall be trodden tmder foot upon the earth. 3. And in
OO'M give ^V-Ot- and ^IUlP*. 13. ITo grav« of touts wUl
be aeen. Bo and O' f^UJi. Other MSS. 'no grave will be
dug for you.' 15. And transgreoa against (tlieir) neighbour.
• So 0' M : iDf^U"<i9\ AlD.S'- Q leaves a blank space where the
verb should be, but gives MbA. Other MSS. 'and forget not
folly.'
XCIX. I. To will perUh and no bappy Iffb be yonn.
O Ksds: trfiTAIUfO-, ibfiwX'. VIP1: 'je will perish as to a
happy life.' a. Woe to them, tie. So OO'M: Mkl AW^
AkAi ^TA.T7<n>'. Other MSS. ' woe to you,' Sec, but thia seems
wrong, as vene i opens with ' woe to them,' and all the remaining
ZTo crave of yimn will ba aesn : of tha Hallenistlo litermtma are d«-
■ee Cril. NoM. Cf. Jcr. *ili. a ', uoimaMi: hen all ibote who ijmptr-
zzil. 19, 14. Ko bopa of llfo, thus with or [osiN them : cf. xtor.
ka.: of. xotL ij xoviii. lo. 18. ;; xotUI. 15 (note). AotcodloMlj.
Cf. dr. 10. Thii varae atteata tlie The Etluopio oonld alio ba renderad
Tigmona Utacmtj itrifa eil«ting ba- ' pnutiao bmnagfnMEJon ' ; tor tha inb-
twaen the Saddaaeao or Hallenlatio atantiTe here i« derived from the verb
and Uie Fhuiwa partj. TnuiasM"* tnuuUted 'tmugreaa' in zorili. 15.
•Ckltwt (thair) nelahbonx : aae Crit. 3. Farrart the worda of u^lght-
NdU. Cf. ver, 9. 16. Hktb no neaa 1 oC icdr. 5. The Bt«nuJ Uw,
peaoe : aea r. 4 (note). A anddan i. e. the Heaaio law : of. t. 4 ( zdx.
da«th; of, idr. i,$, 7; nr*.$; mri 14. Tianaform thamaalvsa into
1,6. whftt ther am not. i. a. adopt foreign
XCUCX. I. InxoiiiL 15 the writen oDntomaandiuakathemHlrea 'ainnen
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
284 The Book of Enoch. [Sectv.
those days make ready, ye riffhteoas, to raise your prayers as
a memorial, and ye will place them as a testimony before the
angels in order that they may place the sin of the sinners for
a memorial before the Most High. 4. In those days the
nations will be stirred op and the families of the nations will
arise on the day of destruction, $. And in those days those
who are reduced to want will go forth and mangle their chil-
dren, and they will cast them away, and th^e will be mis-
carriages ; and they will cast away their ancklings, and will
not retom onto them, and will have no pity on their be-
loved tmes. 6. Again I swear to yoa, sinners, that sin is
prepared for a day of unceasing bloodshed. 7. And they will
worship stones, and others will mahe graven images of gold and
verba of ver«e 2 are in the 3rd pL 3. O reada, ' the righteous
will make ready to raise their praTers,' fitJ^ki f^tF^~tfPtt^.
4. WUl be atlrrod up. G gives a fake form i'(D-0(D-h>.
The flaml]1«a of the nations wlU arise. Q omitB 'families.'
WUl artoe. O G' M read filfh-, M adding 7ft. 5. Those
who an Toduoad to want. JUk ^JUA*. Din. rendered this in
bis traneUtion, ' wird die Fmcht des Mntterleibee abg«lien,' de-
riving ^JUA* &om 01A. Bat BlA could not bear this meaning.
In his Lexicon, col. 1386, be derives it from "ilUA, ad egestateiu
redigi. Cast them away. Bo GQ'K. Other MS8. 'cast
of Ute Q«n(iIeH ' : become ^xxtatei. will be the period of Uis Swotd ; cf.
8. Tour prkyam; *ee lovii. j (note), zc 19; ici. i» ; iciz. 6. S. See
Flaoe tliDm . . . befor* the •)>(•]<. CriU Note. A* there will be wm
Tbi* mediatoiul hnotion of the mngels utd ■brifei among udoiu, m there
(of. ix. >-l I note) bia ita root in the will be alto unongitt funQiee : of Ivi.
O.T, et Job V. i; miil. ij ; Zech. 7 (note); c.I. 6-0.6. DeouncU-
i. 13 1 but hu no pUee In the N.T., tion of the idoUtiT' and npentititm
ezoept ID Ber. viiL 3, 4. The Mort of the wicked. In this AeauadtAnoa
Hlah. Iliia titt* ii foond in ill eeo- not only the kpoatktei but tdio the
tioiu of the book. For ' Hart Hig^ mAukI beathao wa ineladed. 6.
Qod'Melnzii.6,CTil.Note. The title Dar of nnoaaalns bloodahod. I.e.
' Hoet High ' >ppaara in ix. 3 ; z. i ; the judgment of the iword ; aee xa.
slii. 7 ; Iz. I, » ; UiLj; IxitU. I ; la (note) : xIt. t (note). Quoted bj
zoiT. Si zcvii. 1; zoviil. 7, 11; zdz. Terttdliau, D* Idol, tv; Jura votnt,
3, 10 ; cL I, 6, 9. 4. Id the but pecostona, quod in diem akngninia
time* then will b« wart Hid tomolti perditionia poenitentia parata est.
among ilie nationa of the earth. Tbia 7. Qraren Imasea of gi^ and
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
S«ct.V.] Chapter XCIX. 4-12. 285
gilver and wood and clay, and others will worship impore spirits
and demons and all kinde of superstitions not according to know-
ledge, notwithstanding no manner of help will be found in them.
8. And tiiey will become godless by reason of the foolishness
of their hearts, and their eyes will be blinded through the fear '
of their hearts and through visions in their dreams. 9.
Through these they will become godless and fearful, because
they work all tiieii works in a lie and they worship a stone :
therefore in an instant will they perish. 10. But in those
days blessed are all they who accept the words of wisdom, and
understand them, and follow out the patiis of the Most High,
and walk in the path of His righteousness, and become not
godless with the godless; for they will be saved. 11. Woe
to you who hope for misfortune to your neighbour ; for you
will he slain in Sheol. 13. Woe to you who make deceitful
their children away.' 7. Impure spirits. O gives 0*?4Wn
tat-n ' evil spirits.' M : l^t: XhsH*. ITot aooording to
knowladga. So Q' iUlty^C So Tert. Jh Idd. iv, quoted in
Exeget.Note. At^^C. FHILNOand Dhi. tty"Atf^«rt- 'in
idol temples.' M reads with Din., but insert* a ne^tive. 10. Of
Els righteouaneBB. So OQ'M. Other MS8. 'of righteonsneBB.'
With the godleas. Wanting in Q. 11. Hope for mlcfortuna
to 70ur neighbour. So Q tfliJi^r, i.e. 'ttUat^. Other MSS.
^rt¥AT 'who spread evil to your neighbour.' la. Woe
■ilver, . ■ ■ and othan will wonUp and idolatry will prooeod from bad
■ . . demoni : of. Kev.ix. so. Demoiu: to worse: of. Book of Witdom lir. 13,
cf.xri I i lii, I. Not awordiiiK to '7; Rom- i- H- Will beoome god-
kaowledse: see Crit. Nute. Observe Ion: cf. idii. Sj zcii. 9. On the
that till* readiqg ii mpportod bj relation of dreanu to npentitifHi, cf.
Tcrtullian, Da Idol, iv, where he Eoeloi. xzil. 1-7. 9. Tbiongh
: Qot wrvibig these, i.e. drftLins. 10. Ai sudden
lapidibiu, at qui imaginea &oitis destraoUon will be&ll the IdoUters,
aoMna et argenl«as et ligneas et la{H- tbt. 9, so salvaUon will be the laoom-
deaa at GotUea, et serritis pbantaa- pease of thoes who aoeept the true
matibos et daemoniis et B[iiritibuB wisdom. 11. Hope for mia-
iBfaiafbuj [MSS. glre inbniis] et fortune, *e. : see Crit. Note. Will
omnibus erroribos non aeeitadam be alala : of. oviii. 3. This it tlie ei-
tcienUatn, nullum ab iii inTenialii treme peaalt; of nn : a less aevare
auiilium: cf. Book of Jubilees i. ponishiaent ia atonal ooodanaation
8. Ths victims of saeh sapeiatition to Sheol, bnt that not attended by
Di.itradb, Google
286 The Book of Enoch. [SectV,
and false mneores, and wIlo tempt (othen] on the eortb ; for
they will thereby be utterly consumed. 13. Woe to you
who build your houses through the grievous toil of others txA
their building material is nothing save the bricks and stoaes
of ski ; I tell yon ye will have no peace. 14. Woe to them
wbo r^ect the measure and eternal heritage of their fathers
and whose souls follow after idols ; for they will have no rest.
15. Woe to them who work unrighteousness and aid oppression
and slay their neighbours ontil the day of the great judgment.
16. For He will cast down your glory and bring affliction on
your hearts, and will arouse the spirit of His indignation to
destroy you all with the sword; and all the righteous and
holy will remember your sins.
C. I. And in those days the fathers together with their
BODS will be smitten in one place, brothers will &1I in death
one with another until it stresLms with their blood like a river.
3. For a mui will not withhold his hand from slaying his
toyou. Ogives 'woe to them.' Haasuiva. So Q O' A(^>flX!i^^.
M AoB^^i-. Other MSS. Afov^t ' who lay a foundation of
sin and deceit.' Tempt (othera). 80 G foolif., G' reads
.PAy4- Other MSS. SeaCA- 'cause bitteraeSB.' 14. WIlobo
■aula follow after idola. So OM ^-t-jun,- O' testifies to this
text though its present order is coafiiBed : ^'t'JUIL; Si^lA KVh
<q^. Other MSS. ' who canae their sonls to follow after idols.'
16. WIU bring affliotlon on your hearts. Dln.'s rendering is
astray here : ' die Biiisheit enoh ans Eei-z l^eu.' The sj^irlt of
Bla Indignation to destroy 70U. O'M read: OOlHl OHiDl^ikt
0. I. Their blood. G gives 'your blood.' 3. Withhold
plaoa of puniibniAit : ue liiii. 10 6 (note). 16. DayotthaBroU
(note) ; oil. 7. 13. See Crit. JndcnMnti bm idv. 9; xcviii. 10;
Note ; ProT. :d. i ; Hot. lU. 7. 13. zIt. a (note). 16. B«member
BnUd ■ ■ ■ thronch tha (Tisvaiu your sliu. And troaonUnglv pniy ibr
tollof otb«n: 0flJv.zxU.13; ■'■o Jtoor dectrnotion : lee zoTii. 5 (note).
En. sdv. 71 xorii. 8. !«. Tha O. 1. Tha thought in icii. 6 ii
meanm uid etenwl harltaca, L e. here expuided. Btrauna with their
tha Moaaio Undi or. ver. s. Hie blood: aC Ii. zzxiv. 3, 7; Pa. Iriii,
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
*.V.] Chapters XCIX. 13 — C. 5.
287
eons and his sons' sons, and tihe fijoner will not witUiold Us
lutud from Iuh honoured brother : from dawn till sanset — they
will slay oae another. 3, And the horses will walk up to
tiie breast in the blood of sinners, and the chariot will be sub-
merged to its height. 4. And in those da^ the angels will
descend into l^e secret places and will gather into one place
all those who brought down sin, and the Moat High will
arise on that day of judgment to execute great judgment
amongst sinnere. 5. And over the righteous and holy he
will appoint as guardians holy angels to guard them as the
apple of an eye on^ He has made an end of all wickedness
and all sin, and tiion^h the rigbt«ons steep a lon^ sleep, they
Us hand. So G Q' if. Other MSS, ' withhold in compassion bis
hand.' QG'M givs tVp^X for aiyrW. 3. To Its height
reads MMu XA-h <n>MMiti (D, and G' XAh XA-f; oi^kMUf.
4. Wha bxouebt down sin. Be G O' M tmCXV. Other MSS.
■who aided ain.' Day of Judgment. 60 GG'M: OA'h IHi-
Other Mas. 'day.' Amongrt. So GG'M: Xi^rMiAVB-.A. Other
MSS. 'on all.' 5. The righteous. So G. Other VSS. 'all
the righteous.' He has mad« an end oL So G G' M ^tJttf,
with the four next words in the ace Other MSS. ' till all wicked*
10.
9. :
bTothar. It a Taiy prabaUe that
ws hftve hera ■ ref«reiu)B to tha
mnrder of Antigonni by hii brothar
AiutobQlm I. Joaaphm (Ant, liiL
II. I, 1) teili □■ that Arirtobnln*
■peol&U; loTcd Aotigoniu, but movod
by caliiinnla pat him to dekth, and
aflannrdi died of Tsmons for thU
deed. On the inttnracioe itrlflg tint
na to initikte the kingdom, at M. 7 ;
imi. 5, 6; Zeah. xir. 13; Eiek.
zxniii. 11 1 Hagg. il. 12, S. Up
to the breut : of. Rev. zIt. lo,
4, Bronclit down aiii : lee Crit.
Note. The referenoa in thii Tens eaa
only ba to the lUlen twgeli who m«
here deaoribed m lunlng 'brought
down atn.' Ihew foOen angdi were
tvmpoTarlly bnried in kbyaaee of the
enrth, Le. 'the Horet plaoei.* 0.
Thii rene faM elw»ya bean loter-
preted of the rightsoui on eartli, but
wrongly. The ligbteoiu here apoken
of are not the living, bat are ngbteoiu
■onla in the pUc« of the departed.
Thia pUoe waa afterwards oalled tlie
chamber* or promptnaiiea.aa in irEv*
[tI. 60]; Vident paomptaatla anima-
mm aHarnm, qnae enatodiuDtnr ab
»Ty>llm in quiete multa ; and agun
in [vi 683 the mqIb in th«r j^mpta-
ariei reqoieaeunt in qnlete mnlta et
ab angelia coitodiantnr ; cC alio
IT Eira It. 35 1 vlf. 33 ; Apoc Bar.
III. a. The vpl* of an ere : of.
Dent. zziiL 10; Pa. z*ii. S. The
lishteona elev a Ions ileep. The
ilizedbyGoOglc
The Book of Enoch.
[Seel. T.
hare nonglit to (e&r. 6. And the wise amongst men will
Bee the truth, ajid the children of earth will Trndravtand bH
the words of this book and recognise that their riches will not
be able to save them in the overthrow of their ein& 7.
Woe to yon sinners, when ye afiBict the righteous on the
day of great trouble and bum them with fire : therefore ye
will be requited according to your works. 8. Woe to you,
ye obstinate of heart, who watch in order to devise wicked-
nesB : therefore fear shall come upon you and there will be
none to help you. 9. Woe to yon, ye sinners ; for on
account of the words of your mouth and on account of the
deeds of yonr hands which ye have godlessly wrought, ye will
bum in a fire of blazing flame. 10. And now know ye
neaa and all sin have been made an end of.' 6. The tnitb.
aO'LMO rtad Xa»L. 8. ObstlnBts of Iwart. So aG'M:
7tH4!ft-0. Other MSS.: 74^m:lk<0 'ye perverseof heart.' To
help you. gives ' to help them.' 9. Oodleaaly wrouglit. Q M
writir of lol'-ciT ^ not ezpaot tha
resaireotioii *X the beg^luuiig of the
temporary HeuiRmc kingdom. The
woidi ' sImp b long aleep ' oonld not
be aud with reference to thii kingdom ;
for the writei liTing at the elote of
tlie KTeuth week expeoti Ita advent
iiDmediktelj at the beginning of Iha
eighth we«k. The ' long deep ' ex-
tend* from hit time till tba doee of
(he tenth week, wh<a the righteooH
rise. Again, from vr. 4, 5 we lee
that llie lighteoii* do not riie till
Ood haa judged rinnen and an end
ie made of all aio. Thai the reeai-
raotion of the righteona in xei-ciT
fbUowl the final judgment at the
eloae of the Haniuiic kingdom, B.
Those who are still o^nble of wisdom
will be warned by theae reTelaUons
of Enoch. Here as in loii. 10, dr.
II, 13, the writer refei* to the ap-
pearance of his book. Children of
sarth. This title belongs to the
Saddaceea, sinnen, apoaUtes, pagan-
iiers, cii. 3 ; rf. the nebiew plinue
^nitri DJ: the righteooa are di-ug-
nalcd a* the ' childreu of heaven,'
ci. t. Biohea will not be able to
aavA them : of Zeph. i. iS. 7.
The righteoiu noderwent inch perse-
cation under Antiochns Epiphaues :
of. II Maoc. Tii, if we may trust the
latter. On tb« dar of Bve^t trouble.
These words nhoold probably be read
direcUy after' woetojon sinners': they
wonld in that case refer tu the final
judgment : of. ilv. a (nute). Other-
wii« cliey niuit be taken of the time
of the peneeutiaD of the righteous.
Be<initod aooordlsa; to tout work*:
cf. lov. £. 6. Obatinate of heart:
of. xoTlii. II. 'Watoh : of. Is. izii.
3o. 9. The wicked will nifier
in the flamea of hcU Ua tli^ godleaa
words and deed*. 10, AH the
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect v.] Chapters C 6~CI. i. 289
that the ang^lB will seek ont your deeds in heaven from the
Bun and from the moon and from the stars in ref««noe to
yonr sins because ye execute judgment on the righteous npon
earth. 11. And He will smnmon to testify i^ainst yon
cloud and mist and dew and rain ; for they will all be witb-
hdd by you from descending npon yon, and that because of
your sins. 1 2. And now give presents to the tain that it
be not withhdd from descending upon you, nor yet the dew,
when it has received gold and silver from you that it may
descend. 13. When the hoar-frost and snow with their
chilliness and all the winds of the snow with all th^ plagues
iaSi upon you, in those days ye will not be able to stand
before them.
CI. I. Observe the heaven, ye children of heaven, and
lA.Wag*', and O' ^nbV. 10. Si»outo Judgment cm.
G leads tlWK-1 10, irnd G' +7afc ^"ftrt. M: YlWi ^^(l
II. Cloud. Bo O. Other M8S. 'every cloud.' From de-
KM&dlnc. O i-eads: tl0»l f^A-. Other MSS.: hmi Kf-lAn
And that becaaae of your sins. So G : aWtO: IflLM'ta^. But
the HSS. vary much. G' reads : mf'-%M^ 40: :>AUtb(lV ' and
tb^ will think of ^our sins.' Din. giree the same as O', with the
addition of a negative and fA iDstead of 40 : ' and shall not they
tMnk of your sinsl' B gives an attractive reading, UWbAOL
' Bhall not they keep watch as to your sidb %' FHILMNO same
as Din., except 40 for fO. la. That it may decKwnd. Bo
G G ' I L O. M inserts negative. F H N and Din. omit entire
phrase.
CL I. Ya ehildTen. SoOG'M. Other iTBS. ' all ye children.'
hokvanl; powera vUoh haTawibiMwd
the dna of thn winked will tertify
■gfunit tbem; cF. xeriiL 6-8; »bo liiu. Hie is ezaoUj in kMfilng witli
mtIL 7 ; civ. 8. la Hab. ii. 1 1 thle Izn, one of Uie ohapUm interpoleted
ta«tiinony ie gfvm by the itonee end in Inii-lnxii ; at Jer. itl. 3. 13.
btami of tbe direlling of the wioked. Spoken ironioally, IS, Etod the
Xswmte Jadsment, Ao. Text very Imeer pnniihmente of the elMnonti
nnoartttn : tee Crit. Note. II. All wre imdetibla.
the natural powen wMoh miniiter OI. 1. The mao mbjeot punned;
to the fruftfulam of the earth will bat Ae writer tntni ande iat %
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
•290 ' The Book of Enoch, [Sect-V.
every work of the Most Hi^h, and fear ye Him and work no
evil in His presence. 2. When He closes tbe windows of
heaven and withholds the rain and the dew from descending
on the earth on your account, what will ye do then ? 3.
And when He sends His anger upon yon because of all your
deeds, ye cannot petition Him ; for ye have spoken proud
and insolent words t^iunst His nghteoosness : therefore ye
will have no peace. 4. And see ye not the sailon of tiie
ships, bow their ships are tossed to and fro by the waves and
ure shaken by the winds and m« in sore troable ? 5. And
therefore do they fear because all their goodly possessione go
into the sea with them, and they are anzioos of heart lest Oaa
sea should swallow tliem and they should perish therein. 6.
Are not the entire sea, and all its waters, and all its move-
mwts tbe work of the Most High and all its doings and its
waters, and has He not confined it throughout by the sand ?
^aarye. O gives ^KTO-' His ways.' 3. BMauae o£ SoOMQ.
O' oioits. Other MSS. 'and upon.' 4. aaUom of tli« ahlpa.
I have here and in ver. 9 accepted HalUvi's emendation of ' kings
of the sbipH ' into 'sailors of the ships.' The blse reading arose
from a confusion of nl'lKn 'fl^ with"Krt 'alip, 5. G Q' M for
aw^ read iPf^: 0, and O repeats y"A<UP<n>*— AAC through
homoioteleuton. 6. And its watora. So QO'M af^t.
£ ft+oB. Other MSS. rfitw ' has He not sealed all its doings 1'
Thia last, which Din. follows, is obviously a late coiyecture.
iDODMit to addnn the righteon* who iuUnoM of gnoh iniolent qweeh, cf.
*re hen oiled 'ohildTen of hekTen,' zaviii. 7, 8 ; cii. 6. 4-7. They who
Mebewheiesiiiiienueaallad'ohildren go duwn to tiie »k ia ihipi are GOed
of earth ' : of. o. 6 j oii. 3. The oon- with feitr kt the might oF ths h« :
templfttion of heaven kud of utnre how moah more should not men feu
and of the eudi they Mrva ihonld God bj whom the >ea hu been made
luoTO them to the fear of Ood. S, and of whom it ii tore afraid I 4.
3. He wrilw ranmea hit addreu to Sailora of thaihipi; leeCrit-Note.
the wioked and recon to the lubject : For the thought of tbe verte P(. cvii.
cf. 0.11,13. Window! of hearen : 33-17. fli 7. He lea can do
Oai.TiLii. Proad and inaolent nothing gave accordiog to divine aom<
words : T. 4 (note) ; iivii. 1, Ai mand. Iti dolnca and its waten :
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
fieet.V.] Chapters CI. 2 — CH. 4. 291
7. Aod at His reproofs it is afraid and dries up and all its
fish die and all that is in it ; bat ye sinners who are on the
earth fear Him not, 8. Has He not made the heaven and
the earth and all that is therein ; and who has given under-
standing and wisdom to all that move on the earth and to all
that move in the sea? 9. Do not the sailors of the ships
fear the sea? Yet sinners fear not the Most Hig;h.
CII. I. And in those days when He brings a grievous fire
upon yon, whither will ye flee and where will ye find deliver-
ance ? And when be launches forth His word against you,
will you not he affrighted and fear? 2. And all the
luminaries will quake with great fear, and all the earth will
be affrighted and tremble and be alarmed. 3. And all the
angels will execute their commands and will seek to hide
themselves from the presence of the Great Glory, and the
children of earth will tremble and quake; and as for
you, ye sinners, ye are cursed for ever and ye will have no
peace. 4, Fear ye not, ye souls of the righteous, aud he
7. It la aftatd and dries up. So Q'M. FHILNO and Din.
'dries up and is afraid.' G omits ' is afraid.'
CII. I. Whan. Wanting in Q. 3. Th« Oraat OUarj. So
O' M : Ktlf-i lletUtfV. Din. gives ' Him who is great in glory.'
ace Crit. Note. With thla pMMge frighted, uid eTen tha faolj angela
cf. Jer. T. 13 ; Job xxri. lo : zxzTii[. will eeek to Mde themwlvn &nm it.
S-ll ; Pt8. Ixxxiz. 9 ; oir. 9; Prov.viH. WhnI then will bseume of dnnenl
ig. 6. God liu not only miida 1. Jl srioron* flra, I.e. the fire of
the wa, bnt alio heaven and earth hell; cf. idi. 11. His word. I.e.
and all tiiat ia them ii. He too word of jadgment. 3. Tba Oreat
hu giTen (nrtinet to animalB and Olorr : of. xiv. 10. Children of
reaaon to man. 8. The whole oartli: cf. c 6 ; m. I (not«). Hav*
aliment of the chapter ■ummed ap no peace : cf. icit. 6 (note). 4-
in a few ia«gnant wordi. Sailors of OIV. 9. The diacnadon and via-
tha ahipa ; see Crit. Note on ver. 4. demnation of the Saddnoean view* of
CII. 1-8. If they now refnae to the future life. 4, 5. The right-
fear God, tlie dajr will come when eooi arc bidden to be of good cheer
thej will be terrified before the awful though their life be inch •« 011I7
day of the Lord — a day so terrible ainnen deaerved, and their tatter
dut beavea and earth will be af- end be full of grief (tv. 4, j). 4.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
293 . The Book of Enoch. [Smlv.
hopcfnl ye that die in righteoiuneM. 5. And grieve not if
your soal descends in ^ef into Sheol, and that in yonr life
your body has not fared as yonr goodnese deBerred but truly
as on a day on which ye became like the sinnen, and on a day
of cursing and ohaetieement. 6. And when ye die the
sinners speak ov« yon : ' As we die, eo die the righteous, and
what benefit do they reap from their deeds P 7. Behold, even
as we, 80 do they die in grief and darkness, and what advantage
have they over us ? from henoefortii we are equal. 8. And
what will they recave and what will they see for ever? for
behold they too have died, and from henceforth for ever they
will see no light.' 9. I tell you, ye sinners, ye are content
to eat and drink and strip men naked, and rob and sin uid
acquire wealth and see good days. 10. Have ye seen the
righteous how their end faJls oat ? for no manner of violence
CUldron ta eartli. Wantiag in O. 4. Ts that dto. 80
CFHILMN: Jul! V-MW"-. G has l«li AAi Tf, o£ oiii. 3 ;
Q' lUl: ff. and Dki., ' hope for the day of yonr death in
rigbteonsnesB.' 5. IC So Q and a' Xob. Other MSS. ' that,'
VSga, In grief: 80 G »■ M. Other MSS. ' in great tribulation
and wailing and sorrow and grief.' 8. What will they rsoalve.
a and Q' read: ^Tti ^tl^A- 'how wil! they ariaer 10.
Dia In rlghteoiuiiaBa : lea Crit. aad Mgue that u there u no dlf-
Note. S. Hie Bathor, given tiie Fereiioe in tlie lot of the righteom
■tuidpi^t of bdief in a blaaaed future and the viclced in thii life — a point
fur the rfghteont, oui readilj wmcede jost coneeded by the anthor in ver. 5
that theie ii oFton no diffenooe in ~-«o there ia none in an exiiteno«
the oatvard lot of the righteoDi and bejrraid this life : of. Book of Wisdom
the wickod either In life or death, ii. 1-5; iii. 1-4; Eoolea. iL I4'i6;
Snoh a eoooeenon aooording to the iJL 19-11, &<:. 7. In grief and
O.T. doctrine of retribndon was im- darkneH. This raftn to the O.T.
poMlbla. aiieol : ue Uiil. 10 (note), conoaption of Sheol, Ixiii. 10 (note).
We muet apparently aiaame an apo- 8, 10. The antwer of the anthor.
■topetii at the cloee of tbii verae. The Ufa of the wicked is fHsbioned
Beoama like the aiimere, 1. e. were bj material and temponl uma only,
afflicted just as if ye were siniienh nnd so all thnr deains find latis-
0-8. Hie Binnera— the Badducean op- &ation in tUs world ; but the life
ponants — start from the O.T. doctrine of the lighteooi, as is manibst from
of letriboUon wbioh tanght the pros- Snt to last, is moulded bj spiritual
parity of the ri^teon* In this life, and eternal aim*. How thair end
iiized by Google
Sect v.] ChapUr CI I. S~CfII. 3. 293
is foond in ilieiii till Uie dfty of tiheir deatiu 1 1. ' Never-
theless they perished, and becwne as though they had not
been, and their sools descended into Sheol in tribulation.'
cm. J. Now, therefore, I swear to you, the righteous, by
the glory of Him that is great and honoured and mighty in
dominion, and by His greatness I swear to yon. 2. I know
this mystery and have read it in the heavenly tables, and have
seen the book of the holy onee and have found written therein
and inscribed regarding them: 3. That all goodness and
joy and glory are prepared for them and are written down for
the spirits of those who have died in righteousness, and that
manifold good will be given to yon in recompense for your
How thalT end JUla oat. Bo O 0' M, omitting At<n>. Other
MS^. ' bow their end is peace.' Is found. G reads ^'t^Irt'.
In thun. Q ^ves ' in you.'
CIIL I. Br ths ^ktrj at Him that ia great and bonoured.
So G' : OlHbfal^ Mtifii (oAhQiC. O gives the same text except
that it omits A before OO.^ FHILXO and Din., 'by His
great m^ty and glory.' M ; OlHMilH 1ML& OiatlftCs ml?/^.
And mlghtr in dominion. So O and 0': OlfH: aa'm^.
Din. 'and by His glorious kingdom.' 3. Are written down
for tlieBptiitaafthos*. G reads : ^[^Ikii Ml*TI.1P(»*' ' the names
of those ... are written down.' Manifold good will be given.
bUaooti •wCiit.MoM. Agkln, m
in var. 5, the author concedes that
then i« no outward diiUnction be-
tween the righteooB and the wicked
in thi< life, but that there la a religioni
and atliioal dialinotioo. U. Tlie
widud rejoin ; this differeBce in cliip
raoter ii of no advantage— the ««me
lot await* good and bod alike.
Om. 1-4. The anthor, iuleod of
leplying directly to the wiaked, tame
to the t^htaou, and loleiniily ownrea
tbem that «vtaj good thing i« b
•tore tat litem ; for h> he hoi read
in the heavenly toblae uid in the
book of the holy one*. HoDoe Uiaj
wen not to regard the contomelj of
the wioked. 1. See Crit. Not«.
The oath ii mora eoleinn here than
in leriU. i, 4, 5 ; leiz. 6; mv, i.
a. Tlie writn bawe hii koowledge
mi the heavoly table* which he hw
read. Book of the holy anea, 1. e.
of the angel* : cf. oviii. 7. See zlviL
I (note). Din. comparing cviii. 3
take* the holy one* here to mean the
lointa or rightaoni. 8, 4. The
blcedng* tiers depicted will be enjoyed
by the rfghteoat, both in Hheol and
in the ([dilnial theocracy establiabad
after tlie final Jadgment The wisda
hare ore vague and might apply to
ilizedbyGoOgl
294 . ^^ ^^^ <>/ Eff^k. [fleet. V.
laboun^^ed that your lot is aboodaotly beyond the lot of the
Kring. 4. And your spirite — (the spirite) of you who die in
nghteousoees, will live and rejoice and be glad, and tiieir
spirits will not perish, bnt their memorial will be before tlie
face of the Great One onto all the generations of the world :
wherefore then fear not their contomely. 5. Woe to you,
ye sinneiB, when ye die in your sins, and those who are like
you say regarding yon ; ' Blessed are they, the sinners : they
hare seen all their days. f>. And now t^ey have died in
prosperity and in richee, and have not seen tribulation or
murder in their life ', and they have died in honour, and judg-
ment has not been executed on them daring their life.' 7.
Know ye that their aoule will be made to descend into Sheol,
and they will become wretched and great will be their tribu-
lation. 8. And into darkness and chains (lit. ' net ') and a
burning fire, where there is grievous condemnation, will yonr
spirits enter ; and there will be grievous condemnation for the
generations of the world. Woe to you, for ye will have no
So Q : -flH^ P^^, and M practically. G> gives -aiM: tOff^f,.
Din. ' with manifold good is it given.' For •dm we muet read
•AIM. 4. And their aptriU wUl not perish. So Q: miJt
ibT-tti aoti^ittVao-; but we must emend tiWHtr into fi^ibl'ttr
with O' If. Other USS. omit ' will not perish and.' 5. Te sin-
ners. Q Q' M curiously read ' ye dead sinners.' Die in your aina.
a' M read : n-flOAl ;>ffUrtte»' ' die in the riches of your sins.'
Bean all their dayB. Q adds 0*f{ ' seen good all their days.'
8, Vliere there Is srievoua oondemnatioiL Din. renders ' beiro
grosMn Qericht.' Oeneratlona of the world. So G Q' M :
fat-tJii M^. Other MSS. 'all generatioDs unto eternity.'
Mtber. There ii Kppueatij oolj k sura doom Bwaiti tkem in Sheol —
re0qrTCOiii>& of the ipiiit. ti-B^ dftrkaea uid <*l'*-in" ukd a bnndng
A different &l« ttwtiU the wioked. fluae. 7. Sheol: lee Iziii. lo
TheM bare enjoyed all the bleetings (note), Sheol here is the final pl*oe
which kocerdjnglo the O.T. belonged nrpnniihment : of. the dlffennt lignl-
to the righteous. Henoe Ihaj Taunt fleationaithuinoil. .q, ii. 8. Bee
tbemfeWee on thur pro^ieii^ and Crit. Note. Have no peaoe: eee
immnni^ from pnniihntent; bat a t, 4 (note); vAy. 6 (note). 9-
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect, v.] Chapter CJI/. 4-9, 295
peace. 9. Say not in regard to the righteous and good who
9. From tbie verse to the end of tliis chapter the variations
are nearly sixty in Q alone, bnt these ore munly between the
jBt and 3rd plurals in the rerbe and the corresponding euffizea,
verbal and enbatantival. Q favours throughout the 31-d pi.,
whereas Q' in the main agrees with Din. in giving the ist pi.
The question now arises on which person, the ist or 3rd,
are we to decide. The evidence of the MSS. would go to prove
that the yrd ftr»on waa the original ; for in about fifty instances
Din. gives the ist person and never the 3rd; O gives the 3rd
pereon in all, except seven instances, confined to vv. 14 and
15. All otiier MSS. agree with Din. And the evidence of the
context b in the same direction, ciii. cf-ig are pronounced deri-
sively by the sinners of the righteous. For in cii. 6-8, when the
sinners declare that the righteous live in trouble and durknese
and have no advantage over the wicked beyond the grave, the
author (10) in reply points to the nature of their death and tlie
purity of their life. To this tlie sinners rejoin (11), ' despite all
that they go down to Sheol in woe as we.' The author now
addresses himself first to the righteous (ciii. 1-4) and then to the
sinners. In the cose of the latter he givte their glorification of
their own life (5, 6) and their depreciation of the life of the
ri^teouB (9-15). In these vereee the wicked describe the wretched-
ness aud helplessness of the present life of the righteous, just as in
cii. 6, 7 they had described the wretchedness of the future of the
righteous. The author could not, as Din. imagines, represent the
departed righteous who were in blias as discouraging the righteous
who were still living, and as arraigning, as it were, the justice
of Qod. At the close of these words the author addresses his
reply (civ. 1-6) not directly to the sinners who have just spoken
bnt to the righteous, just as in the opening of ciii, and returns to
IB. Hien venea kre in the moath of with tlie ^af«re UGs oF the righteoiu.
(he wicked a urcutic deacriptioii of In theee veraei the wicked abaw Uuit
tlia lot of the righteooR : «ee <dii. g. In ever; respect tlie life of the rigbt-'
Crit. Note. Ai in vv. 5, 6, Ihs eona on earth ia a wretched one and
wicked extol the life of the wicked, oeutracy to ever; expeotAtion nited
■o here they depreciate the life of by the O.T.: In bot (he righteous
the righteona — the earthl]/ life, fiir mffta kll the penaltiea thnt were to
in cii. 6, 7 they hiMl limijiulj dedt befall the wicked. . B. In regard
iiized by Google
296 The Book of Enoch. [Soei.T.
are in life ; ' In the days of their life they are worn out with
their troablona toil, and have experienced every trouble and
met with nrnch evil and suffered from diseaae, and have beeu
minished and become small in spirit. 10. And they are
destroyed, and there has been none to help them (even) in word
Mtd have attained to nothing : they are tortured and destroyed,
and have not hoped to see life from day to day. 1 1. And
they hoped to be the bead and they have become the tail :
they toiled laboriously and attained not to the &uit of their
toil; and they became the food of dnners, and the un-
righteous laid their yoke heavily upon them. 13. And
they that hated them and smote them have had dominion
over them; and they have bowed their necks to those that
hated them and they have had no compassion on them. 13.
And they have desired to get away from them that they
might escape and be at rest, but have fsund no place where-
the siunerH in w. 7-9. Condosion. We aliall therefore adopt
the third peraon throughout Id thefs Terees. Space will not
admit of more than a few of the variatione being given, and these
will not be mere variations of ist and 3rd persons, but of words.
Din. gives the first person throughout in the case of the righteous.
In ciii. 9-15 I have traOBlated the perfects as Greek perfects,
and the imperfects aa pasts. In tlia d^v of tbxSx lUb thKS
are worn out with MixAx troufalous tolL So O : QovrOAi
IhfMt^raO". R*^: /"A<»»00-. AopOI.. Din. gives, 'In the days of
our adversity we were worn out with toil,' 0^: OaDfOAi Ofi^NWl
V^l XmXDi. Sufibrod ftom dlaaaM. 80 As>^, which we
should emend into Ao^ Other MSB. ' were consumed,' +<nXOi.
10. (Xvan) in word and have attained to notbing. SoG: OflCi
WhSiyVni KiX^, and also G' M, except in the person of the
verb. In the tranelation I have omitted fl in tDhSlLf^WX with
later MS8. Din. gives, ' with word and deed ws were powerless
and oould attain to nothing.' 11. Hoped. 80 G fitl^MK.
to. Thii em abo b« tniulal«d ■ to.' beomme nuU, fto. : cf. Pl otU. 39.
rrom dlMue : lee Cric Note. C£ BmsU In qjlilt. Not ' homblB ' but
Dtnt. xxTiif. 11, at. lO.CCDent. 'poor-t^\ad' {jn*pi/vx<n). 11.
xzTiil. >9, 66, 6j. HlnialMd and Cf. D«at. xzTHi. 13, 30, 31. U.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect, v.] Chapters CHI. \o — CIV. i. 297
onto tihey ehould flee uid be safe from tiiem. 14. And
they have complained to their nJers in their tribulation and
cried ont againat those who devonred them, biit they did not
attend to 'dmax cries and would not hearken to their voice.
I j. And they helped those who robbed and devoured them,
and those who made them few; and they concealed their
oppreesLOD, and they did cot lemove from tiiem the yoke of
those who devoured, and dispersed, and murdered them, and
they concealed their murder, and hare thought not of the
fact that they had lifted np their hands against them/
CIV. I, I swear onto yon, that in heaven the angels are
mindful of yoa for good beftne tJie glory of the Great One :
15. The confdeion of peraons is made worse by O'M reading J(C<CX
tiyTflO* 'you helped them.' Tbe yoke of tboM wlu>. So
OG'M: XCMv^l kA. Din. reads < their yoke but.'
CIV. I. Unto you. So QO'M. Other M88. insert 'ye
Cf. DeDt.ziTJii.48. i<L,is.TheM
miningtheilftteofici-civ. Inlzzziu-
10 tiie mlrni u« r^nrded m tils
divlnaly nppointed laftdon of the right-
eooB. In thii Hction, od the other
hMld, tJha mien j^tpenr u the vden
knd kbetton of the enemie* of the
righteooa. Tbeee eiwmiee are the
[■guiiien, white the righteoni ue
the Phtrlui puty. Tlie imtym tw
tween theea partlea aa thej aj^tear
In (hia book could not h»re bean ao
clearly dedoed before the Maooabean
timel. Nor again ooold thia book
have been written before the breMh
between John H;fn]aniiu and the
Fhariinnii But the date moit be
bioDght down still further, if we are
to explain liteiaUy lueh «tat«iaent«
a* ' diBpareed and murdered them,'
and ' their murder,' where the murder
of the ligfataoua la meant ; finr there
WBi uo blood ipilt between the paitiei
till the rcdgn of Jaanaaai, 94 B. C.
The later limit ia not hanl (a deter-
mine. He eloM oonfedenof whioh
here preTaUa between the SMidaoeeB
txA the ralers ^d not eibt under
the Herodian priocee, but only under
the later Maocabean ptineei. Henoe
thia leotion waa written before 64
I. a, and may be aMigned either to
the yean 94-79 s. 0. or 7&-64 b. o.,
during which periods the Phariseee
\sf the rulera and
But the rert of the
■ectiou is i^uat taking the word*
'murder,' Ac litcntUy. We ihould
probably reganl them merely aa tbe
deacription of a aeTere bnt not mut^
drront penecutiou : aeeSpedal Intnid.
(pp. 363, 164). IB. Siaperaed and
mnrdered them. Theie wcoda takes
literally would ^>ply well to the aataal
deetrnotlon and diapeimm of ihe
Phariaaio familiea under Jannaena.
OIT. 1-a. Inrtettd of anaweiing
directly the wicked who haTC tbaa
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
298
T^ Book of Enoch.
[Sect.V.
your aunee are written beCore the glory of the Great One.
%, Be hopeful ; for aforetime ye were put to shame through
iJlB and affliction ; hut soon ye will shine as the stars of
heaveu, ye will shine and ye will he seen, and the portals of
heaven will be opened to yon. 5. And persist in your cry
for judgment, and it will appear to you ; for all your trihola*
lation will he visited on the rulers, and on all their helpers
and on those who plundered yon. 4. Be hopeful, and cast
not away your hope ; for ye will have great joy as the angels
of heaven. 5. What will ye be obliged to do then ? Ye
will not have to hide on the day of the great judgment and
ye will not be found as sinnerB, and the eternal judgment
will be &ir from yon for all the generations of the world.
ri|;liieDus.' In heaTon. Wanting in G. 3. Te vrill shine.
This repetition of the verb in G'M wasting in Din. 5. Wliat
wlU 70 be obliged to do than P So O' M K and E f^Vt.
Other M8S. and Din. XTf, which U to be tiansUted: 'as for the
deriilTely dsambed the lot of the
righteoDfl in this life, Hie aathor tarn*
to the ligbteoQi aad mddrauei thmii.
Thii ie exactly wfakt he did in tlw
opening of oiii. He Ttitnmi to the
liDoen in civ. 7-9. In theM venei
the author praotio«Uy concolei tlut
tha wicked hnve rightly dsKiribed
the lot oi tha lighteoiu in thii life ;
bnt ha holdi out a ■□» hope, a hope
howsrer not to be fulfilled in tha tran-
litoiy Hemanie kingdom on earth,
but to be directed (o the tdweed fatore
that ii awaiting them in heaven : the
angeU are mindfol of tbem for good
even now, and in due time they wOl
beoome 'companiona of the hoita of
heaTGD.' 1, The angala am
mjndftilof ron. Though appai«stly
{(^gotten on earth, the righteoiu are
not forgotten before Ood by the
angali. On the interoenion of the
BBgela, et x*. 1 (note) ; ■A. 5-7 ; xlviL
t\ lziiii.7fi. Vamea are wrlttau :
■ea ilrii. 3 (note). The Oveat One :
of. xir. 3 ; dii. 4. 9. Bblne aa
the etara : cf. Dan. zii. 3 ; it Eok
[Ti.71]; vii.55. Portala of heaven
will be opened to jrou, I. e, heaven
will become their dwellli^plaae, for
they will 'ihineaa the atari,' 'joy aa
the angela,' and ba ' oompanioni of the
hoata of heaven.* The antbor doe*
not hope for a new earth : cf. xoi. 16
(note). 8. Thair demand for jnitioe
which thsy make in vmh on earth,
dii. 14, 15, will one day be latiafied :
wberefrae let them oontinoe to make
it ; ot xcTii. 3, 5 (note) ; loii. 3, 16.
The rulan. Theae are brought for-
ward very prominently here : cf. ciii.
14, 15 (note). 4. Ai the angela
of heaven : of. HatL ndi. 30 ; Mark
lit 15 ; alM En. oiv. 6. B. See
Ciit. Note. Day of tite great
jadsment : of^ xix. i ; Itttiv. 4 ;
zdv. g; saviii 10; xdz. 15. The
eternal jodcmaat : et.zd. 15, 'great
ilizedbyGoOglc
SMtV.]
Chapter CIV. 2-10.
299
6, And now fou not, ye righteous, when ye see the Binners
growing strong and prospering in l^ir ways and be not like
unto them and have no eompaniooship with them, bat
keep a£ar from their violence ; for ye will become com-
panions of the hosts of heaven. 7. Ye sianera, though
ye say, 'Ye cannot ascertain it and all our sins are not
written down/ still they will write down all your sins con-
tinually every day. 8. And now I show unto you that
light and darkness, day and night see all your sins. 9.
Be not godless in your hearto, and lie not and alter not the
word of uprightness, and do not charge with lying the words
of the Holy (and) Great One and glorify not your idols ; for
all your lying and all your godlessnees will prove not to be
righteousness but to be great sin. to. And now I know
rdle ye sliatl have then to play.' 6. Prospering In Uielr nvys.
80 O Q' M A¥?+0i>-. Other MSS. ' proepering in their luEta.'
Iilke unto them and. So : h'TO'in*^ ID. WiU beoome. So
G' &[ DA'lftlcn*'. Din.: DAi^ai>: )1i4> ' are destmed to become.'
Oomitsverb. 7. O': Jt^X-dif: lNI:::>/ILmi ^ffAfi OAffl.. G
gives the Bsme sense. 9. Olori^ not your Idols. G resets 4*41111
■11^, and G' f'*lft'fl^ — 'take no account of your idols.' All other
eternal jnd^nisnt ': kIw xIt. a (noto).
There appean to be no jodgment for
the right«aiw aooording to this Tene.
Contiaat the teaching of xuvii-
Ixx; He liii, 3. 6. Ftos-
p«>fng In ttioir wsts; tee Ciii.
Note. Cf. Jer. xii. I. The Pharix^a
exoliulTSiMM u dewl; defined here 1
ct id. 3, 4. Observe th«t the right-
eous are not Uddra to hope Ust bleved-
aen on earth thiotigfa tfas overthrow
of the rinner*. No doabt the djinera
will be out off In the period <A the
Sword, bat the author aeti lltUe itore
b^' the tenipOTarj Heedaiiio kingdom
tber<Ai7 eatabliBhed on earth. The
hopea of the righteoua ean be lealiaed
in he«Ten alone. Compsntoiu, t».%
ef. dv. *, 4. 7-B, After ihowing
tile bleued dectlny of ^m rightw>ni
In the foture life, be ton* fioallr
to the wicked, snd declarea that,
thoDgh they proaper and Are l^Dng,
and for that reason oonoeiTe tlwt no
aooonnt ii taken of thdr sin, nerer-
th^eeg all their siiu are reoorded,
and recorded duly. 7. Aaoertaln,
i. e. oar sini. S. Even the nutonl
poweia will gi«e witneaa against than :
cf. c. JO (note). S-IS. Fmm a
reproof of the life and the attitude
of Che wicked toward* Ae O.T. rsTcda-
tion, the antkor puses on to certain
disolotures and directions regarding
his own book. S. The wicked at«
admonislMd not to alter or misin-
terpret the O.T.! of. ndr. £i zcriil.
i4;xclx.i. HOlr (and) Oreat One :
«ea i. 3 (note). Tour idols : cf. xdz.
7-9, 14. 10. A Unie will eoine
ilizedbyGoOglc
300 The Book of Enoek. [Seotv.
I this mystery that nuay Binners will alter ami pervert the
I words of nprig-htiten and will speak wicked words, and lie,
' and practise great deceits and write books concerning their
words. II. But when they writs down tmthfolly all my
words in their longnages and do not change or minish onght
from my woids but write them all down truthfully — all that
I first testified conceaning them : ii. Then, I know another
mystery that books will be given to the righteous and the
wise to become a canse of joy and uprightneas and much
wisdom. 13. And to them will the books be given and
they will believe in them and rejoioe over them, and then will
all the righteous who have learnt ther^rom all the paths of
uprightness be recompensed.
[CV. I. 'And in those days,' saitb the Lord, ' they shall call
M8S. anpport text. 10. VUl alter and parvert tlia words of
tvriglitneH. Din. ttanslates, 'die Worte der Rechtschaffenhelt
dodem ond davon abfidlen werden.' It is arbitrary, however,
to take tMLlD. as neuter here. FraotlM great daoelts. See
Lericon, col, 13S3, 4. Din. translates, 'groese Werke schaffea,'
but this he withdraws in his Lexicon. WtU» books. O Q' M
giveoBUi^^. II. ISrwords. aO'Hgivef?^.
whoi the ward* of rev^tiim wHI bo then booki will re«ch the gcnonttioti
pcrrartad, snd booki be written tat- Tor whom thej were desired — a
(bndiiK wioked Mid heathen doetrine : ' righteon* and wiaa ' gienetktioD, Mid
■ee Crit, Note. PrkotlM great thii genention will be the fint t
« Crit. Not& U. But andcntuid tfadr worth. Fcr thii
the writing! of Enooh will oonnterMt idea ci Dtn. zii, 4, 9, to. IS. tht
then healhoi teKkiugB, and theae righteona and the wise will reoogniM
writingi will be handed down from and believe in thete booka : cf. Dao.
generation to generation and throo^ lii. 10, ' Nona of tha wioked aliall
-rarioui langnagM, and in tbe oonrw undoitand, but the wiee shall uader-
of tranwnJMion be eipoacd to Tolnn- itand.' BaMwapMued. Hie gift of
tary and involmitaiy perreniaBi and theae booki with their rarelationa and
ehangei. The anthor qioaka hen wiwiom •eeuii to be tbe reoompeDaa
from the itandpoint of Enoidi. In of tlie rtghtaom. ^lia Ib oertainlf
thaii UnsuasM. The O.T. waa the view of tlie writer of or. i: of.
Mlteadj tranilMed intoOrMk. It i» xdii. lo; 0. 6; d*. 11, 13. Or ia it
probable that Ar>in»fa» and Greek ara meant that aoon after thdr reoepdon
the langnagai here releired to. U. the Maaaianle kingdom wHl tpgtart
At laM in the ooone of tranimiMion OV. Ihi* obaftet doea not aaam to
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect. v.] Chapters CIV. 1 1 — CVI. 2. 301
and testify to th« childien of earth txsaaeroiag their wisdom :
show it unto them j for ye are their gnides and a recompense
over the whole earth. 3. For I and My Son will unite |
with them for ever in the paths of aprightness in their lives ; ;
and ye will have peace : rejoice, ye children of niHrightness.
Amen.']
[CVT. I. And after some days my son Methuselah took a
wife for bis son Lamech, and she became pr^naat by him
and bore a son. 2. And bis body was white as snow and
red ae a blooming rose, and the hair of Ms head and his long
locks were white as wool, and his eyes beautiful, And when
CV. 3. Amen. So O G' ft'Sl. Other HSS- ' in trath,' OfTl.
b«loii( to ict-dT. For (i) tha phnas
' duldim o[ eHtb,' wUoh in loi-dT
is ft iTnonjin for th« dniun or
heftthen. Ixm hers » good ethiokl dg-
niflaatioii : aee c 6 (note) ; d. I (note),
(l) The HoniKh b {otrodiicsd la or. l,
to whout thare ii not tha &(iite*t
■nuMm throoghoot vi-at. (3) The
flnit* donUon of the U*m of the
Mint* aeanw to b« implied In m. a.
HJb ii the dootrine In i-xxxvl, bat
DM in xd-dr. (4) The empbad* is
Ijdd in or on the finite life on euth :
in ici~ci* on the Immortal life in
heaven. Iliii chapter, like It!. 5-
Ivii. 3>, ii a liteiw; i««lval of U. T.
thonghti and ideals. 1. OUIdisn
of earth. Tlui phnas haa a good
ligniScation here; for the bootta of
Eiuch, wbioh onlj ' the righteont and
the wiae ' will receive, are tha guide*
of thoae deaignated ' childrea of
earth.' Contract with thia the teoh-
DJoal meaning of tbii phtaae in o. 6;
ciL 3. Baoompenae: of. dv. 13.
a. To Ur Bon. There ii no difflonlt;
about the phr>«e ' M; San ' as applied
totheMeniah bythe Jewi: cf-WEirft
vii. 18,19; ziv.9. If the rlghteona are
oiled 'God'c children' tn Mi. 11, the
Mralah waa pre-amlnaotlj the Sou
of God. Horeovcr, the aarlj Ifea-
rianlo Interpretation of Fa. ii would
naturally lead to anoh an eipraadon.
In liii, 14 above we have jxactioatly
the tame thought eiprewed : of: John
xiv. 13. In tlislT Uvea; see intro-
dnotion to thii ohapter. Ye vlU
have peaoe. Tbii wai the q)edal
bleniog of Uie rlghteouf, at it* Imb
waa the onrw entailed on the willed :
ef. xciv. 6 (note).
OVI-TIE. We have here again a
ftagment of a Noah Apooalypie. TtiU
fragment, aa the other fragmenta of
tlus Apocaljpae, nasa the Samaritan
reokoning : lee liv. 3 (note) ; lii. 4
(note). Enodi ii atill aliva and wlUi
lite angela at the enda of the earth,
eiaotlj aa it la preani^iOBed is Izv. i;
Izvi. 3, whoi Noah ia bom. Only
wonld admit
aooordbg to it
Knoch was only aa yet 185 yeu* old.
Aoo<«dfng to the Hebrew text, on
the other hand, Noah'i Inrth did not
ooonr till the seventieth year after
Bnooh'a tranilalion, and aooording to
the LXX. not tiU the ifSth yew
after that event. S. Aa wool ;
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
302 The Book of Enoch. [8ert.V.
he opeoed his eyes, he lighted up the whole hoose like the
sun, uid the whole hoose was very fall of light. 3. And
when he was token from the hand of the midwife, he opened
his mouth and eonversed with the Lord of nghteoufinees.
4, And his father Lamech was afraid of him and fled, and
came to his &ther Methaeelah. 5. And he said to him :
< I have b^^tten a strange son : be is not like man but
resembles the children of the uigels of heaven ; and hie
nature is different and he is not like us, and his eyes are
as the rays of the son and his ooontenance is ^orious.
t. And it seems to me that he is not sprung from me but
from the angels, and I fear that in his days a wonder may be
wrought on the earth. 7. And now, my father, I am here
to petition thee and implore tbee that thou mayest go to
Enoch, our &ther, and learn from him tJie truth, for his
dwelling-place is amongst the angels.' 8. And when
Methnsel^ heard the words of his son, he came to me to the
ends of the earth ', for he had heard that I was there, and he
cried aloud and X heard his yoice and came to him. And
I said unto him : ' Behold, here am I, my son, for thou hast
come to me.' 9. And he answered and said : ' Because of
a great cause of anxiety have I come to thee, and beeaose of a
distorbing vision have I approached (thee). 10. And now,
hear me, my father, hear me : unto Lamech my son there hath
been bom a son, whose form and nature are not like man's
natnre, and the colour of his body is whiter than snow and redder
tbsji a blooming rose, and the hair of his head is whiter than
CVI. 9. Cause of anxisly. So G Q' M Xtf^. Other MSS. f7C,
' matter.' 10. Hear me, mr fother. So G. DId. and 0' give
'my fether.' Colo»ur of Us body. So G : -Hli; ^PO-. Other
cf. ilvi. [. 3. OcinT«r>«d with. uikbI'> i- e. at the eiida of the euth,
Aoxirdiiig to ver. II Noah 'blessed' m in Ixv. >; livi. 3. 8. OauM
Ood. Lord of rlghtoooineM : cf. of anxiety : eee Crit. Note, 10.
xxil. 14; xc 40. 0. Ohildron of Tho oolour . . . roae. Borrowed
Um angeU of haavan ; ct.lzii.4,j; by Ayov. Petri.' rd fi}r 7^^ aiiiiata
alio lixf. I. 7. AmODcat the aiitSiti i|r Xtrntirtpa wimp xf^rtn KoX
itradb, Google
Sect. v.] Chapter CVI. 3-16. 303
white wool, and his ej es are Hke the rays of the sun, and he
opened hie eyes and therenpon he lighted up the whole house.
11. And when he was taken from the hand of the midwife,
he opened his month and blessed the Lord of heaven.
12. And Lamech became afraid and fled to me and did not
believe that he was sprung from himj but that he was in
the likeness of the angels of heavea ; and behold 1 have come
to thee that thon mayest make known to me the truth.'
13. And I, Enoch, answered and said : 'The Lord will do a
new thing in the earth, and this I have already seen in a
vision, and I make it known unto thee that in the genention
of my father Jared some from the heights of heaven tram-
gressed the word of the Lord. 14. And behold they com*
mitted sin and transgressed the law, and united themselves
with womrai and committed sin with them, and married some
of them and have begotten children by them, 15. And
there will come a great destruction on the earth, and there will
be a deluge and a great destruction for one year. 16. This
son who is bom unto you will be ]eft on the earth, and his
three children will be saved with himj when all mankind
HSS. "His colour." 12. lAmeoh. So G. Other MSS. 'his
father, Lamech.' 13. This I have alfoady seen, OKfOlK
0CAJI-. By a strange slip Din. renders, 'diese Weiss ich nnd
habe . . . geKhen.' This, however, is a well'known idiom. G omits
inf 0fK IS, In the generation of . . . Jared. G and Q' read :
A'^O^AXj AJLf &T. M : A1^ a^ft-.C4 Af &£-. Some from the
heights of heaven. So Din. GO'. L M : JumMUlt: A^JC.
£ H K give ODMMkti tm^ ; and N gives m'tXliti imfi. An
easy emendation woald be Am^lrh A'fjK ' some of the angels of
heaven.' 15. On the earth. O. Other MSS. ' on the whole earth.'
ifnOpiripa narrit fiitou. Byes . . . tioni beg»n with Jtred, and aatatd-
son; of. Apoe. Pttri: Mi r^i ing to the Sanuritkn iw&oluiig,
Saltan aSnSir ix-rbr in ifiSov. 11. Jued, Hethuulah, SDd LunMh die
Iiord of beftven. Here only in or ace deatroyed in the year of the
Knoch. IS. Do a new thing. Flood. U. The law, i. e. tiie law
For thii phrase cf. Nam. zvi. 30; Ii. appointed to them as spiritual being! ;
iliii. 19. In the seneratlon of . . . cf . st, 16. One year : of. Gen.
Jared: of. vi. 6. He anfnl geneta- Tii, 11, and viii. 14. 16. 8a«
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
304 Th$ Book of Enofk. [Sect. v.
that we on tiie earth ahall die. 17. The gumts are not
aocotding to the Bpirit, but according- to the fleeh, and there
will be a great paniehment on the earth and the earth will be
cleansed from all impurity. 18. And now make known to
thy son Lamech that he who was bom was in bnth hia ami,
and call his name Noah ; for he will be left to you, and he
and his children will be saved from the destruction which will
oome upon the earth on aoconnt of all the sin and all the on-
ri^hteoosnees of apostasy whieb will be oonsnmmated on the
earth in his days, 19. And after that there will be still
more nnrighteoosneBB than that which was at first oonsom-
mated on the earth ; for I know the mysteries of the holy
ones; for He, the Lord, has showed me and informed me,
and I have read in the heavenly tables.'
CVIL I. And I saw written on them that generation upon
goieratioD will transgress, till a generation of riglitAoasneBs
arises, and tranegression will be destroyed and sin will pass
away from the earth and all manner of good will come upon
it. 2. And now, my son, go and make known to thy son
1 6. That M« on the aarth ahall die. Here I have omitted tritb
00' the words which come after these in Din.'s text, 'he and his
children will be saved. The; will b^;et on earth.' 18. For UStJl^
Q Q' give Ut4. Unrichtaouanass of apoatasr which will be
conmimmated. So O' Xltl OlUDt for XTt: DAtrt* of Din.
Q reads Ofcd^, and bo really snpports O'. Din. gives ' nnright-
eoosiwsB which will be oonBommated.'
CVn. I. Tin. O Q' read lUvv ' that a generation of righteoas-
Crit.Nota. 17. TheficrtbKlfoT of 'reraiuait'! <jf. Bodn*. iliv. 17
thii vane, ending with tike wanb where he !b dcaoribed m a nctiMt)!^.
' tm the earth,' ha* been tianipoeed 19. The mjiterlea of the holf
through a slip &om Ita ligbi poei- emea. Either the Mcreta kaown to
Hon after ver. 14 ; in that oonnexfon the angels, or the Mereti relating
it ahonld be rendered : ' Giants, who to the righteooi in the htore. Hea-
are not aeoon^ng,' Ac. Dln.'i inoi^- venlr tablsi : see ilvli. 3 (note),
reot text made any explanation im- UVIL 1. Hie fii^sh growth of lin
poaritde. 18. Hie name Noah i> tifter the Deluge : ite deltination and
here liwived frma HU in the aense the advent of the Meadanic kingdom.
jdbyGoOC^Ic
8«*.V.] Chapters CVJ. 17 — CW//. 3. 305
Lamedi that this son, which has been bom, is in truth bis
BOD, and that (this) is no lia. 3. And when Methusel&h had
heard the words of his &ther Enoch — for be had shown to
him all the secret things — he returned and showed (them) to
him and called the name of tbat son Noah ; for he will cause
the earth to rejoice in oomp^isatioD for all destmction.
CVm. I. Another book which Enoch wrote for bis son
Methuselah and for those who will come after him and will
keep the law in the last days. 2. Ye who have done good
will wait for those days till an end is made of those who work
evil, and an end of the might of the transgressors. 3. And
wait je indeed till sin has passed away, for their names will
be blotted oat of the book of life and ont of the books of the
holy ones, and their seed will be destroyed for ever, and their
ness will arise.' 3. For wbea reads liOfl ' again.' B«-
tonwd and ahowed (them) to him. 3o M : V-OAi (DACXt*.
omits. Q': 7-aCJi! (DJtCtf*. F H L N and Bin., ■ returned, after
baring seen him.'
CVUL 3. Ya who have done good wiU wait for. So O 0> :
XA: 7(Unui>»-: d»CT! tXl<lK tCMc. oorOft. but that G' gives for
A. FHILNOandDbi., ';e who have fiilfilled it and are wailing
in those.' M, 'ye who have fulfilled it, wait ye for,' ^SMrfK A.
3. Out of the book of Ilfo and. So Q' : Xfloft-fb^i rb^^D^i 0.
M, ' oat of the book.' Other USS. omit. Of the holy onaa. Q'
S. The derivation tA Noah givam in 8-10, tiw bleMed inuoartality of tha
Gen. v. 19 ii bwe partdenlarlj r«- aonl, but apparontly not of the body,
peated. M weU ai the doaUatn of Ugbt and
OnH. niia final clupter forms an darkneu ao prominent in tt. 11-14.
independent addiUon, It> nritar wu criii is more nearly akin to xoi-dv
aoquunted irith setrtioDi i-xxxvi and than any other laotlon in the book.
ioi-<nv, or at all events with part* of The object of tbii chapter ii to em-
it hii acquaintance with i- oooiage the rlghteona stiU tc
xzzri ia very inaccurate. In tt. depute the loi^ delay tA the advent
3-6 what waa originally the place of of the kingdom, 1. Keep tha
pmuihment for the dlaobadfent itan law, as apposed to ' Ul away from
in ohapten zviii and ni beoomea in the law,' xoix. a. 3. The &ithAd
his hand* practioally Grehenna. The are exhorted to farther patlenoe.
wiitv is Esaene in tone. Obwrra 8. Blotted ont of the book of life :
the high honoQT paid to asoetioism, c£ ilvii. 3 (note). Book* of the
the MOTn of gold Mid nlTSr in tv, holr onaa, 1. e. the roll of the
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
3o6 The Book of Enoch. [Seat. T-
qarits will be slain, and lihey vill cry and make lamaitation
in a place that is a waste wildemeas, and they will bum witli
fire where there is no earth. 4. And I Baw then aomeUiing
like a viewless clond ; for by reason of its d^th I ooold not
look thereon, and I saw a flame of fire bnrmng brightly, and
there circled (there things) like Bhining moantains and they
swept to and fro. 5. And I asked one of the holy angels
who waswitii me and said: 'What is this shining thing ? for
it is not a heaven but only the flame of a boming fire, and
tiie voice of crying and weeping and lamentation and strong
paiiL* 6. And he said unto me: 'This place which thoQ
seest — here are cast the spirits of sinners and blasphemers and
of those who work wickedness and of those who pervert every
thing that GK)d does through the mouth of the prophets —
(even) the things that shall be. 7. For some of than ue
written and inscribed above in the heaven, in order that
the angels may read them and know that which will befall
reads fJUl: ' of tiie Holy One,' Q ^A/H". In . . . a waste wOdra^
UMS. O gives : OoBllli JZ^li HA^AtCA.. 4. Por b? noKm
of Its depth. G reads : Xir^mirf] Oin>4; at. A flams of
fire. So OQ': 400; Xtt. Dlu. 'the flame of its fire.'
5. ■Tfaia shining thing. roods HQ-Al = immolatoa. 6.
Doa& So GO' ^'Vki,. Other MSS. '^Maks.' Ttaronch ths
moutti. Q gives (IM. 7. Baadthem. Q 0' read .f>aCTai».
memban of the kiugdam; of. dij. 3. of. xrlii. 13. 6. HtU hell iriiidi
Bplrita will be Bliin : cf. Edi. 13 ; U ontaidH the eu^ i« the Sud pkoa
idx. II (note). Thongh the axtreme of pimiihmaiit of siiuien and blM-
penalty of gin. It doM not Imply vor phemen and parrerten of God'i
nihiladon, for the viistlmi of tt ' ay revelation and action Ihrongh Aa
and make lamentation.' In a plaoe, prophets. In verses 3-6 the writw
fto. Tliii cbaotio flaming hell beyond of thia chapter haa confounded places,
the limits of the earth >■ the place i. e. Qehenna and the hell of the dis-
of pnnlduQsnt of the angeU in xviii. obedient stars, that are moat oarefollj
xt-lh; zxi. 1-7. 4. This hell distingrushed in i-xxxri, and yet bor-
and ita inhabitanta fnrther de«arlbed, rowHi the phraaeolo^ <Jl that Motion.
In tamu borroired from xviii. 131 rd. BlaajilLenuin : af id. 7. The pro-
3. S. One of tbe liolT ansels, phets. Here only mentioned ex-
fto. lliia phraae is harrowed &oni presaly in Enoch. 7. Written
I-zizri 1 c£ xxvii. a, Toioe, fto. : and Inaoribed. lliis refcn to tba
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Sect. v.] Chapter C VIII. \-\\. 307
the eoimers, and the spirits of the bumble, and of those wbo
afflict their bodies, and are (for that) recompensed by God ;
and of those wbo are pat to shame by wicked men : 8. Who
lored Ood and loved neither gold nor silver nor any of the
goods of the world, bnt gave over l^mr bodies to torture,
9. and who, since tbey came into being, longed not after
eortiily food, but regarded theit bodies as a breath that paseetli
away, and lived accordingly, and were mocb tried by the Lotd,
and their spirits, were found pure eo that tbey should bless
His name. 10. And all the blessings tbey received I bav«
recounted in the books, and He bath assigned tliem tbinr
recompense because they have been found to be such as loved
heaven more than their life in l^e world, and whilst they
were trodden under foot of wicked men and experienced abuse
and reviling from them and were put to shame, (nevertheless)
blessed Me, 11. And now I will summon the spirits of the
good who belong to the generation of light, and I will tians-
9. Their bodies. So O IflHvv. Other MSS. ■ themselveB.'
Xitvad MMOTdlncly. Lit. 'observedthis.' 10. He hatb aMdcned
them tbelr reoompense. O reads ^nfMo*. Heaven more
man tbeir 111b in the world. So O HAMy". G' and Din.
give HAM^ 'the eternal heaven more than their life.' Bot
the collocation of the words favours the former. Here ends
heavenlj taUv: of. xlvii. 3. These lightaou h&Ta their oonntwpwt 1b
renai]* are alio called Uie booli of tlie thgte of the naked ; cf. zori. j-7 ;
angali, for tbeir porpoie ia to aoquaiut zorii. S-lo; zoriiL >. 0. Ba>
tlie an^li with the fatnra : cC clii. i. Kav^Ad their bodlea aa « breath.
See also Arc. Is. vii. 17. 7-0. The The aseetdo soom of the bod; Is here
humble. TbeBe are the D^39 and itronglj expraaaed. The body is left
D^V to eften referred to in the behind in All world and gamnnte of
Fialmt. Thej eonstitate the ime tight sBamned after death : of. Asc.
Israel aa opposed to (he proud, the Is. iv. 17; En. ovili.i). 10. Booch
■elfish, and the paganiien : see Chejne speaks and refers his hearers and
an Ps. ix. 13. Those wlio afflict readen to his books. Their lift in
their bodlea, loved neither gold the world: see Crit. Note: cf.
nor BilTOT, longed not after earthly ililiL 7. 11. Versae 11 and 13
(bod. Theae phrases would applj are represented as bdng l^ioken
well to the Esseoe pai^: of. ilvili. by God. 0«n«rati<in of ll«ht:
7; cli.5. These ehanwterittio* of Iba oC IxL ii (iKrte); uzrili. 4 (note).
X %
Digitized by GOOC^IC
3o8 Th£ Book of Enoch.
form those who were bom in darkness, who sought not honoor
in the fieeh aa their faithfulness deserved. 1 2. And I will
bring forth clad in shining light those who have loved M7
holy name, and I will seat each on the throne of hia hononr.
13. And they will be resplendait for times without number ;
for righteousness is the judgment of God ; for to the faithful
He will give faithfulness in the habitation of uprigfit paths.
14. And they will see how those who were bom in daikness
will be cast into darkness, while the righteous will be resplen-
dent. 15. And the sinners will cry aloud and see them aa
they shine, and they indeed will go where days and f
are prescribed for thran.
the repeated section. M has the straoge reading: \7"lX'ili:
M^/kiTD- HAMy°. II. Bongbt not bononr. So Q: iUJ^Ai
lril£. F H I L N and Din. ' were not recompeoaed with honour,'
A.i'^J&f'. M ' ware recompensed.' la. Clad In ahliitng light.
OCK-Ui ^CS^. Cf. Matt. vii. 15. (lA^nAi 1U170 < clad in sheep's
clothing.' The statement of the next verse, ' they will be resplen-
dent,' calls for this translation. Din. translates, 'I will bring
Forth into a brightly shining light.' The throne of hla honoor.
So GLMN: OpIO^i IHI^; tUtlt-. Dk. gives <a throne of honoor,
of his honour.' 13. In the habitation of upright iMths.
a reads : O'^'IJSC: fflSWVI^ CtO ' in a habitation and paths of
uprightnesB.' M 'in a habitation and uprightness.' 14. Will
be oaat. G reads ^I'IDA^. 15. Aa they ahine. For XlHs
fJfiC^ Q reads ^dfrfwD^.
Who were bom in ilTtnwii. Of 17; viiL 14, 16; iz. 9, Ae. ThMOM
Utoie who Are born in darknsu, luoli of hii honour : lee (Mt. Now. C^.
aiare&ithfulaiidieekiiothoiioiiriil Mktt. zii. l8 ; Rev. liL ai ; It. 4;
dieS(»hnretnuufonned,batthaaawho Abo. Ig. ii. 10, iS. IS. Enoch «gs]n
K'-V 'y\ ranuln in their darkneu are OMt into spoaki. Bsapl«ndent, &«. : cf.ixxii.
dtAnaw ni their oondenmation : of . 7 ; dv. a ; orliL 14. 14. Bom In
ver. 14, 13. Olad In ahlnlna darknon : we w. it (note). Oast
light: see Crit. Note; aUo bdi. 16 Into dmrknon: cf. (dU. 8. U-
(note); AM).Iai.G; iii.is; it. 16, Cf. Dan. lii 1, 3.
Digitized by GtXlglC
APPENDIX A.
EDITIONS AND TRANSLATIONS.
BouEiAHT: Frt^menU greet du Hvre d^ Enoch. Mfmoires
publics par let Membres de la Mitnon ArcMol. Frangaite, torn,
ix. pp. 91-136.
L'Evangile ei I'Apocalypie de Pierre avec le texte gree
du Hvre d' Enoch. Texte pubHi en fac-givtUe, par T heliogravure,
d'apris let photograpkiet du manutcrit de 6iz/h. Farb, 1893.
MiOME : Ze Hvre d^HSnonh in hb Dictionnaire det Apocryphet,
tWie, 1856, torn, i, pp. 393-514. Tliis Frencli translation
is made from Laarence'B Ethiopic text.
G0LD8CHMIDT : JOa* BiicK Henoch aut dem Aelhiopitehen in
die urtprHnfflich hehraiteke AbfaattngMprache surUckvbeTtetzt ;
mii einer Mnleilung vnd Noten vereehen, 1892. This retrans-
lation is tlie work of a very joun^ scholar, and, being eo,
it is a creditahle performaDce It labours, however, under
many defects. First, it is based on Dln/s Ethiopic text,
which is veiy cormpt ; secondly, the author appears to trans-
late at times not from the Ethiopic as he professes, but directly
from Dln.'s German translation, as in xxxtL 3 ; zxxvii. 2 ;
Izxxix. 7, &c. : thirdly, he mistranslates occasionally Eamiliar
phrases, possibly through carelessness : and finally, he intro-
dnces oonjectores into the text without any attempted justifi-
cation in the notes. Notwithstanding, we are grateful to the
author for his book, and regard it as full of promise for his
fntureL For my review of tliis boob see Jevieh QvarUrlf,
Jan. 1893, pp. 327-339.
Digitized by Google
3IO The Book of Enoch.
LoDs: Le Lwre d'H^nock, Fr^meiUi greet, d^eouveria &
Aihmim, publi/t avee let variantet du texte /tAtopien, traduiit et
annotSt, Paris, 1893. For Bome unexplsiiied reaeoD France
hae not till tlie present made any originaJ contribution to tbe
study of Enoch, though it has been prolific enough in works
of a secondary importance on this subject. But M. Lods has
broken through this evil tradition and presented us with
a woric of first-clasa importance, a work that is at once
learned, scholafly, and judicious. I have been obliged, how-
ever, to traverse bis main conclusions on the relative values
of the Ethiopic version and the GTiz. Gk. text; bnt this
is due not to tbe £aalt but the misfortnne of M. Lods, as
he was not acquainted with any bett^ representative of the
Ethiopia version than Dln.'8 corrupt text See further, p. 319.
On some other occasion I hope to review at sinne lei^^ this
attractive and suggestive book.
CRITICAL INQUIRIES.
BiSSBLL: The Apoerypha of the Old TettameiU, 18S0, pp.
665, 666. In this short account of Enoch the usual analysis
into Groundwork, Similitudes, and Noachian fragments is
accepted.
ScEWALLT : Dot Lebea naek dgm Tode, 1893. Tbe traditional
division of the book of Enoch into the Groundwork, Simili-
tudes, and Noachic interpolations is here assumed, p. 136.
The author, however, is very arbitrary in his interpretation of
the text uid is often demonstrably wrong; and this is all
the more to be regretted as hie work is at once original and
su^estive. The instances in which tbe book of Enoch is
used or interpret«d will be fotind given at length on p. zoo
of Schwally's book.
ZOCKLxs : J)ie Apoetypien det AUe» TettameiU*, 1891,
pp. 426-436. Like most writers this author assumes the
book of Enoch to oonast of a Oroondwork of chapters i-xxxvi;
Ixxii-cv (135-105 B. c): the Similitudes (of unoertun date) 1
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Appendix A. 311
the Noadiio fra^ents (before the publication o( the Book
of Jubilees): and cviii of recent origin. Slight ChriEti&ti
additions in the Similitndes are admitted.
Satifpol: in the IHetvmnavre de la Siilt, taec. iii, 1892,
pp. 757-759, this writer divides the Book of Enoch into
fi) Book of Celestial Physics, xvii-xix; xxi-nxvij Izxii-
Ixxix; Ixxxii. (2) Hi^rical Apocalypse, i-xvi; Ixxx-lxxxi;
Ixxxiii-CT (circ. 1 10 b. c). (3) Similitudes or Messianic
Apocalypse, xxxvii-lxiii ; Ixiz-lxxi (40-44 B. 0.). (4) Book of
Noah, liiv-liviii It is worthy of notice that this analysis
is almost an exact reprodnction of Lipsina' article in Smith's
Diet, of CAruiian Bioffrapky.
DiLLMANN : ^tzvnggbericAte d. Kgl. Preitai. Aiad. d. Wut.
zu Berlin, 1892, li-Uii. pp. 1039-54; 1079-92. This great
scholar has here resumed his old Apocalyptic studies, and
published an emended edition of the Gizeh MS., with a series
of corrections of the Ethiopic text also. That the bulb' of
these is of great valne goes without saying. Eor some farther
notice of these papers, see p, 319.
CsABLES : ' The Recent Tiauslations and the Ethiopic Text
of the Book of Enoch ' (JewitA Quarlerly Bevteio, Jan. and
April, 1893).
Digitized by GtXlglC
APPENDIX B.
"THE SON OF MAN': ITS ORIGIN AND MEANING.
Ab both tiie origin and me&tung of this title in tbe New
Testament have been very differently understood, it will be
DectiBsary to disease these theories briefly.
(i) It has been taken to mean the Messiah with special
reference to its nse in Daniel. Hengstenberg, ChrUtotogie, iii.
91, 1858 } Schulze, 7om Mentckauokn und vom Logot, 1867 —
' while the concept of the Messiah is oontfuned in the name,
the peculiar expression of it in the Danielic sense can never be
knowingly left ont' ; and Meyer, Comment, on Matt. viii. 20—
* As often as Jesus oses the words " Son of Man," He means
nothing else than the Son of Man in the Prophecy of DanieL'
The Danielic conception has nndoabtedly influenced the
meaning of this title in the New Testament in certain in-
stances ; see S. Matt. zxiv. 30 ; xzri 64 ; bat in the majority
of instances it is wholly inapplicable] i e. when it is used in
reference to the homelessness of Christ, S. Matt. viii. 20, or
His aversion to asceticismj zL 18, 19 ; or His coming not to
be ministered onto bat to minister, S. Mark z, 45, or His
destiny to be rejected of the chief priests and scribes and to
be put to death, viii. 31.
(ii) It is taken to mean the ideal man, the typical, repre-
sentatiTe, unique man. So Schleiermacher, who holds (Cirutl.
Glavbe, ii 91) that this title, in our Lord's use of it, implied a
consdousness of His complete partic^lion in human natote.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Appendix B. 313
M wen as of a distiQctive difference between Himself and
mankind. So Neander, IiAe% Jent, Eng'. Trans. 4th Ed. p. 99,
and more or less approximately Tholack, Olahausen, ReoRs,
Weiflse, BejrBcUag, Liddon, Weetcott, Stanton.
This Boppoaitaon cannot be regarded as more Baccesafal than
the former. It fiula to show any fitness in the majority' of
cases. It is moreover an anachronism in history and thonght.
No past osage o£ the term serves even to prepare the way for
this all^^ meaning ; and sacb a philosophical conception
as tbe ideal man, the personalised moral ideal, was foreign to
the oonscioasness of the Faleetinian Judaism of tbe time.
The nearest approach to this idea in the langnage of tliat
time would be the ' Second Adam.'
(iii) Banr {Neuieti. Tkeol. pp. 81-3 ; Z. f. W. TieoL i860,
pp. 274-92) thinks that Jesoa chose tbe expression to designate
Himself as a man^ not as a man in the ideal sense, but as
one wbo participated in eveiything that is human, qui hit-
mani nihil a te alieitttm putat. Bat though He thns nsed it to
dmote a simple ordinary man in its first acceptation, He
afterwards incorporated in it the Danielic conception, as in
S. Matt. xxiv. 30, &c. So Schenkel, Bidel-
Baor has found but few to follow bim,
Lem. iv. pp. 170-5.
His explanation
b the most inadequate that has been offered whether regarded
from die standpoint of history or ex^esis. His observation,
however, that this title had apparently a varying signification
is worth noting. This variation is recognised by Weize&cker,
Ev. GetcA. 1864, p. 429; Dot Apotiol. Zeiiaiier, 1890, p. 109.
Its explanation is to be found in ihe complex origin of the
phrase.
(iv) Mr. Bartlet ('Christ's use of the term "tbe Son of
Han," ' 7^ ExpotUor, Dec. 1892) takes this title to mean the
'ideal man,' but he gives it a fnrther and more definite
content by subsuming nnder it the conception of the Servant
of Jehovah in Isaiah. The actual phrase, he concedes, may
have been derived from a corrent Enocbic usage.
Save for the fact that this theory rect^ises the inclnsion in
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
314 ^^ ^ook of Enoch.
this title of the Old Teetunfflit conceptioD of the Seratnt of
Jdovah, it laboan ouder all the difBculties of (ii), and incurs
fnrliier disabilities of its own. It attribatee to Jesos a most
caprivioiiB and arbitrary metbod. It sappoecB Him, first of
aJl, to choose a cnrrent Apocalyptic phrase ; next to strip it
absolutely of its received meaning, and to attach to it a
signiScatioa in the highest degree questionable for the period
and coimtry j and, finally, while rejecting the Old Testament
authoritative title of Servant of Jehovah, to subsume its
complete connotation under this current Apocalyptic phrase
with its neWj artificial, and tmmediated meaning. That the
tide, moreover, however transformed, had not parted with
its apocalyptic meaning, is proved by S. John v. %%, 27, which
are practically a quotation from Enoch Izix. 27,
The above interpretations are all unsatisfactory, and die
reason is not far to seek. They are too subjective and cme-
rided, and they all mwe or less ignore the historical facts of
the age. The true interpretation will, we believe, be found
if «e tiart witA the eoneeption at found in Enoch and irace itt
etUarffoiient and etiential trantformaHon in the uaage of our Lord,
In tkii tran^ormaiion it it reconciled to and takea over into itte^
its apparent antiihetis, the conception <f the Servant of Jehovah,
while it hetrayt oeeational renUniteeneeM qf Dan. vii, the ultimate
lonree if thi* detonation.
First shortly as to the &ctfl of the problem. The expression
is found in S. Matthew thirty times, in S. Mark fooiteen, in
3. Luke twenty-five, in S. John twelve. Outside the Gospels,
in Acts vii. 56 ; B«t. l 13 ; adv. 14. In all Gteea caaes we
find i vU$ rou AiiBpdtifm except in S. John v. 37, and Rev. i.
13, xiv. 14. The two passages in Bev. may be disregarded
as they are not real desigoationa of the Messiah. As for
8. John T. 27, 1 can find no satisfactory e^ilanation of the
absence of the article.
Our interpretati<Hk of tlus title ia as foUows : —
(i) Its source in Daniel and its differentiation therefrom.
The title ' the Son of Man ' in Enoch was undoubtedly derived
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Appendix B. 315
from Dan. vii, bat a whole world of thooglit lies betweai
the BDi^estiTe wotde io Daniel and the definite ronnded con-
ception as it appears in Enoch, In Daniel the phniee seems
merely Bjmbolical of Israd, but in Enoch it denotes a snper-
nataral person. In the former, moreover, the title is indefinite,
' like a Stm of Man' as in Hot. i. 13 ; xiv. 14, bnt in Enoch
it is perfectly definite and distinctive, 'the Son of Man.'
(a) The first occasion of its use. As the Similitudes are
pre-Christian, they famish the firet instance in which the
definite personal title appears in literature.
(3) Its supernatural import in Enoch. The Son of Man as
portrayed in the Similitudes is a supernatural being and not
a mere man. He is not even conceived as being of human
descent, as the Messiah in En. xc. 37. He site on God's
throne, li. 3, which is likewise Hie own throne, Izii. 3, 5 ; Ixix.
37, 29 J po^esses universal dominion, Izii. 6, and all judgment
is committed unto Him, xli. 9 ; Ixiz. 27.
(4} Its import in the New Testament This title with its
supernatural attributes of superhuman glory, of nniveiBal
dominion and supreme judicial powers, was adopted by oar
Lord. The Son of Man has ctnne down from heaven, S. John
iii. 13 (cp. En. xlviii a, note) ; He is Lord of the SabbaA,
3. Matt. xiL 8 ; can forgive sins, S. Matt. ix. 6 ; and all
judgment is conuuitted unto Him, S. John v. 22, 27 (cp. £0.
Ixix, 27). Sut while retaining its supernatural associatioae,
this title onderweat transformation in our Lord's use of it,
a transformation that all Pharisaic ideas, so £ar as He adopted
them, likewise underwent. And just as His kingdom in
general formed a standing protest against the prevailing
Messianic ideas of tranporal glory and dominion, so the title
' the Son of Maa ' assumed a deeper spititnal significance ; and
this change we shall best apprehend if we introduce into the
Enoch conception of the Son of Man the Isaiah conception of
the Servant of Jehovah. Tk«»e ttsQ eoneeptiona, though ottt-
leardly oniitMic, are through the tran^ormatum of the fomer
recouped amd^^filled m a deeper w^y^m the New Tetiament
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
3i6 The Book of Enoch.
Son of Man. This transfomuitioii flowed QatomUy from the
object of Jesus' coming, the revelation of the Father. The
Father could be revealed not through the Belf-aesertion of the
Son, not through Hia grasping at self -display in the exhibition
o£ BUpeihuman majesty and power, bat through His self-
emptying, Belf-renunciation and serrice (Phil. ii. 6). Whilst
therefore in adopting the title 'the Son of Man' from Enoch,
JesuB made from the outset aupematoml claims, yet these
supematnial claims were to be vindicated not after the external
Judaistic conceptions of the Book of Enoch, bat in a revela-
tion of the Father in a sinless and redemptive life, death, and
resurrection. Thus io the life of the actual Son of Man, the
Father was revealed in the Son, and sapematural greatness in
nnivetsal service. He that was greatest was likewise Servant
of alL This transformed conception of the Son of Man is
thus permeated throughoat by the Isaiah conception of the
Servant of Jehovah ; but though the Enochic conception is
fundamentally transformed, the transcendent claims ander-
lyiog it are not for a moment foregone. If then we bear in
mind the inward ^fnthette of these two ideals of tie jxut in
an ideal, nay in a PertonalUy irantcendinff them both, we
shall find little dtffieuliy in understanding the startling eon'
trasl* that preteni themselves in the New Testament in con-
nexion with this detonation. We can onderstand how on
the one hand the Son of Man hath not where to lay His
head (S. Matt. viiL 20), and yet be Lord of the Sabbath (S.
Matt. xii. 8) ; how He is to be despised and rejected of the
elders and chief priests and scribes and be pat to death (S,
Lake ix. 22), and yet be the Judge of all mankind (S. John
V. a?).
It has been objected that S. Matt. xvi. 13, S. John
xii. 54 prove that the Son of Man was not a current designa-
tion of the Messiah in tiie time of Christ ; bat no each con-
clusion can be drawn from these passages; for in the older
form of the question given in S. Matt, xvi 13, the words
* the Son of Man ' are not found : see S. Mark viii. 27 ; S.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
Appendix B. 317
Lake ix. iS. In S. John xii. 54 it is jost the strangeness of
this fftfw conception of this current phrase of a Messii^ who
was to suffer death, that makes the people ask, ' Who is this
Son of Man P we have heard of the lav that the Chrtet
abideth for ever.'
On the other hand, thoogh the phrase was a cun-ait on^
our Iiord's use of it most hare been an enigma, not onljr to
the people generallj', bat also to His immediate disciples, so
mnch BO that they shrank from asing it ; for, as we know, it
is used in the Oospels only by our Lord in speaking of
Himself.
Digitized by GtXlglC
APPENDIX C.
THE OIZEH GREEK FRAGMENT OF ENOCH.
This importuit Greek fragmeat of Enoch was fiist made
accessible to scholars under the editorship of M. Booriant in
October, 1892, though discovered as early as the winter of
1886—87 '^^ Akhmtm by the Mission Arch^l<^que Fran9aiBe
at Cairo. The work is done in a scholarly manner, but is not
quite free from defects. Some of these have been repaired by
Mr. Bensley, who has recently collated the MS. at Gizeh, and
from his note in the Academy of Feb. 11 six passages omitted
through homoioteleuton in M, Bouriant's edition have been
restored in the text that follows '.
Unhappily the greater part of the present edition was
already in type before M. Bouriant's work reached me, and
I was thus debarred from making extensive changes. Happily,
on the other hand, the many new readings I had introduced
into the text under tiie guidance of the MSS. GM were
almost in every instance in perfect accord witii the new Greek
text. By the permission of the Delegates of the Press I was
allowed to make such additional changes as would not inter-
fere materially with the type already set up. But excise as I
would, I could not at times make sufficient room for the fresh
material, and so it occasionally happens that a text is followed
in the Translation, the justification of which is given, not in
the Crit. Notes which are immediately below, but in the
Appendix.
' Since the above wu wriUsn I h>Te leo^ved M. Loda' litrt of oomctiom
ftDm tha &c8iiiiila of this Qreek US. wblch ia about to be publULed, «nd
oomcted U. Bomiuit't tait MConUngly,
itradb, Google
Appendix C. 319
BeEore I eater on tlie criticisin of the relative marite of
the Eth. and Ok. MSS. I wish to call attentioD to further
emeodatioiiB of the text which are not followed in the Traos-
lalion, bat will be, ahonld the preeeot work reach a aecond
editioD. These new renderings will be fcnmd in tke following
Crit. Notes. They are preceded by the readings they are
intended to displace and are always printed in iialict.
In my Introdaction (pp. 3-5) I have dealt briefly with the
question of the Hthiopic text and the corrapt type of MSS. on
which Professor DiUmann's text is based. I called attention
to diie &ct in the Aeademj/ of Not. 26, 1893, and as that
scholar ku ance amply admitted tliie fact (SUzunfftberieite d.
Kgl. Preusi. AJiad. d. Witt, zu Berlin, 1892, li-Iiii. pp. 1039-
1054, 1079-1092) it is not necessary to poipae this qoestioo
at any lengUi. In these articles, Din. enters on the criticism
and emendation of the Eth. and Gk. texts, and bases many of
his new readings on two new MSS. These MSS., however,
appear to fail Mm in some cnvnal instances where Q M or Q-
are more than satisfactory. I have read these articles with
great interest and foond that oxii emendations in the main
agree : in a few instances I have adopted his suggestions with
due acknowledgements. In many points, however, I have felt
obliged to differ, and in many others, on which he has not
touched at all, the right solution, I think, is offered in tho
following pages.
In the revision of this Appendix, I have also had before
mc the excellent work of M. Lods. This is a most scholarly
and suggestive book, but M. Lods has throogboat had the
great disadvantage of basing his criticism on a corrupt Eth.
text, i.e. Dln.'s, and thus more than one-tiiird of his book is
already antiquated. Besides, the undeniably inferior character
of this Eth. text as against the purer Giz. Gk. text has
naturally blinded M. Lods to undoubted excellencies of this
oormpt text, and to readings where it is clearly more ancient
and correct than the Giz. Gk.
In the Academy of Nov. 26 htst year, jnst after the publication
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
320 The Book of Enoch,
oi the 3iz. MS., I stated shortly the relative poeitioiu and
vahtes of the Eth. and Gk. texts. As all my subsequent study
has only served to confirm these, I will restate them with large
additions and supply confirmatory evidence where necessary.
lie materials for the textual criticism of Enoch are drawn
frmn three versions or sources — I. Latin, II. Greek, III.
Etiiic^ic. As the first of these is of very minor importance,
we will indicate very briefly the contributions made by ttiifl
source Co the restoration of the text, and pass on to the otiieis.
I. The Latin documents are —
iv Ezra [tL 2] ae contributing
to the restoration of Eu. Ix. 6 (see Grit. Note, p.
., . '54)-
vu. 34 as contnbnting to
the restoration of . . En. li. i (see Crit Note, p.
140).
TertoUian, De CuUv Fern. i. 2 :
Metallorum opera nuda-
Tor&nt En. viii. i (see Crit Note, p,
66).
Se Idol, iv En. xcix. 7 (see Crit. Note,
p. 285).
Latin Fragment of Enoch cvi
1-18 Se^ for full treatment, pp.
37^375-
n. S. Jode 14, 15 . . . . En. L 9 (see Crit Note, p.
3*7)-
Greek Fragment publisbed from
Vatican MS. by Mai . En. Itxtit, 42-49 (see pp.
238-040).
Fragmentfl from SyncelluB . . En. vi. i— x. 14 ; xv. i— xvi. 1
(see pp. 60-75; 83-85)-
GHzeh MS En. i-xxxii. (see pp. 336-
370)-
III. The Ethiopio MSS. enumerated on p. z, which are
fiuily represented by DIil's Ethiopic text as corrected in my
Crib Notes according to G or M or G M, &c. These correctionB
ilizedbyGoOC^lC
Appendix C. 321
are doee on eiz hundred. The following criticism is limited
to a comparison of the rela1»Te merits of the Ethiopic and two
Greek versions of chaps, i-xzxii of Enoch.
i. Each of these versions preserves true readings over
against corruptions in the other, or in the otJier two where
these exist. So Eth, in vi. 8 (see Crit. Note, p. 64) ; vii i
(see Crit. Note, p. 331); i. 5 (see Crit. Note, p. 337) ; x' 19
{see Crit. Note, p. 340) ; xv. ] 2 (see Crit, Note, p. 350) ; xvii.
3 (see Crit. Note, p. 35a). So Syn. Gk. on vi. 6 (see Crit. Note,
p. 63) : ix. 10 : X. I Oipi^K (see Crit. Note^ p. 336) ; x, 14 is
&i> . . . KaToxpiBij (Cnt. Note, p. 339) : xv. 9 t&v &i>6p4v<M>
(Crit. Note, p. 349). So Giz. Gk. v. 5 ra In) r^c Inaikilas
i)fi&v (see Crit. Note, p. 60) : ix. 4 &yu>v k. fiiya tc. ^\6yr\Tov
(see Cnt. Not«, p. 334) : xiii. 4 &vayv^ (see Crit. Note, p. 343) :
xiv. 1 wctfTMirL Tou <n6iiaT6s tioo (see Crit, Note, p. 344). See
also Crib Notes on xviiL 4; xx. 3, 6, 7. Obterve that Giz. 6k.
Am no unquettionably true readiMg over againgt Eth. and Syn, Gk,
combined, tohereat Eth, and Syn. Gk. have each many tneh true
and independent readme.
ii. These versions taken in pairs attest true readings over
against corruptions or omissions in the third. So Eth. and
Giz. Gk. in vi. 3 KaX iStiaovrai, .... oipavov : vi. 5 (lai^
omission) : viu. i ffrlptii: ix. 7 &pxeiv. x 9 iia(itpiovs: xv. lo.
So Etll. and Syn. Gk. in vi. I airrois : ix. 4 pa<rikfv6pT<i>v :
ix. 8 iv Tail 0Tt\.fltus : x. 9 <Ic oXX^Aovs i^ airr&v els airms :
X. 10 : xvi 1 its. So Syn. Ok. and Giz. Gk. in ix. 6 : ix. 8 r^t
y^f (see Crit, Note, p. 70) : ix. 10 Slivarai : ix. II jfs odrotfs :
X. 7 liaamTOii tt|v ir\r(y^ii : xv. 11 AA\' d^troStTO.
It ie thus clear so far that each of these three versions has
an independent worth of its own, though apparently the Giz.
Gk. is less-original than the other two.
iii. We have next to determine the relations of these
versions to each other. Even the most superficial study
makes it clear that the Eth. and Giz. Gk. are more elotelg
related than tie Eth. and Syn. Ok. or tie Gie. Gk, and ^. Gk.
For evidence that this holds gaierally we might point to Hie
iiizedbvGoOc^lc
32 2 The Book of Enoch.
following pessageB (see noteB) : vi. i, s, 4 ; to., i ; nil. i, 1, 31
ix. 4, 6, 7, 9, 10, II; z. I, 2, 7, 9, 10 ; xr. lo^ is. Bat the
decisive evidence on this question is fonnd in the fact that the
Eth. and Giz. Ok. present the same angmnmafacal or corrnpt
reading in x. 14 KonMoA^ against Stb. Gk. KoroKpiS^ : xiv. 7
Kot \at \aAmiTct : XV. 9 hmripwv against Syn. Ok. di^pcivMy;
XV. II vt^ika.% against Syn. Gk. ve/Mffwiv: xviii. 5 paari'
fovrac iv vtijiiKji for /ScurreiCoi^as vf^Kat (?) : xxii. 4 hmftjtrav
for lirot^i?i](riu'. As no such phenomena are observable in the
combinatiouB £th. + Qiz. Qk. and Giz. Gk.4-S7n. Gk., it is
clear that of the three versions the "EUl and the Giz. Gk. are
bound together by a close relationship — in which they stand
to each other, either as parent and child, or as children of the
same parent. That the fonder ratiier than the Utter is the
ease we must infer from the conclnsion already arrived at in (i),
i.e. that the Giz. Gk. preserves no unqaeetionably tme reading
over against the otiier two versions, whereas the Eth. pre-
serves many sach. When I say that the Eth. and the Giz.
Gk. stand to each other in the relation of parent and child,
I mean, of coarse, that tie Etkiopie vertum vat made from a
text tihick vhu tie aneettor of that preMTved m the Oixeh MS.
This conclusion will receive farther confirmation in the sequel,
iv. The relationship existing between the Eth. and tiie
Syn, Gk. can be traced with tolerable cer^nty from Uie tacts
already before us. For, in the first place, not only does the
Syn. 6k. preserve many tme readings over against corrup-
tions in the Eth. and the Qiz. Gk., bot it also preserves
true readings over agunst tAe »ame corrvptioiu in these texts ;
and, in the next instancy it does not agree in any instance
with the Eth. in presenting the same cormption over agunst
the true text in the Giz. Gk. Hence, clearly, it is not
derived either from the Giz. Gk. or from the Gk. parent
of the Eth. text which we may designate x, bat stauds on
a position of equality with m. JFHnally, as there is repeatedly
an exact verbal agreement between the Syn. Gk. and the
Giz. Gk, which is the descendant of ai, the Syn. Gk. and x
iiizedbvGooglc
Appendix C. 323
proceed from the same original. Further examination showa
tJiat « preserves a porer form of text than tiie Syn. Gk.
Hence the genealogy of the ahove documents might bo
represented ae follows :
OrIOIKAI. GRBSS TaAItSLATIQN FBOH THE HEBREW
Eth. Teraion Gii. 6k.
T. We shall now deal shortly with the general character
of the Oiz. Qk. and the Eth. on the score of additions, qmw-
nona, and corruptimu.
Whilst the undoubted additioiu in the Eth. are few and
trifling in viii. i; ix.4; zvi i ; xx.6; xziL Vi; xxiv. 3, tliere
ia a large list of such in the Giz. Gk. — in i. 3, 5, 6, 8, 9 j
ii. a ; V. I, a, 6, 8 ; viii. 1 ; 1. 1, 8 ; nv. 4, ao j rv. 1 1 ; iviii.
15 J xxii. 13 ; xxiv. 3, 4 ; ixvii. a.
As to omittioM, the Eth. is almost certainly gnilty in i i, 9 ;
V. 4,5; ix.6; xiii.8; iir.25; xv, ii; xi. 7; xxiL 2,5; iivi I :
but the list of these in the Giz. Gk. is many times Isr^ in
ii. 3; all iii and iv except six words; in vi, i, 2, 5, 6, 8;
iX' i> 5> 8 ; z. 10, 16, 19, ai (?) ; xii. 3 ; xiv. 3, 4, 14 ; xr. 2,
4, 8, 9, 10 ; xvi. I ; zriii 3, II; xix. I; xxi. 9; xxii. 5, 8;
xxiv. I, 2 ; xxviL i.
As regards corrvptiont, both versions are much at fault,
but the Giz. Gk. more so. In the Eth. these corruptions are
either native to the Eth. text or are due to the error of the
translator or are derived from a. There are found in i. 9
iMioT ^ilO"; ii. 1, iii. 1 and v. i mt4 for /nj&4 ; viii. i, 3;
ix. I, 4, 8 tHA for t'dll j II translator mistaking jfv dn-ol!;
for rh tts airois : x. 7 ; xii. i ; xiv. a, 18, ai, 33, 23, 34;
xviii. 4, 7, 9 ; xix. a ; 11. 3, 6 ; xxi, 5, 6, 7, 9 j ixil i, 3, 3,
5, 8, 9; xxiii. 4; xxiv, 3, 5; xxvL 3, 4; xxvii. 5; xxviii. i;
xzx. I, 3; xxxi. 3, 3. The corniptionB in the Gtiz. Gk.
however, are more numerous and de^seated ; i. 2, 3, 9 ; v. i.
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
324 Tfte Book of Enoch.
5, 6, 8 ; TL 8 ; Tiit. 3 ; ix. 4, 6 ; z. 7, 9 (futCi/KOVc » much less
correct transliteration than that given by Eth.), 10, 11,14,19,
30; xi. I; xiis, 6; xiii. i, 10; ziv. 2, 6, 8, 13, 15, i8j 19,23
xY. 8,9, 12 J XTI3J ivii3,6, 7; iviii.3, 4, 5, 11; xx.4,5(?};
xil 3, 7{?); TTJi. 3, 4, 5,6,8, II, 14; ixiii. %; xxiv. 3, 4{?)
xxT. 3, 5; xxvi. 2; xxvii.3; xxTiii. %, 3; xxxi. 2,3; xxxiL 3,3.
There is another interesting; chkBB of comiptiong character-
istic of the Giz. Qk. from which the Eth. is comparatively
free : 1 e. transpoiitiotu of tie text. These are found in i. 2 ;
vi, 8; X. 19; xii. 4; xiiL i, lO; xiv. 15; xv. I3; xxv. 3, $;
xxxii. 2. In the £Ui. in ix. 8; xvii, 4; xix. i; xxi. 9;
xxviii. 3; xxxi. 2.
I have remarked above that the cormptionB in tite Giz.
Gh. are very deep-seated. In fact, witfaont the help of the
Eth. it would be impossible to retrieve the original text in
euob passages as x. 19 ; xiv. 15 ; xvii. 3 ; xxviiL 2, 3 and
others. The Eth., on the other hand, is by no means in sach
an evil strait. Hence the conclnsioit to which all the pre-
ceding facts point is that the Etk. pretemu a more ancient and
truiixorliy farm <^ text than the Giz. Gk. : thai it hat fewer
additions, fewer omittiont, and/ewer and leta eerunn comtpfione
than that text.
The results at which we have thus arrived are in perfect
harmony with the external history of tbe Qiz. Qk, text and
the Eth. version. The former cannot be earUer than the
eighth century, and may be as late as the twelfth It is
possible, therefore, that it is a descendant of the second
or third degree from «. This of itself would account for
some of the corruptions; but the real explanation of its
vicious orthography and Etyutax and of its very numerous
and serious corruptions is that the Book of Enoch was from
the fifth century onward practically a proscribed book and
under the ban of the Greek and Latin Churches. Accord-
ingly, it was copied without care, and the way was opened
for every kind of depravation of the text. The Eth. version
{circ. 500 A. D.), on the other hand, was, so far as we know,
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
Appendix C. 325
regarded {rom the firet as a caoooical book of the Old Testa-
ment in the Ethiopic Church, and thus it was transmitted
with the greatest care and accuracy through successive copies
till the sixteenth centniy. After this dat« the text suffered
much from ignorant corrections.
vi. In my Introduction (pp. 'i\, 2z) I have treated the
question of a Hebrew original as one now practically settled.
In the case of chapters i-xxxii this view is now established
beyond the reach of controversy. The translator has trans-
literated Hebrew words which were not intelligible to him :
i.e. inx.A^fxa^iIpeovs=^]!Q9; inxviii.8<^ovKa=^; inxxviii. i
and xxix. i fuw&ojSopa and j3aj3d>ipa='^'^; in x. 19 pirous
=n3; in zxxi. 1 aappaii='^'^^ [and x.a\^av7f = J^^^rf]; and,
strangest of all, in xzvii. 2yTj=K'i, where this word has been
taken as a proper name, as occasionally in the LXX. (cf.
Ezek. xxzix. 15 ; l Sam. xiil 88).
In the following Critical Notes, Eth. = Ethiopic text of
Din. ; Giz. Gk.=text of Gizeh Greek fragment; Syn. Gk.=
text of Syncellns' Greek fragments. A, B, C, &c. designate
the Ethiopia MSS. described on p. 2. The English render-
ings intended to replace the corresponding passages in the
Translation are always printed in italics. The list of variants
given in the notes is not exhaustive, but no single variant
of any importance is omitted. Words bracketed ( ) are
supplied by me, and that ahnost universally from the Eth.
The source will be found in the-Notes. Such words are to be
r^arded as original constituents of the text. At times such
omissions are not supplied but are marked thus .... Words
bracketed { ) may be original, but are without a parallel in the
Eth. Words bracketed [] are corrupt additions. When the text
has called for drastic remedies, attention is drawn to tiie
emendation by a f placed in the ma^in. Such emeadatdons
are made almost universally on the authority of the Eth.
Digitized by GtXlglC
326 The Book of Enoch.
1. I. hiitfm eiXoyfai 'Etttx, Koffits fiXiy^irfV jkAcktvW
iiKoiovs otruifs taovrai (Is flfupap lu>iyKtts liapai inWoc t<As
2. Kal ij>aXafi&p r^v vapafioKilP ovroS ftvfv 'Evilly &v8po>vos
blKtuof 'EoTtf Spami iK dcoC ajtrfji ^c^fi^, kdI ^ifpa ti)i'
Spoffui rov iyfov KOt roS oipavw ijp tUft^iii futi &yytkoi ^Ayiot)
iymop hy& Beiop&v. Kal oix fls r^f pvp ytptiw (^iupooufofpy
iXXh M vipfHA oSvav ytptip. 3. xol Vfpl t&p ^kXcktSv pvv
Kal j^XdWcTot 6 Ayid; [^wv] d fUyas iK lip xarouc^catr
a'^roC, Kat 6 tfcdr rot! <duvtn 4. Jirl y$i> iranjcrci Ivt rd Swa
oJDo£ Kal ^vijirerat JK r^r vapffi^ok^? avroC xal ^oinfireTiu Iv
T^ Swii^ct T^s lo^or ajirou (tird rot) oipoi'Dv {rwv oipovfiv).
I. I. tfapt a. Atmx — ^ — ^ 'X" ^i' 'V^n' tuv 071011 «u rov
avpanv titiitr im Jtoi OTioXoTcn' nffiiar -^ $topm' — 11 — «r« — (7*1 oAAw
3. ry^cnw — fi 4. «r« — (»« to otira — ^im^irmu — ra/MrJSoA^
I. t. After txdpoit Eth. sdde m1 roh Aat^u. 1. After
ta>^H add ^ftO* ftB Id Qk. draXofSte r. wapaffAipt atnrn). Cf.
Ter. 4 ; and for ' answered ' read tUtared Ai« parabh. Spam . . .
awtfyfiinj. So Eth. M. Lode denies this meaning (^ Gk., bat
unresaonablf. Cf. Arietot. de Anima, in. a, Biod. i. 59, for
Spaait = faonltf of seeing. However, Gk. as it stands is In fsvonr
of ^frit= vision. We have in this verse an example of trans-
position and cormption vhich we shall frequently meet with in
the sequel: cf. z. 19; zii.4; xlii i, 10; xit. 15; xv. la; xxr. 3, 5.
First, in fyi ix.'" n)* {fpocnf, 7x<"' ie a conuption of JApa : (fr has
been removed from its place before SSiifa-. Next, the uJ before
ayoXoyttf should be Written before (JKoumi. Finally, ayyikit tym aoi
« tfioviia is a false addition. The text thus restored \a syntax and
meaning=Eth. literally, bat that Gk. adds iym after JlyrtXos Bud
for Kal rov oipmmv Eth. reads ro5 tV ro'it oipaimt. yrttJai ^ Eth.
tat-^^r, the tme text underlying ryv nXXw. 3. See CMt. Note,
p. 68. i Syiot [pni] 6 piyat. Eth. reads koI for /tmi. 4. nrl y^.
Eth.=«i! iittiOtv. For Ac t^ n-^. read with Eth. pmh rqt mp.
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
Appmdix C. 327
5. Kol ifiopii&^irovrat vavrfs, (tol [vurrtivowrof] el iyfy^poi
[miI ^(Tovo-iv ivoKpuifm iv vcuTiv rois Smpon r^j (sic) nal] (r«<T^Jj-
(Toirrtu [viivra r^ &itpa r^s 7^?] Kal X^^^ertu o^Tovs rpdnos Koi
^j3of fi^yaf jx^Xf" ^*''' ^</x'''<*>' i^« y$f< 6> koI trctirfl^troiTai
rat j9ovvol ^^\ol [rov tiofiffvijinxi ^pij] xal raK^trorrat Sis Ki]p6s
dird A'poo'ciTov mpds [iv ^KoyC"]. J. koI fiuurxto'd^o'crai i^
yfj (^trx_(<riui payuifsy, Kai iriiirra 5<ra iariv tit\ r^s y^f dxoXctrat
Kat Kpltris liTTai xar^ ir(U>r«*v. 8. Kal fier^ rfif ducaiW r^c
fj/)^v7|v irot^tTfi, Kal ivi rovs iKkfKTciis tarai avvT^pifiTis [koI
flp^vtf] Kol i-w' (wrowr y(v^(o-()rai Iktos, icat l^iroi/rat w<Ut<s ro6
0(w, KM T^p tiboKCav idati airois teat [ndvras] tikoy/jmi [xol
^«t [mal voi^ir« jv' oAro&E (^vi)v], 9. in Ipxfrai trip rots
nvpiitnp [avroC kaI to!;] Ayfois abnv voi^<ru KpOrip Kara vdvrwv,
xal (iTroAcVfi (n^tWat) rois ixTt^tis, koH (i)kiy^fi iroo-av (re(/}Ka
(tkXijpwi' jf JXaAi)o'ai> Adyuv icat Trcpi irdTrwc £i> KaTcXd\i;(raii)
— #»« — tVTt 8. /i«i« — &'«v — S — •uSothud' — arrtiXiynfitTai 9. ot«
S> Fall of Chrieiian (1) interpoktioiiB. 7. See Crit Note,
p. gS : after irairw* Etb. adds mi ndiT<w rSai tucalmr. 9. For Sn
read with £tfa. and Jnde Itoi. oim roit . . . Aytoit, An expansion of
the original fl'I'XilA^: ^XJVI : Jude iV dyuur yvpiaaai atrrmi. For
AiUL^l read AlfAWH; Itlfl with Qiz. Ok. and Jnde; and for
'nngodly' read oU the ungodly. For iiroKia*t . . . adpta Jade
reads A^£at mmu roit aaiffi'ts. For IHbi HV-fK- read tf-A^ V-Mi
Cll4?<n*', (Rbrw fpyuv T^ airt^lat ai/rnr OlB. Qk. and Jude. iM
u an undoubted corruption of &Il9'=v'*ffl''^^- Hence my ren-
dering ' ungodly committed.' The last bracketed claase is probably
an expansion of ml mpl miiTwr rw oA^par ir ikdkijirar. So Jude.
Hence after iiUt" add O/eKHn »itri J^i-Vh HIOO-. Hence for
' all that the einuera . . . committed ' read aU the workt of their
godlesmets iohvA they havt vngocUy eommiUed and of dU lh» hard
Digitized by GOOC^IC
328 The Book of Enoch.
tl. I. 1La.riaafyio.Ti tima rii tpyo. h> ry vipca;^ v&s ovk
^K\o(»aat> rhs iMis avr&v, koX rdits ^MOTnjpai rovi iv ry oipavtf
wf tH vdirra dvor^AAct koI bvvft, TtrayfUvOi f (tairror iv t^ reray-
lUvf Kaip^ (koI raif toprais airiiv ^uwvrtu) Kal ov ■napa^<d-
povtriv T^w (IhiM)'} T&^ui. 2. RtTf T^r yrjv koI hiavo^0r)Tt
vfpl T&v ipytip ip avTJi fivofUvutv in' ^x^' M^XP* rtKtifSurtnt
[ftfflv ^tfd/n-tt], in oiK iXXoMWToi (^oiHv rmv tvi yiji iXAa)
v6iiTa ipya 0tov (vjxu') ifialpfTat. 3. 18<re r^v 0fpfiav koI
rdv x'tM^>^- U^- '• K(irQ^Mid<r( koI )2<re ■nipra ra tiphpa,
V. I. v&s ra ^AAa x^'^P^ ^c fi^ols aKi-novrm rd dccdpa koI
[vas] j KapTrds avrutr [eIs rifi^v Ka« Mfoi'] SuufOiJ^rc, ^koi yvfirc)
irepl vdirTw ^ruv ipytov avrov), kuI jio^irarc 3ri [dc6s fwv]
inoitfaep avra othtts Kal ^ cif [vifirras] roir aiuiws 2. Kat
rd^/>ya a^oS [iniira oaa liroCntrfV ctv ro^s alSvas] &vb iviavrm
fls iviavrop yipofitpa [vSarra oSrats] xal irivra [&ra] dxorcXo&rur
n. 1. ■oTOHnjirfTW — qAAMxrar — T(Ta7fiav mpo — T«i (opnTi — ^crornu
— m/n^crmwrir — (itnor a. (iSirt — iaa-e^trpyu fn»icift*>w» ^ f<Xf"
TCAjaxTtan — oAAvDivnu — (»i — Sij — ^(rtrai J. fftpiar — TW X"/*"")
IIL I. KoraiiaStTai — iSrrai
V. I. ffHvorra — rafn^r — Sidnnr^rai — Trorroi — ro^mntu — 9t 1.
thinga toMeh vngodly tinnera havt ap<Aen. Etb- wroDgl; ftdds
ni between dpipruXoi and dcniScTc.
U. I. Kiinuv^art. Aa M. Lods has alreodj obserred, mt4=
nrivdijira U a coTTaption of ni^4l : cf . also ci. i . For ' I obserred '
read ^lerve ye. The Etb. tranelator read al ^wrnipts ol instead of
iiai T. <f)<Mn^/Nic T, rdfiv. So Q ^CT+C"". Din. gives ^XHHiHk.
z. For tfialnTiu tbe Etb. translator read ^ainj^ra. 3. Bulk <rf
verse omitted.
IIL I. KotaftABtn Kal lArTf. Eth. gives ' I observed and saw ' :
cf. ii. I. For ' I observed and saw ' read obaerot ye and see. Qa.
Ok. omits this chapter and the next with the exception of six words.
V. I. For * I observed ' read obtorve ye. I read vKorowrai for
d-KtWoira with Din. For i taprrit airmr Eth. gives nofrntxpopuiiri, ml Q
spoils the force of the argnment. Etb. which reads ii{Sia undoubt-
edly best. For 1^AV<>■ we should probably read iui'>'H=tiSrmt.
3. Etb. preferable : Qiz. Qk. very corrupt rdmi &ra . . . nlipac
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
Appendix C. 329
avr<p rd Ipya xal oIk ikkotovirTai [avr&e ri ^/O"^] ^^' ^trirepct
tcartl imrayifv . . . rii wdiro y^crai. 3. Kerc wfir ^ fliiAacro-a
Kol ol TTOTOfiol ur 6iMites (iirorcAovtriv (koi dvk dAAoiovirii' airup
oubi iicoi^aart kot^ ris h/roK^i airov, dXAct itriarrfTt Kol kotc-
Xak^ffarf ftcyiiAow kqI <rKX.r}povs X.6yovs iv <rr6fMTi iKoBapvCas
{'Or( KoreXoX^ffare tv rots ^€ifxa(rui lu^p), (ricXqpoKiipdeoi, o^k
i'orat ilp-^irq ifi.lv. 5- "^oiy^fi J"^* ^^ipas ifxiip ^(*eis KorapAffta^f
KM rh, irrj r^s £o>^s iSptur ^voXcTrf, koI (to Inj T^f dv(uX«^af iJfUip) ■)■
n'Xijdtw^o'crat ^v xarcifif aldivMii, koI ovk tirrai iiuv t\fos {koI
flpijvjf'). 6. Tarfl<rratTiS»6fjMraifi&vfWKaTdpaiialiivto» irStriv
roEt hiKa(oiS) koI ^v ^^t Karoptio-oi/rai iiAiiTfS ol KorapAufVOi,
Kttt v(b>rcE ol i^utpTOiKoC [koI ai7f^(ii iv ifiiv ifiovvrcu. Kal irivrts
ol (iii)afx&pTifToi ■)(_ap^avvT<u, Koi ttmu avrots Xilms hfiapri&v koX
itav l\tos Ka^ flfrrfvrf koX JvictKcta' ^orat avrois (TMTijpfa, ^s
iyatftit', Kal avrol KXijpoi'o^^o'oiHrui r^ir y^v. icai voo-if {fxuf tois
ifut^oiXotf o));^ ivdp$ti aMTTjpla, dXXa jnl vfiiTas iiias KortKei' j-
trerai Kar^/ja], J. koX roTs ^xXcKrotr lorai ^«s koi X'^'f "<*^
(If>^in) Koi avrol KXi)f}oi^;ii{a-Of(rii> r^c y^V v^iv Si roif iirt^iaip
iiTTiu KarApa, 8. t(^ dod^trfrai toT« JKAcKTott [if>us koI X''^^^'
aUMWFTOi — tw*iTaiyt)r — 7«it-*TBi 3. iitrri — taXaaa — aXAinvvtr
4. »/iu — (w — tri/urirrat — (nHTmroi — svccrnTriu — *aTtXaX.iiinrrm twice —
ffTO^TU — (riicX7paiiKip<!i« — »Tn ip^^ £. v/ui JOmipaaaaStu — jnTa( — «al
Td (nj) — nwoAiTQi — oiTi) — oT(>X4at — tar* 6. tuHi»t — aatfiii — e/Mwnu —
miMpniTOi — a/japTttwr — twnUKfta—tm- — jnmXvCir mmpir f. ryXttran
— «rr( before niTap. 8. fYA.(CTiMT twice —
has crept in from preceding verse. itnnptH) 6<nrtp au). Eth. (mdaf.
After inaayii* add 6t<ni vith Eth. 3. ut ipaUat, EU). ^/lov.
4. itarA T^r OToXdc ojinni. Eth. r^v imX^i rou citfHOV. 5. I have
emended mrA rqc (v^c into ral rd ?n) rqr fw^c with Eth. : see Crit.
Note, p. 60. ti. See Grit. Note, p. 61. vaym al atr. . , , iiap-
mXof gives th« wrong seuEe unleBs we take these words in the
vocative, 'all ye blaaphemerB,' &c. The qnesUon here does
not concern the cnrsing of sinners hj unners but the oarsing of
sinuers by the righteoos. 7. yofnt, Eth. (t/"'h, x<^>^- 8- ^"^
0A>n>X read ath'Vf. ^ . . . iAtxroii repeated from first parts
;dbyG00C^[c
330 The Book of Enoch.
Kol ovrol KA7)poi>i>fji^<rov<rii' t^v y^v. nfrc So^frcrai nwrip Tott
mi^ai Iti, ov itar' hai^ixav ofire xari ivfpittjuiviav, (leoi (orai iir
ivS/Miv^ TtftftamtTtiivif 4^t Koi iii$p<iisif imtrr^fMvi infi^fio.) k(u
T^s 0"V^ caiTUff, Kol o£ fx^ ^TTO^iiitiMrti' iv opyjj 6vfiov, il^Xa rov
ipt$fj^p air&p C^oijs ^{Atp&p vktjfxiirovtTtv, ical ^ £u^ avruv ov^tfq-
atrcu hi ftprivji, koI t& ^ t^s X'V^^ avrAp vAijAiv^trcrtu fv iyaX-
XuitTEt Kol <^vj} atSfos it> itdtriM raU fifUpais Trjs C^^^ abrmp.
VI, 1, Rai iyivero, oS &t> ivXi}0iv6jfmai ol viol T&v ivBp^itmp,
ip iKflvaii row fitiipaK iyav^Bijirav (avroii) Bvyar^pts itpaiai jwl
Kokai. 2. Koi iSfOffoiiTO avr&s ol SyytKoi vloi oipavcni Koi
ivf&vfi,rf<riui airis, nal (hav vpis dAA^Xour* AcCrf JicAc^Ed/uffa
^ovrou yuifa^KaE ivd . . . t&v &ti6p<iriav Kai ytpp^a-tofitp iavrols
T^Kva. 3. Kol (tvfv ScfMta^; vpot airovi, it ^p tpxMi airuV
^ofiavfuu fti) vi 0cXi}ai;r< iroi^troi rd vpayfia tovto, xat l<roftai
jy& fM(fi>9 ^etX^f ifioprfaf fMydAiji. 4. (LireKpf^(rai> oBv
collar — <T(( — KaT'oXifitiar — onrw twice — (V«iim;fia<i 9. ncrn rn tunft
VI. 1. o«« — arwa* — vniris rts if pit — eipttu 1. Boi — i-fXt[e-
futa — arm* — ytmjaoiitw j. ttktigtrai — offiAqnft a/iopraat 4. a><-
Kftit^^aar — laathiiaittiiaim' —
of TT. 7, 8. Kor' dOTiSciar^QtULO- We might also emeod nui
XvAi*. ml fcmii . . . vijiiia u more difficult U>an Eth, and suite
the context better : c£ cviii. 13. 9. dpifmsiriy. Inferior in mum
to ^1**!^ 'will be pnsished.' it i/r^ %«iS. Otm^t^ti
VI. I. TO a* ahoiild probably be emended into ort^reading of
Q, XlH. After Jrin^Arirav read aArut witb Eth, and Syn. Ok.
Mol KoXal So Etfa. Syn. Gk. omits. a. Syn. Gk. against Eth.
and Qis. Qk. omita ml JBtatrawro , . , ovpatov and adds ol fypiiyopot
ad iK*n^arTi$Tianr iwivm OVTVW after ivid. atiras. dtvr< omitted fay
Syn. Gk. Before rs* avd^>«n'«r add with Syn. Gk, ru* fioyaripmr :
A Eth. kyoHl'JSi Mjt, which we should emend into N^AVlLft
ftOX^'fiMm among the daughters of men.' ul rnv. . . . nma.
Syn. Gk. omits. 4, After ah^ inbrtf Syn. Gk. and Eth. add
Kol (Aror, but Q omits. ivoB. irdmr. Eth. and Syn. Qk. omit inb>T<«,
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
Appendix C. 331
oXXifXovE fi^ ivooTfii^i niv yv^ft^v rainjv, f*^(/HC oS Sv nkt-
(rufMi> ovrijv [koI vDiijiratptei'} rd irpay/ui roSro. 5. t(Jt« &fto<Tm>
v6,vTf% Afum Kot dve^e^iifriirai' U.\^\our Jit a^f .... 6
7 . Kal Tttfira ri di^fiara Twy hp)(6vTiav aiir&v Sffua^s) — olirot
^ fi^mv ojrrfii'— , 'ApaBix, Kitifipa, Sofifiamf, Aomi^X, 'ApcopSi,
2<(ti^\, 'I(ofi«(^X, Xtuxo/it^X, 'E^CKt^X, Barpi^A, £adt^A, 'ArptiJX,
Toftt^X, BopaKtiiX, 'AvavSva, @(uv(i{X, 'Pofii^X, 'AovtiX, 'PaK«^,
Tovpi^X. 8. <^oi fl<riv ol iiKap)(Oi a^«i> (xal oi Xoiirot
v6vTfS pier' abr&v).
VII. I. KallKaPopiavToisywaiKai' iKaaros air&v t^tki^avro
iaVTois yvvMKas, Kal ^p^vro do-itopeSta&u tipds airhs koI
fuab>(tr$at iv oJn-ai; kaI JSt!k(fa» airhs i^apfMKtCas koI ivaoiiiLs
(Mil fiiCoTOi*(as Koi rif ^orebat jfi^Xcuo-ai' airats.
2. Al 8i ^w yam-pi Aa^oCo-ot MKoirav yiyavras /teydAov;
7, apxo* — offmA/ia'
-roarp.^-
mxipro/MF s
.,««<»-«««
^T
iami
KKr,KTOVf«l\
8. opx* ""^
«-o.»««.
VII. I. Timcm before mi
— /ul*WlT8(U —
nwr*
twice
(uot a.
► B« — Vurrpu-
— T«T<*™*—
piixp*f • ■ ■ ^ovTo, £th. ^ mi nXtmu r^« ^v^W ">"")* t^' rpafai,
m) roiq<r. , , . roCro, Sjn. Ok. omtta. Q. Before itXX^Xouf late
Eth. M8S. insert IMvv ' all,' bnt G K with Syn. Ok. and Oiz.
Gk. omit. Ab P^—b ovrf, for 'to its fulfilment' read upon t(.
Ois. Ok. omits reet of verse and Ter. 6, 7, I hare foUoved
in giving KdkablSl and Arni&rds instead of AklbUl and Aimers.
Bead A^^ instead of Zaq!16, and Za^ instead of Zaq«b6. Eth.
and Syn. Ok. agree in main as to the names against Oiz. Gk., which is
very corrupt. 8. See Crit. Note, p. 64, where I shonld have added
that I had emended the evident corruption Otifif' in G into Otifi't.
VII. I. Syu. Gk. adds at beginning of verse i^ t^ ^'Xnwr^
jn>ro<7T^ i^SopijKoar^ Irti rov K6(riun). tiaurTot a(r£i' . . . yuwiunir.
Bjn. Gk. omits. This clause merely repeats the preceding ODe.
£th.=(f(X(faTi> inaiTTot ftan^ piav alone preserves the true reading
here. tlmopfitaSiu n-. lA. ma. Syn. Ok. omits, '^lutfrnr^i. Eth.
t,£aB{, ' united.' After ir aurais Syn. Ok, makes an important
addition, ins . . . fMyoXiutnrnt ii^«r: see p. 65- ourat. Syn. Ok.
gives iavToiit col r^ yimuKat iauraw, xal pt^. . . . aiiTius. Syn. Ok.
omits. T^ /Sormvf . Eth. atOSOt; ' of trees,' shonld be read a)O00,
and iret». We shonld expect 0^0(1, 'end herbs.' a. Byn.
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
332 The Book of Enoch.
ix tmx&ii rpitrxiX^MV, 3. oXrwts Kor^irBovcui rt^s kAikhis tAp
ivSpAvnav' us hi ovk Jdw^tfijow avroTs o\ &vdpairot ivmoptfyw,
4. ot y{)ui^cs JToA^)}o-(u> jir' avrov; Kal Kani<r6Coaav raits iv&p^
vavs. 5. KOt ^p^vTo AftapTdnfiv iv toIs vereuiots noX TtSs
$T}piois Koi i/nttrols Kol rols Ix&vvui xal dAX^Xuv rdi tripnas
KortaBUiv, Koi ro ol/ui ^tivoc. 6. rcirc ^ y^ Iv^x'** 'C'*'^
run dv^fxaav.
VIIX. I. 'EBAofev Toir ivBp^itovs 'A^tt^X iiaxfUpas voulv
Kol SvXa Koi iktnc&ai koI OApaxas, [dtSayfiara iyy^Ami'] koI
^^Sc^^cv aifTMS ri fWroAAa ical r^ir ipyatriat) airruv Koi <^r^Aia
Kol KifoTiovs Kol VT^tK KOt r<k KoXXipKi^Mpov koX irairrouivr
AWow JkXcktovs Kttl rd ^afptiti. 2. Kal lyivtro hiri^tM
Tftaxitf^^'i' ^ oirnTii KaTteioaatr — amir — (dvm mixofTy 4- aoTf
VIII. 1. movs — itaytpia — stfmSitt — vnSiffr — fUfoha — Meaiiet —
Ok. omits the rest of this cliapter. Before Jk *n{xm» Eth. inaerts
a>ff°(n>*= mi i) t^iKia ovTwv. 3. For itte read XA with Qiz. Ok.
ocrvri. rovr mkovc. Eth. iuGerts 'all.' wt it. This may have
been ?■». So Eth. XAh 'till.' 4. /rAfu}(rw. Eth. Iw^^n-
' tuniod.' 5. tit al^ux. Eth. odds X^7, a^rw.
YIII. I. -nils irepimavt. So Eth. Syn. Ok. omits. For 'Afo^X
Syn. Qk, reads npmot 'A^aijX d Braarof rvv d^x*^'*''' ^■'^ Etil.
onTAill^ =' knives.' oirXa mi itmiias, Syu. Gk. irai- itkcmw
froXt^LCib. dtSoypira ayytXig*. A gloBS; UOt in Etb. Or SjH. Gk.
urt3<i£<» avToIc. Syn. Gk. omita. ri ywraXXa. See Oit. Note,
p. 66. After firrnXXu Syn. Gk. adds t^ t^e uil rd ^pwrioi'. aol
T^ tpyaaiar t^mi. Hence read with E iD^°7'UT<n>*, koI ^"Xia
ml mfirpiuc. So Eth. Sjn, Ok. koI (nH^cnxrir ouri nfiTfua n&
yvvaijt ml riv Ipyvpov, kw vriftta. 80 Eth, : see p. 66. Syn.
Gk. »K^ dj a^Tcur ml ri oriX^tr. KoXXi/SXt'^uipoF. 80 Etfa.
Au'lf^ 4&XH* 'the beautifying of the eyelids.' Syn. Ok.
mXXisn'ifiiii'. muToIoui Xidovr (VXin-ouc. Syn. Gk. rovr iicXtJcniiie
MAwt. Eth. X-OI; X^U-ft^ X>a1l Wifll (D4K=X(V<>vr ri^Bntrow
ml AAcKTMrarinn'. T(k ffa^am. Eth. inserts If fr ' all,' and adda at
end of Terse ' and the world was changed.' Syn. Gk. adds «u
ArMijira* . . . iyunit: see p. 66. 2. JytrtTO dv0tia roXXij, mi
;dbyGcH)c^[c
Appendix C. 333
■r&oais raiE iioi^ airrup. 3. Scfiia^t jftfSafcv ^va(o()8&; Kol
piCoTop.(as, 'ApfiopMC ^aotdfiii Xvr^piov, 'Pcut^ iarpokoylagf
XoijQfiiiX tA iTTffMUdTtKti, 2a(di)i)A. hartpoaKoviav, 2cp(j){A) ireAi)!'-
4. Tav ovf kuBpiittiov diioXAv/^vuv ^ j9o(^) Wf ovpovojjc Avi^i).
IX. I. Trfrt T(ip(a)(n)^iurr<f Mixar)^ ««! OvpiifK xal 'Fo^a^X f
Koi ^afip^7}(K), oProi i(C rofi oipavm i9tiira(v)To alfia iroXi iKxWi"-
T...ljX(-0*/HliA)).
Mpuvirap. Q reads otih ^91: OfLT: aHMdtt aHmOL. Here
(HUi (0 is an mtnision. Henoe traiulAte on p. 66 : (Aera onus
mucA ffodletanMs and they eommitud fornication. Syn. Gk. omits
mil /vopv. ml lornrX. and adds (irl r^t yqc. 3. Syn. Gk. inserta
before ZffiioCSt, ^1 Si *al i nparapx-s ovrur. Z(/iuifaE^Eth. A'SHM
or Jti^lU-A (G). AmlElr&B. This ia corrupt. inaoMt ul ^<^^
tVm- Eth. a-fr! aotMliS\i mao^Cfhi ^Crt*=*«iw<.i nnKxfta^
ml ^ariiunn. Syn. Gk. (Zvoi apydc mri rot) mh, ml pifoi ^onuwv
T^f y^. 'Apfuipuc=Syu. Gk. *apiiap&t. Syn. Gk. adds before this
i ililii«aTtit, and after it iilia^ tpapiumiat nrnoidiai, amfiiat xal.
'PauqX, Etb. (U!^^, Baraq'fil. mrrpoXoyiac. Eth.=d<7Tpi>X<SfOT'c.
X«x;rtijX. Eth. Ml-CUA, K&kabftl. miFuiBrud Syn. Gk. t& <n,^ut
T^c yqi. SoA^X. Eth. 'FJT'Mt, T«md]. ZtptiJX. Eth. M&^Ul
fffXijniyvyiEc (so I have emended ir(Xi)Pi)Kryuit)=£th. i-9ti aiCt
'the conrse of the moon.' Syn. Gk. r^ ir^pitia t^c mX^i. Syii.
Gk. adds mynt oSnM . . . aurav : see p. 67.
Vni. 4 — IX. 4. For this part there ia a doublet given by
Syncellus, which we £hall deaii^atB Syn. Gk.' and Syn. Gk.*.
VIII. 4. At beginning of verse, Syn. Gk.' adds furi Si roOra
^p^oKTo . . , avBpiariev; see p. 6'j. After oiroXX. Eth. adds ilCffti ^
ifiwfirar, 8yn. Gk. variants veiy wild. Syn. Gk.'mlffifaiTa. . .itiiwiw
ropuni: see p. 67. Syn. Gk.* rJn ifi&Tjvap . . , TS luyakotrmji. Yet
these may be more correct than the shorter text of Eth. and Qiz.
Gk., 08 these repetitions (cf. iz. a, 3) are natural in Hebrew writing.
IX. I. For dfCt^ G reads A^IUt, an obvipns corruption of
frCAA. For whC^, which G omits, read &4AA with Giz.
Gk, and Syn. Gk,"°**. Hence, fbr'Soijan and Urjan' read f/rts/
and Se^had. Syn. Gk. sol amuaawnt , . . rou ovpamO (see p. 67)
Digitized by Google
334 The Book of Enoch.
vifuv{oi>) iv\ rqr yqr (koI vatrov ijiiniiiui ywofUv^v im Tr\s y^s),
2. Kol ttirav Ttpiis (UA^Xovk' ^cor^ ^oui' thv jffl r$; y^s f ^X/h
TvASir roC mpavm. 3. jt'Tvyx<i)'oi'<''U' a^ ^njxol T&v ii>6pAitMi
\fy6vTmr EltraytiytTc ri)i' Kptaa> i^yAv vpds rdii {^torap.
4, Kol f7iTa(v) rf mtp^y (rui> atiavaiv)' Sii (Z Kvptos t&v Kvpiaw
KoX 6 0cd$ ruv dcHV xai ^ainAnw rwv fia(ri\€v6imiv. 6 6p6vos
r^i S(ffi)t (TOtt eir Trdtras riic yenffts rov oImvos, koI rd Jvofid
ffov ro AyH)i> Kol fi^ya kcu cvX^fyirrov els vdiTas row olSi'as.
=QiE. Qk. ntn . . , mpaxov. Eth, agrees with Qlz. Gk. After
yqf I haTe added ml iratmr orQfiiav ymoitirijw ntl t^ yqr With Eth.
0111*1 00"* H^tlOCi IWn; fUC. So ijiia Bjn. Ok.'-"
but that before yamiurtpi they add «ai air<|3(uu', a. «u (uriD'^
S;ii. Ok. (IcrtXASnTi (uTDv. S^D. Gk. omits the rest of verse, and
Oiz. Qk. U imperfect, and should probably be i^i^' ^o*^' o^rvc
fv/u^ jSof q y^ : cf. En. Ixvii. a ; Ixxziv. 5. 3. Eth. adds at
beginiiiiig : afiiMii iOWB-. H^A^i ttnfi=iad liv, irpii ipSs, i
tfioi Tou aipartn. (rrvy^fdMnro'U' . . . XrytWor. Syn. GL in ri rui/iara
ml ol ^}(al (Syn. Gk.') trrtra^avow hmrfjprarTa mi i.iyotmi (Syn.
Qk.*) /rTvy;i[annicri irrniafomi ml Xcyorni. Here rd irv. koI oI ifr. or
tA nv. Twr ^x^ >B the true t«xt agunat both Giz. Qk. and Eth. :
see Grit. Note on iz. 10, p. 70. Kpiaai. So Eth. and Syn. Qk.':
Syn. Qk.*giTefl SAjow. After i5^um» Syn. Gk.' adda kqI r^ ArA-
Ittiar . . , ^r/aiiMmvB (p. 68). 4. After ad Syn. Qk. * adds trpootX.
«I r. opx- **¥ "'P'? ^^' oUra*. So Syn. Gk.' Tirtoally sopported
by Q U AXTHAffl*". Al^O*)* = rf icvpif r£> |3a<nXfvd>-n>r. r>»
(J^Hor, being early corrupted into twv jSotnXtvibTsv in the Qk.
parent of Eth. text, was omitted later in Oil. US. Hence for
'their Lord the King' read the Lord of the age*. <rv. So Syn. Qk.
EtL XIUo, which as Din. points out should be KW. After jSart-
Xn6rrur which I have emended from ouuHtr, Syn. Qk.' adds ml 6At
Tu,v alarmv, and Syn. Qk.' au 6tit Tu» irSp&irm'. The former reading
may have dropped out here both in Eth. and Qiz. Qk. fyuw mi
fiiya ml *iA6^Toir tit v.T. oiArat. Syn. Gk.'"" omitml jm>o. Eth.
is here slightly corrupt. In * blessed and gloriona art Thou,' the
' Thon ' (Alt) belongs to the next Terse, the ' and glorious ' is an
intrusion ; and the term 'blessed' should be connected with 'name.'
Hence for "Thy name holy ... art Thon' read Thj/ noma hofy
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
Appendix C. ^i$
Kol TiWa ivdviAv (Tov ifiavtpA koI iKoXmrra, koI nijrra (ip^s koI
iAuilas ivl rfjs yfji koI i6^\aiafv rh pifor^pui tov aluvos rd ip
T^f oipap^ {&) iiriTjfMovinv yvMiui ivdpiuiroi, 7. [koI]
8. Kul lirop€^9r)ffap upds rdr Bvyaripas ruv eUitfpoSiroiv r^t y^s
Kol <TVU€Koip.ri&r\vav aircus koI (jf toit 0>)Xc^aif) ^piiiiv^frai' xal
ii'^Kcoa'aii avraii Ttdtras ras ^utprlas' 9. koI oI yvfawccs
6, ot — oStunat nn — twirtlltvmmai tyrttrnw
mi befbra mwat — a/ttfiTtias 9. < Tuficff — Tfirwrot
and gloriout and bl«Med mUo all the agtt. So Qic Qk. Sytl.
Gk.'addB at close r^(d v^umt. , .^1 npiatits: SMp. 68. g. yofi.
Eth. omits. irooxD' T^ i^owriar. Sjll. Gk. mitTwr Ti]r 4(oii(rla».
So Etli. After nil vi^a 1 have added with Eth. and Syn. Ok.
ipft . . . Mmitw. 6. ^c. So S711. Qk. Eth. CMb, which we
should emend into CUl, and for 'see them' read T/um leetl.
After 'AfoqX Syn. Ok. adds mil Ara ila^rryntr. it. So Eth. Syn.
Gk. Sm. After JOwfiif Syn. Qk. adds xol ipapriat, and after
yqt adds Kal varra iokar iiri njt fijpur. mt /B^Xsinv . . . ofpoi^. So
Eth. Syn. Gk. gives a better sense : iiiia^ yip- • ■ oipa^ : see
Crit. Kote, p. 70. A iwrnfitvooffoi -ynvai Mpmroi. Gf. Syn. Gk.
nriD^Atvovtn 3< , , . ii^pstriw : aee pp. 69, 70. Eth. Am^i lHIO^*f,
COrrapt for IVPD^i ^VflX^^injBfMivo'ui ytAnu SuBpmrm. •]. waL
G and Syn. Gk. omit. The words Ain>& A-flO^t ahould be comiected
with preceding verse. ScfimfSt, ^. Syn. Gk. Tf Zf/uafg . ^j^v.
So Eth. Syn. Gk. ix^- 8- S^ Crit. Note, p. 70. «u tittir6tf
Mr. Giz. Gk. defective here. After koL Syn. Gk. gives (V raU
AfXtKui, which is supported by Eth. y"AAi ^AtK AIA^ ' with those
women,' where, howerer, the a>, ' and,' has been wrongly trans-
posed. Hence, for ' have slept . . . themselves ' read AatM Aept
with thtm and d^Ued themidveg with thi>u vjomen. itairac. So
Syn. Gk. Eth. XA*1t ' these.' Bead with Vila, tf^rw, and for
'these sins' read oQ sins. After iiiaprlas Syn. Gk. adds mi
ttHla^v oMt iwnjrpa iroMir. 9. After mi Syn. Gk. adds tmi IdoC.
ai yvvaaai t^wtjaia. So Eth. Syn. Gk. al dvyariptt . . . vlavr (p. 70).
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
336 The Book of Enoch.
lO, Hol vCc ISov ^o&mv al \lrv\ai rwv rcT<Xevn)K((r<ov koI iv-
TVYxivawTiv li^xpi tSv iniK&v rov aipavav, koI ioMfit] 6 trrcvay^c
airiiv koI ov b^varcu i(eK$ftv &v6 vpovditov rwi> ^i t^s y^f
yivoyAvw ivoftfiiiartov. 1 1, xal tru vdvra dttias itp6 rov a^(i
ytvitrSiu. Kol <ni 6/)$9 ToCra Kai i^s airovs Kot oi8i 17^ X^yciv
r( Set 'S'OMtv (rin'ovs irtpl toUtoiv.
X. I. TA-* H^fruTTos (^flvfv} \vffi roiratv] S fUyas Seyuts,
nrmm. Syn. Qk. ylyanTat. So Eth. Before A? Syn. Ok. adde
■iSSijXa . . . ciaK;(vnu «■/, aifumw tm. So Eith. Syil. Ok. iHllitB.
10. ffoAmr. So Eth. Syn. Ok. omits, ol ^j^n/. Bee Crit. Note,
p. 70. Correct K^/H* into f (iVH* with Ok., and for ' boqIb which '
read mouU of thou teho. M. Xioda (p. 115) here points out that
C'U Bimply means ' person.' Thus HD FiPBi = • dead persons.'
Hence the nse of the peculiar expression ' spirits of the bodIb of
those who have died '(see p. 70) to denote the continuance of the life of
the spirit after death. Siwarai. SoSyn. Ok, Eth. supposes Avkutoi.
M. Iiodfl defends tirarm and urges that the qoestion here concerns
the Bonis of the dead, and not living men, and translates : ' il (lenr
gtoissement) ne pent sortir [de I'erttr^ des portes dn ciel] i cause
dee iniquity.' Bat as iivarm i^XOtai prohahly represents DKXp 7^,
it would be better to render '(their lamentations) cannot cease
becaose of,' &c. Hence, for ' they cannot escape from ' read cam-
not txoM bteause of. 11. ir<im>. So Eth. Sjrn. Ok. ounL
6p^t. Eth. +Ay"C ' thou knowest.' raOra. So Eth. Syn. Ok.
ainis. iff a&rois. So Syn. Ok. Eth. HttJiVoO' 'everything
affecting them.' Here the translator confuted rd tit aiiravt with
i^ atrroii. Henco, for 'everything affecting them' read and Thou
n^erett them. iifiu>. So Eth. Syn. Qk. omits.
X. I. Before rirt Eth. adds tai After AOA add fiA with Oia.
Ok. and Byn. Gk. mpl rovruv. Eth. and Syn. Ok. omit. ml
«&r<r. Eth. and Syn. Ok. omit. 'lurpaiiK. Eth. hCSuMMC,
MCTi ftW: (O). Syn. Gk. tAt oipi^X. Aft«r t^i^x Eth.
reads atfi4Un flA*; but O omits .POA* with Giz. Ok. Henoe,
omitting a>, for 'and said ... in Hy name' read (eU him m
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
Appendix C. 337
A^fUX' ^- ^l''^" o^ff iTti r<p tf^ dvfffiorc Kp^op mavr^p,
votra Kol ieara«A.twnds ^XA« ylptirScu nitrtfs t^s yfll Rot
diroX^n viiTa mra jffrlp a^. 3. koI blba^p airrip Svcos
iKi^i^y^ KoX fKVCt rd avipfta airnm dt v&<rai rets yfvt^r n>C
aUivos.
4. Kal T^ 'Pa^a^X flmv ^ritrap rdp 'Afa^X vovln koi x</«rip
krI /SdAc a^ii> els rd VKAros. Rol Ivotfop r^f Iptfuop ri)p oStrai'
JV T^ Aoflov^A, Ktbcct /3(iA( o^cfv, 5. vat vtrijtfcr oirtp A^^ov;
im tls rents almpas, kqI r^v &fnp airoS viiftatrop, Koi ^ur fit)
OtmptlTm. 6. Kal iv rfj fifitpq r^r ficyiiXt}s -r^s Kpltrtcos Airax-
ol ^yycAot, Kol t^p tatrui tijs y^s i^KiMtop, tpa livioPTCu njv
nmi-^ s- >."<om — of
6. Kpfiiriait — ttmifiaiiey
My name. After Aifwx Syn. Qk. adds Xrjwf, ir. r. r. n£(. 3.
After naaa ad Sya. Ok. adds tirt» air^ Sn. Saa tori* avrg. So
Eth. Stu. Qk. mi wpoamnm t^ yfi. 3. Affer nu Etb. adds
nnt, tArir. So Eth. Syn. Ok. riw Sljuhoi'. .... Aafux- Byo. Gk.
afl^er Ai(fi(j[ ailda sal t^ii 'Irvxh'' ■ ■ - (nwnjp^n. jiruc (K0vyfj . . .
a^ruii. Bo Etb. Syn. Gk. aH tigpti^tu . , . (md^mrai. 4. Aft«r
<Hu' Eth. adds miXi* 5 Kvpme. Aft«r tliro' Syn. Qk. adds woption
'P(K^ai}X ui. nmrli' ml \ipai*. Etfa. and Syn. Ok. x^P'"" *"' >"x>^'.
After xipirlv Syn. Ok. odds (Tu^TrJixraf uMr. r^ AudovqX, Sjn.
Qk. T^ tpfifi^ Aovda^X. After nLcii Syn. Qk. adds iropto6tis, 5.
iw66tt. 80 Syn. Qk. Bat Eth. snppoBes (and rightly) MStt, Af-i
^OlWO". rjMXftr ml a£(ir. So Eth. Syn. Ok. t^'u k. rpaxm.
6. TJ ffu/f r. luyaKtit r. ■p/o-nM'. Syn. Qk. omits r. fuySluit. Etfa,
read r. fuyiiAs ijfupf ^^t tplaiits. iwa\8li<FrTat. A technical nse.
So Syn. Qk. Eth. f-^iAoh is bad : the translator should have used
OtttA, Z. 13. Syn. Ok. adds at end roS irvpoi. 7. ta^^crtnu ^ y^.
We sbonld emend this with Eth. and Syn. Ok. into txroi tijh y^v. Sy-
y*>M. SoEth. 8yn.Ok.(y/]^)<opa(. y^r. SoEth. Syn.Qk.vXTT^r.
Urwnu. So Syn. Ok., better than Eth. Adi^T, Uooruu. Hence
Digitized by Google
338 The Book of Enoch.
■sktffiiv, isa. ^i) dmfXwiTai tt^Wc; ol vtol xStv ii>0pd-ruv tv rtp
avrwi', 8. Kol ^ptifuidri itaaa ^ y^ [i^ovtirtfcura] iii rots
9, Kai Ty r<i/9/>i^A. ctircv i k^/kos" Hopeim ivl row (laCiipiotis,
inl ro^s Ki/3S^Xov$ koI roti<! vlois Ttjt vopvfUts, Kot dvdXfirop roit
vloit T««i> iypjfy6pav iwd tuv &v6pAiriep. viix\jft>v airmis iv vo)Jiuf
dvwAcfar* fuuip&nyt yhp iffup&v oin lanu airr&p. lO. km
f voxra Spt^is (oiK) Ivrat roXs narpimv airMt [koI] vtpi avrfiv,
frij irciraKiJirui.
fi^ amAAwFTiu — amr — iwarafar (for dvJfqmir?] g. rair — n — ma
twloe — cc4^9(>,(wi — arwm- — amKa
nod fibfiitL. irXTyqv. So Syn. Gk. £th.=y^. I withdraw my
Boggestioii in Crit. Note, p. 73, and accept irXiry^ aa original.
Hence, for ' I will heal the eartlt ' read 90 that they may heal the
flagw. Before Tki Eth. and Syn. Gk. insert ral. r^ lanmipaf
oXf . I have emended yJ'tlLii itOf, ' the Eecrete of ererythiug,'
into yP'aiCt U*ft*=r^ pvirnipUf Skf. Hence my translation.
iwaatrai; So M. Boiuiant for arAnfiut. Perhaps ^re^qow wonld
be better. Syn. Qk. thor. 8. i^PiaurSturu. Omit with Eth. and
Syn. Qk. nit tpyrHt r, tiimnaklm. So Syn. Gk. Eth. = tj
iidmriuAi^ riw Ipyttr. afif. Syn. Gk. aurj. ^.txipios. Eth.'Qod.'
Syn. Ok. omits. After voptiov Syn, Qk. adds Tu^itX. pa(i}piotit.
This is a corrupt translitenttion of ^1^. Eth. more correctly
flBTHi-l. Syn. Gk. wrongly yiyavrat. rtrl t. ic(j94qXou«. So Syn.
Qk. Eth. OtAyHV} ' and the reprobates.' Before roue vims r. ir.
Syn. Qk. adds M. Eth.=«i4nrf. r^c irapnW. SoSyn, Qk. Hence,
for H"?, 'of the fornicatress,' should be read Hfn**)*, which was
first corrupted into U"^, pL of ll<^. After limJXnni' Eth. adds
Toiit vloit T^i mpvtias aiL tbi" irSpiatmr. So Eth. Syn. Gk. r™
viMV r. a. Before viiLptai Eth. adds i£air6irTtAo» t^iTois rai. After
almCi Oiz. Gk. defective: cf. Syn. Qk. and Eth. fir axXiiXoui, ^f
airar tit airois. it mkipiif anaXtiat- Syn. Qk. if nX. jcol it Amtk.
Eth. tr wAiiuf dmAAtrrai. itatp- 7^- ^ Eth. Syn. Qk. koI poKp.
atrSv. Syn. Qk, airoit. I O. Spt^is tvT<u. Syn. Qk. ipaaiiint o£ic
•<m. So Eth.: see p. 74. mi mp\ aiirAr. Syn. Qk. omita, Eth.
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
Appendix C. 339
II. Kal (Ttcv (ry) Mixa^' Tlapt^m kq! d^Xowxiv ScfuaCf ko^
toTe \oim)t; tcks otII' oiry rais ywaiflv fitycun (foG) fuov^voi "I-
Jv aifTOAS iv T^ iKa$apal^ oifr&V 1 2. koI jfrov Kara(r^a/&rur
ol viol airrSv koI Rmiru' r^v (LtcjXcuu' rMf iyam^rur, [ml] H^inv
KpltnoK air&v Kol <rvl^-cXc(r^ov, lots T{>tftT&^ rh KpXya rav oiuvos
T&v altivtav. 13. rdrt iva^B^aoirrat els tJ x''"' ""^ 'wpis
Kol (Zr rrlv p&aavw kcX tU ro dcfr^uor^jitoi' ovyKAcfcreus al&vos.
14. Kol £e fif Karaxpt^ Kai &>f>aviii^ iirb rov vCv /tcr' aivruv f
15- 'AWXcirov vilvra r^ irirc^^iara ruv ki/3&^Xuv koI tovs vlocr
TMV lypijy6po>v tia to iitiajtrat riAs ivBp^vovs. 16. mU
If. TtiTff u> /utyn-nu — avrit 11. ^iBbww — aroKia* — avcwmn— otrm—
;i<X^i 13. raScffTd ttfffwrqpiovaWKAiffMw 14. orar ■n-ajRUMAi —
in IttT — TtAMWwn 15. nam — o-sovt
omits *aL 11. After (&nv Eth. adds 6 laipiot. Before Hixq^ add
ry with Etli. and Syn. Ok, After vopiiov Byn. Qk. adds Hij^o^.
ital STXaMToi', So Eth. Byn. Gk. S^mw. Tttic yvf. /itycuri. So £tfa.^
Syn. Ob. roit miiiuytfras rolr Svyarpiai r«v (ti^pi&irwr. Before ituwS.
Syu, Ok. adda nw. Before r^ ixa6apaS^ Eth. adda initrir. 12. ml
irar. So Syju Ok. Etfa. omits mt. Konur^. So Syn. Ok. Eth.=
auroS inirrois Koraai^ta^ai. Before ol viol Eth. odds nirrrs, A&BT
iymntrai' Eth. and Syn. Ok. add avTin. Omit ral before ajtrar with
Eth. and Syn. Gk. After airoCt add Arf with Eth. and Syn. Ok.
vdrm^hilU: cf.LXX.Is.xl. la. 80 Syn. Gk. and Eth. nu imv-
nXnrjiov. Eth. odds atrwr, Syn. Ok. luxpi fitiipas TtktMmitt rfX<(r-
imS, 13. rifrf. SoSyn.Ok. Eth..^ if ittirais rw^itipait. aray6.
(aee z. 6 note). Eth, ' one will lead off.' Syn. Gk. iifntxOvrairTm.
a> should be added after X'H' with Byn. and Giz. Ok. miyiiktlirtait
oIuMl. 83'n. Gk. T^ a, rou ai<av. Eth. tnr/KKtiBifiiovTai tU rain
oIwMic r&y tdiumv, AMlH> shonld be stmck out. 14. ht i*.
So I have emended with Syn. Gk. ; aee Grit. Note, p. 75. Eth.
&M=TiTt, a wrong vocalisation for MM'^Sriai. Kanxpt^. See
Crit. Not«, pp. 75, 76. diuni. 80 Eth. Syn. Ok. omita. yrwai.
Syn. Ok. adds aurur. Eth. ytrias yttuSt. 15. Before inA. Eth.
adds KoL trrtCiiora t£* lu^SqXw. Henoe, for ffHl l^at-i.'i:' read
ao?¥ftt: J'^fV); and for 'luBtfDl bodIb' read tpirita of the
npnbaU (or illegitimate). 16. koI jvA. Eth. omits ad.
iiizedbvGooglc
340 The Book of Enoch.
iatSktaov rj^c dfiucfov ■naaav i.th r^s yqi, ical tov /p/ov vonjpfac
iX.ii$fias (els robs oluvar) f^ert) x'f'^^ ^vrev(ff^)o'CTa(.
17> ml vvv TiiiTcs ol SfKOiot jk^c^^oi'ivi, koI ivovn* ^Mi/rcs
&U yuw^atoo'tP x^"^^^> ""^ votras rds fffidpas vtinfTOi oMip
Kti r£ trifiPara airw furi ttp^mis vXtiptitrovtrip. l8. r^rt
ifryatr&qvtTM vSura if yij iv biKOWvivfi, koI Kara^vretitfqo'CTat
8^i>ftpov ^v oJnr^i Kol vXq(r0^<r(Tiu ciXoyfot. 19. Kol virra ra
t Kol <nt6pw> {rem fntapivrm (Katrrov [i^Tpov^ irailjtrei ^lAuiBat koI
tKOOTOii lih-pov IXaUxs voi-Zjati &vh fiirovs d^KO.
20. Kal cn> Ka$iptffov t^p y^v iird v(i(rt)s iKa$apff^(as koI (lird
16. lijnocvn;t — mX^ias
Eth. omits dc nm atina. After olunu add with Eth. 'labour
will proTo a bleseing : rightoonBDeea and nprigtitneBB,' omitted
throngh hmt. <f>vmi6, Eth. f^!tltt = 'fnrrtivovm : ct Ter. 19.
17. ^iM^fiwnu. SoQ^T-^f-. Din. ^7W, corrupt. 18. hi™-
4>vT. b. i» airn. Eth. 'it will all be planted with trees.' 19. r^t
oyoAX. This emendation in accoidanoe with Eth. is necessary,
as Din. and Lods have already recognised. After ainrSKout Eth.
adds ' on it.' The emendation of oi into xai is necessary. Before
t^vnwT. Eth. adds 'on it.' For tfla in Dln.'s text read Otfii
with 0. So Qiz. Qk. oZmu. Eth. renders wpoxoit freely by AitPfl .
Qk, is confused and defective ; but it agrees word for word
with Eth. saye that it omits ttttt HCX: H^^i <A7: Hdtt:
aobLCff with the exception of tiie second word=(nr<Vov. It
preserves the verb and acoi of this clause, i.e. s-oi^tm x'^^*
=^>flC! hiii.. KoO IS a comiption of ori. Such disarrange-
ments are frequent: see i. 3 (note). For 'ten thouaand' read
tKousaitd, irpoxovt^iiirnfs (sometimes), ffanm is a rendering of
n^. Hence, instead of 'press' translate hath or vat. A 'bath'=
8-7 gallons nearly according to Joeephus or 4-4 according to
Bablnnista. 20, oKaSapa-tat cannot be right : perhaps ffias or
Digitized by GOOC^IC
Appendix C. 341
Ths hKaOafiTLai rhi yivo^vat tiii. t^e yijs k^iXtii^oVt 21. . . .
Kcii laovrat ir<W(r Xarpctioi^cf ol Kaol koI ffXoyoiWct mlin-cs
(;iol Koi vpoiTKwmiims. 22. Kal Kadapttr^crcTtu naau ^ yq
iird fTOiTo; luitritaros kcu iiid vi(n)s iKoOapviat kcX ipy^i xai
lidmiyos, xat ovKin Ttifi^a iv airoiis tls itia-M ris yffc^; rov
otuvor. XI. I. Kot rcfrc i,voi^ia ra raft-fXa t^% tiXoyias rd
opT'a ^i) T(p o^poi'^, roS KarivryKtiv airi tvl ro ^/lyo, tirl r6v
Ktfirov Tuv vlui) T&v av0p^Tsa>v. 2. Kal rJrc AJv^Oaa, koI elp^jn}
Kotiwv^crovo'ii' dfM>S elf iiAaas rhs ^fiipas rot) al&vos koI el; ir<l<ra;
rdr yfvfits T&v ivOpdiriiiv.
XII. I. Tlpb To&nav tuv Xoyutv iX-^fi^Qij '^vi\, Kol oificlt
Twv AvOp^vaip iyvat now ^Ai$p(00ir Kai wo6 itrrai kuX rl iyivero
airrif. 2. xal rd //lya atjroS ^er^ t&v iypTjy6piov, koI fxerd
T&P &y(mv fit' Tififp&v aiiTov. f
XI. 1. anfai — m/ua — nu miTO'wjitii' — twti twice
9. aX(f(ia — i/Bjr^ KotrDnjomwif — orrwr
XII. I. Aiiwx — oiAi — ana*' a. ovraw — aitfiupt.
Suitrium. Cf. Eth. 7^ ' violence.' Before iff*0ttat Eth. adda miinif.
After i£dX. Eth. adds <nr» r^i y^t. 31. Before ral fonmu Eth. adda
ml 7irDiTCU vovnc ol vial rw aiiOp4trmr Uxaioi. Ferbaps omitted ID
Ok. tfarongh like beginning. varm iitoi aU. Eth, implies k. it. «.
13. iai6apelat. Eth. ^^OLft^ 'sin.' After irin^tt cornipt Eth.
MS8. inaert AjB;> ' a deluge,' but G omits. For fV uirow Eth.
reads KAT ' upon it' For roE d^xit Eth. reads ffiMltU rt«l^.
XI. I. After KararfKVM Eth. adds /irl n^r y^v. After Ipja Eth.
adda ' and,' 3, «i) rin. £tb. omits. A. koi f^. Eth. tip. nil
A. tUv arOp. Eth. M^ 'of the world' — a confosion of aiiruw
and avSpinnHi, as M. Loiia points out.
XII. I. Before vpi Eth. adds nu. rovrav rav. Eth. U*^ 'all,'
a cormption of htt. Hence, for 'all these things' read theat
ihmgB. A4f.0ftj. Eth. tlriW 'was hidden.' This— the usual
Eth, rendering of n(6, /un'OTiu*, and Aq^, in connexion with
Enoch — is due to the influence of the Enoch ntTth. tS* miep.
£th.=»v vlmr TM ir6p. 3. iyptiyip^ and &yliM> in inverse order
in Eth. Obeerre two emendatjons of Qk. in accordance with
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
342 Th£ Book of Enoch.
tn^f, ry j3curtX(i rMV alifiwi'. koI ISov o[ typqyopot (rov &yfot>
Tov fuytUov^ ^KiiXatn' fic CEvux ^^^ ypafifULrta koI cTvcv IjioC)'
4. 'Ev^x ^[0 ypo/iMOT^^ ^f fiucaiotrvn];, vopfiov koI flvi roif
iypr}y6poK rov ovpoi^, oTrivc;, d.7roA(ir(fi^et rof ovpofdv rov
{nlfifkov, ri hyiofffia r^c oriivfoa; rov aiUvos, fitrii t&v yvpaiKSp
IfuAiiSrimiv KuC, &avtp ol viol t^s y^i -noiovinv, o&tim ical aitroi
f irotovirtir Kai tka^ov tavrots yvvaiKas, xal &<f>avtffiiiv fUyav
TJiJKivCaav Ttjn y^v, 5- "'•^ ™'' ftrrai ifiui tlp^m) oCrc itfttiTis.
Kol tcfpl &v xd'J'X'txi'ii' I"**" vtwv air&v, 6. rdv ^iwir tmv
arai^ooaui, KOt &(ii0)j(roi^at ets rclv ai&po, Kai ovk (trrai avroK
■|- XIII. I. 'O ti 'Eiwx ry 'A(iai)\ imptv6tU tt-ntV Oix tarat
3. AiHX — m — Sooii^ 4. Amox — Bwnoireup —
— i^nfiiMT — -/amimr — •jvtrtBa n^ovio/iof fuyiui ecu
TCTT T. I , uwiv waptaou — f irrc —
£tb. 3. After nif Etb. adds 'I' and omits iar&t. rf rup!^
r^ IxryAmrvnit. Eth. AXTHAi OAfi- ' to the great Lord.' But
Gk. is right, uid the error lies in the vocalisation. Hence read
AhTHJt: dafi-t and translate to fhe Lord of gnatnsu. Before
rf ^00-. Eth. addi 'and.' For rwr aUr»t> Eth. reads M^, rou
dwvor, rot) ity. rou }uy. Eth. omits. Gb. omits through tike
beginning 'Enoch the scribe, and spake to me,' which Eth. pre-
serves. 4. juil tliii. Eth. AA£4 = S^Xaxror. G with Gk.
omita ID before y"^in>. Hence for ' and the holy ' read the holy.
ri Sytaaiia r. trriantt r, alapot, Eth. BCema preferable : y^Ttf^
f^(orfC^1)i HAMy". Tijt y^. Eth./MlX'of men.' Bat
Gk. is right, as acribes confound t-flA and A4IX: cf. ix. 8, Crit.
Note, p. f o. Hence, for ' children of men ' read chSdrmt of earth.
T^ y^f can stand as a Hebraism with a0. fuy. r/^av. Eth. ' on the
earth.' 5. For Situw read ahnit with Eth. Before 'Ipipnt Eth.
adds iw\ nit y^. ml mpl tu x"^?™""- See Grit. Note, p. f S.
Dln.'s text destrDjrs the sense bjr inserting a negative. 6. For
(It fXcov ml tlprfnpi I have read 7X«o« «. tipfprn with Eth.
XUL I. 'AfofX, Eth. Astzti. vofMvdrif (Inr. Emended in
iiizedbvGoOc^lc
Appendix C. 343
troi clp^it)' Kptfta lUya i^KOtv Kari aoS i^iral trc, 2. xat
tttpl irimotp T&v Ipytov r&v bxre^ft&v kcX t^; (IdtK^t Kal t^(
&ftapTlas, Stra vitibn^s rois iv6p<ivois.
3. T(!t< TTOpcvflcls et|in}Ka v&triv airroit. nal aimi vivrts
ttj>op^0i]irai', Koi IXapfv airrotis TpSptOi koX tj>6fios, 4. ko!
^ptinjirav fn'ut yp6.'<^<it avrots vvofunj^iara ^poinjircats', Eva yiirqrai
cAroXi i<f>tiTis Ka\ tfa jy^ (IrayvS avroi; rd iit6ttvrjfui ttJs ipttrq-
trtioi ivaiciov Kupiov rou ovpasM' 5* ^' avroi oixiTt i^pavrat
XoX^trat oWli ivapai airruv Toir i^ffakiumt eii tw o^pofdv 4wd
6. Tffrf iypa^a rh ivifwripM T^t jpmnjo-cio; aJrfii' Kai r^t
Sdfircu xept TMf m/tvftirwp <At&» koI vcpl Sv S^ovnu fotof airfii'
yivi^vTot Ittptms koI fuuptfn)f. 7- ""* lioptvBtls iniBura M
T&p Mtwv Aia> Iv (^y^y AAv, ^k iarXv in ht^i&v 'EpfMaixtcifi
himas. ivrytpotVKOv rd iTi6fiV7}fia rur hf^tmv aiiruv tag f
iKoiftrfiTiv, 8. Kol lioii Spttpot iv ijii IjKffop, KOi 6pA<rfis hr'
lljk ivivi-nros, koi ttov 6p6vfis ipyiji, (,Kal i[X0cv ^u^ X^ycnxra)'
4, Tfmmu — a»ii7>'« — mi 5, Ttimrrai — ott twof* avror — urxv*^
6. IfTtfii — •voTBir 7. wo/mrfif — arvfoniaiaai — m B. onjpoi — apno'ii twice
&ccoidaiice with Eth. tSfatd tri, Eth. '(Ruiiael) ehall bind thee.
3. Omit atyibCt with and Oiz. Qk. Hence for 'interceBsion
and mtmy' read inteneition. Strike out ii>^^ with Q and
Ois. Gk., and for 'the children of men' read men. 3. After
innnrEth. adds 'together.' rpd/ui e. 0i{^. £tb. 0.ir.T. 4. After
ilpJmtma Eth. adds ip*. irayvm. This 18 better than Eth. Jt6C7,
which sappoBes a reading irdym. hinmii. 80 ^J&m: Din.
in. Hence, for 'take their petition into the' read read lAetr
petitMM in. KvpUi, Eth. XTHJMIibC = 6to0. g. oMi htapau
Eth. atKtkP'h-. rrpl b iipap. k. Honx. Eth. AO/tlfao-: Htb4f-=
r«F ^lopwF niriw Acd it aniKpifiriiiiw, 6. fit jr^mii. So Eth.
O Ml+fl^^. Din. reftde r&t irfitme ^&w. I have omitted the
before AXTr with Oiz. Ok. 7. yg. Eth. omite. Before iWy.
Eth. adds »aL 8. rat ^On ^m^ Xr^owni. Eth. omits wrong]; ;
cf. XT. 9. Hence, for ' to the intent . . . recount ' read and a voice
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
344 T^ Book of Enoch.
Elirdp T<M vlois rov oifKWoS rou iKiy£ai avtoCs. 9. koI
l^tnrvof ycjwfMira; ^0ov v/)d; tArais. Kol v<tvrcs awtjyfUvtn
iKddrjiTo TctvOrnvm W]^ 'E^tKtrari, ifns iariv dva lUtroii tov
A^&vov Kol Sffur^X, vc/jutcKoXvfifi/i'ot r^v ^(f, lO. koI
4' iv^viov airruv itr^yyttXa [ovrois] vAtras raf Jpdtrcis &r cZBo;'
Kard ro^s lrin>ovE> Kol tjp^itofa kaXtur roiis k6yo\is ttjs iuMUxritnfs,
M^yX**" '■"^^ iyp^Y^povs too oipavm.
XIV. I. Bfj3Ao£ Xtf)r(0if 2iKa(0(r^»iiE itoi i\4y$tas iypiJY^patv
tUv dwi ToC olvvor, icoTi tt)i' ii'ToX^n roC iyfov tow f«cy<iXoti ^»
TOUTTI r^ 6p6ffft,
3. 'Eyi elflov (tar^ rotis forvous /iiw 8[p] iruji X^yut iv yX^tnTp
trapKCmi, iv r^ n'fcvfMin toC vrtffMirJ; fiov, A ^doiKCP 6 /tiyas rott
* ivBp^OK kaXfiv ip airroZs koX vo^o-ai Kapil<f, 3. its {iicrifft
Kai IBwxc rots' ii>0p<^ois km i}uii votiv tovs K^yovs ttjs yvtitrfms
»itrf
10. tvonor <•
vTwn
« — (unjrr^
-OpOtft-
Aa*jr — AoTW — &««
ffW-flt —
TOC -row before «Yp.
XIV.
-^o.f
w — lyom
1. «t*».
-•» wr — "("HUT,
""""
(U«w(AiiXa<-
■»'"?«'
«,*«, 3.
Of— ««r«n
/0.-.S™.—
oofTM to m« faying : that I ihotUd leU. tMr. Eth. am tlwta. roC
Ary^oi. Eth. ml Aiy(u. 9. 'ElS>X<r<»ni. Eth. UbleejUI. Itn^X.
Eth. S«ii«ser. 10. tarh To£[ vnvotic. So O Airy. Hence, for
' in my sleep ' read in tleep. ikryxiav. Eth. (pXHAf = »il
ikiyxftf.
XI Y. T. 0ip\«7 Xdyw ftuuuoffwiir xol Aryftw. Eth. "HOBfedt^
tAi KJt^i tOHiHf, oirot i tSi^XoE Xdyoc SurouNrvKirr iral fkty^t. xarii
n)r (imX^r. Eth. tthoOl KHH, Ka6&t n-ap^yyfXm. Before rou /ity.
Eth. adds m/. 2. Before in r^ nv. Eth. adds mf. jr ry irmvfion
ToC imSfuiTot fiov, & (Aocn- ^ ^ryor. Eth. (DAffDlXMi HOtOttt OAfii
hi. ; transposed and cormpt, but easy to restore by reading JU.
before HtOVtl and attaching the EnfBs to it. Xext strike out ID
with D. Thus we have Aool^Ai Aft: HailH); OtLP-, a Uteral
rendering of Oiz. Qk. and supported by Ixxziv. i. Hence, for
' and with D17 breath which the Great Oae has pat into the mouth
of men ' read with the breath of my mouth tnhich the Gnat Otis has
given to men. iv airoit. Eth. 01^ ' with it.' Better read Ot^f,
wUh them. 3. After m I have restored, with Q, the clause
(iicTurt ta\ fSiwn ... ml V>m) loflt through hmt. After AA^lA add
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
Appendix C. 345
Koi ifii) iKTurtv Kol tbtoKKP JA^yfairflat iypn\y6pQm robs viain rov f
ovpavoS.
^piitrci fiov roCro jdefx^* '^ c^* i^ ip<&Trt<ns ifiav vapfb^fiit
5- ^i^ lajKiri tls rhv ovpavdv iaxxfi^rf M vivras
Tovs al&vas, xai Iv rots ifviiois -His yv^ ippi6i) hijvai ifMs els
v&vas T^S ytpds rm al&vos, 6. koI tva vpb ToCratv fSip-f r^v 4-
i.itiiK(uai tSv vImv ^pmv t&b iyamjT&v, koI oti o£k firrai ifuv
SvrfiTK airr&v, iXKh •ntirovvTai iviiitiov vji&v iv fiayaipq. y, koI
if iptinftris ipMv Trtpl ai/T&v oix larai 0^% vtpl ipMV. kcX vjucie
KkaiovTfs Kol it4pifvot Kol /iq XoAovvrcf ttoi' pijfia dird r^s ypa^f
ijs fypa^a.
CKtiAovf, Kot iitC)(Kai p.* itfHivow, koI biaipofiaX rav iaripw xaX
itaorpanal fte Karemrtn/Sa^ov koI i6op'6^aQ6v jic, km &v(}Mi iv r^
ipia-ft fiov hvfirripaiiT&v fit koI iinjpdv /*< iim 9, xat «!»- f
iji'cyKiij' ^e eii rdu oipap6v. sat efcr^Xfloi' pJxP^i -^yyura rtij^ovs
— onXiiu' — tan — mtaoam mawaa — fuXV 7- "/" kAidctk 8. opaai
ccA.i' with Q. Hence, for ' created man and given to him ' read
crttUed <mi given to man and me. Omit L in anOOfU. with G
and Ok. 4. tovto iftcij^. Eth. ovms tS(i;^Aj. col offr< . . .
waptitxS^. Eth. 'that yonr petition will not be granted.' After
waptiixdn Boveral clanseB have been loet through hmt., which can
be supplied from Eth. ' thronghont all the days . . . granted to
yon.' 5- i*^ Eth. ml lori roC rCv. h/ roTc itapait r^c -^t. Eth.
" ^ ys- In my Trans, this phrase should be connected with ' shall
bind. yivtit. Eth.^qfMpaf. 6. >ai tvo. Eth. nii. irpA (a neces-
sary emendation). So Eth. ^trw aiirSiv. Eth. T£sfUPan* ' have
them in . . . keeping.' Free, but admiseible. 7. See Grit. Note,
p. 80. 8. ^1^' ipiati. Eth. ipaait. i^&vauy. Eth. ^XrflHH.
mrxnr. ml (V^- Eth. tyUHi a>.f ft04f. ' drove and impelled
me.' iSopvfiaiar ia difficult, intmiptaaaii. A necessary emendation
= Eth. h*» appears in Eth. after tMirryBa in next verse.
iiized by Google
346 The Book of Enoch.
^Koboiiij}UvQV Iv \MotE x^^Clf "o^ yX^<nra(S mpis K^Kkif airSp'
I O. Kai clff^A^ov <I; T&; yX«t<r<Tat T<m •wvp6i, xal ^yyura d; oTkot
iti XttfatvXdiccf, Kal vaotu^o'ai' ^k \t6vos, Kal Jdtl^ ;i(H>i'iKii, II.
Kal al ariyai &s biaiponaX itrripuv koI tUrrpairaf. xat ftera^ii aiiT&v
Xfpav^lv tripiva, koI 6 aipavds airr&v H&ttp. t 2. Kal irCp ^eyo-
fifiraii KfiKXii) Tuv rafx^^i "''^ M^at irvpX Kai6iieviu, T^. <{(r$X9oi>
els T&v oIkov iKfivop Otpfiiv is TrSp naX y^vxp^v if x*"*^ "''^
■j- iraffa r/n>^ fw^f oiiK ijv iv air^. ^^os ftc iKiXvt^fv Koi rpofMs
lit iKa^tv, 14. K(U i^ffu^ trci^ficvos koI rpip/^p, km litftrop
{M vp6<iiiyn6v fiov xol) i6ttipovv iv rfj ipAtru (^ov), 15*
-f- Kal Ibov £AAos oZkos ;ic(£'mi' rovrov icat oXt; ^ M/xt (ovrov)
dvcyyju^jrr) Karevavri futv koI ifKoboiitJiiivos hi yXiJirtrot; nupof,
16. Kol £Xot Sia^^p(i>i> ^p Sff^ Kol JD r^i^ Kal jv pifyaXoir&prf
&(rrf fiii bvvatrOai fK i^fiirtiv ipSv iifpl rifs M^f kqI vcpl riif
ft(yaXo(rl!fi]E ovTov. 17. t^ fSai^os avrov ijp ■trvp6s, rd ii
ItvuTtpov airrm ija-av iarpaval koX iiaipofA/d iaripap, Kol ^ ffrtyif
iAtoS i|j' vvp ^Kiyop.
J\t
WffTt— «*<*K 10.
— XM»B«a I
I. OOTtpOr
11.
TVXOH' — MOfUrM
13. «««■
„_T,»^_
. o«-oi« — >««.
.,<« twice
M-
•W'O*"™ — Tf^*"*
-rt.op«»
— opom 11
5. oXAiji' ftvoc o>WT,i€«j»
■eHu-n piD nu aum
, ^«C». re
mrou JBU oX«
-7*""^'
16.
WTOt— >101.
-M« «7- '
uwrc^MT
9. -)A<Lircnuc irvpiir. So Eth. Hence I should have traneUtcd more
litoniUy tongvea ef fire instead of 'a fiery flame.' 10. vatrau
We should from Eth. expect \i6ot. 13. Before *Ui^\Otni and
Ap/xfv Eth. adds *aL rpixfiii not rpixp^, as Din. and Lode hare
already recognised, rpinftt) (mjt. 8ee Grit. Note, p. 81. 14. ffup'-
Eth. omits. After tmroy I have added vith Eth. iiti wpAawrif
nov Kai. 15. Ok. corrupt. Arranged as giyen abore, it equals
Eth. exactly. : cf. x. 19 for a similar dislocation of the text The
Ok. SKi] 4 6opa neceadtateB a change of tianelatioD. For ' all the
portals of which' read lit entire portal of vAieA. 17. Before
t6 a. Eth. adds Kal. nvp6t. So UXfl^ : Din. ^/^^irCfi.
Hence for 'fire' read of fin, ij <"'<y>) aimii, Eth. adds 'also.'
iiizedbvGooglc
Appendix C. 347
18. 'E0c^potit> St Kflt ctSov 6p6vov iyjniKSv, koI rtk ctHoE a^oC &s
19. Kai v7t>Kiira> rot! 6p6vov i^ii!0p€^0VTo hotoimI wp^s ijtXtyo- f
fihov, Kal ovK Hvv&irdrjv iftctv. 20. Kal 17 Jttffa 17 fxtyiXi)
iKiBjiTO iir airr^- rb ■ntpi^Xatop avTOV [«t etios] ^XCov \aiimp6-
repov Kal XfVKrfrcpoi' vtitn^t \i6voi' 2I> Kal ovk JSiWro vat
fiyycAot 7r<ip«Xdeu' ^<{t rdp oU-ov rovTov^ Kal IStif rd Tip6ir6tiroP
a^rov 3((t ri Ivrtfiov Kal ^j^ofou. koI oiK JSvfaro voo-a <rclpf
ISctv oirffi'. 32. rd itvp <jikfy6[itvov K^KXif, koI tnjp fUya naptttr-
r^Kti ajrry, leal oidelf 'yy^C'i avT<^. k^kA^i jjvpCai fivpiUfs jonj-
Ka{(r(v) ivvntop airw, Kal vas \6yos airov tpyov, 33. Kol ot
JlytM T&v &y(tMi ot iyY^C^^^f odnp oAk ^voxu/Mnw-ii' WKrds oJrr< j-
i^ivTOvrat airm.
16. wttopotr — awv KfinrmXAivor — opot tg. ^XryofuvH — i3ir ac
AAmt 11. (iSti)' — iSii' mrrou 31. mfiarrjicti — ovjkt (TT'f' ~
18. AAer idrmpov Eth. adds rr atir^. S<^ntt. So I have emended
opos. Eth. ^A implies dinit, ' the voice,', and bo points to S^tac.
Hence, for 'the voicee' read a vuton. 19. OmitOfL^ with Q
and Oiz. Ok., and for ' great throne ' read Ihront. iSurair^w.
For Kfibit read HfiiA. Hence, for ' it was impoBuhle ' read
/ could noL 31. lit T^ oAnw roCroi-. Eth. omits. ml Ut»,
So Q toCK^- Din. gives cormpt reading £AX. iii ri An/iov
*ai Mo^. Eth. AbOCs mint A ' of the Honoored and Qlorions
One.' Bat the Eth. ie wrong. A should be changed into A
with which it is constant]]' confounded. Thus we get an exact
rendering of Gk. Hence, for 'the face of the Honoured and
Qlorions One' read Sia Jaee by reaim of the magnifieaux and
glory. 33. idaikf. Eth. 'around Him.' After tnrr^ Etfa. adds
X^IlA ' of those who.' koI vat XJyor airov fpyor. Eth. absolutely
dissimilar, but the former is found in the Slavonic Enoch ; Eth.
may therefore be presumed to be corrupt. For 9^1. O reads
9^C, Hence Eth. may have been tD^Or. i^Kt (D-W^; y^AC :
cf. Fm. xxxiii. 9 ; CXV. 3 =m1 war SHuma airoB Ipyor, 33. ol AyuH
rwr AyUn. Q reads ^jE^Hl! ^4A1 ' the holiness of the holy ones,'
and this X have followed in my Trans. Better, however, to read
^HUa-. ^ftAX and translate the holy ones of the holy, I e. the
archangels. iyliat. This is an emendation of ajTeXw with Eth.
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
348 The Book of Enoch.
rpifiup. KoX i Kvpiot rf <rr6[Utn airtS tK&Xuriv fit km flwiv fuit'
np6af\6f Sif, 'EraX) icat rif X<$/oi' fxov Sicouirov. 3^. (_Kai
upoaiKB^v [u>i cIs ruv hylttp {jytipip fu^ xal iffrrj^iv (it km
vfKxr^yoy^ir ^c /i^XP^ ^^ ^/mi;' I7& 8i rd vpivufsAv fiov Kdrw
X V. I . Kai dTTOKptdeW ctv^v pH [6 HiiBptavos i ikri0uidt &v$ptit-
iroi T^s AXri$t{ai 6 ypamurrein'] koI rqs ^cev^; avroO ^Kovcra' M^
ipo^^Oris 'Evitx iv6p<imos iXriffwds Koi ypOftfMirr^ r^c iXiftfcui;,
vpocrcXdc abf Kal rffs iptov^s fiov iKOwrov. 2. nopfiBfrt Kal fltti
(roii iypTty6pois tov oipaiiw) Tols vifi'^atriv at (tot wtpl airr&ii
tpiMiTijtraiy ipaiTTJiTai iftas Ibti ittpl t&v iv9p<iiratv, koi fiif Tois
icflpcdTTOVS TTtpl iijjMv. 3. i\Jk tC ivfklnfTt rdp oipapdv rioi
i^kbp TOP iytov Tov oiucoK, nai fwrd t&v ywam&v iKOifi^0i}Tt,
Kol fura T&v Bvyfx.rip<op r&p ivSpivaiv ifuSw&rfTt koX iXd^fTf
lovrocs yvvaUas (icai) &ai:fp v\a\ nfi y^s jvotijirarf, kvX iyavif-
vare iaiiTols [t^kvo] vioilt yfyaiirac ; 4. icat vfMif ^e ilyioi
— tmiafttfrai — tXnfitrai
See Crit. Kote, p. 8a. nwnft. So Q. Din. adds 'and Ax-j.'
34. |Sij9Xtr;uroc, Etl). 7Ji1A, ie. mplffkijiia, bat probably a cor-
raption of 7Alhll ^ «r(/H3f/3Xi);u'rai()) or ntpucvtakafiiiii/ot. Aa is
clear from ver. 35, Enoch is prostrate, ^tfft^iuiins, therefore, is
to be accepted. Hence, for ' I had bad . , . trembling ' read / had
bwR prostralt on my face and trembling. Simuaoy. See Orit. Note,
p. 83. For "Kiymi fiov SnauiToy Eth. has AityoF ftev Syiow, 'where fyov
is a corruption of Sxaviroy. Hence, for 'bear My holy word' read
hsar My word. 35. noi vpo<Tt\6ur . . . pt may be a glosa.
XV. I. 6 SrBpuiroi , . .6 ypappariit. An erroneous repetition of
later words. Add at before fl^A" with Qk. and connect the words
as in Qk. Hence, for ' with His voice : " I have beard, fear not," '
read and I heard Hit voice: ' Fear net.' z. Before naptiO. £th.
adds Km', and omits it after it. After tlvi I hare added with Eth.
ToTc iypriy6pou Tou ovparov, and after m, roC 7. aii. tpau^irat. 3. Before
Sxrirtp I bare added ad with Eth. iovroic. Eth. omits wrongly.
Strike out T4aa. 4. tyuii uil nvvfiara. G preeerres this order,
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
Appendix C. 349
Kol TVC^fMi(ra) Cmta altiina' iv t^ atftan t&p ywaiK&v ituJw-
0ifTf, Kot iv aX[iaTi ffapxhs iy*pf^<raTf, koI in ai[iaTi hvOp^vaiv
lirtdvu^varf {koI iiroi^<raTf) KoSits xal a^ol iraioiM-ti> iripKa Kol
alfux, olrivcc i.iio0v^iTKOv<riv Koi in^WviTM' 5- ^"^ tovto
ibaKa ain-ois OijXfCas, tva initpiiaTiiToWTai tls abriis Kol Ttai^- ■)-
travaiv iv airais riKva, ofkms Iva ^r) iKKtbttt aintt van Ipyov
lv\ T^r y^r. 6. vfitts ii iw^pxtrt wf^ftaira) ^vra aliina
ml oiiK Airodv^iTKOvra els iidiras ras yftifhs rov oluira;. y. Kal
iii rovro oi/K ivo[r}tra iv vfiw 6rikfias. ra wrSfio^Ta) roS aipavoS
Ip r^ aiipav^ 17 KaTo(K7}<ris avrfiv. 8. Kal vvv at ylyavTti ot
ytwrjBimts dir^ t&v irvtviiiriov koI trapKos m^na^Ta) Itrxvpii
(xXifBrjiroin-ai) ivl rtjtyrjs, koI iv rfj yp ^ KaroCinfiris avT&v (irrai.
9. vvti^io^Ta) novtfpit i^k6ov ivb roC (r^ifxaros alrr&v, Jtufrt itui
T&v ivBptivwp iyivovro Kol ix rwf hyUav iyfnfy6paiv 7 ^XT) ''V^ t
Krfirc&tE ojirup Kal ifixil 0fpifKCov (irveifiara voi/iipi ivl r^c y^s
but Din. 'a text inTerta, For trin/um £th. read wmifiaracol. »
ry ol^i. Eth. ftCn ' with.' Loda takes OXA as & oormption of
IL^OD = ip T^ w/uiTi. Before koAui I have added with Eth. koI
nroc^rart. g. rtKpiaovrar n atrrtut Ttna, fD-ttA of OanppOrtS tbis.
Hence read ^4PAft, and for 'children. . . borne' read ftc^tt cAtUinm.
wn fi4 . . . ipyor. See Crit. Note, p. 83. Correct Mttt^Fi into Awi>'.
6. After fl( Etb. adds n-fxirfpa*. 7. Before invv/uira Eth. adda Suin,
rA vpciiiara t. oip. ODl^tOKPI, a COTTUptioD of OVl^JhA'TA
fieuce, for ' eptritual ' read ipiriti ofhtavea. 8> ttri rur staipArmp.
Q reads XyiVH* (so read in Crit. Note, p. 83) = oird t&v ^y**'
Better to vocalize thus ; XflVf^)'. i^icP^- Probably a scribe's
error for oxAqpo : aeevBr. 11. Eth. and Syn.Qk. tronjpii, which is pre-
ferable. After liFxupa I bare added iXij^qiTavnu with Eth. and Byn. Ok.
'^^*'tSy9- Syn. Ok.jriMr.^. 9. Before mvyfiora Eth. adda ni/,
i^XBor. So Eth. Syn. Ok. trnwrai rh tntifiara /£<Xi)ktiAtra. rtijui-
T0£ aiiTir. So Etb. Syli,Gik. aiiutrof rift impK&tahSir. Tur aranpair,
80 Eth. Tiiia I have, vith Syn. Qk., emended into tAr anSpimtr.
Hence, for ' from above ' read from men. tyinowto. Bo Syn. Qk.
Eth. t£T<-, which ia bad. Better IidM.. ), ip^ Ttjt «t^«<m
aiiritp. So Syn. Gk. Eth. omiti r. cr«mM. After dffwXwv I have
Digitized by GOO^^IC
350 Tks Book of Enoch.
ivavta^ vpt^iuau vovrtpi K\ij$^iTtTat. lO. vifcvjMi(Ta) ovpavov
ip ry oiptw^ 17 KaTolKTtns air&v itmt, Kal tA vvtvfuira. [^l] r^t
y^ ri ytwrfBivra Ivl tijs y^s (Iv rp yp) i KoroiKrjms airr&p ftrrat'
11. koIt^ mt^ttara t&v ytyivmv vti^Kas dZiKoSvra, &^avl{oirra
xal titvltminu Kol vvfxiraiuiiovTa Koi avpptvTovra ivl T^r y^f
j- [vif^utra cTfcXifpd ytytbrnov], xat rpoftovt Trotovpra koI jit)fiiv
Jir0(oi^ra), {AXX* lurtTovvray teal dt^'^i'ni icol wpotTKovTovra
12. xot vifc^^ra) jfovacrr^trct ravni tts Tohs vU)^ ruv iv6p^i!uv
t Kal r&t yviwKar, 5ri l^f\r)k'u$a<rm &js' avr&p XVI, 1, dvi
^fUpas iripayrjs Kot ^voiAefar Kal doi^rov (ruv yiydrrmv) ii^'
Sp rh vvfiifMTa iKVo(>€v6ittpa fK lijs ^Irvx^s t^c trapKis aurav
1 1. avnifHl nu — t^araar^i — nw TWOutHr
added wt^iara wetntpk ^1 r^ y^ fvoMtu, with 8yn. Gk. and Eth.
Before mcvfuira irov, Eth. adds m^ irrfu^i. iror, iAt^AjnTm. 80 Eth.
Syn. Gk. omits. 10. Syn. Ok. omits entire Terse. Omit nn
after vvtitutra vith Eth. After 77; I have added n* t$ yS with Eth.
ttrrm (at close). Eth. omits. 11. nipikas. So Eth.; amaniieBt
COrmptioD. See Crit. Note, p. 84. mtipara trx. yly. A giMB.
For SpJfuwt of Giz. and 6711. Gk. I have vith Eth. tHl read
rp6iimis, dXX" amTttvpra. So Syn. Gk. Eth. omits. After An-
rouvra Syn. Gk. adds noI ^turftora nviowni. 9rftmiiTa. So Syn. Gk.
and a. Other USS. add a negative, bat now I think with Lods
and Dhi., wrongly. trpoimSirrovra, Bo Syn. Qk. Eth. fi-'FOaitl.
This, as Dhi. shows, is a cormption of fi'FOti' = irpotrK^imiFra.
Hence, for ' they will take no kind of food . . . invisible ' read thojf
will fatt and be thirty and cauae ^mua. la. ml mwufun-a.
I have transposed with Syn. Gk. and Eth, tuuru. So Eth. Syn.
Gk. omits. For tm* ymauMv (so Syn. Ok.) I have read roc ymmxas
with Eth. After at^K I have added iiyvffeo- with Gii;. and Byn.
Gk. oir' airSir. For Hoo we should read A^ as DhL proposes.
XVI. I . Before aw6 Syn. Gk. adds xaL After Aitarou add with
Syn. Gk. and Eth, row yiyiWov. After yiyamw Syn. Gk. adds
a gloss tta^ifktiii , , . imjiaarvl. &ip' S>y. Eth. ' whenever.' Syn.
Gk. omits. Before inmp. Syn. Gk. adds rd. ck r^t ^"x^t r^t mpAs
lArm. So Eth. See Crit. Note, p. Z$. In Syn. Ok. the text
is tnuuposed. orA r$t "^v^ o^fbt Sk hi^ ooptit should be read
ovGooc^Ic
Appendix C. 351
(&r) tffovnu h^aviCovra \iep\s KpOrttas offras itftavCtmnrtv fUxfiis
fliUpai rcAcuf<rc(i>« r^; Kpfrcwt r^r fifyikrji, ip i i alwv J (tiyas
2. Kal wf iyprfY^pois rots nifi'^atrCv crc jpwr^<ra( irc^t avrSv,
otrivcs jv oi'pai'^ ^ov" 3. il/icir ^p r^ ovpai>^ ^c, ml irov
fttwr^^iov [ft] oi(t dvcKoXv^ffi) i/iu' xat /MNrr^ptoi' rd i(ov0tvt}iUvov t
tyvtffTf, ical rovro ifaivitrare rotr yui^i^p jp rou (rKXifpoKapitfatr
j^if. ml Jr r^ yvar^pUf rovr^ vXi]tflii'ov<nr al ^Xftot Kol ol
Av^/MinToi rh KOKCt Jirl T^r y^s. 4> cJirdv oSf ajrots' OJuc firnv
flp/nvii.
XVII. I. Kol [ir4i/>aXa/3(fjT(;j fic cIe run rifirov iv^yayov, tv
^ {o[ ^ce) iKfi ylvavTcu in tivp ^\iyop jcol Krav <}^\«M'tv
XVI. I. (oYot o^amfami — m^artjaauait — rtXutaHn
TOO a yt-itrtuiiiror — (/uyvmiTC — mrro— rotTia — AjAiw
XVII. I. fai->u — fAryw
lori r^l •i'vjf^t <K (! ICol) rfc o-opKis nvruv us. After avrwf ftdd ac with
Syn. Ok. and Eth. A. See m; restoration of Eth, text on p. 85,
where for hJi read ttA, and for last two words read i'f^'XI^
ttilt Onf with Qiz. Ok., and for ' day when the great coneumma-
tion' read day of the eonntmmation of the great jvdgmmt. irg.
So Syn. Ok. Hence, with Din. for Jl^^ft^ read KVtl tAF'.
With Giz. and Syn. Ok. strike out !iy"^rl: iDiA.'i'i. Hence,
for ' day when . . . godleee ' read day of the c&ntummation of the
great jvdgmmt tn which the great age wiU be eorumrunaled. After
n^w^atna Syn. Ok. adds 1^' dnof d/iov rtXto^ma. Tbeee words
may be original. After £A.fl O adds H-fti fi^i.ftT'i Jk^^tTYli
0<ULO1: U-Qr. iiyM^t. 3. After <itr»n Eth. adds irp^por.
3. I hsTe omitted OffiiML, 'and now,' with Qiz. Qk. irSi-
jiusTTpiov [t] SMI owKoXf^dq uriiv. The sense is contrary to the
Enoch tradition. Bj omitting t we get a text agreeing with Eth.,
and with the words of Clement Stra n tit yrSxrai airmi Afiaav. See
p. 86 (note), ro o rov 6v yfym)iuttui I have emended into
<£ov&in]fMiitit'=Eth. y^. These ' worthless' secrets relate to the
rarions arts of embellishing the bninan face, working metals, &c.:
ct Tiii. I.
XVU. I. iw^^ayM. Eth. I^ik 'took away.' ol Smc. Eth.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
352 The Book of Enoch.
3. Kai &-wiiyay6i' in tls yfo^dif nfvof koI th Sptn aZ q Kt^aXif
i^iKPfiro fls rhv oiptxp6v. 3. Koi tSoi' t6vov r&ir ^tu<m)pcaii
[koI ro^; 0ti<yavpoiis tuii dirWpoM'] icat ruv ^povT&v {^Kat] flf ra
t &Kpa j3(iAj S70V r(f£<»> 7rvf>^ teal rd /3^Xi} xal oi 0$KaL airmv
... Koi at iiOTfxattX icaam.
M<rew£, ^^trru' [nol] icafii\ov vaaai rhi ftwets row qXfov. 5- *"^
ifkdov fU-^pi. itoTUfum Ttvpos, iv ^ Kararf>^ct t6 vfip «; tiiop, koI
^ei fl$ d^aff'troi) fifyAKiji/ bvattas- 6. tSof ro&; ^yiiAovt
vorafxoij(f), ^Kol fi-ixP^ ^'^ fitcyiiAoti TTorapuiS} xai MxP^ *'"*'
fMyiiAov (TKtfrour KaTifinjtra, Mil dir^Xdoi' 3xow vocra o-ipf [ov]
t W€piirar«. 7. Kon to tfjwj j&v yp6i^u>v ri \fiiifpuii leal r^v
mrrpovor vmnu. 4. /uu i/h — mjMxtn' — tvirit 5. ijKSafMy
omits. a. ypd^^, Thie is a hsppy emendatioii of M. Jjoda.
As ynt^c = ' turbo ' as well u ' caligo,' we hare the explanation
of £th. ' the place of the whirlwind.' of q tt^akri, EIIl suppoBee
oS 4 *opv^ri rqf n^uiX^r. 3. Ti!in»> r. iftmrT. See Cflt. NotA, p. 87.
Omit nu before ilc with Eth. dr rd Stpa fiaAi Smv. So Q : ahttfj
lOKij Oao^. 10 bnt that I have read li»^i. for MS*^ *lfl.
For ric Si/Kat and rat atrrpajrit read with Eth. al tfi7«ii and al
aarpearai. Hence, for ' at the ends . , . fiery bow ' read in tht
vttermost depike where wen the Jiery bow,' &c. After alirar Eth.
adds Kol iiajfotpai' trvp6t. 4. After Cairwr Etb. adds a gloss
HfiftViC 'so-called.' trapixo*. This is right. See p. 363 (notes).
Eth. =: mpahtxilifixt* is wrong. 5. bimtts. Eth. ^ irpAt r^r
Buoiv. 6. Before ISof Eth. adds ' and.' Before rave Eth. adds
' all.' «ii fixfit Tov lityaKm woraitov = th6 Styx. Eth. omits.
Unless we are here dealing with a description of Hades, this
danse is an interpolation. But as the whole context points
t« Hades, the words seem original, and for the same reason we
must strike out ob alter trapi with Eth. 7. Before TAo* Eth.
adds ' and.' I have emended rovt om/iovf into ri Spti, as these words
seem corrupt, and are without the support of the context or any
parallel : cf. Ixxvii. 4, where the mountains of tbe hoar frost are
mentioned. Possibly there is also an allnuon to Jer. xiii. 16
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
AppetuMx C. 353
JKXV" ^t i^iram vivnov HiTiov. 8. Ibov rh <rT6y,a r^c
XVIII. I. nSoi' Tois Oifffavpoili r&v ivifuov v&vrav. Viov <fri
iir abrots iK6trfU]<rfv itifas r&i Krtvfis, xal rbv dtfi^iov Trjt yijs,
1. Kfll rbv \l0ov Tdop T^fi yavCas Ttjs yijs. tSov rovs ritrirapas
&i>iliovs^i>yVvfia<rrdCoi'TasK<dT6<rrtp4ti)itaTovoipavov 3- . . ■
. . . Kol oiurol l<rr&<ru< fitra^ yijs Kal o^aim! (o{>rof elnv ol
ffrvKot rod oipcanA^), 4- l^*" (li'^fMiuy ruv ovpovuf irrpi^vras
Kol b^vTas rhv rpo)(ip toO ifKtov xal irAvTas tov; hajipai. f
5' tftor rov; ivX t^s y^s ivi/uyvs paard^oimK rits vct^Xaf (nov f
ril; 6icAs t&v Ityy^XMii') ISov (ttop^ ra) Tsipara r^r y^r rd arffpiyfUi f
rou o^pofou Jvcivca.
ra firrj ^nj ^d \C0uv iro^vreK&p {rpCa) tls ivaroXis ical rpCa
tls pArop ^^liAXoi^a^. 7. koI ri fUv »pd( (baroX^c inb
klBm -^iiuxTos, rb tA ^v dvd \i8ov napyaptroo, koI rd ivd XlBov
artprtfa 6. nDfuvor — roXvrtXv — rpa — foXXarat
^B*] *7Si 'the motmtainB of darliness,' which might readily be
regarded m monntaiiis of Hades : cf. last clanse of ver, 6.
8. Brfore Xht Eth. adds lad.
XVHI. I. Before Hor (lat and aod) Eth. adds xal. a. After
T^c Eth. adds wu. 3. Before mi aiiral add with Eth. ml TSoy
Itt ol Sp*ii<h iftrttrcn ri £ifm( rov oipmrnv, omitted throDgh huit.
((OTturi)' emended in accordance with Eth. y^t k. oip. Eth. traDS-
posea. After oipimtS I have added with Eth. oSroi . . . eipmmi.
4. Before lAoir Eth. adds mi. itJfunit r&v mpariv m-pitfiovras. The
Eth. text has been trsnepoeed. Hence read i4''H'; AifVf-:
XA; fylffi'ttt, and translate the viind» of the heaven which turn.
dvtwriK. So I hare emended with Eth. 5. Omit a) before
CAA- in Dhi.'s text with O mi Qiz. Ok. jit puf^kas. This
emendation is very doabtfnl as it has both and Qiz. Qk.
i^nst it, Le. aftn»rt' = «V w^'Xjj. After w*Aai add with
Eth. Tftor . . . dyyAow. Before iripara I insert napA rd with Eth.
6. Kol tSov t6jcov. Eth. read «pit v&tet mi. The text has evi-
dently been transposed and corrupted. iwcrir c ^lupai are
similarly transpoeed, jSdXXoirra. Eth. omite. "j. \i£ov ra6tv.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
354 T^ Book of Enoch.
raOtv, rh 8i kotA v6tov i,vit ktOoo tnippm' 8, rh Si lUirw
avrmv i[» tli oiptwov &rvtp BpAvos Qtm dird XiSao ^ovKti, koI ^
KOpv^^ Tov 6p6vav dird Xfdou trampeipov. 9. sal irijp Kou^eiroir
I60C KHvi)Kfiva T&v ipiiav rovntv. 10. t6wik iarui, ■aipav
t r^f tLtyiXxfi y^r ^kci mirrcAcirtftfffOVTm ol oipavoL II. koI
lOov x<i^;'<'' M^yi '>' ro({ (onS^otf rot) wpds roC ovpai>ov koI ISw iv
t aivTMs) (TTijAovf rov inipis KaTa^Cvoirrai' koI ovk ^v fxtrpov oSre
clf /3ii<Jot o£re tls 0^e. 12- Kfli MKttva rov xt'cfMrvt ^nnf-
rou tdov riitov, Sirov ovft^ arfftiuiita ovpavoS Iviiitt oCre y^ $
rc^cfuXuiifi^vif vmucdro) ovrotJ ofirc £8ecp ^v iwd air^ oSre
TfTciytw, dXX<t rchroE ijtr fprifios xai tpo^fp6s' 13. jxct Bov
n<f>l £v Tnv6avofifv^ ftoi 14. cfTrcv 6 2)'y(\o;' Ovnk
«nADi ( -o^ToTi •nJXovt)
Etii. X^llll iJD^ ' antiiiiaoy ' or ' stone of healing.' raStw ia
pOMibly ft cormption of axaTTir='Olff, the agate. Eth. aeema to
reat on an emendation of roBtt into Ui-ou or lar/nuu. 8. iJfiov
^owcd. "We have hero a, trasBlitoration of ^IB : c£ i Chron. xxix. 2.
9, *a(irtjwiuia. So M. Lods emende and, so tv as I can see, rightly,
but he connects them vronglj vith the next Terse. Eth. tonOtn
iD-fti'=(al i ion iv seems wrong. Ckirrect IMt, 'all,' into XlVt
' those,' with Qk., and for ' which was in all the mountains ' read
aiio beyond ihote mtmntaint. As H. Lods obeerres, the translator
does not seem to hare understood nriuaia : cp. xriii. 1 3 ; zzit. a ;
XZX. 13 ! Zzzi. 3. 10. riatos i<niv. Eth. ml Qo* Jjcti ntirov. oipoMi.
See Grit. Note, p. 89. ii. x^ana piya. See Grit. Note, p. 89.
After iiiya I hare added with Q vrvXotr toS wapic toS ovpovvv ml ZBoc
tV auTDii, omitted through like beginning. «t rotw. A corruption
for i» roT». Omit with G the second tlf^f; and for ' heavenly fire
fall ' read,;fre/afl. /tirpov. Eth. I ' At' ' number.' 12. iriictua.
Eth. 4(1 ' over.' See ver. 9(note). nii ^i^piSc. These words are
wrongly oonnected with ver. 1 3 by Eth. Hence for ' waste . . .
horrible' read tixutg and horrihU jAaee. ^3' ^ a^*"- ^'^ "^
iir moBayoiUrf /mm Eth. = kox o)i vmifum nvAu-dfina fwK 1 4.
itradb, Google
Appendix C. 355
rovro Jy^vcToroIrJlfrrpoif Kalratf Svi'^fiieo'd'rovDvpaiwv. 15. Kiit
ol iarifMi ol KvXufficvot iv r^ -avpi ovroC ft<nv ol ■napa^ivret
vpSffTayita Kvplaw iv ip)(rj tt}s &i>aTO\fjs avruv, [pn t6vos l£w
roS oiipavov Kfv6s iartv] ^rt o6k i^jjkOov iv rots Kai/)o(r a^wv,
16. Kdl &(yyixr$ti airoU koI t^fftv ainoiis tU\pi KOtpou rtXaiiiTfios
[air&vj ItfiaprCai airuv, ivuanSv fuiplatv. XIX. I. koI
ttviv /Mi OvptijX' 'EvBHf ol fuyivTfs SyytXoi nus yvvai^p trri)-
ffffirac Kol rd irvel'/Liara a^ui', mX^fiopi^a ytv6[itva, KvfiaCvtTai
roit Av^/xfirovt koI irX(ijn{(ret a^oi'r ^(M«v Tois iaifiovlois {&s
Btdis;) [iixP* (^^ ^f^P'^^) '^* fity^ijt KpCattos, iv jj Kpi^o-ovrat
clf diroTcA^wiru'. 3. koI ol yu^iKCs a£rwj', rut> vapa^iivrwv
iyyikaiv, fls <rcip^va; yei^troi^ai.
Kiu oi fi^ ISj) oi^i etc ioGp^nw) &s iyi» Itov.
If. KoOitoiann — mipaA>rra — «r 16, ofTio^ — TOjuOtan
Xiy. 1. Xv/iovm — ;rAai-i)<n — a»OT(Aj«i<Fi» i. aiptfnt 3. G"
artpeiwar M mi otoi'
After hrb>Ot=&n-pow omit A*^^ with O and Gis. Gk. Hence,
for 'etxTB of heaven' read itart. ig. For Xy"^J8wo read
XoB^Ant^tr ipxB, "od for 'before their rieing' read in the btgin-
ning oflharrifing. Sn riiroi . , , iarai. AgloSB. 16. iuunrrmr
pvplm. Eth. tnat*^ y^ALC=Jnavrf fiuvrripSxm. xxi. 6 Bnp-
porta Qiz. Gk. Hence, for 'm the year of the mystery ' read ten
Uioutand yeetn.
XIX. I. See Crit. Note, p. 90. nal ri n*. airmi, icokiitop^. Eth.
wrongly transpoBes the ID, ' and,' and prefixes it to ■flH^.
Xvpainrm. Eth. ACfa^OV. This is a bad rendering. After
&ufu»ja» I have added with Eth. &t $iotc. After iiixpt I hare
added r^t ^lupat wiUl Eth. tit dnonXtdMriii. Eth.^fi^i^M ammXt-
u0f}vmnax, 2. rar wapa^arTw Jyyi'Xav. Eth. oomipt. First, with
a strike out tVlfi, 'of heaven,' and read flD^h^. For Andi.t1
read fl<b<:M. Thus we hare an exaot rendering of Gk. tli
mip^rat. G tioDi M^nTt = wr tlp^raim, bat this clearlf has
ariaeu from a misuDderHtaodiug of tit tniprpnt or &oin the loss of v
in tFtipT)vat. Hence read the verse thus: And ihe women of those
angels who teetU aetray will become tirent. As M. Lods points out,
the atipijv and the Lilith or female demon ore here probably identi-
fied. 3. After ISg G M add nCMh=.i tlW. As M. Lods points
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
356
The Book of Enoch.
X3k. I. 'AyyfXot r£p flwii-
/lecap. 2. 0£p(T)A 6 ct; rmv h-yi^v
hrfftKtsv 4 i»l ToC K6>rfiov km
Twv Ayittv iyyiXaav & M ruv
vvfVfiiTav T&v ia^p^vav. 4.
'Payov^X i fts T&v ityiatv iyyi-
t ktiv 6 tKitK&p riv KicriMv t&v
<Pea<rT^/mv. 5- MixaTjX i tU
T&v hyiiav iyyiXiav i i%i rSiv
rov XoDu dya^Mir rtrayfUims
t [koI] JttI r^ Xa^. 6. Sapt^X ^
tXs Tuv hyluiv iyyikw 6 ivX
T&p wtvfiiratv oXnufs M t^
vv€6|laT^ hfuiprAvovaiv, y, Va-
4. (dhunir r
XX. 3. & flf T&V iyittv iy-
yi\m> 6 iiH rov koct^wv koI iw
rtvH-tEpov. 3. 'Pa^anX S fU r&v
hyiuiv iyyiXav 6 ivX ruv vrcv-
^ratf T&v iv^pdv^v. 4- P<**
yovqX 6 (If Tuv ^yfuv \yyi\m>
i kKiiK&v rhv Kivftov r&v ifubtr- ■f
T^ptuv. 5- Mixa^ A t\s T&v
hyUov iyyiktav ts inl t&v tou
XaoC hyoBuv r/rnKTat [icai] iwl
T^ Xoip. 6. SaptT)X 3 (If run ^
Ayfuf dyy^Xuv 6 ivX t&v tnifw-
fidrMV otrti'd kvX T^ we^fMtTt
Afui/>r(ii>ov<ru'. 7* TajSpt^X J
XX. a, 01 — «M 3. oifYiXui' —
n Tor Toir — x****
out, the quotations from Clement and Origen given in my note
p. 91, are not derived from this veim.
XX. I. SyyikM rut- lotifUMr. Eth. 'And these are the names
of the holy angels who watch.' a. See Crit. Ifote, p. 91.
3. i inL Eth. H, (the angel) ' of.' 4. itiaaiv. Bo emended in
accordance with Eth. See, however, note on xziii. 4 below.
T. ndapov T&v 0ai(rr. Better than EtL r. mfoyuiw ml r. ipm^r^pat.
Hence for ' world and ' read teorld of. 5. Omit m/ before rn'
with Eth. I have emended x°"i which ifi a vox nuQa, into Xoy
with Eth. 6. ZnptjX. Eth. Sar&qUl. rS» Brrvixdnat oTnvcr M Tf
mtviiaTi i/iapTarmaiv. Correct and Eth. ooirupt, bat easy of emenda*
tion. First, for oi'V'Pftt read (io?¥M* with G, and strike out as
a gloBS \%{ii }uR>ALfa>-. Seit, for Hmf^^At read Hnaof ¥11^
and WTA with A B C D E. We have thus an exact rendering
of Gk. These angels are possibly the Satans who sinned throngh
pride. The other angels sinned throngh last, i.e. through the
body. Hence, instead of 'spirits of the children of men whow
spirits have sinned' (this rests on an emendation) read epiritt
wkieh have ginned in aprni, 7. See Grit. If ote, p. 9a. ipaicifr»f.
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
AppmiUx C.
357
ytkii»v&v6(iATaiTrTi.'}. XXI. I.
Kal i^itfV(Ta tan r^f dxara-
(TKcvelirrov, 2. Ktbcct^tfcocrcifiti)!'
jftyov ^^tpSv apoKa ofirc
aipcuiiv tvivto ofirt yijv [r<-
Tovov iiKaTaaK€6aarop koI ifto-
^fpiv 3. KoX inu TtBiapax
hrri ^rSv] iaripas tov ov/hwov
iflflUvoas [koI ipt[^i4vm>i\ ip
t avr^ (d^Mv) 6fM)(ovs ^ipctrii' fie-
yiKoK Ka\ iv mpX Knui^vom.
4. rdrt fhcov' Ai4 iroW olrW
pt^A., d etf TMV hyltav &yy4XMp
bs ;mt' J/ioC ^11 Kal ah-ds fiyfiro
tls T&w hyimi iyyiXatv 6 iicl
rov vapahtCaou koI t&v ipaK6v
TtOV Koil XtpOV^llt. {'Pffi(())X (6)
cts tQv hyUiiv iyyikav tv fTo^tV
6 0cd{ ivl T&v AviarafUptnv iv6-
IMTa C ipX^yW^"'')' XXI. I.
Kal i<f>a fvira fAi)ipiTijs dKora-
iTKev6<rrov, 2. koI ixti iBta-
vAftJfP ipyoi) ijw^tpop' itipaxa
tdht oipaviv ivioMo oCrc yrjv
TtOtfuXtufUpiiP, i)Ah t6vov
dKoromHiWroi' xal ^^tpip"
3. Kal iKti TtOiofuu C ioripas
TOV ovpairov itbfttivovs [koI
ipiftfUvovij ip ain^ (d/tov)
ifutlovs Sptaip firf&kois koI tp -f-
•mpX KOiopAvavi. 4. nfrc cIttoi''
Ai^ imiap alriop iirfi^Oiiaav
Kol S(^ iiolap atrlap ipl^nyrap
6 ft; T&v kyttap &yy4Xiiiv i fier
^^lov ibi' Kai avrdf airr&v ^ynro
7. a77fA«
XXI. 3.
— wtsfadiaov—'Spamrrm^ 7- '
Siirow — roc ^^mjikktm' ■"
yXT. I. lux/m — luaniTaintitiatfToi'
I. ore 3. TtStofiia — opoaii /irynXq
These are probably winged eerpente or D^DltP Seraphim mentioned
ia Ib. nv. 99 : xxx. 6 (see Delitzsch tn Zoc.). The sabject will
recnr in the SIbtodic Enoch. Ailer x*p°'^ ^t^b. omits 'V<im^\
. . , nrra : cf. zc. z I . These claases seem original.
XSX. I. /i^uintni. Etll. Ajm-=:/<cvirX«(ra. 3. <ir<lMii. See Cnt.
Note, p. 9a, where for erroneouB OitlJVVfi read tDltimfi.
3. ml ipipiioovt seeme a gloee dne to ver. 4. After airrf add j/iov
with £tfa., omitted before 6polovt. Strike ont hoD In attW with
Q and Qk., and for ' flaming as with fire ' read flaming with fire.
4. BtWov (t for ipofirio'). Eth. f/lUt^ 'ain': cf. ver. 6.
5. 4fnro ofrAf. Eth. fimCOi. 'he led me' a corruption for
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
358
The Book of Enoch.
n>/ cicrii' Twe hiaripiM/ rw oipa-
voS ol vapapivns r^n IwiTay^p
roS Kvpfov Kal ibi0r{ffav £3c
fiiXP^ Tov vkrfp»ffM fivpla fr:})
rbv xp6vov run l^tofiTrffi&mp
(Is SAAov rrfirop rtnJrou 0oj3c/m£-
KOt ^krydfifvoV Kol diaKmr^v
c7\(v 5 TOTtos Itos Trjs h^itriTOti,
j- 7rAif/n)s vtSXiov mipis fuyAXav
KaTa<^fioiiivtiiV o6r«ft^Tpoj»o5r«
xAfirof i^Siii^Aji" Ibftv cUk tUi-
trai. 8. riJrt eliroi'- "iii ^fitpis
ipaiT^s ri Ttfpi rlvos -njv iX^tiav
<pikoirjrevitis ; 6. ovroC tlinv
Twv ioTtpteii Tcm mipopw «l
Ttapapitrrfs rqv iviray^p roS
Kvplov Kol ^Bc'^crav £fie i^i^xp*
vktfptadijptu fiiipui Ini, rhv XP^
vov Tw iLfiaprtipLdrmv abrov.
7. K&KfWtii itpdtfwra tU HkXto'
tSvov roiJroti ^o^tp»Tfpov ital
Tf6iaftailpYa<f>oPfpi' irvpiiiya
JKCi KaiofMi^tv KOI ^key^nevov^
Kol fitaKoir^p c^X^" ^ nnro; l«s
r^r d^^troi', irX^/n^f ot^Xuiii
grvpds ;i(y({\wi' Kara^epa/i/niitjr T
o^e fUrpov o5rf fUytSos ^v-
v^6ift; IBciv oJ^F (iieiitrat. 8.
TffTc cTvoK' 'As iftofitphs i r6ms
fi4ioCfPai>' ' was chief over tbem ' : cf. xxIt. 6 ; Ixxii. i ; Izxiv. i .
Uriel is over Tartonu, xx. 3. Henoe he is in cb&)^ of tiiese
pmUBhed angels. ittpl rh/ot r^r aX^tiey ^Hkotrwt68*K ; Eth. corrupt.
Firet strike out (D^OXA with G. We have then flX>h <n>h
4*^1^^ O^Jti^. Here 'ttn-fit is manifestly a cormption <^
'Prt=T^ nXqAfUH-. Hence for ' why dost Ihou enquire and art
cnrioUB ' read why ari ifunt eager after the exact trath f 6. fr^.
Eth. 9Ay° 't>g^' clearly a corruption of 9y 'a year.' Henoe
for 'ages' read years. riv xpdm'. Eth.=i ifuBjiln luv ^/wpuv.
7. diojton^v tTxfv & ndroi. See Crit Note, p. 93. After om add with
Eth. (BuiniA]*. Id Eth. UMlK WtC: Ofit, ■ I was not able to see its
origin,' IfK is an intrusion and Oj&l* is a corruption of OjC?=inf.
of Off (=cIiEdf(()' in Wisdom ix. iti). Hence for ' was I able to see
its origin' read <»>ulij/(»n}ec<tir0, 8. JWiMJt. Hence for ^"7^
I have read Aivy" with Q. 9. After imtpiSii fun I have added
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
(-4.)
9. G' ««-
-O' and! with
««r-««<p«*.
-owox^'orr.
XTTt 1
•#*»««»-
nvTfpMt a.
XnorXiMrptt —
-JU« —
Appendix C 359
9. T<fr« dircicpf(0i)} plot (Owpi^) 9. T(fre ivfKplOrf fiot xal elTT^v
d cts T«iv dy^f iyyiXuv ts pier'
ifioD ^11, KaX Hviv
fioe 'EvcdXi ^'^ ''' ifpo^^v^ oSrms nil ^vroiJiltjE ; Kot d«eKpl^(i')*
ritpl roifrow TOW tfiofitpcS (rihrow) Kai ir«pl rifs npoirtf^cus r$t
ftcti^S. 10. Kal (Incir OCrof J r<{vof btffimyr^piov Ayyikiov.
Sit trvffxt0^<TOvrai ^fUxpt fvdc) tls rdv aiwvo.
XXII. I. KAKfWtv l^ifwra els AAAov t6i!ov, koI titi^iv fioi
trpis iwT[i,&s [dAAo] Spot y^ya xal ^^\hv (xai) virpai arcpcds.
2. Kot ritrirapts r&tiai h> ofrr^ icoLXot, ^&8oi (kqI «rX<iTO;) ^opre;
Kol XW Aeibt, {rpctf o^uf mcorcu'of, ical ct; ^amipiis, xal
■miyii ^atos ivh fUaov airov. kcX cTvof) Was Xcia rd icoiX<ifuira
10. tnTfurnr^uw
(Iff «onrM — ftravt
mih Eth. 'Uriel.' mi tlnn. Etil.=:aatKpiSii fux mil cTWy fuu.
Hei« Eth. has transposed the vords ml amxplff^ and placed them
before ml ttvy. Hence omit 'answered and,' place the note of
interrogation after alarm, and for ' at this horrible . . . pain ' read
and I onteered : ' Beeaute of Ait horrible plaee.' mpl T^r npari^m
rift Sni^t. Eth. eeems corrupt or a nustransliition. ^.ttoo; 7fe
AVi rh^yy. Better render with Gk. becatiM of this hideout
tptetaeU, ttKiYH: 7X1 AliP-^". 10. After t&nr Eth. adds imh.
Before Mt Eth. adds tai.
XXIL I. Before mrput Eth. adds nu'. a. mmXoi, Eth.
VtS'F, ' beantiAil,' wrongly reading takoi. We most iiuther
change the punctuation of Eth. text and begin ver. a with OQ.
After fiaSm odd with Eth. Kal trXAnt. Omit tO before na><I|-t:t
with Gk. Hence, for 'four beautiful places . . . perfectly smooth,'
read there were in ihit (mountotn) four hoUow placet, dt»g,
wide, and vtry amooth. After Xttm Eth. omita throngh hmt.
rptit iiStw trtamml, ml tit ^Hmir6t, ml mjyij udoTtx tM ^iror avrw.
ml throp. Hence, insert after 'very smooth ' (see note on preceding
Terse) Three of these were gloomy and one bright and there
wat a fountain of water in ite midet. And I taid, wAt \tia =
Eth. hOBl Aon^. nt KwAitfun-a ravro. Eth. Hnfa-^INI implies
Digitized by GOO^^IC
360 Tke Book of Enoch.
rovra Kfti ika^oBia Koi (tkotcu'^ t^t bpiati. 3. rifrf <lT<Kpl0i|
'Po^^A, 4 <ts rflu ir^uv hyyiKiav, hi («t' i^ fr, icol Aviv ytac
OSrot ol rcnroi oX xoiXoi, Ii>a ivt(Tvi^)wi'ra( cIs afroiv ra wvt^fuxra
$ai itAaas rha ^o^x^ ^^^ ia>0p<tirMr. 4, itol oi!rw oE rtfirw clf
airmv koX f^XP^ ^^ itopivfiov xot iutpuriiivav xp^i"*** ^ ^ h
Kp(<ns it fitydKr) itrTOi. kv aJTois.
t 5- Tcdco^ioi (mcC/Mi) ivBpiiiroo vtKpov (^ivrvy^^aiiovnty, koI
^ 0101^ airrov (liyjtt rofi oipainw vpoifiauxv, xot ivrruY^iavtV
■(■ awry" ToCto rd vfcvjxa (rd ^jmiyxdi'ot'), r6vf itrrd', oB offru; ^
^in) avroC upo^aCvti Kol j;my)(4i^( ^fwr rov oipavoSy ; 7. koI
dvfKpfdi) pioi Kiywv' Tovro rh vptvfii itrrai rd i^tX6lni itto 'A^cA,
dv iip6vfviTtv Kdciv i d^A.0iff. koI (_'A^t\y ivrvyxivtt vtpl airm
— Si — wpodtm 7- an«p«iA) — ^cXSAir —
KugXAliara or KiMaitaTa, but nuXapmi is right; cf. koiXiii ntrst in
VT. I, 3. Hence, ftfter 'And I eaid' (see above) for 'u smooth
u Bomething which rolls,' read Ifout mtooth are theae hoUoK plaest.
iXofiaOia. £th.=:^a^'a. 3. After amjtptft) Etfa. adds ftot. iohXih.
Eth. vroDgly read miXo/. I have rendered with Qk. rd wrtiium.
See Crit Note, p. 94. tit aM roS™. So Q : tef: TH'P. After
irvxac Kth. adds T&f vU». 4. Anw^tnw. Here Eth. and Ok.
agree in giving the same cormpt reading Jwoiitatw, 7>Q(>. After
/i«X/u rov SiopHT/iov £th. adds aMiy. After }(pimi Eth. adds a glon
10^"%: 0(1^. t* i^. Eth.= £■[, bat lees good. Hence, for 'this
appointed period ia long, till ' read ei{( the ptriod appointed, in
wKich. 5. This verse is defective and corrupt in Ok. and Eth.
I have adopted M. Lods' emendation in the text. Apparently,
we shoold emend Etb. aooordingly, i.e. Chin a>>1^: tHOu
ytD^t MH i .^AtU (D^ft*, / taw the tpiril of a man who toot
iead eonyilatntn^ and Au i)otc«, ftc. 6. For mf Eth. reads
'this time'^ntrt. ojL A neceessry correction of Jh ol 7. After
anitpiA; Eth. adds ml (firw. After aMi^i Eth. adda iwnw.
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
Appendix C. 361
fWxP' '""'' AiroX^trfloi Td oitipfM a&rw dwi vpwriivov r^ y^s iwii t
arth Ti^ <raiptMTos r&v ivOfxivtov i>patiurO^ rd <rnip(M airrov,
8. t&Tf ^puTi)(ra (te^i a^ov ical) ircpi ruv KoiXufidrHp irot^cui^ t
Aia T^ ixtl>pCtrSi)traii tv dird rov JDiJs ; 9. koI ittiKpiBr) imi
Kiyiov OJkoi ol Tptis itrm'^&jftra]/ \(itptC€<r6ai rh mev^ara rwv
vtKpvV Kol o{^a)£( j)xcup'(r^ (Is rd vjw^futra ruv ItiitofrDi', oC i\ m^y^
roS J!daTor (rqff 0^r\i) iv avn^ ^rciv^. 10. Ka\ oikas inrlvOif t
rotf i)UipTuKoii, Srav ivoOivt/uriv Kal ra^uo-ii' tti r^v y^v koI
Kpio-tt ovK iyfir^$Ti iif a^uf Jv r^ j|m^ o^mv, 1 1 . &hf \<opl-
^(Tot rd vfclffiara a^Sv cl; r^v jwydA^jv fidtravop ra^rifv iU)(pi
■njs fuy6\i]s iifUpai r^s Kpltrtms, r&v fuurrfyuv gal r&p ^(urdvoif
ruv KanipofL^visi' fUxpi al&vot (ntl) r^s di^a'irodJa-nof r&v wtt^ f
ftdrMV' JKf ( dijirct otfTOJ'f ^t^t; o^uvof . 1 2. Kai oOrwf ixtepMif
Tois irvfifumv rip kvr\rfnav6vTi»p, oXrwti ifk4>ayi(pwiv vtpl r^t
9. rpa —fimrii
rwX* — Kpurui II. x*/>'<C**w — oiawot if* arraaotsHrnf I
*Aj3tX. Etli. omito. 8. Before nfn Eth. adds 'and therefore.'
After j/pAnpra Oik. VTODgly omitB mpl avrou mi = flXTCXO*: <D,
where nuroC refers to the diTuion in which Abel was. KotXa/uirw.
So I have emended laiAaitAmr; for (i) the same cormption is
implied by Eth. text in rer. a ; and (3) whereas xviAta/iantr does
not give a good aense, mtXitiiintw is eapported by tv. i, 2, and 3.
See ver. a (note). For ■oiXMpira»' Eth. followed a corropt reading
uptfiaTm: Hence, for 'I asked regarding Tiim and r^arding the
judgment of all ' read / atied rtgarding it and rtgarding all At
hoOow plaett. I have omitted cDAA with Q and Qk. 9, For
ftt^ltao' read Aaol^iW* = tU ri nvffumi. 7la>A'F is a corruption
of Ha><X1:, -aCfi of -aVn or -flfrU = *<im.i^. After roO vtant
I have read t^c C^t with O TC: thfioi'f. Hence, for ' and the eouls
of the righteooB . . . light above it ' read and thus a division is made
p>r the spirits of the righteous in which there is a bright spring of
the loaler of iifs. 10. xal. Eth. tthOB. 11. Omit at before
ant with G and Ok. For K^tinTdV we should read ao^fttlttPtli"
with Qk. ri (Txifuira a^rttv. Hence, for ' souIb ' read tpirUs (twice),
fiSxpt oluvor (koI) t^c Ar nanMatttt. 80 I havfl emended with Eth,
For 'revilers' we may equally well translate aeeurted. is. I have
omitted toiuiHi aiM: it^^Jbao; M^ as a gloss. Omit oA
Digitized by GOOC^IC
362 Tht Boot of Enoch.
13. {k(u) oSras iKTlrdii rois wtifuuriv T&v ivBpiivMv Saoi owe
iaovrai 6aioi dAA' ifUtpTtoXol S<m (SXoi) itrt^fK' nai [ura r«v
ivifuav ivoVTox fkiTo\oV rh Vi irvcv^ora [j(rt ot jvdi^c 0Xt-
•nis Kpitrtta^ oiAi ft,^ p.rTfy€pOuva> ivr^^fv. I4> rirt ^Xiytfira
riv K6pioii T^s i6^s Kill tXva' EMoyi)T4f cT, f^pu, i i^f ftwato-
iTl!in)i KvpHvup rou al&pos.
XXIII. I, Kdxctdfi' iift^twra tls AXAov rifxoi' T/>dE IWfia;
Twv vtpirmi rijt yfis' 2. koI iSfcuriftiiv mp SMrp^ov xal ovk
vaovip ; 4- rrfre &v(Kpfflri fux 'PayTO^X, ^ «ti rSj» S^yimD
iyyiiMD, 4s h«t' ifioS ^r OUros ^ ipdfuis rem mpii ri wpir JiwfMlt
vtip t6 iKhiAK6p ioTtP vimas roin 4>*ovj^pat rou oipapw.
13, fXfi^frrn — rti/uap^t^iromi 14. «» — n
VyTTT ] , SioT^j;*'*' — aravM/Mnn' — (rXfimr ~
before XA with : of. olrwn. 13. £tb. omits ml before ovrmt.
For If^^oP*, 'souls,' ve Bhonld read twice in this vene an'OAa'*'
= m-tv^uunr, apiritg. Before dov^it add Au with Etb. ¥]fyf ■
It coold easUy fail out after Aroc iteToxpt. Eth, h'TV(n*' =
dfUMbt oArau or iauroit. Srt ol M^ Skt^rrn tXarror KoKiiornu,
' For those who EofEer here are puniabed less.' This is an explana-
tiory margiiial gloss throst into the text. rtiutptfO^aotTiu. EUl
W"^A ' will be slain,' lurtytpOAair. I. e. * ri» umA' the rest.
Eth. ■ rise.' 14. With Q I have omitted a»A*P, iMkbt: a> and
IfAf. tt. Probably wrong. 3rd pers. nsed almost oniversall; in
the Enochio doxologies: see xxii. 14 (note, p. 96). For xupu, A nji
tiKatotrvw^tt Eth. read npufi /uw, i laiptas rqr Suuuoo'vinir, which
is better.
XXm. I. Before tmc irrpdroMi Eth. adds }iflh=fuxp>. 2. After
9vp Eth. adds ^iktyipnar, oXXo. So emended with Eth. from
4fHi. 4- After Vfwv {v EtL adds ml thiv fim. B«at of verae
difBcnlt First as to the text Before ipiiut Eth. adds HChAl =
tr tVitt, and omits wrongly roC itvpit after ip6^ot. Again, H^JbJt:
IB ohvionsly a cormption for Vifi-d^/i = r4 ii^tAanr. MhAtm
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
Appendix C. 363
XXIV. I. {KiKfWtp i4»ibtv<ra tls AXXov nhrof t^e y^s) ml
Ihfi^v iMi Sptj mpiii Kaiifitva. . , wktos. 3. Kal Mneiva airHv
ivopf60tiv, KoX t6taa&fi.i\v imik Spt} JfvSo^, itivTa iK&rtpa tov
iKoripov iia^&iTffovro, iv ot XlOoi tvrifioi r^ koAXoi^' koI vivra
IvTtIM Kol tvio^ Kol eitiUj. {rpia hr') AvaroXtis itmjpiyfUva
(tv) ip Tf ivt, xal rp(a iv\ potov (ip) Ip r^ ivC. xat iftipayyts
PaBfuu Kol rpax^eiaif fifa t^ fu^ o£k jy^ovo-oi. 5. [koI rf
^t] i^hopop Spos ipii pAirov TovT<op, Kot iitfp(ix_(P ry {!^<4 Sptoiop
KoBiipif Opdpov Koi vtpttKiiKXou iipipa airi c^cidi). 4. ical f
XXIV. I. (9.£(K — xo/Krd
C4umot meftu ' puimes ' here, as M. Lods thrnks, but ' persecutes,'
' punishes,' or ' avenges.' This would harmonize with xx. 4. Bat
this can hardly be right. The idea of punishing dU the luminaries
is extravagant. It is more probable, therefore, that the author
derived Bagnel not from ^jn, ' to chastise,' but &om njn, 'to feed,'
' nourish,' ' govern,' In this case for Giz. Gk.' •kJWum' or Oi*. Qt.*
f«cii»< we should read /k&uikovv or ttoumir, and not iKdiK&y, We
should then translate Ragvd — viko feeda (or nouruAw) ih6 world
of th6 luminaritt. In like manner in this verm we should take
(cSiiMKw to be an earl^ corruption for iKiioucoCw or Buhmu-. Thus
Bagnel, whose ofiSce is to feed the fires of the luminaries, rightly
appears here : and the means of so doing is the restless fire ot
the west : cf. xvii. 4, Hence, for ' This burning fire ■ . . luminaries
of heaven,' read TMt eourte of Jin tdiich thou hatt leen it the Jin
Umards Ae wot tohKh nourishes aU the Iwninariee of Ae heaven.
XXI7. I. Before m1 ii<t(tv I have added vrith Eth. ui«>d» . . .
T^r yjjt. Before fvetijc Eth. adds iiUpar nai. a. Jvittaa aiirmr
inoptv$tpr. The Eth. translator, not understanding Mnoa, renders
fi^Oti ao'ntM' = nrl airmi nrop, Hence, for ' I approached it '
read / vient beyond U. Jbv ol XiAx. Eth. read ml ol XiAx. tj
mXXovg. Eth. read ml itoXaJl t!ito£a. £tb, = b&>£a(I(ra>I3ot oirM'.
tiaiii. Eth.= DS'A TUflV 'and of fur exterior.' rpaxiiat.
Eth. tnfX't =: aKoXtat. 3, £)rf/KiX'* rf infr<( ^^CMor KaSiipq 6p6iitni.
Eth. corrupt. Emend with Din. W* Jl^VW^-j fift^ttli.
Thus, for ' in their elevation they resemble the seats ' read beinff
higher than aU it remablod the teat. After mpuxir add mbrw
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
364 The Book of Enoch.
^ ^vkv aiTMS hivipop t oHimrrf ia-tppavftai koI aHiv tnpov avT&v
[r)ii^piii&ij] Kat ov3ti> frtpov Siutiov air^' i<rft,iiv clx"* c^»8cir>
ripav viirruv ^ufuiruV xal rh ip^XXa airmi koL rd Sv^of xol rd
hivZpav oi iftBbiti tU rip aiUva' ol ii vtpl riv Kopvou &nl
pirpvfs tt>oi]>CKiop.
5. TJrc ttvov 'Us KoXiv rd Hvhpov rotW timp ndi foSits, Kot
Stpma rh ^liAXa, icai ri ivBt] airrov ipaXa rfj ipd(r€i. 6. nfrc
hxtKpidr\ fiot Mixa^k, tts t&v hyUav iyyiXMv, hs ficr' ifum ifp,
Kol airii airr&v ijyctro, XXV. 1 . koI Aiitv \un- 'Ei^Xi ''^
ipaiT^s ; (^Kal ri iBwifUurasy tv r^ iaft^ tov Hvipmi; koI ^bia rCy
OiKfii Trfv iX^0fuiP jtaStiv; 2. t6t( iiitKpl6r){p) avr^' Ufpi
itivntp tl&ivai 84\<o, fidXiora 9^ vtpl toC Hvipov to^tov tr^ctdpa.
3. Kal ivfKpt&i} kiyav Tovro to Spot rd v<fniK6», oD rj Kopo^
t 6ftola 9pivov Bttm, §Ki6ibpa iarlv of KoSltrti 6 Ayto; 6 fUyas Kvptos
rijs Stf^f, 6 fitunXAs tov al&vos, Stcoi Korap^ JiricrK^atrdai rt)v
yijp ill' i.ya0^, 4. koI rovro rd S^t^/rav ev(o2^v Kal oiititta
(T&pi i^avo'lav l)(fi &^aa^$a^ airov itiyjn r^s p.fyiX'i\s Kplinios,
4. ovtiit rrtpot ttBTaif — nwt^rr^MW — fttivi 5. wfta — of
XXV. 1. atttpntij 3. Af — KtSviu — firpt «t o^iot
with Eth, tiMh/. 80 emended as in Etb. 4. ml ovdru n^poc
atrrSni i)£0p^r^, ' and no one else haa enjoyed them.' The reference
to the other treee is oat of place. Hence, with Eth. omit rfi^pm^,
and for olMt rnpot read tMip trtpor. itrit^r '^X''- Hence, for
Kfi^yttH read with O J&^OH. ol Si tr.pl rip atpni*. Corrupt. Such
expreBsionB with nuMC. or fem. art are perBonal, i.e. ol irrpl 'Apx>^
='Apx'v. Eth.^ 6 Si Kapwit «iXJc Kal 6 KopirSt. 5. Before rin
Eth. adds <ni/. lit. Eth. fV ' behold.' timSts. This Beems right :
c£ XXT. I. Eth. HUppoaea titiSis, but wrongly. Hence, for
' beantiftd to look upon ' read and fragrant. IMri. Eth. n^nrrfi.
6. Before ntn Eth. adds koI. t^xt iyimr Eth. adde cal turiimni.
XXV. I. dtd rL Eth. omits. «^tt ri,* £k^«i>> = Eth. tffl^ :
cf. xxi. 5. 9. Omit (D at beginning of verae with G and Qk, Aft«r
a£rf Eth. adds XrywK. 3. After airtupiSii Eth. adds fioi. After
Spof Eth. adds i tQtt. xaBiSpa, Eth. adds aurou. A Syuiv . . .
Kupuit. I have restwed the order as in Etb. roS olatw. Etli.
HAM^ s oUMOf. 4. T^ FMyOiff tplotmt. Bee Crit. Kote, p. 98.
iiized by Google
Appendix C. 365
iv ^ iKhiietfVii vAvTtnv Ka(t} TfXfUiau fiixpis alSvor rtfrc Sucolots f
Kol Atrlois bo&^fftrai 5. 6 Kafnrdt airov rois JkXcktoie ds
jltt^v' nal lis poppav tifTa^vT€V$^tTai hi rtfiry ltyi<f, vapci riv -f-
oZkov roC dcou ^otriX^co; roG atupos. 6, rArt ei^pav&^awrai
fiff>paiv6fjievot, Kol ^ap^trovTM, koI (Is rd tyiov ftafkfvmpTai'
a[ dtrfial a^ov iv rois dtrr^oi; avrwi'' xat C^rjv vkfiova i^trovrai
ivl y^s fjv lf»)<r<u' ol naripfs trov koI ip tbii ^fiipais air&p naX
»jJX({jTj<fa rir fl<if t^e ^^^s, riv pturtXia toS atuvos, As jjrof- f
Moircp ivOptimts rh rotavra SiKcUois Kal n^d lKTt(rtv ko! cIvci'
XXVI. I. Kal ixfiStv t<f><iifv<ra tls rd fxiaov r^s y^f. ko! Idoi'
rivov i\ii\oYH}iii>ov, i^iv ^ SivSpa) t)(pvTa vapa/ftviias ;tcvov(ras'
Kai /SAoffToiIiTas tow ih/ipov iKKoirivroi. 3. xdicct rctf^o^t
^pos jytof, vTOKfiTA) ToB ^ovf Wiap if ivarok&y koX t^v p^w f
(Ixfv irpis virov. 3. koI Xbov -nphi dvaroXdt jUAo Jpor v^\^
<( — tr — (ivSfunroit 5. (II 3o^<<'' *ai — Sa fiaatXtiit 6. xiV<'<i'''« —
tivthtvavTOi ai oaiu — inrratoa — iiaartiin 7. tpi\ayi)«ia — ft
XXVL 3. Tittd/H — euirir
iv i. So M. Lods rightl; emendfi •( 1;. nSn. Etb. Wh ' this.'
The original, therefore, wm T&n or riS*. Aruwt. Eth. ^rfKt^
■ humble.' 5. 6 luipvir . . . C<^- ^th. ' by its frait life will be
pren to the elect.' kqI cii ffoppSv. I have thus restored nu to
ite right position before th. So G) : OMdITA: obRO. Further, the
fitra ID fin-o^nM?. implies a change of place, 'transplanted to,'
and thna requireB tU ff«ppav. Ok. corruptly reads ttr ^opir xai =
< for food and.' ti>S t^IUnt. Eth. HAM7°, oI^^dc. 6. Eth.
osiite Hal before tit. ih r. Sy. tUrtXtiamtnu. See Crit Note,
p. 99. trXcioKi, Eth. •IIH^ = iroXX4v. This is preferable. Before
Eoi |3iuraM>i Eth. adds Xfin;, 7. roC oIuMif. Eth.= oli&nov. St.
Eth. ^flflI' = ^T■l or fcrfri.
XXVI. 1. After T/tihoyijiitvotr Eth. adde wil nuiva. A> ^ Sitipa.
Eth. omits through similsrity Ufi't: XOlliD-, bnt to the detriment
of the sense. Hence, for ' there were . . . grew ' read then wen
trees there viith branches which kept shooting forth. 2. Before
immdna Eth. adds koI. pitnr emended from dvo-iv with Eth.
3. For tl0^ read JlT^ with Ok., and for ' of the same height'
Digitized by Google
366 The Book of Enoch.
t Ttfiov TO&Tats, Kol ixii lUffOv a&rmv ^ipayyav PaSfiav oiK tj(oviTiat
vK6tos, Kol ii airijs fS««p vopevtrm vKOKirtt ixi ri 3pos —
4. Kol vpds bwrji&s rotrrov AXAo Spos ravavirfpov airrov koI ouk
^ov jF^off, Kol ^Apayyaji ^aOeita koI ^pw 6vii fUaav avrAv, sol
AAXi)!' <ftApayyav ^oBtiav tuH (riphii iv' &Kptov rSp rpi&p ipimv,
5. KoX itaaai ^ipayy^^ tltriv fiaSfiai, if itirpas crfptas' koI
iivhpov (oik) i^niTtvrro tv airis. 6. . . . koI iffaiiMtra irtpl rqr
^ap&yyas naX \iai) iOaofxaira XXVII. I. koI ftvotr AiA tI ^
7^ airif ^ (iXoytr/x/n) Kol irooa vA.^^t hivipup, a&nj ii ^ ^f^4payi
KtKonipafUvr) ttrrl; (rirt iittKplffti Olpi^X, 6 eU rSv hyiatv
iyyiKttv, ts fur' Ifxov ijv, Kol clvcp') 2. 'H y^ KarAparot rots
KtKorapanivois itniv [U}^i alSvm' Sit liruniva\6iiiropTM itivrts
o[ [KtKonipafxivot] ruvr ipovtrw rip trrd^um a^fiv icartl mpioC
^irf)i> dvpnr^ Kol TCpl r^s dJ^c afrov VKkripci Kakijtrownv.
iM< jiri(nH>a}(d:^iM>rai Kol &bt itrrai rd olmn^/xov. 3. iv
t JffxdrtM; alH(ru>, ftroiTat tls Spanv t^s KpCvt»s t^« iXifdunjs
3. Bimiv 5, miTt fofor-ftt 6. Xiiar
XXVn. I. ^forf a. occrT^puv 3. (U0x<'rMt — s' mi qfufcut
(henos fromu (ti l^oinr) — aAi)t«i^f —
Kftd higher than Ait. atina' emended from tdrtm with Eth. Eth.
adds Jui' after M*^- {n^xiilni vrd. Eth. op17A. 4. 0(Aia'
icol fqf«r. Eth. yA-p 'beneath it' For llMVt . . . .MHH* read
with ak ntA^i Mi 0^"H^ afi^iM:; and for 'other deep and
sterile lavines' read tmolhar dMp and MerUe ravim- $. o£k
^^vrnMTo. a reads H^iliA, where the H may be a cormption
of JL. 6. Before koI iSaufiaira Eth. adds *ak idaviuwa wtpl tb*
wrrpAr, omitted hj Qk. throngh like beginning.
XXVIL I. mi. £tb.=T<{r(. After m«ar. Eth. adds iitra^i mrm:
1. Before q ^^ I have added with Eth. ntn inxpifii) , . . ■oi (^rm. yf
(Eth. = ^opoyf) to be rendered ' valley,' being a tiansliterstion of Wl,
dne to miscoaceiTing it as a proper name. It is transliterated as
7111 in u Sam. xiii. 18; Ezek. xxxix. 15, &c. nuanipaium is a
gloea ; a> and ruvr are to be read oTriMr. For otn^r^fHw we should
read xptT^pior with Eth. 3. Omit at before dfiiti with O and
Ok. alMru. Eth. ODTOA 'days.' tiroincu (Ie ipaaui. Bo I hare
emended /k nut ^fupaic. They will b« frr a i^eetacU. Eth.
.^IUP-1: fVbMfao^. tCkf ' there will be Qpon them the spectacle.'
Bat most probably we should read fihOiii MUfi»i JtC&f , ihay
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
Appendix C. 367
kvojmlav t»v Sucafwi' t\i rhv ivavra •np6vov, &bt tiXoy^ovatp ol
fitre^fti riv infptov ttjs 6of))f, riv paaikia roG alQvoi, 4. iv T
Tols ^fiipais TTJs Kpltrtas airSiv evkoy^iToiHTiv (ajrrov) Iv i\4fi me
ifUpurtv auTWf. 5- '"'''■* 'ji^'^i'o Tin xipiov iflff Bcffti xal 71)11
Sofav a^ov J8i|X«i>ini teat j!/un)<ra ^icyaXtm/inrSr.
XXVIII. I. Kat iKtWfP iirapt69t\v <If rd fUiroo }A<aibopapa,
Koi tiov aifrb fpiiftov koI airi fi6va>, Z. vXijpts biphpaV Kal
ivd T&v inttppiriap Simp iatofifipoHv ivatBo' 3> ifKUv6pi(vav, f
iK ibpayvyds ba<pi\^s &t vpds ^oppav Ivi iwrnuv vianoStv
iviytt tiaip Kal ip6trov.
JUL V 111, a. rXt/ftp Strtfor — aroiiffpor — arottr 3. faifieiwri
thtrntdvuvjiU lefor atpteUicU. th Swofto j^ptw. Eth.=(I(rA»
otifa wiirat r^ q/MpM. tinrt^tt corrected &om atn^tK. See Crit,
Note, p. lOi. roS otfttor. Ettu = alAnoir. 5. After t^< Eth,
ftdda nil iyi. After I7CII' (an imperfect rendering of ibrjXmira) add
IKUfli* with Qk., and for ' spoke to Him ' read ta/orth Sit glory.
ufinjtni. Hence, for HhCfr = 'fu'iiira read HffDCfr 'I lauded.'
prjiAarptwAt. Eth. AhffB; f-£if, AOnt is ft misleading attempt at
a literal translation. Hence for ' remembered , . . befitting ' read
lavd«d Bim gtorioutly.
XSVni. I. After nrapfvV ^^- tMlda npit i»an\dt. HnvAo-
8opa. TbiH ia a fanHf transliteration of ^*|P taken as a proper
name. It recurs in still fanltier form in xxix. i, Ba^^l]pa. In the
LXX. tbis mistake is also found. See Schlonmer on HmSdc^Vic
and Matfiapiru. After ftitrer Eth. adds AAO£ ' monntain range.'
<8w atri tp^^K Etb. CAJb^. 7An>s lAfM*. Tbaa for tp^/io-, an
adj., we have ' a desert plain.' xol oM itirov. Eth. (OOAii cormpt :
read OHUb't 'solitar;.' Hence, for 'I saw here nothing save a
pliun. a. Nevertheless' read I tato a desert aftd tolHary plain.
3. (Ina). 3. irX^r iaip»r. So Eth. For ' it was filled with'
read full of. For <al Ari ru* mrtpparuw Eth. reads orA rmi tmippant
rovrou itai oMtfifipan^fi^A^ii^. So I have emended from Sn>it&po¥,
After ifopfipoi* Eth. adds A'lAA' ' upon it.' 3. 0aiM[FUMr:=
fIttCJL. So I have emended from ^oi/Nt^vo. it vSpoywydt do^iXqr.
So 0: hOVi AlMli -atMi H^Cfl. irj-ro^ . . . ip6aow na /«».r.
Eth.^iml warroOfH araytTOi ml tKti&rr v6mp Eol Ap&rof Somewhat trans-
posed and oormpL First restore ai}i^"UtL fa tbe Knginning of
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
368 The Book of Enoch.
XXIX I. Kal i*.v.&a> jvopc^v th AXAov n^av kv ry Ba/3-
h-q^i Kol vpis di>aroA^ roS Spom •robroo ^\6ili\v, 3. kbI Iftov
Kpftrcu; d^S^a wiovra hpttfi^xutv KipSwav koI apipmis' km ra
iMpa airAv Sftota KofrHats.
XXX. I. Kal hiiKttva tovtwv if\6fi7iv vpds dvaroXa; fiAxpiv,
Ka\ Idol' T6voti iXXov ftiyav, ^6payya3> tAaroi, Z. jv f kcu
iivipov x/x^ <i^^T«o()i) dfiolav irxW- 3- '^'^ ^ vo^
rd X*^*l ^^ ifxtpiyyttv rovrav E3ov icu'PiVatfioi' <ipwfuirwi>.
Mtl Jv^Kcuw Toifrui' tpx'^l" ^P^^ ^varoXfif, XXXI. I. kbI
Idoc AAAa fpi), Kol iv avTois &)i<nt b4vbpt»v, ml JmropciNffuvw jf
ofrfii' vifuap, rd KoKo^fitvov trappav Koi xo^jWi;.
Z. Kat fir^Kfuu TNI' dp^toc rotfrcov tSov &AAo d/mt ir/>^ dimroXar
xxiz. I in place of W. Next vocalize T"; <^'i OUn" thus £0C7i
ff; OunA and omit (P before Xy"lf^'. Hence, for ' there vere
l]iaii7,..xzix. I And I went' rtad many ttnteroourM* which fiototd
at vieU. touxtrda the north tu to the vxit eaiteed water and dew to
atcmd on «rery aide. xxix. i Arid thenee I vatmt.
XXIX. I. JEol iKtiBtf. Bee preceding note, h rf 'Oa^pa. See
note on zxriti. i. Etb.^ ^h^ nv i^pov. For ral before trpit G readi
H' which.' 4x^'- ^^- ^M^'l approached.' 2. Before
'liar Eth. adds tnl. trwcnra. Eth. M4A cormpt. Omit A before
irtl with G. tpoio. See Crit Note, p. 102. After jB^^flA-
add AMAO, i. e. lo^u with Ok.
XXX. I. flr.«.i«o To5r»r Eth. corrupt : 40A>Ih OOAi XOIf. The
translator aleo did not understand nrvHu-n. Seexviii.9(note). Hence,
for ' above that (even) above these ' read beyond thoM. 4x^l''P' ^P^*
^KniXdr. Eth.cormpt. ForOOA; J!4£: ftflA reod^jMK A9tnA=
VX^I"!" ^P^' irOToKat. iiOKpar. £th. = ical oi) iiaKpiii. jiiyan. Eth.
omits. After Ziaros Eth. adds h<n>i ^Kf''V^Mt ' as that which fuls
not.' 2. 4r f Koi. £th.=:iiiil tdov. jifpda apMiurw, ' the appearance of
fragrant trees.' BoQ: Hfiaotliit69tainm. See Crit Note, p. loa.
dpuB* irxH- ^ ^ : hovi Xli^ HAtLTl. 3. (iTKOM. £th. JtA
'over.' Seexviii.9(note). For 'passingovertheae' read fteyondjAMe.
XXXI. I. cTXcD) SivSpmi. Eth. omits aXcnj. Vnropfu^/Mvor. See
Crit. Note, p. loa. Before nirrap Eth. adds hin):=u[. ffappar
seems to be a transliteration of ^^jC, a kind of balsam. This would
suit perfectly here. In the LXX. ^7riii)=^y. 3. inixtmi. Bee
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
Appendix C. 369
T&v ittpintv rqr y^s, kqI vdirra rti iivipa vX^pf JK <rr(Ucr^t Jv f
AfMiiiiOTi jfuryS(iX«s(i>)' 3. 2rai' rpCfitomv abri tiaiirrtpw f
vv^ itdu> &PVIU1. XXXII. 1 . (koI fjxri raSni r^ dp^fura),
clf poppap wphs ipanXis rtOiofuu iirrit Sfn} vK^ptf vipimi XfiifvraS
iWrMV, ^oxpcU' dv^X"" *^P^ <baTT)\d$ {r^t T^')- "o^ W^f
IS — •* .AtoTf^o* — of^mrvr
xriii. 9 (note, p. 3S4). Eth. 'over,' wronglj, Henoe for ' orer'
reftd &<yon(i. vpis artmAM . . , afivyidKttf. Here both Qk. and
Eth. an coirapt, but the bttter len ao. First, ir 6iuuJtiian afuiy6£Xmp
sHh"*! hCf>0. ' (K vraiu^t. Clearly the ori^al of >£ aimjr wu
early cormpted into Bomethiiig like m irT4ptat : hence a)itl4] and
in its wrong place. Kext XMh is a oormption of 1tO:=«a>'ra,
Thtu BO &r everything is clear. We hare now npit SmnKis rfiv
mparm TTjt )4c over against aKl>fnrF: OOdV; HMT. Qk. is not
appropriate whereas Eth, is. Eth. =: col Iv mrr^ iivdpa AAjs. It is
needless to pnrgoe the corruption further. Hence, for ' those trees
were full of a bard substance ' read aU Ae tree* vten fvll ofilacte.
3. Stow rplPnciF ahi tittiitntpor inttp n-Sv Spiofia, Eth. pQl
JH^X^: A(pA14 <y^ fiifib: Jiy"«-ftl JUjo- • if they took that
fniit, it was better than all fragrant odours.' Qk. here is
undoubtedly to be followed. By translating Ok. afresh into Eth.
we see at once how ibe corruption arose, fid; fi-'ittfi-^, fiMfi
>t9*»ttt UuD-. Tbeu by an error fi^tilfi^, fifLl^ got transpomd
(as constantly happens in these MSS.) and were then emended as
in oar text ^I^X^ J&'i.KA. AtD-Wfi ¥£> is a later explanatory
gloes. Hence, for ' And the taste, odours ' read When one
nbbed it, it gmdt tu>eeUr than ony fragrant odow.
XXXIL I. Before tU ffoppay I have added with Eth. xai ft. r. t. d.
omitted through bmt. wpit irariAAt. Eth. ovAUkt: KMC
'over the mountains.' itpit inmAdt occurs suspicioasly often
(see xxxi, a). axitm. 'Mastich,' Eth, d8a>i in>OH, less good.
9, mrrmi. Eth. omits, rqc yqr. Eth. omits. ffX^PV ^' axpir ul
An TOvrvv, I have emended into ^x^op pu^ Airi ro&rm rafsEth.
Bb
Digitized by GtXlglc
370 The Book of Enoch.
T^f IkKcuoairptis' koI ISov fuxKp66ai tUv iiviptnv To6mv ^vipa
(hyitn. rm KOpvoS ajrrov) koI JT^crroiTat <f>p6vii<rip fieyikitP.
4. ^(S^toi' rd hivbpov Intlvo arpo^tXiif ri S^fmr rii Si ^AAa)
ainm KtpaTt(q) Bfiout' 6 6i Ko^tkt avrov m<rti ffArpott ifiiriXov
IKapol A.£av* ^ hi ivfiii avrov biirpextv irippn iisd rov ihApou.
5. i^c cTvov' 'Hf KaXdf rd iipipop koI As ^irf}(^^ ^ ipim.
6. njre iviKpiSri 'Ptu^a^k, & iyiot AyycXos d fier* jfuw Av* Totrro
rd iivbpov ^poinjtrcttt f f oC i^oytp i vartjp <rov.
3, (Xfav — tflJtm — vaf^inaar — iId — ttm /uw j. nfxpif^ — span.
Here, as freqnently, koI has bees transpofied, Before Zttnik Gth.
adds ' angel.' ZwtuX msy therefore be merely the name of a place.
3. iioKpiBn rSm Siripan rovrar dndpa rXilon nu ft/yaXa=:' from afftT
trees more nnmerons than these trees and large.' Bnt Q
interpreted differently: i.e. tubtrtCPavn AXMrF; OBO: 00(0:
■QH'^Mi (DlNL^ =: ^nnivo r(»i> iMlpuv roum* SiiiSpa s'oXXi «il
fiiyaXa. I have folltrwed in my Trans. tUfatl'tlPin'' is from
h'4 or lliMl=tniiis, oltxa. ^udfMH=:^At^ I have restored
from 8vt» fur. There is no qnestion here about two trees. After
iml Eth. adds nwdi). 4. ^ U jtrfi^ ofmS , . . Sirtpou. £th.^4 M
iff/i^ rov 6Mpoo tffanifr ml tUrptxc v6pp». If we omit tAaHu
(D and for rt read 3l^, Eth.=Gk. 5. For nt« Eth. reads koL
"Sot itt «aXi> ri SivSpar Eth, reads uiXAr ri itrSpor roCro koI ^ ndldv,
6. For rirt Eth. reads *ai. After alv Eth. odds ml ttittr i/ioL
Digitized by GtXlglC
APPENDIX p.
ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ETHIOPIC TEXT AND
TRANSLATION.
XXXVn. a. For holy words Q reads ' irords of the Holy
One.' 3. For JUh ^"t read \A or tHilt. If the former,
take W"! as a noTin and cf. JlA: Off"!, xc7. 7.
XXXVm. 4. O amita A before hTHJt. Hence, for -fCM we
should probably read XCH, and translate for the Lord of SpiriU
has eaueed the light of ths face of tha holy . . .to appear. 6. 7or
tbem. So Q AW. Din. omits.
XXXIX. I. High heaven. So Q. Din. 'high hearens.'
3. In those daju. So Q : flfD-Ni:; ODVXJi. Din, ' at that time.'
4. The lioly. 80 Q. Din. ' The righteous.' Tha rlgbtoous.
So Q. Din. 'the holy.' g. His rlgbteous angels. So :
an^lrtt ItJNi. Din. 'The angels.' la. After toMOh
I have omitted h with O.
XLVni. 4- r haTe omitted A^ftAt with Q.
LXII. 10. Sarbnass will be piled upon their faoas. Perhaps
too free. Lit ' Their faces will be increased with darkness.'
LXm. 10. Uanunon of onrlchtaotuneaa or 'riches of un-
rigbteoofiness ' ; for neither here nor in Matt. t1 24 : Luke xri. 9
does Etfa. transliterate /laitoyat.
LXXVm. 4. Additions are made to the moon. ik^^atCi-
Better perhaps ' to parts of the moon.'
CVII 3. Before ^ttt^f"''* G adds ££Wt at ='will save and.'
For ' will cause . . . destruction ' better render wiU comfort At
earth beeattae of the univertat d^atruetion or after the univanal
dettruOion.
Digitized by GtXlglc
APPENDIX E.
LATIN FBAQMENT OF ENOCH CVL 1-18.
(FoiMd in MS. Brit. Mv. Seg. S. E. xiii. Saec. vm. ff. 79*>-8o.}
The following Latin fragment has been recently discovered
in tlie British Mneeutn by tlie Rev. M. B. James, King's
Collie, Cambridge, who 19 engaged in editing a Tolome of
Apocn/pha Anecdota. By his kindness I am pennitted to add
this interesting fragment to my Appendix. According to
Mr. JameSj this fragment is lotmd in an eighth century MS.
belonging probably to the Monastery at Rochester. It is
without a title. It follows a penitential edict of St. Boniface,
while it is preceded by an anonymous tract ' De vindictis
peocatorum.'
This MS. is a very imperfect representation of En. cri. i~i8.
It has BofFered from additions, omissions, and corruptions, uid
is very seldom a literal rendering of the original for many
words together. Notwithstanding, this fragment contrilnUet
to theformatioa of a better teait of CTIin not a few instances,
as will appear in the notes.
This MS. further may poifU to a Latin tratulaiton, or at
least to a partially completed Latin translation of Enoch;
for (i) occurring in the midst of original Latin treatises it
appears to have been found in Latin by the collector and
scribe of these treatises, (2) It has suffered much in the
course of tradition snd may, therefore, go back to a date
when the book of Enoch iras not reprobated generally, and
Digitized by Google
Appendix E. 373
wben a Latin translation woold have been aceeptable. (5} It
does not show signs o£ being an excerpt from a collection of
excerpts, each as we find in the Greek fragment of En. Izxxix.
42-49 (see p. 337, notes); but, standing as it does witihoat
any introdactoiy note or explanation, it looks more as if it
were drawn directly from at least a larger Latin fragment
of Enoch.
I have followed the speUing and punctuation of the MS. as
fumisbed to me by Mr. James. The italics denote expanded
CYI. I. Factum est autem [cum txset Lamech annorwne
^icentonun quinquagenta] natus est ei £Iia(H) 2. cui oeoli
sunt sicut radi solis capilli autem eiw candi(di)ores in septies
nine corpori autem eins (nemo hominum potest intueri)
3. et eorexit inter mmiuf obetetricis suae et adoraoit (et)
OVX I. The date here is a, foolish addition of some copyist. It
agrees oeither with the Hebrew, Ssnuaritan, nor LXX. chronology,
which reepectively give 182, G3, 188 years. 3. Oouli sunt
Bleat radl soils. This may safely be regarded as the true text.
C£ Eth. cvi. 10 and the words from the Petrine Apoc., quoted in
the note to that verse, p. 303. The corresponding Eth. text.
Jt^Jt<Tnh imV* (so GG'M)! M.eTtV- is corrupt— poBsibly
a corruption like Il0»i X7Ah AS'hjKi AOfTtI^=<£lf djn-Twt ^Xi'otr
ol f^AiXftol ovrav. Hence, for ' his long locks were white as wool,
and his eyes beautiful,' read uwn vshit» at wool and Mi tyee wan
Wee the rays of the «un. In Mptles or septies, aa in ver. 19, is
a cormptioD of capitis. Several words have been lost throu{^
hmt. : see ver. 10 (note), 3ffemo . , . intueri may be original
^ouStii TM atSpainar fJhif^ irriffKi^i. Cf. ApoC. Fetli f. I9.
After these words there is another lacuna. 3. Bt snrezit.
For tDtm=eb cnm, read a>AA7=et turn with O G*, and translate
i^^A not 'was taken,' but ar<M«=Burrexit. Hence, for 'when
he was taken from the hand,' read thereu^M he arose in the
handa. Make the same chaoge in ver. 11. Before «t adoraoit*
Etb. in w. 3, II, adds aperuit os suum. Corresponding to
adoravit here, there is oravit in ver. ii. For adoravit or oravit.
Digitized by GOOC^IC
374 "^^ 5<w4 of Enoch.
diMnintim muentem in secnia laudanit. 4) 5, <$- et timnit
Lunech ne nra ex eo natos eifet nisi nmtioe dn et uenit ad
patrem saum Mathusalem et nanauit illi omnia 7. dixit
Mathasalem ^o aatem non poesum scire nisi eamus ad
patrem iioiiTum Enoc 8. qvum autem uidit Enoc filiam
sanm Mathosalem uenientem ad ae [etj ait. quid %tt quod
uenisti ad me nate 10. dixt^ qwod natns att filio soo
[nomiMe] Lamech cui ocnli sunt sicut radi solie capilli[s]
eius candidiores eeptiee niue corpori antent eins (nemo
r. Sohominnm poteet intueri) Ji. et snrexit || inter numus
obstetricis suae {eadem hora qua procidit de utero matris
suae) orauit Aomtaxsa uiuentem in secnia {et laudanit)
Etb. has 1V72 = coUocntuB est. This is wrong, and probably
ft corruption of •|*i3rt=grati«m petiit^ oravit or celebravit. For
' conrersed with,' read prayed to. Sominum uiuentem In
saecula. Eth.^Dominum justitiae. The eame phrase recurs in
ver. II, where Eth. = Dominum coeli. Iiaudault- Eth. omits
here but gives in rer. 11 (ldh-=benedixit, laudavit. Hence it is
probable that Latia ia right in both verses and that we should read
prayed to and bleated in ver. 3 for ' conversed with,' and in
ver. II for 'blessed.' 4, 5, 6. Tery fragmentaiy but nearly
right in sense, ironttus, clearly a translation of oyycXor, more
accurately rendered ' angel ' by Eth. Narrault illi omnia ram-
marisea w. 5, 6. 7. For Matliuaalem, read Mathusalah.
irtsl «amu«. Eth. gives a different sense. After Enoo two clauses
are omitted. 8. Very fragmentary. See p. 30a. Quid sat
quod uanlstL Eth. = quia venisti. Here Eth. is cormpt. TbB
corruption is clear from Qk. which ran Itoi iyb rtami pov JU W
iJXAc ; Hera Etb. translator read itiri instead of d^ ri. Hence, for
' for thou bast come,' read why hast thou come t 10. Oaplllla . . i
oorpori ; defective and corrupt. The confusion of order and loss
of words aeem t« have originated in the Latin version. The
latter supposes the following transposition : Cupilli aatem capitis
candidiores kna Candida, corporis autem ejna color candidior nive.
The eye of the copyist straying from candidioree to candidior, he
wrote nive instead of lana Candida before corporis. After nive
there stood originally et rubiior ulla ToaA= ipv6pirtpot norrii
ptfAov. So Eth. and Apoc. Fetri. Septlea, a corruption of capitis.
Digitized by GOOC^IC
Appendix E. 375
13. et timmt Ijamech 13. et dixit Enoc | nontiatnm ett
mihi (fill) <\u%a [poet qoingentos annos] 15. mitbet Aeu&
catadiBmuffi aqiuM ut deleat omnem creatuntffl [xu] OBtendit
oculis m>atna 16. et enmt illi -in- filii [et eront nomiua
filioru« eitw ■ Sem • Cham • laCetli] 18. et ipse uocabitnr
Noe [qui i»t«rpre/atar requies <\ula requiem preetabit in
archam].
13. ZTontUtnia eat mlhi. £tli.= nuntio tibi. ig. Klttot
dens oataollamnm aquae. Eth. = aqua cataclyemi erit. nt da-
leat aameaa. oreaturam. Eth. ^ et exiliaiii magnuin per imiun
aimum erit. - Ostendlt ooulla uootrlA. Eth.^vidi in visione
should be read before aontiatum in rer. 13. 18. Eit Ipse uooa-
bitur ZToe. £th.=TOca nomen ejus Koe. Qui . . . requiea . . .
aroliam. Quite an arbitrary departure from Enochic text, partly
in dependence on that of the LKX. : i. e. requies recalls the iuan-
naian of that version. Eth.=quia ipse erit Tobis reliquiae. Beli-
qniae = uraXn/i/ia and followa another meaning of the Hebrew
word TO. Bee note on cvi. 18, p. 304. Observe that in cvii. 3 the
derivation of Noah implied Qen. t. 39 from DFU, is reproduced.
Digitized by GtXlglC
J, Google
PASSAGES FEOM THE SCRIPTURES
AND OTHER ANCIENT BOOKS
REFERKED TO IN THIS WORK.
(.When the dupter uid vene of Enooli are giTOi, ths refaenM will l>«
fboiid In tiie aorrMponding critiml or eiegatiokl nola.]
I1.7
».J4 . . ,
T.«4(Blh{op.
I1.S
. 1z.t
. Ti. »; il. 7
. IxtU. I
•A 15
Tl.l-4
Ti.9 .
rtli.14 . OTilS
Till. II . idU. 4
TlU. 11 . U. 1
is.4 . . Tii.5
iz. 17, . zoii]. 4
ill.' 14 . xiiiL 11
zir. S, 9 . bm. 10
EzoDns Ehooh
iziT. II . Uzziz. 31
xiT. 9, 40 zlnL 3
UTi. 30 . ilTiL 3
yuril , . Iixjrii. 3a
zoU.)6-i9 lixrig. 35
ilrii.3liqq. xlrii.3
IiBVITiaDB
iv. 3, 5, 16 zlviii. i<
ivl, S . . vilL I
itI. Id, sj t 4
xtL 30 . hliL 10;
orLlj
stL 31 . zo. iS
xvi. 31-33 lvi.8
zx. 16 , tzzxL 9
xxiii. 19 . iItL 1
ncdL?, 18 xxxrii. 5
Iv. 19 . . zlUi, 3, 4
nil. 4 . . Ixii. t6
zzrilL II zL I
zzviU.13,
30, 31 dH. II
Dirr. Etroci
66, 6'j . dii. 10
xzvlii. 48 (dii. 1 1
nil. fi . lili. 16
xxxiiL 18 IzT. I :
izzIt. . Uixix
JUDOU
r.S - ■ i.6
iBamukl
xxtHI. 15
xzix. 9 . zl*! I
nSiKDXL
Digitized by GcXlglC
378
The Book of Enoch,
xL7
i 9; ix. i<
iUz.15,16
ii.7
1U.7
UzzT. 3
i1tu7j lAyA
llTiLj
bdi.9. .
IxT. (tiOe)
IxriiL 17 .
U.3
sItU. 3
xlvi. 3
iidi 13 .
i9
U. [
zoviU. 6-8
lxix.i8;(i.6
ivUi.3
xixriis
t xUL I, t
noiTi. 31
zrlii I
. IzxzL 5
iz.la;xeU.3
«via.s
IzxiU. »4-
»7 . .
Ixziv. 8 .
InviL 17,
18 . .
IzzTiii. 5,6
Izxriil. 69
Ixnz. 13 .
.17 .
i. 16.
ii-S .
IzxzviiiiJ
ji. 5, 6 ;
xoiL 5 .
za*iL5 . 1.6;liL6
xni-S
Ixzzil. 1
liii. 7
XlTi. )
icri 5
iTiiii
bdii. 10
av. 9 . .
dT. 10, 13
071. 37 .
<mLi3-a7
xoviiLi
d.4
oUi.9
IxLS
oiiT. 4, 6 IL 4
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
Index of Passages frottl Scriptures, etc. 379
I'SAUIS
, liiil, I
Izii. 1
:rii. 7
oiItI 3
I . xIt). *
, ilJil. 1
TiiL 38 . Ixiz. 19
viii. J9 . d. 6
Tiii. 30 . Izzziv. 3
zxi. 4 . . xdii, 11
Eoousums
i.4- ■ liil. 7
it i4'-i6 . di. 6
iii. 19-11. dL6
li 5 . . «oiii. u
iv. 3 - ■
«. 19
Ivi. 8
zlviii. 8
v[.3 . .
ii. 5 . .
ix.lS,7 .
ilix. 3
xlyi.3
XIV. 8
nvi. 17 .
[.16 .
iziii. 17 .
Mi. 3
xKi. )
liii.4.5
lU. 7
iLi
liiL4,S
tvi.6
I U».
X. 19
U.I
Uii. 4, J
ILi
i. 3
U.7
iTil.
0.8
liiii. 37
iLa
zl. 1
Ixli. 11
Ilix. 6 .
lx.6 . .
ilriiiio
lx.3
ilviii. 4
xxix.a
Uii 14;
llT. .
Lit. 6.
Ixv. 17
liv, ao-»3
U¥i.n,i9,
xlvii. 3
xiTli.i;il>i.
6; xc. 17
IL4 . . Iii. 8
iS . .
il. J . .
xl. 16 . .
xl.31. ■
iHi. 1 , ,
iliL6 . .
xIfii.S,6.
xUlL 19 .
il.5
iiTia.4
OTi. 13
lxxi.1
xotULis
Digitized by GOOC^IC
3So
Tht Boot of Eimk.
xix.1,6 .
HTU. 1
iT.i3,i7,a3i.5
». 24 . .
xxxlx. 5
zii. 8 . .
xdT.i
T. »7 . .
xU. I
^.9.
I111.4
Tiii.i3 .
idi..7;«ax.
rt.8,ii.»o
T. 4.
ix.13,14
1. 19
13
™.9. ■
xlT. 18, »;
xzli. 19 .
lOTili. 13
lixi.10.
KdU.1 .
lmli.li
vlLio. .
I 9; li». 19,
lO-Il
lixxix. 66
xrili.6,6.
ilTi. 3
Mi iL I J
zzzL 5 .
I. 19
zlTiLa;
Hkiah
a^.yj .
xoiu.14
Ixxti;
1.3
zxrU. I
xo. 30
S.3 .
zliz.16 .
MTij
tU. 13 .
zlTi. a
I3.4.
iii.<
L6
vU.14 .
lxii.6
14. .
viH. 10,11,
iii.»,3
xa.4
LAl|MI(t*nOM8
U.4 . . .vii3
13, >G ■
vUi.13 .
x1tL7
i.9
iT.6.7
».33
ilix.j
lil. I] . .
ami. 3
ylil.17 .
IX.4
Biia. .
lyiLs
vUi. 17,18
liT..4
HlBUSDK
iiLi6. .
i]vi4
1.9,10 .
lx.4
iill .
e. Id
". 13. »o.
iiL9 .
^Ta-3
EmnL
X. 13, " ■
M. 5
D.5
ZCPKINUH
Lio . .
ii». iB
1. 11 . .
xlTiiS
t iB .
m. 7 ; c «
i.i6 . .
lii. 10
xi. 16, 41.
iu. I6-17
lxiLi4
!.)«..
iTilLS
45 ■ •
zxvi i;
i.iS . .
xiT.14
bziii.40;
„
T. 5 . .
i>vt. I
X. I . .
liv. 18
rill . .
II. sj xlvii
i.S,7.
lTii.»
iTiU.J3,3S xd*. 10
3; Ivi. 5
ii. 7-9.
ic.»9
zzv. w .
lxzzU.66
xiLi . .
Ei;lTiii.3
iL2a .
Iri. 7; c
IXTiii.>6.
X. IQ
lii. i, 3
o™Li5
iM. 3,41
zzziLi7-3a IzUi. 10
lii. 3 ■ .
ZiOBABUa
uziLii .
IziiLio
<d».2
i..ii .
ix.iOii«i
uxifi.11.
xoiT. to
xU. 4,9,10
dv. la
ti.4 .
xe.34
iTiiy.5,8
li™.5S
lii. 10. .
dv. 13.
U. 6-13
10.29
Hxir. 26,
iiL . .
1I.7
»7 ■ ■
1.19
Tiil.4.
T. 9
ziZT. jiqq, ljraTiT.66
Hoou
ix. 10 .
liLB
mTULvr Ms
iLi8 . .
ia.8
1. 10 .
lii. 3, 3
XO.34
1*1.7
DXTfii.JI
Ivi. 7j 0. J
il.«,.3.
1.19
liT. S.
i-9
«irTiii.»a
iviu. II
ix.14. .
loriii. 5
xi*. 8.
ii.»
it-dvUL.
xo. 19
xa? . .
xciz.la
xiT. 13
Ivi 7; c
llTitB
XZTiU.1
Jon.
UAuam
Dum
ILio .
Ivzi. 4
L7. .
lixxi*.73
U. 3i-« ■
IIL
iii J, 11
Jifi.1
m. iti .
xlvii. 3
It. .3 .
i.9
UI. ifi.
iTlLa
It. I .
xlTifi.S
Di.itradb, Google
Index of Passages from Scriptures, etc. 381
9t. Matt. Eioai
(•Mp.49)
iii.9 . . xlLi
T. jg, 30 . zxriL i
xm.43
xlz. 18
izii. 30
xxiii. IS
, ixTii.1
utS. I
Si. Uabe
(•M p. 49)
ix. 48 . . zItL 6
xiL 15 . cdT. 4
St. Lusx
(we pp. 48, 49)
i. 5J . , ilTi,5
iz. as ■ . Jl 6
I. 10 , . xlviis
lii. 19. . xctU. 8
tnst) . zorii. a
zvL8 . . IxL IJ
iri. 9, II,
» . . Iziii. 10
ivi. >3-}e ziii.li
Hi. 18 . li. 1
Miii as . iL S
9i. John
(«»p.48)
T. »a, 47 , Ixii. J7
ri». 13 . or, »
iiLi5.
rii-S
AoM Bhoob
zT, 19. . xnili. It
ZTll.31 • xli. 9
BoKAva
L » . . lolz. 8
Tlii. 38 . Izi. 10
liii I . . ilri. 6
ICOK.
(8M p. 45)
nCos.
(Mp.46}
T. 3,4. . Im. 16
au-iTUro
{•aap.46)
14... xlTiii. 7
(•00 p. 46)
i. II . . Id. ]
PHILIFFIAHa
C«*p.46J
iivia. s
"Irii. 3
Coioaaun
Ck«P,46)
L 16 . . ki. II
I TmoTBT
(•w. pp. 46, 47)
1.4. . . ilvi.j
rii »3 ■ . zlrii. 3
(we p. 4a)
(we p. 4a)
iU.«>. . lx.5(Mi3
It. iS . . IxU. 3
(MM p. 41)
til. 13. . IzxiLi
I JoHir
(m« p. 4a)
L9. . . Iviii.5
St. Jddi
(•M p. 4i)
i»iii.t3
lx.8; zoiiLj
i.9;y-4;
11.8; d.3
BxTKunon
(•eepp.4»-4s)
L4- . . xc.
L 18 . . IziiL
iil,4,5, iS l2ii. iti
iii. S . ■ ilTiL 3
4.5
ilia
Izil. tiS;
Digitized by GcXlglC
382
The Book of Enoch.
BirauTiOH Ehooh
AeoxNaioM
Eroob
EooLMua- Ekocb I
Ti.8 . .
Uii.10
o» Ibauh
noDB
tLio. .
nU. s-?!
iv..7. .
«iii.9
i. 1. . .
ImiT.j 1
uxrii-s:
iv. 18 . .
li. la
i- iS . .
zm.4 '
il™.»j
Tii.»5. .
xxzJz. 14;
T.8 . .
UiLio
ICTU. 5
tizi. II
vu.17. .
dTL6
Ti. la, II.
xlTiL4
vii. 17. .
cria,7
ri..7. .
iotILS
Vill. .
lxil.i6
riii. 14, a6
oviii. I a.
liv. 16 .
IxUi. 10
■rii. I, a .
lx.i»
11.9,10,18
oriii.
ZTi.7. .
Til a
yH- 9. 13.
ix.]o. .
xlTii. 3
XTlrf-a8
ii.1
14 . .
liii.i6
zvii.ia,a3
li«t 10
vii. 11. .
Ix. 11
Abbdiiptioh
irir.4,7
ilii. I, a
Tii. 14. .
IxrtT. 3
or Mosn
zziv. 14 .
Imii. 16
Tiii. a, 6 .
TiiLj. .
fz.10
(KM pp. 33-
Iv.8 . .
Izxiii. 73,74
iziT.18-31
m. 17 .
zciiLio
Iziii. 10
xdz.8
rtL 3, 4 .
idx.3
1-3
mi. 1-7 .
viiL 13 .
inTii.s
!■ 3 , ,
xixii. 13 .
InriLiS
ii. II . .
IL 1
1. 4 . .
illv. rfi .
lx.8
li. 10 . .
idx.7
BABncn
llJT. 17 .
zliill-13
gtLiS
Imiz. 7J
riii. 8 . .
ilvits
iil. 11. .
iU. 16 . .
Mii. 10
Tiii
Lati . .
IC4
liii. S, 14 .
zzxriL 5
liv. 6, 8 .
iii. .9. .
iliL 1. a
xiv. 18
I1. IJ
m.34. -
IV.7 . .
iiai. I
lii. I
IVElBA
riT. » .
O-J
(»9^37)
ITii. 8. .
tm.a
llTii.3
Afooalttcr
OP BlHUCH
H.39.«.
It. I . .
uai6
n. a
iix.17 .
U.11
(»PP.3S
i'-35- ■
ixH. 6-^:^-5
n-iJ.iS
ilTiL3
i^. 3«. 37.
xlTas
«x. 13,14
IziiLio
niT. I .
iivii. 3
T. 1-13 .
Inx.
1X.14. .
ilriag
iiii, 3
ilviH. 10
Y. 4 . .
Ittt 4
zzi. I . .
I11H.1
ixfx.4 .
Ix-7
[Til]. .
llTui.?
«].a,io.
10.19
IL 1
['i. 1-3] .
zztIL I
tA.%1 .
xlvii.3
ra. I. .
ilv^Llo
[Tl.a]. .
li. i; lx.6.
zxii. 1, 14
XIV. 4. 5
izi. 1. .
•^l
P-3W
ixiLi? .
xTiL4
izziL a .
»).a9
[vi^r] ■
Ix-S
xxii. 19 .
rfyii. 3
nxa.6 .
XlT.S
Ti. 49-S'-
lz.7
mr. a .
[Ti.6o,68]
0.5
AP004LIP1
«
xroiz. 7.
zlviii. to
[vi.71] .
df. 1
ofPwib
il. 1 . .
xlTiii. 10
vii.a6. .
zo.a9
<^. 10 ; 373.
iU».i4 .
lUi. i,a
tU. as, ag
374
1-Ii. 6 . .
li.i
Tii.a9 .
xlviiL 10
li-S.io."
H.4
TiLa* .
Ii.i;lx.5:
ABosBaiox
lyiLa. .
.Ir.S
<>-j;p.3»
ln.9.' .
ilTill. 10
TiJ. 33. 34
L4.5
i.5. ■ ■
cvtii. IJ
lnii. a .
si»aiio
Til. 56 .
1^.10;
ili-as. ■
«THi. I»
l«iiLa,3.
mT. a
itradb, Google
Index of Passages from Scriptures, etc. 383
wBba
B>DOH
nHAoauxK Emocb
ToBIT
Ekocb
xa3>
zlviii. 11 10
ai3 . .
Ixyiii. 71
xH.14. .
S.6; xLs
liiLafi .
ilTilia
iii.14. .
Dnii. »
xii-ij. .
»iIL36
w>.»9
i»- 33. 3S
za8
xtU. J .
IxiiLio
xtn.s»
zlTiii.6
Ti»6 . .
ai
riT.9. .
e». 1
Tii.. . .
0-7
•ii. 9, ,4,
»3, 19,36
>>• 5. 9 -
TMTAMiaw
Book or
Ii. I
xlvi. 6
o»™«xu
Patbubobs
(•Mpp.34
35)
"''■43.+*
ILi
Levi 10 .
lxzxlx.fo
XV. 8 -M.
xtt 13
D«ts .
lxxi.iS
idi. 7
B«ij.6 .
xLi
ii. . .
U.1J
Sim.5;
iT. . .
viSilxxiiil.
mHAotums
LniiS;
s;lxzxT. 5
IL4 . .
»U.i
Jad.18;
T. ,
TL6;Ta.a;
1.9, "0,"*
iL.s . .
Zeb. 3:
lixiv. 11
8;x«UL3;
PsAun 01
Solomon
i. 8. . .
zzxriii. j
B«J.9
BeDbraj;
N«p.3.
p. 38
Vi-ix.1
TiiL .
xtai-6-9;
iii. t6 . .
Ii.i;l™i.3
n»i. 1
T. fi . .
iH. I
WlBDOKOr
X. . .
irLii 1L7J
yiii. 14 .
iixviii.5
SoLOMox
XKt .
Ut. 7-1t.
TiS-s; Ilv. 7-
XUL9 .
im.io .
li. I
xl™. .1
i- 13. "4 •
ii.1-5. .
iiS . .
lxix.ii
di.6
IxixU. 16
iT-iwirSi.
ri».6. .
lir. 7 . .
IxULio
li. I
xziT. .
li. 1
IxULio
iii3.»4-
lxix.ii
ilTiLs
x». 15. .
XTil. . .
li.1
10.6
iil. I .qq.
iii.i-4 .
Iti
aii6
XTtlJ . J.6
iTi.17 . rfTi6
I Mamabus
xrii. 17 .
iriL iS .
xrii. 36 .
xTiiL6,8.
xviii.ii-14
xlTiil. 10
xlviU. 10
ii. 1
i». 7 . ■
iT. 7-14 .
». 16 . .
ri.3 . .
Tlii. 10 .
li. I
lxxxi.9
IxHi.
U. I
xlvLs
ILi
iL^a .
xa.6
ix.4 - .
Ixxxlv. 3
ai.13.
ic6
TOBIT
Ix-iS . ■
U.I
». 39 ■
ZCL II, 11
iii.10. .
iiiii.io
Xiao . .
xlvii. 3
.i.^.
XC It, 13
iUL.7. .
X.6: xLs
XiT.6. .
TiLl
»H.i3.
10.6
Tui. 15 .
xxxix. I
liT. 11,17
xdi.8
vii.41,4*
10.13
1ii.11 .
ix.10
XV. 8 . .
a. I
Di.itradb, Google
J, Google
INDEX OF NAMES AND SUBJECTS.
Auon, Inxix. iS, 31, 37.
Abe], ixii, 6, 7 ; luxv. 3, 4, 6,
Abrahun, Izixii. 10; zciii. 5.
Acb«ron, xrii. e.
Al«zuidst the OrMrt, m, 148.
Aleuoder JaDnasna, 114, 364. 397.
.108,114.
Aiutolliu, 40.
Angel of petoa, xl S; lij. 5; liii. 4;
Kt. 4; ItL j.
AngaU. 8m ftin Chernbini, Chndreii
of ibe Aj^^eli, Hoi; onca of the
hMTen, Optutnim, Sona of tbs he* van,
Brau of the holy, Ber^ihim, Watohan.
— Interoede for men, iz. 10 ; zt. 9 ;
zl.fi; zlvU. t_; xoii. 3, 16; oiv. I.
— of the Preaenoe, zl. S.
— of power nod of prindptJitiee, IzL
— of pnnidment, iL 7 ; UH. 3 ; Ivi. 1 1
bdl. II ; IziH. I.
— «jin b oliMd by ■bephewb, Ixniz. 59-
zo. 15.
— (Tmballud bj ttan, Izzzri. t.
— lymbolked by white men,lzzzTii. a,
— bll of the, vi ; zr. 3 ; Ixiz ; Izzzri ;
otL 13, 14.
— pmiiihmcniofthe, z, 1-15 ; ziL 4-6;
xiv. 4-6 J xix. l; zzi. 7-ia; Iv. 51
Izril. II, 13; ^ si-35; xd. I{.
— the rightooQi will beoome, U. 4 : rf.
dT. 4, 6.
:. 7 (Greek) J
Augeli, tha iuAj, L 9 ;
S, 9; zzii. 3; Ac.
— . the wTen holy onai, 1
— thefinir,il.;UxzTii. i,3;lzzzTiiLi.
— (b« time, zo^ 31.
Anger, 14.
Antigonn^ 0. 8,
Antiochnt Cjdoenui, za IS.
Autioohai E|iqibMiea, 36, {6, 130, 151 ;
0.7.
AnUoohnt Sidetei, ze. 18.
Apooal^e, etijeot oE 13-34, 5<i-S7>
iog-]<>9, 1S7-18S, 113-313,164-365.
Ariatobalnt I, zzzviii. 5; c S.
Ailitobaliu II, 114 ; zzzviiL 5.
Amn, owd ■ymbollcallj, Izzxvi. 4.
— wild — lymbolioallj tued, Ixiziz. 11,
13, is.
Athenagona, 38 ; ziv. B.
Aogoitine, 40-^1 ; yi. 9.
AaaieI,Ti.e; tEI. 1-3; z.4,8 j iia 1;
117. 5 ; It- 4 i IxzxTilL 1.
SiJdenipei'ger, 19, 114; zlvl. 6.
Bamabai, Ejuitle of, 38 ; Izzzli. Be.
Bartlet, 313-314-
BktiSbl, 311.
Behemoth and Larialhan, li. 7, 8.
Senalay, 318.
KBd,3io.
Blood, Mkting of, vii. s ; xoviil. 11.
Bo«M, wild— tTmbolioallT naed, Ixxxlz.
IS, 43, 73 ; zo. IS.
iiizedbvGooglc
386
The Book of Enoch.
Bodioflilb, sItiLS; criii. 3.
— of tha holy aaai, zlrli. 8 ; eiii. 1.
— of nmi^teomnsn, ilvii. S ; Ixrrt. 4.
Book* of tlu living xlni. a.
— w«o opened, 10. jo.
— w«M Msled, Ixnir. 70, 71.
BoniiMit, 309, 318.
Bull — lymboliomUj nud, Ixiit. 8;
Inivl. I; Izzxiz. I, 10, II, Ac
C^ nii. 7 ; Imv. 8.
Okind* — iTiiibolimUy lued, tIL S (870.
6k.) ; IxziTi. 4.
OMtdl),fi.L
CeUrtul Phjmoi, Book of, Uxii-Iiiii ;
Izxxii.
ClM(ka,3it.
Chanda or eailj Fhkriwea, 19, 30, 94,
114, i3i-a»3,»49-J5i, J63-364, 179,
»97-
ChernbiiD, xir. 11, 18 ; zx. 7 ; Ixl. 10 ;
IzzL 7.
ChsTiH, 10, 31, 117, 136, 139, 169,
ass. 307-
ChQdraaaftheuigglt, Izix. 4, 5 ; cvi 5.
Chronolotiy, Hebraw, SkinarilM] and
LXX, 103, 146, 170, 1S3, iiS.
CUnwni ^ez., 39 ; vHi. 1,8; iri. 9 ;
denieu Bom., xlvii. 8.
Co^m, zriL 9.
CmgngkUon of the nghtaoni, zzzviii. 1,
3 ; liiL 6 ; Izii. 8.
Creatun, New, z1t.4; Izdi.l; zoL 15,
■6.
CyoleofCalippiu, 190, no, iti.
— of Heko, no.
— Ei^t year or Oetaetem, 190, lot-
pjrToa, lz^i.Sd.
DaTid, 1-"^* 45 -4&
DeMic^ i9~io, 143.
DmUi dne to da, tziz. 11.
De Faye, ai .
Delitmch, 61,161; tI. S.
Deluge, the, Izzztii. 3-4; zoi. 5 ; cvi.
>S-
— dne lo the Ul of the angeli, zzzii. e.
Demonokgy. See Angela of pnnuh-
DemoDe, 51 ; xr. 8, 9, 11 ; ztL I ;
ziz. (note) ; xdi. 7.
De QniDcey, zciiL 10.
IHdaohe, the, 140.
Doga — lymbotically need, T»^"' 49.
Dozologiei, Enochic, ziii. 14.
Dream- Vi^on^ the, Ixzxiii-zc.
Drammond, 15-17, 155, ifiS, 143-
■ymbolically, z
Edenheim, 134, 139.
Edna, Izzzr. 3.
E^ypt, Ezodni from, Ittttt.
— Plagnea of, Izxziz. 10.
Kummenger, qootad on, tL 6 ; zL
U.I.
'7-
— and holy ohildren, xxzii. i.
— of righteonnuM, the, zoili. 10.
— One, the, zL 5 ; zxzriiL 3.
— One^ Mine, zlviil. 9 ; Iv. 4.
— One of righteouneoB and bitfa, the,
_ Ohm, Hia, M. 6.
— Onea, Hine, zlr. 3, 5.
— Ones, the holy and, li. i.
— lighteoiu, tlie, i. 1.
Elephant! — lymbtdioally OMd, tU. S
(Syn. Qk.) ; IziivL 4.
ElijiJi, Izzziz. 63 ; zdii. 9.
EmandatioDi, j, 6.
Bnodi — its Bopante oomponenU, with
their oharacterirtioe aikd datet.
— Part I. I-XXXVl. jj-JS. 5S-S7-
— Fart II. LXZXIII-XC, i6')3,
3«>-)*3.
— Fart in. XCI-CIY, iS-ag, »6o-
16s.
— Part IV. XXXVII-LXX, 19-ji,
— Part V. LXXII-LXXXII, 31-33,
1 87-191.
— Part VI. Koachio and other Inter-
ptdalioua, 14-15 ; with uotei ther*
referred to, eapeeiaUj on Ut. 7; Izzi ;
iiizedbvGooc^Ic
Index of Nantes and Subjects.
387
Enooh, its inflaenoe on Jawith lit«ntare,
33-38-
— Its ioflaence on N«w Tertameitt
dicUou uul doctrine, 41-53.
— Itl ioflncnco on Potrlitdo literfttuM,
38-41.
— originally written in Hebraw, il-ia,
3»6-
— Anciaat VaiuoDi of, th^ rela^ve
Tslaw, 318-315.
— Bthiopic MSS. of, a-s-
— EtbiopieV«nionof— (eitori^nrencw
ADillm
— Qreek Vhtoob of— na fbond in Sjtt-
ceHui, 6i-75, 83-86,
— Greek Version of— u found in Tail-
can H8,, 137-140.
— Greek Venion of— ai found in Giieh
Ma, 316-370-
— OreekVernonof— aafoundinS. Jude,
317-
— Ia^d Venion of, 310, 371-375.
— Modem Venion* of— Et^lish by
Laurence, 6.
— Modem Verdona of — Englidi by
Sobodde, 7-9.
— UodeiD VeriioDi of — German by
— Modem Veinoni of— Qerman by
Dillmann, 6-7.
— Modem Veraioni of — Hebrew \sj
Goldachmidt, 309.
— Modern Veruoaa of — EVenob by
LodB,3io.
— SUvonic, I, 190, 3S7.
— ' tbe Bcribe of rigbteouinew,' li. S-
— IVsnilation of, tzx. I,
EMenJc elements, 146, 305.
Eternal — word of ambigaoiu meaning,
z. 8,10.
— Life. See Life, EtemaL
Euphtstee, Inrii 6.
Ere, led astray by a Satan, Uii. 6.
— history of, 1 [ IzziT. 3-7.
EwiU. 10, 141, 147.
Faitb, zzziz. 6 ; iliii. 4 ; iTiii. 5 ; Izi.
Fanoel, il. 7-
Fire, abyu of^x. 13.
— fumaoe of, zoviii, 3.
— riTer of, iTii. 5 ; lni. a.
Foxea — nseday inboUc*Uy, Uzxix. 4 J, f j.
Gabriel, xL 6.
Gamaliel II, 190.
Ganges, 108.
Garden of rightaonmesi tm of lif^ I. a.
Eden, ixiil. S; Iz. 8, 13; Izi. \%%
Ixz. S ; IzzTii. 3.
Ganneiila t^ life, Izii. 16 ; erlii i j.
Gebbardt, 13-14.
Oahenna, xzvli. 1 ; iIviiL d ; liU. S-fl ;
liv.l; Izii. II i lzzzi.8; xo. 36,37;
oviu. e.
Geigar, 11.
Qentilea, Convenion of tli^ L 1-5 ; zo.
80 i
i. la.
CKauts, vii. a.
Gildemaistar, 10, 137, 138.
God, tiUes of—
— Creator, lnzi, s ; zdr. lo.
— Eternal King, ixv. S.
— Eternal Lord of Glory, Izxr. 3.
— God, L 1 (Grit. Note).
— Godofthe wotW, i. 8,
- God of the whole woHd, IxixiT. 1.
- Great Oloiy, the, zir. 10 ; cdi. 3.
' Great King, IuxIt. 8.
- Great One, ziv. 9.
— He that is blessed Ibr ever, Izzrij. i.
— He that Uveth ftir erer, v. i ; o»i 3,
1 1 (lAUn Van.).
- Head of Dayi^ ilvL 3.
- Holy and Great On^ i. 8.
-Holy One. i. a.
- Honoured aod Oloriaus One, zir, 11
(of. oiU. 1).
- Eing of Kings, Izzziv. 1.
- King of the world, zii. 3.
— Lord, izii. 14, and freqaently.
- Lord of Glory, zzii. 14.
- Lord of HeaTcti, cri. 1 1 ■
. Lord of Jadgmant, Izxiiil. 11.
- Lord of the Mighty, IziiL a.
— Lord of BighleoDsnesa, zziL 14.
- Lord of the Rulers, IziiL a.
ilizedbyGoOC^IC
388
The Book of Enoch.
God, tiUea of—
— Lord of di« (beep, ItrxU. 10.
— IiOTd of Spiriu, iziTli. 3.
— Lord of IIm whole Cra*tian of ths
HwTen, Izzxiv. 3.
— Lord of Wisdom, Iiiii. i.
— Moat High, idi. B.
Ooldaobmidt, 309.
Oiwk elementa, 87.
— Yndon. 8e« under ' £noch.'
HwIm «r Sheol, ixii (note) ; li. 1 1 Iti. 8 ;
Iziii. 10 ; xdx. U ; di. 4-cir. S.
— 0. T. oonoeptioo of, the gnol of 'U
uid fnvolTing sodal not monl dia-
tinotioni, liiii. 10 ; ^a. it.
— tlMiiiteciiiadi*teit«t««ftlieHgbl«oii*
and the irioked inTolTing monl dti-
tinotioiu, izii ; li. I ; Iziii. 10 \ cii. 5.
— tbe iatennediate ttata of the wicked,
ixiii. 10.
— the final abode of the wioked — hell,
liiii. 10 ; zmx. 11 ; dii 7.
HkltM, 13, ai, 154, 176, 107, lOS, 318,
J90.
Hdl, li. L
Heiigftenbei;^, 311.
Herm&e Paitor, 13a.
Hermon, ri. 6.
Herod, 130, 175.
Hilgeubtd, ii'ii, 174, ^44.
Einnom, t&IIsj of (see 'Qehenna'),
xiTi 4,6.
Hoffinui, 6, ai, 374.
Hirfmami, 9, 10, 143.
Holtimaiin, 13, 19, 175.
H0I7 onea «> angeU, L 0.
Htdy onea of he«*ai — aofelii, ii. 3.
Halyonea^Nintaidii. a ; cviil. 8.
Holy place, iiv. j,
Horn, the grekt-Jadaa Uaocabaeui,
xD.e.
HoDea of the Great King = the temple,
Hamble. the, ht. 4.
Hyena — aymbdically oaed, Ixiziz. 35.
Hyroaniu, John, 114, 151, 364, 397.
Hynsuiiu II, 115.
Indni, 3o8.
Inqoiriea, Critical, 9-ai.
Irenaeai, qnotad, 38, 8a
Iiaao and lahmael, Iznix. It.
Jacob, IjTTJT u,
Jamea, M. B. 37a, 373.
Jared, ri. 6; znrii. i; cri 13.
Jaxartea, 308.
Jehothaphat, valley t^, zxri. 3 ; liii. L
Jellinek, lO.
Jerome, quoted, 40.
Jeriualem, xzv. ; xxriL 1 ; Ivi. 7 ;
bff"» . S'. SS. 5^ i =!• »7. '9-
Jonathan Haocabaena, 350, iji.
Jordan, Ixzziz. 37.
Joaeph, I*""'' 13.
Josephna, 63, 65. 78, 139, 175, 148,
387.
Joahaa, the hi^ pHeet, Iziziz. 7S.
Jadaa Maooabaena, 313, 333, 349, aji-
351, J53.
JuJgsa and Joshua, tbe, }xxzii. 39.
Judgment, day of. For the different
qipliotiona of thia and of parallel
pbTBie*, Me ilv. 3.
Joatin Martyr, 38, 6a, 70.
KaUe, 139.
Kedron, iitI 3.
Kings and the mighty, zzzTiii. B.
Kite*— used symlxdlcally, 10. 3.
Koatlln, 11, 106, 114, 351.
Kaen
L, 14.
Lamba — uaediymbolically, aaa;ia.6,7.
I^urence, 6, 374.
Law, (he (Moaaio), r. 4; idJL 6 ; zinz.
3, >4-
Lifs, Eternal— meaning varies with eadi
anthor, xxivU. 4.
Light, Eternal, xlv. 4.
— of the GenUles, ilviii. 4.
Lions — used symbolioally, Izzzii. 55.
Upslus, 17.
Lo^. 31*. 3'8, 319, 3a6, 338, 331.
336. ftc.
LOcke, 9, 351.
Digitized by GtXlglC
Index of Names and Subjects.
389
M ti the, 313, a49, 150.
Uumnon, Ixiii. 10; 371.
MargolioDth, ProC, )>5.
Mercy, bL s, 35; lii. 13.
Mesiiali, the. See notes on 30-31 ; 50-
51; 311-317; mTiii. 1; xlvi, i, 3;
ilriiJ. 10; 10. 37, 38.
Heuifth, tb«, TUioiul; oonoMved b; the
different ftnthon, 30-3 1 .
— HtlsB of— the Bighteom One, 51 ;
the Elect One. See ■ Elect One.'
theB]ghteoiuuidSaectOne,Uil.6.
the £leot One of Kghtaonuwai
and Futh, •'j^' 6.
the Meoiuh or the Cbrift, Jl ;
ilTiJL 10.
the Son of Mao. See ' Son of Mu,
the," 51, 311-317; ilri. a, 8.
the Son of God, ov. 1.
— iTmboIized bj » white boll, za. 87.
Heniuuo Kingdom — iti dui«tioD and
character vftriooaly conceived bj each
anthor, 50, 107. iit, 163, 163; xIt.
4.5-
HichMl, ix. i; x. 11; xx. 0; si. 4;
U. 4, 6 ! liTiii. », 3> 4-
Hcaiteficre, 139.
Mood, the, 1B7 ; Uxiii-lixir.
Mdmi, linii. 16, 19, 34, 36, 38.
Meant of Offence, xxvl. 4.
— of OHvea, xxH 3,
Monntain, Hoi;, xzvi. a.
Nebemlafa, Izixtx. 73.
Meubaaer, Dr., 84.
Nile, IxzriL 6.
Noaohie fragment*. See under 'Kiodi.'
Noah, z. l; Iz. 1; Izzziz. 1-9; cri. 18;
eTli.3; 375.
NttU^iiS.
Ocean itreun, ztH. 6.
Oehler, 169.
Omai in, zo. a, 7, 8.
ftpKanim^ Ixi. 10 ; Izzt. f.
0x01, IzzriL 7.
Faleetine, ntvi-xzril; Ivi. €, 7; liziis.
40.
I^iae, z. IB.
Parthialu and Medea, IvL 5.
'Pence,' 'ye will find no peaoi^' t. 4.
Peter, T.O., 19, 171.
Phariuio cictnciveneM, xcviL 4 ; oir. 8.
PhariMee — their religiooi and litem;
■trifewith the Saddocsea, 107-108;
i63-)G4; zcvlii, 16 ; oii, 4-aiT.
— thcdr varying lelatlcni with tbe
Maccabeee, 30, 107-10S, 113-115,
163-1641 dii. 11,16.
_~ ■ the children of heaven,' oi. l.
Phillf^ 13,
Phllo, vi. 9.
' Plant of rigbteonmeM,' z. 10.
Ptolemaeoi Lagi, 948.
Bagoel, XI. 4 ; 3G3.
Bun — osed ■ymbclioallj', Itttii. M ;
zc. 10, 81.
Bavena — need lymbolioally, XC; S.
Reiniel n. 7 (Gii. Gk.").
Beeoirection, 5), 57, 109.
— the, 51, 57, 109, 133, 161, »6i, »6s ;
v.7i xxU.18: li.li lxi.9; zc.SS;
zd. 10 ; 0. 6.
Renn, 19.
^hteoni, the, L B,
— and holy, the, zxxviii. 8.
— and holy and elect, zzzriU. 4.
— one, the — naed collectively, zoL 10.
— One, the. See ' Meailah.'
Kcaeninaller, 65, 118, 180.
RnEkel or Raphael, z. 7 i xz. S ; zL 6 ;
liv. 6; IzzzviU. 1.
Saddaoeee, the enemie* of the PbarlBeai
and allJei of the later Maooabeee, 30,
108, 163-164 ; zzzriiL S; zdv. 6;
zcv. 9; icriu. IS i diL 14, U.
— lappoTt 0. T. view of Sheol, dl. 4-
dv.9.
— ' Dhildren of earth,' c 6.
Samnel, Izixiz. 41, 44.
Sktani, 51, 53 ; zL 7-
— canodved In SimJUtndM a* In 0. T.,
zl.7.
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
39°
Sktaoa, confuied with Ulea M^eU in
liix.4.
— — BiigeU of paniahmeiit in liil. 3 ;
It! I ; liiL 1 1 ; IxziL i
Saul, Ixzzix. 48.
Behenkel, 169, 955.
Stdiiaiermftcliar, 311, 313.
S<^odde, 7-9, 110, 143, ijl, 174.
ScJinli, 139, 161, 169.
Bdiulie, 311.
SdiOier, iS, 134, 136, 343, 150, aji.
SchmD;, 310.
8e>, the Gnat - the U«di(arr«tieui,
— the ErjthrMMi, xxzii. ).
Seleuoidae, I48.
Senphim, zx. 7 (Crit. Note); Ixi. 10 ;
lui. 7( 357-
Beth, IzzxT. 8, B.
Seren, % lacred nnmber, Ixxvii. 4.
Sheep, white, blwdi, Knd litUe — used
Bf mt>olic*lly, Ixxxiz. 1 i-ic
— Lord of the. See ' God."
SheoL See ' Hade*.'
Shepherda, the ieTent;,liilil. 6fl; 10.
Seffert, 11, 13.
Silcah, the brook of, sxvi. S.
Etimilitodee, the, 39, 30, io$-i86.
Simon Maeoabaeiu, 333, 113.
Sin, attaribated in the ouun.nat to AdMD,
bat to the fftll of the uigela in the
dftji of Jued, vi-viii ; x. B ; ivi. 3.
— of Adftm, ixxii. 6.
— of Eve atUbated to » Sutv), liii. 6.
— doe to evil knowledge introdnoed by
the Sabuu,lxix. it.
— attribnted to num't own aot, zoviii. 4.
Siiuti, i. 4 ; Izni^ 19, 3], 33.
Knnen, godle« or anrightaons, the,
xxxviii. t-3 ; ill. 3 ; iIt. 3, 5, 6 ;
liii. 1, 7 ; Izii. 2.
— — theS»dducec«, 163-364.
ffireiu, 355.
Solomon, linii. 48.
Son of Uan, the. See 51, 313-317 ;
ilvi. 3 ; ilviii. 1.
all Jadgnent oommittad to the,
liix. 17.
Tie Book of Enoch.
SDnofMui,pre-eii«tenceirfUM,jdTniS.
nniverBal dominion of, liii, 6,
will lit on God's throne, li 3 ;
llv. 8.
'Son of Man' — thii phnwe apidied io in*
terpolationB to Enoch, Ix. 10; Izii. 14.
Sona of the heaTena, t!. S.
— of the holy angels, \rn . 1.
^wctade of the wicked luffering, zxtiI.
3 ; ilviiL B; Mi. 11.
S[arita, the Laid of. Sea ' God.'
' Spiiita of the souls of the dead,' iz. 3
(SiriL Gk.), 10 (CriL Note) ; ziii. 3 ;
of. ITJ. I.
* Spirits of the wnU of the dead ' crfing
for Tengaanoe, xzii. ft-7.
Spiriuovw luttarel phcDoioena, li. 19.
Stade, 139.
Stanton, 18, 19.
Stan, contcdooa exiatence of, xli S ;
— shooting, xliv (note).
— ' powers of heaven, 'zviii. 1 4 {(H*.Ok.).
— punished, x»iii. 13-16 ; xxi i-6.
— used symbdimll]' of tugeli, IiixtL
— used sjinbolicallj of righteous men,
xlvi.7.
St^x, xTii. e.
Sword, period of the (word, 1)6, 163;
Sjnsgc^as, called ' houses of His eon-
gregation.' liii. fl.
Tables, havenlf — » cowrete expnsdtm
for determininD, Ixxii. I, 3 ; xdu. i ;
Temple, the, xc. ag (?) ; leiiL 7.
' Ten thoQRand times tea thoossad,'
ziv. 33 ; il. L
TertuUum, 38, 39, 63, 66, 83, gi, 916,
385, 3ao-
Tboauon, 90, 343.
"Tboae who sleep not' See < Watohera,'
xxxix.ia.
Throne (of God), xviii. 8; ixiT.3; xxv.
3 ; xc. 30.
— of Glcoy (of God and of the Son of
Man), ilr. 8.
iiizedbvGoOc^Ic
Index of Names and Subjects.
ThroiM»ofth8Eleet,oriii. 11.
W»t8™ oflife, ivii. 4; nU. 9 Cp. 361 ).
Tidem»n, 14-15, "i-
Weber, 64, 92, 95, 100, 118, no, 134,
"39. M3. "65. »6». >69. •79. "^8,
TigrU. Inrii. e.
'43. "57. »67-
•Tcuiguaoffl«h,'iiv. a.
Weighing of men's deed., ili, 1 ; iliii
'Tovei'-p>ndue, lizivii. 3.
1 ; li. 11 ; lii. 8.
— -UmplB, Ixnix. 80.
Weieu, 11.
Tree of life, nv. 4, 6, 6.
Wertoott, 17, 18.
— of wiadom, mii. 3, 6.
Wiesalat, 18, soa, no, an, 243,
Wudom, uaeMor of God, luiiv. 8.
-.Uegoi7reg«Ung,im.:.a.
Uriel, ii. 1 ; 1. 1 ! xii- I i II. at luii.
1,&C.
of. niTii. 4.
— poured out aa water before the
Varnei, 14.
Me«»h, slix. I ; li. 3.
Volkmar, I a, 144.
Vnlturos— used »ymboIit»llj, ic 2.
Imii a ; loU. I ; loilL 10.
— fountain* of, riviii. i.
WatoheTB-orchuigeli id n. 1; niii.
— an aiaeaMr onGod't throne, Imiv. 3.
11,13; il.a; lii. u; liii. 7.
Wittiohen, 13-
— -Mien ugeUi, i. 6 ; x. 9, i j ; xU.
a.4.*o.
Zion, iiTi. 3.
W»te™ of D»n, xiit 7.
Zdokler, 310-311.
Di.itradb, Google
J, Google
SELECT LIST
Stanbarb theological Moths
The Clarendon Press, Oxford.
THE HOLY aCBtPTURES, ETC
FATHERS OF THE CHTTBCB, KTC.
ECCLESIASTICAL HIHTOBY, ETC, .
BNaLUH THBOLOOr
LITUROIOLOGT
1. THE HOLT SCBIPTUBES. ETC.
HSBBEW, eto. Notes on the |
Tact qf M« Book <^ Oenaii. Bf
Q. J. Spuirell, U.A. SewndEditim. \
Crown 8vo. iis. W, ,
Notes on the Hebi-eic
Tat of Iht Books of Samvel. By S. R.
DriTer, D.D, Hvo. 141,
Treatise on the use of
the Ttnaes in Hebmo, By S. R Driver,
D.D. Third Edition. Crown Svo.
7a. 64
The Fscdms in Eebrew
tiiia«uipoinU. StifTooTeiB, 11.
A ConiTnentary on the
Book <^ Prottrbs. Attributed td Abro-
ham Iba Ezra. Edited tmm a Ha
in the Bodleian Library by 8. B.
Driver, D.D. Crown 8to, paper
coTer^ ja. fid
Sccle«iaeti£vs (xxxix. 1 5-
zlix. ii)- The Original Hebrew,
with Early VeraionB and English
Translation, «m. Edited by A. E.
Cowley, M.A., and Ad. Neubauer.
H.A. 4to, 101. 6<I. lut.
Translated from
the Original Hebrew, with a Fac-
■imilB. OrownSvo, atiffooreiB, M.6d.
The Book of Tobit.
A duddee Text, from • tmiqoe HS.
in the Bodleian Library ; with other
Rabbinical Tezta, En^ah Tranala-
tiona, and the Itala. Edited by Ad.
Neubauer, M.A. Crown 8vo. 6s.
A Hebrew and English
Ltxieon qf the Old Toiamet^, with an
Appendix containing the Biblical
Aramaic, based on the Thesaurus
and Lexicon of Gesoni^ by Francis
Brown, D.D., 8. B. Driver, D.D,,
and C. A. Briggs, D.D.
Pftrta I— VII. Small ^to. »». 6d.
ffebreiv AccerUuation of
Ptalmt,Protitrbs,andJab. By William
Wickw, D.D, 8to, 5..
Hebrew Prose Accentu-
alioH. By the aame Author. Sro.
The Book of Eebrm
Aoofa, by Abn '1-Walld Marwlm ibo
Janih, otherwise called BabbI
Y4nah. Now flnt edited, with an
appendix, by Ad. Neubauer. 4ta.
lU 7a fid.
5THIOFIO. The Book of
Eiuxh. Translated from Dillmann'a
Ethiopie Text (emended and re-
vised), and edited by R H. Charlea,
H.A. Svo. 161.
Oxford ; Clumulan Fhh. Londoa : HiHBV Faowi
a CoRMi, E.a
iiized by Google
HOLY SCRIPTURES.
QBEEK. A Concordance to
tht Stptuagitd and Ifu oUwr Qrttk Ver-
tima c/ tlia Old TtOamail, inducing tht
ApOBryphal BmAs. B7 the late Edwin
Hatch, M.A., and H. A. Redpath,
M.A. In six Parts, imp«risl 4to,
Essays in BiUical GVeei.
Bj Edwin Hatch, H.A., D.D. Sro.
ic».6<f.
Origenis Heteaplorv/ni
I in Mum Vttvt TetOo-
maOmnFragmaaa. Edidit Fridericos
Field, A.M. 3 toU. 4to. sL 5*.
NEwTESTAMEifT. Novum
r<is(iimAtlunt Graeix. AntiquUeimo-
nim Codicum Testns in ordine
parallelo dUpoeitL Accedit oollstio
CodicisSinaitioi. EdiditE. H. Han-
sell, S.T.B. Tomi III. Svo. a^f.
Novum, T&itamentvmi
Grata. Acoedunt parallelaS. Scrip-
tome looa, etc Edidit Carolus
Lloyd, aT.P.R iSmo. 3s.
On writing-paper, with wide
margin, 71. 6cL
Appendices ad Novum.
TttlianeMmn Sttpharacum. jam inde a
Hillii temporibuB Oioniengium
manibna tritiuu ; eurante Quimo.
Sanday, A.M.,S.T.P.,LL.D. L Col-
latio t^iuWestoottio-Horti aniQ'ure
permisso) cum textu Stephanico anni
MM.. IL Delectua lectionum notata
dignissimarnm. III. Lectionea
quaedam «x codicibiu rersionum
Memphiticae Armeniacae Aethio-
picas ftisiuailtuBtratae. Extra fcap.
Bto, cloth. 3*. 6d.
Novu/m Testamenium
Oraat juxia Extmplar msianiun.
iSmo. u. 6d. On writing paper,
with wide margin, 7*. 6d.
GBESK. TheOreekTeatament,
with the Beadingi adopted by the
Revisen of the Authorised Ver-
sion, and Marginal References —
(ij Sto- Sieond Edition. iot.6d.
(1} Foap. 8to. SticBdiHiM. 4a. (nL
(3) The sams, on WTitii^-pH>er,
with wide mar^, 15a.
TheParaUel New Testa-
meM, ffTMh and BngSA; beil^ the
Anthoriaed Version, 1611 ; the Be-
vised Teraion.iSSi ; and theOreek
Text foUowed in the Reriaed Ver-
•ion. Sro. laa. 6d.
Outlines ofTextualCrUi^
eism applied la ih> New Tetlament. By
C. R Hammond, H.A. FiftXEdition.
Crown 8to. 4s. SA
A Oreek Testament Pri-
ma: An Easy Grammar and Bead-
ing Book for the use of Stadents
beginning Gt«ek. By E. Miller,
M.A. Seiund Bdiiian. Extra fcap.
Svo, 31. ; cloth, 39. bd.
ZiATin. Lihri Pealmoi-utn,
Venio aniiqva Latina, cam Amiphrosi
AnglO'Saxmnta. Edidit B. Thoipe,
F.A.S. Svo. io». M.
Old-Latin Biblical
Ttxit: No. I, Edited with Intro-
duction and Appendices by John
Wordsworth, D.D. Small 4(0, stiff
covers, 61.
Old-Latin BMical
Texts I'Sn.lL Edited byJohnWords-
worth,D.D.,W.8andaT,M.A.,D.D.,
and H. J. White, M.A. Small 4to,
stiff covers, 11*.
Old-Laiin Biblical
Teds : Ko. UL Edited (under the
direction of the Bishopof Saliabary) ,
by H. J. White, SLA. Small4to,stiff
covert, ti&6d.
OiKird: CUnodon P
Di.itradb, Google
HOLY SCRTPTURES.
LATXir. Old-Latin Biblical
TKda: No. IV. FortionaoftheActs,
of the EpiBtle of St, Jmmes, and of
the Fimt Epistle of St. Peter, (him
the Bobbio FalimpseBt (a), now
numbered Cod. i6 Id the Imperial
Library at Vienoft. Editod by H.
J. White, HjL 5$.
jTounm Teatamentmn Domini
Noatil leaa Ohriali I>«U&e, se-
cundum Editionem S. Hieronymi.
Ad Codicum Hanuacriptomm Qdem
reoensuit lohannea Wordaworth,
S.T.F., EpiaoopuB SariaburieoaiB.
In operis aooietatem adsomto
Henrico Inliano White, A.H. 4to.
Pan I, buckram, al. lai. 6d.
AIk ttparaiel^ —
Faac. I, i3(. 6d. Faac. II, 71. Gd.
„ ni,i!i..6d. „ IV,i(M.W.
Faac. V, itu. 6it.
OLD-PBEKCH. Lih-iPml-
monon Yenio aaiiema GaUica « Cod, nu.
in B{bL BwUnana adterrato, una mm
VtrKioru Melriai aiiis^ut MonvmtMia
pervehtsds. Nunc primum deecripHit
et edidit Franciacua Michel. Phil.
Doc. Sto. im. 6(1.
EiroLISH. The Books of
Job, Pialjns, Prmtrba, Bcdetiattei, and
Ihe Song qf Salomon, According in tht
Wydifflie Yinion qf Hvr^ford and
Purny. With Introduction and
Olosaary by W. W. Skeat, Litt.D.
3».6d.
T}m New Tedarnent. Ac-
cording to tht taint Ysrtian, fe
The Holy Bible,
Rtvittd Vtnion*.
Ouap Editiotafir Sehoel U»t.
Berised Bible. Pearl ]6mo, cloth
boarda, lod.
Revised New Testament. Non-
pareil jimo, 34 ; Brevier i6mo,
6d. ; Long Primer Svo, Qd.
BnalilSB. Th^OifordBiMe
far Ttachen, oontaining the Holy
Scripturea, t^ether with anew, en-
larged, and tUuatratod edition of the
Oxford Betp) (0 the Stwty of tht Bible,
comprising Introductions to the
several Books, the History and Anti-
quities of the Jews, the reaults of
Modem Discoveries, and the Natural
History of Faleatine, with copioua
Tables, Concordance and Indieet,
and a aeriea of Hapa. Prices
In various aizea and bindings from
3». t«508.
Sdpa to the Study of the
Bibit, taken from the O^ard BibUfir
Teathert. Nta, ErUarged, and IBut-
traied EdUion.
Pearl i6ma, stiff covers, is. luL
Nonpareil Svo, cloth boarda,
M. 6d.
Large Type edition, long primer
Sto, doth boards, 5s.
TJie Pealter, or Paai/ms
cif Darnd, imd Btrtam CatUidta, with a
Translation and Si^ositlon in Eng-
lish, by Hichard Rolle of Hampole.
Edited by H, R. Bramley, M.A.
With an Introduction and Glos-
sary. Demy Svo. il. la.
Stvdia Biblica et Eccle-
noalijn. Essays in Biblical and
Patristic Criticism, and kindred
subjects. By Hembers of the Uni-
vereity of Oiford. Sto.
VoLI. lOf-Sd. VoLIL 131.&J.
V0I.III. i6». Vol.IV. ij,.6<l.
The Book of Wiedom. :
the Greek Tazt, the Latin Vul-
gate, and the Authorised Engliah
Version ; with an Introduction,
Critical Apparatua, and a Com-
ntary. By W. J. Deane, HJl.
4t«.
t.6d.
London : Hxitbt Fbowds, Anian Comn, B.O.
Di.itradb, Google
FATHERS OF THE CHURCH.
2. FATHERS OF THE CHURCH, ETC.
CyriUi Commenttirii in Lucae
Evangtliran quat titptrsunt Sgriaet, B
mss. apud Hub. Britan. sdidit B.
Payne Smith, A.H. 4to. iL ».
The same, translated by
R Fayna Smith, HA. iTok. Sto.
Ephraemi Syrl, Rahulae Epl-
Kopi Edtsami, Balaei, aHonimqui Opera
SeSada. E Codd. STriaeis tnss. in
Mosea Britanuico et Bibliotheca
Bodloiana aaservHtia primus edidit
J. J. Orerbeck. Svo. tl. li.
B : Orations
agaaut Ok Arian*. With an account
of his Idfe by William Bright D.D.
Crown Zvo. gi.
RifAorical WritiTiga, ac-
cording to On SenodidiHt Tixt. With
an Introduction by W. Bright, D. D.
Cromi 8to. lot. 6d.
St. Axignstine : Select Aidi-
PAigian Treaiiaaa, and On Adi itf tin
Seamd Oaimca q/' Ofok^ With an
Introduction by William Bright,
D.D. Crown 8vo. 9c.
St. BasU: The Bo<A of St.
Bata on (Ae So^ Spirit A Rerised
Text, with Not«a and Introduction
by 0. F. H. Jobnaton, M.A. Crown
Bvo. ja. M,
Oanotis of the Find Four
Chneral Oouneilt of Nicata, OmaUaUi-
Tiople, Epiueut, and Ckaictdm. With
Notes by W. Bright, D.D. Stead
Edititm. Crown 8vo. 7s. €d.
Catenae Qraecoru/m Patrwm
in Somm TiOairumtmn. Edidit J. A.
Cramer, S.T.P. Tomi VUL 8to,
1L4'.
Clemeutia Alezandriui Opera,
ex rttensime Oml. Ditidorfli. Tonii IV.
8»o. 3J.
Cyrilli Arckiepiscopi AlexaTi-
diini fn ZII Prtflulae. Edidit P. E.
Puaey, A.H. Tomi II. Sto. iL 2a.
in D. Joannie Evan-
ggiwn. Accedunt Fragmenta Yaria
nacDOQ Tractatua ad Tiberium Dia-
oonum Duo. Edidit post Aubertum
P. E. Pueey, A.M. Tomi UI. 8to.
al. 5*.
Famphili Evangdic
I Libri XV. Ad Codd.
t T. Oaiaford, aX.P.
Tomi rV, 8vo. iJ. lot.
Bvattgdicae DemonetrO'
KmisLibriX. BecensuitT. Oaiaford,
S.T.P. TomilL 8to. 15s.
contra Hieroclem, et
Itarcelban Libri. Recensnit T. Oaia-
ford, S.T.P, 8vo. 75.
BuBebioB' Eccleaiagtical Hi»-
lory, according to the t«it of Burton,
with KU Introduction by W. Bright,
D.D. Crown 8to. 8». fid.
IrenaeuB : The Third Book of
SI. Irmaeua, SisAop o/ Lgona, against
Heretia. With short Notea aud a
Glossary by H. Deane, B.D. Crown
8to. 51. 6d.
Fatnim Apcwtolioomm,;S.(7^
mania Bomani, S. Ignalii, S. Btlycarpi,
qaat tupertunL Edidit OuiL Jacobaon,
S.T.P.R. Tomi U. 8to. il. la.
OifoniiClawod-HiP™
Digitized by GcXlglC
ECCLESIASTICAL HISTORY.
Fhila About the Gontem-
ftaUtie Lffe ; or, tht Fmrth Book of the
TrtaliKtXTUxming Viriiua. Critically
edited,ivitJiB defence of its genaine-
Deaa. ByFred. C. Conybeare.M.A,
f!*o. 14s.
Beliquiae 8sors« secundi ter-
lii^ae aaieuU. Beoensuit M. J. South,
8.T.P. Tomi V. 8vo. tl. ss.
Soriptorom Eccleaiasticorwm,
(^nacula, Beceiuuit M. J. Routh,
aT.P, Tomi H. 8to. iob.
Soorates' Eccleaia^ical Hia-
forVi'iccorditigtotheTeztofHiusey,
with an Introdnctiou b; William
Bright. D.D. Crown Sto. 71). e<t
Sosomeni Hiatoria Eccteai-
asHca. Edidit R. HusBey, 8,T.B.
Tomi III. 8to. I5<.
TertnUiani Apologeticu« ad-
rertus GetileB pro Otriatianie. Edited,
with Introduction and Ifot«e, by
T. Herbert Bindley, B.D. Crown
de Praescriptione
Eatr^corvm : ad Mariynu : ad Scapit-
Um. Edited, with Introduction ftnd
Note*, by T. Herbert Bindley, B.D.
Grown 8vo. 6a.
Theodoreti EcclesiasticaeHiS'
loriat libri F. BecenauitT. Ooiaford,
S.T.P. 8vo. Jt. 6d.
3. ECCLESIASTICAL HISTORY, ETC.
Adamn&m Vita S. Cohimbae.
Edited, with Introduction, Notes,
and QloBBsry, b; J. T. Fowler, H. A.,
D.CL. Crown Svo, half-bound,
8s. 6<). nM.
The same, together with
Translation, gs, 6d. net.
Baedae Historia Ecclesiadica.
A Ntw Edition. Edit«d, with Intro-
duction, English Notes, Ac, by C.
Flummer, H.A. 1 toIs. Crown
Svo. 2II(.»1«*,
Bedford (W.K.H.). The Blazon
•tfEpiacopacy, Being tbsArms borne
by, or attributed to, the Arch-
biahopa and Biahopa of England
and Wales. With an Ordinary of
the Costa described and of other
Episeopnl Arms. Seamd EdiHon,
Raoittd and Enlarged. With One
Thousand Illustrationa. 8m. 4te,
biickmm, 31s. 6d. n«f.
Bigg. TkeChridianPlatonif^s
lifAlexandria. ByCharleBBi^, D.D.
Sto. loa. fid.
Bingham's Aviiquities of the
OuiMim CAursk, mui ether Work*. 10
Tola. 8to. 31. 35.
Bright. Chains of Early
EngHehOmrchBulmy. By W. Bright,
D.D. Third Edition. Bro. 198.
Bumet's History of the Refor-
mation af the CAurch qf England. A
new EdiUon, by N. Pocock, H.A.
7 Tola. 8to. iI. 108.
Cardvell's Docv/meTiiary Ati-
Kttls 0/ the S^omud Church <if England;
being a ColtectLon of Iqjunctiona,
Declarations, Ordera, Articles of
Inquiry, Ac. from 1546 to 1716,
» Tola. Sto. tSi.
Conybeare. TheKeyofTnUh.
A Uouual of the Peulician Church
of Armenia. The Armenian Text,
edited and translated with illua-
tratiTe Doeuinents ajid Introduc-
tion by F. C. Conybeare, M.A. 8to.
IS* tx*-
Lundan : Bxx v Psowra, A
Di.itradb, Google
ENGLISH THEOLOGY.
Couuoila atid Eccleaiagtkal
Ztecumcnl* niating io Qnat Britain and
Ireland. Edited, after Spelman and
Wilkins, by A. W. Huddnn, RD.,
Slid W. Stubbs, D.D. Vols. I and
III. Medium Svo, eiich if. la.
Vol. II, Part I. Med. 8yo, IOS.&;.
Vol. II, Fart U. OiunA of Ireland;
Utmoriali of SI. Patridc. Stiff
•mvera, jt. fid.
Fuller's Chv/rch Siatory of
Britain. Edited b7 J. 9. Brewer,
U.A. 6 Tols. Sto. iL 199.
Gee. The Elizabethan Clergy
and the SetBemenl 0/ Religion, 1558-
1564. By Honry Que, B.D,, F.S.A.
Co-editor of ' Documents lUuatra-
tive of English Church History.'
With Illustrative Doouments and
LiBta. 8to, Id. 6d. tuL
OibBon's Synodvs Anglieana.
Edited byE.Cardvel1, D.D. Sto. 6>.
Hamilton's (A rchbiekop John)
CalacJtiam, 1551. Edited, with In-
troduction and Glossary, by Thonias
Graves Law, Librarian of the Signet
Iiibrary, Edinburgh. With a Pre-
fece by the Right Hon. W. E. Glad-
Btona. Demy Sto. 1211, 6d,
John, Bishop of Ephesvs. The
Third Part of his EKkaiaslical History.
[In SyriacJ Now fltit edited by
William Cureton, M. A. 4to. iLiis.
The same, translated by
R. P.iyne Smith, H.A. Sto. ios.
Le ITeve's Fasti Ecclesiae
An^ioanat. Corrected and ooatinued
from 1715 to 1S53 by T. Duffiis
Hardy. 3 vols. Svo. iL it.
Noelli (A.) Catechismus sive
prima institvlio disciptiTvtque Pietatin
Chriatianae Laiint sxpfioMa. Editio
noTA cuni Ouil. Jacobson, A.M. Svo.
58- 64
Ommanney. A Critical Die-
MrtatiDn on the Athanatian Creed.
By G. D. W. Ommanney, H.A.
Beoords <tf the Befbrmstion.
ITie i>imrM, 1517-1533. Mostly now
for the first time printed from MSS.
in the British Museum and other
Libraries. CoUeoled and arranged
by M. Pooook, M.A. t toIs. Svo.
U 16a
Befimnatio Legum Eccleaias-
ticanim. The Beformation of Eocle-
siastioal Iawb, as attempted in the
reigns ot Henry VIII, Edward VI,
and Elizabeth. Edited by K Cord-
well, D.D. Svo. 6s. 6d.
Shirley. SoTtie Account of the
ChimAintheApoatolicAge. ByW.W.
Shirley, D.D. Second Ediiion. Fcap.
Sto. js. 61I.
Stnhbs. Regiatrwm, Sacrwti
An^iamam, An attempt to eiliibit
the course of Episcopal Succession
in England. "Bj W. Stubbs, D.D.
Small 4to. Second Edifton. lot W.
4. ENGLISH THEOLOGY.
Bradley. Lectures on the
Book of Job. By George Granville
Bradley, D.D., Dean of Westmin-
ster. Crown 8to. 7>. 64
Lectv/res on Ecclesi-astes.
By the same. Second Edition. Crown
8to. js. 6d.
Bnll's Works, imtk Nelson's
Z<ft. Edited by E. Burton, D.D.
8 vols. Sto. tl. 91.
Bomet'B Exposition of tJie
ZZ.IIX Arlides. 8to. 7»,
Oiford : OlarmdoD Pnw.
Di.itradb, Google
Open Library